ICT Information and Communications Technology

Release: 6.0

Contents

ICT Information and Communications Technology	44

ICT10115 Certificate I in Information, Digital Media and Technology	45

ICT20115 Certificate II in Information, Digital Media and Technology	48

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation	51

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology	56

ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology	62

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation	67

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology	75

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology	85

ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design	95

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology	101

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology	108

ICT51015 Diploma of Telecommunications Engineering	119

ICT51115 Diploma of Telecommunications Planning and Design	126

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology	130

ICT60615 Advanced Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering	138

ICT80315 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications	142

ICT80415 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering	145

ICT80515 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications and Strategic Management	149

ICT80615 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Network Engineering	153

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments	157

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments	160

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments	162

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments	165

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	167

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	171

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components	173

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components	177

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system	179

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system	182

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building	184

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building	188

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems	190

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems	193

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable	195

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable	198

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable	200

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable	203

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system	205

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system	208

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	210

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	215

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	218

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	224

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable	228

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable	232

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work	234

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work	237

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable	239

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable	243

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins	245

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins	249

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable	251

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable	255

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure	257

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure	260

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network	262

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network	265

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable	267

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable	271

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises	273

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises	277

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises	279

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises	283

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises	285

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises	288

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network	290

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network	293

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network	295

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network	298

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications	300

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications	304

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects	306

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects	310

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment	312

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment	316

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults	319

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults	322

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications	325

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications	329

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit	331

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit	334

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports	336

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports	339

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet	341

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet	345

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services	347

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services	350

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services	352

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services	355

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans	358

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans	361

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure	363

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure	366

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure	368

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure	371

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure	373

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure	376

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code	378

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code	381

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments	383

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments	386

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms	388

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms	391

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments	393

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments	396

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses	398

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses	401

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment	403

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment	406

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	408

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	411

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation	413

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation	416

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents	418

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents	421

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation	423

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation	426

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation	428

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation	431

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans	433

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans	436

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents	438

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents	441

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data	443

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data	446

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations	448

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations	451

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations	453

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations	456

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations	458

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations	461

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management	463

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management	466

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law	468

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law	471

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data	473

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data	476

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments	478

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments	481

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices	483

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices	486

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations	488

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations	491

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations	493

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations	496

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations	498

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations	501

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture	503

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture	506

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation	508

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation	510

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data	512

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data	515

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs	517

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs	520

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests	522

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests	525

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering	527

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering	530

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases	532

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases	535

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems	537

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems	540

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases	542

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases	545

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems	547

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems	550

ICTDBS506 Design databases	552

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS506 Design databases	555

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites	557

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites	560

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses	562

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses	565

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies	567

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies	570

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability	572

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability	575

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media	577

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media	580

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations	582

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations	585

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images	587

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images	590

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment	592

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment	596

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system	598

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system	601

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	603

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	606

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games	608

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games	612

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles	614

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles	617

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games	619

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games	622

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development	624

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development	627

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games	629

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games	632

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games	634

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games	638

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games	640

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games	643

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets	645

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets	648

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games	650

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games	653

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games	655

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games	658

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media	660

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM430 Design interactive media	663

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models	665

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models	668

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games	670

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games	674

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes	676

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes	679

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media	681

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media	684

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games	686

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games	690

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions	692

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions	695

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media	697

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media	700

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	703

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	706

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes	708

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes	711

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media	713

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media	716

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments	718

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments	721

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments	723

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments	726

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects	728

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects	732

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games	734

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games	737

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences	739

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences	742

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements	744

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements	747

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations	749

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations	752

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components	754

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components	757

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games	759

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games	762

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments	764

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments	767

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments	769

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments	772

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments	774

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments	777

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games	779

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games	782

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games	784

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games	787

ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games	789

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games	792

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices	794

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices	797

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments	799

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments	802

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games	804

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games	807

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments	809

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments	812

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware	814

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware	817

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages	819

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT214 Operate application software packages	822

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages	824

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages	827

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents	829

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents	832

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients	834

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients	837

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies	839

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies	842

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users	844

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users	847

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation	849

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation	852

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies	854

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies	857

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications	859

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications	862

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications	864

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications	866

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	868

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	870

ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	872

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	875

ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	877

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	880

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements	882

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements	885

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies	887

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies	890

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning	892

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning	895

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design	897

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design	900

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces	902

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces	905

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards	907

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards	910

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation	912

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT435 Create technical documentation	915

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	917

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products	920

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews	922

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews	925

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools	927

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools	930

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements	932

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements	935

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions	937

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions	940

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry	942

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry	945

ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces	947

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces	950

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components	952

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components	955

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles	957

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles	960

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments	962

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments	965

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work	967

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work	970

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments	972

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments	975

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger	977

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger	980

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	982

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments	985

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations	987

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations	990

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications	992

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications	995

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems	997

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems	1000

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model	1002

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model	1005

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	1007

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	1010

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements	1012

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements	1015

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations	1017

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations	1020

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies	1022

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies	1025

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements	1027

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements	1030

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions	1032

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions	1035

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts	1037

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts	1040

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects	1042

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects	1045

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions	1047

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions	1050

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1052

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1055

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans	1057

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans	1060

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance	1062

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance	1065

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies	1067

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies	1070

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation	1072

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation	1075

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies	1077

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies	1080

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice	1082

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice	1085

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies	1087

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies	1090

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1092

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments	1095

ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks	1097

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks	1100

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices	1102

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices	1105

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks	1107

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks	1110

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration	1112

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration	1115

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems	1117

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems	1120

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems	1122

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems	1125

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals	1127

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals	1130

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols	1132

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols	1134

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers	1136

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers	1139

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity	1141

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity	1144

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks	1146

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks	1149

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks	1151

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks	1154

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services	1156

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services	1158

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments	1160

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments	1163

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking	1165

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking	1168

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks	1170

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks	1173

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers	1175

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers	1178

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation	1180

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK431 Create network documentation	1183

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network	1185

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network	1188

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network	1190

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network	1193

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies	1195

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies	1198

ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols	1200

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols	1204

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies	1206

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies	1209

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	1211

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	1214

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions	1216

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions	1219

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers	1221

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers	1225

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services	1228

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services	1231

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers	1233

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers	1236

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	1238

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	1241

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	1243

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	1246

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security	1248

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security	1251

ICTNWK546 Manage network security	1253

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK546 Manage network security	1256

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems	1258

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems	1261

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions	1263

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions	1266

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks	1268

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks	1271

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls	1273

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls	1276

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language	1278

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language	1281

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices	1283

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices	1286

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments	1288

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments	1291

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments	1293

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments	1296

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems	1298

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems	1301

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments	1303

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments	1306

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments	1308

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments	1311

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment	1313

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment	1316

ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network	1318

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network	1322

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system	1325

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system	1329

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security	1331

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security	1334

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security	1336

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security	1339

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure	1341

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure	1344

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors	1346

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors	1350

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security	1352

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security	1355

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components	1357

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components	1361

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	1364

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	1367

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation	1369

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation	1372

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team	1374

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team	1377

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects	1379

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects	1382

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects	1384

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects	1387

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation	1389

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation	1392

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning	1394

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning	1397

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery	1399

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery	1402

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure	1404

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure	1407

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation	1409

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation	1412

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects	1414

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects	1417

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques	1419

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques	1422

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs	1424

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs	1427

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases	1429

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases	1432

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications	1434

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications	1436

ICTPRG433 Test software developments	1438

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG433 Test software developments	1441

ICTPRG434 Automate processes	1443

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG434 Automate processes	1446

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications	1448

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications	1450

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications	1452

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications	1455

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface	1457

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG437 Build a user interface	1460

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases	1462

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases	1465

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components	1467

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components	1470

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages	1472

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages	1475

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design	1477

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design	1479

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development	1481

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development	1484

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages	1486

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages	1489

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements	1491

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements	1494

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review	1496

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review	1499

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language	1501

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language	1504

ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development	1506

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development	1509

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools	1511

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools	1514

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications	1516

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications	1518

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments	1520

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments	1523

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces	1525

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces	1528

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture	1530

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG536 Design application architecture	1533

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications	1535

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications	1538

ICTPRG538 Create mashups	1540

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG538 Create mashups	1543

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software	1545

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software	1548

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems	1550

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems	1553

ICTPRG542 Review developed software	1555

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG542 Review developed software	1558

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems	1560

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems	1563

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems	1565

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems	1568

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots	1570

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots	1573

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications	1575

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications	1578

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language	1580

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language	1583

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications	1585

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications	1588

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills	1590

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills	1593

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions	1595

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions	1598

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development	1600

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development	1603

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs	1605

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs	1608

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores	1610

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores	1614

ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence	1616

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence	1619

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework	1621

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework	1624

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications	1626

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications	1629

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications	1631

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications	1634

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services	1636

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services	1639

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network	1641

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network	1645

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements	1648

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements	1651

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports	1653

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports	1656

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions	1658

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions	1662

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions	1664

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions	1667

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports	1669

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports	1672

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis	1674

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis	1677

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment	1679

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment	1682

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements	1684

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements	1687

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions	1689

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions	1692

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation	1694

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation	1698

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services	1700

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services	1703

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	1706

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	1709

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems	1711

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems	1714

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests	1716

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests	1719

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems	1721

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems	1724

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software	1726

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software	1729

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets	1731

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets	1734

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables	1736

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables	1739

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network	1741

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network	1744

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software	1746

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software	1749

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network	1751

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network	1754

ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements	1756

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements	1759

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients	1761

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients	1764

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems	1766

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems	1769

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development	1771

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development	1774

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients	1776

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients	1779

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system	1781

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system	1784

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status	1786

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status	1789

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance	1791

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance	1794

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures	1796

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures	1799

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements	1801

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements	1804

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems	1806

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems	1809

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software	1811

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software	1814

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support	1816

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support	1819

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications	1821

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications	1824

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures	1826

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures	1829

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software	1831

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software	1834

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems	1836

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems	1839

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	1841

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	1844

ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	1846

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	1849

ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	1851

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	1854

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan	1856

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan	1859

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests	1861

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests	1864

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	1866

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	1869

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems	1871

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS527 Manage client problems	1874

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies	1876

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies	1879

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests	1881

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests	1884

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes	1886

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes	1889

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	1891

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools	1894

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks	1896

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks	1899

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure	1901

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure	1904

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment	1906

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment	1908

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment	1910

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment	1914

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults	1916

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults	1919

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system	1921

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system	1924

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling	1926

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling	1929

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults	1933

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults	1936

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors	1939

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors	1942

ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment	1944

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment	1947

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit	1949

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit	1953

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system	1955

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system	1958

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment	1960

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment	1964

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	1966

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	1970

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment	1972

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment	1975

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment	1977

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment	1980

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks	1982

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks	1985

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	1987

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	1990

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages	1993

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages	1996

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web	1998

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web	2000

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media	2002

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media	2005

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts	2007

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB432 Design website layouts	2010

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites	2012

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites	2015

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites	2017

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites	2020

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance	2022

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance	2025

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports	2027

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports	2029

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures	2031

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures	2034

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites	2036

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites	2039

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security	2041

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security	2044

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools	2046

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools	2049

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script	2051

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script	2054

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation	2056

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation	2059

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations	2061

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations	2064

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts	2066

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts	2069

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems	2071

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems	2074

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies	2076

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies	2079

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools	2081

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools	2084

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards	2086

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards	2089

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability	2091

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability	2094

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service	2096

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service	2099

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases	2101

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases	2104

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document	2106

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document	2109

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites	2111

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites	2114

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages	2116

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages	2119

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs	2121

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs	2123

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language	2125

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language	2128

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts	2130

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts	2133

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets	2135

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets	2138

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems	2140

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems	2143

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture	2145

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture	2148

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools	2150

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools	2153

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags	2155

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags	2158

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites	2160

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites	2163

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services	2165

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services	2168

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends	2170

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends	2172

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace	2174

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace	2178

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry	2181

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry	2184

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers	2186

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers	2190

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	2192

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	2196

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes	2198

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes	2202

BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity	2204

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity	2207

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	2209

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	2212

BSBPMG513 Manage project quality	2214

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG513 Manage project quality	2218

BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement	2220

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement	2224

BSBPMG520 Manage project governance	2226

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG520 Manage project governance	2229

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	2231

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	2235

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2237

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2241

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan	2243

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan	2246

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information	2248

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information	2250

BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices	2252

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices	2254

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices	2256

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices	2258

BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments	2260

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments	2263

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management	2265

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management	2268

BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses	2270

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses	2273

BSBXTW301 Work in a team	2275

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW301 Work in a team	2278

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team	2280

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team	2283

CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects	2285

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	2293

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	2296

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry	2298

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	2309

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	2313

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	2317

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	2320

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements	2322

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	2332

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court	2335

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	2338

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options	2341

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	2344

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans	2348

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	2351

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans	2354

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	2357

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems	2360

CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations	2363

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations	2367

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	2369

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	2373

CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects	2375

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects	2379

CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot	2381

Assessment Requirements for CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot	2385

CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions	2387

Assessment Requirements for CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions	2391

CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content	2393

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content	2396

CUADIG301 Prepare video assets	2398

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG301 Prepare video assets	2401

CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences	2403

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences	2406

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	2408

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	2412

CUADIG304 Create visual design components	2414

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components	2417

CUADIG401 Author interactive media	2419

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG401 Author interactive media	2423

CUADIG502 Design digital applications	2425

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG502 Design digital applications	2429

CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources	2431

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources	2435

CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	2437

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	2441

CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies	2443

Assessment Requirements for CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies	2446

CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing	2448

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing	2452

CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround	2454

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround	2458

CUAPPM407 Create storyboards	2460

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPM407 Create storyboards	2464

CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing	2466

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing	2470

CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets	2472

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets	2475

CUASOU407 Edit sound	2477

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU407 Edit sound	2481

CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings	2483

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings	2487

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	2489

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	2493

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	2495

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	2499

ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises	2501

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises	2504

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure	2506

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure	2509

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports	2511

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports	2514

ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	2516

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	2520

ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule	2522

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule	2528

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	2530

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	2534

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable	2536

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable	2540

ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment	2542

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment	2545

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults	2547

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults	2551

ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises	2553

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises	2557

ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment	2559

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment	2563

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	2565

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	2569

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable	2572

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable	2576

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network	2578

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network	2582

ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	2584

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	2587

ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation	2589

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation	2592

ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project	2594

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project	2598

ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers	2600

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers	2604

ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	2606

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	2609

ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	2611

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	2614

ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit	2616

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit	2620

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation	2622

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation	2625

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements	2627

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements	2630

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore	2632

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore	2635

ICTDBS415 Build a database	2637

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS415 Build a database	2640

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse	2642

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse	2646

ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video	2648

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video	2651

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	2653

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	2657

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	2659

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	2663

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	2665

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	2669

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment	2671

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment	2675

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	2677

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	2681

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology	2683

Assessment Requirements for ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology	2686

ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products	2688

Assessment Requirements for ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products	2692

ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques	2694

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques	2697

ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art	2699

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art	2703

ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation	2705

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation	2709

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation	2711

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation	2715

ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game	2717

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game	2721

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	2724

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	2727

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	2729

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	2732

ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet	2734

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet	2739

ICTICT104 Use digital devices	2741

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT104 Use digital devices	2744

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	2746

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	2750

ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages	2752

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages	2756

ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools	2758

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools	2761

ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet	2763

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet	2767

ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware	2769

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware	2772

ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment	2774

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment	2777

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	2779

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	2783

ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package	2785

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package	2788

ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages	2790

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages	2793

ICTICT206 Install software applications	2795

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT206 Install software applications	2798

ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages	2800

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages	2803

ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications	2805

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications	2808

ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients	2810

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients	2813

ICTICT210 Operate database applications	2815

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT210 Operate database applications	2818

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	2820

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	2823

ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment	2825

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment	2828

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	2830

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	2833

ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components	2835

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components	2838

ICTICT304 Implement system software changes	2840

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT304 Implement system software changes	2843

ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology	2845

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology	2848

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	2850

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	2853

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	2855

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	2858

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	2860

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	2864

ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements	2866

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements	2869

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices	2871

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices	2874

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions	2876

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions	2879

ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications	2881

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications	2885

ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects	2887

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects	2890

ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies	2892

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies	2896

ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	2898

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	2902

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation	2904

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation	2907

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level	2909

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level	2913

ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities	2915

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities	2918

ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative	2920

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative	2924

ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business	2926

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business	2930

ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis	2932

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis	2935

ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project	2937

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project	2941

ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework	2943

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework	2947

ICTICT813 Manage ICT services	2949

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT813 Manage ICT services	2952

ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business	2954

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business	2957

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system	2959

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system	2963

ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments	2965

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments	2968

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning	2970

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning	2974

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures	2976

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures	2980

ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks	2982

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks	2985

ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility	2987

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility	2991

ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project	2993

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project	2996

ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures	2998

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures	3002

ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network	3004

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network	3008

ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery	3010

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery	3014

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	3016

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	3020

ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	3022

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	3026

ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work	3028

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work	3032

ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design	3034

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design	3038

ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design	3040

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design	3044

ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning	3046

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning	3050

ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design	3052

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design	3056

ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network	3058

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network	3061

ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand	3063

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand	3066

ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis	3068

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis	3072

ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols	3074

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols	3077

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	3079

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	3083

ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network	3085

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network	3088

ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers	3090

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers	3093

ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks	3095

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks	3098

ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network	3100

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network	3104

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	3106

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	3109

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines	3111

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines	3114

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security	3116

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security	3119

ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies	3122

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies	3125

ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	3127

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	3130

ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	3132

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	3136

ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network	3138

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network	3141

ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network	3143

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network	3146

ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network	3148

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network	3152

ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls	3154

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls	3158

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks	3160

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks	3164

ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway	3166

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway	3169

ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions	3171

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions	3174

ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions	3176

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions	3180

ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions	3182

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions	3186

ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems	3188

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems	3192

ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks	3194

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks	3198

ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks	3200

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks	3203

ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks	3205

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks	3208

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks	3210

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks	3213

ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks	3215

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks	3219

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation	3221

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation	3224

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation	3226

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation	3230

ICTOPN501 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing systems	3232

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN501 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing systems	3236

ICTOPN502 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical network	3238

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN502 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical network	3242

ICTOPN503 Plan for an optical system upgrade and cut over	3244

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN503 Plan for an optical system upgrade and cut over	3248

ICTOPN504 Test and commission a dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system	3250

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN504 Test and commission a dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system	3253

ICTOPN505 Test the performance of specialised optical devices	3255

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN505 Test the performance of specialised optical devices	3259

ICTOPN506 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices in the network	3261

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN506 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices in the network	3265

ICTOPN601 Manage optical ethernet transmission	3267

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN601 Manage optical ethernet transmission	3270

ICTOPN602 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system	3272

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN602 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system	3275

ICTOPN603 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	3277

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN603 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	3281

ICTOPN604 Analyse optical transmission systems	3283

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN604 Analyse optical transmission systems	3287

ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities	3289

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities	3292

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment	3294

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment	3297

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure	3299

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure	3303

ICTPMG502 Develop customer premises equipment installation project plans	3305

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG502 Develop customer premises equipment installation project plans	3308

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief	3310

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief	3314

ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications	3316

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications	3320

ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan	3322

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan	3326

ICTPMG611 Prepare a detailed design brief	3328

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG611 Prepare a detailed design brief	3332

ICTPMG801 Manage a telecommunications workplace	3334

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG801 Manage a telecommunications workplace	3338

ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project	3340

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project	3344

ICTPMG803 Undertake a telecommunications project	3346

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG803 Undertake a telecommunications project	3350

ICTPMG804 Evaluate and use telecommunications management networks	3352

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG804 Evaluate and use telecommunications management networks	3356

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques	3358

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques	3361

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills	3363

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills	3366

ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods	3368

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods	3371

ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills	3373

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG532 Apply advanced object-oriented language skills	3376

ICTPRO501 Develop training, marketing and sales resources for telecommunications products	3379

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRO501 Develop training, marketing and sales resources for telecommunications products	3383

ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna	3385

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna	3389

ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna	3391

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna	3394

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline	3396

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline	3400

ICTRFN302 Install mobile telecommunications in motor vehicles	3402

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN302 Install mobile telecommunications in motor vehicles	3406

ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment	3408

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment	3411

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device	3413

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device	3416

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment	3418

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment	3422

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications	3424

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications	3427

ICTRFN403 Test and repair cellular network equipment	3429

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN403 Test and repair cellular network equipment	3432

ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring	3434

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring	3439

ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment	3442

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment	3446

ICTRFN501 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements	3448

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN501 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements	3452

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	3454

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance	3458

ICTRFN503 Evaluate and analyse radio frequency signal coverage plots	3460

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN503 Evaluate and analyse radio frequency signal coverage plots	3464

ICTRFN601 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to the cellular mobile network	3466

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN601 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to the cellular mobile network	3469

ICTRFN602 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for WiMAX networks	3471

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN602 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for WiMAX networks	3475

ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget	3477

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget	3480

ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system	3482

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system	3485

ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system	3487

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system	3491

ICTSAD501 Model data objects	3493

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD501 Model data objects	3496

ICTSAD502 Model data processes	3498

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD502 Model data processes	3501

ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions	3503

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions	3506

ICTSAD506 Produce a feasibility report	3508

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD506 Produce a feasibility report	3511

ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits	3513

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits	3516

ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions	3518

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions	3522

ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements	3524

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements	3527

ICTSAS201 Maintain inventories for equipment, software and documentation	3529

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS201 Maintain inventories for equipment, software and documentation	3532

ICTSAS202 Apply problem-solving techniques to routine ICT malfunctions	3534

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS202 Apply problem-solving techniques to routine ICT malfunctions	3537

ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals	3539

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals	3542

ICTSAS204 Record client support requirements	3544

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS204 Record client support requirements	3547

ICTSAS205 Maintain ICT system integrity	3549

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS205 Maintain ICT system integrity	3552

ICTSAS206 Detect and protect from spam and destructive software	3554

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS206 Detect and protect from spam and destructive software	3557

ICTSAS207 Protect and secure information assets	3559

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS207 Protect and secure information assets	3562

ICTSAS208 Maintain ICT equipment and consumables	3564

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS208 Maintain ICT equipment and consumables	3567

ICTSAS209 Connect and use a home based local wireless network	3569

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS209 Connect and use a home based local wireless network	3572

ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware	3574

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware	3578

ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration	3580

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration	3584

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients	3586

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients	3590

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests	3592

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests	3595

ICTSAS409 Manage risks involving ICT systems and technology	3597

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS409 Manage risks involving ICT systems and technology	3600

ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison	3602

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison	3605

ICTSAS505 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	3607

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS505 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans	3611

ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services	3613

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services	3616

ICTSAS517 Use network tools	3618

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS517 Use network tools	3621

ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems	3623

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems	3626

ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests	3628

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests	3631

ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans	3633

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans	3636

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process	3638

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process	3641

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business	3643

Assessment Requirements for ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business	3647

ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees	3649

Assessment Requirements for ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees	3653

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware	3655

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware	3658

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software	3660

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software	3663

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet	3665

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet	3668

ICTSUS501 Implement server virtualisation for a sustainable ICT system	3670

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS501 Implement server virtualisation for a sustainable ICT system	3674

ICTSUS601 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects	3676

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS601 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects	3680

ICTSUS602 Establish a business case for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects	3682

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS602 Establish a business case for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects	3686

ICTSUS804 Use ICT to improve sustainability outcomes	3688

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS804 Use ICT to improve sustainability outcomes	3692

ICTSUS805 Manage improvements in ICT sustainability	3694

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS805 Manage improvements in ICT sustainability	3698

ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability	3700

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability	3704

ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability	3706

Assessment Requirements for ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability	3710

ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures	3712

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures	3716

ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment	3718

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment	3722

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures	3724

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures	3728

ICTTCR301 Build a telecommunications radio structure	3731

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR301 Build a telecommunications radio structure	3735

ICTTCR302 Install radio plant and equipment on telecommunications structures	3737

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR302 Install radio plant and equipment on telecommunications structures	3741

ICTTCR303 Protect against electromagnetic radiation and systems hazards when working on telecomms radio sites	3743

Assessment Requirements for ICTTCR303 Protect against electromagnetic radiation and systems hazards when working on telecomms radio sites	3747

ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network	3749

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network	3752

ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network	3754

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network	3757

ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network	3759

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network	3762

ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages	3764

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages	3767

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3769

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks	3773

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment	3775

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment	3779

ICTTEN307 Repair and replace telecommunications network hardware	3781

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN307 Repair and replace telecommunications network hardware	3785

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment	3787

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment	3791

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation	3793

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation	3796

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path	3798

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path	3801

ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network	3803

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network	3807

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment	3809

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment	3813

ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades	3815

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades	3818

ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades	3820

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades	3824

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system	3826

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system	3830

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults	3832

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults	3835

ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms	3837

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms	3841

ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network	3843

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network	3847

ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults	3849

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults	3853

ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults	3855

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults	3859

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network	3861

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network	3865

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	3867

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network	3871

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router	3873

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router	3877

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system	3879

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system	3883

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches	3885

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches	3889

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork	3891

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork	3895

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design	3897

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design	3901

ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching	3903

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching	3907

ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network	3909

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network	3913

ICTTEN424 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a service provider network	3915

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN424 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a service provider network	3919

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network	3921

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network	3925

ICTTEN426 Design network projects	3927

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN426 Design network projects	3931

ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements	3933

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements	3937

ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations	3939

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations	3943

ICTTEN430 Design infrastructure for telecommunications network installations	3945

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN430 Design infrastructure for telecommunications network installations	3949

ICTTEN431 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	3951

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN431 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system	3955

ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector	3957

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector	3961

ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project	3963

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project	3967

ICTTEN503 Design an electronic system for a telecommunications network	3969

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN503 Design an electronic system for a telecommunications network	3972

ICTTEN504 Acceptance test new systems and equipment	3974

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN504 Acceptance test new systems and equipment	3977

ICTTEN505 Commission telecommunications network equipment	3979

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN505 Commission telecommunications network equipment	3983

ICTTEN506 Integrate new systems and equipment into the telecommunications network	3985

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN506 Integrate new systems and equipment into the telecommunications network	3989

ICTTEN507 Cut over new and replacement network equipment	3991

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN507 Cut over new and replacement network equipment	3995

ICTTEN508 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex faults	3997

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN508 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex faults	4001

ICTTEN509 Provide expert advice and support on complex faults	4003

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN509 Provide expert advice and support on complex faults	4007

ICTTEN510 Undertake planned outage management	4009

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN510 Undertake planned outage management	4012

ICTTEN511 Administer a data communications network	4014

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN511 Administer a data communications network	4018

ICTTEN512 Design and implement an enterprise voice over	4020

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN512 Design and implement an enterprise voice over	4024

ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch	4026

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch	4030

ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server	4032

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server	4036

ICTTEN515 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system	4038

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN515 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system	4042

ICTTEN516 Produce technical solutions from business specifications	4044

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN516 Produce technical solutions from business specifications	4048

ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network	4050

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network	4053

ICTTEN601 Undertake qualification testing of new or enhanced equipment and systems	4055

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN601 Undertake qualification testing of new or enhanced equipment and systems	4059

ICTTEN602 Undertake system administration	4061

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN602 Undertake system administration	4065

ICTTEN603 Undertake network traffic management	4067

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN603 Undertake network traffic management	4071

ICTTEN604 Coordinate fault rectification and restoration of service following network outages	4073

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN604 Coordinate fault rectification and restoration of service following network outages	4077

ICTTEN605 Implement planned network changes with minimal impact to the customer	4079

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN605 Implement planned network changes with minimal impact to the customer	4083

ICTTEN606 Manage a common channel signalling network	4085

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN606 Manage a common channel signalling network	4089

ICTTEN607 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex telecommunications network faults	4091

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN607 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex telecommunications network faults	4095

ICTTEN608 Verify new software and hardware releases	4097

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN608 Verify new software and hardware releases	4101

ICTTEN609 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks	4103

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN609 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks	4107

ICTTEN610 Design and configure an IP-MPLS network with virtual private network tunnelling	4109

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN610 Design and configure an IP-MPLS network with virtual private network tunnelling	4113

ICTTEN611 Produce an ICT network architecture design	4115

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN611 Produce an ICT network architecture design	4119

ICTTEN612 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network	4121

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN612 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network	4124

ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network	4126

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network	4130

ICTTEN802 Manage alignment of systems with product and technology strategy	4132

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN802 Manage alignment of systems with product and technology strategy	4136

ICTTEN803 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs	4138

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN803 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs	4142

ICTTEN804 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains	4144

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN804 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains	4148

ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes	4150

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes	4154

ICTTEN806 Manage application layer solutions	4156

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN806 Manage application layer solutions	4160

ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions	4162

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions	4166

ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies	4168

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies	4172

ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions	4174

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions	4178

ICTTEN810 Investigate the application of cloud networks in telecommunications switching	4180

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN810 Investigate the application of cloud networks in telecommunications switching	4184

ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security	4186

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security	4190

ICTTEN812 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communications system	4192

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN812 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communications system	4195

ICTTEN813 Produce engineering solutions using numerical computations and simulation	4197

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN813 Produce engineering solutions using numerical computations and simulation	4200

ICTTEN814 Manage development and application of testing artefacts	4202

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN814 Manage development and application of testing artefacts	4206

ICTTEN815 Manage project requirements and process implementations	4208

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN815 Manage project requirements and process implementations	4212

ICTTEN816 Scope project requirements and process solutions	4214

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN816 Scope project requirements and process solutions	4218

ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	4220

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	4223

ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security	4225

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security	4229

ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages	4231

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages	4234

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents	4236

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents	4239

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs	4241

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs	4245

ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment	4248

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment	4251

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	4253

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures	4258

ICTWOR301 Organise resources	4262

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR301 Organise resources	4265

ICTWOR302 Organise material supply	4267

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR302 Organise material supply	4270

ICTWOR303 Schedule resources	4272

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR303 Schedule resources	4275

ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts	4277

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts	4281

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities	4283

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities	4286

ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems	4288

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems	4292

ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information	4294

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information	4298

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey	4300

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey	4303

ICTWOR402 Schedule equipment maintenance	4305

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR402 Schedule equipment maintenance	4308

BSBCMM101 Apply basic communication skills	4310

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM101 Apply basic communication skills	4313

BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts	4315

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts	4319

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	4321

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	4324

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	4326

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	4329

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	4331

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	4335

BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief	4337

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief	4341

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	4343

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	4347

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions	4349

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES501 Implement design solutions	4352

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	4354

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	4358

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation	4360

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES601 Manage design realisation	4364

BSBDES602 Research global design trends	4366

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES602 Research global design trends	4369

BSBEBU401 Review and maintain a website	4371

Assessment Requirements for BSBEBU401 Review and maintain a website	4374

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4376

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4379

BSBINN601 Lead and manage organisational change	4381

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN601 Lead and manage organisational change	4385

BSBINN801 Lead innovative thinking and practice	4387

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN801 Lead innovative thinking and practice	4391

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4393

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4397

BSBLDR803 Develop and cultivate collaborative partnerships and relationships	4399

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR803 Develop and cultivate collaborative partnerships and relationships	4403

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	4405

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	4409

BSBMGT608 Manage innovation and continuous improvement	4411

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT608 Manage innovation and continuous improvement	4415

BSBPMG517 Manage project risk	4417

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG517 Manage project risk	4421

BSBPMG521 Manage project integration	4423

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG521 Manage project integration	4427

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	4429

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	4433

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	4435

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	4438

BSBSMB306 Plan a home based business	4440

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB306 Plan a home based business	4443

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	4445

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	4449

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4451

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4456

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4458

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	4461

BSBSUS501 Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability	4463

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS501 Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability	4467

BSBWHS201 Contribute to health and safety of self and others	4469

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS201 Contribute to health and safety of self and others	4472

BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	4474

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	4478

BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks	4480

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks	4483

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	4486

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	4490

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	4492

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	4496

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	4498

CPCCLDG3001A Licence to perform dogging	4510

CPCCLRG3001A Licence to perform rigging basic level	4520

FNSORG506 Prepare financial forecasts and projections	4533

Assessment Requirements for FNSORG506 Prepare financial forecasts and projections	4537

HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4539

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4542

HLTAID003 Provide first aid	4545

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid	4548

HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4552

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID009 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation	4554

ICPDMT321 Capture a digital image	4557

Assessment Requirements for ICPDMT321 Capture a digital image	4560

ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations	4562

Assessment Requirements for ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations	4565

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts	4567

Assessment Requirements for PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts	4570

RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services	4572

Assessment Requirements for RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services	4575

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	4578

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces	4581

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	4584

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	4587

RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4590

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat	4592

RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan	4595

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan	4598

TLID2010 Operate a forklift	4601

Assessment Requirements for TLID2010 Operate a forklift	4604

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker	4606

ICT Information and Communications Technology	4620

ICTSS00031 Application Development Specialist Skill Set	4623

ICTSS00032 Basic Application Development Programmer Skill Set	4625

ICTSS00034 Basic Web Development Specialist Skill Set	4627

ICTSS00035 Certified IT Network Enterprise, Security or Server Administrator Skill Set	4629

ICTSS00036 Certified Network Associate Technology Specialist Skill Set	4631

ICTSS00037 Certified Network Professional Specialist - Voice and Wireless Skill Set	4633

ICTSS00038 Certified Network Professional Specialist Skill Set	4635

ICTSS00039 Certified Networking Technician Skill Set	4637

ICTSS00040 Certified Security and Architect Specialist Skill Set	4639

ICTSS00041 Certified Technician or Technology Specialist - Infrastructure Configuration Skill Set	4641

ICTSS00042 Certified Technology Specialist - Graphical User Interfaces Skill Set	4643

ICTSS00043 Certified Web Design Specialist Skill Set	4645

ICTSS00044 Computing and Application Fundamentals Skill Set	4647

ICTSS00046 Digital Literacy - eCitizen Skill Set	4649

ICTSS00047 Digital Literacy Skill Set	4651

ICTSS00048 Hardware Technician Skill Set	4653

ICTSS00049 Internetworking Systems Coordinator - Administrator Skill Set	4655

ICTSS00050 Rich Interactive Content Specialist Skill Set	4657

ICTSS00051 System and Hardware Plus Technician Skill Set	4659

ICTSS00052 System and Network Plus Technician Skill set	4661

ICTSS00053 Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	4663

ICTSS00054 Visual Communications Specialist Skill Set	4665

ICTSS00055 Website Administration Specialist Skill Set	4667

ICTSS00056 Enterprise Desktop Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	4669

ICTSS00057 Enterprise Server Virtualisation Specialist Skill Set	4671

ICTSS00059 Advanced ICT Sustainability Skill Set	4673

ICTSS00061 Basic ICT Sustainability Skill Set	4675

ICTSS00065 Civil Works - Installation of Pit and Pipe and FDH Skill Set	4677

ICTSS00066 Commercial Digital Television Antenna Systems Installation Skill Set	4679

ICTSS00068 Designer Skill Set	4681

ICTSS00069 Domestic Digital Television Antenna Installation Skill Set	4683

ICTSS00071 IP Convergence Installations for Home and SME Skill Set	4685

ICTSS00076 Wireless LAN and IP Network Installation Skill Set	4687

ICTSS00077 Telecommunications Linesworker Copper Skill Set	4689

ICTSS00078 Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre Skill Set	4691

ICTSS00080 Copper Cable Jointer Skill Set	4693

ICTSS00083 Underground Installations Skill Set	4695

ICTSS00084 Basic Open Cabler Registration Skill Set	4697

ICTSS00085 Basic Restricted Cabler Registration Skill Set	4699

ICTSS00086 ACMA Advanced Cabler Registration Skill Set	4701

ICTSS00087 Basic Technician Network Build and Operate Skill Set	4703

ICTSS00088 Advanced Telecommunications Rigging Installation Skill Set	4705

ICTSS00089 Basic Telecommunications Rigging Installation Skill Set	4707

ICTSS00090 Advanced IoT Installation Skill Set	4709

ICTSS00091 Radio Technician Skill Set	4711

ICTSS00092 Technical Help Desk Support Skill Set	4713

ICTSS00093 Telecommunications Linesworker HFC Skill Set	4715

ICTSS00094 Technician Fibre Skill Set	4717

ICTSS00095 Fibre Splicer Skill Set	4719

ICTSS00096 Technician Hybrid Fibre Coaxial Skill Set	4721

ICTSS00097 Telecommunications Customer Service Technician - HFC Technician Skill Set	4723

ICTSS00098 Network Technician HFC Skill Set	4725

ICTSS00099 Cloud Design and Configuration Skill Set	4727

ICTSS00100 Cloud Implementation and Maintenance Skill Set	4729

ICTSS00101 Cyber Incident Response Skill Set	4731

ICTSS00102 Cyber Incident Threat Detection and Prevention Skill Set	4733

ICTSS00103 Cyber Security Strategy and Governance Skill Set	4735

ICTSS00104 Data Analysis Skill Set	4737

ICTSS00105 Internet of Things Developer Skill Set	4738

ICTSS00106 Introductory Tools and Applications Skill Set	4740

ICTSS00107 Introductory Help Desk Skill Set	4742

ICT Information and Communications Technology

Copyright Statement
© 2020 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the ICT Information and Communications Technology Release 6.0.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	PwC’s Skills for Australia

Release Date:	July 2020

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT10115 Certificate I in Information, Digital Media and Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This qualification first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification provides the skills and knowledge for individuals to safely perform foundation digital literacy tasks using a personal computer and a range of software applications and digital devices.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 6

4 core units plus

2 elective units

The elective units consist of:

up to 2 from the elective units listed below

up to 1 from elsewhere in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or any other Training Package or accredited course at Certificate I or II level.

The elective units chosen must be relevant to the work outcome and meet local industry needs.

Core units

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications

ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet

ICTICT104 Use digital devices

Elective units

BSBWHS201 Contribute to health and safety of self and others

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBCMM101 Apply basic communication skills

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications

ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages

ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools

ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT10115 Certificate I in Information, Digital Media and Technology	ICA10111 Certificate I in Information, Digital Media and Technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20115 Certificate II in Information, Digital Media and Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package version 2.0. Release 2 created to update unit codes.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package version 1.0.

Qualification Description

This entry level qualification provides the foundation skills and knowledge to use information and communications technology (ICT) in any industry.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

7 core units plus

7 elective units

The elective units consist of:

up to 7 from the elective units listed below

up to 3 from elsewhere in ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or any other Training Package or accredited course at Certificate II or III level.

The elective units chosen must be relevant to the work outcome and meet local industry needs.

Core units

BSBWHS201 Contribute to health and safety of self and others

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware

ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages

ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package

ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement

Elective units

CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot

CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing

CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing

ICPDMT321 Capture a digital image

ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages

ICTICT206 Install software applications

ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages

ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications

ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients

ICTICT210 Operate database applications

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies

ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment

ICTSAS201 Maintain inventories for equipment, software and documentation

ICTSAS202 Apply problem-solving techniques to routine ICT malfunctions

ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals

ICTSAS204 Record client support requirements

ICTSAS205 Maintain ICT system integrity

ICTSAS206 Detect and protect from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS207 Protect and secure information assets

ICTSAS208 Maintain ICT equipment and consumables

ICTSAS209 Connect and use a home based local wireless network

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT20115 Certificate II in Information, Digital Media and Technology (Release 2)	ICT20115 Certificate II in Information, Digital Media and Technology (Release 1)	Updated unit codes.	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This is an entry-level qualification for telecommunications linesworkers working on the construction and maintenance of high-speed national broadband network (NBN) infrastructure.

Linesworkers may:

perform cable and infrastructure work underground, which may involve civil and construction work such as site preparation, building of enclosures, installing mounting brackets and hauling underground cables

work above ground to install fibre or metallic aerial cable and infrastructure, which may also include installing aerial lead-in cables to customer premises and providing traffic management.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling on the customer side of the network termination device must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

5 core units, plus

7 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 7 units from Group A Cabling

up to 4 units from Group B Telecommunications

up to 3 units from Group C General

up to 2 units from this Training Package or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) level 2 or 3 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome. This could be achieved by selecting a specialisation (see below) or by selecting an appropriate mix of electives from Groups A, B and C.

Units selected from other training packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Cabling

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Group B Telecommunications

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Group C General

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools*

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements

HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

OR

HLTAID003 Provide first aid

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Specialisations

One of the following three specialisations must be undertaken to ensure worker skills meet the required safety practices for each specialisation.

Telecommunications Linesworker Hybrid Fibre Coaxial

Six of the following elective units must be selected:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Plus:

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

OR

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre

The following 7 elective units must be selected:

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Telecommunications Linesworker Copper

The following 6 elective units must be selected:

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Hybrid Fibre Coaxial)

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Fibre)

ICT20219 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Linesworker Copper)

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT20215 Certificate II in Telecommunications Network Build and Operate.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This is an entry-level qualification for telecommunications technology operators who may:

install telecommunications equipment, data cabling and cabling products on customer premises

perform fault-finding on a limited range of digital reception equipment for both cable television and free-to-air television reception, for either a customer or an enterprise

install and maintain telecommunications radio communications equipment in base stations and connect wireless base stations

install and maintain telecommunications equipment on high structures including radio towers or for installation and connection of wireless base stations.

The qualification is suited to an individual undertaking work experience, or in a probationary period in employment.

It is particularly applicable to school-based delivery as an entry-level pathway to employment and is suitable as an Australian traineeship or apprenticeship pathway, except for the units of competency that involve high-risk work age restrictions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

High risk work (HRW) licences are required for dogging work and rigging as outlined on the Safe Work Australia website.

The model WHS Regulations require people performing HRW to be over 18 years of age and to hold the right HRW licence. HRW licences are issued by state/territory governments: refer to the relevant body to ensure compliance with regulations.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

7 core units, plus

6 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 6 units from any group of elective units listed below according to the specialisation packaging rules, outlined below, where a specialisation is the required outcome

up to 2 units from this Training Package or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 2 or 3 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Elective units

Group A Cabling

ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule*

Group B Networking

ICTTEN203 Install and configure a home or small office network

ICTTEN204 Install and configure a small to medium business network

ICTTEN205 Build and maintain a secure network

ICTTEN206 Operate new media software packages

Group C Radio Communications

ICTRFN201 Install a satellite antenna

ICTRFN202 Install a terrestrial antenna

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

Group D Rigging

ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures

ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures

CPCCLDG3001A Licence to perform dogging

CPCCLRG3001A Licence to perform rigging basic level*

Group E General

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

OR

HLTAID003 Provide first aid

ICTICT206 Install software applications

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

ICTPMG202 Plan, organise and undertake work activities

ICTSAS203 Connect hardware peripherals

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS202 Work safely in a radio frequency electromagnetic radiation environment

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCLRG3001A Licence to perform rigging basic level	CPCCLDG3001A Licence to perform dogging
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule OR ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems and ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable and ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable and ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

cabling

networking

radio communications

rigging

telecommunications cabling.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Cabling)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Cabling)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Networking)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT20319 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology (Rigging).

Cabling

Select 6 elective units from Group A Cabling.

Telecommunications Cabling

Select the following 2 elective units from Group A Cabling:

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule*

Select 4 further elective units from the remaining elective units in Group A Cabling.

Networking

Select at least 4 elective units from Group B Networking.

Radio Communications

Select the 3 elective units from Group C Radio Communications.

Select at least 1 elective unit from Group D Rigging.

Rigging

Select the 5 elective units from Group D Rigging.

Note: This specialisation is not suitable for school-based delivery due to high-risk work age restrictions.

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT20315 Certificate II in Telecommunications Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30120 Certificate III in Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who are competent in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles, including animation, basic cloud computing, basic cyber awareness, digital media skills, generalist IT support services, networking, programming, systems and web development.

Individuals who work in these fields apply broad sets of skills, including foundational knowledge in critical thinking and customer service skills, to support a range of technologies, processes, procedures, policies, people and clients in a variety of work contexts.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units plus

6 elective units, of which:

at least 4 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any other currently endorsed training package qualification or accredited course at Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 2, 3 or 4.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Core units

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients

Elective units

Group A Animation

CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques

ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art

ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation

Group B Basic Cloud Computing

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Group C Basic Cyber Security Awareness

BSBXCS301 Protect own personal online profile from cyber security threats

BSBXCS302 Identify and report online security threats

BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Group D Digital Media

CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content

CUADIG301 Prepare video assets

CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing

CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing

Group E Generalist IT Support

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

Group F IT Work Ready Skills

ICPDMT3460 Incorporate video into multimedia presentations

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology package

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Group G Networking

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Group H Programming

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Group I Systems

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

ICTICT304 Implement system software changes

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

ICTSAS213 Maintain ICT system integrity

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Group J Web Development

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT30118 Certificate III in Information, Digital Media and Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for telecommunications operators working on the construction and maintenance of high-speed national broadband network (NBN) infrastructure, and on required technology.

Telecommunications technology operators may:

perform equipment and system installation work on a customer network to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including connecting and jointing of copper cable, diagnosing and rectifying copper cable system faults, and migrating, remediating and augmentation of copper services to maximise benefits of the high-speed broadband connection

splice, test and fault-find on live fibre cable in the NBN fibre distribution network

perform equipment and system installation work on a customer network to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including diagnosing and rectifying fibre system faults, working with active equipment, and performing integration and commissioning activities to maximise benefits of the high-speed broadband connection

perform underground and aerial equipment and system installations from the tap to the optical node to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services, including connecting and terminating hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) cabling, diagnosing and rectifying HFC system faults

install, activate and assure HFC equipment and systems from the last connection point of the network to the customer premises – tap to network termination device (NTD) – to enable efficient access and interconnection to the NBN services.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises downstream of the NTD must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, and in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

6 core units, plus

8 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 8 units from Group A Copper Cabling, or Group B Fibre Cabling, and/or Group C HFC Cabling

up to 5 units from Group D General

up to 2 units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 3 or 4 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Copper Cabling

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Group B Fibre Cabling

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Group C HFC Cabling

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Group D General

BSBSUS201 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools*

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

HLTAID001 Provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL247 Install maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

OR

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities

RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces

RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat

RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan

TLID2010 Operate a forklift

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects
ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

copper cable jointer

fibre splicer

fibre technician

HFC technician

telecommunications customer service technician – HFC technician.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Copper Cable Jointer)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Fibre Splicer)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Fibre Technician)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (HFC Technician)

ICT30419 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operation (Telecommunications Customer Service Technician – HFC Technician).

Copper Cable Jointer

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Fibre Splicer

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for carriers and service projects

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Technician Fibre

Select the following 7 elective units:

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTTEN310 Remove and replace electronic circuit boards in carrier equipment

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Technician Hybrid Fibre Coaxial (HFC)

Select the following 5 elective units:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Plus

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

or

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

Telecommunications Customer Service Technician – HFC Technician

Select the following 8 elective units:

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT30415 Certificate III in Telecommunications Network Build and Operate.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for telecommunications technology operators who assess installation requirements, plan and perform installations, test installed equipment, and fault-find when issues arise with installed equipment.

Telecommunications technology operators may work on:

customer cabling networks

digital reception technology

optical networks

premises cabling

radio communications

rigging, which also involves installing and maintaining radio antennas on high structures such as radio towers, and building and mounting sections of radio masts for a complete radio structure

telecommunications networking

wireless networks.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Cabling at the customer premises must be carried out according to requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and relevant industry registration bodies, in line with the specifications of the access network owner.

High risk work (HRW) licences are required for dogging work and rigging as outlined on the Safe Work Australia website.

The model WHS Regulations require people performing high risk work to be over 18 years of age and to hold the right HRW licence. HRW licences are issued by state/territory governments: refer to the relevant body to ensure compliance with regulations.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units, plus

10 elective units

The elective units selected must consist of:

at least 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace Technical Practice.

The remaining required elective units selected may consist of:

up to 2 elective unit from Group B General Workplace

up to 8 elective units from any of the elective groups with no more than 2 of these units from Group G Work Health and Safety

up to 3 units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 3 or 4 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Elective units

Group A Workplace Technical Practice

ICTTEN207 Install and test internet protocol devices in convergence networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Group B General Workplace

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business

BSBSMB306 Plan a home based business

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practises

CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTSAS305 Provide ICT advice to clients

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

ICTWOR301 Organise resources

ICTWOR302 Organise material supply

ICTWOR303 Schedule resources

ICTWOR304 Manage spare parts

ICTWOR305 Supervise worksite activities

ICTWOR306 Resolve technical enquiries using multiple information systems

ICTWOR307 Collect and analyse technical information

Group C Telecommunications Cabling

ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule*

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network*

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Group D Digital Reception Technology

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises*

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Group E ICT Use

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components

ICTICT304 Implement system software changes

ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology

ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS303 Care for computer hardware

ICTSAS304 Provide basic system administration

ICTSAS308 Run standard diagnostic tests

Group F Optical Networks

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Group G Work Health and Safety

CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos*

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

ICTWHS201 Provide telecommunications services safely on roofs

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

OR

UETTDREL14A Working safely near live electrical apparatus as a non-electrical worker

RIICCM202D Identify, locate and protect underground services

RIIWHS202D Enter and work in confined spaces

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

RIIWHS205D Control traffic with stop-slow bat

RIIWHS302D Implement traffic management plan

Group H Radio Communications

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN302 Install mobile telecommunications in motor vehicles

ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Group I Telecommunications Network

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN307 Repair and replace telecommunications network hardware

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

Group J Telecommunications Rigging

ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures

ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment

ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures

ICTTCR301 Build a telecommunications radio structure*

ICTTCR302 Install radio plant and equipment on telecommunications structures*

ICTTCR303 Protect against electromagnetic radiation and systems hazards when working on telecomms radio sites

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
CPCCDE3014A Remove non-friable asbestos	CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network	ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects
ICTTCR301 Build a telecommunications radio structure	ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures
ICTTCR302 Install radio plant and equipment on telecommunications structures	ICTTCR201 Use rigging practices and systems on telecommunications network structures ICTTCR202 Use operational safety in a telecommunications rigging environment ICTTCR203 Use safe rigging practices to climb and perform rescues on telecommunications network structures
ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises	ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

digital reception technology

optical networks

radio communications

telecommunications cabling

telecommunications networks

telecommunications rigging

wireless networks.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Digital Reception Technology)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Optical Networks)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Cabling)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Networks)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Telecommunications Rigging)

ICT30519 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology (Wireless Networks).

Digital Reception Technology

Select the following 6 elective units from Group D Digital Reception Technology:

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Optical Networks

Select the following 5 elective units from Group F Optical Networks:

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Radio Communications

Select at least 4 elective units from Group H Radio Communications.

Telecommunications Cabling

Select the following 4 elective units from Group C Telecommunications Cabling:

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule*

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Telecommunications Networking

Select the following 3 elective units from Group A Workplace Technical:

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Telecommunications Rigging

Select the 3 elective units in Group J Telecommunications Rigging.

Wireless Networks

Select the following 4 elective units from Group H Radio Communications:

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT30515 Certificate III in Telecommunications Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who are job ready and competent in a wide range of information and communications technology (ICT) roles and apply a broad range of skills in varied work contexts, using problem solving skills and effective communication with others.

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

database development: interpreting specifications, technical designs and flow charts, modifying software applications, constructing technical specifications from models and testing, and writing technical documents

database maintenance: managing, cleaning, storing and verifying organisational data, and evaluating compliance with internal and external data ethics regulations and legislation

gaming development: creating 2D and 3D modelling and animation software through scripts and storyboards

networking: installing, configuring and testing networks and servers in organisations

programming: building, testing and applying basic object-oriented language skills, user interfaces and software developments

systems administration support: implementing maintenance procedures and support to help troubleshoot system applications

web development: designing website layouts through textual and visual content transfer, search engine optimisation and simple markup language documents.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

7 core units plus

13 elective units, of which:

at least 9 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any other currently endorsed training package qualification or accredited course at Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 3, 4 or 5.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Database development

Database maintenance

Gaming development

Networking

Programming

Systems administration support

Web development

Core units

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Elective units

Group A Database Development Specialisation

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements

ICTDBS415 Build a database

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Group B Database Maintenance Specialisation

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Group C Gaming Development Specialisation

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Group D Networking Specialisation

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Group E Programming Specialisation

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG433 Test software developments

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Group F Systems Administration Support Specialisation

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Group G Web Development Specialisation

ICTWEB431 Create and style simple markup language documents

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Group H General electives

Cloud Computing

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

Cyber Security Incident Response

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability test assessments for an organisation

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Data and Information Management

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for distributed ledgers

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Digital Media

CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects

CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions

CUADIG401 Author interactive media

CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround

CUAPOS402 Manage media assets

CUAPPM407 Create storyboards

CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing

CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Gaming Art and Development

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

IT Support Services

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instruction

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

IT Work Ready Skills

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Networking

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

Project Management

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Programming

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

ICTPRG434 Automate processes

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

ICTSAD501 Model data objects

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

Systems and Software Design

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

ICTICT444 Develop client user interface

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch

Systems Development and Maintenance

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet

Web design and development

ICTWEB423 Ensure dynamic website security

ICTWEB430 Produce server-side script for dynamic web pages

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Database Development)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Database Maintenance)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Gaming Development)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Networking)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Programming)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Systems Administration Support)

ICT40120 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Web Development).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Database Development

Select all 5 elective units from Group A Database Development Specialisation

Database Maintenance

Select all 5 elective units from Group B Database Maintenance Specialisation

Gaming Development

Select all 6 elective units from Group C Gaming Development Specialisation

Networking

Select all 7 elective units from Group D Networking Specialisation

Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group E Programming Specialisation

Systems Administration Support

Select all 6 elective units from Group F Systems Administration Support Specialisation

Web Development

Select all 7 elective units from Group G Web Development Specialisation

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT40118 Certificate IV in Information Technology

ICT40215 Certificate IV in Information Technology Support

ICT40315 Certificate IV in Web-Based Technologies

ICT40418 Certificate IV in Information Technology Networking

ICT40518 Certificate IV in Programming

ICT40815 Certificate IV in Digital Media Technologies

ICT40915 Certificate IV in Digital and Interactive Games

ICT41015 Certificate IV in Computer Systems Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT41119 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a technician with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of the access, building and core networks, and client capabilities of the service provider. It prepares people to work in telecommunications infrastructure network design, for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

Graduates with this qualification will be able to design:

the customer access network

the building network

the core network for the service provider and asset owner

carrier equipment infrastructure.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licencing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry into this qualification requires:

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of this qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in electrotechnology from the UEE Electrotechnology Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of this qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a current unrestricted electrical licence from any Australian state or territory electrical regulator

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and enrolment in this Certificate IV as part of a traineeship or apprenticeship program or concurrently employed within the ICT industry

or

open registration as an ACMA registered cabler with certified evidence of at least 2100 hours of work experience within customer premises doing cabling or telecommunications carrier work.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units, plus

10 elective units

The elective units selected must consist of:

up to 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace

at least 4 elective units from Groups B Design and D Network Planning.

The remaining required elective units selected may consist of:

up to 3 elective units from Groups C ICT Use, E Optical Networks, F Project Management, G Radio Communications, H Sustainability or I Network Engineering

up to 4 elective units from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Level 4 or above qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from, or available within, the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTTEN426 Design network projects

ICTTEN427 Conduct site surveys to identify carrier installation requirements

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

ICTTEN429 Estimate and quote for carrier telecommunications equipment installations

Elective units

Group A Workplace

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business

ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey

Group B Design

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions

BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Group C ICT Use

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

Group D Network Planning

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures

ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks

ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility

ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project

ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures

ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network

ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery

ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate

ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

Group E Optical Networks

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Group F Project Management

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief

Group G Radio Communications

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Group H Sustainability

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan

Group I Network Engineering

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations*

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment

ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

ICTTEN430 Design infrastructure for telecommunications network installations

ICTTEN431 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems*

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations	ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures
ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT41115 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of an advanced technician (technical officer), team leader or supervisor with a wide range of telecommunications skills. The skills required for this role may include, but are not restricted to, the ability to install and maintain:

enterprise networks in emerging and converging technologies

optical and wireless equipment for high speed broadband network infrastructure

internet protocol (IP) based network telecommunications equipment

IP based networks in home networks and small and medium enterprises

telecommunications, data cabling and cabling products in line with the specifications of the access network owner

telecommunications access network cabling and infrastructure, systems and customer equipment.

The qualification enables technicians to assess installation requirements of converging voice, video and data IP networks, plan and perform installations and test installed equipment and fault find.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this qualification may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry into this qualification requires:

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or the ICT10 Integrated Telecommunications Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of the qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in electrotechnology from the UEE Electrotechnology Training Package and certified evidence of at least 700 hours of work experience within the related scope of the qualification, which may have occurred concurrent with or after the qualification was achieved

or

a current unrestricted electrical licence from any Australian State or Territory electrical regulator

or

a qualification at AQF level 2 or 3 in telecommunications from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package and enrolment in the ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology as part of a traineeship or apprenticeship program or concurrently employed within the ICT industry

or

open registration as an ACMA registered cabler with certified evidence of at least 2100 hours of work experience within the customer premises doing cabling or telecommunications carrier work.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 17

5 core units, plus

12 elective units

The elective units selected may consist of:

up to 1 elective unit from Group A Workplace

up to 12 elective units from Groups B General, C IT Use, D Network Engineering, and E Radio Communications

up to 4 elective units from this and any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 4 or above qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core units

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

ICTTEN414 Repair telecommunication system faults

ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems*

Elective units

Group A Workplace

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

ICTSMB401 Set up and operate a contractor business

ICTSMB402 Operate a contractor business with employees

ICTTEN402 Estimate and quote for customer telecommunications equipment installation

Group B General

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan

ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation

ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

ICTPMG402 Schedule installation of customer premises equipment

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTSUS402 Install and test power saving hardware

ICTSUS404 Install thin client applications for power over ethernet

ICTTEN403 Assign a transmission path

ICTTEN404 Install and configure a wireless mesh network

ICTTEN406 Effect changes to existing customer premises equipment systems and equipment

ICTTEN407 Cut over customer premises equipment major upgrades

ICTTEN408 Complete equipment and software upgrades

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN412 Undertake routine maintenance of the telecommunications network

ICTTEN413 Undertake remote diagnosis and repair of network faults

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN417 Install, configure and test a router

ICTTEN419 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches

ICTTEN424 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a service provider network

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Group C IT Use

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques

ICTPRG430 Apply introductory object-oriented language skills

Group D Network Engineering

ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation

ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers

ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks

ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

ICTPMG403 Manage the delivery of network infrastructure

ICTSUS403 Install and test power management software

ICTTEN301 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

ICTTEN411 Monitor, analyse and action telecommunications network alarms

ICTTEN420 Design, install and configure an internetwork

ICTTEN421 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design

ICTTEN422 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching

ICTTEN423 Install and maintain a wide area network

ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server

Group E Radio Communications

ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN303 Install WiMAX customer premises equipment broadband wireless access equipment

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN305 Operate and maintain radio communications technical instruments and field equipment

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN403 Test and repair cellular network equipment

ICTRFN404 Undertake radio communications signals monitoring

ICTRFN405 Install radio communications base station equipment

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN418 Install and test a radio frequency identification system

ICTWOR401 Undertake a civil site survey

ICTWOR402 Schedule equipment maintenance

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements:

Prerequisite unit requirements in this qualification
Unit in this qualification	Prerequisite unit
ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems	ICTTEN208 Use electrical when working with telecommunications networks

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

network engineering

optical networks

radio communications

smart device installation

telecommunications network technician – hybrid fibre coaxial.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Network Engineering)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Optical Networks)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Radio Communications)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Smart Device Installation)

ICT41219 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology (Telecommunications Network Technician – Hybrid Fibre Coaxial).

Network Engineering

Select 7 elective units from Group D Network Engineering.

Optical Networks

Select the following 3 elective units from Group B General:

ICTOPN403 Prepare activity plans and specifications for a fibre to the x installation

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Radio Communications

Select the following 5 elective units:

ICTRFN301 Install a radio communications antenna and feedline

ICTRFN304 Construct and test a radio communications device

ICTRFN402 Select antenna system for radio communications

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Smart Device Installation

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN415 Install and configure internet protocol TV in a home network

ICTTEN425 Design, install and configure a customer smart technology network

Telecommunication Network Technician – Hybrid Fibre Coaxial

Select the following 6 elective units:

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN409 Commission an electronic system

ICTTEN410 Locate, diagnose and rectify faults

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICT41215 Certificate IV in Telecommunications Engineering Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) roles who have established specialised skills in a technical ICT function.

Individuals in these roles carry out moderately complex tasks in specialist fields, working independently, as part of a team or leading deliverables with others. They may apply their skills across a wide range of industries, business functions and departments, or as a business owner (sole trader/contractor).

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

advanced networking: configuring and managing virtual computing environments, and security within ICT networks

advanced programming: applying intermediate and advanced programming skills, managing data and building advanced user interfaces to manage organisational requirements

back end web development: developing and maintaining website information architecture and data

business analysis: designing and implementing technical requirements, quality assurance processes and contingency plans for businesses

cloud architecture: developing, improving and designing cloud infrastructure, including disaster recovery plans

cloud engineering: building, implementing and managing cloud infrastructure and virtual networks

cyber security: protecting sensitive data and information through security architecture and developing disaster recovery and contingency plans

database and data management: creating, designing and monitoring systems that store data and optimise organisational knowledge management

front end web development: designing dynamic and complex websites, user experience solutions and documents using extensible mark-up languages

game art and design: creating complex 2D and 3D modelling and animation software through scripts and storyboards

game programming: creating complex 2D and 3D interactive games and media, building graphical user interfaces and applying artificial intelligence in game development

systems administration: reviewing maintenance procedures and support to help troubleshoot system applications

systems analysis: modelling and testing data objects, data processes and preferred ICT system solutions.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

6 core units plus

14 elective units, of which:

at least 10 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 4, 5 or 6 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Advanced networking

Advanced programming

Back end web development

Business analysis

Cloud architecture

Cloud engineering

Cyber security

Database and data management

Front end web development

Game art and design

Game programming

Systems administration

Systems analysis

Core units

BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Elective units

Group A Advanced Networking Specialisation

ICTNWK529 Install and manage complex ICT networks

ICTNWK536 Plan, implement and test enterprise communication solutions

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Group B Advanced Programming Specialisation

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Group C Back End Web Development Specialisation

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Group D Business Analysis Specialisation

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

ICTSAS502 Establish and maintain client user liaison

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Group E Cloud Architect Specialisation

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Group F Cloud Engineer Specialisation

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Group G Cyber Security Specialisation

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Group H Database and Data Management Specialisation

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

ICTDBS506 Design databases

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

Group I Front End Web Development Specialisation

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Group J Game Art and Design Specialisation

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Group K Game Programming Specialisation

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Group L Systems Administration Specialisation

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

ICTSAS512 Review and manage delivery of maintenance services

ICTSAS518 Install and upgrade operating systems

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Group M Systems Analysis Specialisation

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

ICTSAD501 Model data objects

ICTSAD502 Model data processes

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

ICTSAS520 Develop detailed test plans

Group N General electives

Advanced IT Support

ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications

ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for a new system

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

ICTSAS517 Use network tools

ICTSAS519 Perform systems tests

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance test

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategy

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

Blockchain Solutions

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Business Management

BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

ICTSAD503 Minimise risk of new technologies to business solutions

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts

Data Engineering

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Design

CUADIG502 Design digital applications

CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources

CUADIG507 Design digital simulations

CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies

Digital Media

CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing

CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround

CUASOU407 Edit sound

CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings

ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video

Gaming Development

ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

ICTGAM553 Integrate databases with online games

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Internet of Things

ICTIOT501 Install IT devices and networks

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Networking

ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network

ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network

ICTNWK531 Configure an internet gateway

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Programming

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

ICTPRG531 Prepare for application development using current methods

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG538 Create mashups

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT system

ICTPRG542 Review developed software

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

ICTPRG555 Implement object relational mapping framework for data persistence

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Project Management

BSBPMG513 Manage project quality

BSBPMG517 Manage project risk

BSBPMG520 Manage project governance

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Systems and Software Design

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Web Design and Development

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Networking)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Programming)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Back End Web Development)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Business Analysis)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Cloud Architecture)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Cloud Engineering)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Cyber Security)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Database and Data Management)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Front End Web Development)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Game Art and Design)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Game Programming)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Administration)

ICT50120 Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Analysis).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Advanced Networking

Select all 6 elective units from Group A Advanced Networking Specialisation

Advanced Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group B Advanced Programming Specialisation

Back End Web Development

Select all 5 elective units from Group C Back End Web Development Specialisation

Business Analysis

Select all 5 elective units from Group D Business Analysis Specialisation

Cloud Architecture

Select all 4 elective units from Group E Cloud Architect Specialisation

Cloud Engineering

Select all 4 elective units from Group F Cloud Engineers Specialisation

Cyber Security

Select all 5 elective units from Group G Cyber Security Specialisation

Database and Data Management

Select all 5 elective units from Group H Database and Data Management Specialisation

Front End Web Development

Select all 6 elective units from Group I Front End Web Development Specialisation

Game Art and Design

Select all 5 elective units from Group J Game Art and Design Specialisation

Game Programming

Select all 5 elective units from Group K Game Programming Specialisation

Systems Administration

Select all 5 elective units from Group L Systems Administration Specialisation

Systems Analysis

Select all 5 elective units from Group M Systems Analysis Specialisation

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT50118 Diploma of Information Technology

ICT50215 Diploma of Digital and Interactive Games

ICT50318 Diploma of Information Technology Systems Administration

ICT50418 Diploma of Information Technology Networking

ICT50515 Diploma of Database Design and Development

ICT50615 Diploma of Website Development

ICT50718 Diploma of Software Development

ICT50818 Diploma of Systems Analysis and Design

ICT50915 Diploma of Digital Media Technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT51015 Diploma of Telecommunications Engineering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a technical specialist, with high level skills and knowledge in telecommunications and information technology (IT) networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

An individual in this role can install, test and commission voice and data communications networks in medium to large enterprises using next generation networks technologies. They canprovide specialist technical support in monitoring and administering the installation and upgrade of large telecommunications and IT networks including local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN), IP based protocol systems, voice over internet protocol (VoIP) and unified communications networks, secured networks, cellular mobile networks, microwave systems, wireless and wired line networks, databases, routers, switches and servers.

The following specialisations can be achieved through selection of specific units of competency:

Management

Network Engineering

Optical Networks

Radio Communications.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those individuals who:

Have completed a Certificate IV or Diploma from the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

or

Have completed a Certificate III in Telecommunications with at least one year full time equivalent and relevant telecommunications practical experience.

or

Have completed a Certificate III or a Certificate IV qualification in related technical fields of study with at least one year full time equivalent and relevant telecommunications practical experience.

or

Have completed a minimum of three years equivalent full-time experience in the telecommunications industry with particular technical experience in; installation of cabling; diagnosis and rectification of telecommunications system faults; and the delivery and operation of network infrastructure, for core and access networks in accordance with industry regulations and legislative requirements.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

5 core units plus

7 electives units

The electives consist of:

up to 7 units selected from the electives listed below

up to 2 may be selected from any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course at AQF Level 5 or above.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Refer to the Specialisations information below, and to the Companion Volume Implementation Guide, for advice about choosing electives to support specialisations in particular sectors of the information and communications industry.

Core Units

BSBSUS501 Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability

BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief

ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications

ICTTEN516 Produce technical solutions from business specifications

Elective Units

Group A General administration

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products

ICTPRO501 Develop training, marketing and sales resources for telecommunications products

ICTSUS501 Implement server virtualisation for a sustainable ICT system

ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project

Group B General ICT

ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network

ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit

ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments

ICTPMG502 Develop customer premises equipment installation project plans

ICTTEN503 Design an electronic system for a telecommunications network

ICTTEN504 Acceptance test new systems and equipment

ICTTEN505 Commission telecommunications network equipment

ICTTEN506 Integrate new systems and equipment into the telecommunications network

ICTTEN507 Cut over new and replacement network equipment

ICTTEN508 Locate, diagnose and rectify complex faults

ICTTEN509 Provide expert advice and support on complex faults

ICTTEN510 Undertake planned outage management

ICTTEN511 Administer a data communications network

ICTTEN512 Design and implement an enterprise voice over internet protocol and a unified communications network

ICTTEN515 Dimension and design a radio frequency identification system

ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network

Group C Radio communications

ICTRFN501 Test cellular handset enhancements and international roaming agreements

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

ICTRFN503 Evaluate and analyse radio frequency signal coverage plots

ICTRFN601 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to the cellular mobile network

ICTRFN602 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for WiMAX networks

Group D Network engineering and management

ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning

Group E Optical and network engineering

ICTOPN501 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing systems

ICTOPN502 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical network

ICTOPN503 Plan for an optical system upgrade and cut over

ICTOPN504 Test and commission a dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system

ICTOPN505 Test the performance of specialised optical devices

ICTOPN506 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices in the network

Group F Management

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation

BSBDES602 Research global design trends

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

BSBPMG521 Manage project integration

BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan

Group G Network engineering

ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design

ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design

ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design

ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector

ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch

ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server

Specialisations

The use of specialist streams is appropriate for this qualification in accordance with the AQF, Standards for Training Packages and the packaging rules. Where a specialist stream is achieved, testamurs must show the appropriate specialisation in brackets. Refer to the Companion Volume Implementation Guide for further advice about specialisations.

Minimum elective units required for the specific specialisations are described below.

Management

Select the following 5 units:

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning

ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans.

The remaining 2 electives must be selected from Groups A, D and F only.

Network Engineering

Select the following 4 units:

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project

ICTTEN513 Install, configure and test a local area network switch

ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server.

The remaining 3 electives must be selected from Groups A, B, C, D, E, and G only.

Optical Network

Select the following 5 units:

ICTOPN501 Plan and configure dense wavelength division multiplexing systems

ICTOPN502 Perform acceptance and commissioning tests on optical network

ICTOPN503 Plan for an optical system upgrade and cut over

ICTOPN504 Test and commission a dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system

ICTOPN506 Analyse and integrate specialised optical devices in the network.

The remaining 2 electives must be selected from Groups A, B and E only.

Radio Communications

Select the following 5 units:

ICTRFN502 Test and measure cellular phone and network equipment performance

ICTRFN503 Evaluate and analyse radio frequency signal coverage plots

ICTRFN602 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for WiMAX networks

ICTTEN502 Design a telecommunications project

ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network.

The remaining 2 electives must be selected from Groups A, B and C only.

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT51015 Diploma of Telecommunications Engineering	ICT50110 Diploma of Optical Networks ICT50210 Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering ICT50310 Diploma of Telecommunications Management ICT50410 Diploma of Radio Frequency Networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Changes to core units and packaging rules. Increased total number of units required.	No equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT51115 Diploma of Telecommunications Planning and Design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a technical specialist with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of the core and access network capabilities of the service provider. An individual in this role can:

plan the development of the customer access network infrastructure

plan the development of the core network for the service provider and asset owner

plan network capacity for new technology in products and services

analyse demand data and evaluate network growth and impact on the network.

This qualification prepares individuals to work in the telecommunications industry in planning and designing additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies. This is required for the national broadband infrastructure network planning.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those individuals who:

Have completed a Certificate IV in Telecommunications Network Design or its equivalent.

or

Have completed a minimum of three years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience in the telecommunications industry with experience in provisioning, evaluation, planning, design, costing and deployment of core networks and access networks.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 Core units plus

6 Electives units

The elective units consist of:

6 units selected from any of the elective groups listed below.

A maximum of two elective units may be substituted with two units of competency from any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course at AQF Level 5 or 6.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core

BSBPMG521 Manage project integration

BSBSUS501 Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability

ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design

ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design

ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning

ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design

Electives

Financial management

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans

FNSORG506 Prepare financial forecasts and projections

Education

ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products

Design

BSBDES501 Implement design solutions

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation

BSBDES602 Research global design trends

Network planning

ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network

Project management

ICTPMG503 Prepare a project brief

ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications

ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan

Product skills and advice

ICTPRO501 Develop training, marketing and sales resources for telecommunications products

Sustainability

ICTSUS501 Implement server virtualisation for a sustainable ICT system

Telecommunications engineering networks

ICTTEN501 Provide consultancy and technical support in the customer premises equipment sector

ICTTEN517 Plan a wireless mesh network

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT51115 Diploma of Telecommunications Planning and Design	ICT50513 Diploma of Telecommunications Planning and Design	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) roles who have significant experience in specialist technical skills, or managerial business and people management skills.

Individuals in these roles carry out complex tasks in a specialist field, working independently, leading a team or a strategic direction of a business. They apply their skills across a wide range of industries and business functions, or as a business owner (sole trader/contractor).

The skills required for these roles may include, but are not restricted to:

advanced data management information: creating, designing and monitoring complex systems that store data, and optimising organisational knowledge management

cyber security: protecting sensitive data and information through security architecture, and developing disaster recovery and contingency plans

full stack web development: building advanced user interfaces, developing representational state transfer application program interfaces (REST APIs) and designing user experience solutions

further programming: applying advanced ICT languages to maintain security and manage data

IT strategy and organisational development: managing and communicating strategic ICT business solutions

systems development and analysis: modelling and testing data objects, data processes and preferred ICT system solutions.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

6 core units plus

10 elective units, of which:

at least 7 units must be selected from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be selected from the remaining listed elective units or from this or any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course where the units are packaged in an Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) Level 5 or 6 qualification.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules above can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed at the qualification end.

Advanced data management information

Cyber security

Full stack web development

Further programming

IT strategy and organisational development

Systems development and analysis

Core units

BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Elective units

Group A Advanced Data Management Information Specialisation

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Group B Cyber Security Specialisation

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation’s compliance with relevant cyber security standards and law

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Group C Full Stack Web Development Specialisation

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Group D Further Programming Specialisation

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Group E IT Strategy and Organisational Development Specialisation

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

ICTSAD604 Manage and communicate ICT solutions

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Group F Systems Development and Analysis Specialisation

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Group G General electives

Advanced Cloud Computing

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

Advanced Cyber Security

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

Application and Software Development

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Cyber Security Network Operations

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Data Management

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Project Management

BSBPMG513 Manage project quality

BSBPMG517 Manage project risk

BSBPMG520 Manage project governance

ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

ICTSAS522 Manage the testing process

IT Work Ready Skills

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

ICTSAD602 Conduct knowledge audits

ICTSAD605 Elicit ICT requirements

ICTSUS601 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects

PSPPCM023 Manage strategic contracts

Network Security

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

ICTNWK603 Plan, configure and test advanced internetwork routing solutions

ICTNWK604 Plan and configure advanced internetwork switching solutions

ICTNWK605 Design and configure secure integrated wireless systems

ICTNWK606 Implement voice applications over secure wireless networks

ICTNWK610 Design and build integrated VoIP networks

ICTNWK611 Configure call processing network elements for secure VoIP networks

ICTNWK612 Plan and manage troubleshooting advanced integrated IP networks

ICTNWK613 Develop plans to manage structured troubleshooting process of enterprise networks

ICTNWK615 Design and configure desktop virtualisation

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

ICTSAS517 Use network tools

Strategy and Business Management

BSBINN601 Lead and manage organisational change

BSBMGT608 Manage innovation and continuous improvement

BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Web design and Development

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

Specialisations

As stated above, where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in the packaging rules at qualification outset can serve to provide the qualification with one or more of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of more than one specialisation may be indicated on the same testamur as follows:

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Advanced Data Management Information)

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Cyber Security)

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Full Stack Web Development)

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Further Programming)

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (IT Strategy and Organisational Development)

ICT60120 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology (Systems Development and Analysis).

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Advanced Data Management Information

Select all 4 elective units from Group A Advanced Data Management Information Specialisation

Cyber Security

Select all 4 elective units from Group B Cyber Security Specialisation

Full Stack Web Development

Select all 4 elective units from Group C Full Stack Web Development Specialisation

Further Programming

Select all 3 elective units from Group D Further Programming Specialisation

IT Strategy and Organisational Development

Select all 4 elective units from Group E IT Strategy and Organisational Development Specialisation

Systems Development and Analysis

Select all 4 elective units from Group F Systems Development and Analysis Specialisation

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

ICT60115 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology

ICT60215 Advanced Diploma of Network Security

ICT60315 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology Business Analysis

ICT60415 Advanced Diploma of Information Technology Project Management

ICT60515 Advanced Diploma of Computer Systems Technology

ICT80115 Graduate Certificate in Information Technology and Strategic Management.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT60615 Advanced Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role a technical specialist with high level skills and knowledge in telecommunications and information technology networks using internet protocol (IP) systems who can:

forecast network growth for enterprise network planning

design and manage IP based network telecommunications equipment

implement convergence technologies in enterprise telecommunications networks

design and manage optical and wireless network telecommunications architectures for high speed broadband capability.

Licensing /Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

4 Core units plus

6 Elective units

The elective units consist of:

all 6 units may be selected from the electives units listed below, with a minimum of 2 electives at AQF Level 6

up to 2 elective units may be substituted with units of competency from any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course at AQF Level 6 or above.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the AQF alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or are available within the ICT Information and Telecommunications Technology Training Package.

Core Units

ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan

ICTPMG611 Prepare a detailed design brief

ICTSUS601 Integrate sustainability in ICT planning and design projects

ICTTEN611 Produce an ICT network architecture design

Elective Units

ICT use (IP networks)

ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies

ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network

ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network

ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls

ICTSAS409 Manage risks involving ICT systems and technology

ICTSAS505 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Network planning

ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network

ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand

ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis

Planning

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation

BSBDES602 Research global design trends

Work health and safety

BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace

BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks

Optical networks

ICTOPN601 Manage optical ethernet transmission

ICTOPN602 Manage dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission system

ICTOPN603 Design a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

ICTOPN604 Analyse optical transmission systems

Radio frequency networks

ICTRFN601 Monitor the capacity of and recommend changes to the cellular mobile network

ICTRFN602 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for WiMAX networks

Sustainability

ICTSUS602 Establish a business case for sustainability and competitive advantage in ICT projects

Telecommunications engineering networks

ICTTEN601 Undertake qualification testing of new or enhanced equipment and systems

ICTTEN602 Undertake system administration

ICTTEN603 Undertake network traffic management

ICTTEN604 Coordinate fault rectification and restoration of service following network outages

ICTTEN605 Implement planned network changes with minimal impact to the customer

ICTTEN606 Manage a common channel signalling network

ICTTEN607 Analyse and organise repair of highly complex telecommunications network faults

ICTTEN608 Verify new software and hardware releases

ICTTEN609 Produce and evaluate architecture designs for convergent cellular mobile networks

Emerging technologies

ICTTEN612 Design and manage internet protocol TV in a service provider network

IP networks

ICTTEN610 Install and configure an IP-MPLS network with virtual private network tunnelling

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT60615 Advanced Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering	ICT60210 Advanced Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent qualification
ICT60110 Advanced Diploma of Optical Networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Changed packaging rules. Changed core units.	No equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT80315 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package version 2.0. Release 2 created to complete minor edits and to update unit codes.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0

Qualification Description

This qualification provides the skills and knowledge for individuals to lead strategic and operational information and telecommunications networking solutions. Services and solutions cover a wide range of simple and convergent information and communications technologies requiring the analysis of current and future business and customer requirements; service or solution design; testing, delivery and optimisation.

The individual devises innovative solutions and delivery, using extensive consultation and collaboration with key stakeholders, in a range of situations including complex, geographically dispersed organisations.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those who:

Have completed a Bachelor degree in related fields of study.

or

Have completed a Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in related fields of study and 2 years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Three years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 4

1 core unit plus

3 elective units

The elective units must be relevant to the industry-supported vocational outcomes, local industry requirements and is to be chosen as follows:

The elective units consist of:

up to 3 from the elective units listed below

up to 1 from elsewhere in ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package, or any other Training Package or accredited course at Graduate Certificate level or above.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core Units

ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project

Elective Units

BSBINN801 Lead innovative thinking and practice

BSBLDR803 Develop and cultivate collaborative partnerships and relationships

ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project

ICTICT813 Manage ICT services

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system

ICTPMG801 Manage a telecommunications workplace

ICTPMG804 Evaluate and use telecommunications management networks

ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget

ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system

ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system

ICTSUS804 Use ICT to improve sustainability outcomes

ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability

ICTTEN802 Manage alignment of systems with product and technology strategy

ICTTEN803 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs

ICTTEN804 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains

ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes

ICTTEN806 Manage application layer solutions

ICTTEN807 Lead voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies

ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT80315 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications (Release 2)	ICT80315 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications (Release 1)	Minor edits. Updated unit codes.	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT80415 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications Network Engineering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package version 2.0. Release 2 created to update unit codes.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0

Qualification Description

This qualification provides the skills and knowledge for individuals in strategic and operational leadership roles in the technology domain. The individual provides domain thought leadership; assesses best possible and commercially viable telecommunications networks and systems solutions and services; plans changes to networks and systems in line with business strategy and enterprise product and technology roadmaps; analyses potential and real network problems; and develops innovative, commercially advantageous solutions.

The individual is a recognised authority and trusted business advisor for delivering tomorrow’s solutions as well as optimisation of current network system performance and customer satisfaction. Research, analysis, design, development and deployment of technical and commercially viable solutions for: cloud computing, digital signal processing, cellular and satellite systems and telecommunications networks are requirements of the individual.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those who:

Have completed a Bachelor degree in related fields of study and 2 years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of project or program leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Have completed a Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in related fields of study and 3 years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of project or program leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Five years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 8

3 core units plus

5 elective units

The elective units must be relevant to the industry-supported vocational outcomes, local industry requirements and is to be chosen as follows:

The elective units consist of:

up to 5 from the elective units listed below

up to 1 from elsewhere in ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or any other Training Package or accredited course at Graduate Certificate level or above.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core Units

ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project

ICTPMG804 Evaluate and use telecommunications management networks

ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

Elective Units

BSBINN801 Lead innovative thinking and practice

ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis

ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities

ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative

ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business

ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework

ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system

ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget

ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system

ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system

ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability

ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network

ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes

ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies

ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions

ICTTEN810 Investigate the application of cloud networks in telecommunications switching

ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security

ICTTEN812 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communications system

ICTTEN813 Produce engineering solutions using numerical computations and simulation

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT80415 Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Network Engineering (Release 2)	ICT80415 Graduate Diploma in Telecommunications Network Engineering (Release 1)	Unit codes updated.	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT80515 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications and Strategic Management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package version 2.0. Release 2 created to update unit codes.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification provides the skills and knowledge for individuals to undertake strategic commercial and technical roles in the telecommunications industry. Individuals in this capacity collaborate with business leaders to set the telecommunications agenda, creating and deploying innovative and collaborative technologies that connect people and communities, enable superior levels of personal and collective productivity, and viably grow the telecommunications industry and enterprise profitability.

The individual is an authority and trusted business advisor in strategy development, identifying, designing, developing and deploying tomorrow's solutions. The individual leads and applies research; and analyses, designs, develops and deploys technical and commercially viable integrated solutions for businesses and organisations. The individual is regularly called upon to solve highly complex business and technical problems in geographically dispersed, dynamic and challenging environments.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those who:

Have completed a Bachelor degree in related fields of study and 2 years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of project or program leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Have completed a Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in related fields of study and 3 years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of project or program leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Five years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 8

2 core units plus

6 elective units

The elective units must be relevant to the industry-supported vocational outcomes, local industry requirements and is to be chosen as follows:

The elective units consist of:

up to 6 from the elective units listed below

up to 1 from elsewhere in ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package or any other Training Package or accredited course at Graduate Certificate level or above.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package.

Core Units

BSBINN801 Lead innovative thinking and practice

ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis

Elective Units

ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities

ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative

ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business

ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework

ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system

ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project

ICTPMG804 Evaluate and use telecommunications management networks

ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget

ICTRFN802 Analyse a cellular mobile network system

ICTRFN803 Analyse a satellite communications system

ICTSUS806 Lead applied research in ICT sustainability

ICTSUS807 Conduct and manage a life cycle assessment for sustainability

ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network

ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes

ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies

ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions

ICTTEN810 Investigate the application of cloud networks in telecommunications switching

ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security

ICTTEN812 Evaluate and apply digital signal processing to communications system

ICTTEN813 Produce engineering solutions using numerical computations and simulation

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT80515 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications and Strategic Management (Release 2)	ICT80515 Graduate Diploma of Telecommunications and Strategic Management (Release 1)	Updated unit codes.	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICT80615 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Network Engineering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a technical manager utilising a high level of technical management skills and knowledge in telecommunications networks and systems who can:

plan changes and analyse network problems over a wide range of telecommunications technologies at managerial/supervisory levels

diagnose problems and provide network management support

plan a project from a design specification, research telecommunications technologies to meet the required specifications and report on the implementation of the project plan

research and analyse the key concepts in design, construct and modify network management databases

evaluate management systems and procedures used by the telecommunications industry.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Entry Requirements

Entry to this qualification is limited to those individuals who:

Have completed a Bachelor degree in related fields of study.

or

Have completed a Diploma or Advanced Diploma qualification in related fields of study and two years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

or

Have three years equivalent full-time relevant workplace experience at a significant level of leadership and management responsibility and/or complexity in an enterprise.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 6

3 Core units plus

3 Elective units

The elective units consist of:

all 3 elective units may be selected from the elective list below

up to 2 elective units may be selected from any currently endorsed Training Package or accredited course at AQF Level 8 or above.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the integrity of the Australian Qualification Framework (AQF) alignment and contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages or accredited courses must not duplicate units selected from or available within the ICT Information and Telecommunications Technology Training Package.

Core Units

ICTPMG801 Manage a telecommunications workplace

ICTPMG803 Undertake a telecommunications project

ICTSUS804 Use ICT to improve sustainability outcomes

Elective Units

IT use (IP networks)

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using Unix

Project management

ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project

Sustainability

ICTSUS805 Manage improvements in ICT sustainability

Radio frequency networks

ICTRFN801 Produce a radio link budget

Telecommunications engineering networks

ICTTEN801 Plan a transmission network

ICTTEN802 Manage alignment of systems with product and technology strategy

ICTTEN803 Translate domain and solution architectures into platform requirements and designs

ICTTEN804 Manage end to end architectural solutions across multiple domains

ICTTEN805 Manage solution architecture and impacts in line with organisational processes

ICTTEN806 Manage application layer solutions

ICTTEN807 Manage voice, data and internet protocol network solutions

ICTTEN808 Manage network testing strategies

ICTTEN809 Analyse business specifications to produce technical solutions

ICTTEN814 Manage development and application of testing artefacts

ICTTEN815 Manage project requirements and process implementations

ICTTEN816 Scope project requirements and process solutions

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICT80615 Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Network Engineering	ICT70110 Vocational Graduate Certificate in Telecommunications Network Engineering	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up and use radio frequency (RF) communications instruments to perform installations, upgrades and fault-finding on RF equipment and networks.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers who only use RF measuring instruments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare to use RF measuring instruments	1.1 Obtain approval for site access with customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify purpose of test and type of RF measurement required 1.3 Select industry standard/approved tools and instruments according to required measurement 1.4 Check test instruments to ensure calibration is within acceptable time frames 1.5 Identify safety hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures in consultation with appropriate personnel
2 Conduct RF measurements	2.1 Set-up test equipment according to manufacturer instructions, industry standards and safe industry practices 2.2 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess overall system performance 2.3 Record and interpret test results, and compare with standard test specifications
3 Complete RF measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, to achieve optimum performance 3.2 Notify customer of work completion 3.3 Clean work area and make safe according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications instructions and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Interprets and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Complies with work instructions and contributes effectively to work group discussions
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Type of RF measurement must include:	determining relative RF power level (in dB) determining relative RF voltage (in dBmV).
Instruments must include:	RF signal level meter with and without tone generator RF leakage detector.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN306 Use radio frequency measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures

comply with all job requirements and WHS regulations, standards and work practices

check and confirm calibration within appropriate dates of tools and instruments

operate the following equipment:

radio frequency (RF) signal level meter (SLM)

RF leakage meter

perform the following RF measurements:

determine relative RF power level (in dB)

determine relative RF voltage (in dBmV)

determine RF signal quality (MER and BER).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

instruments used in measuring RF frequencies including:

RF signal level meter with and without tone generator

RF leakage detector

types of RF measurements and their respective interpretation for RF frequencies including:

determining relative RF power level (in dB)

determining relative RF voltage (in dBmV)

consequences of poorly terminated RF connections

data recording using the unit decibels (in dBmV)

variations between RF connector adaptor types

potential WHS hazards, risks and control measures when working with RF frequency measuring equipment

RF industry spectrum and limits, and allocations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where measuring instruments can be used

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up and use hand-held optical communications instruments to perform installations, upgrades and fault-finding on optical equipment.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers who only use hand-held optical measuring instruments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use optical measuring instruments	1.1 Obtain approval for site access with customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify purpose of test and type of optical measurement required 1.3 Select appropriate tools and instruments according to required measurement 1.4 Check test instruments to ensure calibration is within acceptable time frames 1.5 Identify safety hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures in consultation with appropriate personnel
2. Conduct optical measurements	2.1 Set up test equipment according to manufacturer and enterprise instructions, and safe industry practices 2.2 Test optical patch cords are functional 2.3 Inspect and clean optical connectors 2.4 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess overall system performance 2.5 Record and interpret test results, and compare with standard test specifications
3. Complete optical measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, to achieve optimum performance 3.2 Notify customer of work completion 3.3 Clean work area and make safe according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, instructions and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Interprets and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Complies with work instructions and contributes effectively to work group discussions
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Type of optical measurement must include:	detecting the presence of an active optical network terminal (ONT) determining absolute optical power (in dBm) determining insertion loss (in dB) determining relative optical power level (in dB)
Instruments must include:	hand-held optical power meter hand-held optical source handheld optical fibre identifier (OFI-FTTx) active optical network termination (ONT) detector optical loss test set (OLTS) passive optical network (PON) meter

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with all job requirements and work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards and work practices

confirm calibration within appropriate dates of instruments

operate the following equipment:

hand-held optical power meter

hand-held optical source

handheld optical fibre identifier (OFI-FTTx)

active optical network termination (ONT) detector

optical loss test set (OLTS)

passive optical network (PON) meter

perform the following optical measurements:

detect the presence of an active ONT

determine absolute optical power (in dBm)

determine insertion loss (in dB)

determine relative optical power level (in dB).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

site-specific safety requirements and enterprise WHS processes and procedures

instruments used in measuring optical power levels including:

hand-held optical power meter

hand-held optical source

handheld OFI-FTTx

active ONT detector

OLTS

PON meter

types of measurements and their respective interpretation for optical wavelengths

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

data recording using unit decibels (dBm)

variations between optical connector adaptor types

optical spectrum limits and allocations

safe handling procedures with optical fibres.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where measuring instruments can be used

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work safely on a live optical fibre installation to test and commission a wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) system and to connect a splitter for fibre to the x (FTTx) deployment.

It applies to fibre technicians who engage in safe work practices as members of a team using emerging technologies to deliver very high-speed broadband capacity through the access network for the national broadband network (NBN) initiative.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up and prepare to work with live fibre	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel, and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.2 Identify hazards, assess work health and safety (WHS) risks, and implement control measures according to workplace procedures 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite safety hazards 1.4 Determine FTTx equipment, components of optical distribution network (ODN) and WDM components, from project plan, for testing and commissioning 1.5 Obtain required tools, safety equipment and materials to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Select and use required personal protective equipment, and make site safe and secure for commissioning work
2. Connect splitter input fibre to feeder cable	2.1 Identify and avoid disconnection of other services 2.2 Monitor implementation of control measures and revise as necessary 2.3 Locate feeder fibre port to be connected 2.4 Ensure power is turned off at source 2.5 Connect connectorised splitter input fibres according to manufacturer specifications 2.6 Arrange for power to be turned back on to newly connected feeder port
3. Perform live WDM commission testing of ODN installation used in FTTx network	3.1 Locate appropriate test points in ODN from manufacturer instructions for WDM testing 3.2 Test live wavelengths for WDM tests according to safety precautions 3.3 Test optical signal strengths for operating wavelengths incoming into optical network termination (ONT) and determine if signal strengths are within range of acceptable power levels 3.4 Test losses between WDM outputs and individual line multiplexers (LM) for each wavelength, and determine if within maximum and minimum power losses 3.5 Conduct all manufacturer specified acceptance tests 3.6 Record and tabulate all test results for commissioning requirements
4. Complete installation process	4.1 Seal and secure any enclosures and cabinets 4.2 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 4.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures
Interact with others	Complies with work instructions and contributes to work group discussions using accepted conventions Supervises other cablers in training
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Operating wavelengths must include:	1310 nm 1490 nm 1550 nm.
Range of acceptable power levels must include:	-20 to + 2 dBm @ 1310 nm -26 to -6 dBm @ 1490 nm -11.5 to +5 dBm @ 1550 nm.
Maximum and minimum power losses must include:	23.3 dB to 15.0 dB @1310 nm 21.6 dB to 8.0 dB @1490 nm 20.9 dB to 9.5 dB @1550 nm.
Acceptance tests must include:	delay dispersion optical attenuation and loss measurements optical power levels phase.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTBWN304 Work safely with live fibre to test the x installation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN308 Work safely on live optical fibre installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundations skills, and to:

comply with all job requirements and work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards and work practices, and environmental requirements

use optical power test equipment

evaluate test results

safely connect input and output optical fibres to the splitter

conduct live tests measuring optical signals at three wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) wavelengths on optical devices

conduct acceptance tests for commissioning that cover:

delay

dispersion

optical attenuation and loss measurements

optical power levels

phase

complete connection recording.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes and standards for compliance that impact on work activities

relevant organisational policies and procedures

personal safety issues

propagation of light in optical communication systems

role of transmitters and receivers in optical communication systems

critical aspects of site engineering

specific WHS risks and controls relating to the handling of optical fibre and the use of laser light sources

WDM applications.

Assessment Conditions

This unit of competency falls into the definition of high risk work and should be delivered and assessed in accordance with the national standard.

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

a WDM system and relevant optical splitter

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors of high risk units in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test optical communication systems and components in the field using portable test instruments.

It applies to installation contractors, technical staff and field officers from telecommunications service providers or other private and public organisations or regulatory authorities.

These workers combine technical skills with organisational and administrative skills when working on broadband passive optical networks (PON), fibre to the x (FTTx) networks, hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks and dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) systems during installation, maintenance, commissioning and troubleshooting phases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Broadband and Wireless Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use optical measuring instruments	1.1 Notify client about site access, security arrangements and location details for optical system and test purpose 1.2 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe according to enterprise requirements 1.3 Devise and implement risk control and safety measures when using high power laser test instruments and optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) associated with launch fibres, patch cords or enclosure adaptors 1.4 Prepare testing plan in consultation with client, indicating type of measurement at nominated wavelength, based on equipment specifications 1.5 Select appropriate tools and test instruments according to required measurement and enterprise practice
2. Conduct optical measurements	2.1 Set up test instrument according to manufacturer instructions, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Test patch cords and/or launch/receive fibres are functional 2.3 Inspect and clean optical connectors 2.4 Use appropriate testing techniques to assess performance of optical system or component 2.5 Record test results and compare with standard test specifications according to manufacturer and enterprise guidelines 2.6 Evaluate test results and report on functionality of optical component or equipment, and performance of optical system
3. Complete optical measurement process	3.1 Make recommendations, based on test result interpretations, about optimising component and system performance 3.2 Clean work site and make safe according to enterprise requirements and customer satisfaction 3.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion for sign off and present test documentation, according to enterprise requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to plan and identify all job requirements
Writing	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions Uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and clients
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures, and explores and implements, where identified, the implicit expectations of policies and procedures Understands roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions about work completion parameters
Interact with others	Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context and accommodates these differences appropriately
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Instruments/devices to be used must include:	laser light source including visual laser light source laser power meter passive optical network (PON) meter optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)
Optical measurements to be taken and recorded must include:	optical power levels insertion loss of a passive device end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional) splice loss distance to fault, event, end of fibre using an (OTDR)

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTBWN301 Perform tests on optical communication system and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN309 Perform tests on optical communication system and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

carry out work according to job specifications and work health and safety (WHS) regulations

determine and plan optical tests and measurements

use the following optical measuring instruments and devices:

laser light source including visual laser light source

laser power meter

passive optical network (PON) meter

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

perform and record optical measurements for:

optical power levels

insertion loss of a passive device

end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)

splice loss

distance to fault, event, end of fibre using an (OTDR)

assess and make recommendations from the test results

document and present test outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the knowledge required for the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes and standards that impact on work activities

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

downstream and upstream signals

dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) metro and long\--haul system architecture

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) architecture (optical section)

logarithmic power levels (decibels and dBm)

optical connector types

optical fibre and laser safety, practices, handling and application

optical spectrum limits and wavelengths used in various applications and the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) grid

role of optical transmitters and receivers

passive optical network (PON) architecture

transmission system line rates:

optical ethernet

synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) and DWDM principles, and optical multiplexers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of supporting infrastructure can be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to alter existing services to a voice or data cable system within a client's premises and use formal documentation procedures.

It applies to technical staff who alter services to existing cable systems for indoor and outdoor installation within domestic, commercial or industrial installations of communications applications including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to alter services to existing cable system	1.1 Arrange access to site according to client instructions and required procedures 1.2 Survey site to determine system alteration requirements to existing cable system 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.4 Organise equipment and materials to meet required industry standards and ensure compatibility with existing system
2. Alter cable system	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work and according to industry standards 2.2 Alter cabling system, conforming to client system specifications and according to industry standards and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards
3. Restore and test cable system	3.1 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing cabling systems and client equipment 3.2 Test new work in isolation and when integrated with existing cabling systems and client equipment 3.3 Rectify any cabling faults or escalate client equipment faults to authorised person
4. Complete records and clean up site	4.1 Update plans and documents to show revised cabling systems accurately and clearly, or create new plans as appropriate 4.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 4.3 Reinstate site according to client and company requirements 4.4 Complete requisite Telecommunications Advice Form and sign off with client to record satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them
Writing	Uses a legible handwriting style or a computer font appropriate to the audience and purpose
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected terms Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system (Release 2)	ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system (Release 2)	Updates to performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL206 Alter services to existing cable system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine alteration requirements and document specifications and cable plan

identify conductor types in, or adjacent to, telecommunications work

alter, restore and test cable system according to industry standards

rectify cable faults

complete documentation to industry and company standards

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Competency Requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

required legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

a range of cabling options for customer premises including optical and coaxial

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, test methods and performance requirements

test methods and performance requirements

typical cable systems

common types of alterations that can be expected for existing cable systems

typical issues, hazards, access difficulties and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

testing equipment currently used in industry

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on alteration activities.

Note: Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume for recommended assessor details.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a telecommunications service to a building to provide a new service or a service upgrade.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles that require bringing a telecommunications service from the broader network to a client’s premises using metallic or optical cable or wireless connection.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare service installation	1.1 Arrange access to site with client and obtain job specifications 1.2 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.3 Use installation specifications to determine type of services, network cables and equipment required for installation 1.4 Select cables and equipment that comply with functionality and compatibility of existing installation 1.5 Select and obtain tools and equipment to carry out installation activity
2. Install cable and equipment to building	2.1 Locate, connect and check cables at entry into network for transmission quality and continuity where service to building exists 2.2 Install cable and equipment, and seal cable entry to building in safe manner according to installation plans and Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) standards 2.3 Test overall functionality of new service to meet installation specifications 2.4 Rectify faults if required and minimise interruption to existing service in agreement with client 2.5 Install lightning protection, where required, according to enterprise guidelines and industry practice
3. Complete records and clean up site	3.1 Label cable pairs clearly to provide accurate identification according to manufacturer's, industry and client standards 3.2 Update records and plans with installation details to provide accurate record according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 3.3 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 3.4 Complete Telecommunications Cabling Advice (TCA) forms and present to client to obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for the environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies standard diagnostic practices to identify and rectify faults

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building (Release 2)	ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building (Release 1)	Updates to element knowledge evidence and foundation skills. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL210 Install a telecommunications service to a building

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and install cable and equipment to a building complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), enterprise and government regulations

conduct tests related to transmission quality and continuity of cables at network entry point

label and document installation work, complying with industry codes of practice

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

features and operating requirements of test equipment

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

WHS requirements and work practices associated with cable provision, including:

adequate warning signs

protective clothing and personal safety items

safety devices

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where telecommunications services may be installed

installation and testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install support systems for cable infrastructure for new installations or upgrades to existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial premises.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles planning cable routes and selecting and installing support structures for communications applications including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare cable support installation	1.1 Access site according to customer requirements, required procedures and site security arrangements 1.2 Confirm site capacities for storage and location of cable feeders or establish alternative methods 1.3 Determine customer specifications, and manufacturer and enterprise requirements for cable support 1.4 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.5 Plan cable route, identifying and avoiding other services and remote power feeding services operating at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) on site in commercial buildings 1.6 Select tools and materials for installation of support system from work specifications and schedules
2. Determine cable routes	2.1 Review relevant plans and verify cable locations 2.2 Select cable routes appropriate to location of building services, providing access to all outlets and enabling cable to be supported to outlet point 2.3 Plan safe and efficient installation by accurately identifying structural building requirements and site constraints 2.4 Identify cable and services segregation clearances to ensure cable route complies with manufacturer specifications, enterprise and legislative requirements, and industry codes of practice
3. Determine support method	3.1 Select appropriate support system for planned cable route and identified site constraints 3.2 Prepare support system for capability to meet planned concentration of cable in any location to facilitate ready access for maintenance and to allow for future expansion
4. Mark out and install fixings and support structure	4.1 Mark out and install fixings and structures securely in a safe manner to manufacturer specifications, ensuring cable weight can be supported in all operating conditions 4.2 Align support structure correctly to enable cable to be installed evenly, in sequence and without damage 4.3 Install protective earthing to industry standards 4.4 Conduct work with minimal disruption to ongoing customer activity
5. Complete support installation	5.1 Check and adjust installed supports to ensure cable will not be exposed to damage during installation and operation 5.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 5.3 Complete enterprise documentation to record work completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Selects and uses appropriate tools and equipment to perform tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL201 Install customer cable support systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret plans and schematic drawings to verify cable layout

install three different support structures:

catenary wire

ducts and/or trays

frame back-mounts

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

building construction methods for commercial buildings as they relate to routing cables

features and operating requirements of cable installation equipment

services that may impact on cable installations

cable installation support methods and their performance features

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

wiring rules

communications cabling manual

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on a commercial installation site

cable types – purpose, construction, characteristics

cable screening

recognition of colour

basic telephony including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where customer cable support systems can be installed

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install customer cable infrastructure. It involves selecting cable route, setting up cable dispensers, and placing and securing cable.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles and who may be required to do new installations or to upgrade existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial premises. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task and identify cable route	1.1 Arrange access to site according to customer instructions, required procedures and site security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.3 Plan cable route, identifying and avoiding other services and remote power feeding services operating at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) on site in commercial buildings 1.4 Select cable route to maintain required clearances and segregations according to cable plan and relevant industry standards 1.5 Confirm cable route and requirements with customer 1.6 Select tools, equipment and cables for installation of support system from work specifications and schedules
2. Set-up cable dispensers	2.1 Determine feeder locations to minimise wastage of cable and efficiency 2.2 Set-up feeders in locations that provide ease of access during hauling of cable 2.3 Secure feeder locations to minimise safety risks during installation 2.4 Label hauling end of cable with unique identifier prior to placement
3. Install cable	3.1 Haul and place cable in safe manner within clearances required by industry standards, and manufacturer and work specifications 3.2 Place cable in neat, orderly and methodical manner, allowing sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 3.3 Inspect cable to maintain separations according to regulations 3.4 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met with other services 3.5 Install and trim, securing anchors promptly to restrain cable movement according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete cable installation	4.1 Update records and cable plans promptly and accurately 4.2 Store records and plans according to customer and enterprise requirements 4.3 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information Reads and interprets plans to help to determine cable layout
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Provides information using appropriate language for the environment and purpose Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL202 Place and secure customer cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

plan cable placement and discuss the installation requirements with appropriate personnel

organise tools, equipment and materials for cable installation according to specifications

set up cable dispensers for internal or external premises structures or aerial and underground cabling between premises

haul and install cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations, applying relevant regulations and standards

install securing products in accordance with manufacturer specifications and industry standards

complete records and relevant statutory forms.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules and other formal agreements that impact on cable installation, in particular:

wiring rules

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to cable installation and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on cable installation sites

construction of cabling in commercial buildings

cable and services segregation clearances to ensure cable route complies with legislation and industry codes of practice, manufacturer specifications, and enterprise requirements

features and operating requirements of equipment required to place and secure cable

information required to operate appropriate equipment according to specifications

installation methods and performance requirements

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

common methods of hauling cable and typical damage that can occur to cable when it is hauled incorrectly

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

cable screening types

recognition of colour codes

switching systems, including customer switching services, system distribution frames/test point frames, power failures and line interface requirements

basic telephony, including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where placing and securing customer cable can be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to terminate metallic conductor cable or to join cable in a terminating block for a new cable installation or upgrade of cable capacity for an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles carrying out indoor and outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial installations for all communications applications, digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare cable termination	1.1 Access site according to customer and worksite requirements 1.2 Prepare for cable terminating work according to regulatory environment, cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, and records 1.3 Select correct termination tools and materials for installation 1.4 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.5 Identify remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises 1.6 Contact customer where risks with remote power feed are identified 1.7 Remove all contaminants from worksite that may adversely affect termination and prepare worksite to ensure adequate visibility to minimise errors and to reduce eye strain 1.8 Design cable and block location within frame, with capacity for expansion where possible 1.9 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables for ease of access and to minimise overlaying and backtracking of cable
2. Terminate cable	2.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for conductor length and installation requirements 2.2 Fan out cable pair groups to manufacturer coding system to ensure correct terminating sequence and unique identification as required 2.3 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 2.4 Install terminating modules to frame according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Fan cable pairs neatly to termination equipment to facilitate accurate termination 2.6 Terminate cable using correct tool, according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and manufacturer specifications 2.7 Earth cable shield to manufacturer specifications and industry standards
3. Test termination	3.1 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed 3.2 Test termination to satisfy performance specifications and record results as required
4. Complete records and clean-up site	4.1 Label cable pairs clearly to provide an accurate identification according to manufacturer specifications, industry standards and customer requirements 4.2 Update records and plans with cabling details to provide accurate record according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 4.3 Complete telecommunications cabling advice (TCA) forms 4.4 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with customers, colleagues or supervisors
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL203 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

terminate systems at both distributor and outlet locations

terminate one jumperable distributor (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater and one non-jumperable distributor (local distributor) and a patch panel

terminate at least one 50 pair, one 4 pair ethernet unshielded twisted pair (UTP) data cable and one ethernet shielded twisted pair (STP) data cable, and accurately complete installation records, drawing alterations and compliance forms

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

use correct methods to terminate a range of cables

conduct and interpret cable test results on a minimum of three different lead-in faults

update records and plans to show cable locations according to industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and rules that impact on work, in particular:

AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules.

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

recognition of colour

basic telephony including operations

strategies to manage cabling infrastructure when terminating cables

features and operating requirements of testing

operation of termination tools to manufacturer guidelines

procedures for installing and maintaining cabling products in line with manufacturer guidelines

termination methods and performance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where metallic conductor cable can be terminated

colour codes for visual inspections or wire-mappers for 4 pair cable tests

relevant regulatory and cabling documentation that impacts on cable terminating activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install telecommunications earthing system to metallic frames, utilised for telecommunications systems that include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to telecommunications technicians and field officers who install indoor or outdoor earthing systems for domestic, small office home office (SOHO), commercial or industrial multi-storey and multi-site locations within customer premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install telecommunications earthing system	1.1 Access site according to customer and individual site requirements 1.2 Select earth wire for purpose intended according to specifications and current Australian Standards 1.3 Establish location of earthing applications, eliminating risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services 1.4 Select route to minimise interference to system performance and according to safe work practices 1.5 Select earthing materials to comply with relevant industry standards
2. Install and secure earth cable	2.1 Maintain cable separations to meet performance requirements of application environment 2.2 Check earth cable insulation is undamaged to ensure integrity of earth provided 2.3 Connect the main protective earth (PE) cable to the nearest electrical switch board then isolate PE cable, beyond the main distribution frame (MDF) link bar from functional earth and telecommunication reference conductors (TRC) at all times to ensure operation according to industry standards 2.4 Install and secure cable according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturer specifications and industry standards
3. Terminate and test earth cable installation	3.1 Terminate earth with connectors recommended by manufacturer and according to industry standards 3.2 Maintain earth continuity at all times to ensure safe and reliable system operation 3.3 Maintain correct interface requirements with electrical systems according to industry standards 3.4 Test earthing system according to ACMA wiring rules in safe manner 3.5 Rectify earth system faults, as required, prior to re-testing
4. Complete task and documentation	4.1 Label earthing systems according to industry regulations 4.2 Complete documentation, including test records 4.3 Clean up and restore worksite 4.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of text types
Writing	Produces a range of text types (familiar and some unfamiliar) with appropriate structures
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL204 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL242 Install functional and protective telecommunications earthing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

evaluate earthing needs for cable systems on customer premises

determine potential earthing locations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

determine earth route and support system

install earth to a backmount, rack or enclosure

manage remote power feed services.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

wiring rules

mandatory and voluntary technical standards

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

types of location in which installations may be required

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

purpose, construction, and characteristics of types of cable used in performance evidence

cable screening types

recognition of colour codes

electrical earthing applications including electrical bonding and equipotential bonding

earth systems with functionality including elimination of interference from electromagnetic, radio frequency (RF) and power sources, and reduction of interference from electromagnetic RF and power sources.

switching systems earthing requirements

basic telephony including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

a relevant telecommunications earthing system

cable plans and records.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install, maintain and modify communications cabling, according to the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) ‘restricted’ Cabling Provider Rules, on customer premises for cabling terminated on sockets and network termination devices (NTDs) of indoor and external metallic cable in either aerial or underground situations.

It applies to individuals who connect telecommunications devices including telephony systems, security alarm panels and fire control panels in either a new cable installation or upgrade of cable capacity for an existing network or subsystem for convergence to next generation network (NGN) applications.

Customer premises are typically domestic, small offices, home offices and small businesses. Large commercial and industrial premises are generally excluded, except in special circumstances where the cabling is behind a compliant device and is not via jumperable distributors or patch panels.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an ACMA accredited registrar.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan restricted cabling work	1.1 Identify building infrastructure that places critical constraints on cabling 1.2 Apply organisational strategies to manage other infrastructure in relation to cabling 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling work site
2. Manage remote power feed	2.1 Identify and avoid risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services when performing cabling activity 2.2 Make site safe by identifying remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises
3. Install cables and protective earth wires	3.1 Install cables according to manufacturer application specifications, including tension and bending stress requirements 3.2 Identify and avoid sources of possible damage to cable, including hot pipes, sharp edges and cable burn 3.3 Allow sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 3.4 Place and secure cable to maintain safety and interference segregation according to legislative and industry standards 3.5 Install cable fasteners with correct tension to prevent cable sheath damage or transmission impairment and trimmed flush to prevent risk of personal damage 3.6 Use appropriate underground cable installation techniques associated with minimum depth of cover and segregation from hazardous electrical and other services according to current Australian Standards 3.7 Identify issues surrounding underground cables (excluding blown fibre tube systems) to incorporate a blocking agent within the cable to prevent the ingress of water 3.8 Use appropriate aerial cable installation techniques associated with minimum clearance, segregation from hazardous electrical and other services and minimum height requirements according to current Australian Standards 3.9 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cable pairs according to Australian Standards, as required, to suppress voltage surges and protect from earth potential rise (EPR) hazards and protectively earth the devices 3.10 Protect earth wire insulation against damage and segregate protective earths according to relevant legislative and industry standards
4. Terminate and test cables and earth wires	4.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for correct termination length and without damage to underlying conductors and their insulation 4.2 Install cable modules according to manufacturer specifications, and cable pairs neatly and sequentially fan for termination 4.3 Terminate conductors according to recommended colour code sequence using appropriate termination tools according to manufacturer specifications 4.4 Earth cable shield, as required, according to manufacturer specifications, relevant industry codes of practice and Australian Standards 4.5 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed prior to end-to-end testing of wire and pair termination integrity 4.6 Terminate earth wire according to industry codes of practice and Australian Standards 4.7 Ensure earth wire continuity throughout and observe interface requirements with electrical systems 4.8 Test earthing installation for continuity, insulation resistance and conductive resistance according to industry standards and Australian Standards 4.9 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing systems and test new work both in isolation and when integrated with existing systems
5. Inspect cable route to ensure correct separations	5.1 Inspect separations along the entirety of the cable route and rectify separations that do not comply with regulations 5.2 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met
6. Create records	6.1 Provide customer with a job sign-off telecommunications cabling advice form at the completion of each cabling task 6.2 Complete NTD record cards for work undertaken
7. Monitor work activity	7.1 Supervise unregistered cablers undertaking work in line with scope of own role and organisational procedures 7.2 Ensure cabling activity is according to legislative requirements for safety and network integrity including the relevant Australian Standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and responds to some conventions of complex texts Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them
Writing	Uses a legible handwriting style or a computer font appropriate to the audience and purpose
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Relies substantially on hands-on (concrete) and real life materials, personal experience and prior knowledge to make estimations and check the reasonableness of processes Identifies appropriate tools and uses them to take measurements Interprets information based on results of technical tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. It is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Termination systems must include:	network termination device Australian modular socket Mode 3 alarm socket RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket (Note: jumperable distributors are not included in this requirement)
Earthing and protection must include:	earthing for protection surge suppression

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL236 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

complete a cabling installation and termination for:

three different types of telephone sockets:

Australian modular socket

RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket

Mode 3 alarm socket

one network termination device (NTD), including the completion of TCA1 compliance forms and NTD records

apply cable conductor identification codes to connector pins

conduct tests and interpret cable test results

interpret and apply standards and regulations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

meet Australian Communications and Media Authority's (ACMA) requirements

install earthing to suit cabling conditions

identify and rectify faulty cabling

use appropriate personal protective equipment when performing cabling tasks.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, cabling registrars, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

current Australian Standards including AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, records

ACMA certified components list

labelling requirements

basic electrical principles of:

insulation, resistance

capacitance

impedance – as causes of, impedance, attenuation and cross-talk

cable conductor – types of codes

customer switching systems and services

printed circuit boards

cable screening types

colour codes

various cable types, their identifiers, termination systems, separations, support systems and fastening techniques used for communications cabling

features and operating requirements of recognised cabling specific industry test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

installation requirements for underground and aerial cables including:

minimum depth of cover (below ground)

segregation from hazardous electrical and other services

earthing requirements

design parameters for underground cables with regards to the purpose they will serve and the prevention of water ingress.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which communications cabling activities can be carried out

cabling and field equipment currently used in industry

licensing requirements and other site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling according to the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) ‘open’ Cabling Provider Rules for small installations connected to sockets, and larger commercial and industry installations involving many lines, multi-pair cables, backbone cabling, multi-story buildings and advanced termination modules and distributors.

It applies to individuals who provide services in telephony, carrier modems or multiplexers, private modems or data systems operating over a category one or two twisted pair metallic customer cable in a specific customer location. Individuals may install, maintain or modify new cable or upgrade cable capacity either, indoor, external, underground or aerial cabling on private and public property for an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an ACMA accredited registrar.

Where aerial and underground cabling are used to supply services to the public, the specialist competencies as indicated in the ACMA Cabling Provider Rules – Pathways to cabling registration publication must be attained to undertake that work.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan open cabling work	1.1 Identify building infrastructure that places critical constraints on cabling 1.2 Apply organisational strategies to manage other infrastructure in relation to cabling 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite
2 Manage remote power feed	2.1 Identify and avoid risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services when performing cabling activity 2.2 Make site safe by identifying remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises
3 Install and modify cable support, earthing and termination infrastructure	3.1 Install fixings and cable support structures of adequate strength, safely and aligned with the environment according to manufacturer and customer specifications 3.2 Secure catenary supports to building structure and tension, as required, to ensure cable weight can be carried in operating conditions with interference and safety segregation maintained according to current Australian Standards 3.3 Install protective earthing of metal work to industry standards, as required 3.4 Inspect installed support structure to ensure cable will not be exposed to damage during installation and general operation 3.5 Position terminating equipment and fixing according to industry codes of practice, standards and customer requirements 3.6 Inspect back-mount and outlet layout for compliance to manufacturer specifications, and allow adequate work space for ease of access and avoid overlaying 3.7 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables for ease of access and avoid overlaying
4 Install cables and earth wires	4.1 Install cables according to manufacturer specifications, including tension and bending stress requirements 4.2 Identify and avoid sources of possible damage to cable, including hot pipes, sharp edges, cable burn, kinks, crushing or stretching 4.3 Allow sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 4.4 Label telecommunication outlet ends of cable uniquely to match identifier at originating location 4.5 Place and secure cable to maintain safety and interference segregation according to legislative and industry standards 4.6 Install cable fasteners with correct tension, and trim or fit them flush to prevent cable sheath damage, transmission impairment or risk of personal damage 4.7 Use appropriate aerial cable installation techniques associated with supported catenaries in external environment to meet minimum above ground clearances and segregation from hazardous electrical services, according to current Australian Standards 4.8 Use appropriate underground cable installation techniques associated with minimum depth of cover and segregation from hazardous electrical and other services, according to current Australian Standards 4.9 Identify issues surrounding underground cables (excluding blown fibre tube systems) to incorporate a blocking agent within the cable to prevent the ingress of water 4.10 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cable pairs according to current Australian Standards, as required, to suppress voltage surges with the over-voltage devices connected to protective earth 4.11 Conduct a visual inspection to verify telecommunications reference conductor (TRC) / communications earthing system (CES)/earth wire insulation is protected against damage and is segregated according to relevant industry, legislative and Australian Standards
5 Terminate and test cables and earth wires	5.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for correct termination length without damage to underlying conductors and their insulation 5.2 Install terminating modules to different telecommunications cables according to manufacturer specifications, and cable pairs neatly and sequentially fan for termination 5.3 Terminate conductors according to recommended colour code sequence using appropriate termination tools according to manufacturer specifications 5.4 Earth cable shield, as required, according to manufacturer specifications, relevant industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 5.5 Conduct visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed prior to end-to-end testing of wire and pair termination integrity 5.6 Terminate earth wires with connectors recommended by manufacturer according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 5.7 Ensure earth wire continuity throughout and observe interface requirements with electrical systems 5.8 Test earthing installation for continuity and conductive resistance according to industry standards 5.9 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing systems and test new work both in isolation and when integrated with existing systems 5.10 Conduct testing of installed cable continuity after termination
6 Inspect cable route to ensure correct separations	6.1 Inspect separations along the entirety of the cable route and rectify separations that do not comply with regulations 6.2 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met
7 Evaluate earthing needs for cable systems on customer premises	7.1 Locate existing earthing systems in customer premises and analyse earthing needs of cable products 7.2 Calculate upper and lower limits of resistance for a variety of cable system earths using relevant cable characteristics
8 Label earthing systems	8.1 Identify label requirements for telecommunications earthing systems 8.2 Attach label to earthing systems according to industry regulations
9 Create or update cable plans and records	9.1 Document installation details on record sheets and plans, and store according to customer requirements 9.2 Label cable pairs clearly as required to provide an accurate identification according to manufacturer specifications, industry standards and customer requirements 9.3 Record cabling details in cable pair record books to provide an accurate record, according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 9.4 Complete telecommunications cabling advice (TCA) forms
10 Monitor work activity	10.1 Supervise unregistered cablers undertaking work in line with scope of own role and organisational procedures 10.2 Ensure installation and maintenance activity comply with legislative requirements and industry standards for safety and network integrity

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages when measuring and preparing cables for installation
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL237 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

complete a cabling installation and termination for:

three different types of telephone sockets:

Australian modular socket

RJ45, RJ12 or RJ11 modular socket

Mode 3 alarm socket

one network termination device (NTD), including the completion of TCA1 compliance forms and NTD records

read and interpret drawings related to cable layouts, outlet location, cable coding system, and identifiers and distributor locations

comply with all work, health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

meet Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) requirements

apply cable conductor identification codes to connector pins

conduct tests and interpret cable test results

identify the correct telecommunications cable by its colour identifier

terminate systems at both distributor and outlet locations

install and terminate two jumperable distributors (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater

terminate one non-jumperable distributor (local distributor)

terminate both cable ends for at least one 50 pair cable, 10 or 20 pair cable and one 4 pair data cable, including accurate completion of installation records, drawing alterations and compliance forms

place cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations

secure cables with appropriate fasteners for the above locations

apply work practices that avoid cable damage

install at least one common type of earthing system used in customer premises for cabling systems

interpret and apply relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards

install earthing to suit cabling conditions

identify and rectify faulty cabling

use appropriate personal protective equipment when performing cabling tasks.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, cabling registrars, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

current Australian Standards including AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

national and state/territory WHS requirements

workplace and worksite requirements

cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, records

ACMA certified components list

labelling requirements

basic electrical principles of:

insulation, resistance

capacitance

impedance – as causes of, impedance, attenuation and cross-talk

cable screening types

colour codes

cable conductor – types of codes

customer switching systems and services

printed circuit boards

customer cabling environment for which cabling registration may be required for internal, external, above ground or below ground installation

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

various cable types, their identifiers, termination systems (including jumperable and non-jumperable distributor), separations, support systems and fastening techniques used for telecommunications cabling

documentation and records required when cabling

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

earthing and protection strategies and technologies relevant to different cabling applications

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

installation requirements for underground and aerial cables including:

minimum depth of cover (below ground)

segregation from hazardous electrical and other services

earthing requirements

design parameters for underground cables with regards to the purpose they will serve and the prevention of water ingress

devices for a range of telecommunications cabling applications, including, ethernet data systems, audio and video systems, security systems and fire protection systems

integral bearer wires and application according to current Australian Standards

cable blocking agents used to prevent the ingress of water underground (excluding blown fibre tube systems)

features of cables designed for underground use that may be laid in conduit trenches or directly buried

responsibilities and process for communications installation works.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which communications cabling activities can be carried out

two jumperable distributors (campus distributor or building distributor) with a capacity of 100 pair or greater

one non-jumperable distributor (LD) and a patch panel

a 50 pair and 4 pair and one ethernet cable

cabling and field equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, splice and terminate hard-line coaxial cable in the customer access network (CAN) environment for emerging technologies.

It applies to technical staff who splice and terminate hard-line coaxial cable used in all telecommunications applications including convergence technologies of telephony, data, video and multimedia as part of next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install and splice hard-line coaxial cable	1.1 Confirm site access approval prior to site entry and comply with site security arrangements 1.2 Read and interpret installation specifications and physical conditions at site to determine job layout 1.3 Locate and identify adjoining other services according to industry guidelines, and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.4 Test for and respond to presence of dangerous gases in underground enclosures according to industry guidelines 1.5 Test relevant aerial metallic fittings for live voltage and respond according to industry guidelines 1.6 Install equipotential bonding according to design 1.7 Undertake approved alterations to design, as required, according to industry guidelines 1.8 Select appropriate hard-line coaxial cable type according to installation requirements 1.9 Select and obtain all materials required for cable termination including passive and active devices and connectors
2. Verify placement and secure coaxial cable	2.1 Use safety equipment to protect self and public according to industry guidelines and WHS requirements 2.2 Protect integrity of coaxial cable (sheath, shield and centre conductor) to ensure no loss of performance 2.3 Form cable into position with sufficient lengths by using approved forming tools that allow termination and maintain minimum bend radius according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Follow installation design to install cable safely without damage to cable and ensure cable flow in pits and manholes is according to carrier standards and work instructions 2.5 Maintain radio frequency (RF) signal strength by installing cable lengths within manufacturer or design specifications 2.6 Locate securing hardware to reduce cumulative effect on cable wave shape properties 2.7 Use correct lashing machine and techniques to attach aerial cable to catenary wire
3. Splice coaxial cable	3.1 Strip and core hard-line coaxial cable, according to specifications, to required length using appropriate tools 3.2 Select appropriate kit to match type of hard-line coaxial cable in use and splice according to manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Seal all splices according to industry specifications
4. Terminate coaxial cable	4.1 Prepare coaxial cable for termination, according to specifications, using appropriate tools 4.2 Select connectors to match type of coaxial cable in use and terminate according to industry standards 4.3 Install network device chassis/housing in correct orientation according to design 4.4 Prepare centre pins of cable and connector, and cut according to vendor specifications 4.5 Terminate connectors to torque according to manufacturer recommendations to prevent RF leakage, and ensure seizure screws are tightened 4.6 Seal all terminations according to industry specifications
5. Complete installation operation	5.1 Place cables in pit and/or mount on aerial strand according to manufacturer instructions and industry guidelines, and check that no safety hazards are evident 5.2 Attach fitted off device aerially or underground according to manufacturer specifications or work instructions 5.3 Reinstate site, and remove waste and debris for disposal according to environmental requirements and maintain safe worksite conditions
6. Complete installation administration	6.1 Complete reports according to telecommunications carrier network policy 6.2 Update plans and records using appropriate symbols with details of installation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads familiar texts fluently, automatically recognising most everyday words and some specialised vocabulary
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages Selects and uses appropriate tools, hand-held devices, computers and technological processes
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, and coordinate with or delegate to others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, makes slight adjustments if necessary, and addresses unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL248 Install and terminate hard-line coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine installation requirements

prepare site for hard-line coaxial cable installation

identify hard-line coaxial cable types

perform an in-line splice

terminate hard-line coaxial cable using specialised hand or power tools and equipment

terminate hard-line coaxial cable to network devices using:

a pin connector

90- or 180-degree adaptors

housing to housing adaptor

determine and achieve pin connector centre pin lengths on a device per device basis

heat shrink hard-line splice or termination using the clean, abrade, flame-brush method

waterproof jointed cable using heat shrinkage

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

conduct continuity tests

fit spliced coaxial cable in suitable housing (underground/aerial strand) and attach fitted off devices to:

pit or manhole wall, according to manufacturer specifications or carrier work instructions, taking care not to cause damage to co-located cables or joints

catenary according to manufacturer specifications or carrier work instructions, ensuring all clearances, separations and segregations from other cables or pole hardware is maintained

confirm installation complies with industry and manufacturer specifications and warranties while:

maintaining all clearances separations and segregations from other cables or pole hardware

taking care not to cause damage to co-located cables or joints

mark-up as-built plans and document work according to industry requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

RF common and RF design symbols

RF design and other associated plans

coaxial cables and connectors, and their application

equipment and processes to perform a continuity test

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment and tools relevant to working with coaxial cable

typical issues and challenges that occur on site including:

recycling of old connectors for use with existing devices resulting in incompatibility issues due to incorrect centre pin length leading to intermittent or ongoing faults

WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including site security

relevant legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

updating of records to report on completed works.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where splicing and terminating of coaxial broadband cable can be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant legislation, work instructions and equipment documentation that impacts on cable splicing, terminating and testing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to haul underground cable for maintenance, new installations or upgrades in access networks or customer premises.

It applies to technicians who install and recover cables, including multi-pair, coaxial and optical fibre for domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for safe underground cable hauling	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.3 Confirm hauling location of proposed cable according to appropriate plan specifications obtained from authorised personnel 1.4 Obtain information about proposed locations of other services from relevant authorities 1.5 Set up tools and equipment required for safe work practice according to enterprise guidelines 1.6 Check for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements
2 Construct aerial to underground transition	2.1 Install cable protection on pole for transition using approved hardware according to industry standards and asset owner requirements 2.2 Connect conduit to pits or manholes as designed according to industry standards and asset owner requirements
3 Haul cable	3.1 Handle existing cables in a way that avoids cable damage 3.2 Use roping techniques to prove that underground conduit is clear for hauling 3.3 Attach cable to rope for hauling, lubricate cable as required and haul at correct tension, maintaining smooth passage between dispenser and hauler 3.4 Haul cable through conduit to facilitate aerial to underground transition /underground to aerial transition, as required by the design 3.5 Maintain cable and services separations in parallel runs and crossovers to meet manufacturer and regulatory requirements 3.6 Maintain sufficient cable length allowance for jointing and ensure cable is laid up and bent within bending radius tolerance for cable materials in underground enclosure
4 Terminate, seal and test cable	4.1 Seal cables according to enterprise requirements to ensure no sheath damage 4.2 Tag cable for future identification 4.3 Test cable for continuity 4.4 Record and report test results for escalation
5 Complete works on site	5.1 Record any approved alteration to original design using correct symbols and return to appropriate personnel 5.2 Complete and sign reports, as required, according to enterprise policy 5.3 Reinstate site to customer satisfaction and dispose of waste in an environmentally safe manner 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel about job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL207 Haul underground cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL249 Haul underground cable for installation and maintenance work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

read and interpret drawings and designs to interpret installation requirements

haul cable applying related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

transition cable from aerial to underground or underground to aerial

use cable dispensing equipment

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for hauling cable safely

test the installation, document and escalate the test result

prepare all reports and records to industry and enterprise standards.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise requirements and other formal agreements that impact on hauling cable

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules competency requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer recommendations for correct hauling of cables

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

cable protection guards

hardware to secure cables.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground cable can be conducted

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cables in customer and access networks. It involves installing, terminating and securing cables. Aerial cable installation may be for a new cable, a cable upgrade, or a cable in need of repair.

It applies to telecommunications lines workers and line installers who use support anchors and catenaries for new installations and upgrades, or to maintain existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations to deliver services in x-digital subscriber line (xDSL), fibre to the X (FTTx) and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems and working at heights. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for aerial cable installation	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified hazards at cabling worksite 1.3 Determine cable route and type of cable from construction plan, identifying and avoiding other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.5 Perform pole inspection before climbing and/or making attachment according to industry standards and asset owner requirements
2. Construct aerial to underground transition	2.1 Install cable protection on pole for transition, using approved hardware according to industry standards and asset owner requirements 2.2 Connect conduit to pits or manholes as designed according to telecommunications industry standards and asset owner requirements
3. Install aerial cable	3.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 3.2 Install catenary wire, gantry wire or integral bearer cable (IBC) and tension to required specifications 3.3 Position hauling hardware including rollers, hauling guides to ensure no damage is caused and that physical characteristics of cable are maintained 3.4 Haul cable at correct tension according to current Australian Standards and enterprise guidelines, ensuring that no damage is caused and that physical characteristics of cable are maintained 3.5 Secure cable permanently to support structure using aerial fixing devices according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines
4. Terminate, seal and secure aerial cable	4.1 Terminate, seal and label cables according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines 4.2 Loop and secure cable on support structure adhering to h bend radius tolerances to reduce damage likelihood or to prevent damage 4.3 Test cable for continuity 4.4 Record and report test results for escalation to other team members or supervisors as required
5. Complete project	5.1 Complete reports about installation and design amendments and file according to enterprise requirements 5.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to appropriate point for disposal 5.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to customer satisfaction 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel about job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to designs using industry relevant terminology
Oral Communication	Uses language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Interprets scales and ratios on plans Performs basic calculations required to take accurate measurements
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and enterprise requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with customers and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions according to plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Determines and uses appropriate equipment

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL214 Fix aerial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL250 Haul and fix aerial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

read and interpret drawings and construction designs to interpret installation requirements

use cable dispensing equipment

haul aerial cable using hauling hardware

transition cable from aerial to underground /underground to aerial

secure and seal aerial cable

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices relating to hauling and fixing the above cables, including:

identifying safe support structures from pole status markings, visual inspection or approved testing procedures

completing documentation associated with installing aerial cable pole and ladder safety

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for installing aerial cable safely

test the installation, document and escalate the test result.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise requirements, authorisations and other formal agreements that impact on hauling and fixing aerial cables

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

features and operating requirements of cable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

procedures for installing a range of aerial cable types

manufacturer recommendations for correct hauling of cables

relevant licence requirements for working at heights

manufacturer specifications and industry requirements for safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

required authorisations for pole access.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial cable can be installed

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry to erect aerial cable

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install indoor and outdoor aerial and underground lead-ins for a new metallic or optical cable installation, or upgrade of an existing network or subsystem, or cabling infrastructure for convergence to next generation networks (NGN), digital reception and broadband.

Cable installation may be for a new cable, a cable upgrade or a cable in need of repair. It can be applied to new installations and upgrades of telecommunications cabling projects in domestic, commercial and industrial customer installations.

It applies to technical staff who haul underground or fixed aerial cable lead-in to deliver services in x-digital subscriber line (xDSL), fibre to the home (FTTH) and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks. This work may require the use of tension meters and hauling equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable installation	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Access site according to enterprise procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards and safety constraints on worksite 1.4 Obtain cable installation plan and set up installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements 1.5 Identify existing ‘other’ services by analysing drawings and following Dial Before You Dig (DBYD) protocols 1.6 Determine cable route and type of cable from construction plan, identifying and avoiding other services 1.7 Select suitable protective clothing, tools and equipment, and safety equipment, and confirm support structures are safe
2 Install aerial cable lead-in	2.1 Use safe support structures and appropriate tools 2.2 Select required type of cable bearer and determine need for separate catenary wire or self-supporting installation 2.3 Install and secure catenary wire, integral bearer cable (IBC) or self-supporting cable permanently to support structure using aerial fixing devices, and adjust tension to meet relevant height and minimum sag requirements to required specifications 2.4 Secure cable safely, leaving cable loop on support structure 2.5 Install mid-span fly offs according to cable configuration, using approved hardware 2.6 Install cable ensuring no damage is caused 2.7 Maintain physical characteristics of cable leaving cable loop on support structure according to cable configuration 2.8 Terminate and test cable continuity in customer enclosure and aerial enclosure 2.9 Label cables according to industry guidelines and authorisations
3 Install underground cable lead-in	3.1 Ensure pipe or conduit is not blocked and is clear of debris 3.2 Run push rod through pipe and attach cable for hauling 3.3 Haul cable using lubricant, cable slippers or rollers to ensure no sheath damage when hauling at correct tension into and out of enclosures 3.4 Provide sufficient cable allowance in enclosures for jointing and maintenance requirements 3.5 Terminate cable in customer enclosure and pit enclosure
4 Seal and secure cable	4.1 Seal cable ends to prevent entrance of foreign material according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards 4.2 Secure cable loop on support structure to minimise damage to conductors 4.3 Weatherproof building entry points as required 4.4 Fit over voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required
5 Complete tasks on site	5.1 Record any approved alteration to original design and return to appropriate personnel 5.2 Complete appropriate records and sign reports as required according to industry policy 5.3 Restore site to original condition and dispose of waste in environmentally safe manner 5.4 Notify appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Uses a range of strategies to facilitate comprehension
Writing	Completes records according to enterprise requirements
Oral Communication	Use language and non-verbal features appropriate to context
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends a range of everyday mathematical information that is embedded in familiar and routine texts
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL220 Install a cable lead-in.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL251 Install aerial and underground cable lead-ins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan the works and prepare the site

install at least two types of aerial cable and one type of underground cable, including placing and securing cables on support structures and building faces for both internal and external locations

install at least one mid-span fly offs utilising industry specific/approved hardware

haul, secure and terminate, continuity test and seal cables

perform visual inspection to identify safe support structures from pole status markings

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for safely installing aerial and underground cable

terminate cables at the customer and network ends of aerial and underground installations

complete and provide a report, documenting the installation for the customer

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements, industry standards, authorisations and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise procedures and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

codes, standards, industry guidelines and authorisations for cable installation and cabling

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

relevant regulatory requirements for working at heights and working underground

common types of cable used in telecommunications

manufacturer requirements for selection and safe operation of tools and equipment

safety equipment, both personal and worksite related, required for safe work practices

required fixing devices and hardware used in cable lead-in work

termination methods and performance requirements that include cable continuity of installed cables

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site, including issues relating to the safe use of support structures

purpose of records and documentation required for work activity.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial and underground cable lead-ins can be conducted

plant, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as continuity testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, joint and terminate coaxial cable in the customer access network (CAN) environment for emerging technologies using high speed broadband and the delivery of cable television services on customer premises for domestic, commercial or industrial installations.

It applies to technical staff who joint and terminate coaxial cable used in all telecommunications applications, including convergence technologies of telephony, data, video and multimedia as part of next generation networks (NGNs).

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install and joint coaxial cable	1.1 Confirm approval for site access with customer prior to site entry 1.2 Read and interpret customer installation specifications and physical conditions at site to determine layout of job 1.3 Locate and identify adjoining other services according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.4 Test for and respond to presence of dangerous gases in underground enclosures according to enterprise guidelines 1.5 Undertake approved alterations to design according to enterprise guidelines
2. Verify placement and secure coaxial cable	2.1 Use safety equipment to protect self and public 2.2 Maintain coaxial cable segregation to industry standard requirements 2.3 Protect integrity of coaxial shield cable to ensure no loss of performance 2.4 Place cable in position with sufficient slack to allow termination and maintain minimum bend radius according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Follow installation designs to install cable safely without damage to cable or customer premises 2.6 Maintain radio frequency (RF) signal strength by installing cable lengths within manufacturer or design specifications 2.7 Locate securing hardware to reduce cumulative effect on cable wave shape properties and attach cable ties to minimise cable damage
3. Joint coaxial cable	3.1 Strip coaxial cable, according to specifications, to required length using appropriate tools 3.2 Select appropriate kit to match type of coaxial cable in use and jointing method according to manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Joint cable and ensure jointing fitting retains segregation of conductor and shield 3.4 Seal all joints according to manufacturer specifications
4. Terminate coaxial cable	4.1 Prepare coaxial cable for termination according to specifications using appropriate tool 4.2 Select connectors to match type of coaxial cable in use and use terminating method recommended by manufacturer 4.3 Verify connector fitting retains segregation of conductor and shield 4.4 Terminate connectors to torque as recommended by manufacturer to prevent RF leakage 4.5 Test connectors to mating specifications using gauge tester 4.6 Maintain continuous ground on terminations and waterproof seal to preserve cable integrity
5. Complete installation operation	5.1 Place cables in enclosure and lay up according to manufacturer instructions and enterprise guidelines, and check that no safety hazards are evident 5.2 Place other services including cables according to enterprise guidelines 5.3 Reinstate site, remove waste and debris for disposal, and maintain safe worksite conditions
6. Complete installation administration	6.1 Complete reports according to enterprise policy 6.2 Note alterations to plans using appropriate symbols

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads familiar texts fluently, automatically recognising most everyday words and some specialised vocabulary
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text and uses layout consistent with text type
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages Selects and uses appropriate tools, hand-held devices, computers and technological processes
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, and coordinate with or delegate to others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, makes slight adjustments if necessary, and addresses unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL209 Joint and terminate coaxial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL252 Joint and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine installation requirements, and check and prepare the site ready for coaxial cable installation

perform an in-line splice

perform jointing and termination of coaxial cable using specialised hand or power tools and equipment

complete waterproof jointed cable using heat shrinkage

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

conduct signal strength tests and interpret results

fit jointed coaxial cable in suitable housing

check and adjust cable segregations

verify the installation complies with enterprise and manufacturer specifications and warranties

document work according to enterprise requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise guidelines, formal agreements and contracts that impact on the work activity

specific WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions, including site security and typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

range of coaxial cables and connectors and their application

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

features and operating requirements of test equipment

manufacturer requirements for selection, installation and safe operation of equipment

test methods and performance requirements

impact that other services may have on installation work

operation of tools relevant to working with coaxial cable

environmental requirements for waste and debris disposal.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where jointing coaxial broadband cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as joint testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable jointing and testing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct underground telecommunications infrastructure, made up of conduits and enclosures, for cabling provisioning.

It applies to individuals in technical roles in civil construction who install pits and pre-built enclosures with connecting pipes for underground telecommunications infrastructure, predominantly in greenfield sites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to construct underground work	1.1 Obtain construction design plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards and other services that will need to be considered 1.3 Obtain plant, tools and safety equipment to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.4 Determine type of underground pit/manhole required for project as specified in construction design plan
2. Install enclosure	2.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 2.2 Determine excavation meets specification of design plan 2.3 Place foundation of suitable material to provide safe and stable footing prior to installing underground enclosure in excavation 2.4 Place recognised barrier over construction where enclosure is to be installed over power cables according to enterprise requirements or agreements with other authorities 2.5 Install earth mat facility under enclosure as required by enterprise 2.6 Install enclosure specified in construction design plan according to manufacturer specifications using specified materials
3. Install connecting pipe works	3.1 Install conduit in trench to enterprise specifications 3.2 Connect conduit to enclosure according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice
4. Complete project	4.1 Complete reports and record alterations to plans using appropriate symbols, according to enterprise policy 4.2 Complete all labelling requirements according to industry standard 4.3 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to appropriate point for disposal 4.4 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and to customer satisfaction 4.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Numeracy	Interprets scales and ratios on plans Performs basic calculations appropriate to measuring and estimating size
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL213 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL253 Construct underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret and apply design plans and prepare for construction

install enclosures including pipe, pit and prefabricated manholes

construct in two different soil types: sand, rock, soil or combination soil types

shore an excavation site to meet enterprise and regulatory requirements

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment normally used for excavation, pipe, conduit installation and site restoration safely

complete and document specified work

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices associated with excavation, enclosure installation and site restoration.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, including excavation

specific WHS requirements and environmental guidelines relating to the activity and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on site

civil construction elements including:

operation of construction plant, tools and equipment

methods of enclosure construction

methods for laying foundations

construction design plans

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

relevant licence requirements for equipment used in constructing underground infrastructure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where enclosure construction can be conducted

construction equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on construction.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to joint metallic, conductor cable on the service provider side of the network boundary in communications applications, including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to individuals working in technical roles who joint metallic conductor cable for indoor and outdoor installations on new installations and cable upgrades, and maintain infrastructure in domestic, commercial and industrial situations for service providers and asset owners.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for jointing metallic conductor cable for access network	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.4 Review site plans and documentation 1.5 Select cable type and appropriate connectors for cable joint 1.6 Set up tools, equipment and materials required for safe work practice 1.7 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities
2. Joint metallic conductor cable for access network	2.1 Joint metallic cable following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Ensure joint is sealed to industry specifications 2.3 Perform relevant cable tests to ensure joint complies with site specifications, manufacturer specifications, and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.4 Rectify cable faults 2.5 Record cable tests and required modifications 2.6 Label and tag cable joint according to enterprise guidelines and industry practice
3. Protect and alarm cable	3.1 Pressurise cable and check for leakage 3.2 Reconnect alarms, as required, according to enterprise guidelines 3.3 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements, to maintain safe worksite conditions
4. Complete records and clean-up site	4.1 Complete required records including alterations and notify customer 4.2 Clean-up and reinstate site according to customer and company requirements 4.3 Present all records to appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to records using industry relevant terminology
Numeracy	Takes measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and enterprise requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL215 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL254 Joint metallic conductor cable in access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

joint cable with appropriate connectors and according to specifications

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices associated with the jointing of metallic cable, including documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

safety precautions when working with cables

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where jointing metallic conductor cable can be performed

cable testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable jointing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to modify an infrastructure to cutover new cables into an existing indoor and outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial cabling installation including communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to field officers, technicians or lineman installers from carriers, contractors or other service providers who upgrade coaxial or optical fibre cables as part of a hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) network, a broadband access network or a large client private network.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable modification and cutover	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine cable route and type of cable from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.5 Obtain plant, tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Prepare implementation plan with cutover tasks based on identified nature of job and seek client approval 1.7 Notify client and network carrier of proposed cutover details and proposed disruption to services 1.8 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to enterprise guidelines and site conditions 1.9 Select labour support required according to cutover tasks and available skills 1.10 Select technical equipment for cutover to suit materials being used, cable type and joint enclosure
2. Joint and cutover cable	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work 2.2 Joint cable according to sequencing plan, materials, joint type, location, and enterprise and manufacturer’s guidelines 2.3 Test cable for performance and rectify any faults relating to cutover according to location, materials available and industry practice 2.4 Seal all joints according to cable type, location, and enterprise and manufacturer’s guidelines
3. Complete project documentation	3.1 Record test results for future reference, complete reports on cutover installation and design amendments to reflect existing cable layout according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to client satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel completion of cutover and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Make calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable (Release 2)	ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable (Release 1)	Updates to knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL313 Modify and cutover cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare for cutover

rearrange cable

conduct tests to determine success of cutover

interpret results and rectify faults occurring as a result of cutover

apply regulations and standards related to the cable rearrangement

comply with all related health and safety requirements, work practices and service level agreements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

cutover of cable on the client's equipment

health and safety requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment

typical issues and challenges that occur on the worksite

purpose of warranties and service level agreements (SLA).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

systems and equipment involving cutover

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises for communications applications using a range of terminations that may include direct termination, fusion splicing and mechanical splicing.

It applies to technical staff who place, secure and terminate optical fibre cable in new installations and upgrades or maintain existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of optical fibre cable	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Organise tools, cabling products, equipment and materials for given work 1.4 Match optical fibre cable type and connectors to installation environment and customer requirements 1.5 Check proposed route and bend ratios according to manufacturer specifications and industry standards 1.6 Test fibres in the cable on the drum for optical continuity as required 1.7 Use personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, when working with bare fibre stripping/cleaving and utilise sharps disposal containers for bare fibre off cuts 1.8 Place fibre patch leads in support pathway, avoiding pressure, crushing and bending
2 Clean and inspect connectors	2.1 Test patch leads, before use, for continuity with a visible light source and inspect and clean connector end faces 2.2 Test fibre connectors ensuring the circuit has no infra-red transmission (dark fibre) 2.3 Ensure that associated equipment is labelled to inform others not to switch the equipment on or reconnect patch leads 2.4 Remove connector dust cover and inspect for dust and damage using an optical microscope or video microscope 2.5 Clean connectors with recommended cleaning tools, using wet and dry methods as required and re-inspect 2.6 Replace connectors or patch cords when inspection reveals irreparable damage or contamination cannot be cleaned off 2.7 Place fibre patch leads in support pathway avoiding pressure, crushing and bending
3. Install indoor/outdoor cables and pigtails to an indoor enclosure	3.1 Undertake work in a controlled environment 3.2 Strip loose tube fibre cable and fit cable and fibres to an indoor enclosure 3.3 Prepare pigtails on workstation in an orderly manner matching cable fibre colour codes to pigtail colour codes as required
4. Terminate or fusion-splice cable	4.1 Prepare fibre for splicing, cleaning and cleaving 4.2 Splice prepared fibres 4.3 Shrink splice protective sleeve to spliced fibres and allow to cool
5.Terminate fibre using direct connectorisation	5.1 Prepare fibre (250 um and/or 900 um fibres) for mechanical splicing, cleaning and cleaving 5.2 Connect mechanical splice connector
6.Test circuit joints	6.1 Use visible light sources safely to determine continuity of patch cords and fusion/mechanical splices 6.2 Test each fibre circuit joint for transmission loss with a light source and power meter, and re-terminate joint or connector when transmission loss exceeds industry standards and manufacturer specifications 6.3 Record all measurements in dBm for customer handover
7. Remove fibre hazards from work area	7.1 Clean work area thoroughly to minimise risk of injury from glass fibre off-cuts 7.2 Dispose of waste safely according to relevant environmental requirements 7.3 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction
8. Document installation	8.1 Update plans and records with details of installation and test results 8.2 Notify customer of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Chooses appropriate text type to communicate relevant information and/or ideas effectively
Oral Communication	Demonstrates awareness of choices in register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Understands when to take responsibility and when to notify others

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL302 Install and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL322 Install, test and terminate optical fibre cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0. Release 2 created for editorial corrections.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

install, terminate and test optical fibre cable, applying safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

prepare workstation to provide for fibre preparation, cleaving, fusion splicing, enclosure fit out, cleaning pads and tools, sharps and waste disposal

ensure workstation is located in a dust free environment with adequate ventilation, lighting and power

install and test single mode and multimode cable

perform direct field termination

provide customer report documenting installation and test results

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

install a mechanical splice connector and fusion splice a pigtail to cable fibre

complete relevant documentation to manufacturer and design requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes and standards for optical fibre

specific WHS requirements and enterprise procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

various types of optical fibre cable and associated connectors, enclosures and required equipment

features and operating requirements of optical fibre cable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of optical fibre equipment

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

hazards associated with working with optical cable including:

bare fibres

hazardous laser light

test methods and performance requirements

issues relating to environmental work practices and the disposal of waste

techniques for types of termination, including:

direct termination

fusion splicing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation and termination of optical fibre cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as optical fibre testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on optical fibre cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Note: All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test the performance of copper, optical fibre and telecommunications cable on customer premises for the purpose of commissioning, fault identification or routine maintenance. It includes ensuring a safe and secure work environment while work is being undertaken.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for cablers, technicians, contractors or other service providers who carry out domestic, commercial or industrial installations in indoor and outdoor environments. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), power over ethernet (PoE) cable installations and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

ICTWHS204 Follow work health and safety and environmental policy and procedures

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable and system test	1.1 Establish purpose of test to be conducted on cables and systems based on customer complaints of faulty or poor system performance operations 1.2 Confirm ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements and methods for compliance with relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.3 Select required tests according to site conditions, customer complaint documentation and manufacturer specifications 1.4 Arrange access to site and confirm service is available for testing 1.5 Select test equipment, tools and materials according to required industry testing standards
2. Perform tests	2.1 Use tools and test equipment according to manufacturer specifications and undertake tests required after initial analysis of customer complaints 2.2 Perform work safely to remove risk of injury to operator, other users and equipment 2.3 Perform checks and adjustments to ensure operating environmental factors will not prejudice test results 2.4 Perform optical time domain reflectometer testing to determine fibre and event characteristics according to meet customer or enterprise specifications and manufacturer warranties 2.5 Perform structured cabling certification testing to determine cable system characteristics according to customer or enterprise specifications and manufacturers warranties 2.6 Evaluate PoE circuits, cable lengths, copper conductor sizes, resistance versus power losses, environmental temperatures and likely power levels to ensure circuit current, voltage and power to the receiving device
3. Interpret test results and determine action	3.1 Read test results accurately and compare with manufacturer and site specifications for cable performance 3.2 Evaluate test results, taking into account measurement error margins against a known reference as required 3.3 Assess test results fairly and accurately using verifiable data 3.4 Rectify faults or escalate to appropriate person
4. Complete records and clean up site	4.1 Document test results and ensure test results remain current 4.2 Verify test results and provide to customer as required 4.3 Update site and installation files to ensure information on system performance is traceable including PoE standards 4.4 Reinstate site according to customer and company requirements 4.5 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads, analyses and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation relevant to cable and systems testing
Writing	Prepares written technical reports and documentation for test results Records notes on communications and provides written feedback to customers
Oral Communication	Discuss parameters for the tests and provide oral feedback on results as required, using language appropriate to the understanding of the customer
Numeracy	Carries out calculations and analyses results as appropriate for the tests being performed
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for implementing implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements, particularly as they apply to safety
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL304 Perform cable and system test on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL323 Test cables and systems on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

perform certification tests on copper ethernet cables to cover common ethernet cable faults including:

crosstalk, attenuation to crosstalk ratio (ACR), delays, wiremaps, attenuation, length

perform optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) tests on fibre cables to cover common fibre cable faults and common waveforms for standard fibre cabling events, including:

breaks, distance, connectors, Numerical Aperture mismatches, end of fibre, ghosts, splitters

check capabilities of ethernet cables for power over ethernet (PoE)

provide power calculations and evaluation of viability and safety of cables providing PoE

interpret test results

use appropriate methods to escalate cable faults affecting service delivery

report on completed cable and system test.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, codes, enterprise requirements, and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

specific WHS requirements and environmental factors relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

single-mode (SM) and/or multi-mode (MM) optical fibre links in point-to-point networks

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or customer interface units (CIU) or network termination device (NTD)

electrical and/or optical properties to be measured

PoE potential hazards and performance specifications

remote power feed method and system

test results derived from test equipment and interpretation of test results against expected cable system performance specifications

typical performance parameters and faults that may be encountered in customer cabling and related connection and transmission equipment

types of equipment and manufacturer specifications suitable for tests to be carried out.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where cable and system tests can be conducted

cable and system testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and cable specifications that impact on cable and system testing installation activities, including PoE on new and legacy cabling.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut over new or upgraded systems and equipment on customer premises. This may include indoor or outdoor installations of communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia systems.

It applies to telecommunications trade workers carrying out new installations or upgrades to domestic, commercial or industrial systems and equipment at customer premises.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare system and equipment cut over	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access according to security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Determine cable route, and type of cable and equipment required from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and materials to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.5 Prepare implementation plan with cut over tasks based on identified nature of job, and seek customer approval 1.6 Notify customer and network carrier of proposed cut over details and arrange for customer representation and agreement
2. Cut over system or equipment into service	2.1 Perform cut over tasks and connect network facilities according to approved plan 2.2 Test all cable connections, equipment and facilities according to technical manuals and specifications 2.3 Evaluate test results to ensure proper system operation and performance, and rectify as required
3. Complete project documentation	3.1 Record test results for future reference, complete reports on cut over installation and design amendments according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to customer or appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and customer satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes of tests and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using active listening and questioning to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Applies problem solving processes for determining solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL312 Cutover new systems and equipment on customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL324 Cut over new systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

read and interpret project plans and specifications

develop and implement a cut over work plan

install customer premises equipment and cabling

configure and test cabling systems and equipment

apply relevant regulations and standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

equipment requiring cut over at customer premises

selection of test methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of test equipment for cut over.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of systems and equipment can be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain indoor or outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial cable network on customer premises or service provider access networks. This may include communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to technicians and lines workers who install and maintain network cable equipment within the broadband infrastructure deployment. They may upgrade a coaxial or optical fibre cable as part of a hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) network, a broadband access network or a large customer private network.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for cable maintenance	1.1 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access according to security arrangements 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.3 Determine cable route and type of cable from schedule, and identify and avoid other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently
2 Maintain cables, cable supports and enclosures	2.1 Clean area of debris, vegetation and foreign matter as required 2.2 Conduct visual inspections of cable infrastructure, enclosures and carrier interfaces for assessment of evident damages according to enterprise guidelines, and notify appropriate personnel 2.3 Check customer interface units for correct operation and rectify identified faults 2.4 Undertake remedial action on damages according to warranties and service level agreements, prior to maintenance routine 2.5 Perform maintenance tasks and tests in a safe manner and note activities on maintenance schedule
3 Complete maintenance documentation	3.1 Record test results, maintenance activities and corrective actions for future reference and complete maintenance schedule attendance chart according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to enterprise or approving authority requirements and customer satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Conveys and clarifies information effectively to a range of personnel using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for maintenance works Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies, reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL315 Maintain cable network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL325 Maintain cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

test cables and equipment and interpret results

undertake remedial action on damages

safely use specialised hand or power tools and equipment

apply regulations and standards related to maintenance

comply with all related health, safety and environmental requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or customer interface units (CIU)

maintenance requirements of equipment at customer premises

electrical and optical properties to be measured

health, safety and environmental considerations including:

electrical safety and lifting hazards

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

typical safety issues and challenges that occur on the worksite

test methods and performance requirements for the maintenance work

purpose of warranties and service level agreements in relation to maintenance work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where maintenance of network cable can be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut over and rearrange new and existing distribution cables in the telecommunications access network.

It applies to lines workers, jointers or technicians working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who work on new or existing copper cables in the access network.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for cable modification and cut over	1.1 Obtain project plan from appropriate personnel and use plan to scope work for job 1.2 Arrange for access to worksite, according to local government or other authority requirements 1.3 Inspect site to develop a work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.4 Determine cable route and type of cable from project plan, taking into account the location of other services 1.5 Obtain required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials 1.6 Prepare detailed plan of cut over tasks according to project plan, job scope, legislative and other requirements, and obtain necessary approvals 1.7 Notify customer and network carrier of proposed cut over activity and proposed disruption to services that may impact on their service level agreements (SLAs) 1.8 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to customer practices and site conditions
2 Joint and cut over cable	2.1 Prepare cabinet, joint enclosure and jointing chambers for cable handling, entry and sealing requirements 2.2 Joint cable according to manufacturer guidelines 2.3 Test cable for performance and rectify cut over faults relating to cut over according to location, materials available and customer practices 2.4 Record test results for future reference 2.5 Seal all joints according to cable type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines
3 Clean-up worksite and complete documentation	3.1 Complete reports on cut over installation and design amendments to reflect existing cable layout and according to enterprise requirements 3.2 Place and secure correctly labelled cables to supports in jointing chamber or cabinet according to customer practices 3.3 Mark-up as-built plans for return to customer for their records 3.4 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.5 Notify appropriate personnel about completion of cut over and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from various sources Consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, and listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations required for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with colleagues, customers and others
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Uses problem solving processes to address less predictable problems, referring to standard procedures to determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL317 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL326 Cut over metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

set up the site for a cabling cut over job

use project plan to determine cable route and necessary fittings for installation

use project plan to prepare detailed cut over plan including any anticipated outages that may affect service level agreements (SLAs)

follow customer practices for the placement and sealing of cables

separate, label and joint cable units and pairs according to industry practices

test cable, rectify faults, record results and take appropriate action

seal all joints and cabinets according to enterprise agreements

comply with relevant work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

place and secure cables and mark-up as-built plans

handover completed job to customer.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

requirements of legislation, regulations, codes, standards and customer practices relevant to work activity, in particular:

WHS requirements and environmental requirements relating to setting up an outdoor site and accessing underground facilities

project plans and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

interpretation and methods to mark-up as-built plans

common cabling types, connectors and cabling structures (including conductor identification/cable colour coding)

manufacturer jointing and sealing guidelines and practices

process of cutting over a cable for various scenarios including:

aerial lead-in

underground lead-in

features and operating conditions of test equipment and how the equipment is used to measure cable performance

typical issues and challenges that may cause delays in job completion, and how these could be addressed

purpose of warranties and SLAs

mark-up as-built plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

cable systems and jointing equipment required to cut over cable

cabling infrastructure required for installation

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground cable for all communications applications in access networks or customer premises.

It applies to technical staff who install cable for new installations and upgrades to telecommunications cabling infrastructure for communications applications including broadcasting or reception (digital video broadcasting – terrestrial [DVB-T], satellite [DVB-S], long term evolution [LTE]), closed-circuit television (CCTV), digital and analog, telephony, data, video, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), fibre optic networks and multimedia.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used may be subject to regulatory requirements and/or the carrier’s guidelines. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for underground cable hauling	1.1 Access site according to required enterprise procedures 1.2 Verify cable installation requirements from plans and recognise constraints 1.3 Identify from plans, correct duct to be hauled 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Select suitable tools, equipment and protective equipment to meet required industry standards 1.7 Check for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.8 Confirm correct duct/conduit to be utilised for hauling at site and access to intermediate manholes/pits along the hauling route 1.9 Rod and rope the conduit/duct to be hauled 1.10 Set-up cable installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines 1.11 Clean debris and obstructions from conduit using appropriate mandrels 1.12 Seal cable ends to exclude entrance of foreign matter
2. Haul underground cable	2.1 Run hauling feeder through conduit to enable cable hauling 2.2 Use rodding techniques to prove that conduit is clear for hauling 2.3 Attach cable to hauling feeder according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Employ cable slippers or rollers to ensure no sheath damage when hauling into and out of enclosures 2.5 Lubricate cable and haul evenly at correct tension to reduce risk of cable damage 2.6 Maintain sufficient cable length allowance for jointing and ensure cable is housed within bending radius tolerance for cable materials in an underground enclosure 2.7 Maintain cable and services separations in parallel runs and crossovers according to manufacturer and regulatory requirements
3. Seal and secure cable and complete all documentation	3.1 Tag all cables to enable future identification 3.2 Seal cable ends according to enterprise requirements to prevent entrance of foreign material 3.3 Place cable on supports in enclosures to reduce damage to conductors and enable ease of access for maintenance 3.4 Fit voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 3.5 Complete installation reports and design amendments accurately, and file promptly according to customer requirements 3.6 Reinstate site to customer satisfaction and dispose of waste in environmentally safe manner as required 3.7 Notify appropriate personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from plans, specifications, standards and regulations to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for hauling
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task, and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies and reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with clients and workmates
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL308 Install underground cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL329 Install underground cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

use the correct type of rope for cable hauling

use various rodding, roping and mandrel techniques as prior requirements to hauling cable

haul underground cable by applying work health and safety (WHS) requirements, work practices and industry standards

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment for hauling cabling safely

read and interpret plan drawings

restore site and complete documentation

comply with all related safety requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulatory requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on hauling

rodding, roping and mandrel techniques

features and operating requirements of hauling equipment

industry and manufacturer requirements for safe operation of hauling equipment

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to hauling and site conditions, including typical safety issues and challenges that occur on worksites

precautions associated with over-hauling through occupied conduits.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground cable can be conducted

installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to splice and terminate optical fibre cable within an optical telecommunications transmission environment for new installations or upgrades of an optical backbone or access network, to achieve greater bandwidth and capacity required by emerging technology convergence for next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to technical staff who splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects for commercial or industrial fibre to the premises (FTTP) non-mechanical splicing installations.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Cablers working with live optical fibre must obtain enterprise certification before commencing splicing work.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for splicing	1.1 Select safety equipment to protect self and public according to industry guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.2 Confirm layout of installation according to physical conditions at site and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified worksite hazards 1.4 Locate other services from relevant authorities according to industry guidelines and safe practices 1.5 Test for dangerous gases and place guards around open manholes according to WHS and environmental requirements 1.6 Obtain approval for alterations to design according to industry guidelines
2. Check existing optical fibre cable	2.1 Verify that cable is installed according to installation plan 2.2 Visually inspect cable for signs of sheath damage and seek instructions from service provider when damage is identified 2.2 Maintain minimum bend ratios according to manufacturer specifications to prevent cable damage and signal degradation 2.3 Secure cable according to safe industry practice to avoid cable and sheath damage
3. Splice optical fibre cable	3.1 Maintain safe work practices when using equipment to identify and verify fibre is not live before commencing splicing 3.2 Seek instructions from service provider where fibre is live and, on receipt of required enterprise certification, follow service provider instructions accordingly 3.3 Prepare cable end to expose optical fibres according to splicing method and manufacturer specifications 3.4 Prepare and splice fibres using safe industry practice according to industry specifications 3.5 Install and clean optical connectors with recommended cleaning material and re-inspect 3.6 Test completed links for proof of performance according to industry standards
4. Terminate optical fibre cable	4.1 Select connector unit to suit terminating frame according to design specifications 4.2 Terminate cable according to design method and manufacturer specifications 4.3 Test termination for transmission loss and light levels, and re-terminate if transmission loss exceeds industry standard 4.4 Install protection devices on connectors to protect from exposure and contaminants 4.5 Label and lay up cables in enclosure according to manufacturer instructions and industry guidelines
5. Finish job and report	5.1 Remove waste and reinstate site according to industry guidelines 5.2 Prepare reports, including test results and alterations to plans, according to telecommunications industry or enterprise policies 5.3 Notify appropriate personnel of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Understands familiar texts of limited complexity that may incorporate graphs, tables and charts Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Interrelates ideas and information and some support material when writing about familiar topics
Oral Communication	Demonstrates an awareness of the need to vary structure, style, tone and vocabulary to meet the requirements of the audience, context and purpose
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for decisions about when and how to complete tasks and coordinate with others Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Interacts with others	Takes responsibility to obtain customer sign-off for work completed

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL208 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for carriers and service providers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL330 Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for telecommunications projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

splice, terminate and test optical fibre cable, applying safety precautions when working with laser-based systems and ensuring that required enterprise certification is first obtained if working with live fibre

splice at least 12 fibres and house in industry recognised enclosures and underground closures according to manufacturer instructions

install a pigtail that is fusion spliced to cable fibre

inspect and clean optical connectors

complete relevant documentation according to manufacturer and design requirements

provide customer report documenting installation and test results, according to industry standards

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

specific WHS and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions, including hazardous gases

relevant safety standards applicable to the operation of laser products

safety precautions when working with laser-based systems

industry and enterprise policies and procedures when splicing optical fibre cable

causes of signal strength loss in optical fibre

colour coding of fibres

features and operating requirements of test equipment for optical fibre cable

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

optical fibre equipment and manufacturer requirement for safe operation

techniques for types of termination, including:

direct termination

fusion splicing

mechanical splicing

test methods and performance requirements

types of optical cable

relevant authorities that may be involved in optical fibre installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where splicing and termination of optical fibre cable can be conducted

special purpose tools, equipment and materials currently used in industry such as optical fibre testing equipment

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on optical fibre cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required for fault-finding and testing for the presence of an operational subscriber line at network termination devices (NTDs). These lines are crucial in connecting customer equipment to the carrier for the purposes of providing telephony and internet protocol (IP) data services. These network providers use convergent technologies to deliver services of next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to technicians and cable installers who install and maintain IP-based equipment for customer and service providers for services, such as internet protocol TV (IPTV), IP security, digital home networks, IP-based cable access, TV (CATV), IP core and access networks, home automation, interactive TV, smart grids and cloud computing

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) cabling registration applies to maintaining or installing new cable elements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to locate and rectify basic faults	1.1 Arrange site access according to enterprise procedures and customer requirements 1.2 Obtain information from customer about nature of the fault 1.3 Obtain suitable tools and test equipment 1.4 Obtain appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) 1.5. Identify requirements for basic identification and fault-finding of cabling from network termination device (NTD) to customer equipment and seek assistance as required
2. Identify and confirm customer and NTD equipment in place	2.1 Identify type of NTD used and its application to satellite, fibre, fixed radio, hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) or digital subscriber line (DSL) telecommunications network/s 2.2 Identify and document typical equipment connected to NTD 2.3 Confirm correct equipment is being used for installed NTD
3. Identify and inspect NTD and customer equipment cables and patch cords	3.1 Check that NTD equipment and customer equipment are interconnected utilising cables and patch cords 3.2 Ensure all cabling sockets are visually intact and undamaged 3.3 Ensure all patch cords are visually intact and undamaged 3.4 Complete wire mapping to ensure new work is completed correctly and is in good working order 3.5 Ensure all cable, patch cords and cabling products are of the same signal bandwidth category 3.6 Obtain NTD and customer equipment user guides 3.7 Utilise NTD and customer equipment user guides to determine correct light-emitting diode (LED) status that indicates the equipment is operating correctly 3.8 Identify and record visual status of all customer equipment and NTD equipment prior to any investigative process
4. Repair faults found in NTD and customer equipment	4.1 Follow appropriate user guide fault tables to remedy equipment status according to equipment manufacturer guidelines 4.2 Conduct basic fault-finding using methodical and safe practices suitable for system and problem type 4.3 Ensure cabling or patch cord elements are correctly terminated utilising wire mapping testers according to industry standards 4.4 Correct faulty cabling by re-terminating sockets, replacing sockets and re-terminating cable or replacing damaged cable elements 4.5 Correct faulty patch cords by re-terminating plugs or replacing with new patch cords 4.6 Power down equipment for 30 seconds and reboot equipment as a remedy to problem/s 4.7 Report failure of equipment to obtain normal working status to customer/supervisor and/or NTD owner for a determination to replace faulty equipment or to have equipment repaired 4.8 Ensure test equipment power adaptors are providing correct voltage to equipment, using an appropriate test device, and replace power adaptors as required 4.9 Ensure NTD equipment and customer equipment is communicating with internet by exploring internet with a computer browser gaining correct page displays from a website 4.10 Ensure customer device is connected to a wi-fi modem using service set identifier (SSID) and password
5. Complete documentation and clean-up worksite	5.1 Advise customer of successful fault clearance and obtain sign-off for customer agreement once fault is resolved and for invoicing purposes 5.2 Complete all records as required 5.3 Complete reports to justify fault diagnosis and rectification methodology as required 5.4 Remove all waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 5.5 Restore changes made to worksite during fault repair, according to industry standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in technical knowledge
Writing	Recognises when unknown words are essential to meaning and uses a range of decoding strategies to identify them Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Interact with others	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL331 Conduct basic identification and fault-finding within cabling networks and customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to do this on at least one of the following network termination device (NTD)/customer equipment systems:

satellite modem/ethernet/telephony

fixed wireless modem/ethernet/telephony

fibre optic TX-RX/ethernet/telephony

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) modem/ethernet/telephony

digital subscriber line (DSL) modem/ethernet/telephony.

Depending on the system/s the candidate works on, the candidate must demonstrate the ability to:

connect NTDs to customer equipment

set-up and operate test instruments

gather appropriate instrument test cables and adaptors

determine status of cables/equipment to be tested such as safety and live or inactive status

identify different cable types and their association with NTD/customer equipment

identify whether or not NTD/customer equipment is operating correctly

search the internet for equipment user guides

replace faulty cable or patch cords after testing or identifying damage

replace or re-terminate faulty sockets or connectors

perform a browser search of a web page to confirm system is working.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards and associated industry guidelines, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulations

work health and safety (WHS) regulations for electrical, fibre optic and electromagnetic telecommunications systems

hazard identification such as laser light and safety signs used for telecommunications equipment

typical equipment connected to NTD including:

personal computer devices including:

desktop/mobile computing devices

smartphone

printers

other devices

wi-fi modem/switch/router

DSL filters

internet service provider (ISP) gateway switch/router (ISP or retailer)

internet protocol TV (IPTV)

IP security, digital home networks

IP-based cable access TV (CATV)

IP core and access networks

home automation

interactive TV

smart grids

cloud computing

basic interconnection concepts for NTD and customer equipment application including:

fibre optic

fixed radio

satellite

HFC

DSL twisted pair

cable types used for NTD/customer equipment connections including:

Cat 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable

Cat 6 UTP cable

Cat 6/7 shielded twisted pair (STP) cable

RG6 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

fibre optic and other cable types for recognition/demonstration of the NTD network side

appropriate connectors for testing cables

appropriate adaptors and test leads for test instruments and cables to be tested

common basic tests utilised with each NTD/customer equipment system using:

structured cabling certifiers

structured cabling verification/qualification tester

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

multimeter

RF power measurement (RX)

time-domain reflectometer (TDR), available in SC certifiers

ADSL/VDSL test instruments

other appropriate test equipment

NTD or customer equipment user guides

purpose and use of test results

fault escalation enterprise processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

satellite modem/ethernet/telephony

fixed wireless modem/ethernet/telephony

fibre optic TX-RX/ethernet/telephony

HFC modem/ethernet/telephony

DSL modem/ethernet/telephony.

As a minimum, customer equipment may also require a portable computer, wi-fi modems, switch/router or devices that combine these parameters

Cable segments that use passive devices will also require access to RF splitters or DSL filters.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to all safety requirements and work practices commonly used in fault remediation.

It applies to copper cable jointers who install and maintain telecommunications cable networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault- finding activity	1.1 Determine, from documentation or discussion with appropriate personnel, work to be undertaken, including reported fault location 1.2 Access site according to workplace and/or enterprise procedures 1.3 Identify existing and potential site hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures 1.4 Prepare testing in consultation with others affected by the proposed work and sequence work appropriately 1.5 Obtain required materials for testing, reporting and rectification work according to enterprise procedures and job/work ticket requirements 1.6 Obtain required tools, equipment and testing devices according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety
2. Conduct activities to test and locate cable faults	2.1 Establish nature of fault through analysis of source, history and available information 2.2 Select and use appropriate test equipment to locate, diagnose and analyse fault 2.3 Conduct tests according to selected test equipment operating instructions and safety requirements, and ensure diagnostic process aligns to customer service requirements 2.4 Identify and test for fault efficiently and sustainably 2.5 Evaluate test results to determine cause of fault/s using appropriate methods and processes
3. Rectify fault	3.1 Carry out work health and safety (WHS) activities prior to entering a pit or manhole and protect underground assets prior to excavation 3.2 Physically locate fault position in a length of cable or buried joint 3.3 Rectify fault or escalate to appropriate level 3.4 Discuss and document established methods for dealing with unexpected situations with appropriate personnel 3.5 Confirm that current standard of performance for copper cables will be viable after fault remediation work 3.6 Confirm integrity of repaired fault using appropriate carrier testing processes
4. Report fault-findings and rectification	4.1 Report fault identification and fault clearance 4.2 Update fault records 4.3 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction and acceptable industry standards 4.4 Notify customer and/or relevant parties to obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Liaises with customers about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common fault location equipment and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL332 Locate, identify and rectify copper cable faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and appropriate personnel

identify a minimum of three different types of faults when testing telecommunications cables

analyse test results and identify and rectify a minimum of three different types of faults

use systematic, logical and appropriate fault-finding techniques for field-testing situations

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

WHS and environmental requirements

basic communications testing and measuring devices and techniques including:

types and applications of testing/measuring devices including voltage testers, multimeters, copper time domain reflectometers (TDRs), bridge meggers, continuity testers and insulation resistance testers

features of testing/measuring devices including user calibration, parameter and range settings

safety procedures

circuit arrangement of test/measuring devices

readings

storage, maintenance and care of test/measuring devices

Australian Standard quality assurance requirements for test equipment calibration certification

carrier copper network, architecture and cable layout including:

seven different types of fault conditions that may affect a customer service in terms of how information is carried

continuity of a circuit to facilitate a customer service

types of network components and terminal points such as cabinets, pillars, main distribution frames, internal distribution frames, pits, manholes and joints

different types of joints (inline, single-ended, pressurised and unpressurised)

performance parameters associated with copper cables including:

electrical circuit characteristics of voltage, current and resistance/impedance

open circuit, short circuit and pair continuity

split legs, reversed legs, contacts, earths and foreign battery

attenuation

insulation resistance (leakage)

loop resistance

characteristic impedance

how to evaluate test results for compliance with carrier requirements for copper cables including:

tests required to evaluate a given performance parameter

test equipment and leads needed to evaluate a given performance parameter

operation of test equipment for correct evaluation of specific cable performance parameters and to obtain accurate and reliable results

transmission performance requirements

behaviour of faulty cable network elements, including symptoms and impact on cable network

systematic and logical fault-finding

interpretation of test results and cable network element/system specifications

possible fault positions in a length of cable or buried joint including:

joint in a pit

manhole

buried.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which copper cable network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission and measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation and other site-related documentation required to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations for a minimum of three different types of faults.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cable in domestic, commercial or industrial communications applications that include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs), master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), long-term evolution (LTE) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff installing aerial cable for customer and carrier networks. Installations are completed outdoors on customer premises using basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for aerial cable installation	1.1 Access site according to required procedures 1.2 Verify location, cable bearer type and specific requirements of the proposed aerial cable installation according to appropriate plans and recognised constraints 1.3 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Select tools and equipment required for safe work practice 1.6 Erect barriers according to safety requirements 1.7 Assess support structure safety according to standard working conditions and proceed according to this assessment 1.8 Identify and set up traffic management plan as required 1.9 Set-up cable installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines
2. Attach aerial cable to catenary	2.1 Select type of cable bearer 2.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 2.3 Secure pole hardware permanently to support structure using safe installation practices, according to specifications 2.4 Haul and secure cable following health and safety requirements, manufacturer specifications and environmental requirements 2.5 Ensure minimum sag heights are achieved
3.Install self-supporting aerial cable	3.1 Select type of cable for installation 3.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 3.3 Secure pole hardware permanently to support structure using safe installation practices according to specifications 3.4 Haul and secure cable following health and safety requirements, manufacturer specifications and environmental requirements 3.5 Ensure minimum sag heights are achieved
4. Seal and secure aerial cable	4.1 Seal cable ends to prevent entrance of foreign material 4.2 Secure cable loop, as required, on support structure and ensure equipment is left in a tidy manner to reduce damage to conductors or fibres and to enable ease of access for effective maintenance 4.3 Weatherproof building entry points, as required 4.4 Fit over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component as required 4.5 Complete installation reports and design amendments accurately and file promptly according to industry requirements
5. Restore site and complete documentation	5.1 Restore worksite to customer satisfaction 5.2 Complete reports on installation work and provide to appropriate personnel 5.3 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses plans, regulations and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and workmates
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTCBL310 Install aerial cable.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL333 Install aerial cable for communications applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

prepare site for installation, ensuring all relevant authorities have been notified and approvals obtained prior to commencement

install various aerial cable using effective practices including:

integral bearer

self-supporting

stranded support (catenary)

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, authorisations and other formal agreements that impact on aerial cabling, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules as they apply to aerial cable

minimum sag heights

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to aerial cabling and working at heights

appropriate authorisations for pole access

features and operating requirements of equipment used for aerial cabling and rigging

manufacturer and industry requirements for safe operation of installation and rigging equipment

basic traffic management plans

typical worksite issues and challenges.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where aerial cable installation can be conducted

aerial installation equipment currently used in industry

aerial cables including:

integral bearer

self-supporting

stranded support (catenary)

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground enclosures and conduit, either direct buried or in pits, for new or cable maintenance tasks in access networks for outdoor installations within customer premises or in public locations permitted by the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA).

It applies to technical staff who install underground infrastructure for new and upgraded telecommunications cabling for domestic, commercial or industrial customers.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of underground enclosure and conduit	1.1 Obtain construction design plan from appropriate personnel and determine and obtain type of underground enclosure specified 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required enterprise procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.4 Verify location of proposed installation according to appropriate plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Organise plant, tools and equipment for given work and safe work practice 1.7 Place recognised barriers during construction according to safety and enterprise requirements
2. Install enclosure and conduit	2.1 Excavate site, maintaining stability and allowing ease of access 2.2 Install enclosure or pit according to design specifications, and work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.3 Install conduit according to specifications and manufacturer requirements, ensuring internal surfaces are free from impediments and sharp edges for cable hauling 2.4 Seal conduit entry into enclosure against foreign matter 2.5 Install cable support structure and access facilities in pits according to specifications
3. Restore site and complete documentation	3.1 Complete backfill safely using suitable soil and materials that ensure conduit protection 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and customer satisfaction 3.4 Complete reports on installation and design amendments accurately and file promptly according to enterprise requirements 3.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Critically analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Accurately records and completes information in enterprise systems
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Takes measurements and uses them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and workmates Identifies and explores differences in a diverse range of people in the work context and makes adjustments to communication in recognition of these differences
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL307 Install underground enclosures and conduit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL334 Install underground enclosures and conduit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

interpret and apply design plans and prepare for construction

use specialised hand or power tools and equipment normally used for excavation, pipe, pit and conduit installation and site restoration, safely

excavate for installation of an enclosure and conduit according to industry standards, applying related health and safety requirements and work practices

install enclosure and conduit according to specifications and industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

features and operating requirements of excavation and installation to select appropriate equipment

existing underground services

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

construction design plans

specific work health and safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

components required for enclosures, pits and conduit

methods of installing enclosures and conduit as they apply to manufacturer specifications and regulatory requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of underground enclosures and conduit can be conducted

installation pits, enclosures and conduit currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install aerial cable supports in domestic, commercial or industrial communications applications, including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), long-term evolution (LTE) computer networks, local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff installing aerial cable for customers and carrier networks. Installations are completed outdoors on customer premises using basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems and working at heights. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare site for installation	1.1 Access site according to required enterprise procedures 1.2 Verify aerial cable support installation requirements according to approved designs, and recognise and plan for constraints 1.3 Obtain information about location of other services from relevant authorities 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential worksite hazards 1.5 Assess support structure safety according to standard working conditions and proceed according to this assessment 1.6 Set up cable support installation equipment according to manufacturer requirements and enterprise guidelines
2. Install aerial support structures	2.1 Select type of aerial cable support for catenary wire or integrated bearer or self-supporting cable installation 2.2 Use basic rigging procedures, methods and equipment for working safely at heights 2.3 Erect barriers and signage according to safety requirements 2.4 Construct support foundations to specifications and provide for safe and secure operation of support structure 2.5 Install aerial cable supports securely and safely according to plan, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and authorisations
3. Restore site and complete documentation	3.1 Undertake quality check on completed installation 3.2 Reinstate site to identified requirements 3.3 Complete reports on installation and design amendments and record according to telecommunications industry requirements 3.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine construction requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Takes measurements and use them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Seeks advice and clarification for new activities
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and work colleagues
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and applies problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL309 Construct aerial cable supports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL335 Construct aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, and to:

prepare site for aerial cable support construction, ensuring all relevant authorities have been notified and approvals obtained prior to commencement

install aerial support structures using pole and wall supports, applying all related health and safety requirements and work practices and manufacturer requirements

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, and standards and other formal agreements that impact on aerial cable supports, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulatory requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules as they apply to aerial cabling

features and operating requirements of cable supports and installation equipment and authorisations

requirements for safe operation of equipment

safety precautions required when working at heights and on pole infrastructure

other health and safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity, equipment types and site conditions

typical worksite issues and challenges.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where construction of aerial cable supports can be conducted

aerial support installation equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and cut over a new metallic conductor cable to an access network distribution cabinet. The cable types are typically up to 200 pair copper cables in the carrier access network. The cabinet types may be mixed mode bearer cabinets in the access network and cross connect units (CCUs) or pillars.

It applies to lines workers, field officers or technicians working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who install and rearrange copper cables in the carrier network.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain project plan to scope work and gain approval from customer on key features of installation 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required enterprise procedure 1.3 Inspect site to develop work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.4 Determine cable route and type of network cable equipment from project plan, considering the location of other services 1.5 Obtain required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials for cabinet entry 1.6 Coordinate with other parties to minimise disruption to services and down time 1.7 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables to facilitate access and avoid overlaying and backtracking of cable 1.8 Notify stakeholders of proposed cut over details and proposed disruption to services 1.9 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to customer practices and site conditions
2. Install required cable and termination modules	2.1 Evaluate existing termination module type and capacity 2.2 Install additional termination modules, as required, and modify existing housing capacity according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice 2.3 Determine cable route between parent jointing chamber and cable termination blocks according to customer practices, site limitations, equipment specifications and regulations 2.4 Select entry port and sealing arrangements 2.5 Install cable to cabinet 2.6 Arrange and distribute cable fan out and routing according to industry practice 2.7 Label cabinets, cables and joints according to industry standards
3. Joint, jumper and cut over cable	3.1 Joint cable according to jointing standards, materials, joint type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines 3.2 Install jumpers and cut away tails according to industry practice and to minimise service outages 3.3 Test cable for performance and rectify faults relating to cut over according to location, materials available and industry practice 3.4 Seal all joints and cabinet according to cable type, location, customer practices and manufacturer guidelines
4. Perform tests	4.1 Visually check that all connections and interconnections are firm and sound 4.2 Electrically test all terminations for continuity according to customer practices 4.3 Reseal and pressurise cables
5. Complete site restoration and project documentation	5.1 Supply test results to customer for future reference 5.2 Complete cut over report and design amendments report that shows final cable layout as part of as-built documentation 5.3 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 5.4 Restore site according to customer practices or approving authority requirements 5.5 Notify appropriate personnel about completion of cut over and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from various sources Consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations required for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with co-workers, customers and others
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks according to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to select appropriate equipment and practices Uses problem solving processes and standard procedures to determine solutions to less predictable problems

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL318 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL336 Install and cut over metallic conductor cable to access network cabinet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret project plan to determine cable route, required plant, tools, safety equipment and materials

communicate with other stakeholders to arrange site access and to confirm safety requirements

prepare cabinet and cable for cable entry according to customer practices

install cable, label and fan out for termination

terminate pairs to termination modules following customer practices

run jumpers and cut over services with minimum outages

complete required documentation related to cut over

follow and comply with WHS and environmental requirements.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity, in particular:

health, safety and environmental requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

manufacturer requirements for the operation of jointing equipment

process for the cut over of a cabinet entry cable

features and operating conditions of test equipment and how the equipment is used to measure cable performance

typical worksite issues and challenges that may cause delays in project construction activities, and how these could be addressed

purpose of warranties and service level agreements (SLAs).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

systems and equipment used for cut over

installation equipment currently used in industry

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a basic review and analysis of cloud computing delivery and deployment models to support the needs of a business.

The unit applies to individuals engaged in the basic review of a cloud computing solutions for a business or enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to review cloud technology solutions and services	1.1 Identify data handling organisational policies and procedures required for cloud computing solutions and services 1.2 Identify cloud computing solutions and services according to organisational needs 1.3 Identify and confirm business and industry technology terminology, characteristics and concepts 1.4 Identify organisational roles affected by implementation of cloud services and solutions and their impact on cloud computing solutions and services 1.5 Identify requirements to transferring to cloud computing solutions and services according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Review cloud delivery and deployment models	2.1 Identify and review capability and characteristics of different cloud service platforms and delivery models against business requirements 2.2 Research and identify emerging cloud deployment models 2.3 Discuss differences, advantages and disadvantages between cloud cost models and different hybrid deployment models 2.4 Identify the most suitable cloud service and delivery platform according to organisational needs
3. Finalise evaluation	3.1 Identify and document benefits of adopting best cloud solutions and services according to business needs 3.2 Identify and document challenges of adopting cloud solutions and services according to business needs 3.3 Finalise cloud solutions and services evaluation and seek and respond to evaluation feedback according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Communicate outcomes of evaluation to required personnel 3.5 Save and lodge evaluation document to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records required information and prepares documentation outlining findings and analysis succinctly
Oral communications	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Learning	Identifies ideas for other applications and considers them in current contexts
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities
Self-management skills	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions and evaluates effectiveness of outcome

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK306 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD301 Evaluate characteristics of cloud computing solutions and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

determine at least one suitable cloud computing solution and associated services according to business needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collate information on the business’ need for cloud technology

articulate total cost of ownership for cloud computing solution as it applies to business needs

document finalised evaluation findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

technology trends in cloud computing

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

functions and features of cloud computing solutions and services vendor products

principles and functions of cloud computing solutions, models and technologies, including:

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)

Platforms as a Service (PaaS)

Software as a Service (SaaS)

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

different cost models and cloud economic theories as they apply to different cloud services, and benefits to each

uses and different features of private, hybrid and public cloud deployment models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational and industry standards, guidelines and legislation required to inform business cloud computing requirements

information and data sources

industry standard information and telecommunications equipment required to capture and store data

a variety of cloud solutions and services and their specifications

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure core cloud services including compute, storage, databases and autoscaling according to business needs and workload.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, developers and cloud engineers utilising cloud services and those engaged in deploying cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and secure access to cloud environment	1.1 Discuss and compare different cloud computing solutions, models and services according to business requirements and needs 1.2 Identify impact of shared security responsibility models 1.3 Select best cloud computing solution and service according to business requirements and needs 1.4 Access account on cloud platform according to business requirements and needs 1.5 Identify user access protocols and policies according to business requirements and needs 1.6 Configure access functions within cloud environment according to users, groups and required permissions 1.7 Identify and assign security responsibilities according to security policies, business protocols and work function 1.8 Define workload according to business requirements and needs
2. Deploy virtual network	2.1 Create users and groups to create and manage infrastructure according to business requirements and needs 2.2 Create virtual multi-tier network to support core services and autoscaling 2.3 Create virtual machine according to business processing and operating system requirements 2.4 Define, add and expand storage on virtual machine according to business requirements and needs 2.5 Deploy a managed database within virtual network according to business requirements and needs 2.6 Test external network access and access between resources within virtual network and fix errors
3. Set up automatic scaling	3.1 Configure and apply autoscaling to virtual machines to scale according to business defined metrics 3.2 Test automatic scaling and fix errors as required
4. Finalise virtual network infrastructure	4.1 Document and communicate work to required personnel 4.2 Seek and respond to feedback as required 4.3 Save and store user documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records required information and prepares documentation outlining work performed using appropriate language
Learning	Identifies ideas for other applications and considers them in current contexts
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities
Self-management skills	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates effectiveness of outcome

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD401 Configure cloud services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

build at least one simple virtual network capable of supporting a workload using cloud services

configure compute, storage, database and autoscaling resources within virtual network

conduct simple tests to confirm access to resources.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

principles and functions of cloud computing solutions and technologies, including:

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)

Platforms as a Service (PaaS)

Software as a Service (SaaS)

different cost models and cloud economic theories as they apply to different cloud services and non-cloud services, and benefits to each

functions, features and uses of different virtual machine, networking and scaling options, including:

virtual machine sizing including CPU, memory, storage and network bandwidth

load balancing and autoscaling

performance monitoring and alarms

storage backups and lifecycle

virtual networks and traffic routing

functions, benefits and differences of:

vertical and horizontal scaling

virtual and physical machines

relational, data warehouse and no SQL databases

self-hosted, managed and cloud-native database solutions

storage options including:

block storage

object storage

archive storage

network filesystems

user, business and vendor responsibilities according to shared security responsibility models

user access protocols and policies according to organisation hierarchy and job function

security policies, protocols and mechanisms as they relate to cloud technologies and methodologies including:

securities as it applies to limiting network traffic within virtual networks

security responsibilities as it applies to different work functions and user access

purpose of domain name system (DNS) required to connect remote servers when web browsing

functions, uses and differences of cloud models, including:

on-premise and private cloud

hybrid cloud

public cloud.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNe - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cloud disaster recovery plan. It involves identifying current and potential risk factors, including impact, likelihood, duration and cost of disruption in the cloud computing environment.

The unit applies to Chief Information Officers (CIOs), cloud architects, cloud network engineers, cloud consultants and those involved in cloud disaster recovery plans for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop plan	1.1 Identify disaster recovery plan requirements according to business needs and requirements 1.2 Determine existing organisational recovery plans 1.3 Identify vendor disaster recovery plan and service level agreements
2. Conduct impact analysis	2.1 Determine time and recovery point objectives according to business needs 2.2 Assess potential risks plan exclusions according to business requirements 2.3 Estimate amount of data and security level of data managed 2.4 Evaluate severity of impact and disruption of risk events 2.5 Document outcomes of impact analysis according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Develop disaster recovery solutions	3.1 Develop range of disaster recovery solutions according to business requirements 3.2 Determine vendor protections and prioritise risks 3.3 Assess external insurance protection levels and their suitability requirements 3.4 Identify other disaster recovery solution components
4. Finalise disaster recovery plan	4.1 Align disaster recovery risk potential according to business requirements 4.2 Outline steps of disaster recovery plan including timelines, key features, service providers and any other aspect 4.3 Document disaster recovery plan according to business needs and requirements
5. Test cloud disaster recovery plan	5.1 Conduct verbal walkthrough of cloud disaster recovery plan with required personnel 5.2 Seek and respond to feedback as required 5.3 Lodge cloud disaster recovery plan according to organisation and legislative protocol 5.4 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language in cloud computing and risk environment
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the cloud and digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Planning and organising	Uses a broad range of strategies to evaluate and resolve risk events in cloud and technical environment and demonstrates the knowledge that design choices will influence the security of virtually stored information
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common threats in the cloud and technical environment

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD501 Develop cloud disaster recovery plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

develop and evaluate a cloud disaster recovery plan that includes at least three major risk events.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine likelihood and impact of risk event to assist in the development of one cloud disaster recovery plan

document disaster recovery plan and ways the plan reaches Recovery Time Objective (RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO) targets.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

risk environments in cloud/ICT environment

data analysis methodologies to determine risk environment

disaster recovery techniques applicable to cloud environments

ISO270001, ISO27002 and ISO 27031 standards

Recovery Time Objective (RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO) standards and techniques

techniques and methods to monitor and create alerts in cloud environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

data required to assess current and future risk events in specified environment

legislation applicable to risk type

reporting standards for documenting and communicating disaster recovery plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement fault tolerant and scalable workloads to achieve high availability in a cloud environment.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business. It applies to individuals in Information Communications Technology (ICT) professions involved in systems design and systems architecture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify high-availability requirements	1.1 Determine reliability, recoverability and service levels required for application 1.2 Determine cloud infrastructure according to business needs 1.3 Identify level of shared security responsibility models according to business needs
2. Evaluate architecture availability	2.1 Review architecture of traditional multi-tier web application in non-cloud environment and identify high availability requirements 2.2 Identify any single points of failure 2.3 Estimate recovery objectives for multi-tier web components and for overall architecture 2.4 Determine components that must scale vertically and the potential impact on system availability 2.5 Document architecture review findings according to business needs
3. Design cloud-based architecture for high availability	3.1 Design equivalent architecture for high availability using cloud services 3.2 Identify and remove single points of failure as required 3.3 Estimate recovery objectives for each component and overall architecture 3.4 Determine components that must scale vertically and the potential impact on system availability 3.5 Document architecture design according to business needs
4. Implement cloud-based architecture for high availability	4.1 Implement architecture design in cloud environment 4.2 Demonstrate connectivity between resources at all tiers 4.3 Monitor and measure availability of resources 4.4 Simulate failures of component and confirm that infrastructure is fault tolerant 4.5 Simulate resizing components likely to impact performance and measure availability impact 4.6 Compare and document simulation findings according to documented design
5. Finalise cloud infrastructure	5.1 Adjust and improve availability of architecture according to simulations as required 5.2 Confirm, seek and respond to feedback with required personnel 5.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD502 Design and implement highly-available cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and implement at least one fault tolerant cloud infrastructure on a cloud platform resilient to networking, compute, storage, database and data centre failures

design and deploy automated infrastructure scaling for at least one business need

simulate failures of at least one component and demonstrate is fault tolerant.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, software development kits or command line tools

define, monitor and record resource availability in cloud environment, including:

reliability

recoverability

service levels

scalability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

current industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

different cloud cost models as they relate to scalability of cloud infrastructure

definitions, functions, features and uses of different cloud infrastructure resources as they apply in cloud architecture to high availability, including:

fault tolerance and single points of failure

reliability as defined by mean time to failure (MTTF), to repair (MTTR) and between failures (MTBF)

recoverability as measured by recovery time (RTO) and recovery point (RPO) objectives

service level agreements (SLAs)

vertical and horizontal scalability

testing and debugging techniques, including techniques to avoid single point failures

tools and techniques to measure availability impact

features of cloud services, including differences between built-in fault tolerance and infrastructure designed for fault tolerance

purpose and features of load balancing and autoscaling as related to improve availability within cloud environment

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics used to monitor performance of cloud resources.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and deploy cloud infrastructure to support highly-scalable web applications.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design scalable web-application cloud infrastructure	1.1 Determine and confirm cloud web-scaling needs 1.2 Review architecture for web application according to business needs 1.3 Identify cloud services required to scale web application 1.4 Design architecture changes using cloud services and check design scales network, compute and storage as utilisation increases 1.5 Determine architecture changes to scale for a global user base 1.6 Check availability and security of application is maintained with design changes and review design as required 1.7 Document and justify architecture changes
2. Design scalable microservice architecture for a simple application	2.1 Identify microservices and data transactions required to meet business needs 2.2 Determine cloud services to support microservice architecture 2.3 Design microservice architecture using cloud services 2.4 Document and justify architecture design
3. Implement scalable microservice using cloud services	3.1 Review microservice design and code components for application 3.2 Deploy and configure cloud services to implement the application 3.3 Test microservice components and confirm that the application is functioning 3.4 Troubleshooting and fix errors as required
4. Finalise cloud infrastructure	4.1 Set up metrics and trigger scaling alarms according to design specifications 4.2 Confirm, seek and respond to feedback with required personnel 4.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops complex documentation in required formats using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Writes and edits code, and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and ensuring flow
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD503 Implement web-scale cloud infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design at least one architecture that will scale networking, compute and storage for a multi-tier web application

design at least one microservice architecture for implementing a simple web application

deploy a microservice application utilising cloud serverless technologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management consoles, software development kits or command line tools

apply web-scaling principles and technologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

functions, benefits and differences of web-scale cloud components, including:

structured query language (SQL) and NoSQL databases

monolithic and microservice architectures

virtual, container and serverless compute models

content delivery networks and in-memory data stores

definitions, functions, features and uses of web-scale cloud infrastructure, including:

highly cohesive and loosely coupled systems

database and storage services for persistent data storage

application program interface (API), messaging and queuing services

testing and debugging techniques

web-scaling principles and technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

cloud serverless environment

pre-prepared code elements for microservice deployment

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess, design, improve and monitor cloud architecture on a cloud platform, including security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation impacts for a business.

The unit applies to cloud computing architects, cloud developers, cloud engineers and those engaged in gathering requirements, designing and implementing cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse cloud architecture on a cloud platform	1.1 Identify and review business’s cloud architecture design 1.2 Evaluate cloud architecture and identify business impact of design decisions 1.3 Identify design patterns and architectural options 1.4 Determine and assess benefits and differences of cloud computing and architectural design against current business model and needs 1.5 Confirm system design decisions according to business needs 1.6 Set business goals as they relate to security, reliability, high-performance and cost efficiencies of cloud architecture according to business requirements and needs
2. Design and improve architecture on a cloud platform	2.1 Evaluate and confirm performance metrics for business applications according to business needs 2.2 Select and improve compute, storage, database and network resources according to business needs 2.3 Review and improve architecture required to enhance security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation 2.4 Document and present proposed architecture for review to required personnel 2.5 Obtain sign off to proceed to deployment with required personnel
3. Deploy, monitor and test architecture on cloud platform	3.1 Deploy approved architecture on cloud platform 3.2 Monitor and measure architecture against performance metrics and business goals 3.3 Test and demonstrate security, reliability, scalability and cost optimisation of deployed resources 3.4 Apply short-term refinements to deployed resources according to test results
4. Finalise improvements on a cloud platform	4.1 Document as-deployed architecture and test results, and highlight changes and improvements from approved design 4.2 Describe long-term improvement strategies and their benefits as applied to deployed resources 4.3 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts Presents proposed solutions to required personnel using appropriate industry language
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD504 Improve cloud-based infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

assess, identify and improve cloud architecture on a cloud platform, according to design decisions

deploy, test and measure at least one architecture design, against architecture principles, metrics and business goals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine performance metrics and business goals

use cloud management consoles, software development kits or command line tools

create documentation of deployment and testing steps.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

methods and impacts of cloud adoption as they relate to IT system changes

design principles for cloud applications

migrating principles for cloud applications

use of object storage for static web sites

testing and debugging techniques, including techniques to avoid single point failures

tools and uses of security layers and security-focused content within cloud services

features of cloud services, including techniques to improve security, reliability, scalability and costs

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics and business goals used to monitor performance of cloud resources.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

cloud management console, software development kit or command line tools

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement cloud infrastructure as code using cloud platform templates. This includes creating templates, then using the templates to create and update cloud infrastructure.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to program, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to update cloud infrastructure as code	1.1 Identify and review benefits of infrastructure as code according to business needs 1.2 Determine ways automation leverages cloud platforms according to business needs 1.3 Determine and assess potential issues and errors when implementing infrastructure as code 1.4 Evaluate and select infrastructure as code service compatible with selected cloud platform and business requirements
2. Deploy cloud infrastructure as code templates	2.1 Learn template syntax of selected cloud infrastructure as code service 2.2 Review pre-defined templates and determine what resources they create and any dependencies 2.3 Utilise the cloud infrastructure as code service tools to deploy, update and delete resources using predefined templates as required 2.4 Confirm deployments of cloud resources and configure resources using cloud platform console or command line tools 2.5 Remove deployed resources using cloud infrastructure as code tools and delete templates as required 2.6 Test and troubleshoot template errors as required
3. Develop and update infrastructure as code templates	3.1 Learn template syntax of selected cloud infrastructure as code service 3.2 Create and deploy template to provision a set of related cloud resources according to business needs 3.3 Update and redeploy template to modify previously deployed resources and add new resources 3.4 Confirm deployment of cloud resources and configure resources using the cloud platform console or command line tools 3.5 Parameterise and deploy template to reuse configuration with a modified resource configuration 3.6 Remove deployed resources using cloud infrastructure as code tools and delete templates as required 3.7 Test and troubleshoot template errors
4. Finalise cloud infrastructure as code	4.1 Create user documentation including cloud infrastructure as code templates 4.2 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares user documentation detailing developed cloud infrastructure in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD505 Implement cloud infrastructure with code

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

deploy, update and remove cloud infrastructure using cloud platform templates

create, run and update at least one own template required to deploy and modify cloud infrastructure.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

create user documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

benefits of deploying infrastructure as code compared to manual provisioning in a console

different infrastructure as code services that can be used on a cloud platform

syntax of selected infrastructure as code service templates

tooling required to execute cloud infrastructure templates

testing and debugging techniques, including common issues and errors relating to deploying cloud infrastructure as code

parameterisation of templates to support configuration and code reuse

industry standard practices to define infrastructure as code

uses and methods to create, manage, provision and update cloud resources and templates

techniques, methods and industry standard metrics used to leverage cloud platform capabilities and deploy and manage templates.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud vendor or 3rd party infrastructure as code service

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

cloud management console, cloud software development kit or command line tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and configure a virtual network according to networking requirements for a multi-tiered application on a cloud platform.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to program, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions to support a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and configure virtual networks	1.1 Gather multi-tier application networking requirements according to business needs 1.2 Identify business and industry requirements for virtual network in cloud environment 1.3 Research and identify available security options for virtual network
2. Design and configure virtual networks	2.1 Design virtual network according to networking and business requirements for a multi-tier application 2.2 Allocate virtual network and subnets for documented IP ranges 2.3 Enable network gateways and its service as required 2.4 Configure route tables and routing targets as required 2.5 Configure security controls to support test environment 2.6 Check expected network traffic is permitted into, through and out of virtual network 2.7 Collect and monitor network traffic logs and metrics 2.8 Test external connectivity to a resource within virtual network and demonstrate only permitted traffic reaches the resource 2.9 Troubleshoot and fix errors as required
3. Configure virtual network peering	3.1 Establish peering connection between two virtual networks 3.2 Adjust routing tables to direct traffic between both networks 3.3 Demonstrate network connectivity between hosts in each network 3.4 Test and troubleshoot network peering configuration
4. Document virtual networks	4.1 Document work, including a network diagram, and submit to required personnel as required 4.2 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares user documentation detailing work in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD506 Implement virtual network in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and deploy virtual network to support a multi-tier application in a cloud environment

modify at least one network configuration to peer with another virtual network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

enable security controls and confirm that controls accurately affect network traffic as required

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

create user documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application, including storage technology

roles and principles of virtual networks in cloud environments

uses and purpose of routing, routing targets, subnets, networking security controls, virtual private network (VPN) and IP address ranges

uses of technology to connect to resources within a virtual network, including secure shell (SSH), virtual private network (VPN) and peering

uses and differences between:

public and private subnets

networking gateways

routing targets

network security controls

testing and debugging techniques

methodology and techniques to collect and analyse network traffic metrics and traffic logs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure, deploy and monitor a range of technology resources of core cloud computing service on a cloud platform.

The unit applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing operations to provision, implement and maintain cloud computing solutions for a business with little guidance or supervision. These ICT professionals may work from designs developed by cloud architects and focus on operational concerns, including automation and maintaining cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to deploy a cloud resource	1.1 Review and confirm deploying and configuring a cloud resource task according to business needs 1.2 Determine cloud computing technology resources according to business needs 1.3 Identify organisational policies and procedures required for cloud technology resources 1.4 Identify and confirm business purpose, use and plan of different cloud resources according to business needs
2. Deploy and configure the cloud resource	2.1 Identify interfaces and tools required to perform task that is repeatable and automatable 2.2 Define steps required to provision resource 2.3 Confirm and document testing required to demonstrate successful completion of task 2.4 Deploy and configure cloud resource 2.5 Configure required monitoring for cloud resource
3. Test the cloud resource	3.1 Execute test plan and demonstrate cloud resource meets task requirements and business need 3.2 Troubleshoot and resolve issues as required
4. Document and finalise task	4.1 Document procedure and results 4.2 Recommend further steps to reduce manual elements of the procedure through automation 4.3 Submit to required personnel 4.4 Communicate outcomes and obtain final task sign off from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares and develops complex documentation in required formats using clear succinct and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language and ensuring flow
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluates alternative strategies, anticipates consequences and considers implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in cloud computing applications and cloud-based environments
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with cloud computing and the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD507 Build and deploy resources on cloud platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

deploy and configure at least 6 of the following different types of cloud resources, including but not limited to

virtual machines

container services

load balancers and autoscaling

serverless functions

API gateways

block or object storage

managed databases

DNS

content delivery networks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

develop and execute test plans and demonstrate successful task completion

consider procedural improvements to produce repeatable and automated deployments by reducing manual processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and applications

testing and debugging techniques of cloud resources and technologies

purpose, benefits and features of cloud-based:

virtual machines and containers services

API gateways and serverless computing

load balancing and autoscaling

block and object storage

managed databases

DNS and content delivery networks

resource logging, monitoring and alerting tools

repeatable and automated provisioning with

software development kits

command line tools

infrastructure as code services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements, as required

internet and web browser

secure shell (SSH) or remote desktop protocol (RDP) client to connect to cloud-hosted instances

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure, monitor, maintain and update resources running in a cloud environment.

It applies to cloud engineers, cloud systems administrators and those who work within cloud computing environments and responsible for the day-to-day running of cloud resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage cloud resources	1.1 Determine complex cloud computing technology resources according to business requirements, needs and cloud environment 1.2 Identify and confirm business purpose, use and plan of different cloud resources according to business needs and efficiencies
2. Inventory and change management of cloud resources	2.1 Identify tagging policy and categorise resources according to business needs 2.2 Update resources according to tagging policy and build and maintain inventory of cloud resources 2.3 Generate report of resources based on category 2.4 Conduct maintenance with resources in specific category 2.5 Document resource tagging and inventory management according to business needs
3. Audit and change management of cloud resources	3.1 Identify configuration policy for cloud resources according to business needs 3.2 Enable logging of cloud-based events 3.3 Collect and track changes to cloud resource configuration 3.4 Apply configuration policy to resource and alert for non-conformance 3.5 Utilise audit logs and determine details and changes from configuration 3.6 Document cloud audit and change management configuration
4. Monitoring, logging and alarming	4.1 Define capacity limits for cloud resources according to business needs 4.2 Configure metrics and alarm when limits are exceeded 4.3 Capture and store resource and system logs 4.4 Test capacity to trigger alarms and review logs of incident 4.5 Manage capacity of resource to remove alarm 4.6 Document run book for actions according to configured alarm
5. Manage storage lifecycle	5.1 Identify data retention policy according to business needs and cloud resource 5.2 Configure storage to automatically comply with retention policy 5.3 Confirm that retention policy is applied to target storage 5.4 Document storage configuration according to business needs
6. Monitor and track complex cloud resources	6.1 Document mechanisms to automate tasks as required 6.2 Finalise user documentation and submit to required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing analysis, work performed and results using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies, where appropriate Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirms that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD508 Manage infrastructure in cloud environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

monitor and manage inventory, changes and lifecycle of at least one cloud resource.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use cloud management console, cloud software development kits or command line tools

collect and analyse cloud and system data and adjust resources accordingly

summarise ways system operations in cloud environments can be automated to minimise manual intervention.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

industry technology standards used in cloud computing solutions and services

industry standard hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and applications

purpose, benefits and features of cloud services that enable:

resource inventory and change management

performance, capacity and availability monitoring and alerting

snapshots and backups

user, service and resource permissions

access management, monitoring and auditing

system patching and update services

security mechanisms

repeatable and automated maintenance of cloud resources with:

console-based management services

software development kits

command line tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud vendor service provider

cloud managed database service

information and data sources required to design and implement cloud infrastructure

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific requirements and industry standards, organisational procedures and legislative requirements, including business and functionality requirements as well as retention/lifecycle business policy, as required

retention/lifecycle policy example as it relates to managing cloud infrastructure

internet and web browser

data to gather information from to determine output and user requirements, including user access and business protocols.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cloud computing strategy to establish cloud computing services to improve a business.

It applies to those who work in senior management, including strategic business analysts and chief information officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing business ICT system assets	1.1 Review business assets and identify required assets for cloud deployment 1.2 Evaluate each asset’s risk tolerance according to business needs
2. Select deployment and delivery model	2.1 Map assets to required cloud deployment models 2.2 Review and select required delivery model for each asset according to business needs 2.3 Document business security risks for business
3. Develop cloud implementation strategy	3.1 Develop a cloud implementation plan, and confirm that deployment and delivery models are in line with business requirements 3.2 Develop costing for technology requirements implementation proposal 3.3 Develop processes for the periodic review of cloud service metrics according to implementation proposal and business need 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing analysis and recommended cloud computing implementation strategy using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies, where appropriate Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that confirms that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies, for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD601 Develop cloud computing strategies for businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse and document a cloud computing implementation strategy that meets business needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research cloud computing options in the marketplace according to business needs

analyse the effectiveness of existing cloud computing deployment and delivery models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business processes and cloud service sources

cloud computing concepts, processes and trends

require business policies and legislation that impact business operations and privacy legislation

legal, ethical and security issues relating to cloud computing

organisational change-management theory and methods

risk tolerance issues for developing cloud computing strategies

methods of deploying cloud technology strategies

security issues relevant to a business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a complex business environment

required enterprise strategic documentation, including:

strategic planning

financial documentation

ICT infrastructure

business objectives and policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage cloud security controls, privacy and legal compliance when implementing cloud services for an enterprise.

It applies to those with managerial responsibility of a business’ IT infrastructure, including cloud engineers, systems engineers and experienced security technical specialists, security analysts, security consultants.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cloud computing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify information security risks for cloud service	1.1 Identify cloud security risks for different cloud delivery and deployment models 1.2 Identify and review legal, privacy and contractual issues, organisational policies, procedures and requirements 1.3 Map responsibilities between organisation and cloud vendor 1.4 Review compliance controls of cloud vendor 1.5 Identify risks and identify risks that are organisation’s responsibility
2. Manage cloud security controls	2.1 Identify security controls provided by the cloud vendor for cloud service 2.2 Map security controls to organisation risks 2.3 Configure security controls to mitigate risk according to business needs 2.4 Document configuration of security control and risk mitigation
3. Manage cloud privacy compliance	3.1 Identify required data storage compliance regulations 3.2 Determine data privacy risks associated with cloud service 3.3 Determine and implement business continuity and data recovery plan requirements 3.4 Review user access policies and configuration to data 3.5 Identify, secure and maintain, logs and audit trails according to business requirements 3.6 Document data privacy risk mitigation
4. Implement information security compliance enhancements	4.1 Implement and integrate required changes into organisations risk register and business continuity plans (BCP) 4.2 Establish and document performance measurement program and evaluate security effectiveness of implemented security controls 4.3 Submit documentation changes to required personnel 4.4 Obtain final task sign of from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Explores and incubates, new and innovative ideas, through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve the organisation’s goals
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and complex concepts using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas, and information, from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing cloud security control and privacy mitigation and recommended enhancements using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment, exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Problem solving	Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision- making strategies, where appropriate
Self-management	Works autonomously making high-level decisions to achieve, and improve, organisational goals Develops and implements strategies, that confirms that organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK616 Manage security, privacy and compliance of cloud service deployment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCLD602 Manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, manage and implement cloud security controls and document requirements on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business and commercial issues relating cloud security management

cloud shared security responsibility models

legislation, organisational and jurisdictional policy and procedures that impact management areas including:

data privacy and sovereignty issues

codes of ethics and conduct

equal employment opportunity, equity and diversity principles

financial management requirements

governance requirements

industry standard management tools and techniques suited to a range of complex project activities

key organisational context, policies and procedures and required to manage information security compliance of cloud service deployment

information security compliance standards, including ISO2700x

information security compliance constructs, including risk, controls and risk mitigation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

cloud information and communications technology (ICT) business specifications

cloud ICT security assurance specifications

cloud-focused security environment, including threats to security that are, or are held to be, present in the environment

security environment information, including:

laws or legislation

existing enterprise security policies

enterprise expertise

risk analysis tools and methodologies currently used in industry

documented organisational work health safety (WHS) requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install simple point-to-point broadband cabling on customer premises.

The unit applies to technical staff who install and terminate new installations or upgrades, or maintain existing networks in domestic premises. These may include small offices, home offices and small commercial premises that do not have a main distribution frame (MDF) or jumperable distributor as the network boundary point.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL246 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Restricted Rule

OR

ICTCBL239 Install customer cable support systems

and ICTCBL240 Place and secure customer cable

and ICTCBL241 Terminate metallic conductor customer cable

and ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Organise tools and equipment for specialised broadband cabling for restricted cabling work 1.3 Review site according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and identify hazards 14 Determine cable route and cabling environment meet manufacturer specifications, industry standards and regulatory requirements
2. Install broadband cable	2.1 Place and secure correct cable type according to accepted industry practice, relevant regulations and standards 2.2 Maintain cable and service separations in runs and crossovers to meet manufacturer specifications and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.3 Fit over-voltage protection devices to cables and metallic components as required
3. Terminate and test broadband cable	3.1 Terminate cable according to accepted industry practice and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 3.2 Maintain correct twist ratio to optimise system performance at rated level 3.3 Conduct verification and qualification testing of cable installation and termination with suitable tester and record results 3.4 Supply system performance documents to customer and outline results 3.5 Complete cabling records and telecommunications cabling advice forms (TCA1) according to industry standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates information and products from a variety of sources to ensure appropriateness to customer needs and specifications
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language, correct spelling and accurate terminology
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for installations
Navigate the world of work	Understands rights and responsibilities and complies with legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, seeking assistance in setting priorities Responds to predictable routine problems and implements solutions Makes decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCMP202 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP203 Perform restricted customer premises broadband cabling work: ACMA Restricted Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

review site and determine cable requirements for installation

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

install and terminate fixed broadband cable according to industry standards and manufacturer specifications

terminate point-to-point data and cable

verify installed network is working and able to access the internet

perform a data rate qualification test and record test results

provide report to customer, documenting installation and test results, according to industry standards.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) cabling provider rules, cabler registration rules, regulations and standards

hazards and work health and safety (WHS) regulations and environmental requirements relating to cabling activities and site conditions

types of cable test methods and system performance requirements

types of cabling situations and the resultant installation requirements

features and operating requirements of applicable test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

techniques for terminating data cable

typical installation issues and challenges that may occur on cabling worksites

tools and equipment required for cabling works

cable separations and over-voltage protection requirements necessary for specific cable installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation and termination of cabling can be conducted

current tools, testing equipment and personal protective equipment used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up network security infrastructure scalable to a medium to large organisation.

It applies to individuals who work as networking engineers and cloud engineers and specialise in cyber security in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and digital team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and implement network security infrastructure	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from required personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Establish security threats impacting organisation with required personnel and assess its likelihood 1.3 Confirm and document established requirements and risks according to organisational procedures
2. Design network security infrastructure	2.1 Establish requirements and features of network security infrastructure 2.2 Identify and evaluate a range of industry standard network security providers 2.3 Discuss and confirm selected network security provider with required personnel according to infrastructure requirements
3. Implement network security infrastructure	3.1 Establish and create secure network boundaries 3.2 Implement server, application and user security technologies according to network security requirements 3.3 Confirm required levels of user access throughout organisation 3.4 Establish maintenance and alert processes for risk and security threats according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise and monitor network security infrastructure	4.1 Test deployment of network security infrastructure and its components according to organisational testing procedures 4.2 Gather and review test results and logs and adjust accordingly 4.3 Confirm completion of requirements with required personnel 4.4 Document work performed and results according to organisational procedures 4.5 Conduct routine reviews of network security infrastructure according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, infrastructure and network
Reading	Selects and applies network infrastructure features and procedures suited to job requirements and system design from range of routine texts
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting research findings and network security policies
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in designing and implementing network security infrastructure Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS401 Design and implement network security infrastructure for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement a network security infrastructure according to organisational requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify at least three security risks and at least three threats impacting business

identify and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of at least two industry standard network security providers suitable to infrastructure being designed and implemented.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network infrastructure features, including:

connectivity

routing and switching capabilities

network security

access control

organisational business processes and applicable organisational, infrastructure, network and security requirements in each area

organisational procedures applicable to designing and implementing network security infrastructure, including:

documenting established requirements, risks and work performed

establishing requirements and features of network security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

conducting routine reviews of network security infrastructure

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard network security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing network security infrastructure in an organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

organisational procedures and policies applicable to network security infrastructure

required network security providers and solutions

site server

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, confirm and report cyber security incidents in an organisation.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, and gather logs from systems, networks and applications to identify the occurrence of incidents in any business environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify cyber security incidents	1.1 Identify and review legislative requirements and organisational procedures and policies applicable to cyber security incidents and incident response plans 1.2 Obtain and analyse system, network and application infrastructure and logs according to organisational security procedures 1.3 Analyse and test application and confirm assumptions of incidents according to organisational security procedures 1.4 Discuss differences between network and systems incidents with required personnel
2. Confirm cyber security incidents	2.1 Confirm whether incidents are network or systems related 2.2 Discuss and confirm incident with required personnel 2.3 Identify and discuss potential changes required to system, network and application
3. Report and document cyber security incidents	3.1 Report cyber security incident to required personnel, according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Document exposed vulnerability and changes, solutions and actions discussed according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, systems, network and infrastructure
Oral communication	Uses effective communication techniques to discuss details of cyber security incidents using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets information in a range of formats when identifying cyber security incidents Reads and applies information of relevance to cyber security incident and suggests potential changes
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting cyber security incidents and proposed actions and solutions
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in identifying and confirming cyber security incidents

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS402 Identify and confirm cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and confirm occurrence of at least:

one network incident

one system incident

one wireless or Wi-Fi incident

one application incident.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

discuss and contribute at least one potential change to each incident

adhere to legislative requirements and organisational security procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different types of cyber security incidents and attacks, including:

security vulnerabilities and malware

denial-of-service attack (DDOS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

cyber security risks

methods of testing systems, networks and applications and confirming incidents

common procedures in:

following organisational cyber security incident response plans

responding to cyber security incidents

legislative requirements applicable to identifying and reporting cyber security incidents

organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security incidents, including:

documenting established requirements, incidents and work performed

security procedures

obtaining and analysing system, network and application information

cyber security incident response processes and plans

establishing reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

system, network and application infrastructure and logs

the internet

organisational security procedures including incident response plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop an information security and risk management strategy (ISRM) within an organisation that supports business processes.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security and have the knowledge and skills in cyber security to support business functions in planning and implementing information security strategies. In this instance, the individual may work internally within an organisation, or be engaged externally in supporting organisations with their development of information security strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan information security strategies	1.1 Discuss implementation opportunities for organisational information security strategies with required personnel 1.2 Gain management buy in and approval in planning and implementing information security strategy 1.3 Identify and confirm organisational policies including password policies, bring your own device (BYOD) and on boarding processes with required personnel 1.4 Analyse organisational environments, processes and risk profile requirements 1.5 Identify legislation and industry requirements to implement information security strategies in an organisation
2. Design and implement information security strategy	2.1 Develop action plan with specific goals and objectives of information security strategy according to organisational needs 2.2 Design secure network infrastructure and security strategy according to organisational needs 2.3 Analyse data classifications and levels of access in operational processes and integrate with strategy 2.4 Document designed information security strategy according to organisational procedures 2.5 Implement information security strategy according to design and organisational needs
3. Test and finalise information security strategy	3.1 Establish security baselines and metrics according to organisational needs 3.2 Perform testing procedures and confirm information security strategy addresses organisational needs 3.3 Record and compare test results to established metrics and benchmarks 3.4 Finalise documentation and report information security strategy outcomes to required personnel 3.5 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend information security strategy accordingly 3.6 Review final information security strategy and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, organisational security and environment
Numeracy	Uses tools when developing security baselines and metrics
Reading	Selects and applies procedures and strategies required in developing information security strategies after reading required texts
Writing	Uses required and industry specific terminology in documenting action plans and information security strategies
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with required personnel and interdisciplinary teams in developing information security strategies
Planning and organising	Manages development of information security strategies using logical sequencing
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in planning and implementing information security strategies Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS403 Plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement an information security strategy according to organisational needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish at least three security baselines and at least three testing metrics

comply with legislation and industry requirements

follow organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

function of information security strategy testing procedures, including:

vulnerability tests

basic penetration tests

key organisational environment and business processes required to plan and implement information security strategies for an organisation

network and cyber security features and principals

types of data and classifications including sensitivity levels

advantages and importance of implementing information security strategies

organisational procedures applicable to developing information security strategies, including:

documentation processes

designing secure network infrastructure

establishing requirements and features of information security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and its components

information and documents applicable to organisational procedures and processes

information security strategy testing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to run vulnerability assessments and basic penetration tests to identify potential threats to an organisation. It includes the ability to minimise risk and remediate vulnerabilities to confirm that the security of an organisation is maintained.

It applies to individuals who work as penetration tester and security consultants in any business environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to run vulnerability assessment	1.1 Obtain work details and scope from required personnel and arrange for site access in compliance with required security arrangements, legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Discuss and evaluate scanning tools and select according to vulnerability assessment requirements 1.3 Establish testing regime and schedule, and documentation requirements according to organisational needs
2. Run vulnerability assessment and penetration test	2.1 Perform vulnerability assessment according to organisational procedures 2.2 Identify and document vulnerabilities arising from vulnerability assessment according to organisational procedures 2.3 Run a simple penetration test according to organisational procedures 2.4 Identify and document potential threats arising from penetration test according to organisational procedures 2.5 Contribute and develop ideas in addressing vulnerabilities
3. Finalise vulnerability assessment process	3.1 Discuss vulnerabilities identified in vulnerability assessment and penetration testing with required personnel 3.2 Contribute ideas with required personnel and remediate vulnerabilities identified according to organisational procedures 3.3 Escalate unresolved vulnerabilities to required personnel 3.4 Document identified vulnerabilities and work performed according to organisational procedures 3.5 Report to management and confirm vulnerability assessment with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to business, systems and network
Numeracy	Measure and record data and interpret testing results using tools
Reading	Interprets information from a range of sources when establishing vulnerability assessment procedures
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing vulnerability assessments according to organisational requirements using concise industry specific terminology applicable to cyber security
Planning and organising	Prepares and manages vulnerability assessment process logically and sequentially
Problem solving	Uses problem solving skills when interpreting the nature and threat of vulnerabilities identified
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in identifying potential threats in an organisation

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS404 Run vulnerability assessments for an organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform at least one vulnerability test assessment

define and run at least one basic penetration test.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess web based, network based and hardware-based vulnerabilities

adhere to organisational procedures

document and report activities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities including scanning tools

basic level penetration testing of a system

methods and tools used to protect data in an organisation

risk mitigation strategies that may be used running vulnerability assessments for an organisation

organisational procedures applicable to running vulnerability assessments, including:

establishing goals and objectives of vulnerability assessments

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to run vulnerability assessments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required software testing packages

required hardware and its components

vulnerability scanning tools

a server

text-editing software

information applicable to organisational environment, systems and network

required organisation network, systems or applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for and develop a response plan for cyber security incidents.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network and security specialists, and apply a range of cyber security threat skills and knowledge to support all business functions plans for incidents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan incident response plans	1.1 Identify and gather information on organisational environment, procedures and processes and cyber security threats 1.2 Discuss and confirm ideas and plans with management and gain approval in developing response plans 1.3 Establish response committee and roles and responsibilities of each individual according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify required services and assets in developing test plans
2. Develop and confirm incident response plans	2.1 Establish and confirm recovery time objective (RTO) and recovery point objective (RPO) in disaster recovery according to organisational requirements 2.2 Discuss and establish test scenarios 2.3 Establish and confirm test frequency according to organisational requirements 2.4 Develop test baselines and metrics according to organisational procedures 2.5 Confirm and document draft test plans with required personnel and respond to feedback accordingly 2.6 Test cyber security incident response plan according to testing procedures 2.7 Identify, address and report errors noted in testing phase, within scope of own role
3. Finalise incident response plans	3.1 Discuss lessons learnt in testing response plans and adjust test plans accordingly 3.2 Obtain sign-off with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Record, document and store test plans according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and developing response plans
Numeracy	Uses tools to measure and record data and interpret test plan results
Reading	Identifies and analyses information from a broad range of sources in determining required incident response plans suited to an organisation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing response plans using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Technology	Uses required technology tools and software in testing cyber security response plans

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS405 Develop cyber security incident response plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a plan in response to cyber security incidents for each of the following areas:

organisation’s network

organisation’s system

Wi-Fi network

an application

a human error.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish at least two test scenarios in each plan

develop at least two test metrics and at least two baselines in each plan

adhere to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and principals of networking, Wi-Fi networks and applications

procedures in testing cyber security incident test plans

metrics and baselines used in cyber security incident test plans

roles and responsibilities of test committees

organisational procedures and requirements applicable to developing cyber security incident response plans, including:

documenting established requirements and incident response plans

establishing response committees

testing methodologies

establishing baselines and metrics

cyber incidents and scenarios.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software required in testing cyber security incident response plans

required hardware and its components

Wi-Fi network

an application

text-editing software

information applicable to organisational environment, processes and previous cyber security incidents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and respond to cyber security incidents in an organisation, and evaluate actions performed to mitigate risk of future incidents.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network specialists and security, to support all business functions responding to cyber incidents. These individuals have a broad range of knowledge and skills in cyber security, networks and systems. In this context, the individual works as an internal function for an organisation, however, the same can be applied in the context of an external security specialist advising and implementing the response and action items of a cyber-attack to an external client.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish cyber security incident	1.1 Establish and confirm occurrence and nature of cyber security incident 1.2 Identify legislative requirements, organisational policies and procedures and cyber security incident response plans 1.3 Analyse and assess source, impact and consequences of incident according to organisational response plans 1.4 Notify and explain cyber incident to required personnel according to legislative requirements and communications plans
2. Activate cyber security incident response plan	2.1 Activate incident response plan and confirm cyber incident is contained 2.2 Escalate and involve third party services and specialists as required according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Confirm no further risks exist according to legislative requirements and organisational response procedures 2.4 Discuss solutions with required personnel and action accordingly 2.5 Test solution implemented, and escalate as required according to organisational security procedures
3. Perform post cyber security incident response procedures	3.1 Evaluate actions taken and confirm incident is fixed and secure according to organisational procedures 3.2 Document cyber security incident, actions performed and solution, according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Discuss and document lessons learnt with required personnel 3.4 Discuss and implement preventative measures and mitigation methods as required 3.5 Amend incident response plan accordingly 3.6 Share documentation and communicate with required personnel according to organisational communications plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and incident response procedures
Numeracy	Measures and records mathematical data and uses tools when interpreting results
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from incident response plans, and extracts applicable areas when dealing with cyber security incidents
Writing	Uses required industry specific terminology when documenting cyber security incidents and solutions
Problem solving	Uses problem solving skills when identifying the nature and impact of cyber security incidents
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in responding to cyber security incidents Applies skills in systems administration, network security, applications and programming

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS406 Respond to cyber security incidents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

respond to at least two different cyber security incidents in at least two different business functions

develop and follow a basic communications plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational cyber security incident response plan

adhere to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of incident response plans

cyber security incidents and the source and causes of these incidents

types of attacks, including:

denial-of-service attack (DDOS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

cyber security incident detection methodologies

preventative measures and mitigation methods applicable to cyber security incidents

documentation processes that may be used in the process of responding to cyber security incidents

organisational policies and procedures applicable to cyber security incident response, including procedures for:

determining nature and location of incidents

containing incidents, including installation of security patches and disabling network access

notifying and reporting to required personnel

encryptions

assessing impact on business function and other areas

procedures in developing communications plans.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation cyber security incident response plan

required hardware and software

text-editing software

legislative requirements and organisational procedures and policies applicable to cyber security incident.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather data from various sources, analyse, and interpret information for threats, inconsistencies and discrepancies.

It applies to individuals who work in information technology security, including network and security specialists, and gather logs from devices, check abnormalities and respond accordingly. These individuals are responsible for supporting and preventing cyber threats attacking data in all business functions and in any industry context.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather threat data	1.1 Identify legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures to gather, analyse and interpret threat data 1.2 Identify security equipment on network and data sources 1.3 Discuss and confirm data log requirements and strategy to process data with required personnel 1.4 Collect information from alerts, logs and reported events and create a dataset according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Analyse threat data	2.1 Ingest data logs into analytic platform according to user instructions 2.2 Obtain and analyse results for reliability and consistency 2.3 Check for false positives and false negative results 2.4 Detect and describe discrepancies and inconsistencies in data
3. Interpret and finalise threat data	3.1 Discuss and review threat data and results with required personnel 3.2 Discuss and assess identified threats, risks and their likelihood of occurrence and impacts of risks, 3.3 Suggest and confirm lessons learnt, action steps, recommendations and mitigation strategies with required personnel 3.4 Document results, findings and recommendations into report according to organisational procedures 3.5 Distribute documentation to required personnel and store according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and gathers information applicable to organisational procedures and threat data
Numeracy	Uses tools when measuring and recording data, and interprets results through mathematical data
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying threat data
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing research findings and recommendations using required structure, layout and technical language
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills when interpreting the nature and impact of threat data
Technology	Uses required technological tools and software in gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS407 Gather, analyse and interpret threat data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

gather, log and create dataset from a single security device or whole organisation device, including:

basic router info

firewall info

systems

identify and describe at least three different inconsistencies or discrepancies within data

document finding, recommendations and outcomes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret meaning from dataset and suggest action items.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data recognition software tools

data sources, including:

firewalls

intrusion detection systems (IDS)

access control systems

security and event management systems (SIEM)

basic troubleshooting processes related to cyber security threats

network and cyber security features and principals

types of attacks, including:

denial-of-service attack (DDOS)

SQL injection (SQLi)

cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks

scripted attacks

hardware attacks

attacks against Wi Fi

legislative requirements applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data

common cyber security threats and their impacts on business functions

organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data, including:

documentation established requirements, findings and recommendations

establishing security equipment and data sources

information collection processes

processes in obtaining and analysing results.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and digital devices

required analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software

single security device and whole organisation device

legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, plan and implement cyber security standards for an organisation.

It applies to those who work in information technology security in roles including cyber security analysts and specialists, business development managers, cyber risk and assurance managers responsible for creating cyber security standards for an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine cyber security needs	1.1 Identify and document organisational cyber security needs 1.2 Identify existing organisational cyber security standards framework 1.3 Identify external cyber security standards according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify core components and implementation tiers of framework according to organisational requirements 1.5 Identify and document cyber security framework profile according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Create standards framework	2.1 Determine and document objectives of standards framework 2.2 Document standards framework according to organisational and cyber security standards requirements 2.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and respond to required changes
3. Implement cyber security standards	3.1 Distribute cyber security framework to required personnel 3.2 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Finalise and monitor cyber security standards	4.1 Analyse organisation’s adherence to cyber security standards 4.2 Detect areas of non-compliance and resolve according to organisational requirements 4.3 Analyse recovery strategies according to cyber standards requirements 4.4 Confirm completion of requirements from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and applicable language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses provided context to identify recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS601 Create cyber security standards for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, implement and monitor cyber security standards for an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advanced features of network security

organisational business processes applicable to creating cyber security standards including:

documenting established standards and requirements

establishing requirements and features of network security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

conducting routine reviews of network security infrastructure

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard network security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing network security infrastructure in an organisation

key organisation, infrastructure and network requirements required to create cyber security standards for organisations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software and its components relating creating cyber security standards

standards for Cyber security ISO/IEC 27000 series, Information security management systems standards

network security providers and solutions required for creating cyber security standards

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, implement and monitor cyber security operations.

It applies to those in cyber security roles including network and server administrators and cyber security architects working in security operations within an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess organisational cyber security operations	1.1 Identify existing organisational cyber security operations 1.2 Identify organisational cyber security requirements 1.3 Analyse effectiveness of organisations existing cyber operations against organisational requirements 1.4 Document findings of analysis according to organisational requirements
2. Determine and document organisational operations	2.1 Determine and document required updates to existing organisational operation 2.2 Determine and document service disruption and task requirements for implementing cyber operations 2.3 Distribute document to required personnel in preparation for required implementation
3. Implement organisational cyber security operations	3.1 Initiate implementation of cyber security operations according to task requirements 3.2 Implement required operational and analytical processes 3.3 Implement personnel requirements according to task requirements 3.4 Implement incident reporting and escalating procedures 3.5 Implement required hardware and software support requirements
4. Test and finalise	4.1 Test operational processes of cyber security operations and determine alignment to requirements 4.2 Analyse performance and document required operational changes 4.3 Update cyber security operations according to analysis results and determine required alignment to task requirements 4.4 Review final cyber security strategy and document and lodge document according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing analysis, findings and recommendations using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Develops information security strategies using logical sequencing
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS602 Implement cyber security operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, implement and test cyber security operations on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish existing operational environment within organisation

analyse effectiveness of existing operations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

inherent requirements of cyber security operations environment

organisational procedures applicable to implementing cyber security operations, including:

documentation processes

establishing requirements and features of cyber security operations strategies

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software and its components applicable to implementing cyber security operations

network security providers and solutions required to implement cyber security operations

site server

standards for Cyber security ISO/IEC 27000 series, Information security management systems standards

application and user security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a range of methodologies to simulate an attack on an organisation’s information and security systems and report the results back to the organisation.

It applies to those who work as network security specialists or administrators and conduct a simulated attack on an organisation’s cyber assets to determine the effectiveness of the organisation’s cyber security measures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for penetration testing	1.1 Analyse organisation’s existing cyber security environment, systems and network requirements 1.2 Identify individual data types and level of security requirements 1.3 Establish and outline goal and objectives of performing penetration testing 1.4 Evaluate scanning tools and select according to vulnerability assessment requirements 1.5 Establish and document testing regime and schedule, and requirements according to organisational procedures
2. Conduct penetration tests	2.1 Perform penetration test according to testing plan and procedures 2.2 Identify and document vulnerabilities arising from vulnerability assessment 2.3 Identify and document potential threats arising from penetration test according to organisational and testing procedures
3. Conduct follow up activities	3.1 Remediate identified vulnerabilities according to testing procedures 3.2 Determine and document improvement plan 3.3 Evaluate penetration testing effectiveness against testing plan and procedures 3.4 Escalate unresolved vulnerabilities to required personnel 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to determine requirements for penetration testing
Reading	Identifies information from technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation findings, threats and work performed using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS603 Undertake penetration testing for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement penetration testing and resolve queries and vulnerabilities on at least three vulnerabilities.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify weaknesses as part of penetration testing process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities including scanning tools

advanced level penetration testing of a system

methods and tools used to protect data in an organisation

risk mitigation strategies

organisational procedures applicable to undertaking penetration testing, including:

establishing goals and objectives of penetration testing

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to undertake penetration testing for organisations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and digital devices required to undertake penetration testing

analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software

single security device and an organisation device

legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures applicable to undertaking penetrations testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, confirm and implement best practices for identity management in the cyber environment to minimise threats, risks and cybercrime attacks.

It applies to those who work as network security specialists or administrators and are responsible for overseeing and implementing an organisation’s best practices to confirm safe cyber security management of personal and identifiable information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse organisation’s identity management best practices	1.1 Identify and summarise organisation’s identity management practices 1.2 Analyse organisation’s identity management environment, processes and requirements 1.3 Identify legislation and industry requirements required to implementing best practices for identity management
2. Design and implement best practices	2.1 Develop and document strategy for identity management best practices plan 2.2 Develop and document implementation strategy in consideration of technical, personnel, performance benchmarks and timeline requirements, according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Distribute documents to required personnel in preparation for implementation 2.4 Conduct implementation of best practices strategy according to organisational requirements and implementation plan
3. Finalise implementation of strategy	3.1 Analyse organisation’s performance against best practices benchmark 3.2 Summarise outcomes of analysis and identify areas risk and high vulnerability 3.3 Update plan with suggested remediation strategy for identified areas of risk and vulnerability 3.4 Submit finalised documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Lodge all documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Obtains information applicable to organisational procedures and identity management standards and principles Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying best practices and interpreting how these standards apply to the organisation
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS604 Implement best practices for identity management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and analyse best practices for identity management in an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify an organisation’s operating environment

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisation’s operating and cyber environment applicable to identity management

identity management methodologies required in the cyber environment

best practices and legislation required to implement best practices for identity management

organisational procedures applicable to implementing best practices for identity management including:

documentation processes

designing secure network infrastructure

establishing requirements and features of information security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and digital devices required to undertake identity management tasks

software that identifies data categorise and access privilege

legislation and policies and procedures required to identity management best practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify cyber security standards and laws and evaluate an organisation’s working practices and compliance to these standards and laws as well as determine changes required to continue compliance.

It applies to those who work in an internal audit function, including those who specialise in cyber security and compliance and are responsible for implementing and monitoring an organisation’s compliance to cyber security standards and laws both locally and internationally.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research existing security standards and laws	1.1 Identify standards and laws required for organisations cyber security operations and summarise findings 1.2 Analyse and align required laws and standards to organisational cyber operations 1.3 Obtain and analyse organisation’s existing cyber security compliance strategies and document outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Determine time periods and benchmarking of compliance evaluation requirements
2. Analyse compliance activities	2.1 Conduct compliance assessment according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Document assessment findings according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Identify and document areas of non-compliance and near misses
3. Align organisation’s activities to required standards	3.1 Develop and document all compliance requirements 3.2 Distribute requirements to required personnel in preparation to realign business activities to requirements 3.3 Develop an evaluation strategy according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Submit all documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Obtains information applicable to legislative requirements and organisational procedures and identity management standards and principles Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets information from different sources in a range of formats when identifying best practices and interpreting how these standards apply to the organisation
Writing	Uses industry specific terminology in documenting research findings, recommendations and best practice implementation
Planning and organising	Uses problem solving skills to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS606 Evaluate an organisation's compliance with cyber security standards and law

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify cyber security standards and laws and analyse an organisation’s operations and compliance to required laws and standards on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and summarise findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

cyber security standards, regulations and laws applicable to the organisation

organisational business processes and applicable cyber security requirements in each area

principles of cyber security

methods of identifying cyber security incidents

different types of cyber security incidents including security vulnerabilities and malware.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

standards outlining cyber security standards and laws applicable to the organisation

software required to implement cyber security standards and laws.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to acquire, extract and analyse data from devices and workstations, including mobile devices, networked devices, smart devices, Internet of Things (IoT) devices and microcontrollers, USBs, applications, networks and systems. It applies to skills needed to extract evidence pertaining to either a forensic investigation directly caused on a computer, or as part of evidence relating to a crime or e-crime.

It applies to those working in cyber and forensic roles including, digital forensic examiners, incident responders and corporate investigators and are responsible for forensic data retrieval.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm incident and prepare to acquire data	1.1 Confirm and gather initial information on reported incident according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Research and assess occurrence according to organisational forensic data extraction requirements 1.3 Research and identify all laws and legislation required for data extraction tasks 1.4 Discuss and confirm if acquisition is required with required personnel 1.5 Consult and gather key incident information from required personnel 1.6 Identify device and components pertaining to incident according to task requirements 1.7 Develop and document data extraction plan and information gathered according to organisational requirements 1.8 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Acquire forensic data	2.1 Contact and gather information from required personnel 2.2 Seize device pertaining to incident according to incident and legislation 2.3 Access and open device according to data extraction task requirements 2.4 Secure device’s networks, data logs, firewalls and hashing according to task requirements 2.5 Initiate data extraction according to task requirements and confirm that no data is tampered or deleted 2.6 Confirm completion of retrieval according to task requirements 2.7 Verify the hash according to task requirements 2.8 Document observations and findings and methodology
3. Analyse forensic data	3.1 Analyse data and verify against incident scope, information, devices and evidence 3.2 Document findings and analysis and submit to required personnel 3.3 Discuss abnormalities and confirm further evidence, devices and information needed 3.4 Make additional extractions according to task and technical requirements 3.5 Analyse network conversations according to task requirements 3.6 Verify chain of custody according to hash according to task requirements 3.7 Update findings and methodology in documentation according to organisational needs
4. Finalise data acquisition	4.1 Prepare data extracts and documentation for submission according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.2 Submit data extracts and analysis according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.3 Retrieve sign off from required personnel and gather feedback according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from technical, manufacturer, organisational and legislative documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops workplace and legislative documentation for a specific audience, using detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Develops a strategic plan form task specification that include developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during data extraction tasks, and identifying and addressing issues as they arise
Problem solving	Initiates ways to engage in strategic problem-solving approaches that incorporates linear and non-linear methodologies
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS607 Acquire digital forensic data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, acquire and analyse digital forensic data from at least three device types, according to a reported incident.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document analysis findings

adhere to required organisational and legislative guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard legislation and organisational procedures relating to acquiring digital forensic data, including

privacy standards and policies

data standards and policies

internet and user identification protocols

mobile technology protocols

data extraction methodologies and seizure techniques on a variety of devices, including how not to damage or destroy digital evidence

features and markers of hashing

communication investigation techniques

functions and features of computer systems and data stores

data logs, including server, network and firewall logs

function and features of system back ups

data extraction and forensic copying techniques

file formats including structures, locations and file systems

data acquisition, identification and extraction methodologies including:

industry standard forensic tools

non-invasive and invasive methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

three or more devices with data required for data extraction tasks

forensic software tools required to extract data from device

legislative and organisational procedures and requirements relating to the acquisition of digital forensic data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct a risk assessment and analysis in a business environment. The risk assessment requires the identity and alignment of an organisation’s operating environment to their required risk register and the realignment of their operations.

It applies to those who work in risk functions of an organisation, including ICT risk managers, cyber security engineers, network engineers, DevOps engineers and cyber security solutions architects, and are responsible for designing security solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to perform risk assessment	1.1 Analyse organisations risk culture and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.2 Research and document legislative and organisational cyber security risk requirements 1.3 Obtain and analyse organisation’s risk register and determine its currency against organisational legislative requirements 1.4 Develop and document risk assessment plan according to organisational requirements 1.5 Communicate risk assessment plan with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Perform risk assessment	2.1 Initiate risk assessment according to plan 2.2 Document process and outcomes of risk assessment according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Finalise risk assessment	3.1 Analyse and document findings against risk register and determine operations outside of organisation’s risk appetite 3.2 Develop and document operational measures to align operations against risk register requirements 3.3 Communicate risk assessment findings to required personnel and highlight areas of non-compliance and solutions 3.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and applies technical, legislative and organisational documentation to determine and confirm compliance and job requirements and compliance
Writing	Develops workplace and legal documentation for a specific audience, using detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during assessment procedure, and identifies and addresses issues of non-compliance
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS608 Perform cyber security risk assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct a cyber security risk assessment on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and analyse an organisation’s risk appetite and risk register against their daily operations

research cyber security legislation and align organisational risk assessment to require legislation

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

risk assessment methodologies and processes required in cyber security

methodologies of identifying and measuring risk culture and risk appetite in the cyber environment

sources of legislative requirements required in cyber security

organisational procedures applicable to conducting a cyber security risk assessment including,

documenting risk assessment processes and findings

establishing requirements and features of cyber security risk assessment processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software required to conduct a risk assessment

legislative documentation required to conduct a cyber security risk assessment

information applicable to organisational environment, culture and operations required to conduct a cyber security risk assessment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather Internet of Things (IoT) devices and data from various sources and evaluate and identify threats and vulnerabilities.

It applies to those who work as IoT developers or cyber security and risk analysts and are responsible for cyber security activities including the evaluating IoT devices for threats and vulnerabilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop evaluation strategy	1.1 Research and determine an organisation’s requirements for evaluation of IoT devices 1.2 Research organisational operations, environment and culture and determine perceived threats and vulnerabilities 1.3 Develop and document evaluation strategy according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 1.4 Submit evaluation strategy to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Prepare to valuate IoT devices	2.1 Prepare devices for evaluation according to technical specifications 2.2 Secure data and networks according to technical specifications
3. Conduct evaluation	3.1 Run evaluation according to documented strategy and organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Confirm and document identified vulnerabilities and threats according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Document evaluation results according to organisational guidelines and requirements
4. Interpret and finalise findings	4.1 Analyse evaluation findings and determine completeness and accuracy 4.2 Categorise negative findings into threats and vulnerability and determine level of potential impact to operational activities 4.3 Develop and document recommendations to remediate threat potential and lessen vulnerabilities 4.4 Document finalised results and recommendations according to organisational requirements 4.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to determine requirements for evaluating quantitative findings
Reading	Identifies technical, manufacturer and organisational from documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during assessment procedure, and identifies and addresses issues of non-compliance
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS609 Evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and analyse an organisation’s internal and external operating culture, systems and networks to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices and interpret findings from at least three different IoT devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

security risks and vulnerabilities in software systems

security risks and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

tools used in testing a network for vulnerabilities of IoT devices

tools used in testing a network for threats and vulnerabilities

penetration testing methodologies required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices

risk mitigation strategies

organisational procedures applicable to running vulnerability and threat assessments for IoT devices, including:

establishing goals and objectives of vulnerability assessments

defining scope of testing and establishment of testing regime

documenting established requirements

establishing penetration testing procedures

documenting findings, threats and work performed

key organisational environments, systems and networks required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities of IoT devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and IoT devices required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities

required analytic platform and applicable user instructions

data recognition software required to evaluate threats and vulnerabilities

organisational policies and procedures applicable to gathering, analysing and interpreting threat data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse an organisation’s critical cyber operations and develop and implement a critical protections strategy that addresses the needs of the organisation.

It applies to those who work as senior network and server administrators, cyber security analysts, security engineers, network engineers other cyber security related roles and are responsible for cyber security activities, including researching, developing and implementing protection strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research critical infrastructure need for an organisation	1.1 Research organisation’s need for critical infrastructure protection and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.2 Analyse organisation’s existing critical infrastructure protection plan 1.3 Determine effectiveness and alignment of existing plan to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify operational systems, critical assets, segmentation and legislative requirements 1.5 Determine level of protection, vulnerability, risk and mitigation according to organisational requirements
2. Develop protection strategy	2.1 Consolidate research findings and map critical processes according to organisational requirements 2.2 Develop and document critical infrastructure protection plan according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Submit protection plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement protection strategy	3.1 Backup data according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Secure devices according to protection plan and technical requirements 3.3 Implement network segmentation according to protection plan and technical requirements 3.4 Apply software patches according to technical requirements 3.5 Implement additional protection plan requirements and asset management processes
4. Test implementation outcomes	4.1 Test deployment of protection plan according to organisational policies and procedures 4.2 Obtain and analyse results according to organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Determine and document additional protection methods for critical infrastructure protection 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies technical, manufacturer and organisational from documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during strategy development and implementation, and identifies and addresses issues challenges as they arise
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital and cyber world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS610 Protect critical infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, develop, implement and test an organisation’s critical protection infrastructure plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse operating environment

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

critical infrastructure sectors and assets

cyber security methodologies required to protect infrastructure for organisations

legislative requirements applicable to researching, analysing and developing critical infrastructure protection policies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and components

organisational operating environments, networks and systems

organisational style guides required for presenting documented processes, procedures and findings.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the device security configuration on WAN links and DMZs for a medium to large size organisation.

It applies to those who work in senior cyber security roles including, senior network and senior server administrators, network engineers and security architects, and are responsible for the configuration and implementation of security for required devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare configuration of security devices	1.1 Conduct a needs analysis and determine organisation’s needs to configure security devices 1.2 Determine devices required for configuration according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network and system security requirements 1.4 Obtain and review manufacturing and technical requirements for devices 1.5 Research and document device risk threats and vulnerabilities according to organisational requirements
2. Design configuration plan	2.1 Develop and document configuration plan according to organisational requirements 2.2 Submit plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 2.3 Finalise plan and communicate to required personnel in preparation for configuration
3. Configure security devices	3.1 Isolate devices according to technical specification and configuration plan 3.2 Configure virtual networks according to specifications and plan 3.3 Configure secure site-to-site connectivity and VPN requirements 3.4 Implement required encryption according to specifications and plan 3.5 Implement a DMZ according to specifications and plan
4. Test configured devices	4.1 Test configuration capabilities against requirements 4.2 Conduct penetration test and record outcomes according to organisational requirements 4.3 Document and communicate test findings to required personnel and implement any required configuration changes 4.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts Uses a range of strategies to build and maintain understanding throughout complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during strategy development and implementation, and identifies and addresses issues challenges as they arise
Problem solving	Identifies context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS611 Configure security devices for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a security configuration plan and implement device configuration for at least three different security devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct cyber security needs analysis

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

procedures for configuring, verifying and troubleshooting security devices

cyber security device configuration methodologies

conducting cyber security needs analysis

configuring security networks required to configure security devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and components

devices required for configuration

risk appetite of organisation required to configure security devices

organisational operating environments, networks and systems

organisational style guides required for presenting documented processes, procedures and findings.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, design, implement and test virtualised cyber security infrastructure in a small to medium sized organisation.

It applies to those who work in senior systems administrator roles including, network engineers and systems engineers, and are responsible for the design and implementation of virtualised cyber security infrastructures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design infrastructure	1.1 Analyse organisation’s operations to determine cyber security needs 1.2 Research and identify industry standard network security options and security technologies 1.3 Determine data types, security levels, mission-critical network servers and secure boundary requirements
2. Design and plan infrastructure	2.1 Design and document infrastructure requirements according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine and document implementation plan and timeframes 2.3 Obtain tools, network access and data according to organisational requirements 2.4 Plan and document network security monitoring strategy according to organisational requirements 2.5 Distribute documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement infrastructure	3.1 Establish and create network boundaries according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.2 Implement network and server technologies according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.3 Implement user security technologies according to infrastructure plan requirements 3.4 Set security levels and user access according to organisational requirements 3.5 Establish network security monitoring strategy according to plan requirements
4. Test infrastructure	4.1 Test deployment of security infrastructure and its components according to technical specifications and infrastructure plan requirements 4.2 Obtain and analyse test results, logs and user feedback 4.3 Adjust implemented technologies according to organisational requirements and user feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and findings using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail of an activity in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a developed understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS612 Design and implement virtualised cyber security infrastructure for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement cyber security infrastructure and review results against organisational needs on at least two different occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify an organisation’s vulnerabilities, cyber security needs and data protection requirements

document findings, plan and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and implementation methodologies of cyber security

cyber security infrastructure features including:

application security

business continuity planning

disaster recovery planning

operational security (OPSEC)

threat vectors

organisational business processes and applicable cyber security requirements design and implementation

organisational procedures applicable to designing and implementing cybersecurity infrastructure, including:

documenting established requirements, risks and work performed

establishing requirements and features of cyber security infrastructure

establishing maintenance and alert processes

testing methods and procedures

security risks, and tolerance of risk in an organisation

industry standard cyber security providers

industry standards and regulations applicable to implementing cyber security infrastructure in an organisation

organisation, infrastructure and cyber security requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required in the design and implementation of cyber security infrastructure

an organisation’s operational details required for determining cyber security requirements

application and user security technologies require for the design and implementation of cyber security infrastructure

industry standard cyber security providers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design security architecture to organisation requirements, utilising specific design methodologies.

It applies to those who work in roles as senior network systems and server administrators,cyber security engineers, DevOps engineers and cyber security solutions architects and are responsible for designing security solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cyber security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design security infrastructure	1.1 Analyse an organisation’s operation and infrastructure to identify security requirements 1.2 Research and identify industry standard design methodologies utilised in security architecture design 1.3 Determine required security level and perimeters, security features and security mode 1.4 Establish all data types to be included in security architecture 1.5 Document all security architecture findings and confirm with required personnel
2. Design security architecture	2.1 Establish and document specific requirements and features of security requirements 2.2 Design and document security solution according to organisational requirements 2.3 Submit documentation to required personnel for initial feedback
3. Finalise security architecture	3.1 Demonstrate security design utilises major industry standard design methodologies 3.2 Demonstrate security design addresses organisational cyber security requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing findings and solutions using required structure, layout and required language
Planning and organising	Develops the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCYS613 Utilise design methodologies for security architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use methodologies to design at least one cyber security solution for an organisation on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and analyse industry standard design methodologies for designing security architecture

document finalised security solution.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard cyber security design methodologies

principles of cyber security

principles of security architecture

different types of cyber security risks required to design security architecture

presenting security architecture in document form.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational data

organisational operating structure

organisational procedures applicable to designing security architecture including:

documentation processes

establishing requirements and features of security strategies

establishing baselines and metrics

testing methodologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and confirm that an organisation meets the legal obligations of data ethics legislation.

It applies to data analytics specialists who work in higher-level positions within in a broad range of industries and are responsible for ethical and legal aspects of data handling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm required data ethics legislation	1.1 Identify data ethics legislation according to industry legal requirements 1.2 Identify voluntary codes and industry standard best practices according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document all identified regulations that impact organisation’s operations according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Review organisation’s compliance to identified legislation	2.1 Review and determine organisational compliance with required data-related legislation, policies and procedures 2.2 Document compliance review findings of non-compliance according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Develop and document non-compliance corrective action plan according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Finalise organisation’s evaluation	3.1 Submit non-compliance corrective action plan to required personnel 3.2 Seek and respond to non-compliance corrective action plan 3.3 Communicate review schedule and legislative changes to required personnel 3.4 Present documented review findings to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and articulate complex concepts using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational impacts relating to data ethics legislation
Writing	Prepares documentation using industry-related terminology
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing stages in modifying standards relating to data ethics Prioritises tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT401 Evaluate organisational compliance with data ethics legislation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and improve an organisation-wide review of data-related policies and procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm compliance with data ethics legislation

communicate review schedule and legislative changes

document review outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements and standards relating to protecting data integrity, including data protection, privacy laws and regulations

organisational policies, procedures and protocols relating to protecting data integrity including for:

data accuracy

verifying data security

data discrepancies between different sources

identifying data breaches

ethical management and governance of data, including balancing data availability and data confidentiality

compliance requirements and regulations relating to data loss and documentation procedures and corrective actions relating to non-compliance

policy review procedures

codes of practice relating to data management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information and data sources to inform data analysis

information and telecommunications equipment required to analyse data

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to clean and verify data obtained from a variety of sources. It involves the use of analytics and review to ensure data quality for an organisation is according to industry practices and organisational policies, procedures and protocols.

It applies to data analytics specialists who work within in a broad range of industries and are responsible for processing data sets for a business.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare data sets	1.1 Identify data sets and establish task requirements according to business needs 1.2 Unify data from different sets according to task requirements 1.3 Review data and confirm accuracy of input and restriction to numerical values
2. Review and clean data set	2.1 Identify and remove incorrect data input and formulate data according to task requirements 2.2 Confirm required data set parameter range according to task requirements 2.3 Run analytics and confirm that data set consistency according to task requirements 2.4 Remove any data values that are outside upper and lower threshold of acceptable range
3. Verify data set	3.1 Confirm consistency between digitally entered data and manually entered data 3.2 Identify and review over-writes according to organisational requirements 3.3 Review data set and confirm analytical suitability according to task requirements 3.4 Store data set securely according to organisational procedures, legislative requirements and industry standard practices 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data and applies interpretation to task outcomes Completes complex calculations and records mathematical data
Planning and organising	Sequences stages in cleaning and verifying data efficiently and logically Prioritises tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Problem solving	Identifies and resolves barriers to successful delivery of cyber security infrastructure Demonstrates an understanding of how to address less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks
Technology	Uses technology platforms to assist with data analysis

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT402 Clean and verify data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

combine at least two data sets from different sources

confirm accuracy of the two combined data sets.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to data capture and storage, including data protection, security and privacy laws and regulations

organisational policies, procedures and protocols relating to protecting data integrity for:

data accuracy

identification of data over-writes

verifying data security

monitoring data discrepancies between different sources

digital versus manual data entry

monitoring data integrity

identifying where data breaches have occurred

ethical management and governance of data, including determining availability of data and confidentiality of data

compliance requirements and regulations relating to data loss

key components of policies in place for protecting confidential and private business information and intellectual property in data assets, including:

privacy policies

security policies

intellectual property policies

data analytics including feature extraction procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information and data sources to inform data analysis

information and telecommunications equipment required to analyse data

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather, analyse, test and verify data from different source inputs.

It applies to those who work in data analytics roles in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment and are responsible for identifying data from a range of source inputs, analysing and investigating abnormalities and reporting against an organisation’s requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Plan for data extraction and gathering	1.1 Analyse organisation’s structure, operations and data, and identify need for data analysis 1.2 Determine required data sources, data types and extraction techniques 1.3 Plan and document data extraction methods according to task requirements 1.4 Determine and document organisational impact of data gathering 1.5 Communicate data extraction activities to required personnel
2. Gather and prepare data for analysis	2.1 Secure data and prepare for extraction according to task requirements 2.2 Initiate data extraction on required data sources 2.3 Extract data according to task requirements 2.4 Determine completeness of data extraction according to task requirements
3. Analyse and verify data	3.1 Normalise data according to analysis requirements 3.2 Conduct analysis according to task requirements 3.3 Obtain analysis results and collate information according to task requirements 3.4 Compare results to analysis specifications and requirements and conduct any further data extraction and analysis requirements
4. Finalise reporting activities	4.1 Determine organisation’s reporting format and structure 4.2 Report details on analysis activities and results according to task requirements 4.3 Submit report to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops documentation conveying explicit information, requirements and recommendations for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Analyses context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes end-to-end responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and articulates associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT501 Gather, analyse and verify data from different source inputs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

gather information from two different types of data sources in order to conduct analysis and report on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and conduct data normalising methodologies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data extraction methodologies

data normalising methodologies used in data analysis and data reporting

methodologies of securing and preparing data for data extraction

industry standard data analysis methodologies

technical requirements used in extracting different types of data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

different types of data required for extraction and analysis

hardware and software and components required for data extraction and analysis tasks

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for data reporting

a site where activities can be carried out

data required for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and test data against an organisation’s requirements.

It applies to individuals who work in roles including, data analysts and data scientists, and run hypothesis testing on big data in a medium or large sized organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct significance test	1.1 Analyse organisational requirements for significance testing and determine hypothesis for testing 1.2 Determine testing boundaries and data validation methods 1.3 Select all required data and its sources 1.4 Plan and document data extraction procedure 1.5 Plan and document significance testing activities according to organisational requirements
2. Conduct testing	2.1 Extract and secure data according to task requirements 2.2 Normalise and structure data according task requirements 2.3 Initiate data analysis and determine correct progression 2.4 Manipulate variables within data according to task requirements 2.5 Obtain testing results from required sources
3. Report test findings	3.1 Analyse test findings and determine testing has been completed according to test plan and task requirements 3.2 Analyse test findings and conclude hypothesis 3.3 Document testing activities and findings according to task requirements 3.4 Communicate findings with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Lodge documents according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek and respond to feedback
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit information, requirements and recommendations according to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT502 Conduct significance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and conduct a significance test on extracted and normalised data and conclude finding on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and conduct data normalising methodologies

develop a hypothesis used for significance testing.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data extraction methodologies

data normalising methodologies used in data analysis and data reporting

methodologies of securing and preparing data for data extraction

industry standard data analysis methodologies

technical requirements used in extracting different types of data

hypothesis development for significance testing

report writing for reporting significance testing in data analytics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

hardware and software and components required for data analysis tasks

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for data reporting

a site where activities can be carried out.

data required for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cluster data extracts from big data following unsupervised machine learning methodologies and report on the findings.

It applies to individuals who work in roles including, data analysts, data scientists, machine learning engineers, developers and programmers, and are responsible for data mining and machine learning activities with big data within medium to large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Data analytics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Determine data clustering requirements	1.1 Research organisation’s need for data clustering and define problem, objective and outputs 1.2 Determine required machine and input data set according to task requirements 1.3 Define evaluation protocol and accepted measure of success 1.4 Develop and document required benchmark model
2. Prepare data	2.1 Collect data according to task requirements 2.2 Evaluate data quantity, completeness and alignment according to task requirements 2.3 Transform and format data according to specifications 2.4 Finalise data preparation according to task requirements
3. Cluster data	3.1 Input raw data according to task requirements 3.2 Run required algorithm and adhere to required processing time frame 3.3 Obtain output reports and determine completeness of task according requirements
4. Finalise data clustering tasks	4.1 Analyse data report and determine clustering tasks have been completed according to task requirements 4.2 Interpret, summarise and document findings 4.3 Communicate findings to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.4 Lodge documentation according to task requirements and finalise task activities according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required measurements, determine values and articulate numerical findings
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek and respond to feedback
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing benchmark model and findings using relevant language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDAT503 Use unsupervised learning for clustering

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collect, prepare and cluster data using unsupervised machine learning methodologies and report on the findings on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research industry standard approaches and methodologies for machine learning

evaluate and prepare data.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methodologies for data clustering unlabelled data including intra-cluster cohesion and intra-cluster separation

industry standard data clustering methodologies including benchmark modelling techniques for data clustering

report writing methodologies relevant to reporting findings of data clustering activities

industry standard machine learning methodologies relevant to unsupervised learning

methodologies for modelling data relevant to unsupervised learning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

hardware and software and components required for using unsupervised learning for clustering

organisational data reporting style guide and reporting processes required for unsupervised learning and machine learning

a site where activities can be carried out.

data required for clustering.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and test relational databases to meet specifications.

It applies to individuals who are database support staff, application programmers and web designers who are required to create a simple database to store information for an online, desktop, web or mobile device application, using a simple entity relational database on a web or database server environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create relational database	1.1 Determine organisational database functionality requirements 1.2 Document organisational database requirements 1.3 Gather required data according to task requirements 1.4 Submit document to required personnel and according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Seek and respond to documentation feedback according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Design relational database	2.1 Design entity-relationship (ER) diagram to model relationships between entities, including entity attributes according to functionality requirements 2.2 Define primary and foreign keys and implement relationships 2.3 Normalise database model 2.4 Develop data dictionary and detail entity attributes according to functionality requirements 2.5 Document ER diagram and data dictionary, including data model, and submit to required personnel 2.6 Seek feedback from required personnel, and update data model according to feedback
3. Create relational database	3.1 Use required language on web and database server to create relational database according to confirmed task design 3.2 Create tables according to required language and ER diagram 3.3 Populate database fields according to task requirements 3.4 Test and fix database problems on web and database server
4. Finalise relational database and required documentation	4.1 Determine alignment between represented information and task requirements 4.2 Confirm and submit all task documentation to required personnel 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback on task delivery and documentation 4.4 Save changes and obtain final task signoff from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Reading	Analyses textual information to establish requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing requirements, ER diagram and data dictionary using required format and cohesive and language
Teamwork	Applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine, and some non-routine, tasks, accepting stated goals and required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses formal decision-making process, setting and clarifying goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options for action
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit procedures and meets expectations associated with own role when submitting documentation for approval and completing task requirements
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when designing and creating a database Uses basic cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain database, hardware, software and internet integrity

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS403 Create basic databases.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS416 Create basic relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a database on a database server, web hosting service or file server with at least three tables, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design a database that meets task requirements

test and debug database

save changes to database.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

processes used for creation of entities, attributes, and in populating fields, using software solutions and script-based input

data-modelling techniques

database design, modelling and implementation procedures

naming conventions for database design

security restrictions on servers, incorporating some theoretical concepts

cyber security functions, policies and procedures according to organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, materials, hardware and industry standard software packages

internet access including:

connectivity

different browsers

software for creating entity-relationship (ER) diagrams

software development environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose database problems and to configure and tune the database in order to maintain consistent and optimised performance.

It applies to individuals who are experienced technical support personnel, including help-desk supervisors, database support technicians, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support technicians, and user-support specialists, who are responsible for maintaining the performance of a database.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Diagnose and resolve database problems	1.1 Determine database performance diagnostic tool, according to organisational database requirements and vendor recommendations 1.2 Run diagnostic test and identify database performance degradation issues 1.3 Determine and record misuse of database and temporary table spaces 1.4 Carry out required fixes according to diagnostic results 1.5 Record issues and actions taken and escalate unresolved issues to required personnel
2. Configure database	2.1 Utilise database (DBMS) tools and design structures to minimise i/o contention according to task requirements 2.2 Apply database backup procedures according to method of data storage 2.3 Reconfigure rollback segments according to task requirements 2.4 Configure database and test performance according to task requirements
3. Optimise the database	3.1 Track module performance according to specifications 3.2 Monitor and tune efficiency of structured query language (SQL) according to task requirements 3.3 Monitor and measure performance of shared pool, blocks and buffers 3.4 Detect, identify and resolve contentions that arise in real-time operation of database 3.5 Reconfigure database according to specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses effective listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and information using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Demonstrates analysis and interpretation of textual information in order to establish performance issues and their corresponding solutions
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context Uses formal, logical process to identify relevant information and risks and to identify and evaluate alternative strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, code, present information and communicate with others, while maintaining data security and safety at all times

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS404 Identify and resolve common database performance problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS417 Identify and resolve common database performance problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure an optimal performance database with at least three tables for at least one occasion

confirm at least two of the three tables have greater than one hundred rows.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify common database problems

determine required solutions to solve problem

implement solutions to improve database performance

save and back up work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design and structured query language (SQL)

database administration procedures

tools and database tuning methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

diagnostic tools

database operating on a network environment or virtual network environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and manage databases including selecting the required database according to organisational requirements. It involves the operation, testing, monitoring and maintenance of a database, in accordance with organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals employed as database support staff who are required to maintain a database, monitor its performance as well as access and administer its security and varying levels of access to users.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and start database	1.1 Identify and select database according to organisational requirements 1.2 Configure database system start-up according to organisational requirements and required vendor guidelines 1.3 Monitor database start-up and operation and check for irregularities according to task requirements
2. Administer database	2.1 Create and document data dictionary and implement data structures according to task requirements 2.2 Maintain data integrity constraints according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create and design indexes, locking options and multiple-field keys according to organisational requirements 2.4 Confirm database backups have been stored and can be accessed by required personnel 2.5 Monitor and update ongoing viability of data storage and resize according to organisational requirements
3. Manage database access	3.1 Allocate and remove access privileges according to user status and organisational requirements 3.2 Monitor network server log-in log file and prevent illegal log-in attempts and security breaches according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Manage system and database administration resources according to task requirements
4. Record and store database maintenance tasks	4.1 Document changes to database processes and start-up procedures according to organisational requirements 4.2 Itemise database management structures and file access authorisations 4.3 Detail required log file monitoring procedures 4.4 Record the procedures to manage systems resources 4.5 Save, back-up and close documentation and database resources

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning skills to confirm information and task requirements
Reading	Analyses textual information to determine start-up and operation irregularities
Writing	Prepares required technical and business documentation conveying changes to database processes and start-up procedures using detailed language
Teamwork	Requests feedback and provides feedback to others in order to improve self or workgroup behaviors Demonstrates professional and respectful behavior with team members and supervisors
Planning and organising	Responds to stated goals during compilation of data dictionary and data structures, and when managing a database, according to business requirements, including deadlines Uses a formal decision-making process, setting or clarifying goals, gathering information, and identifying, and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria and deadlines
Self-management	Identifies and adheres to organisational requirements and vendor guidelines
Technology	Demonstrates interpretation of key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS409 Monitor and administer a database.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS418 Monitor and administer databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, monitor, update and manage a database with at least three tables.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm data integrity

monitor data storage requirements

modify data access privileges

document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

backup and recovery methodologies and procedures

principles of relational database design

database security concepts

organisational procedures referring to database processes and start-up procedures

database server management tools

structured query language (SQL) principles

database administration tasks and procedures

database processes, procedures and concepts of organisations and a vendor.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard relational database management system

an operational database requiring authenticated and authorised access, hosted in a network environment or virtual network environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create improvements to knowledge management systems, as well as distribute and monitor them.

It applies to those who are employed as database or systems administrators and are required to support and maintain existing knowledge management systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to improve knowledge management system	1.1 Identify and document structure and operation of existing organisational knowledge management system 1.2 Determine organisational knowledge management system information requirements 1.3 Determine and document required information structure
2. Create knowledge management system improvements	2.1 Collate all required information from information repositories on the knowledge management system 2.2 Organise information according to organisational requirements 2.3 Determine and document information structure improvement plan according to organisational requirements
3. Distribute and monitor knowledge management system documentation	3.1 Distribute knowledge management system documentation to required personnel 3.2 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.3 Analyse use of knowledge management system and determine its effectiveness against organisational requirements 3.4 Implement required process improvements and confirm organisational requirements are met 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using detailed language
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine client information requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing gathered information and proposed improvements using instructional language
Teamwork	Participates in complex formal and informal conversations relevant to own role, initiating and taking the lead where appropriate in the context of gathering information and feedback from the client and staff
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS501 Monitor and improve knowledge management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS505 Monitor and improve knowledge management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and implement at least three improvements to an existing knowledge management system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define success metrics

track, document and define improvements made.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

practices for information management within an organisation

information sources available within an organisation

industry standard knowledge management systems

database structures and their construction

procedures for monitoring and reviewing knowledge managements systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

organisational databases

information requirements

information repositories

industry standard knowledge management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS506 Design databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish client needs and technical requirements and to design a database that meets identified requirements.

It applies to those who are employed in roles including database administrators or designers who are required to design databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine database requirements	1.1 Conduct user-needs analysis with required personnel and determine database functionality requirements 1.2 Determine user-needs analysis technical requirements 1.3 Develop conceptual model of database according to organisational requirements 1.4 Submit conceptual model to required personnel 1.5 Seek and respond to feedback and make required changes
2. Develop logical data model	2.1 Identify attributes and determine data types 2.2 Undertake normalisation of attributes 2.3 Develop entity-relationship (ER) diagram and clarify cardinality of relationships 2.4 Document attributes, normalised data and ER diagram 2.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Design data structures	3.1 Confirm primary and foreign keys according to technical requirements 3.2 Identify referential integrity constraints and organisational business rules 3.3 Establish database management system constraints and incorporate into database design 3.4 Design and develop data validation rules, indexes and data dictionary 3.5 Document database design according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Design queries, screens and reports	4.1 Design database according to organisational requirements 4.2 Design required queries and output reports 4.3 Compare physical design against conceptual model and user-needs analysis 4.4 Incorporate all required changes into database design
5. Design access and security systems	5.1 Review existing business security plan and use as design base 5.2 Design database password and access system 5.3 Identify multiple-user requirements 5.4 Develop required organisational access profiles
6. Confirm database design	6.1 Determine database backup and recovery requirements 6.2 Develop and document database backup and restore procedures 6.3 Submit database and documentation to required personnel 6.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel 6.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Makes measurements and performs calculations for work layout, determine field lengths and table size and estimate database size
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing data model and design using appropriate structure, layout and specialised technical and programming language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks, identify and evaluate alternative strategies and resources
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS502 Design a database.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS506 Design databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, develop and implement a simple database on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document the database requirements, design plan and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

process for conducting data analysis, data types and data structures, query and report design

data modelling procedures related to conceptual data model development

data redundancy identification methodologies

database management system (DBMS) design phase fundamentals

encryption and authentication database security features

functions and features of data types and data structures, and of databases

logical design concepts, including those for data structures, queries screens and reports

object model design concepts, including those for data structures, queries, screens and reports

database scalability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials

industry standard database software

network and other systems required for remote or multi-user access

organisational requirements and deliverables

computer-aided software engineering (CASE) or diagramming software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a database with a website.

It applies to those employed as web software and database developers and responsible for creating data-driven web applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to connect database	1.1 Determine organisational and user input database data requirements 1.2 Identify technical upgrades and requirements 1.3 Determine and document database integration plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Connect to the database	2.1 Setup database credentials and establish database connection 2.2 Connect to database from web application using web development language 2.3 Transfer data according to database integration plan2.4 Test database connection according to organisation and technical requirements
3. Retrieve and display data	3.1 Retrieve data and use structured query language (SQL) 3.2 Display data using required control 3.3 Format data according to organisational requirements
4. Update database data	4.1 Update existing user input data 4.2 Insert data in the database with user-supplied input 4.3 Identify and delete data stored in database 4.4 Validate data and check for errors

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets textual information from the sources in order to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, and establishes the criteria for deciding between different options
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to connect to a database from a web application, retrieving, displaying and updating data

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS504 Integrate database with a website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS507 Integrate databases with websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate, access, connect and update a database on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

retrieve and display web-based data on at least two different browsers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard database structures

industry standard internet technology for databases

database programming control structures, object-oriented programming and database interfaces including:

structured query language (SQL)

NoSQL programming interfaces

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

principles of stateless programming.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software required for database integration activities

industry standard software packages

organisational deliverables

organisational policies and procedures that may impact on database integration activities

web server

database

web development environment

different browsers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and implement a data warehouse within an organisation.

It applies to those who manage knowledge management teams or work in a team based senior role and has line management responsibility, looking after data warehouses.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish database design requirements	1.1 Review organisational database design document, data structures, queries, reports and user interface 1.2 Review organisation business security plan and determine level of alignment to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify big data applications 1.4 Determine database technical specifications 1.5 Design and document database according to technical specifications and organisational requirements
2. Identify data and sources	2.1 Identify enterprise’s knowledge management strategy data requirements 2.2 Identify subject areas for business processes and data requirements 2.3 Analyse and document operational data and define warehouse sources 2.4 Develop warehouse source specifications with reference to existing data tables and files
3. Manage warehouse operational steps and processes	3.1 Develop warehouse targets and align to business processes and data requirements 3.2 Identify system configuration warehouse agents 3.3 Determine and document warehouse steps and processes according to organisational requirements
4. Design and develop warehouse features	4.1 Determine and document warehouse user interface 4.2 Develop and implement warehouse security strategy according to organisational security plan 4.3 Identify dimension tables and fact tables 4.4 Determine technology costs for the implementation of warehouse security strategy 4.5 Develop and document warehouse information catalogue according to organisational requirements
5. Test and implement data warehouse	5.1 Test data warehouse against business and align to organisational requirements 5.2 Recommend changes to business processes, according to compatibility with the data warehouse and the knowledge management strategy 5.3 Implement data warehouse according to organisational requirements 5.4 Benchmark and document performance level of data warehouse 5.5 Develop and document maintenance schedule according to organisational requirements 5.6 Submit all documentation to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses relevant information in completing cost benefit analyses
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to identify needs and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Interprets the textual information obtained from a range of sources, and determines how the content may be applied to the requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing plans and processes using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks, with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals
Problem solving	Develops and implements strategies that ensure that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options, against the agreed criteria Uses a systematic process to identify possible solutions to a difficult problem
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve, and improve, organisational goals Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures, and adherence to legislative requirements, in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Identifies principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to build a data warehouse

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS601 Build a data warehouse.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS604 Build data warehouses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, develop, test and implement a medium sized data warehouse.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business operating systems related to data sources

database management system (DBMS) fundamentals, including data extraction facilitation

decision-support systems and knowledge management strategies

database encryption and authentication security features

functions and features of dimension tables and fact tables

process for the installation and use of proprietary software

logical database model knowledge required to facilitate data extraction

relationship between databases and data warehouses

levels of technical documentation required for newly developed data management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software

industry standard software packages

data in a DBMS

data-warehousing tools

organisational documents, policies and procedures relevant to building a database.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop knowledge management strategies for an organisation. It includes analysing existing systems, determining requirements, and developing a strategy to meet those requirements.

It applies to those who manage a knowledge management team, or who are working as a senior IT professional with line management responsibilities or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing knowledge management arrangements	1.1 Identify existing arrangements for capture and use of internal and external sources of knowledge and information 1.2 Determine organisational knowledge management concept requirements 1.3 Evaluate alignment of existing procedures and systems against organisational requirements 1.4 Determine and document knowledge management improvement and upgrade requirements
2. Evaluate knowledge management options	2.1 Investigate industry methods for capturing and using knowledge 2.2 Determine and document organisational benefit of industry standard knowledge management software 2.3 Investigate knowledge managements incentives and reward systems 2.4 Determine non-technical knowledge database maintenance and access requirements
3. Develop knowledge management strategy	3.1 Design and document knowledge management executive and user strategy and support processes according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document implementation strategy technology requirements costs 3.3 Determine and document required periodic review processes 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel 3.5 Seek and respond to feedback and obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to perform a cost-benefit analysis
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to identify needs and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources, and determines how this content may be applied to requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing requirements, strategy and implementation plan using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others before acting
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Self-management	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Technology	Experiments with the possibilities of new systems, devices, and applications before conducting a more sophisticated analysis of benefits, costs and risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS602 Develop a knowledge management strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS605 Develop knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a complex knowledge management strategy on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard knowledge management in contemporary organisations

differentiated impacts of organisational culture and traditional business models

database design concepts

internal and external information sources

legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

records management principles

required government legislation that may affect business operation, including:

workplace health and safety (WHS) policy

environmental issues

equal opportunity

industrial relations

anti-discrimination

organisational structures and business goals.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials

industry standard software packages

sample organisations suitable for the implementation of knowledge management

organisational deliverables and requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and determine use of industry standard business requirements for a database.

It applies to those in senior system-operations, senior database managers or line manager roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine database requirements	1.1 Determine organisational database outcome requirements and database problem from organisational specifications 1.2 Analyse existing database and identify business rules, entities and relationships 1.3 Identify existing and proposed organisational business models 1.4 Identify required big data applications
2. Determine database functionality	2.1 Document existing database and environment according to organisational requirements 2.2 Identify and document database functionality requirements
3. Identify scalability and functionality	3.1 Identify reserve and long-term capacity of the database 3.2 Identify implications of systems architecture, data models, data structures, hardware and software 3.3 Identify organisation and user requirements for scalability 3.4 Compare and document functionality and scalability features of database
4. Prepare database functionality and scalability report	4.1 Document functionality and scalability of database according to organisational requirements 4.2 Submit finalised document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis, and critical thinking, to develop and improve the organisation’s goals
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information relating to specific criteria, to determine the requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing database functionality and scalability system, business expectations and requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies, where appropriate
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations, and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDBS603 Determine suitability of database functionality and scalability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS606 Determine database functionality and scalability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine functionality and scalability of a complex database.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document database functionality and scalability system

document business expectations and business requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

architecture of database networks

Australia code of ethics and its relation to the computing industry

systems hardware related to the client, server and database architecture

concept of data modelling

functions and features of databases

definition of data and implications for database design and functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard equipment and materials that assist in the determination of suitability of database functionality and scalability

industry standard software packages required to determine database functionality and scalability

industry standard database management system (DBMS)

industry standard sample database and data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual design components for media, using industry-standard design tools.

It applies to individuals working in digital media under supervision, in all industries as well as ICT related workplaces who are responsible for producing visual design components for digital media to industry standards. Digital media components in this instance refers to interactive or non-interactive design components for an information technology, digital environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish requirements for visual design components	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents 1.2 Identify visual design components and copyright requirements for digital media according to organisational standards 1.3 Determine design considerations for designing an interactive and non-interactive visual design component, and their purpose 1.4 Define best practice of design principles and elements of good design
2. Identify and use software packages for creating visual design media	2.1 Identify and review a range of industry-standard graphics software packages available 2.2 Assess and select suitability of software package against design requirements 2.3 Run graphics software package and become familiar with the interface 2.4 Create new files and naming conventions according to file management and version control procedures 2.5 Apply required tools and features used to create visual design components
3. Create visual design components for visual media	3.1 Develop design ideas and graphic components using creative approaches and principles 3.2 Use graphics software to create visual media and required components 3.3 Identify interactivity of required interactive components 3.4 Communicate and confirm design with required personnel 3.5 Save and back up work
4. Demonstrate, finalise and evaluate design components	4.1 Demonstrate implementation and interactive components to required personnel 4.2 Articulate and justify design choices 4.3 Evaluate usability of design components and interactivity against design brief and intended environment 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Articulates complex designs and graphical requirements using listening and questioning techniques to confirm and evaluate design requirements Responds to feedback and criticism with a professional manner
Reading	Analyses documentation, images, briefs, instructions, technical and conceptual information from a range of sources, in order to inform the implementation of visual design components for interactive media
Writing	Records technical information and prepares required documentation according to organisational standards
Teamwork	Selects and uses conventions and protocols to communicate with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload
Problem solving	Analyses available information and makes informed decisions on routine and non-routine tasks
Self-management	Identifies and implements improvement opportunities
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT401 Create visual design components for digital media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT404 Create visual design components for digital media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and produce at least one piece of digital media and its components consistent with a design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate original, innovative approaches to creative development according to design principles and elements

demonstrate integrity of the design brief against specified requirements

construct technical specifications for visual design components and overall usability

confirm copyright and intellectual property legislation and organisational requirements are adhered to

back up and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of graphic software packages and media products, including their purpose, constraints and environments

technical constraints that hardware imposes on software development, graphics requirements and creative visual design

techniques for applying concept development skills and visualisation skills

legislative and organisational requirements, policies and procedures

design principles, processes, and elements required to create components for digital media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry or similar.

This includes access to:

required hardware

software packages and application, including required digital media tools

design brief

file storage devices and systems

legislative and organisational requirements applicable too creating visual design components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to create interactive animation for a range of applications, including web pages, e-learning, simulations and advertisements.

It applies to individuals who possess a sound knowledge of digital media and provide support within a team and are independently responsible for the design and development of animations in multiple environments, including graphic design, software, application and website design, as well as multi-media projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Determine task requirements for dynamic functionality of animation 1.2 Determine required language to achieve functionality 1.3 Determine and evaluate current requirements for specified application
2. Design animations	2.1 Design animation according to task requirements 2.2 Design animation to meet specifications of sound and interactive functions 2.3 Design animation that enhances the purpose, clarity or useability according to intended audience and context of animation 2.4 Confirm design specifications with required personnel
3. Produce animations	3.1 Create animation according to task requirements 3.2 Research and experiment with a range of animation techniques to enhance user experience 3.3 Test and debug scripts and demonstrate required functionality 3.4 Test and debug scripts on different browsers, operating systems and devices
4. Publish animations	4.1 Publish animation in an acceptable format 4.2 Incorporate animations on required platform or location, including hypertext markup language (HTML) page, application or software 4.3 Document work and confirm function with appropriate personnel 4.4 Save and back up work

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Researches technical and conceptual information from a range of sources to identify and evaluate appropriate design elements and animation techniques for a specific audience
Writing	Prepares complex documentation design and work performed using applicable language, layout, format and structure for a specific audience
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions, and protocols, when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Uses a logical sequence of steps to identify and solve functional problems relating to animation
Problem solving	Addresses less predictable problems and applies problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses a logical sequence of steps to identify and solve functional problems relating to animation
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT402 Produce interactive animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT405 Produce interactive animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and create at least one piece of interactive animation, using different animation techniques

publish animation on at least one accessible location, including a website, application or shared software

test, debug and fix code and useability errors on at least 4 different browsers (if publishing on a website), and on at least 2 different devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

following industry standards and procedures

confirm, document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet technology used to inform choice of scripting type

principles of analysis and design that may be used in the process of producing interactive animations

programming control structures including buttons and scripting language

animation programming concepts, including:

acceptable formats for importing assets

component libraries

cross-browser issues

importing and exporting libraries

inserting published work to a hypertext markup language (HTML) or to an extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML) page

internet animation player statistics

masking that may be used in producing interactive animations

movements and automated movements

publishing finished work in applicable web format

shape animation, manipulation, symbols, text manipulation and transparencies

testing and debugging script techniques

version control techniques and file naming standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

animation tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

the internet and browser access

storage device or cloud system

electronic devices, including

a personal computer (PC)

a smartphone device

tablet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and edit digital images using a range of digital media technologies.

It applies to individuals who possess knowledge of digital media and technologies and may provide support within a team or be independently responsible for producing editing, enhancing and manipulating digital images in any industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare digital imaging work	1.1 Identify type of image required and environmental considerations 1.2 Identify and address intellectual property requirements 1.3 Determine image capturing device and imaging software requirements 1.4 Prepare plan of digital image capturing steps and equipment according to task requirements 1.5 Set up image capturing device according to task requirements
2. Capture digital image	2.1 Check image capturing device, environmental and other factors are as required and adjust where needed 2.2 Operate image capturing device and capture images according to manufacturer specifications and task requirements 2.3 Save required and delete non required images according to device specifications
3. Finalise digital image editing task	3.1 Download digital images to digital editing platform and save according to task requirements 3.2 Enhance, crop and alter digital images to task requirements 3.3 Combine and integrate digital images into required designated interactive sequence 3.4 Submit digital images to required personnel and seek feedback 3.5 Respond to feedback and obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Demonstrates an understanding of numeracy to identify required technical specifications to achieve the desired digital image outcomes Uses a combination of both formal and informal mathematical language involving knowledge of unity, scale, perspective and balance when considering creating graphics
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and articulate information using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex information in a range of texts and critically evaluates numerical and textual information Identifies compatibility and compares technical specifications and solutions to new and emerging issues
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for required outcomes
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of how to address less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response Applies problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDMT403 Produce and edit digital images.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT406 Produce and edit digital images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, edit and sequence at least three digitally captured images using each of the following types of image capturing devices on at least one occasion, including:

mobile phone devices

smart devices

digital SLR.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate the operation of a digital camera in order to capture a range of images

assemble required tools and procedures required to produce digital images

demonstrate using digital imaging software to prepare high quality digital images that satisfy a range of customer and business requirements

apply copyright and IP requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of a range of delivery platforms

digital photographic techniques

principles of communication through visual design

implications of technology connectivity

work health and safety (WHS) requirements for use of cameras, and computers, and handling and disposing of lithium batteries

procedures for customer and business liaison

copyright and intellectual property legislation, policies and procedures

industry standards relevant to digital images.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools and equipment

materials and industry software packages

image capturing equipment including:

digital camera

mobile phone device with image capturing capacity

smart device with image capturing capacity

digital SLR

industry standard graphics software

copyright information.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and configure digital reception equipment (DRE) on a customer’s premises.

It applies to individuals who install and maintain DRE in home or small business networks, and includes integration of many services such as broadband, digital TV, free to air (FTA), subscription TV (pay TV) and internet protocol TV (IPTV).

This unit should only be undertaken by experienced cablers to enhance their cabling skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify installation order and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at the worksite and complete a job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Confirm location of digital reception equipment and fittings with customer 1.5 Identify barriers to installation and develop strategies to overcome them within time and budget restrictions 1.6 Select and obtain tools and materials appropriate for the work order
2. Install hardware and equipment	2.1 Measure signal level at wall plate to ensure received signal strength is adequate 2.2 Test customer’s existing equipment for operational condition and reception quality 2.3 Notify customer of detected problems and record remedial actions if required 2.4 Identify interconnection cabling requirements and prepare cables for job requirements 2.5 Affix wall plate to agreed position on wall and secure cable according to specification 2.6 Connect set top unit to customer equipment and connect cabling between wall plate and set top unit following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.7 Power up set top unit and configure it to customer requirements 2.8 Activate customer services to complete hardware installation where required
3. Commission and test installation	3.1 Conduct functional test to assess transmission signal quality 3.2 Conduct tests to ensure quality of all services are being delivered against enterprise quality standards 3.3 Check all interconnected equipment is functional
4. Finalise installation and handover to customer	4.1 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction 4.2 Assess damages that may have occurred during installation and arrange with customer for repair or replacement of damaged components 4.3 Remove waste and debris from site and dispose of in a safe and environmentally appropriate manner 4.4 Conduct customer training appropriate to equipment, services and vendor literature
5. Complete contract documentation	5.1 Provide warranties to customer in required format where work and equipment are subject to warranty 5.2 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation, where required, and present to customer 5.3 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	Liaises with customer Signs-off work when completed to customer's satisfaction
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Resolves any problems arising from installation

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment (Release 2)	ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment (Release 1)	Updates to application and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE301 Install digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify installation requirements and obtain required approvals

install equipment applying work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

configure set equipment to customer requirements

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

provide customer training appropriate to equipment

complete task and handover to customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

a range of products used across the industry

contemporary equipment and connection methods

customer service principles, including dealing with customers face to face

enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

work health and safety general principles and enterprise specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

an overview of:

methods of training customer in product use

radio frequency (RF) theory, principles and safety

telephony principles to support return path awareness

pre-installation enterprise specific requirements

enterprise quality assurance requirements

return path technology

technology on customer premises

test results

reception issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site for digital reception equipment installation

digital reception equipment currently used in industry

test equipment required for digital reception equipment installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, test and commission a cable broadband system within a multi-dwelling unit (MDU).

It applies to technicians who conduct cable broadband installation and service assurance activities within commercial or MDU environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan installation of a broadband service to an end user within an MDU	1.1 Notify customer to arrange access to site and identify customer equipment 1.2 Assess existing design, infrastructure and constraints on installation according to enterprise requirements and customer specifications 1.3 Complete a job safety and environmental analysis (JSEA) by identifying work health and safety (WHS) issues 1.4 Prepare for installation according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards
2. Assemble equipment and tools for installation	2.1 Select and obtain materials, tools and equipment for installation 2.2 Identify cable access and select suitable cable pathway 2.3 Install cable according to enterprise design requirements 2.4 Install equipment and devices to operate according to design and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Terminate cables according to design and manufacturer specifications
3. Test and commission system	3.1 Conduct proof of performance testing at required specified locations according to commissioning documentation 3.2 Conduct radio frequency (RF) signal measurement using test equipment 3.3 Record and analyse initial test results for quality of service according to design specifications 3.4 Rectify identified faults and adjust system for optimal operation 3.5 Conduct final RF signal measurement using test equipment to optimise performance
4. Complete administrative tasks	4.1 Record final RF test results and settings according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Complete appropriate records and file according to enterprise policy and procedures 4.3 Inform customer of work completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets text from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Communicates clearly, using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Obtains readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for adhering to safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	Communicates effectively with customers, stakeholders and -team members
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Identifies and resolves problems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE308 Install a cable broadband multi-dwelling unit system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Release 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

obtain relevant approvals for access to site and equipment

plan, assemble and install equipment

interpret results

action test results to align with enterprise requirements

perform handover with customer

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations and codes relevant to installation of broadband systems

procedures and equipment required for measuring:

radio frequency (RF) signal power forward and return

insertion loss

distance to fault

modulation error rate (MER) and bit error rate (BER) for purpose of signal integrity

features of instruments, test equipment and performance requirements

RF testing of radio communications instruments and equipment

typical issues and challenges that occur in telecommunications broadband installations

safety issues regarding electromagnetic radiation (EMR).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where broadband multi-dwelling unit (MDU) system installation can be undertaken

hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) equipment and devices currently used in industry

test equipment required for HFC broadband installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a smart cable wiring system on customer premises.

It applies to individuals employed in a technical capacity for the emerging information technologies and applications in domestic and small to medium enterprises.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL247 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Open Rule

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design a wiring system for premises	1.1 Consult customer and visit worksite to determine immediate and future functional needs of the cabling system 1.2 Identify and document immediate and future location of cabling system customer interface elements, and seek confirmation from appropriate persons 1.3 Review technology used to deliver functional needs 1.4 Identify specific service provider requirements and requirements of applicable standards, codes and regulations
2. Design a wiring system for premises	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) procedures when carrying out work 2.2 Transfer functional needs of customer to architectural plans 2.3 Determine size and location of home distributor, security system, carrier and carriage service facilities, antennas and switch boards 2.4 Identify cable pathways and cable support systems 2.5 Select appropriate cable types to meet functional needs 2.6 Develop cable identification method to aid installation
3. Document cable wiring system design	3.1 Document customer interface elements room by room 3.2 Document requirements for home distributor, security system, carrier and carriage service facilities, antennas and switch boards 3.3 Document testing and commissioning requirements 3.4 Specify user documentation required after completion of installation 3.5 Provide customer quote that includes a bill of materials and a project schedule

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Produces plans and specifications to industry standards conveying design function and operation
Oral Communication	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials and costing Performs mathematical calculations to establish scale and dimensions of design plans
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for tasks and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for coordination with others Explores and implements, where identified, implicit expectations of policies, procedures and regulatory requirements
Interact with others	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context and makes adjustments in addressing differences
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency, and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Identifies ideas for applications and considers them in current contexts

Unit Mapping Information

ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises supersedes and is equivalent to ICTDRE304 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE314 Design communications wiring systems for customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

capture customer functional needs for wiring system

apply industry standards, regulations and codes of practice when designing a wiring system for a customer

develop a detailed design in compliance with industry practices, including signal losses and/or expected measurements to be achieved at wall plates

document the design, including a bill of materials, schedule of work and associated costs and submit to customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling standards, regulations and codes applicable to cable design

building regulations that apply to installation of cabling systems

codes of practice and Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) standards for home wiring

carrier network delivery systems used in single dwelling and multi-dwelling units for:

fibre

fixed wireless

satellite

twisted copper pair

subscription TV

cabling requirements of home technology applications taking into account:

the user needs including age and assisted living conditions

communications

digital home health

energy management

entertainment

intelligent light and power

security and safety

testing and commissioning methods and determine performance requirements for home technologies

customer interface elements commonly considered when designing a wiring system

common service providers clients may specify

safety implications of the design for users

design parameters for cable selection and support system of a wiring system

documentation required when submitting a design to a customer.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a contemporary dwelling design

a specification of a customer's functional requirements

current standards, codes of practice and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce interactive games using an industry standard authoring tool.

It applies to individuals who work in the game development industry and support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify game requirements and component assets	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents 1.2 Identify industry standards and organisational guidelines applicable to game production 1.3 Identify technical specifications and game-production assets needed according to creative and production requirements 1.4 Discuss and evaluate asset formats and issues of asset integration with required personnel 1.5 Select and save all digital assets in required format and store according to organisational procedures 1.6 Determine development sequence of a beta version prototype 1.7 Create a production and testing schedule according to organisational procedures 1.8 Determine strategies in monitoring production progress against schedule
2. Identify, evaluate and select game-engine software and tools	2.1 Identify and review a range of industry standard game-engine software and development tools available 2.2 Assess and evaluate game-engine software and tools applicable to specified game concepts and play requirements with required personnel 2.3 Select the game-engine software and tools according to game and production requirements
3. Create a game-play sequence and prototype using game-engine software	3.1 Load a game engine including sound and game play 3.2 Create and name a new file according to specified task 3.3 Display and use software tools and features required in game production process 3.4 Achieve a unique function using a custom created code 3.5 Import and assemble game-play assets in required sequence, according to creative and technical requirements 3.6 Create and check game-play elements according to creative and technical requirements 3.7 Test and run game-play sequence as a presentation and confirm sequence meets creative, production and technical requirements 3.8 Export to game engine and create a prototype 3.9 Save in required file formats according to organisational procedures
4. Evaluate and reiterate game prototype	4.1 Demonstrate and present initial prototype to required personnel 4.2 Evaluate against criteria including achievement of a creative and user-friendly product 4.3 Discuss and agree on required changes and amend prototype accordingly 4.4 Assist in tests and user trials 4.5 Evaluate feedback from user trials 4.6 Confirm endorsement from required personnel to develop the prototype into a complete product
5. Transform prototype into a final proof-of-concept prototype	5.1 Make required changes as indicated by user trials and develop prototype into complete product 5.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 5.3 Review and perform final checks, confirming all sequences conform to the navigation design 5.4 Save into specified storage systems according to organisational procedures 5.5 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses positive and negative whole numbers, decimals, degrees and percentages when setting measurement, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, timing and other parameters in development of interactive games
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit views, obtain information and presenting solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends information in diagrams, storyboards, objects and images and identifies required software, resources, assets and user needs Identifies signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer generated text, numbers, letters and coding syntax required in operating game engines
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing strategies and game design using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are required
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Problem solving	Assesses, tests and modifies product according to client and technical requirements
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Identifies importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes responsibility for data integrity, storage and management
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools and completes routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM401 Produce an interactive game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM420 Produce interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create an interactive game using an industry standard game-engine software and development tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

follow applicable industry standards and organisational guidelines

apply a variety of strategies in game trialling and testing

implement game development and production strategies

maintain the integrity of design brief and game design document

save final product and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques that may be used for interactive game development

game engine capabilities and constraints

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

risk and critical path management, applicable to interactive game development

game production testing and trialling process

the process of evaluating game prototypes from technical, design and game play perspectives

industry standards and organisational guidelines applicable to game production

game-production assets and issues with asset integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project briefs

applicable organisational documentation

game-production assets

technical specifications

game production testing and trialling tools

industry standard game-engine software and development tools

required industry-standard hardware, software and peripheral devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and apply principles of games design and game playing.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse and document characteristics of various game genres	1.1 Identify and review game-play elements in various game genres 1.2 Identify objectives of game play in various game genres 1.3 Document findings from game genre analysis
2. Interpret consumer demographics in various games products	2.1 Identify target markets in various types of games 2.2 Interpret choices and patterns of buyers and players 2.3 Review social, emotional and cognitive aspects of contemporary interactive game play
3. Review historical aspects of game play and game design	3.1 Review and describe history of the games industry 3.2 Review game play and design in non-computer-based games 3.3 Identify uses of games in commercial, industrial, education, military training and therapeutic and assessment contexts
4. Identify industry game-design principles	4.1 Research and identify industry game-design principles 4.2 Identify game-design principles in various games
5. Outline development of games	5.1 Identify and outline game design and play strategies 5.2 Outline technical limitations and constraints of industry hardware and software

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical and statistical information applicable to target markets and the games industry
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends technical documentation, specifications, market information, statistics, diagrams, objects and images Analyses various aspects of game play and game design and identifies target markets and interprets consumer demographics
Writing	Produces documentation outlining analysis and game design as required using accurate spelling, grammar and specific technical language
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technologies and accesses, extracts and shares applicable information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM402 Identify and apply principles of games design and game playing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM421 Identify and apply games design and game play principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify games design and game playing principles in at least two games from at least two different game genres.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine methodology used

differentiate game genres and identify differing characteristics

identify consumer demographic for each game product

differentiate game design and play principles

prepare an outline of a game design according to industry and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D digital model design techniques

procedures and processes in game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

industry and organisational requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

required hardware and software required in researching games and the games industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a game concept, develop and document the game specifications.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games and design, develop and use digital media technologies as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research, create and document game concept	1.1 Obtain client brief and identify applicable industry standards 1.2 Research, identify and describe target market, the game genre and its working title according to client brief 1.3 Identify game platform, game engine and operating system according to game requirements 1.4 Prepare initial concept art and establish look and feel of characters, environment and game play according to organisational guidelines 1.5 Document research, ideas and initial concept art according to organisational guidelines
2. Create and document game design specifications	2.1 Develop storylines and levels 2.2 Develop characters and environment artwork 2.3 Identify game-play elements 2.4 Develop graphical user interface (GUI) 2.5 Identify sounds and music applicable to game 2.6 Document game design specifications according to organisational guidelines
3. Create and document technical game specifications	3.1 Determine game mechanics 3.2 Finalise platform, game engine and operating system 3.3 Specify source and purpose of code required including level-specific code 3.4 Determine game physics and artificial intelligence 3.5 Identify sound engineering requirements 3.6 Determine and document game prototype testing procedures
4. Collate game design document	4.1 Define proposed game features in comparison to existing games 4.2 List estimated resources required in game development 4.3 Prepare estimated schedule for game development 4.4 Finalise documentation and collate design information, estimates and proposals into a comprehensive game design document according to organisational guidelines 4.5 Present and obtain sign off on documents to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Outlines parameters and attributes in a wide range of technical specifications using whole numbers, decimals and percentages Interprets financial and statistical information and adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals when researching target market and estimating resources and schedules
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information and elicit views and opinions of others using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends technical documentation, financial information and statistical data Investigates target market and identifies applicable resources
Writing	Prepares documents detailing research and design using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Identifies importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes responsibility in data integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems, applications and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM403 Create design documents for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM422 Create design documents for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and develop game design documents for at least one interactive game according to required industry standard and consistent with client brief and specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop concept art for characters, environments, splash screens, start screens and game field screens consistent with identified game genre and design specifications

develop technical specifications in game mechanics, artificial intelligence, physics, sound, game play and overall usability

include a list of estimated resources required and a game development schedule.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

game development processes

basic programming techniques that may be used for interactive game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints hardware and software impose on design and development

techniques in applying concept development and concept visualisation skills

industry standards applicable to creating and developing game design documentation

organisational guidelines, documentation techniques and processes that may apply to creating design documents for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

client brief

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

games-engine.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, develop and implement artificial intelligence (AI) solutions in games.

It applies to individuals who contribute to the creation of system-controlled objects in games and who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Conduct research on AI strategies	1.1 Research and identify terminology involved in AI applicable to games and its industry 1.2 Identify and analyse range of AI path-finding strategies including required genres and environments and how they influence design and development 1.3 Discuss AI strategies and ideas with required personnel 1.4 Organise research and findings during development process and update required personnel 1.5 Identify industry standards applicable to using AI strategies in game development
2. Design, implement and test AI game strategy	2.1 Generate a range of goals and actions and other factors in design of an AI non-player character (NPC) 2.2 Select technically feasible AI strategies in designing NPCs according to brief and provide creative solutions to design issues 2.3 Design and customise AI strategy according to client brief and game requirements 2.4 Reflect on and assess implications in AI strategies regarding budget, timeline, technical feasibility and user suitability according to brief 2.5 Implement a path-finding algorithm and a NPI AI strategy in a game 2.6 Test implementation of AI strategy and amend as required
3. Evaluate game and confirm with required personnel	3.1 Review game design and AI strategies and confirm design brief is fulfilled 3.2 Discuss, seek feedback and confirm additional requirements and modifications to game design with required personnel 3.3 Apply required amendments according to discussions with required personnel and feedback 3.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Outlines parameters using whole numbers and decimals Interprets budgets and adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals and confirms budget, timelines and other brief requirements are met
Oral communication	Obtains information and facilitates discussions using listening and open questioning techniques and relevant industry language
Reading	Investigates, interprets and comprehends technical documentation, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters when determining AI strategies
Writing	Records research findings and documents solutions and process using relevant programming language, and required code layout, code, diagrams and syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in design
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making and analytical processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM404 Apply artificial intelligence in game development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM423 Apply artificial intelligence in game development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and analyse at least two artificial intelligence (AI) strategies applicable to a game development brief

design a feasible AI game strategy

implement at least two path finding algorithms and at least two non-player character AI strategies in a game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review and evaluate AI strategies

comply with industry standards, client brief and game requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic path-finding algorithms implications on game development

major AI terms used in the game industry

the development process of creating AI strategies in non-player characters (NPCs) in a game

applying object-oriented programming practices

overall architecture of a game engine

game development testing processes

industry standards applicable to game development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

research tools

required hardware, software and its component

path-finding libraries

game development testing tools

development tools to implement AI strategies

game design specifications and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and develop storylines, write plot synopses and background stories and develop story components for interactive digital games.

It applies to individuals who are game concept developers, script writers, storyboard artists, game designers, technical designers and other IT professionals working in the game development environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and develop storylines with game potential	1.1 Identify potential storylines in game development and applicable industry standards and regulations 1.2 Discuss, modify and enhance storylines with required personnel according to game environment 1.3 Determine applicable game genre 1.4 Establish and document draft storyline according to game requirements 1.5 Confirm storyline complies with copyright and intellectual property protection regulations
2. Write plot synopsis and background story	2.1 Determine and create character profiles 2.2 Develop environment profiles consistent with storyline 2.3 Develop and document background story and initial plot profile 2.4 Write and develop plot synopsis and options and link to specific game levels
3. Develop story components	3.1 Source initial concept artwork according to game environment and specifications 3.2 Develop level specifications and storylines 3.3 Initiate development of storyboards showing plot development, cinematic and level outlines according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise story components and obtain sign-off	4.1 Seek and respond to feedback on story and concept with required personnel and apply required changes 4.2 Finalise story concept, profiles and other specifications according to organisational procedures and game requirements 4.3 Obtain sign-off from required personnel and confirm inclusion of final story components in game design brief

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Obtains views, information and feedback and presents concepts and storyline using listening, open questioning and other communication techniques
Reading	Identifies and evaluates a variety of texts in aiding concept development
Writing	Develops storylines and plot synopses using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in the story and visual design
Self-management	Identifies and complies with industry and regulatory requirements Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Conducts research, designs work processes and completes work tasks using information and communications technology (ICT) based tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM405 Write story and content for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM424 Develop story and content in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one game storyline according to industry standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create character profiles according to game environment and storyline

write plot synopsis with a supporting background story

create a storyboard

comply with copyright and intellectual property protection regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations in game development

copyright and intellectual property protection regulations applicable to written narrative and concept graphics

different story requirements in particular game genres

role of story writing in game development

research methods used in observing latest changes and narrative development in games

tools and techniques used in developing game narrative

organisational procedures that may be used in the development of story and content in digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a range of industry standard games across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard consoles and hand-held game devices

the internet

word processing software

industry standard game development software

required hardware, software and games engine

file storage and version control environment

copyright and intellectual property legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual design components for games and interactive media using industry standard authoring tools.

It applies to individuals who contribute and support the design, development and programming of digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify industry standard visual design components in games and interactive media	1.1 Obtain project brief and documents and standards applicable to creating visual design components 1.2 Research and identify features of visual design components in games and interactive media 1.3 Discuss design considerations made in interactive visual design components with required personnel
2. Identify, select and use graphics software packages in creating visual design components	2.1 Identify and review range of industry-standard graphics software available 2.2 Assess software applicable to visual design component requirements 2.3 Discuss technical specifications applicable to rendering and editing processes with required personnel 2.4 Select graphics software package according to project brief and visual design component requirements 2.5 Run graphics software and become familiar with interface 2.6 Create and name new files and organise a file structure according to organisational procedures 2.7 Learn tools and features within graphics software package used in creating visual design components
3. Create visual design components for games and interactive media	3.1 Design a basic graphical user interface (GUI) according to game and interactive media requirements 3.2 Identify and describe interaction processes of GUI elements 3.3 Document design and programming requirements needed in GUI implementation 3.4 Create visual design components for use in GUI using graphics software
4. Evaluate implementation	4.1 Present and demonstrate visual design component to required personnel 4.2 Assess and evaluate usability of design components and confirm project brief and requirements have been fulfilled 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and identify changes in improving visual design and interactivity of components 4.4 Apply changes to visual design components as required and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies, investigates and applies information from a variety of texts containing highly technical language and expands own knowledge of chosen graphics software programs
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing design specifications and GUI components
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets a range of documents containing complex terminology, and applies the information in selecting software and designing the GUI Interprets and comprehends diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to design a GUI
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing GUI design and programming requirements using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of routine activities applicable to gaming design concepts
Initiative and enterprise	Uses a high level of creativity, innovation and initiative in interactive game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules Takes responsibility in making decisions and task sequencing
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in both routine and non-routine tasks using formal decision-making processes Identifies importance of secure information applicable to own work and takes responsibility for data structure, format and management
Technology	Completes tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM406 Create visual design components for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM425 Create visual design components in interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and evaluate a graphical user interface (GUI) with basic functionalities according to game and interactive media requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

align visual design components to design brief requirements

evaluate and select a graphics software package

develop concept art and design specifications for splash screens, start screens and game field screens according to design brief

create at least three visual design components and incorporate into GUI

implement game development and production strategies

develop technical specifications applicable to visual design components and overall usability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

GUI design principles and related programming techniques

human resources required in process of creating visual design components

technology requirements and technical constraints they impose on design and development

techniques in applying concept development skills and concept visualisation skills

organisational procedures and documentation processes that may be used in creating visual design components in interactive games

standards applicable to creating visual design components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a design brief

required hardware, software and peripheral devices applicable in games development

games engine

the internet

industry standard graphics software and included tools and features

file storage

word processing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, write and test scripts and related content for interactive games.

It applies to individuals who contribute and support the design, development, and programming of digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and develop story and script components	1.1 Identify and confirm game genre and story components with required personnel 1.2 Discuss and propose creative script concepts and ideas 1.3 Develop a script structure consistent with game genre and game design brief 1.4 Develop script components in the main plot, background stories and level and mission stories according to game genre and game design brief
2. Write a draft script	2.1 Write a script synopsis according to game design brief 2.2 Write a draft script and include main characters and their interactions, background stories and level and mission stories, according to design brief, game structure and genre 2.3 Develop character and narrator dialogue 2.4 Initiate storyboards for draft scripts in required format
3. Review script according to feedback	3.1 Present synopsis and storyboards to required personnel and seek feedback 3.2 Collate and respond to comments and feedback 3.3 Revise scripts and storyboards according to feedback 3.4 Undertake focus testing with intended audience
4. Write final script	4.1 Collate and respond to comments and feedback from focus testing 4.2 Review and rewrite script synopsis, script and dialogue where required 4.3 Initiate revised storyboards where required 4.4 Present final script in agreed format to required personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience Presents script using persuasive presentation techniques, plain English (translating games specific terminology where required)
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a range organisational and client documentation and identifies aim of proposed games Reviews feedback containing a wide range of vocabulary and terminology ranging from simple to highly technical depending on source of feedback
Writing	Creates a cohesive and well-structured game script, plot, characters, environment and elements using required spelling and grammar, together with descriptive language
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of routine activities through the explanation and testing of gaming scripts
Initiative and enterprise	Uses a high level of creativity and initiative in writing scripts
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in routine and non-routine tasks using formal decision-making processes Identifies importance of secure information applicable to own work and takes responsibility in data management
Technology	Writes, sources and analyses information using information and communications technology (ICT) based tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM407 Write scripts for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM426 Write narrative scripts for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

write a script according to game design brief and client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify key components of the story

develop script structure and components

communicate and liaise script review with required personnel

prepare a final script and present to required personnel

follow organisational procedures applicable to script writing and development process

comply with copyright and intellectual property standards and legislation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations in game development

components that drive script narrative and engage target audiences

the contribution of script writing to narrative development and engaging game play

focus testing processes and procedures

game genres and narrative structures

industry standard game script formats

research methods in:

competitors’ work in developing stories and scripts in games

factual information as a basis for character, location and narrative development

owners of copyright and intellectual property used in game development

script structures and character profiling in interactive games

scriptwriting techniques and interactive game requirements

seeking permission from copyright owners for use of protected elements in scripts

different storyboarding techniques

copyright and intellectual property standards and legislation

organisational procedures that may be used to write scripts for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

scriptwriting reference materials

game design brief

the internet

a range of industry standard interactive games across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard games consoles and hand-held game devices

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

file storage

games engine.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to investigate, customise and use 3-D animation software interfaces and toolsets.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate and identify 3D software navigation controls	1.1 Research and evaluate a range of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software 1.2 Identify task requirements and select 3-D modelling and animation software applicable to task 1.3 Identify a range of 3-D navigation types, including panning, zooming and rotating around viewport, on chosen 3-D modelling and animation software 1.4 Identify processes of improving user performance including navigation, keyboard hotkeys and input procedures
2. Locate and identify 3D animation toolsets and select required menu categories	2.1 Identify toolsets of industry standard 3-D animation software 2.2 Identify and analyse 3-D software menus and specific category types 2.3 Define and use 3-D software-specific transformation types and toolset types 2.4 Associate menu categories as required according to task requirements 2.5 Consult with required personnel and perform software interaction using application hotkeys
3. Initiate and use software-support materials and customise application interface	3.1 Identify and research range of reference material available in creating 3-D animation and digital effects 3.2 Present reference material required in 3-D animation process to required personnel and team members 3.3 Identify and access animation software support procedures, documents and help files, through hotkey and application menus 3.4 Consult with required personnel and use applicable support materials
4. Identify and plan 3-D application import and export procedures and use application feedback	4.1 Discuss application file-management procedure types with required personnel, including opening, importing, saving and exporting 4.2 Discuss and use application project configuration procedures with required personnel 4.3 Prepare and create projects as required 4.4 Discuss user application feedback with required personnel 4.5 Troubleshoot error scenarios as required using application feedback 4.6 Use feedback with inbuilt support documentation as required
5. Customise application interface	5.1 Identify variation of user interface windows and panels configurations 5.2 Use custom interface according to toolset procedural needs and task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing animations
Oral communication	Uses effective listening, questioning and summarising techniques to obtain and present information and solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from texts containing complex terminology, acronyms and jargon Interprets and comprehends generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D animation software
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities and elicits support
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision making processes in more broad and non-routine situations
Technology	Completes routine tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM408 Use 3-D animation interface and toolsets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM427 Use 3-D software interface and toolsets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interact and navigate with at least one 3-D application interface and its toolsets.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage files to protocols

execute and use 3-D application native support

use 3-D application user feedback

configure custom panels and window configurations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D animation production protocols

industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

contents and application of production brief

development process that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

protocols in filing media assets

file management procedures and project configuration procedures that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

fundamental research principles procedures that may be used in 3-D software interface and toolsets

principles of design and colour used in 3-D animation and digital effects environments

procedures for producing a storyboard and script

technical constraints that hardware and software impose on graphics requirements and creative visual design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

reference materials applicable to creating 3-D animation and digital effects

required hardware and software and peripheral devices

games engine

file storage

required 3-D modelling and animation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and build 3-D characters for commercial interactive games.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and implementation of the 3D characters of digital games, as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and discuss character requirements and designs	1.1 Identify client and character requirements and environment and context of interactive game 1.2 Discuss and determine style of characters with required personnel according to client requirements 1.3 Determine and agree on character type, role, name and profile 1.4 Discuss and determine character animations required in game systems implementation 1.5 Compare animations with analysis criteria, game and client requirements
2. Design characters	2.1 Design and develop a concept character illustration according to organisational procedures and client requirements 2.2 Conduct focus testing of concept illustration with required personnel and representatives of target market audience 2.3 Develop character schematics with feedback incorporated and submit to required personnel for approval
3. Develop character models	3.1 Construct a 3-D character model according to character schematics and task requirements 3.2 Construct 3-D costumes, tools and accessories as required by character model 3.3 Shade, texture and light the completed character model 3.4 Implement joints, vertex weighting and character rig to 3-D character model 3.5 Develop animation blocking and in-betweens in consultation with animation personnel and seek their approval 3.6 Compare 3-D models and animations with original concept illustration and confirm quality and conformity to brief 3.7 Submit to required personnel and obtain approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables, in developing animations
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and present ideas and solutions using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets design briefs and related technical documentation, containing complex animation-specific terminology and acronyms Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D animation software
Writing	Uses simple and cohesive English when developing focus testing documentation
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and confirms agreement
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in character design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Self-management	Makes decisions and implements procedures in both routine and non-routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes
Technology	Completes required tasks using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM409 Create 3-D characters for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM428 Create 3-D characters for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and develop at least three game characters using 2-D and 3-D software applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with games design brief and client requirements

follow organisational procedures

test and seek feedback to character designs with intended audiences and act accordingly.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of 3-D software packages used to create 3-D character models in games

industry standard game design briefs

different character styles and animations

3-D character modelling methods, within the technical parameters and constraints of game development

technical limitations of creating 3-D character models in games

organisational procedures that maybe used to create 3-D character for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

games engine

file storage

character reference materials including models, illustrations, art and design books and character photographs

a range of industry standard games, across all platforms and genres

a range of industry standard consoles and hand-held game devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and to create, 3-D components within a game environment.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm 3-D component requirements within game context	1.1 Obtain game design document and identify definition and purpose of 3-D components, with examples 1.2 Identify context of 3-D component design according to game design document 1.3 Create a list of required 3-D components 1.4 Establish methods of 3-D component loading and usage 1.5 Identify quality assurance standards, evaluation methods and organisational procedures applicable in developing 3-D components
2. Establish content creation pipeline and integration methods within game architecture	2.1 Finalise required 3-D component list 2.2 Discuss 3-D component formats, file extensions and ramifications of choice with required personnel 2.3 Discuss and select hardware and software required in creating 3-D components and assets 2.4 Discuss methods of naming 3-D components and assets and file archiving 2.5 Establish schedule and deadlines in 3-D component creation process
3. Create, integrate and test required 3-D components	3.1 Create required 3-D components and assets according to organisational procedures and client requirements 3.2 Name 3-D components and assets according to methodology discussed 3.3 Confirm 3-D components and assets are in required format and file extensions 3.4 Test and confirm produced 3-D components meet established quality and client requirements 3.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and make changes to 3-D components and assets as required 3.6 Submit finalised assets with required archiving format outlined in the assignment brief and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, font size, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing 3-D components and timelines Defines timeframes in accordance with schedule requirements
Oral communication	Obtains information and expresses ideas and solutions by employing listening and open questioning techniques using plain English and games development terminology
Reading	Identifies and interprets briefs and applicable technical documentation containing complex task-specific terminology Interprets and comprehends computer generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using 3-D application software
Self-management	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures in routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process Identifies importance of file format and takes responsibility in data integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM410 Develop 3-D components for interactive games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM429 Develop 3-D components for interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, design and generate at least three 3-D components.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify component integration

establish component development pipeline

follow game design document requirements

use required formats and file extensions

name and store components according to agreed methods and organisational procedures

comply with quality assurance standards

test and analyse component integration.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard game hardware and software products

game-engine architecture and methods used in component importing

3-D components testing methods and processes

processes and techniques applicable to:

the creation of 3-D objects within industry-standard modelling software

the use of industry formats in developing 3-D models and objects

organisational procedures and quality assurance standards that may be used in the development of 3-D components for interactive games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

industry-standard modelling software

client requirements documentation

game design document

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement technologies relating to human-computer interaction.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team and gaming environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and research human-computer hardware interface devices, event-handling systems and graphical user interface (GUI) widget sets	1.1 Identify standard and game-specific human-computer interaction devices and controls used in their implementation 1.2 Identify and review industry-standard event-handling systems used in application libraries 1.3 Identify human-computer interaction device selection 1.4 Identify widgets and their usage within an application environment 1.5 Identify and review industry-standard graphical user interface libraries and their use within game engine 1.6 Analyse selection of widgets within a game heads-up display (HUD)
2. Design a simple media software device	2.1 Identify task requirements and design a prototype required in developing a custom user interface widget according to organisational procedures 2.2 Confirm custom user interface widget can be used within a game heads up display environment 2.3 Select GUI software required in implementation and discuss ramifications of selection with required personnel
3. Build and implement a simple media software device	3.1 Create and develop a custom user interface widget according to organisational procedures and task requirements 3.2 Integrate all custom widget elements as required by prototype specifications 3.3 Test and confirm interactive media is functional on multiple browsers and digital devices 3.4 Perform final checks and confirm functionality conforms to original design 3.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and incorporate changes as required 3.6 Save into specified storage systems and locations according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, font size, scale, ratio, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing interactive media
Oral communication	Obtains information and expresses ideas and solutions by employing listening and open questioning techniques using plain English and interactive media terminology
Reading	Identifies and evaluates online documentation containing complex technical terminology when conducting research into hardware, existing interactive media and industry standards Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, code, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using applicable software
Writing	Identifies and uses technical terminology, code, syntax and labelling when conducting research and developing interactive media
Problem solving	Uses systematic processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifies and evaluates options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes in deciding on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between options and seeking input and advice from others before taking action, when required
Self-management	Identifies importance of file integrity and management
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM412 Design interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM430 Design interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create an application, accessing and using technologies and showcasing captured events from hardware devices

create an application using a human-computer interface devices and event-handling call-backs showcasing the captured events with GUI widgets

design a simple application, using required hardware event handling methods, within the context of game environment

produce a custom control.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

present completed project to required deadline

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming techniques applicable to interactive media

specific terminology used by game developers

hardware and software requirements in a human-computer interaction environment

a range of human-computer interaction devices and their application

widgets and their usage

operations in ‘heads-up’ display environments

technical constraints imposed by hardware and software on design and development

file storage and organisational procedures that may be used in designing interactive media.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software and peripheral devices

human-computer hardware interface devices

a range of event-handling systems

the internet

application libraries

widgets

graphical user interface software and libraries

games engine

a range of browsers and digital devices

client requirements documentation

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create 3-D models.

It applies to individuals who design, develop and use digital media technologies, working independently and as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and clarify work requirements	1.1 Identify requirements and purpose of designing and creating 3-D digital models with reference to production documentation 1.2 Clarify organisational guidelines, workflow sequences and industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models 1.3 Discuss production schedule deadlines and confirm they are feasible and can be met with required personnel 1.4 Research and select software applicable to type of production and delivery platform of 3-D digital models 1.5 Gather and analyse reference materials applicable to design and visualisation of 3-D models 1.6 Identify and establish documentation requirements according to industry and organisational procedures and guidelines
2. Design 3-D digital models	2.1 Design and sketch concept drafts of a 3-D model according to task requirements 2.2 Create concept art of required 3-D models 2.3 Create prototypes of 3-D models according to organisational guidelines and task requirements 2.4 Discuss prototypes and seek feedback from required personnel 2.5 Apply required changes to prototypes according to feedback
3. Create 3-D digital models	3.1 Confirm topology of models aligns to task requirements 3.2 Block out models and apply shaders using software features and determine required model proportions 3.3 Manipulate software features and apply basic lighting as required 3.4 Refine and check integrity of models until design requirements are met 3.5 Submit models to required personnel and seek comments and feedback on whether production requirements have been met
4. Finalise 3-D digital models	4.1 Respond to feedback from required personnel 4.2 Render and output models in required format and submit them to required personnel by agreed deadlines 4.3 Make backup copies of the files, store in required location and complete workplace documentation according to organisational procedures 4.4 Obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, scale, form, weight, volume, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in developing 3-D models
Oral communication	Employs listening and open-questioning techniques to clarify design requirements, project scheduling and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documentation containing complex technical terminology when interpreting the design brief Conducts research into the design and visualisation of 3-D models Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, diagrams, icons, symbols, numbers and letters required in using applicable software
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning tasks required in achieving outcomes and negotiates key aspects with others
Problem solving	Make decisions directly related to tasks using analytical processes
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments as required and addresses unexpected issues Evaluates outcomes of design solutions and improves future responses Selects and supports new ideas on the basis of their contribution to achievement of broader goals
Technology	Completes routine tasks using specific digital systems and tools Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM413 Design and create 3-D digital models.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM431 Design and create 3-D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, create and store at least two 3-D digital models according to work, design and production requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate with required personnel and clarify initial requirements including deadlines

modify and amend 3-D models in response to feedback from required personnel

comply with organisational guidelines and industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D digital modelling and design principles

stages in model production process, from initial design through to finished product

issues and challenges arising from designing and creating 3-D digital models

roles and responsibilities of project team members in developing digital models

features of a range of delivery platforms

geometry as it applies to the design and creation of realistic 3-D digital models

use of scale, form, weight and volume in the development of 3-D digital models

organisational guidelines and procedures

industry standards applicable to designing and creating 3-D models

range of industry standard 3-D modelling software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and software

required industry standard 3-D modelling software and features

a range of industry standard delivery platforms

client specification documentation

reference materials applicable to design and visualisation of 3-D models

file storage

3-D product modelling software and delivery platforms.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and manipulate audio assets for digital games, using a variety of tools.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team in a game development environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and document game audio in digital games	1.1 Identify and document trends and evaluate their impact on the future of game audio 1.2 Identify and document different methods of using audio in digital games 1.3 Identify and document role of music in creating mood and atmosphere 1.4 Determine and document how sound effects and vocals are used within digital games
2. Source existing sound effects, music tracks and voice recordings	2.1 Find sources of sound effects, music tracks and voice recordings 2.2 Create and maintain a small collection of audio assets 2.3 Identify different audio formats in audio asset collection 2.4 Differentiate between compressed and uncompressed audio formats 2.5 Identify different genres of music required for digital games 2.6 Identify audio copyright laws and royalty-free audio
3. Record and manipulate game audio	3.1 Identify game context and establish client requirements for game audio 3.2 Evaluate a range of industry standard audio-editing software and select software applicable to game audio requirements 3.3 Record character voices, music and sound effects according to game audio requirements 3.4 Develop a soundtrack using audio-editing, according to game and client requirements 3.5 Rearrange audio samples using audio-editing software and apply required audio effects 3.6 Select required sample format and bit rate 3.7 Normalise audio samples and make volume uniform 3.8 Trim audio samples according to task requirements 3.9 Export audio to required format
4. Create sound effects and music for a game	4.1 Evaluate a range of music production software and select software applicable to game and audio requirements 4.2 Identify digital sound waveforms 4.2 Apply basic music theory to music production software 4.3 Determine required musical notation 4.4 Identify and use musical tools within music production software 4.5 Compose a simple piece of music according to game audio requirements 4.6 Create various sound effects according to game audio requirements
5. Research audioprogramming libraries and integrate sound, music and vocals into digital games	5.1 Identify and compare functional capabilities of a range of industry standard audio-programming libraries 5.2 Explore use of channels and mixing 5.3 Play a mixture of cached and streaming audio sources 5.4 Incorporate music and sound effects into different sections of digital game according to game requirements 5.5 Locate and play positional audio sources 5.6 Present to required personnel and confirm audio integration fulfils client and game requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, pitch, speed, tempo, time, frequency, amplification and other attributes and variables in developing audio
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documentation containing complex technical and audio terminology Researches use of audio in games and identifies required hardware, software and assets Interprets and comprehends computer-generated text, audio tracks, abbreviations, symbols, icons, numbers and letters required in using audio-editing software
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing research and sound effects according to organisational requirements
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks required and achieves required outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context and copyright laws Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments as required Identifies new ideas and adapts existing ideas to applicable context using exploration, analytical and lateral thinking
Technology	Creates and saves files in required formats using digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM414 Create audio for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM432 Create audio for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

source and analyse at least three audio resources from at least three different music genres

record and manipulate at least three different pieces of audio

generate at least three sound effects

compose at least one simple music tracks

integrate at least one simple music track and at least three different sound effects into a digital game.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create audio according to game context and game environment

evaluate, select and use audio programming libraries

comply with copyright legislation and applicable industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard audio-editing software, music production software and tools

different audio formats and their application to games

capabilities of audio-programming libraries

basic music theory relevant to audio recording for digital game development

copyright legislation and industry standards applicable to audio recordings

music-creation tools and their relation to music theory.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

specifications documentation detailing game context and environment

digital audio editing software

music production software

audio-programming libraries

games engine

file storage

the internet

a range of digital games

copyright and intellectual property legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select applicable rendering software packages and prepare and optimise rendering for 3-D modelling, animation and game development.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse rendering requirements and select rendering software	1.1 Identify project requirements and applicable equipment and media 1.2 Identify and evaluate features of rendering software packages used in the film and games industries 1.3 Analyse design brief and other reference sources and plan and determine rendering requirements 1.4 Select rendering software according to timeframe and budget requirements 1.5 Confirm selection according to brief, system limitations and requirements
2. Prepare rendering software and check render integrity and quality	2.1 Select and apply required image resolutions, image aspect ratio and pixel ratio according to project requirements 2.2 Adjust renderer attributes and obtain required anti-aliasing and other visual effects 2.3 Refine render integrity 2.4 Re-link any missing images and textures 2.5 Test render times for optimising process 2.6 Determine alpha channels and opacity matts 2.7 Identify render layers and passes
3. Optimise images prior to render processes	3.1 Complete pre-rendering optimisation tasks 3.2 Adjust and refine renderer attributes required in optimising render times 3.3 Select required file output format according to project brief 3.4 Identify and determine applicable filenames and output destinations according to organisational procedures
4. Render images and save files according to organisational procedures	4.1 Test and perform rendering processes according to project brief 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel on rendered images, and amend accordingly 4.3 Store and archive files according to organisational procedures 4.4 Review completed render and confirm compliance with system and brief 4.5 Confirm final rendered image with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading and other attributes and variables in rendering processes Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations applicable to timelines and budgetary information
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information about design brief, system limitations, software capabilities and requirements Presents rendering outcomes using industry-specific terminology
Reading	Interprets a design brief containing complex games-design terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text and letters required in using complex rendering software
Teamwork	Collaborates with others as required and confirms required rendering output
Self-management	Applies formal processes when planning rendering requirements, producing plans with logically sequenced steps with awareness of time and resource constraints Implements actions as per plans, making slight adjustments as required Recognises and takes responsibility in addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools
Technology	Manages and maintains files securely in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM416 Prepare and complete image rendering processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM433 Prepare and complete image rendering processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

optimise and render at least three images using required rendering software, according to design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and optimise rendering software components

adhere to requirements related to file sizes and formats

store rendered components according to requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

software features used for:

3-D animation

3-D modelling

lighting

rendering

shading

texturing

file format and size requirements

system requirements

industry standard rendering software packages

pre-rendering optimisation techniques

why rendering is required in 3-D modelling, animation and game development

organisational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware, software and peripheral devices

graphic rendering software packages

input and output devices

models and scenes requiring rendering

style shots

file storage

project and design briefs, specifications and schedules.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work innovatively in game development, using thoughtful strategies and well-developed technical skills to accommodate specified design briefs.

It applies to those who support the design, development and programming of interactive 3-D media and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse digital games and 3-D media design concepts	1.1 Obtain project brief and other applicable organisational documents and procedures 1.2 Research and identify design concepts in digital games and interactive 3-D media 1.3 Analyse and interpret design concepts used in digital games and interactive 3-D media 1.4 Discuss design considerations for designing digital games and interactive 3-D media concepts
2. Evaluate and select software packages	2.1 Identify and review applicable industry-standard software available for developing design concepts 2.2 Assess software according to concept design process requirements 2.3 Discuss technical specifications for development process with required personnel 2.4 Select software package according to concept design requirements
3. Use chosen software package	3.1 Run selected software package and navigate user interface according to vendor requirements 3.2 Create new files and organise and develop file structure 3.3 Identify and use tools and components required to create and develop digital games and interactive 3-D media concepts
4. Create concept components for digital game or interactive media	4.1 Identify specific processes for heads-up display elements 4.2 Design heads-up display for a digital game or 3-D interactive media 4.3 Document design and programming processes and requirements applicable to implementing heads-up display according to organisational procedures 4.4 Create and develop visual design elements and components to be used for heads-up display using chosen software package
5. Implement a design concept into a game or 3-D interactive media and evaluate implementation	5.1 Load in required images and write code to implement heads-up display into an existing framework 5.2 Write code and demonstrate heads-up display capabilities with implemented concepts 5.3 Demonstrate implementation to required personnel 5.4 Seek feedback and assess and refine concept as required 5.5 Evaluate usability of concept’s components 5.6 Identify and discuss possible changes to improve visual design and capabilities of components and share findings with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Acquires knowledge needed to use tools and other components for digital games and 3-D media production using a range of investigative and analysis techniques
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a large range of textual and diagrammatic information to inform instructional, technical, and conceptual requirements
Oral Communication	Elicits information using listening and open questioning techniques Speaks clearly and concisely, converting highly technical language and terminology into plain English when providing information
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages, when manipulating software to achieve required technical and design components
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities and elicits support and feedback
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3-D design
Self-management	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and sequencing tasks to achieve required outcomes Sources, analyses and evaluates applications with potential to meet 3-D design requirements Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process
Technology	Defines purpose and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete design tasks Identifies importance of file structure and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM501 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM532 Create design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop concept art and design specifications consistent with an identified game genre for at least one of each of the following:

heads-up display

splash screen

start screen

game field screen

implement a working heads-up display with at least three basic functionalities.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate original and innovative approaches to the creative development of a game

implement game development and production strategies

maintain integrity of design brief

develop technical specifications for game mechanics, artificial intelligence, physics, sound, game play and overall usability

confirm design concepts are functional on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

evaluate different controller designs required according to different devices digital games and 3-D media.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques and language

industry-standard software applicable to developing design concepts

capabilities and constraints of game engines

concept development process and visualisation skills

game development process, including specific terminology

key features of game-play hardware and software products

human resources required in the process of creating games and their respective skills and technology requirements

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to:

ergonomics

electrical safety

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

organisational procedures applicable to documenting and creating design concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to creating design concepts for digital games and 3-D media

games engine

file storage

browsers and digital devices

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to documenting and creating design concepts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use original and innovative ideas and industry-standard production techniques, to create functional games according to specific design briefs.

It applies to those who support the design, development and programming of interactive 3-D media, and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create game	1.1 Obtain project brief and other required documents and organisational procedures 1.2 Identify game production assets required to meet creative and production requirements and technical specifications 1.3 Discuss formats of assets and issues of asset integration with required personnel 1.4 Determine sequence for development of beta-version prototype for testing game play 1.5 Create schedule for production and testing 1.6 Determine strategies for monitoring production progress against schedule
2. Evaluate capability of game-engine software and tools	2.1 Identify and review range of industry-standard game-engine software and development tools available 2.2 Assess software and tools related to specified game concept and play requirements 2.3 Discuss considerations for selection of game-engine software with required personnel and confirm selection will meet specified outcomes 2.4 Select game-engine software and development tools
3. Prepare required assets for a game	3.1 Establish environment for project that supports sharing of project assets produced by team members 3.2 Review attributes of assets required in a game project related to game engine 3.3 Create or acquire visual assets for a games project 3.4 Customise asset attributes according to game design and chosen game engine
4. Use game-engine software and development tools	4.1 Create, modify or access scripts or code and combine assets 4.2 Create and check game-play elements according to creative and technical requirements 4.3 Test and run game prototype as a presentation and confirm sequences meet creative, production and technical requirements
5. Evaluate game prototype	5.1 Demonstrate initial prototype to required personnel and seek feedback 5.2 Evaluate prototype against criteria including achievement of a creative and user-friendly product 5.3 Discuss and agree on required changes 5.4 Assist if required in tests and user trials 5.5 Evaluate feedback from user trials 5.6 Confirm endorsement from required personnel and develop prototype into a complete product
6. Transform prototype into final publication	6.1 Make required changes as indicated by user trials 6.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 6.3 Make final checks and confirm sequences conform to navigation design 6.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel 6.5 Assemble final publication for distribution according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and comprehends a large range of textual and diagrammatic information, to inform instructional, technical and conceptual requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information and concepts using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating software according to technical and design component requirements Defines timeframes according to schedule requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities to achieve team results, and to confirm that outcomes meet requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises, and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes Plans, organises, and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications, tools and assets for their potential to meet creative requirements Uses a systematic process to evaluate work and to implement improvements
Technology	Identifies purposes, and uses key features, of specific digital systems and tools, and operates them in order to complete design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM503 Create a complex 3-D interactive computer game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM533 Create complex 3-D interactive games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a complex 3-D interactive game according to a design brief, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply a variety of strategies for game trialling and testing

apply original and innovative approaches to creative development of a 3-D game

collaborate in use of tools and features of software applicable to game-production process

implement game development and production strategies

maintain integrity of the design brief and game design document

communicate, collaborate and participate in a team environment

compare different controller designs required according to different devices

confirm functionality on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques and language

capabilities and constraints of game engines

processes used for games development, including specific terminology

production and testing scheduling techniques

key features of game-play hardware and software products

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

creative, production and technical requirements of creating 3-D games

asset formats and issues of game asset integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to creating 3-D interactive games

project brief

games engine

browsers and digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, manage and monitor interactive media or game production teams.

It applies to those who manage personnel in the interactive media or game development industry, including concept artists, designers, programmers, animators and others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare digital media team	1.1 Undertake work placement of production team according to project requirements and business need 1.2 Confirm team requirements according to business need 1.3 Confirm team expectations according to organisation policy and procedures and business need
2. Monitor workplace structure	2.1 Determine duties carried out by various personnel according to project requirements 2.2 Observe lines of reporting and communication 2.3 Determine responsibilities of own department
3. Identify behaviours and attitude	3.1 Identify and document organisational culture according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document model behaviour and communication methodologies 3.3 Engage and communicate with required personnel according to project requirements
4. Report on team workplace experience	4.1 Record team daily activities according to organisational requirements 4.2 Determine and document summary of team workplace experience according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Draws on a repertoire of experience to facilitate understanding of the culture and the environment
Oral communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information and concepts using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and comprehends instructions, including textual and diagrammatic information to inform job requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities, and to elicit support and feedback Collaborates with others sharing information to build strong connections, demonstrating behaviours reflective of organisational culture
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, taking responsibility for decisions, and scheduling tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM504 Manage interactive media production.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM534 Manage interactive media productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan assigned tasks and monitor team behaviours in a production environment on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate effective communication, listening and questioning skills with required personnel, including use of industry terminology

operate according to the lines of reporting and required method of communication

allocate tasks to required personnel

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic 3-D techniques relating to managing interactive media production

budgeting and scheduling considerations for 3-D design

capabilities and constraints of 3-D packages

key features of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

technical constraints that hardware or software imposes on graphics and visual design

process required to produce a 3-D animation sequence or components

roles and responsibilities of team members producing 3-D animations and digital effects

strategies for communicating with production teams and clients.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an environment where interactive media production is carried out

organisational guidelines and policies

personnel required to managing interactive media productions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to employ multiple 3-D frameworks and libraries, build a graphical user interface (GUI) and develop complex 3-D software with documentation generated using applicable tools.

It applies to programmers who support the design, development and programming of 3-D media and digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define 3-D software requirements and prepare to develop software	1.1 Establish complex 3-D software requirements and applicable legislative and organisational standards 1.2 Employ integrated development environment facilities and include existing 3-D, audio and physics libraries applicable to games or interactive media production 1.3 Configure a 3-D environment compatible with specified platform using existing library facilities and applicable language 1.4 Research and select applicable frameworks or games engine applicable to complex 3-D software requirements
2.Use multiple frameworks provided or engines	2.1 Instantiate virtual objects in complex 3-D environment 2.2 Import complex pre-constructed models retrieved from persistent storage into 3-D environment using scripts and library routines 2.3 Animate 3-D objects required by game play and handle collisions between objects in 3-D environment using code 2.4 Generate code and manipulate 3-D objects texturing and other attributes of models during run-time execution 2.5 Incorporate environmental elements and enhance user experience according to project requirements 2.6 Apply functionality to 3D game objects by modifying or extending existing classes 2.7 Select and use exception handling techniques and confirm program stability in complex 3-D environment that uses multiple libraries
3. Create complex GUI for 3-D environment	3.1 Employ integrated development environment facilities and include existing 3-D compatible GUI controls applicable to complex games or interactive media production 3.2 Combine predefined GUI elements and create complex interface for 3-D environment according to project requirements 3.3 Modify scripts and code and customise existing GUI elements according to project requirements 3.4 Write code that processes events raised by complex GUI in 3-D environment 3.5 Create GUI events and modify configuration of complex 3-D environment
4. Debug and finalise complex 3-D software	4.1 Use stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment and examine variables and trace running code across multiple libraries 4.2 Employ debugging facilities according to organisational procedures 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend as required 4.4 Identify and choose applicable integrated or third-party documentation tools 4.5 Create and maintain code documentation for complex 3-D project using selected integrated or third-party tools 4.6 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and comprehends instructions, briefs, technical and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Writes and customises precise code using specialised language, industry-approved coding techniques and programming practices
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other variables
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications and tools with potential to meet development and coding requirements Takes responsibility for data integrity and management
Technology	Identifies purposes and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete complex development tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM507 Develop intermediate 3-D software for games and interactive media and ICTGAM508 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM535 Develop complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one complex 3-D software according to client specifications, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

employ multiple 3-D frameworks, engines and libraries

create mesh primitives using 3-D library routines

generate code and manipulate 3-D objects, including cameras, lights and mesh primitives

use virtual objects in 3-D environments, including:

audio managers

cameras

lights

physics managers

viewports

animate 3-D objects required by game play and:

include animation selection/playback for pre-constructed models

be based on user input

be driven by code

include dynamic camera movement as required by game play

build a complex graphical user interface (GUI) for a 3-D environment

select and deploy documentation tools

create and maintain code documentation using applicable tools

detect logical and coding errors and debug application as required

comply with legislative and organisational standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

processes involved in complex 3-D software development

legislative and organisational standards applicable to development of complex 3-D software

configuration processes for 3-D environments, including:

device selection

game resolution

screen colour depth

output performance including:

anti-aliasing

level of detail

filtering

caustics and refraction

use of scripts and library routines in 3-D software development environments

techniques for using multiple games-oriented libraries

environmental elements in complex 3-D software and impacts on users

handling and debugging techniques used when developing 3-D software for games and interactive media

documentation techniques applicable to 3-D software development process

object-oriented 3-D programming concepts and language

techniques for using a graphical user interface (GUI) to interact with a user.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

software, hardware and 3-D equipment required in developing complex 3-D software for games and interactive media

integrated development environment facilities

integrated or third-party documentation tools

technical manuals and materials applicable to complex 3-D software development

existing multiple frameworks, search engines or games-oriented libraries.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design interactive 3-D applications with applicable environments for scientific and mathematical modelling, according to specifications.

It applies to those with object-oriented programming skills working in any industrial context that requires 3-D computer simulation of a well-defined environment, system or set of relationships.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and confirm business expectations and needs	1.1 Identify business requirements and verify accuracy of gathered information 1.2 Determine task and user requirements according to business needs 1.3 Determine critical environmental and systemic relationships requiring simulation in 3-D environments 1.4 Identify critical data sources required by simulations or modelling 1.5 Document critical environmental and systemic relationships and data sources requiring simulation in 3-D environments
2. Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling	2.1 Provide proof of concept for environmental and systemic relationships using prototyping tools 2.2 Identify, analyse and select technologies and platforms suitable for deployment of scientific or mathematical modelling 2.3 Design algorithms according to requirements of scientific or mathematical modelling in interactive 3-D environments
3. Design 3-D environment that simulates a scientific and mathematical model	3.1 Select applicable visual representation for elements of a 3-D scientific or mathematical model according to task requirements 3.2 Analyse required interaction between user and 3-D environment according to task requirements 3.3 Design a graphical user interface (GUI) and support required interaction between user and 3-D environment
4. Test and finalise scientific and mathematical model	4.1 Develop and document testing procedures and standards and verify modelling integrity 4.2 Perform testing and evaluate results and confirm model meets task requirements 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend model as required 4.4 Document work performed and obtain final sign-off according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends instructions, briefs, technical and conceptual information to inform job requirements.
Writing	Writes and customises precise code using specialised language, industry-approved coding techniques and programming practices Prepares documentation detailing testing procedures and standards
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other variables during application phase Designs complex algorithms
Get the work done	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks Takes responsibility for decisions regarding end-product evaluation, data integrity and management Identifies purposes and uses key features of specific digital systems and tools and operates them to complete development tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM509 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM536 Design interactive 3-D applications for scientific and mathematical modelling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design an interactive 3-D application according to scientific and mathematical modelling requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with task and user requirements and organisational procedures

confirm interactive 3-D environment reflects scientific and mathematical modelling requirements

confirm functionality of 3-D application for scientific and mathematical modelling on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

documentation techniques applicable to documenting work performed and testing procedures

object-oriented 3-D programming design methodologies and principles

features and functions of different prototyping tools applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

data sources and business expectations and needs applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

different interactions between users and 3-D environments

techniques for designing and using a graphical user interface (GUI) to interact with users

organisational and testing procedures applicable to 3-D application design process

procedures for using 3-D technologies to simulate scientific or mathematical models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable 3-D equipment, software and hardware

prototyping tools applicable to designing interactive 3-D applications

technical manuals

examples of scientific or mathematical models

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare game packages for delivery across multiple system platforms using applicable cross-platform software and hardware.

It applies to those with games programming skills and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare game package for multiple platforms	1.1 Establish project requirements for pre-existing game according to organisational procedures 1.2 Obtain pre-existing game package 1.3 Research and identify cross-platform specific installation methods and applicable software and hardware according to business needs 1.4 Select and confirm cross-platform specific installation methods according to project requirements 1.5 Package game for multiple platforms using selected installation methods according to vendor requirements
2. Develop cross-platform project	2.1 Compare and select industry standard cross-platform integrated development environments (IDE) according to project requirements 2.2 Identify cross-platform renderer libraries, physics libraries, audio libraries and network libraries applicable to project requirements 2.3 Source and compile cross-platform libraries 2.4 Compile project for multiple platforms 2.5 Test and debug cross-platform project and evaluate results 2.6 Apply changes to cross-platform project as required according to test results
3. Finalise cross-platform project	3.1 Identify and document issues and resolutions in cross-platform development 3.2 Submit cross-platform project to required personnel and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Extends knowledge of delivery modes and platforms by incorporating results of trialling and testing
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends complex instructions, briefs, numerical code, technical data and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Produces documentation detailing issues identified and work performed as required using specific technical language
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Uses systematic and analytical processes in complex, routine and non-routine situations gathering information, identifying potential solutions and evaluating options
Self-management	Takes responsibility for decisions regarding end-product testing and data integrity and management
Technology	Sources applications or tools with the potential to meet development requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM510 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM537 Prepare games for different platforms and delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a cross-platform game project for delivery across, at least three different platforms, according to project requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and use cross-platform integrated development environment (IDE) libraries and installers

use platform-specific input devices

document issues identified and work performed for cross-platform development.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of industry standard cross-platform software, hardware, installation methods and IDEs

evaluation techniques for cross-platform development libraries

research methods for cross-platform development and distribution

different sources of cross-platform libraries

testing and debugging procedures relating to the preparation of game packages for different platforms and delivery modes

industry standard platform-specific input devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to preparation of game packages for different platforms and delivery modes

project requirements

pre-existing game package

games engine

file storage

digital devices running various operating systems

cross-platform IDEs and libraries

installers for product distribution

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to define requirements and procedures and manage testing of games and interactive media to enable timely product release.

It applies to those who ensure the delivery of well-tested, quality software products in the marketplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine quality requirements statement that will enable product release	1.1 Review product in market and determine high-level requirements provided by product for expected clients 1.2 Define releasable product enable limited release and complete product release according to industry requirements 1.3 Summarise findings into quality requirements statement, according to industry and organisational requirements 1.4 Confirm client requirements and development specifications align with product release requirements
2. Define product test plan according to quality requirements statement	2.1 Identify expected test cycles during software development life cycle according to development methodology in use and product release quality requirements 2.2 Determine types of testing to be performed during test cycles according to quality requirements 2.3 Determine testing methods to be used to implement testing types defined for identified test cycles 2.4 Define testing technique to be used and determine test cases and analyse results 2.5 Perform test cycle and determine acceptable balances of cost, quality and risk, and confirm with upper management and development team 2.6 Select test-support software according to testing requirements 2.7 Define implementation details for agreed testing and team responsible for testing management 2.8 Define reporting details for testing throughout product life cycle 2.9 Confirm test plan completeness using available completeness techniques 2.10 Document defined testing procedures and plan according to industry and organisational standards 2.11 Confirm test plan with development team and management
3. Manage testing processes	3.1 Install and configure selected test-support software according to vendor requirements 3.2 Perform product testing according to defined test plan and organisational procedures 3.3 Manage and report on development of test cases, test cycle status and outstanding bug status 3.4 Report on status of product testing 3.5 Update test plan and schedule according to changing development conditions and notify management as required 3.6 Evaluate results and handle and resolve bugs as required 3.7 Manage test environment, including setup, receipt of test builds and clean-up according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise testing for release	4.1 Document and produce testing results for management review prior to release 4.2 Manage test product freeze for final release and final test run 4.3 Confirm product quality and product release requirements have been met

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends product expectations and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Produces documentation detailing testing plan and procedures as required using specific technical language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Interprets budgetary information to enable decision-making during product test-cycle
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions systematically in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions
Self-management	Evaluates effectiveness of products to inform strategic decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM511 Manage testing of games and interactive media.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM538 Manage testing of games and interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage testing of a game or interactive media product according to quality requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop a quality requirements statement according to industry and organisational requirements

define quality requirements and test plan

identify bugs and issues and amend accordingly

maintain ongoing management of testing process

report on process to required personnel

document work performed according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client requirements for platforms, hardware and software

client system requirements, both functional and non-functional

procedures for bug or issue management and identification

legislative and organisational requirements, standards and procedures applicable to games and interactive media testing

industry and organisational criteria for limited product release and complete product release

phases of software development life cycles

different development methodologies applicable to creating games and interactive media

elements of a quality requirements statement and processes of development

test reporting requirements applicable to game and interactive media testing

test plan creation procedures applicable to game and interactive media development

testing techniques, methods, test types, test cases, test cycles and system dissection applicable to game and interactive media development

features and functions of industry standard test-support software

completeness testing techniques

installation and configuration processes for test-support software, including:

bug tracking processes and defining bug description fields

test case management software

test cycle management and reporting software

automated test tools

bug resolution methods in game and interactive media products

documentation techniques and processes used in product testing management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

product undergoing development with specifications

client requirements for product quality requirements

testing support software

test environment

hardware required in product testing processes

organisational procedures applicable to games and interactive media testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement designs within the context of a 3-D games environment.

It applies to individuals with highly developed communication and technical skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to create designs	1.1 Establish task, design and user requirements and analyse game environment according to organisational procedures 1.2 Discuss and select 3-D modelling software for production of designs, and ramifications of using selected software with required personnel 1.3 Discuss and select 2-D image-editing software for textures with required personnel according to task requirements 1.4 Determine and document 3-D production considerations for available hardware 1.5 Create file archiving system for storing 3-D components, models and versions according to organisational procedures 1.6 Establish project development pipeline and production deadlines, according to task requirements
2. Develop designs for 3-D games	2.1 Establish design theme and determine required modelling assets according to design requirements 2.2 Prioritise design components according to task requirements 2.3 Produce new document and create designs according to production pipeline, theme, and deadlines
3. Implement and finalise designs	3.1 Test functionality of designs on different browsers and devices 3.2 Confirm design meets task and user requirements 3.3 Implement design into applicable game environment, according to organisational procedures 3.4 Document work performed according to organisational procedures 3.5 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documents detailing findings and work performed using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner Develops material regarding the advantages, and limitations of, different technologies using explicit language to convey information and requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3-D game design
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks
Self-management	Sources, analyses, and evaluates applications with potential to meet 3-D game design requirements Uses a systematic process to evaluate work and implement improvements
Technology	Completes design tasks using key features of specific digital systems and tools Identifies importance of file structure and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM512 Create and implement designs for a 3-D games environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM539 Create and implement designs for 3-D games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and implement at least two designs for a specified 3-D games environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

discuss and identify the most applicable technology for 3-D games development

create and develop design documents for 3-D effects, including timelines for completion and file archiving system

identify purpose of games design and establish target audience

discuss and analyse design requirements for at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

render designs on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts of animation techniques and digital effects generation relating to creating designs for 3-D game environments

design principles applicable to 3-D game designs

features of different 3-D game environments

features and functions of industry standard 2-D and 3-D graphics editing software

different modelling assets used in design creation for 3-D environments

project development processes applicable to design creation for 3-D environments

design functionality testing processes

industry standard graphics formats for different 3-D games

organisational procedures applicable to creating and implementing designs for 3-D games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

hardware and software required to create and implement designs

games engine

file storage

browsers and devices

organisational procedures applicable to creating and implementing designs for 3-D games.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create models for a 3-D and digital effects environment using complex topology, specified geometry surfaces and advanced model builds.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare and plan 3-D modelling process	1.1 Obtain project brief and identify 3-D model requirements and user needs according to organisational procedures 1.2 Research and collect portfolio of reference material according to organisational procedures 1.3 Present portfolio of collected reference material to required personnel 1.4 Evaluate industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software and select according to model requirements 1.5 Develop and design a modelling plan using reference material 1.6 Seek feedback on modelling plan from required personnel and amend as required
2. Analyse resources and design 3-D model	2.1 Research different types of geometry and select most applicable according to 3-D model requirements 2.2 Document selected geometry choice and explain rationale according to organisational procedures 2.3 Evaluate industry standard concept development software and select software according to model requirements 2.4 Construct and test topology plan using chosen concept development software 2.5 Document and explain reasoning for choosing a particular modelling method 2.6 Assess and refine topology plan with required personnel
3. Construct 3-D model	3.1 Build 3-D model in chosen 3-D modelling and animation software according to modelling plan and specifications 3.2 Apply selected geometry choice to 3-D model 3.3 Make changes to geometry selection as required 3.4 Present near-finished product to required personnel and seek feedback 3.5 Evaluate feedback and incorporate into final design 3.6 Assess and refine model with required personnel and confirm model meets task requirements
4. Test and finalise 3-D model	4.1 Test and confirm final model functionality in 3-D and digital effects environments, according to organisational procedures 4.2 Obtain final sign-off on 3-D model from required personnel 4.3 Compose report on experience of working on a 3-D model and share findings

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses, and comprehends conceptual and specification information to inform job requirements Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts to determine which geometry and topology will suit 3-D model
Writing	Prepares documents detailing advantages and limitations of different technologies using appropriate layout and required descriptive language in a cohesive and well-structured manner Develops material about the advantages and limitations of different technologies, using clear language to convey information and requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and open questioning techniques to obtain required information using appropriate industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Develops mathematical representations of three-dimensional surface of objects using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other 3-D modelling elements Interprets numerical data and deciphers technical charts, diagrams and other specifications
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Uses feedback and evaluation of results to inform decisions about future improvement
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in digital applications for specific purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM514 Design and create models for a 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM540 Design and create models for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use software and construct an advanced 3-D model according to plan, on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare a topology plan for 3-D model design using:

applicable industry terminology

applicable geometry surfaces

concept development software

feedback from others to refine plan

seek feedback from required personnel and refine model

render designs on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

confirm functionality of model on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document work performed in designing and creating models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods of sourcing reference material

key aspects of modelling plans

features and capabilities of different geometry surfaces, including:

NURBS

Sub-D

Polygon

T-splines

digital model development and testing process

technology requirements and human resources required to create 3-D models, and their respective skills

features and functions of box, edge-loop and patch modelling

capabilities and constraints of 3-D modelling and animation packages and software and concept development software

different types of geometry surfaces for models and their features

purposes of scheduling production components in model development process

features of topology plans and topology plan testing methods

uses of storyboards and scripts

organisational procedures applicable to creating 3-D models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing and creating 3-D models

games engine

file storage

project brief

the internet

browsers and devices

organisational procedures applicable to creating 3-D models.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create, advanced simulated effects in a 3D and digital effects environment.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create advanced simulated effects	1.1 Obtain design brief and requirements from required personnel according to organisational procedures 1.2 Analyse design requirements for particle systems, fluids and bodies according to brief and organisational documents 1.3 Identify where advanced simulated effects will fit into production pipeline 1.4 Identify factors influencing design approach to creating advanced simulated effects 1.5 Source and gather reference materials and maintain portfolio of references according to organisational procedures 1.6 Review and analyse media and techniques and gather ideas for simulated effects 1.7 Discuss solutions and approaches to creation of advanced simulated effects for 3-D environments according to design brief and organisational documents 1.8 Present design ideas and design considerations, with justification of choice of advanced simulated effects to required personnel
2. Finalise designs and plan approach to simulated effects	2.1 Adapt and finalise design according to feedback from required personnel 2.2 Identify skills and processes required for creating advanced simulated effects systems according to organisational procedures 2.3 Plan timeline to create advanced simulated effects according to design brief and requirements
3. Produce particles, fluids and bodies	3.1 Assist in production of advanced simulated effects using applicable programming languages and created code 3.2 Create prototype of advanced simulated effects according to finalised design using toolsets 3.3 Discuss implementation of effects with required personnel according to design requirements 3.4 Implement physics and forces to the advanced simulated effects according to design brief and requirements 3.5 Conduct testing of prototype according to organisational procedures 3.6 Review testing results and amend as required 3.7 Present created effects to required personnel for feedback
4. Finalise advanced simulated effects	4.1 Adapt advanced simulated effects and design as required, according to feedback 4.2 Refine advanced simulated effects according to design requirements 4.3 Document work and testing performed in development process according to organisational procedures 4.4 Present finalised advanced simulation effects in requested form, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Creates a cohesive and well-structured advanced simulation effects and documentation detailing work and testing performed using descriptive language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience Presents finalised advanced simulation effects using persuasive presentation techniques, plain English (translating games specific terminology where required)
Numeracy	Manipulates measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of radical 3-D effects using whole numbers, decimals and percentages
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Deals with complex issues using intuition to identify general problem area and switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues Generates possible solutions using lateral thinking processes Develops and shapes several options before making final choice, using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking to tailor and strengthen ideas according to needs, resources and constraints
Self-management	Takes responsibility for own workload and negotiates some key aspects with others Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages required communication Implements actions according to plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Identifies value of continuous improvement in own work context
Technology	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of application features Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats and is beginning to establish, maintain and monitor electronic paper trails

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM515 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM541 Design and create advanced particles, fluids and bodies for 3-D digital effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least three advanced simulation effects according to design brief and requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse design requirements and develop design documents according to organisational procedures

use applicable effects including particles, fluids and rigid or soft bodies

render digital effects on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

maintain portfolio of reference materials

present pre-production portfolio demonstrating project research and development to required personnel

seek evaluation and review from required personnel for finalised advanced simulation effects.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming languages and techniques required for creating 3-D digital effects

overview of game development and production processes, including specific terminology

design approaches to creating advanced simulated effects

media and techniques used in designing and creating simulated effects

key features of game-play hardware and software products

technology requirements and human resources required in process of creating digital effects and each team member’s respective skills

methods of maintaining reference portfolios applicable in creating 3-D digital effects

risk and critical path management techniques

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills

methods of creating and testing 3-D digital effect prototypes

documentation processes applicable in 3-D digital effects creation process

creating and presenting pre-production portfolios demonstrating project research and development

organisational procedures applicable to the design and creation of 3-D digital effects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing and creating simulated effects

games engine

IDE

digital devices

file storage

design brief

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to designing and creating simulated effects.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply animation principles to develop an animated character and export character model into a game.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine 3-D character model for animation requirements	1.1 Obtain and analyse animation, storyboard and digital game requirements for 3-D character according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine target environments for 3-D digital character animation according to digital game requirements 1.3 Establish required level of detail for 3-D character model animation 1.4 Determine work-flow sequences, task requirements and confirm production schedule deadlines are met 1.5 Research and select required games engine and platform according to digital game requirements 1.6 Select software tools according to production pipeline and selected games engine and platform
2. Create 3-D animations	2.1 Research and determine animation methodology applicable to task requirements 2.2 Animate first pass, applying animation principles and experimenting with techniques to produce required movements 2.3 Submit first pass to required personnel for feedback and approval 2.4 Adjust as required and refine animation in passes until storyboard requirements are achieved 2.5 Animate facial features with lip-syncing to match audio and design requirements of approved storyboard 2.6 Create primary animations as required according to task requirements
3. Finalise and export animations	3.1 Submit character animations to required personnel for final check 3.2 Finalise projects according to organisational and production procedures 3.3 Export animation and 3-D character model to required game engine 3.4 Test character animations in game engine and on different devices according to organisational procedures 3.5 Evaluate results and apply changes as required 3.6 Obtain final sign-off for character animations from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends workplace documentation and images to aid implementation of job requirements
Writing	Creates required documents outlining complex design information according to industry standards and required formats
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and information using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Applies numerical skills to develop applications using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other 3-D elements
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, reviews and changes these according to new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others to improve self and workgroup behaviours
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM516 Animate a 3-D character for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM542 Animate 3-D characters for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two animated character models according to digital game requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select tools compatible with target game engine and platform

render art on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

export animated character model to target game engine according to organisational procedures

test character animations in the game engine and on at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D animation principles including relevance of anatomy and physical movement

different target environments for animated 3-D digital characters

development processes for animating 3-D characters

capabilities and constraints of game engines

attributes of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

different industry standard animation methodologies

function of a graph curve editor

risk and critical path management techniques applicable to 3-D character animation process

shading, texturing, weight and anticipation techniques relating to animating 3-D characters

transfer methodology, including rotoscope, hand key and motion capture

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills

techniques for using storyboard and script production

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating games

the importance and advantages of client communication on project work

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

time management techniques in project development

exporting and testing procedures for 3-D character animations

organisational procedures applicable to 3-D character animation process.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and tools applicable to animating 3-D characters for digital games

games engine and platform

digital devices

file storage

the internet

design brief

organisational procedures applicable to 3-D character animation process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce a digital animation sequence for the 3-D and digital effects environment and complete a digital editing project.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and source story and concept	1.1 Establish digital animation sequence requirements and applicable documentation for 3-D and digital effects requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Research and gather ideas for animation sequence according to organisational procedures 1.3 Produce treatment of an animation sequence according to established requirements
2. Develop plan and determine components required for animation sequence	2.1 Discuss and create production plan with required personnel according to digital animation sequence requirements 2.2 Develop storyboard detailing 3-D animation according to animation sequence requirements 2.3 Create concept drawings and sketches for 3-D models 2.4 Gather and present evidence of reference material used for storyboard and concept drawings to required personnel and seek feedback 2.5 Adjust storyboard and concept drawings as required
3. Produce animation sequence using 3-D software	3.1 Research and select 3-D modelling and animation software according to digital animation sequence requirements 3.2 Create 3-D animation according to production plan 3.3 Select frames per second to use for animation according to animation sequence requirements 3.4 Create assets using references 3.5 Animate components of 3-D environment according to planned animation sequence 3.6 Using 3-D modelling and animation software, produce high-end lighting techniques
4. Render and finalise 3-D animation sequence	4.1 Select required resolution and aspect ratio according to animation sequence requirements 4.2 Render animated sequence using 3-D modelling software 4.3 Review rendered frames against initial storyboard concept and animation sequence requirements 4.4 Present rendered frames to required personnel and seek feedback 4.5 Apply changes as required and obtain final sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends workplace documentation and images to inform job requirements
Writing	Creates required documents incorporating complex design information and ideas according to industry standards and required formats
Numeracy	Applies numerical skills to develop sequences using whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading, and other 3-D elements
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, analysing information and taking a range of factors into account Identifies and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of 3-D software application features Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM517 Produce a digital animation sequence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM543 Produce digital animation sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create 3-D animation sequence with at least 720 frames using 3-D modelling and animation software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop storyboards and concept drawings for 3-D animation and models according to production plans

apply a variety of strategies to create an animation sequence using a 3-D environment

develop finalised frame of animation in required resolution

render animation sequence on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

digital editing processes and techniques relating to animation sequence production

rendering processes and techniques applicable to animation sequence production

capabilities of digital editing and rendering software

features and functions of different industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

technology requirements and human resources required to create games, including team member’s skills

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

storyboard development processes

organisational procedures applicable to producing digital animation sequences.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to producing digital animation sequences

animation sequence requirements brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to producing digital animation sequences.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to animate the required physical attributes of models and elements using 3-D modelling and animation software tools.

It applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project requirements and collect and use reference material	1.1 Establish project and animation requirements of models and elements, according to organisational procedures 1.2 Create storyboard sequence of required animation according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine animation attribute sequence of objects according to created storyboard 1.4 Identify type of production and target platform for which 3-D digital animations are being created and select applicable 3-D modelling and animation software tools 1.5 Research and gather reference material applicable to animation requirements
2. Prepare 3-D digital models using a variety of manipulating techniques	2.1 Research and select applicable animation methodology for required models 2.2 Confirm models’ topology allows required deformation of objects and their parts, according to storyboard animation brief 2.3 Apply a variety of manipulation techniques according to model and element requirements 2.4 Refine animation attributes and confirm integrity of models and elements until storyboard requirements are met 2.5 Submit pre-model animation to required personnel for feedback and confirm storyboard objectives have been met 2.6 Make final adjustments as required according to feedback
3. Create required animations using a variety of animation tools	3.1 Animate object, applying animation principles and techniques to produce required motions 3.2 Submit animation to required personnel for approval 3.3 Make adjustments as required and refine animation in passes until storyboard requirements are achieved
4. Test and render 3-D digital model	4.1 Research and select applicable render engine according to project requirements 4.2 Render component for testing purposes using nominal lighting 4.3 Test against production plan and evaluate results 4.4 Continue manipulation process according to meet required effects 4.5 Evaluate final render, and confirm further client requirements are met 4.6 Prepare required render passes according to animation requirements 4.7 Render required component
5. Evaluate and finalise animation	5.1 Present edited material to required personnel, in applicable format for evaluation 5.2 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel 5.3 Make backup copies of files and complete workplace documentation, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses reference sources and applies knowledge to project work
Writing	Communicates complex relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience when creating storyboard and workplace documentation
Numeracy	Applies manipulation techniques, animates objects and makes adjustments using mathematical and problem-solving strategies
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and non-routine tasks, including collecting resources, determining storyboard sequences and selecting software tools
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plans, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features of software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM518 Animate physical attributes of models and elements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM544 Animate physical attributes of models and elements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two animated models using animation and rendering software, according to animation principles and storyboard requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare pre-model animation for approval using created storyboard sequence

evaluate texture, quality and performance of models using lighting

render 3-D digital models on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

present final 3-D digital models, together with supporting documentation including project brief, documents and concept art for approval

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles and techniques of 3-D animation, lighting and modelling

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software tools and render engines

types of production and target platforms for which 3-D digital animations are created for

industry standard animation methodology and processes

how anatomy and physical movement is applicable to animation

the importance and advantages of client communication when working on projects

required budgeting and scheduling considerations during animation projects

storyboard creation techniques

script production techniques

manipulation techniques relating to animating models and elements

application of industry standard game-play hardware and software products

purpose of dope sheets

principles of the graph curve editor for smooth animation

physical attributes that create effects, including weight and anticipation

purpose of rendering

shading and texturing techniques applicable to animating physical attributes of models and elements

transfer methodology, including rotoscoping hand key and motion capture

3-D digital model testing procedures

organisational procedures applicable to animating models and elements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

hardware and software relating to animating physical attributes of models and elements

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to animating models and elements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, implement, and manage 3-D animation rigs for objects using structural controls and construct hierarchies to formulate object geometry and skeletal rigs to a defined project brief.

The unit applies to those with high-level mathematical, technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess rig requirements	1.1 Determine and document model rigging requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Develop portfolio of reference materials according to rigging requirements 1.3 Determine and document range of model rigging software features 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Plan rig	2.1 Analyse inner workings of object and select required skeletal and structural systems 2.2 Analyse bones and joints behaviours and select orientations 2.3 Examine object geometry topologies and select required bone and joint placement 2.4 Analyse critical object movement and select required kinematics and hybrid solution 2.5 Record results for use in rigging implementation phase
3. Implement character skeleton requirements	3.1 Use 3-D software to place and orientate bones and joints according to rigging plan 3.2 Construct FK and IK requirements according to rigging plan 3.3 Construct required hierarchies and pivotal sets 3.4 Trial and refine rotations and movement attributes
4. Employ and implement character attributes and control handles	4.1 Construct specific driven attributes for manipulation purposes 4.2 Create and place control handles with required attributes, link control handles and improve animation procedures 4.3 Trial and refine controls and attributes and negotiate modifications 4.4 Skin and bind object geometry to created skeletal systems and mechanical structures
5. Test and refine rig integrity	5.1 Test and refine, object rig interaction 3 5.2 Test and refine geometry skeleton systems and mechanical structure interaction 5.3 Negotiate modifications with required personnel and action modifications
6. Produce animated sequences	6.1 Create 3-D animations of rigged models according to rigging requirements 6.2 Render completed animated sequences 6.3 Save and store animated sequences and use output file formats, standard naming conventions, and version-control protocols 6.4 Present 3-D animated sequences of rigged models to required personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Undertakes geometric calculations to deduce measurements, relationships between points, lines, angles and figures in space by using assumed properties of space
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Transforms creative ideas and develops required documentation for specific audiences, using clear and detailed language
Teamwork	Demonstrates an understanding and applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, when presenting work for evaluation, and negotiating modifications
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication Implements actions as per the plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Manages and maintains files securely in a variety of storage media and formats
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non- critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account when planning, testing and refining rigs
Self-management	Improves personal productivity and optimises software functions for specific purposes using a broad range of application features

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM519 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM545 Manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and manage rigs for objects according to production documentation and organisational procedures on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and refine skeleton/structural and animation controls for optimal performance

construct hierarchies to formulate specific controls

combine and refine object geometry to skeletal/structural rigs

create 3-D digital animated sequences of a rigged model

meet production deadlines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic 3-D digital animation methodologies for managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

features of a range of delivery platforms applicable to managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

geometry topology analysis procedure and methodology

procedures for identifying physical attributes to animate and manage technical art and rigging in 3-D animation

rigged 3-D modelling techniques

theory of anatomy and structural systems in relation to 3-D animation techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

organisational procedures applicable to managing technical art and rigging in 3-D animations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create compound models using industry software applicable to animation production process, according to a defined set of parameters.

It applies to those with high-level technical and analytical skills working as modellers or artists, in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine model creation requirements	1.1 Identify, analyse and follow design and model creation requirements, production documentation and organisational guidelines 1.2 Determine type of production for which 3-D digital models are being created 1.3 Research and select 3-D modelling software tools according to type of production for which 3-D digital models are being created
2. Research and create 3-D digital models using a variety of modelling techniques	2.1 Research and determine applicable modelling methodology 2.2 Apply a variety of modelling techniques according to model creation requirements 2.3 Create 3-D digital models according to model creation requirements 2.4 Seek feedback on 3-D digital models from required personnel and amend as required 2.4 Refine and confirm integrity of models according to organisational procedures
3. Combine 3-D models to create a scene	3.1 Combine 3-D models and create a scene according to design requirements 3.2 Submit models to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Render and finalise 3-D digital models using applicable render engine	4.1 Test rendering scene and adjust settings according to task requirements 4.2 Render final 3-D scene 4.3 Submit finalised model to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Back up work	5.1 Make required backup copies of files 5.2 Complete and lodge workplace documentation according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of 3-D animation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present information using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information Analyses texts and images to inform implementation of specifications
Writing	Develops workplace documentation using industry specific language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to meet required outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Analyses and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking when creating a concept
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in 3-D software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM520 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM546 Create and combine 3-D digital games and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, build and combine at least two 3-D models to an organisation’s specifications on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

combine 3-D models to build a scene that meets design requirements

produce, circulate and store the final render of the scene.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D software interfaces for to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

capabilities and constraints of game engines

game-play hardware and software products

process of computer game development applicable to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

application of anatomy and physical movement to 3-D components

graph curve editor and its application to 3-D digital component design

physical attributes required to create effects, including weight and anticipation

risk and critical path management applicable to creating and combining 3-D digital games and components

techniques for applying concept-development skills

techniques for applying concept-visualisation skills

transfer methodology, including rotoscope, hand key and motion capture

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including team members’ skills

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software

design brief

games engine

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate the design and technical elements of a smooth-running interactive 3-D environment.

It applies to those with high-level organisation and technical skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain design documents for 3-D environment and select software tools	1.1 Identify and confirm project brief, design requirements for 3-D environment and other applicable documents according to organisational procedures 1.2 Conceptualise design requirements according to project brief and other applicable documents 1.3 Discuss and determine design considerations and generate concept art for final environment design 1.4 Confirm all requirements are considered and included in design according to project brief 1.5 Identify and select applicable texturing tools, including painting, shading and texturing software according to 3-D environment requirements 1.6 Research and select applicable audio tools 1.7 Analyse and select 3-D modelling and animation software to be used 1.8 Document, explain and justify design decisions according to organisational procedures
2. Create 3-D environment	2.1 Implement basic geometry, flow and layout according to design requirements 2.2 Separate each section of environment into key parts and choose focal point for environment 2.3 Incorporate detail into focal point of level 2.4 Set reference for rest of environment using focal points 2.5 Integrate geometry and texturing and place models according to project brief 2.6 Carry out detailed pass of entire environment 2.7 Set up exterior and interior lighting 2.8 Incorporate sound and particle effects and perform optimisation as required 2.9 Perform final pass and finalise elements
3. Test and finalise 3D environment	3.1 Test and debug 3-D environment and confirm functionality on different digital devices 3.2 Present finished 3-D environment to required personnel and amend according to feedback 3.2 Document and report how design decisions have met 3-D environment design requirements 3.4 Incorporate feedback in final design as required and obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing process and final design using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present design using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Undertakes geometric calculations to deduce measurements, relationships between points, lines, angles and figures in space by using assumed properties of space
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non- critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into account Identifies and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Self-management	Implements actions as per the plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in 3-D software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM521 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM547 Create interactive 3-D environments for digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deliver a final 3-D environment for a digital game, according to project brief, including:

production of concept art

documentation justifying and explaining design decisions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement design requirements into a working 3-D environment

create working interactions between user and the environment

render 3-D environment on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

digital game development processes

concept art generation processes for 3-D environments

capabilities of industry standard texturing and audio tools

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software

optimisation techniques applicable to creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games

technology requirements and human resources required to create games, including the team’s respective skills

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including constraints that products impose on graphics and code development and creative visual design

testing and debugging procedures applicable to 3-D environment creation process

organisational procedures applicable to creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software required in creating interactive 3-D environments for digital games

project and design brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to edit a sequence in a 3-D environment and finalise the edit in required video format.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research digital editing techniques and software	1.1 Research industry-standard digital editing techniques according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine required techniques applying in various scenarios 1.3 Research industry standard digital editing software 1.4 Identify and document technical limitations and constraints of rendering and editing processes
2. Prepare to perform digital editing for 3-D environment	2.1 Identify and confirm project requirements according to research and organisational requirements 2.2 Obtain or develop storyboard for sequence 2.3 Obtain or create 3-D animation sequence in frames according to project requirements 2.4 Use suitable naming scheme for rendered frames and organise files into applicable folder structure
3. Apply digital editing techniques	3.1 Edit rendered frames and additional graphics into sequence outlined in storyboard 3.2 Apply program functions to create and insert graphics, transitions and special effects into animation 3.3 Implement sounds and music at required frame locations 3.4 Confirm file management process and requirements are maintained during editing process
4. Finalise digitally edited production	4.1 Resolve sound and transition errors using editing software 4.2 Test and evaluate final edit, and amend as required according to organisational procedures 4.3 Confirm production meets project requirements on different digital devices 4.4 Present finalised edit to required personnel in applicable video format 4.5 Receive and incorporate feedback as required 4.6 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, documents and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing process and work performed using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present finalised edit using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other elements of a 3-D environment
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to achieve required outcomes
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for evaluating options and taking a range of factors into account
Self-management	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues
Technology	Uses a broad range of features in editing software applications for specific purposes Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM522 Complete digital editing for the 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM548 Complete digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

edit a 3-D sequence by inserting graphics, special effects, sounds and music according to a storyboard.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and select digital editing techniques and software

develop final version in required video format using editing software and feedback from others

test 3-D sequence meets project requirements on at least one small device and one large device, and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

digital editing and rendering processes and techniques

capabilities and constraints of industry standard digital editing and rendering software

technical constraints that hardware imposes on:

software development

graphics requirements

code development

creative visual design

storyboard development process in 3-D environments

program functions used to create and insert graphics, transitions and special effects into animation

sound and music implementation techniques used in digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

testing procedures applicable to digital editing processes

organisational procedures applicable to digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to digital editing for 3-D and digital effects environments

project brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and implement the design of an interactive 3-D game in a team environment.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and plan design process	1.1 Establish project and 3-D game design requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Research and select project planning methodology according to project requirements 1.3 Discuss and identify design practices and considerations in collaboration with other team members 1.4 Identify team roles and responsibilities applicable to level creation and design processes 1.5 Plan and implement a design process using timemanagement principles 1.6 Document stages of design process according to organisational procedures
2. Conceptualise 3-D environment design in collaboration with team	2.1 Identify key level specifications and purpose of 3-D environment 2.2 Gather and analyse reference materials in collaboration, and assist with visualisation of 3-D environment 2.3 Catalogue required objects of level environment 2.4 Research and select 3-D modelling and animation software, and painting, shading and texturing software required to create 3-D environment 2.5 Document design decisions made before and during design conceptualisation, according to organisational procedures 2.6 Produce concept art of designed environment according to project brief
3. Present conceptualised environment to peers and finalise project	3.1 Present conceptualised environment to peers and receive feedback 3.2 Report on how design decisions have met requirements for game-play elements 3.3 Justify why certain design decisions were made to required personnel 3.4 Evaluate and incorporate peer feedback to design as required 3.5 Implement and apply quality assurance principles to design according to organisational procedures 3.6 Finalise design decision documents in preparation for creating 3-D environment

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing decision-making process, design and instruction for specific audiences, using clear and detailed language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present conceptualised environment to peers using relevant industry language
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others to achieve shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to achieve outcomes, including coordinating tasks with others
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, using analytical processes to evaluate and choose applicable options Analyses and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Technology	Identifies ways in which digital systems and tools are used, or could be used, to achieve work goals for modelling and animation Manages and maintains files in a variety of storage media and formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM523 Collaborate in the design of 3-D game levels and environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM549 Collaborate in design of 3-D game levels and environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collaborate with others to plan and implement the design process for creating an interactive 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce and present draft design documents to produce an interactive 3-D environment

gather reference materials and visualise 3-D environment, including environment profiles, game genre, game design and game-play elements

gather feedback from peers to review and modify designs to create a finalised design for a 3-D environment

render design on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

required budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

capabilities and constraints of industry standard game engines

features and functions of industry standard 3-D modelling and animation software, and painting, shading and texturing software

process used for digital game development

industry standard project planning methodology and processes

design practices and considerations applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments

applicable time-management principles

3-D environment visualisation techniques

quality assurance principles applicable to 3-D design processes

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, together with technical constraints that products impose on graphics and code development and creative visual design

different team member roles and responsibilities required in designing 3-D game levels and environments

technology and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including the team’s respective skills

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments

project and design brief

games engine

digital devices

file storage

the internet

organisational procedures applicable to designing 3-D game levels and environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

It applies to those with high-level technical and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to integrate elements into interactive 3-D environment	1.1 Identify and confirm interactive 3-D environment requirements 1.2 Research and identify data sources that can be integrated into interactive 3-D environments according to organisational procedures 1.3 Obtain or create data sources according to interactive 3-D environment requirements 1.4 Identify tools and libraries required for integration of identified elements into 3-D environment 1.5 Research, review and document how tools work according to organisational procedures
2. Integrate sources into interactive 3-D environment	2.1 Create prototypes and integrate elements into interactive 3-D environment using identified tools 2.2 Test integration of elements according to organisational procedures 2.3 Test functionality of 3-D environment on different digital devices 2.4 Review test results and amend interactive 3-D environment as required 2.5 Confirm elements’ integrity is maintained during implementation
3. Evaluate and finalise completed 3-D environment	3.1 Present interactive 3-D environment to required personnel 3.2 Review feedback from presentation and adjust interactive 3-D environment as required 3.3 Evaluate and justify implementation and document use of data sources, tools and libraries according to organisational procedures 3.4 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information to inform job requirements
Writing	Documents tools functionality according to organisational procedures using required language for specific audiences
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and present conceptualised environment to peers using relevant industry language
Initiative and enterprise	Uses creativity and initiative in 3D design
Planning and organising	Evaluates work and implements improvements using a systematic process
Self-management	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and takes responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks Sources, analyses and evaluates data sources with potential to meet 3D design requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM524 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM550 Integrate multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and test prototypes that integrate at least one data source into a working interactive 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and obtain data sources, tools and libraries needed to integrate elements into an interactive 3-D environment

select data sources to integrate according to the following:

3-D environment

game design

game genre

game mechanics

game-play elements

level specifications

test functionality of interactive 3-D environment on at least one small device and one large device and confirm pixels are optimised

deliver 3-D environment with working interactions including all data sources and documented reasons for its implementation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data sources for different 3-D environments

how game design, genre and mechanics, game-play elements and level specifications affect choice of data source

key features of game-play hardware and software products used for interactive 3-D environments, including any technical constraints imposed on design and development

technology requirements and human resources required in the process of creating a game, including team members’ respective skills

data source creation processes applicable to interactive 3-D environments

prototype development processes applicable to integrating elements into 3-D environments

testing processes applicable to developing 3-D environments

industry standard tools and libraries used to integrate elements into 3-D environments

organisational procedures applicable to integration of multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software, tools and libraries applicable to integrating multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments

digital devices

data sources

the internet

3-D environment requirements

games engine

file storage

organisational procedures applicable to integration of multiple data sources into interactive 3-D environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, select techniques and apply industry standard graphic software tools to digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, interpretive and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research industry practices	1.1 Research and identify methods of texture creation and texture mapping according to organisational requirements 1.2 Select graphics software to create textures according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document design considerations for texturing a 3-D environment according to organisational requirements
2. Create 3-D environments	2.1 Use 3-D modelling and animation software according to task requirements 2.2 Create simple 3-D objects 2.3 Place objects in a 3-D environment 2.4 Apply inbuilt lighting effects to 3-D environment
3. Create multiple textures	3.1 Create textures according to task requirements 3.2 Establish the look and the feel of the 3-D environment 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel
4. Apply multiple texture effects	4.1 Load textures into 3-D animation and modelling software according to task requirements 4.2 Colour 3-D objects and environment 4.3 Create multiple texture effects for single 3-D object 4.4 Render image of 3-D environment according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, and other attributes/variables in the application of digital effects
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Researches common industry practices to interpret technical design terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters, necessary to use complex design software
Writing	Uses applicable spelling and grammar, plain English, specific terminology and required document layout when documenting methodologies and design considerations
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes tasks according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Makes decisions directly related to completion of required tasks Uses creativity and initiative to visualise concepts Sources, analyses and evaluates methodologies and software with the potential to meet 3-D texturing requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and software to complete

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM525 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM551 Apply digital texturing for the 3-D environment in digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, select and document suitable techniques and software to create texturing for a 3-D environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use graphics software to create multiple textures for a 3-D environment

produce a final rendered image of a 3-D environment that incorporates multiple texture effects for a single 3-D object.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technology and human resources required in the process of creating textures for the 3-D environment

capabilities and constraints of graphics software for texturing

methods of texture creation and texture mapping

design considerations for texturing including resource limitations and constraints, and target markets.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

the internet for research purposes.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, and implement, a design for complex 3-D characters for games.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, interpretive and communication skills, working as concept artists, game designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Identify design requirements according to project brief and documents 1.2 Conceptualise game environment characters, design, level specifications and genre according to project brief 1.3 Gather and analyse materials required to design and visualisation of 3-D character models 1.4 Identify texturing tools, including painting, shading and texturing software and 3-D modelling tools
2. Conceptualise 3-D character design	2.1 Determine and document design decisions according to project requirements 2.2 Determine and document key attributes of characters 2.3 Examine design considerations and generate 3-D characters concept art
3. Create complex 3-D characters	3.1 Create base 3-D character models according to design specifications 3.2 Refine and polish character models 3.3 Create and map 3-D character models textures 3.4 Refine textures and apply shaders according to design specifications 3.5 Check integrity and modify 3-D characters according to design specifications
4. Finalise 3D character creation tasks	4.1 Present finished 3-D characters to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.2 Report on how design decisions have met 3-D character’s design requirements 4.3 Present 3-D model to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages applicable to measurement, resolution aspect ratio, pixel ratio, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, and other attributes/variables in the application of digital effects
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, analyses and comprehends briefs, instructions and conceptual information, to inform the design of environment specifications Interprets large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to use complex design software
Writing	Communicates software and graphics requirements and code development to others, using applicable spelling and grammar, plain English, and industry terminology
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to project brief and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes Sources and analyses reference materials to support 3-D character design
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in 3D character design and creation Uses systematic, analytical processes in routine and non-routine

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM526 Create complex 3-D characters for games.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM552 Create complex 3-D characters for games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and manage design process for creating at least two 3-D character models according required design brief.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

incorporate design specifications and create complex 3-D character models

produce and deliver documentation, showing evidence of concepts creation and design decisions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

process used for computer game development

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including technical constraints imposed on design and development

technology and human resources required in the process of creating a game and outline the team members’ respective skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a database with an online game, where the relationship between the game server and the database server is also considered a client-server relationship on a local area network.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical and problem-solving skills working as programmers, analyst programmers and game programmers responsible for the development of code to connect a computer game to a database.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Install application programming interfaces	1.1 Research application programming interfaces (APIs) according to client requirements 1.2 Identify specific APIs required for game architecture and data source provider 1.3 Install nominated APIs on game development computers according to technical specifications
2. Define and use connection to data source	2.1 Define required game data source connection parameters 2.2 Store connection parameters in required external text-based configuration file 2.3 Open and close connection to game data source
3. Configure and use connection pooling	3.1 Configure connection pooling in the database management system 3.2 Define connection pool parameters for minimum connections, maximum connections, and idle connections 3.3 Minimise use of database resources through connection pooling 3.4 Test and verify use of connection pooling according to organisational requirements
4. Pass embedded non/structured query language (SQL) to a database	4.1 Define database connection property 4.2 Compose structured query language (SQL) or non-SQL statement to be passed to database 4.3 Test, debug and execute the statement according to organisational requirements
5. Execute stored procedures	5.1 Call stored procedure on database and use command callable statement 5.2 Define and pass parameters to stored procedure 5.3 Test, debug and execute database stored procedure according to organisational requirements
6. Modify database data	6.1 Retrieve result sets from the database into game application domain 6.2 Insert new records into database 6.3 Update existing database records 6.4 Integrate data from forward-only and read-only cursor into game application domain 6.5 Incorporate data from updateable cursor into game application domain
7. Test and debug database integration code	7.1 Test database integration code and document results according to organisational requirements 7.2 Determine errors and exceptions and document solutions 7.3 Debug all errors and exceptions 7.4 Assess data modifications, identify and fix errors 7.5 Submit all documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies and evaluates documents containing complex technical terminology to identify which APIs are suited to the game application domain and the game architecture
Writing	Uses programming code, syntax and conventions to update, test and de-bug the database integration code Documents test results and technical solutions, using applicable industry terminology
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to project brief and schedules, sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcome
Problem solving	Sources and analyses reference materials related to database integration Uses creativity and initiative in database assessment and design Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, routine and non-routine situations, gathering information, evaluating options, and identifying solutions to coding problems
Technology	Uses key features, of specific digital systems and software effectively to complete defined tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM527 Integrate database with online game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM553 Integrate database with online games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate, test and modify two sets of database data provided by game-play input and document all errors and solutions on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine and install application programming interfaces (API) for games development

define and add database functionality to an online game.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

relational database methodologies, including;

creating and testing stored procedures

‘embedded’ structured query language (SQL) and assigning parameters in code for filtering

implementing relationships between tables

retrieving data from multiple tables using SQL

how inserts to tables in parent/child relationships can be implemented using artificial (auto-generated) primary key values

implementing cascading updates and deletes

principles of game development applicable to integrating databases with online games

principles of integrated development environments, including:

data access APIs and associated classes, required for the integration of a database with an online game

online help and documentation required for research and debugging code

user authentication and authorisation management

methodologies and techniques required for effective and well-factored object-oriented program (OOP) code, including:

class implementation

control of logic flow

use of collections and lists

use of OOP concepts, including inheritance, encapsulation and overloading

implications of web development on games integration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the game design specification and requirements documentation

a game server

a database server

integrated development environment software and hardware

browsers for game engine for console-based games.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use innovative game development strategies to create games for mobile devices.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, creative and communication skills working as concept artists, games designers, games programmers, animators, and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and document mobile gaming device technologies	1.1 Research and document mobile devices suitable for games 1.2 Identity required mobile device according to project requirements 1.3 Identify technical limitations and constraints of the mobile gaming device 1.4 Research and identify tools and technology for creating applications for the mobile device 1.5 Identify a suitable tool for the mobile gaming device
2. Plan project	2.1 Determine requirements from organisational project brief and documents 2.2 Identify game production assets according to creative and production requirements and technical specifications 2.3 Define and document developer roles and skills according to project requirements 2.4 Create and document schedule for production and testing 2.5 Determine and document strategies for monitoring production progress against schedule
3. Develop a game prototype	3.1 Create graphics, music and sound assets 3.2 Develop game prototype according to technical specifications 3.3 Create and check game-play elements, according to creative and technical requirements 3.4 Test and run game play on mobile devices and determine alignment to plans 3.4 Identify whether game meets creative, production and technical requirements
4. Evaluate game prototype	4.1 Demonstrate initial prototype to required personnel 4.2 Evaluate prototype performance against criteria 4.3 Seek and respond to user feedback 4.4 Confirm endorsement from required personnel to develop the prototype into complete product
5. Transform prototype into a final proof-of-concept prototype	5.1 Make finalised changes to prototype according to evaluation and feedback 5.2 Integrate all game elements as required by specifications 5.3 Polish the game according to project requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex ideas using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses briefs, instructions, and conceptual information to inform design specifications Interprets large range of diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers, and letters necessary to use complex programming software
Writing	Uses plain English and industry terminologies when documenting plans and schedules Develops an interactive product using complex programming language
Teamwork	Collaborates with others as part of familiar routine activities to achieve requirements
Planning and organising	Plans work schedules and organises and completes tasks required to achieve outcomes
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in game design Uses systematic, analytical processes in routine and non-routine situations, conducting evaluations, gathering information and assessing potential solutions
Self-management	Sources information, applications and tools with the potential to meet the development requirements
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM528 Create games for mobile devices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM554 Create games for mobile devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce and demonstrate an original working game on a mobile device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and schedules applicable to game development

implement game development and production strategies

apply strategies for trialling and testing game prototypes

evaluate whether games meet design brief, creative and technical requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

leading industry standard mobile game devices

leading tools and technologies needed for creating applications on mobile devices products

technical constraints that mobile devices place on design and development of games

suitable programming languages for mobile devices

budgeting and scheduling considerations for game design

importance of risk assessment and critical path planning applicable to creating games for mobile devices

human resources required in the process of creating a game for a mobile device and outline the team members’ respective skills.

techniques for concept visualisation and development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

integrated development environments

mobile devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research the digital games industry climate and analyse business opportunities.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical, creative and communication skills working as concept artists, games designers, games programmers, animators and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine Australian digital games industry	1.1 Identify large and small organisations in Australian digital games industry and their recent projects 1.2 Identify target market and determine key traits and habits of users 1.3 Identify methods of marketing to identified target market 1.3 Identify resources required to produce a digital game in a small business environment 1.4 Determine process of subcontracting production elements to other small businesses according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine structure gamedevelopment team	2.1 Identify roles of engineers, artists, game designers, producers and personnel requirements 2.2 Identify required skill set to occupy each role in game development team 2.3 Determine interaction and collaboration between identified roles
3. Investigate process of starting an independent game development business	3.1 Identify major factors involved in starting a small business in the digital games industry 3.2 Identify legal requirements, environmental impact, sustainability considerations and financial management of operating a small business 3.3 Identify legal protection of small business operator and dissolution procedures for a small business
4. Evaluate role of government and organisations related to digital game production	4.1 Identify role of Australian government and other organisations affecting the digital games industry 4.2 Identify influence of Australian government in game production and marketing 4.3 Determine effect of rating standards on digital game production and marketing
5. Review and document copyright and intellectual property laws	5.1 Determine copyright and intellectual property laws related to digital game development 5.2 Review and determine state of national and international copyright pertaining to digital game assets 5.3 Incorporate conventions of copyright related to production of a digital game project 5.4 Lodge all documentation according to organisational policies and procedures, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies, confirms and incorporates legislative requirements of business operations Investigates new and innovative ideas to identify business opportunities
Numeracy	Analyses the budgetary requirements for the creation of a digital game in a small business environment
Reading	Interprets and analyses information from a range of relatively complex sources, including legislation
Writing	Documents results of research, analysis and reviews to inform analysis of business opportunities and requirements
Planning and organising	Systematically plans tasks to gather required information to build understanding of the digital games environment
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions in complex situations, taking a range of variables into consideration
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM529 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM555 Analyse business opportunities in the digital games environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and document at least five factors when starting up and operating a small business in the digital games industry on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research key organisations and types of projects undertaken in the digital games industry

document resources, roles and skills requirements of a gaming development team, and the interaction required between team members

document business models and revenue ideas for commercial game.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sources of information about the Australian digital games industry

process of subcontracting

various methods that could be used to allow interaction and collaboration between different members of a development team

how rating standards affect digital game production and marketing

risk and critical-path management relating to analysing business opportunities in the digital games environments

copyright and intellectual property laws as they pertain to the development of digital games.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

the internet for research purposes

legislation, including copyright and intellectual property legislation, and work health and safety legislation applicable to analysing business opportunities in the digital games environments.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate a physics, and rendering, engine into a 3-D digital game.

The unit applies to those with high-level technical and mathematical skills working as game engine developers, gameplay programmers and other personnel working in the game development industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop a game world system	1.1 Develop code and create instances of rendering engine 1.2 Develop scene manager and physics engine’s world objects 1.3 Constrain frame rate to a desired frame rate
2. Develop components	2.1 Create and implement game physics system requirements 2.2 Implement game object primitives 2.3 Use physics debugger and show collision frames
3. Develop constraint dynamics	3.1 Generate required game objects and physics bodies constrained by joints and springs 3.2 Build ragdoll using game physics system
4. Develop physics interactivity	4.1 Ray cast scene 4.2 Implement player-controlled model 4.3 Implement and develop required game physics system models
5. Develop an interactive scene	5.1 Build scene 5.2 Use trigger volumes to fire off events 5.3 Capture the collision events with call-backs 5.4 Respond to collision events
6. Compile a report	6.1 Build class diagrams for required objects 6.2 Document methodologies used to create interactivity 6.3 Document inventory of utilised objects and how they were used 6.4 Document libraries used 6.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses complex physics to simulate the world by creating mathematical models which measure mass Computes algorithms to regulate time and speed Interprets matrix-related functions to determine rate and scale Completes algorithmic geometry to determine the relationship between points, angles, lines, surfaces and solids
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Creates cohesive and well-structured documents using required spelling and grammar, together with required programming code, syntax and conventions
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined requirements and schedules
Problem solving	Uses the key features of, specific digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete design tasks Uses creativity and initiative in the application of game physics Uses a systematic process to evaluate work, implement improvements and solve problems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM530 Develop and implement physics in a 3-D digital game.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM556 Develop and implement physics in 3-D digital games

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, evaluate, and develop one interactive game that implements game physics on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use and document a physics library.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic programming techniques needed to develop game objects

integration issues of common physics concepts in games design

industry standard game-play hardware and software products, including any technical constraints they impose on design and development

human resources required in the process of creating a game

techniques for applying concept development and visualisation skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

suitable development environment

physics libraries

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine design requirements, plan, create and store composite photographic and 3-D digital effects elements.

The unit applies to those with high-level information technology skills working as compositors, matte painters, concept artists, modellers, animators, game designers, directors and other personnel working in the film, television and game development industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm compositing requirements	1.1 Determine and document compositing brief from organisational specifications and requirements 1.2 Plan and schedule compositing work according to design requirements 1.3 Identify software tools, equipment and media required for compositing work 1.4 Determine and document technical aspects of proposed compositing 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and obtain conformation of specifications
2. Prepare elements for compositing	2.1 Select resolution and aspect ratio for final composited output according to design requirements 2.2 Identify and obtain source plates and layers, images and other elements required for compositing 2.3 Modify elements and create additional elements, as required 2.4 Generate mattes according to design requirements
3. Composite images	3.1 Track and stabilise required images 3.2 Match cameras, lighting and shadows, and add motion blur to composite 3.3 Integrate plates, layers, elements and incorporate grain 3.4 Present test composites to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Finalise composite image tasks	4.1 Optimise composited images and complete rendering 4.2 Store rendered files in specified output format 4.3 Review completed render and align quality and compliance with system 4.4 Present final composited images to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Determines the proportional relationship between the width, height and ratio of the final output
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses brief, instructions, technical and conceptual documentation and images to a 3-D and digital games environment
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing work performed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Negotiates in a variety of contexts, with suppliers, colleagues or clients
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes work according to defined brief and schedules
Problem solving	Uses creativity and initiative in compositing Uses a systematic process to evaluate work, implement improvements and solve problems
Self-management	Sources, analyses and evaluates applications, tools and media with the potential to meet compositing requirements
Technology	Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete compositing tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTGAM531 Complete compositing to create elements for the 3-D and digital effects environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM557 Complete compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a compositing brief, schedule compositing work and complete composting tasks to predetermined specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate with others to discuss requirements and technical aspects of the job

complete compositing tasks to the required level of quality, according to the brief

refine elements for consistency, optimal image quality and visual impact

adhere to system requirements related to file size, format and storage.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

3-D modelling, animation and visual effects development required to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

aspect ratios for image output

camera, lighting and shadow matching applicable to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments

efficient sizes and required formats for composited files

requirements for scheduling and sequencing production and post-production tasks

range of compositing software available

rendering principles applicable to completing compositing to create elements for 3-D and digital effects environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer hardware and software

games engine

file storage

compositing and output documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install, configure and use computer operating systems and basic computer hardware. This involves configuring the operating system to work with a variety of hardware peripherals and types of information and communications technology (ICT) equipment.

It applies to those who work under supervision and provide support to others. This includes individuals who apply a range of configuration skills to use and solve issues in operating systems and hardware.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify operating system and hardware components	1.1 Identify and discuss differences between industry standard computer operating systems 1.2 Determine ICT organisational requirements and specifications 1.3 Identify and select operating system and application software according to required task 1.4 Identify internal and external hardware components
2. Install and configure operating system, application software and hardware components	2.1 Identify relationship between application software, operating system and hardware 2.2 Install and configure operating system according to organisational requirements 2.3 Identify functions associated with operating system and associated boot process 2.4 Use graphical user interface and command line interface and perform basic tasks according to task requirements 2.5 Install and configure application software on operating system 2.6 Configure operating system to work with required hardware components according to organisational procedures
3. Optimise operating system and hardware components and seek feedback	3.1 Optimise operating system using tools and vendor utilities 3.2 Customise graphical user interface and command line interface using command line techniques 3.3 Install identified hardware drivers and check functionality 3.4 Seek review and feedback from required personnel and confirm actions were completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and reviews both on-line and hard-copy text with terminology applicable to ICT industry and applies this knowledge in using and configuring computer operating systems Interprets and comprehends diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters required in installing and configuring operating systems, software and hardware
Writing	Inputs commands using systems related syntax, text and numbers Uses required terminology, text, letters and numbers in responding to computer generated prompts
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Technology	Identifies purposes and uses specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT213 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select, install, configure and use a computer operating system

install, configure and run at least one application software and at least one supporting hardware component

optimise at least one operating system using tools, drivers and vendor utilities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic specifications of operating systems, hardware and applications software products

compatibility and functions of operating systems, in respect to other versions

operating system optimisation tools and vendor utilities

functions and features of boot process

command line techniques

vendor utilities

organisational guidelines, procedures requirements and specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware components including required software and drivers

industry standard operating system and application software

software configuration guides.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and operate commercial software packages, including a word-processing and a spreadsheet application package.

It applies to individuals who utilise different software applications within a small to large office environment to produce diverse documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to operate software packages	1.1 Set up workstation according to work health and safety standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine word-processing software task requirements 1.3 Determine spreadsheet software task requirements 1.4 Determine software application according to task requirements 1.5 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with required personnel
2. Use word-processing software	2.1 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with required personnel 2.2 Determine text-based business document style guide requirements 2.3 Finalise documents using software and technical functions and formatting according to task requirements 2.4 Name, save and print to a Portable Document Format (PDF) according to task requirements
3. Use spreadsheet software	3.1 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements and clarify with personnel as required 3.2 Enter formulas and functions and customise spreadsheet settings according to task requirements 3.3 Name, save and print to PDF document according to task requirements
4. Use third application software package	4.1 Select software application package according to task requirements 4.2 Determine purpose, audience and presentation requirements 4.3 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise document 4.4 Name, save and print to PDF document according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting formulas and functions to use Applies order of operations in calculations
Oral communication	Clarifies work requirements using required language, questioning and active listening techniques
Reading	Interprets textual information and determines organisational standards and job requirements Identifies and applies symbols, icons and text associated with applications software
Writing	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format applicable to software application Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions applicable to program
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Self-management	Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies and evaluates purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools Operates digital systems and tools in completing routine tasks and adapting some functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT203 Operate application software packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT214 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce three workplace documents using three different software packages including word processing, spreadsheets and one additional software application package on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities

follow organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational application software packages

technical terminology applicable to reading help files and responding to system help prompts

industry standard business practices applicable to preparing reports using

features and functions of commercial computing packages and of the industry standard software

functions and features of Portable Document Formats (PDFs)

import and export software functions

document linking functions

WHS principles and responsibilities

purpose of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware device

industry standard software

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

data required in developing software application documents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and use a digital media package and supporting technologies to produce a variety of media rich documents.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision within a small to large office environment and have responsibility in completing designated tasks, using a range of practical skills and basic technical knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to operate a digital media package	1.1 Set up workstation according to work health and safety standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify requirements of design brief and user environment 1.3 Determine required digital media package 1.4 Determine required data set according to task requirements
2. Operate digital media package	2.1 Manipulate and adapt data according to task requirements 2.2 Incorporate graphics, moving images and sound according to task requirements 2.3 Name and save document in file and folder
3. Review digital media design	3.1 Test digital media presentation incorporated graphics, moving images and sound 3.2 Present digital media package to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to digital media package presentation feedback from required personnel 3.4 Review final product against design brief and obtain final sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Adds and subtracts whole numbers, fractions and decimals in calculating time, audio output, graphic dimensions and file size
Oral communication	Uses plain English, listening and questioning techniques Presents information to audience using tone, grammar and syntax
Reading	Interprets textual and diagrammatic information Interprets systems related icons, text and diagrams
Writing	Enters written and verbally received information and data into a format required by digital media package Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions in program and design requirements
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility in adhering to legal and regulatory requirements Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies and evaluates purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools Operates basic digital systems and tools in completing routine tasks and adapting some functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT215 Operate digital media technology packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and define data set, incorporate data set into media technology package and present output on one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret basic requirements of a design brief

meet organisational requirements using digital media package

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities

use help manuals and online support.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of visual design

functions and features of digital media packages and technologies

graphic design and stylistic language conventions

WHS principles and responsibilities

principles of digital imaging and file formats, video and sound file formats, file management and transfer systems

vendor product directions in digital media hardware and software

creative information, scripts (text) and images

basic principles of legal and regulatory requirements that apply to operating digital media technology packages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required industry standard hardware and software

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

data required in developing software application documents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, create and produce basic organisational documents using application software according to organisational guidelines and procedures.

It applies to those who use foundation information and communications technology (ICT) skills to produce documents in a wide range of varying industry occupations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop organisational documents	1.1 Establish and confirm document requirements according to business need 1.2 Determine applicable organisational document and style guidelines and procedures 1.3 Research and select application software according to organisational procedures
2. Develop organisational documents	2.1 Sign and configure document template using application software according to task specifications 2.2 Create organisational document using a range of features from application software 2.3 Edit and amend document design according to business need 2.4 Finalise, save and back up document according to organisational procedures
3. Evaluate organisational documents and incorporate feedback	3.1 Review document and obtain feedback from required personnel 3.2 Incorporate feedback and update document according to business need 3.3 Save and close working documents and tools according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for document layout
Oral communication	Clarifies work requirements and obtains feedback using required language, questioning and active listening techniques
Reading	Identifies and interprets text in determining organisational guidelines and requirements and application software specifications
Writing	Uses required language and organisational procedures when designing required workplace documents
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing
Technology	Follows routine procedures in using digital technology and enters, stores and retrieves information directly applicable to own role Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks and adapting functions Completes work tasks and accesses information using the main features and functions of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT216 Design and create basic organisational documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and produce at least two required organisational documents, with minimal design instruction.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

edit documents according to at least two different feedback suggestions

save documents and back up in a different location

comply with style guidelines and organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

application software tools and features

organisational style guidelines and procedures

organisational storage and retrieval procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational guidelines

required hardware devices, application software and its features.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide routine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support to clients in a professional manner.

It applies to individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in frontline technical support. It applies to those who exercise discretion and judgement to provide assistance to clients in an ICT environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to interact with clients	1.1 Determine ICT clients and communication methods according to organisational requirements 1.2 Establish and confirm nature of client’s ICT query 1.3 Lodge client query according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine query and complaint management process 1.5 Determine remediation options according to organisational requirements
2. Respond to client queries	2.1 Determine required remediation actions according to task requirements 2.2 Refer and escalate client query to required personnel 2.3 Plan resolution process according to task requirements 2.4 Seek and respond to resolution process plan feedback from required personnel
3. Finalise client query process	3.1 Document and record resolution process according to organisational requirements 3.2 Communicate client query resolution with client according to task requirements 3.3 Respond and rectify client feedback 3.4 Seek final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques to elicit information and clarify client queries, concerns and complaints
Reading	Evaluates textual information containing ICT specific terminology to establish proactive training needs
Writing	Prepare documentation outlining client query and resolution process according to organisational requirements using required grammar and language and applicable ICT terminology
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them on time
Problem solving	Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems
Self-management	Follows explicit protocols immediately related to own role
Technology	Uses main features and functions of basic digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT219 Interact and resolve queries with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, record and document at least one client query

remediate and communicate at least one solution to a client.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational requirements

follow escalation procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and software products and their general features and capabilities

ICT client business domain and business critical functions

organisational systems and working environment that may assist in interacting and resolving queries with ICT clients

organisational policies that may assist in interacting and resolving queries with ICT clients.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware devices, software and documentation

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to engage in a basic ongoing review and research of industry specific technologies in order to identify and apply these technologies and techniques to improve aspects of an organisation’s activities.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision and are involved in ensuring that the quality of business processes are maintained at a high level through application of industry specific technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify organisational technology upgrades and advancement requirements 1.2 Identify technologies required to meet organisational requirements 1.3 Classify industry specific technologies according to organisational requirements
2. Implement industry specific technologies	2.1 Implement and test industry specific technologies according to task requirements 2.2 Use features and functions of industry specific technologies according to task requirements 2.3 Access and use sources of information according to task requirements
3. Evaluate performance of basic industry specific technology	3.1 Evaluate performance, usability and benefit to organisation of implemented technologies 3.2 Determine and document environmental considerations of implemented technologies 3.3 Seek and respond to user according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry specific technologies
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and feedback and identify and evaluate industry specific technologies
Reading	Interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams Interprets technical information to identify industry specific technologies and determines environmental considerations
Self-management	Organises own workload aligned to organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures Identifies priorities and sequences involved in defined tasks and assembles required resources
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT221 Identify and use specific industry standard technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, implement and evaluate at least three industry standard technologies

use at least one feature and at least one function of each industry standard technology above.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with task and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT), and major industry technology standards used in specified area

vendor product directions

industry standard hardware and software products and their general features and capabilities

information gathering methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required industry standard technologies, features and functions that may assist in identifying and using specific industry standard technologies

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, identify and collaboratively discuss ICT solutions that meet the specific needs of Indigenous users.

It applies to Indigenous and non-Indigenous individuals who work with Indigenous individuals and communities and use a range of knowledge of Indigenous learning styles and cultural systems to provide advice on ICT solutions. ICT solutions refers to hardware and electronic resources including software applications, Wi-Fi, connected networks and online websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Note: delivery and assessment against this unit of competency must comply with Indigenous community protocols and guidelines and be supported by Elders and custodians of Country. The unit recognises that there is no single Australian Indigenous culture and emphasises the importance of culturally appropriate behaviour and local community consultation.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify uses of ICT systems and resources for Indigenous users	1.1 Identify Indigenous user requirements 1.2 Confirm industry standard communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions used with required Indigenous users and community stakeholders
2. Identify and review uses of specific ICT resources required for Indigenous users	2.1 Identify a range of methods of accessing electronic resources for an Indigenous user 2.2 Identify alternative electronic resources, software and hardware solutions 2.3 Review and confirm a range of electronic resources and solutions
3. Share ICT solutions that meets needs of Indigenous users	3.1 Discuss required ICT solutions with Indigenous user according to task requirements 3.2 Communicate and demonstrate function and use of an ICT solution to Indigenous user 3.3 Communicate purpose and intent of ICT solutions in Indigenous contexts 3.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies culturally specific information and applies information to benefit Indigenous users
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques to clarity and present information using culturally appropriate communication skills and language
Reading	Identifies and interprets hard copy and on-line texts from Indigenous and non-Indigenous sources
Planning and organising	Identifies and assembles resources required in undertaking tasks
Technology	Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT222 Research and share ICT solutions for Indigenous users

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess and demonstrate use of at least three different communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions

Identify information for at least one Australian Indigenous user and their community, in a culturally appropriate way.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify specific Indigenous customs and practices impacting use of an ICT solution

consult with Indigenous community members including local community organisations, including Indigenous personnel, community organisations, agencies and other required bodies

identify Indigenous laws, family relationships and languages.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of required hardware, software products, applications and websites

customs and practices of Indigenous users and communities Indigenous cultural communications attributes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware device and software applications

the internet, including connectivity, internet browser and website access.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create clear and coherent user documentation that is easy to navigate and apply.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision with responsibilities for the development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) user documentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce user documentation	1.1 Discuss and determine user documentation requirements with required personnel 1.2 Investigate and determine industry standard user documentation requirements applicable to task 1.3 Identify the required ICT system, software, hardware and application or network to be documented with required personnel 1.4 Design and develop user documentation template using required software, according to applicable industry standards 1.5 Submit user documentation requirements and template to required personnel, according to organisational procedures 1.6 Obtain approval from required personnel and action required changes according to feedback
2. Produce user documentation	2.1 Conduct a review of the required ICT system, hardware, software program and network 2.2 Document characteristics and functions of applicable components in ICT system, according to user documentation requirements 2.3 Access and examine applicable technical, design, user specification and supporting documentation 2.4 Design draft user documentation and obtain internal feedback from required personnel 2.5 Create user documentation according to template and operation of applicable components in ICT system
3. Review user documentation and obtain sign-off	3.1 Submit user documentation to target audience and seek feedback 3.2 Gather and respond to feedback 3.3 Implement user documentation changes and improvements 3.4 Submit user documentation to required personnel and obtain approval and sign-off
4. Finalise user documentation creation procedures	4.1 Confirm all documentation and approval procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of implementing user documentation 4.3 Evaluate and report on user documentation creation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual, numeric and diagrammatic information with ICT specific syntax, terminology and formatting in determining job requirements
Writing	Develops user and supporting documentation using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language in required format
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain and confirm information, feedback and requirements
Initiative and Enterprise	Takes some personal responsibility and adheres to legal and regulatory requirements
Self-management	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility in decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Technology	Identifies purpose, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools and operates them in completing routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT301 Create user documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT309 Create ICT user documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a user document for an ICT system or product, including software, hardware, application or network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access and examine existing technical, design, user specification and supporting documentation

gather and respond to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

user documentation features and requirements

industry standard documentation requirements

user documentation design and usability

intent of web-based user documentation

user documentation templates and style guides

features of technical user documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required ICT system, hardware, software program and networks

user documentation standards

required software tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, research and apply industry specific technologies, and assist in enhancing and maintaining an end-to-end business process at its highest quality possible.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and support information technology activities in the workplace across a wide range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas, including technical support, network administration, web technologies, software applications and digital media technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use technologies	1.1 Identify and evaluate industry specific technologies, according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine required industry specific technologies according to task requirements 1.3 Develop implementation plan for industry specific technology, detailing process and expected outcomes according to required specifications
2. Implement and test technologies	2.1 Test industry specific technologies according to plan and task requirements 2.2 Implement industry specific technology according to task requirements 2.3 Use features and functions of industry specific technology according to task requirements
3. Evaluate industry specific technology performance	3.1 Evaluate and document performance, usability and benefit of industry standard specific technologies according to organisational procedures 3.2 Seek and respond to performance and usability feedback from required personnel, according to organisational procedures 3.3 Lodge document according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts and expands own knowledge
Oral communication	Requests information and feedback using listening and questioning techniques and identifies and evaluates industry specific technologies
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams Identifies industry specific technologies that will benefit organisation and determines environmental impacts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility in adhering to legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context
Technology	Identifies and applies general design and operating principles of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT305 Identify and use current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT310 Identify and use industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and determine compatibility of at least three industry specific technologies in one organisational area

use and test features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to industry standards in one organisational area.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to legislative and organisational standards and requirements applicable to industry specific technologies

evaluate capabilities of identified industry specific technologies

assist in adapting implementation of identified industry specific technologies to organisational environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends in Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

industry technology standards used in specified ICT area

vendor product instructions applicable to specified ICT area

general features, capabilities and application of industry standard hardware and software products

information gathering techniques applicable to identifying industry specific technologies

legislative and organisational procedures, standards and requirements applicable to using industry specific technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard specific technologies used in industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines and organisational procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse, design, implement and review the customisation of packaged software applications delivered to clients, using features and plugins of the packaged software applications.

It applies to those who work under minimal supervision as Information and Communications Technology (ICT) users and support personnel for software application activities in the workplace. Clients, in this instance, refers to internal as well as external teams and projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Discuss and determine client requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Confirm and document client and technical specifications with required personnel, according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine level of user and technical documentation needed to meet client requirements
2. Develop and apply customisation to packaged software applications	2.1 Design packaged software application according to client requirements given system limitations 2.2 Customise software applications using simple programming constructs 2.3 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend accordingly 2.4 Apply and implement customised packaged software applications 2.5 Document changes according to organisational procedures
3. Provide support for customised applications	3.1 Review work and finalise documentation according to organisational procedures 3.2 Produce documentation and user guides and submit to required personnel 3.3 Obtain client evaluation and feedback on supporting documentation 3.4 Evaluate work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and interprets various sources of technical information
Oral communication	Elicits and evaluates information using listening and questioning techniques Identifies and confirms requirements, liaises with clients and obtains feedback using simple and required language
Reading	Identifies and interprets text and determines organisational and security requirements
Writing	Develops documentation detailing customised software application designed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility in planning and organising own workload and identifies ways of sequencing and combining elements
Self-management	Takes responsibility in outcomes of routine decisions applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools Tests and operates industry standard digital tools and systems and completes routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT307 Customise packaged software applications for clients.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT311 Customise packaged software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

customise at least two package software applications according to two different client briefs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret and document client requirements to customise software applications

design, analyse, implement and review at least one packaged software applications

produce documentation of customised software application designed above

obtain feedback and confirm requirements have been met.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

general features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products

basic functions and features of software applications applicable to client

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) structure and system infrastructure

organisational policy and procedures applicable to customising software

organisational security procedures and requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard customisable software applications

client requirements documentation

organisational and security requirements

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use computer applications employing advanced features in the preparation and presentation of data. It involves manipulating data and accessing support resources to solve routine problems.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and support information technology activities in software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use advanced features	1.1 Establish required computer application and task requirements 1.2 Identify advanced features required and confirm with required personnel 1.3 Access vendor documentation for computer applications
2. Manipulate data using advanced features	2.1 Transfer data between applications, linking and embedding required data files 2.2 Create and employ objects and templates in routine activities 2.3 Use keyboard shortcuts and features in computer applications
3. Confirm application features are used to full capability	3.1 Review and establish whether use of advanced features are applicable according to task requirements 3.2 Seek feedback on use of application according to task requirements
4. Access and use support resources	4.1 Solve task problems using support resources including online help, manuals and training booklets 4.4 Access and apply technical support in addressing system problems, using troubleshooting results and alert messages

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and discussed identified problems
Reading	Identifies and interprets a variety of hard copy, online and software generated technical information Interprets software specific language, syntax and code and applies features and functions of applications when solving problems
Self-management	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology
Problem-solving	Uses problem-solving techniques to overcome routine problems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT308 Use advanced features of computer applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT312 Use advanced features of applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use at least three different computer applications employing advanced features and import and export capacities

solve at least three routine problems using support resources.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advanced features and functions of applicable industry standard application software, keyboard shortcuts and features

vendor applications, directions and their features

methods of data transferral between applications

organisational procedures applicable to using advanced features of applications

available support resources for technical support and troubleshooting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard applications with advanced features and their functions

documents and information containing data required in demonstrating advanced features of applications

support resources, including online, manuals and training booklets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist with the protection and lawful use of intellectual property (IP) and observing relevant organisational ethics and privacy policies.

It applies to individuals who are required to use intellectual property held by other people or organisations, to assist with the maintenance of organisational ethics and privacy policies and procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify principles underpinning organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	1.1 Locate and access the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.2 Identify own role in observing and adhering to organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to avoid IP and privacy infringement 1.3 Determine the purpose and intention of organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.4 Identify and understand different ethical theories and approaches
2. Understand and apply principles underpinning organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	2.1 Identify the purpose in developing and implementing organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures to prevent IP infringement 2.2 Determine the principles applied in the organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures
3. Assist with non-compliance incident identification and recommendations	3.1 Identify organisational risk assessment and identification process 3.2 Assist with identifying and observing internal and external non-compliance infringements of the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures 3.3 Identify principles that could assist with overcoming non-compliance incidents with relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Provides information using language and terminology required for audience Obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Reading	Interprets and comprehends organisational texts required for IP requirements

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT313 Identify IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least three different types of intellectual property (IP) within the organisation

identify and support the maintenance and improvement of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures on at least two occasions

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify organisation risk assessment and identification process

identify principles underpinning the maintenance and improvement of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures

assist with identifying the non-compliance incidents and risks within an organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key legislation related to the use of IP in the ICT industry

key policies, procedures and documentation in the ICT industry, including those related to:

organisational IP policies and procedures

codes of ethics pertinent to the ICT industry

copyright

privacy

key organisational communication processes and procedures related to identifying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies, codes of practice, legislation and standards documentation

workplace documentation and resources

IP case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to, through communication and teamwork, implement workplace health and safety (WHS), environmental sustainability (ES), equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace within own responsibilities.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to work and participate in an ICT workplace with some supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and use information on ICT workplace compliance instruments and reputable resources	1.1 Identify legislative instruments and review reputable resources, and organisational priorities relevant to workplace health and safety (WHS), environmental sustainability (ES), equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination practices in ICT workplaces to determine requirements for compliance within scope of own responsibilities 1.2 Collect and analyse information on organisational processes and procedures relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practice in an ICT workplace to develop and document an initial view of compliance gaps and opportunities
2. Participate in consultation	2.1 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to collect information about the requirements and nature of WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practice in an ICT workplace, including risks and issues 2.2 Work collaboratively to identify and document compliance gaps and opportunities 2.3 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to validate gaps and opportunities and finalise compliant practices for implementation
3. Improve ICT WHS and environmental sustainability compliance	3.1 Participate in the use of strategies and tools to embed compliant practices in ICT workplace activities 3.2 Monitor ICT workplace activities to measure the success of practices implemented for WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance in an ICT workplace 3.3 Consult with those involved in ICT workplace activities to respond to resistance and remaining risks and issues 3.4 Agree and document amendments to practices to address remaining resistance, risks and issues

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in personal knowledge Identifies reputable sources of information from which to gather resources and information
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	Prepares a range of textual information appropriate for audience for informal and formal purposes
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of information using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and environment Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions of others and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and colleagues in a range of work contexts Recognises and accommodates basic differences and priorities of others Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are expected and deadlines are to be met
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making and problem-solving processes for more complex and non-routine situations Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace	N/A	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT425 Implement WHS, environmental sustainability and anti-discrimination practices in an ICT workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Implement on four occasions WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practices in own area of work, including the ability to:

identify, interpret and apply legislative instruments and reputable resources to organisational priorities to ensure compliance

undertake a risk assessment and implement a risk control utilising an evaluation procedure within own area of work

document responsibilities of employers, employees, contractors and agents

analyse existing organisational procedures, including consulting with three individuals involved with ICT workplace activities, and determining if procedures are sufficient for compliance; including:

individual workstation set up of desk, chair, peripherals, computer

technology start up and shut down

new technology installation

technology maintenance and testing

use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

respond to the resistance of an individual involved in ICT workplace activities to implement and embed compliant practices

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Legislative instruments and reputable resources relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination

Typical organisational priorities, policies and procedures relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination

Risks and issues related to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance in the ICT workplace

Options, tools, and strategies to address WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination compliance gaps, risks and issues, including risk assessment approaches, risk controls and evaluation procedures

Responsibilities of employers, employees, contractors and agents relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination procedures in the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes access to:

Organisational priorities relating to WHS, ES, EEO and anti-discrimination practices

Organisational risk assessment and evaluation procedure

Organisational risk control implementation procedure

ICT workplace equipment including:

individual workstation consisting of desk, chair, peripherals, computer

individual users involved in ICT workplace activities to consult

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and implement industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs. It involves acquiring industry-specific technologies and obtaining user feedback.

It applies to individuals who support information and communications technology (ICT) activities in the workplace across a wide range of ICT areas, including technical support, network administration, programming, testing, web technologies, software applications and digital media technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and select industry-specific technologies	1.1 Interpret organisational needs to design indicators against which industry technologies will be evaluated to determine suitability to the organisation including performance, useability and sustainability indicators 1.2 Research current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs 1.3 Evaluate and compare industry-specific technologies against indicators to the potential benefits of industry-specific technologies to the organisation against indicators 1.4 Select industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs 1.5 Acquire industry-specific technologies on the basis of the evaluation and in accordance with organisational procurement procedure
2. Implement industry-specific technologies	2.1 Consult with user to plan and evaluate the implementation of the industry-specific-technologies 2.2 Implement industry-specific technologies to address organisational needs 2.3 Check and adjust implementation of the industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs and organisational workplace health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements
3. Obtain user feedback and evaluate industry-specific technologies	3.1 Seek and document user feedback on industry-specific technologies 3.2 Evaluate industry-specific technologies against indicators 3.3 Adjust industry specific technologies in response to user feedback and evaluation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry-specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry-specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Oral Communication	Elicits information and feedback by using effective listening and questioning techniques to identify and evaluate industry-specific technologies Uses clear, easy-to-understand language and translates industry-specific terminology into plain English when talking to users
Numeracy	Uses numerical information to compare the value of products with regard to quantity, price and quality
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and appreciates the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations Recognises and addresses WHS compliance issues
Get the work done	Uses key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when evaluating and implementing new industry-specific technologies Develops plans with an awareness of how they may contribute to meeting organisational needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs	ICTICT417 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet industry standards	Edits to title, application and elements 1–3 to clarify intent and scope. Edits to assessment requirements to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT427 Identify, evaluate and apply current industry-specific technologies to meet organisational needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Identify, evaluate, implement and review two current industry-specific technologies and evaluate the potential benefits of these technologies to the organisation

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Current industry-specific technologies, trends and directions

Methods of research

Methods of designing indicators

Types of indicators

Approaches to monitoring performance against indicators

Methods of getting user feedback

Organisational requirements and how industry-specific technologies can assist

Sources of industry-specific technologies detailing general features, capabilities, and compliant application of current industry-specific hardware and software products to be evaluated

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes but is not limited to:

Information on organisational needs for industry-specific technology

A site where industry-specific technologies are used

Current industry-specific technologies and accompanying documentation

Organisational procurement procedure

Information detailing workplace health and safety (WHS) compliance requirements

Individual user to consult

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine client business system requirements and verify the accuracy of information gathered.

It applies to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) personnel who are required to analyse client expectations and needs, as well as recommending business system changes. Clients can be internal and external and include a range of team members and staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine context of business needs and problems	1.1 Identify business problem to be investigated, including determining system boundaries, scope and development methodology to be used 1.2 Choose information gathering method and develop questions according to business problem 1.3 Develop objectives, prioritise activities and discuss expected outcomes to be achieved with required personnel 1.4 Document business problem, chosen information gathering method, objectives and expected outcomes according to organisational procedures 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel
2. Gather information	2.1 Use chosen information gathering methods and identify users of system and problems they encounter 2.2 Consult, record and confirm business system requirements with client according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse gathered information and establish problem specifications 2.5 Identify and document new system requirements and problems 2.4 Analyse physical requirements and identify changes required to implement new systems
3. Confirm system specifications	3.1 Check system requirements documentation and confirm it meets client business needs with required personnel 3.2 Submit documentation for client review and verification 3.3 Make changes to documentation as required and indicated by client 3.4 Submit documentation to client and required personnel for final approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information from a variety of sources containing complex systems related terminology Interprets a range of texts to determine system performance requirements and establish solutions
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and systems related text and terminology to develop information gathering tools and document recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and systems related terminology to elicit information and liaise with clients
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload and identifies ways of sequencing and combining elements
Problem-solving	Identifies and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and provides advice on systems and data gathering products

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT429 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

obtain information and document a business system problem according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce a statement of business expectations, needs and critical business requirements

perform analysis of system and physical requirements and identify new system requirements accordingly

consult with required personnel and make applicable changes to documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data gathering and data capture techniques

industry standard business systems and common client requirements

client business processes

physical requirements of client's business, including:

system functionality

geography

environment

client user

cost constraints

procedures for documenting and confirming client business requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a client expectations and requirements brief

business objectives of client

clients’ business system

systems, data gathering tools and required software products

hardware and its components required for confirming client business requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply traditional and non-traditional systems development methodologies.

It applies to individuals in senior development roles who exercise discretion and judgement to create solutions using technical knowledge and analysis skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine methodology	1.1 Determine and define subject activity 1.2 Define selection criteria for development methodology 1.3 Review and evaluate a range of traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies 1.4 Select system development methodology for required activity
2. Apply selected development methodology	2.1 Create initial project plan according to organisational standards 2.2 Identify applicable task types according to development methodology 2.3 Describe and articulate task types 2.4 Define applicable control structures to be created according to task type execution requirements 2.5 Associate each task type with a set of input and output parameters
3. Adjust project according to methodology	3.1 Identify resources to support methodology selection 3.2 Solve tasks using selected methodology 3.3 Monitor project flow and record effectiveness against project plan 3.4 Review and document opportunities for improvement, lessons learned and recommendations for future projects 3.5 Submit results to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of textual information containing complex systems development specific terminology, syntax and diagrams
Writing	Uses applicable spelling and grammar and technical terminology to document project plans, recommendations, processes and reports in required format
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps, reflecting an awareness of time and resource constraints and the needs of others
Self-management	Analyses project methodologies and identifies some key principles that may be applicable in future situations
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to the role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT403 Apply software development methodologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT430 Apply software development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and apply a software development methodology for at least two different subject activities according to organisational standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce documentation as required by chosen methodology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key project management skills, techniques and requirements required in applying software development methodologies, including those related to:

input and output parameters

project plan creation processes

task types and applicable control structures

client business domains and organisational requirements required in applying software development methodologies

stakeholder roles and degree of stakeholder involvement in development process

traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies

key organisational standards and documentation techniques required in applying software development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to apply software development methodology

design specifications

industry standard system development methodologies

organisational standards

detailed user requirements document, including model and scope for given activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify current and future skill and knowledge gaps and use the internet as a resource to acquire knowledge and skills to meet organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals who use the internet to develop new workplace skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify learning requirements	1.1 Identify current and future learning requirements and skill gaps according to organisational needs 1.2 Seek advice from required personnel on current and future learning requirements and skill gaps 1.3 Identify opportunities for learning development activities using online learning tools 1.4 Develop learning plan according to identified learning requirements and organisational training policies, plans and procedures
2. Research learning tools available online	2.1 Identify existing online learning tools applicable to learning plan objectives 2.2 Research and evaluate online learning tool in achieving learning plan outcomes
3. Undertake online learning	3.1 Implement learning plan using identified online learning tools 3.2 Identify opportunities in the workplace to apply new learning 3.3 Follow coaching or mentoring advice in work activities
4. Monitor learning effectiveness	4.1 Determine mode for assessing effectiveness of online learning 4.2 Perform assessment and review outcomes 4.3 Undertake peer assessment and review feedback from peers 4.4 Identify further learning requirements from assessment review and feedback with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates and evaluates information from a range of sources to select online learning development activities to meet skills gaps and future learning needs
Reading	Identifies, analyses and compares information gathered from a large range of both online and hard copy texts to inform current and future learning needs, and to develop and execute a learning plan
Writing	Uses required language including referencing and web links to document findings, develop learning plan, undertake assessment and complete online learning
Oral Communication	Elicits and evaluates information using listening and questioning techniques to identify skills gaps and future skills needs, and undertake online learning, assessment and feedback process
Teamwork	Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint learnings can be applied
Self-management	Analyses assessment outcomes and identifies some key principles that may be applicable in future situations Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload and managing own learning related activities
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT404 Use online learning tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT431 Use online tools for learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement an online learning plan using at least two different online learning tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

acquire knowledge and skills using online learning tools

use a range of learning mediums, including coaching, mentoring and peer-to-peer interactions

confirm learning is reinforced by application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

learning development activities using a range of online training tools

organisational training policies, plans and procedures applicable to organisational learning requirements and online learning

principles and techniques of measuring performance, including self-assessment

methods to identify and prioritise required learning needs

processes in developing learning plans

systems and processes used to direct learning

required competency standards and assessment relevant to learning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

online learning tools

hardware and its components required to use online tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in the development of a detailed technical design.

It applies to individuals performing systems design tasks as part of a team who are required to review and update technical design documents according to client requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist in selecting technical design features	1.1 Establish business environment and client requirements 1.2 Select and revise design model based on iteration and design changes 1.3 Incorporate outstanding design points according to client requirements 1.4 Distribute reports identifying changes and implications to required personnel for review
2. Review designs	2.1 Compare design against technical requirements and amend as required 2.2 Confirm design with required personnel 2.3 Gather information and client feedback on design changes and respond accordingly 2.4 Incorporate required design changes
3. Contribute to development of program specifications	3.1 Implement modules using incremental development techniques 3.2 Identify user authority for each module 3.3 Prepare detailed specifications of module implementation for each module 3.4 Prepare documentation according to project requirements and organisational procedures and guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy text containing complex systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English, systems design related terminology and diagrams to obtain feedback, document recommendations and prepare final project specifications
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and, where applicable, project related terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when developing strategic initiatives, and plans tasks with logically sequenced steps
Problem-solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to incorporate required changes to model Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT432 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assist in developing a detailed technical design according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define client business environment and client's critical business functions and processes

design and prepare a best-fit technical design for a set project, incorporating:

changes to design model based on user requirements

detailed specification of modules and user authority for each module

produce updated documentation reflecting changes made to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technical design project life cycle

key principles and techniques required to develop detailed technical design, including:

incremental development

module implementation

documentation

design fundamentals and refinement

design quality metrics

different client business environments and critical functions and process

industry standard design models applicable to developing detailed technical designs

organisational procedures and guidelines applicable to developing detailed technical designs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business and client requirements

project deliverables

required hardware and digital devices

required software, tools and licenses

feedback mechanisms

industry standard ICT blueprint.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test a graphical user interface (GUI) to specification.

It applies to individuals employed as programmers and user interface designers in a variety of fields and provide Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support in small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine specification of GUI and develop GUI prototype	1.1 Establish GUI requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify organisational standards applicable to GUI 1.3 Determine front and back-end for interfacing with GUI 1.4 Define required functionality of GUI 1.5 Determine application development language for writing GUI 1.6 Build prototype using tools available in determined language 1.7 Determine type and level of documentation required
2. Design and build GUI according to specification	2.1 Design GUI components and incorporate required functionality 2.2 Define GUI actions and itemise UI events 2.3 Document design outcomes according to specification and organisational procedures 2.4 Build GUI using toolkit's classes or widgets, containers and other pertinent features according to specification
3. Test and document GUI according to specification	3.1 Test GUI and confirm overall functionality according to requirements 3.2 Iterate GUI design and build until test results meet requirements 3.3 Document GUI user requirements according to specification and organisational procedures 3.4 Produce GUI technical documentation according to specification and organisational procedures 3.5 Obtain client sign-off according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets a range of online and hard copy text containing complex ICT and programming specific terminology Interprets and comprehends a large range of syntax, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters required to develop a GUI
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology to produce documents to organisational guidelines as required by the job role Develops GUI using programming syntax and conventions to develop GUI Uses plain English, labels and terminology on the actual interface display
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role Develops plans to manage relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role
Problem-solving	Identifies and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, and implements contingency plans
Technology	Identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT406 Build a graphical user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT433 Build graphical user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build a fully functional graphical user interface (GUI) according to specifications and organisational standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

demonstrate a GUI in concept and compiled form

use applicable development tools in GUI construction

confirm functionality of GUI on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

object oriented programming concepts applicable to building graphical user interfaces

system properties applicable to building a graphical user interface

application development languages and prototyping tools and features included

application programming interface (API) features

open-source development tools

organisational standards and codes of practice applicable to GUI building

key testing procedures and documentation techniques required when building graphical user interfaces

issues relating to copyright and intellectual property, privacy and data access legislation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

GUI requirements documentation

online tools available for prototyping and GUI design

applicable organisational standards

an integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

required hardware and its components

required software, tools and licenses

browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to publish new content and establish and maintain accuracy and usability of industry standard content on client websites.

It applies to individuals working in web development and who provide support to small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare and publish organisational content and information	1.1 Identify organisational content and information publishing requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Plan publishing process including privacy, security and liability statements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Seek plan approval from required personnel 1.4 Publish organisational content and information according to plan
2. Provide navigation links and payment information	2.1 Determine and provide applicable users with access to required information and navigation links 2.2 Determine and list required payment options on website according to organisational requirements
3. Present and test disclosure of policies and services	3.1 Present website statement outlining charges according to organisational requirements 3.2 Present warranty information on required screen according to organisational requirements 3.3 Provide after-sales support to required users according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test website cancellations, returns and refunds policy listing and accessibility, and amend as required 3.5 Implement and test product and service notifications
4. Provide customer service support systems	4.1 Determine and implement customer service standards guidelines on website according to organisational requirements 4.2 Test website users have accessible website feedback facility method according to organisational requirements 4.3 Test complaints facility receives, records and response 4.4 Document and finalise process according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reviews a range of documentation of varying quality to identify information relating to the organisation, organisational responsibilities and legislative requirements
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English, a consistent writing style and industry specific terminology to produce web content to organisational guidelines and to web development standards Uploads content onto the web and modifies existing web content using required syntax and conventions
Problem solving	Applies methodical processes to collect and evaluate organisational information for web publication
Self-management	Demonstrates personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work context
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access websites, publish on a website and write hypertext mark-up language (HTML) code

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT407 Maintain website information standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT434 Maintain website information standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply at least three different industry standard programming practices in the preparation, maintenance and publishing of an organisation’s website.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisation, legislative and industry requirements

develop content to comply with policies applicable to cancellations, returns and refunds

display a site accessible to a variety of customers via electronic communication

develop and modify information to meet e-commerce interaction requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

consumer protection legislation

content features including clarity and readability

electronic commerce modelling language

information architecture principles required to maintain website information standards

instructional design principles required to maintain website information standards

obligations of merchants, service providers and customers in maintaining website information standards

implementation and testing procedures applicable to:

limitations and legislative restrictions display

shipping information displays

order and cancellation capacity of website

client communication facilities

organisational standards, requirements and documentation required to maintain website information standards

privacy legislation applicable to maintaining website information standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies, procedures and guidelines applicable to maintaining website information standards

customer service manuals and general data

information standards for legislative and organisational requirements applicable to maintaining website information standards

software and web development tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create technical documentation that is clear and understandable for the target audience and both easy to navigate and apply.

It applies to individuals working as technical writers, designers, developers and support staff, who are required to produce technical support documents of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) related work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce technical documentation	1.1 Identify and evaluate technical documentation requirements and confirm details with client 1.2 Investigate and determine industry standards for technical documentation requirements 1.3 Define and document scope of work to be produced 1.4 Validate and confirm scope of work with client
2. Design and develop technical documentation	2.1 Identify technical documentation information requirements 2.2 Create document templates and style guides consistent with information requirements 2.2 Assess and document ICT system functionality 2.3 Extract content that meets information requirements according to copyright restrictions 2.4 Develop structure of technical documentation and validate with client 2.5 Write technical documentation based on template and scope of work using information gathered 2.6 Apply content format and style according to documentation standards and templates
3. Finalise technical documentation and prepare for publication	3.1 Submit technical documentation to required personnel for review 3.2 Gather and analyse feedback and implement required changes and improvements to technical documentation 3.3 Review and edit technical documentation and confirm technical and grammatical accuracy 3.4 Confirm completed technical documentation meets client requirements and scope of work 3.5 Submit to required personnel for final sign off and approval to prepare publication 3.6 Prepare technical documentation for publication and distribution using applicable channels
4. Finalise technical documentation production	4.1 Confirm all technical documentation and approval procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of technical documentation creation 4.3 Evaluate and report on technical documentation creation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and evaluates organisational documentation and standards, and a range of online and hard copy text containing technical project related terminology and diagrams, then applies information to the development of technical documentation Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons and computer-generated text
Writing	Translates technical terminology into plain English and confirms viewers have a complete understanding of requirements Develops technical documents to organisational standards using organisational naming conventions, terminology, style and format
Oral communication	Confirms understanding of requirements, presents information and obtains feedback using applicable language
Teamwork	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose applicable to own role, when communicating with others
Initiative and Enterprise	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities applicable to own work and general legal principles applicable across work contexts Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT408 Create technical documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT435 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two separate technical documents, each for different ICT products, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine and comply with industry standards for technical documentation requirements

establish customer needs

design, and develop and write technical documentation, including system, procedures, training material and user guides, incorporating applicable standards

gather, analyse and incorporate feedback from clients and required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technical documentation structure, including:

flow of information

style

tone

content format

technical documentation content features, documentation publication and distribution procedures

principles of document design, web design and usability applicable to creating technical documentation

functions and features of templates and style guides

instructional design principles applicable to creating technical documentation

organisational policies, procedures and standards that cover document design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical documentation specifications

industry documentation standards

organisational resources and documentation

information about ICT system, platform, network or application being documented

word processing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop macros and templates for clients using industry recognised software applications.

It applies to individuals working in an office environment, who achieve a degree of self-sufficiency as an advanced Information and Communications technology (ICT) user, and who support software applications activities in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine macro and template requirements	1.1 Identify organisational macro and template requirements according to organisational policies and guidelines 1.2 Determine macro and template specifications for software application use 1.3 Determine documentation requirements 1.4 Confirm macro and template specifications align to organisational requirements, policies and procedures with required personnel
2. Develop macro and template	2.1 Create macro and template using required software application according to specifications 2.2 Present macro and template to required personnel 2.3 Seek feedback from required personnel 2.4 Update and amend macro and template as required
3. Finalise macro and template	3.1 Document support and instruction requirements according to organisational requirements and guidelines 3.2 Provide documentation to required personnel 3.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates using industry standard, technical language and plain English to convey ideas and seek feedback
Reading	Reviews a range of written and online texts to identify organisational guidelines and requirements applicable to job role
Writing	Develops macros using industry standard macro terminology, syntax and conventions Develops templates using organisational guidelines for terminology, to address format, logos and document structure Uses plain English and technical terminology to comply with documentation requirements and develop support documentation
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Demonstrates responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Demonstrates responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT409 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT436 Develop macros and templates for clients using standard products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two macros and two templates using at least two industry recognised software application packages.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine client needs and specifications

document process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of industry standard categories of commercial computing packages, including procedures for:

creating macros and using default templates supplied by the software application package

creating new macros and templates

features and functions of software and hardware used for developing macros and templates supported by the organisation

organisational procedures applicable to developing macros and templates.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documents detailing organisational policies

internet connection

workstation hardware and software

style guides and design brief

technical documentation

use of industry standard software applicable to developing macros and templates.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and execute Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system reviews following implementation at a point where the system has been operational for some time.

It applies to individuals working in a range of ICT development roles in small to medium enterprises (SMEs) and who are required to review the success of a project with a view to contributing to best practice for future projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to review ICT system	1.1 Identify criteria procedures and system implementation results according to organisational guidelines 1.2 Determine review method according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine time frame of review and communicate with required personnel 1.4 Prepare work schedule for review according to organisational requirements
2. Document and conduct systems review	2.1 Document review purpose and process according to organisational requirements 2.2 Distribute document to required personnel 2.3 Conduct systems review according to systems review plan 2.4 Implement data retrieval methods according to systems review plan
3. Document and publish review findings	3.1 Document systems review findings according to organisational requirements 3.2 Distribute review results to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Obtain final review sign off from required personnel 3.5 Lodge finalised review document according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit data, articulate review and scheduling requirements and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and analyses system specific data, output and feedback containing technical terminology to identify system implementation results
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, applicable terminology, formatting and structure applicable to specific task and organisation to develop review criteria, create a schedule and produce reports
Teamwork	Uses required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose applicable to own role
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload and identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT410 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT437 Conduct post-implementation ICT system reviews

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, conduct and communicate one review of an established and operational system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document systems review plan, finalised process and results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key organisational policies, procedures and documentation required to conduct post-implementation ICT systems reviews, including those related to:

organisational business domain

implementation process and issues

project and review methodologies and deliverables

document lodgement standards

industry standard hardware and software products required when conducting post-implementation ICT systems reviews.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware where software installation may be performed

use of industry standard software, including server and workstation hardware and software

documents detailing organisational guidelines and policies for conducting post-implementation ICT system reviews

internet connection

operational system and specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify required software and hardware and deploy as diagnostic and testing tools.

It applies to individuals in a wide range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas who are required to test software and hardware.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify process operational requirements	1.1 Identify testing process requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify any process conflicts and overlapping according to organisational requirements 1.3 Document and validate functional requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Identify and confirm required resources, budget and manpower according to organisational requirements
2. Select hardware and software	2.1 Identify required hardware and software tools according to resource and budget requirements 2.2 Identify and analyse required products and equipment interdependencies 2.3 Document products, equipment, hardware and software requirements according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Configure and test hardware and software	3.1 Install and configure required hardware and software tools according to vendor guidelines and organisational requirements 3.2 Configure systems architecture according to vendor guidelines 3.3 Prepare, schedule and execute functionality tests and record outcomes according to organisational procedures 3.4 Track, interpret and correct functionality errors, as required 3.5 Document and lodge finalised hardware and software configuration according to organisational requirements and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and interprets complex financial information
Reading	Demonstrates comprehension of a large range of complex textual and diagrammatic information with systems related terminology Determines organisational requirements and standards and selects applicable tools and processes
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar together with applicable systems related terminology to document progress and results and develop user documentation Converts jargon, terminology and acronyms into plain English Uses specific scripting and syntax to install, configure and program system to user requirements
Teamwork	Communicates information and resources, provides training voluntarily and feedback to client when required
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context
Self-management	Implements explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Technology	Identifies purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT411 Select and employ software and hardware testing tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT438 Select, configure and deploy software and hardware testing tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and configure hardware and software tools to test one required environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate hardware and software that meet functional requirements

select and use applicable automating tools

develop automating process and produce a measurable outcome according to specified requirements

validate hardware and software performance against client usage requirements

document functional requirements and finalised process

Knowledge Evidence

To The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

batch scripting of nominated automating software routines

applicable aspects of the client business domain applicable to using software and hardware testing tools

vendor product directions

industry standard hardware and software products, and their features and capabilities including:

development tools, including animation development tools

development package automating options

third-party tools for automating a range of software applications

media management tools

interaction between applicable hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard hardware and software

industry standard automating vendor products

client requirements documentation

organisational requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to formulate, implement, monitor and adjust service level agreements (SLAs).

It applies to individuals who work in the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) industry and provide ICT support to small to medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for development of service level agreements (SLAs)	1.1 Determine organisational service standards, values and culture 1.2 Identify and categorise goods and service offerings provided by the organisation 1.3 Identify and determine existing SLAs
2. Develop SLA for consultation	2.1 Identify service needs and service level according to organisational requirements 2.2 Identify any other SLA requirements 2.3 Develop and document draft SLA according to organisational policies, procedures and guidelines
3. Negotiate client support service	3.1 Seek and respond to draft SLA feedback from required personnel 3.2 Present proposed cost and timeframes and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.3 Negotiate terms of proposed SLA and respond to feedback from required personnel 3.4 Document and lodge SLA agreement according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Adjust and finalise SLA procedures	4.1 Determine compatibility of SLA to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 4.2 Seek and respond to SLA compatibility feedback from required personnel 4.3 Determine and implement any adjustments to organisational support according to organisational requirements 4.4 Document any changes to SLA and lodge document according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit client requirements, organisational information and obtain feedback Presents information and negotiates SLAs using reflective responses
Reading	Identifies and evaluates complex business documentation in a variety of formats containing technical terminology and financial information Identifies organisational standards, SLA requirements and client feedback from technically written, complex documentation
Writing	Uses plain English, spelling, applicable grammatical structures and terminology, numerical and financial information Uses required formatting and document structure applicable to job role and organisation to develop SLAs
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans and manages relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Self-management	Responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts Manages outcomes of routine decisions directly applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTICT413 Relate to clients on a business level.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT440 Develop service level agreements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify agreement needs, develop and implement at least one Service Level Agreement (SLA).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

negotiate client requirements for support service within quality, time, target performance and cost parameters

evaluate and document finalised process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard business practices, including:

change management

information gathering techniques

planning process, including development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

the process for the preparation of reports

applicable features and vendor product directions of industry standard hardware and software products required when developing service level agreements

legal principles of commercial contracts and service level agreements

applicable organisational policies, plans and procedures including contracting

concepts relating to negotiation and business relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable organisational policies, procedures and SLAs

contexts for negotiating SLAs

industry standard ICT hardware and software products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to convey technical information to an individual client for their specific use.

It applies to individuals who are competent in a wide range of general Information and Communications Technologies (ICT), and support clients in technical areas, including instructing others on an individual basis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine client needs	1.1 Identify learning needs of one-to-one instruction according to client requirements 1.2 Define required one-to-one method of instruction delivery 1.3 Determine any additional factors for one-to-one instruction delivery according to learning needs
2. Organise instruction resources and plan	2.1 Determine required instruction resources according to instruction requirements 2.2 Prepare and document instruction session according to learning needs and instruction requirements 2.3 Provide instruction plan document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Provide instruction	3.1 Gather required resources according to instruction plan 3.2 Provide instruction session according to instruction plan 3.3 Document instruction session outcomes according to organisational guidelines and procedures 3.4 Identify and refer further instruction requirements and training needs for client
4. Obtain client feedback	4.1 Write and distribute evaluation feedback mechanism to client 4.2 Retrieve, review and identify how client feedback can be incorporated for future instructions 4.3 Report on instruction and client feedback evaluation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reviews documentation to identify information relating to learning needs and delivery method requirements
Writing	Translates technical terminology in order to convey and obtain explicit information for a specific audience
Teamwork	Demonstrates an understanding of requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify applicable information, including required resources and time required to undertake tasks
Self-management	Analyses explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts Manages outcomes of routine decisions directly applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT415 Provide one-to-one instruction.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT441 Provide one-to-one instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine instructions, prepare resources and convey technical information to individual clients for their specific use on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

empathise with learner and accommodate different cultures

instruct in a clear, concise and coherent manner

convey meanings of technical jargon.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard delivery and evaluation methods

adult learning principles and styles applicable to one-to-one instructions

communication and facilitation techniques applicable to one-to-one instructions

critical behaviour issues and problems that can occur with one-on-one instruction

industry standard Information and Communications Technology (ICT) terms and terminology

organisational procedures applicable to providing one-to-one instruction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client learning requirements

documentation outlining organisation’s policies, procedures and guidelines that may impact on how instructions are delivered

required ICT tools, hardware and software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills required to work collaboratively in virtual Information and Communications (ICT) team environments to achieve organisational objectives. It includes contributing to performance and capability within teams, participating in team activities, exchanging knowledge and skills and providing support to team members.

It applies to all individuals who work in teams that utilise multiple technologies to complete a collective task.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify team protocols requirements for working collaboratively in a virtual environment	1.1 Identify team protocols for virtual ways of working, including cyber safety protocol 1.2 Identify communication tools and technology available to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 1.3 Determine roles and responsibilities of team members according to team communication protocols 1.4 Determine areas to improve team protocols for working collaboratively in a virtual environment
2. Develop protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment	2.1 Review technology utilised to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 2.2 Develop protocols to share knowledge collaboratively in a virtual environment according to work details and team objectives 2.3 Develop cyber security protocols in accordance with organisational cyber security procedures
3. Review compliance with protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment	3.1 Review protocols utilised to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments 3.2 Seek feedback from relevant personnel on team communication practices according to working collaboratively in virtual environments protocols 3.3 Determine improvements to future work protocols in virtual environments

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and project specific terminology to liaise with team members, present information and obtain feedback
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating group interaction, influencing direction and occasionally taking a leadership role
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to devise solutions
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT419 Work effectively in the digital media industry.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT443 Work collaboratively in the ICT industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two protocols for teams working collaboratively in virtual environments that help achieve team objectives

identify at least two communication tools and technology to support teams working collaboratively in virtual environments.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review compliance of protocols to work collaboratively in a virtual environment

seek and respond to feedback

share knowledge and information according to work details, team objectives, organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, codes, regulations and standards, and work health and safety requirements for collaborative work arrangements

organisational cyber security protocols

protocols for virtual ways of working, including:

virtual platforms used

frequency of virtual platform use

functions and features of team communication strategies

communication techniques in virtual teams

methods of mediating conflicting perspectives in virtual teams

roles and responsibilities of team members in promoting collaborative work environments

constructive feedback techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation of the organisation’s communication tools and technology available to support virtual, remote and collocated teams

policies and guidelines on using collaborative communication tools

industry standard communication tools, hardware and software

legislative, regulatory and industry codes of practice and organisational guidelines that impact collaborative work

industry standard ICT equipment and technology to research and analyse industry information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and document a client user interface that integrates with front-end applications.

It applies to individuals who work in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs) as software designers and developers and have achieved a degree of autonomy.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare design for interface	1.1 Identify user needs from existing documentation and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine impact of user interface design according to system environment 1.3 Determine and review organisational goals and consistency to organisational styles 1.4 Define user interface design from data query and report formats 1.5 Document needs and findings and obtain approval for proposed interface from required personnel
2. Design and document user interface	2.1 Design menu structures according to acceptance criteria and organisational requirements 2.2 Design screen dialogues according to acceptance criteria and organisational requirements 2.3 Design batch procedures where required according to technical specifications and acceptance criteria 2.4 Design online help and prototype tutorials according to organisational requirements
3. Finalise client user interface process	3.1 Document prototype according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Seek and respond to prototype feedback from required organisational personnel 3.3 Submit prototype document and obtain final sign off from required personnel and task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and applicable language to gather information, confirm understanding of requirements, liaise with the client and obtain feedback
Reading	Interprets a variety of hard copy and online technical and design information to identify system environment, organisational requirements and clarify user requirements
Writing	Uses spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology to produce documents and tutorials to organisational guidelines and user requirements Uses applicable programming syntax and conventions to perform job role Uses concise, plain English and identifies and applies organisational designs, styles, interface and writing principles consistently on titles, text links, buttons, error messages and other interface objects
Planning and organising	Analyses implications of organisational policies and procedures when planning and undertaking work Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Self-management	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT420 Develop client user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT444 Develop client user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and integrate at least one client user interface prototype.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine impact of user interface design in the system environment and identify required data query and report formats

document finalised process according to organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business area and needs and responsibilities within area

industry standard design principles applicable to developing client user interfaces

general features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products and user interfaces

industry standard front-end systems and applications

GUI and web design principles applicable to developing client user interfaces

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures applicable to developing client user interfaces.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications

organisational standards for documentation and version control

project management process and hierarchy

a usability test plan

industry standard usability metrics.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and configure devices and hardware components including mobile devices.

It applies to individuals who use a range of technical skills to configure and connect a device to other devices and maintain system components in a home or workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify devices and hardware components	1.1 Identify and categorise types of devices, including their components and characteristics that require installation and configuration 1.2 Identify and categorise peripheral hardware components that require installation and configuration 1.3 Define purpose, characteristics and suitability of device types and peripheral hardware components according to installation and configuration requirements
2. Plan and configure device components	2.1 Develop and document installation and configuration plan, with prioritised task and contingency arrangements, according to installation and configuration requirements 2.2 Obtain approval for plan from required personnel 2.3 Install and configure components according to plan, installation procedures and technical specifications 2.4 Test components and confirms error-free, enhanced performance
3. Evaluate modified system	3.1 Evaluate device connectivity according to vendor and technical specifications 3.2 Seek and respond to user feedback and update any identified performance issues 3.3 Evaluate and confirm device changes with client and required personnel 3.4 Document finalised process and outcomes and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Uses each experience to reflect on ways in which variables impact on outcomes and to gain insights into what constitute effective strategies and practices for future work
Numeracy	Identifies and interprets numerical data associated with device and component specifications
Reading	Interprets and analyses online and hard copy documentation containing complex Information Communications Technology (ICT) related terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	Uses spelling, grammar and plain English to articulate to audience Uses ICT specific terminology, diagrams and syntax to convey explicit recommendations, requirements and information
Initiative and enterprise	Develops strategies to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they contribute to longer term operational and organisational goals
Planning and organising	Identifies implications of organisational policies and procedures when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Responds to familiar problems requiring immediate attention, quickly drawing on past experience to devise solutions
Self-management	Keeps up to date with organisational policies and procedures applicable to own rights and responsibilities
Technology	Interprets purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT421 Connect, maintain and configure hardware components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT445 Connect and configure devices and hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect and configure at least one device and at least two related and required components.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install components across at least three different situations and account for at least one unexpected contingency

modify system’s hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components according to task requirements

plan modification and connection of hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components according to vendor and technical specifications

test components and rectify identified problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different types, characteristics and functions of different devices, hardware, internal hardware and peripheral hardware components including:

types

characteristics

functions

diagnostic and testing hardware and software tools, systems and functions

operating systems (OS) related to configuration and testing

industry standard hardware and software products

organisational policies and procedures and manufacturer’s instructions

installation and configuration plans for component installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

devices, including required hardware, internal hardware and peripheral components for installation and configuration, including:

a mobile smartphone

tablet

computer

industry standard performance testing software

technical manuals, tools and test equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the principles of service management when supporting and resolving Information and Communications Technology (ICT) service desk cases.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT service roles and are responsible for providing ICT service desk support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to work on service desk	1.1 Identify organisational policies and procedures of service desk quality 1.2 Identify service management principles 1.3 Access and prepare service desk environment according to organisational procedures 1.4 Test service desk systems are working to function according to organisational procedures
2. Support service desk	2.1 Operate service desk systems to open a new service case 2.2 Investigate and confirm nature of service case 2.3 Inform customer of service case progression according to service management principles 2.4 Escalate service case according to service management principles, when required 2.5 Confirm service case is resolved 2.6 Implement service desk closure principles 2.7 Seek client feedback on closure of service case
3. Apply continuous improvement to service desk	3.1 Review service desk records according to service management principles 3.2 Identify potential service desk areas for improvement 3.3 Plan implementation of service desk performance improvement 3.4 Document proposed improvements and submit to required personnel
4. Finalise service desk procedures	4.1 Confirm all service desk and management procedures have been performed 4.2 Review and assess impact of service desk support according to service management principles 4.3 Evaluate and report on service desk procedures according to service management principles

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual and organisational documentation containing ICT specific terminology to service desk quality and review records
Writing	Uses language, spelling and grammar and applicable ICT terminology to obtain feedback and document proposed improvements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques together with reflective responses to elicit customer information and give and receive feedback
Teamwork	Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Self-management	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with customers’ needs
Technology	Interprets principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT422 Participate in ICT services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT446 Apply ICT service management principles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply service desk management principles in the provision of service desk support for two different services cases, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access, test and operate service desk systems according to organisational procedures

investigate and confirm nature of service case and provide service desk support

plan and document strategies to improve service desk performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

service management principles

service desk procedures

service desk system operation and testing

service case support, management and closure procedures

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures applicable to service desk management, including escalation policy and procedures

industry standard practices in ICT service desk support

basic technical service management terminology

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements directly impacting resolution processes

quality assurance applicable to service desk management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

service management principles

customer, client or user with service case that requires resolution

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that directly impact on resolution processes

service logs and procedures

service desk software and systems

customer contact technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to participate in the delivery of ICT projects using industry-endorsed agile project management methodologies.

It applies to those who, whilst working under a level of supervision, work within an agile environment where the ability to deliver project increments is required. It includes ICT roles such as software, web or gaming developers within development environments, project managers, and helpdesk support officers who work with many different project management styles and environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up agile projects	1.1 Identify project characteristics and confirm agile project management methodology and timelines 1.2 Gather project requirements and confirm with client 1.3 Discuss and define team member roles and responsibilities and confirm own work role within agile project 1.4 Confirm minimal viable increments according to project requirements and define definition of done 1.5 Determine increment timelines and stages of increment delivery 1.6 Determine and implement communication tools with team
2. Deliver agile project increments	2.1 Determine and contribute towards progress trackers and version control procedures for agile project 2.2 Initiate project increment work according to agile methodologies and version control procedures 2.3 Complete project increment according to agile methodologies 2.4 Commit project work to online environment and confirm project progression with team and project manager
3. Finalise agile project	3.1 Confirm all increments have been completed according to project requirements 3.2 Review and assess impact of contributions to agile project and team performance 3.3 Report on contributions and discuss with team 3.4 Participate in agile project debrief and document outcomes and lessons learnt

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Produces materials and written updates using agile communication tools
Teamwork	Selects the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose to own role, when communicating with others
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Participates in team planning of agile increments
Self-management	Evaluates task completion and the impact of such completions
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine agile project tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT447 Work effectively in agile environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

participate in the delivery of at least two ICT project using the agile project management methodology.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

utilise project and communication work tools and platforms

participate in agile meetings

uphold communication channels according to agile methodologies and team agreement.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

agile methodologies, including:

project management

team member roles and responsibilities

characteristics of increments, increment timelines and stages of increment delivery

project work tools and platforms

communication tools and platforms

agile meetings, including:

huddles

KANBAN

scrums

sprints

project debrief

work task prioritisation requirements and contingencies

version control and progress tracking systems and processes.

functions and features of ICT hardware and project management software required for managing agile projects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware and industry software packages required for agile project work

a range of simulated work tasks and project within agile project management teams

simulated working environment and agile project team

the internet

online agile project management tools

communication tools

agile methodology documentation and guiding information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills required to prepare, build and share electronic portfolios to display pieces of finished product and work on behalf of an individual, team or business.

It applies to individuals in multiple Information Communications and Technology (ICT) roles, including software, programming, gaming and web designers, developers, architects and business analysts, who are expected to maintain a professional online or business portfolio of work throughout their professional career at a given point in time. Portfolios, in this instance, can be used to get a job, sell work to a potential client or showcase skills, capabilities, intellectual property and product to the public.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create portfolios	1.1 Research and identify industry electronic portfolio options and standards 1.2 Assess and select hosting platform according to portfolio requirements 1.3 Identify required sections and elements of electronic portfolio 1.4 Gather documentation and examples of work according to portfolio requirements
2. Create portfolios to specifications	2.1 Create portfolio structure according to portfolio specifications 2.2 Upload work and match design specification according to portfolio specifications 2.3 Style electronic portfolio pages according to specifications 2.4 Add accompanying explanatory text and annotations according to portfolio specifications
3. Finalise portfolios in required format	3.1 Test electronic portfolio on required browsers and devices and remediate viruses and errors 3.2 Validate electronic portfolio against industry standards 3.3 Update, save and back up electronic portfolio to required storage units 3.4 Share electronic portfolio according to industry standards 3.5 Submit portfolio and obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual information and user guides to integrate ideas and meet technical requirements
Writing	Uses required programming syntax, language and conventions to create portfolio
Planning and organising	Articulates and selects bodies of work and communication that reflect professional brand and depth and breadth of capability
Problem solving	Applies problem-solving processes and scripting techniques to resolve less predictable problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for outcomes and maintenance of live product Uses exploration, analytical and lateral thinking to identify new ideas and adapt existing ideas to context
Technology	Interprets purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, websites and systems Uses digital systems and tools to create and save files in required formats including applicable website hosts, saving locations and required hardware functions Uses cyber safe techniques and hygiene to maintain portfolio integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT448 Prepare electronic portfolios of work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one electronic portfolio with a minimum of three different examples of work and text.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and validate portfolio on at least two different devices and in two different browsers

share portfolio to at least two different locations online

save and back up portfolio to at least one location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of:

websites

platforms

software

hardware

storage units

design specifications

electronic portfolio options, structures, requirements and standards

industry standard hosting platforms

basic scripting, testing and programming techniques and languages

common viruses and errors and remediation processes

processes to validate electronic portfolios

industry standards for documentation, style and professional brand techniques

sign-off requirements applicable to electronic portfolio work

copyright, privacy, proprietary and intellectual property laws, legislation and policy standards

organisational style guides and procedures applicable to preparing electronic portfolios.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry specific platforms, hardware, devices and websites

the internet, including connectivity and different browsers

storage devices and industry standard services.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use version control systems to track content, versions and maintain a code repository of work when developing in an ICT environment.

It applies to individuals who work in a development environment and create a history of changes to track multiple versions of their own or team’s work. These development environments include processes of designing, building and testing code and product.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use version control systems (VCS)	1.1 Research and choose version control system (VCS) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify required subversion and VCS pre-installation factors 1.3 Determine and communicate installation disruption to required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Install VCS and create personal account and push changes from branch according to VCS service provider and organisational requirements 1.5 Configure tools and user interface of VCS according to organisational requirements
2. Build files in VCS	2.1 Create local repository according to service provider procedures 2.2 Create required directory according to service provider procedures and organisational requirements 2.3 Create and access required staging environment structures and branches 2.4 Create and access files in the repository according to service provider procedures
3. Test VCS	3.1 Add and commit files to staging environment 3.2 Commit required files to local depository 3.3 Locate track of initial version change and confirm new status according to service provider procedures 3.4 Respond to remote pull requests according to service provider procedures 3.5 Retrieve remote commits and locally merge according to service provider procedures
4. Finalise use of VCS	4.1 Document VCS test outcomes according to organisational requirements 4.2 Submit documented outcomes to required personnel 4.3 Respond to feedback on documented outcomes from required personnel 4.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques and effective mode of communication to confirm requirements and negotiate outcomes using required language
Reading	Analyses textual information to establish requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation for final outcomes using comprehensive structure, layout and complex industry language
Teamwork	Applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how, in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine, and some non-routine, tasks, accepting stated goals and required outcomes
Problem solving	Gathers information and identifies and evaluates several choices against a limited set of criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options for action
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit procedures and meets expectations associated with own role when submitting documentation for approval and completing organisational requirements
Technology	Uses procedures and techniques to maintain articulation of version control systems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT449 Use version control systems in development environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, install, create and manage a code on one repository of work on at least three occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate down time, service interruptions and installation of service

document final outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

distributed and centralised version control systems

web-based DevOps lifecycle tools

DevOps automation tools

branching, pull and push commands local/remote

key policies, procedures and documentation required to use version control systems in development environments, including those related to:

repositories and working copies

merging and merge tools

working and indiscriminative commits

resolving conflict and backout changes

principles and techniques of creating repositories and branch workflows

version control industry standard best practices

distributed version control industry standard best practices

workflow processes applicable to using version control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications

simulated work tasks and projects

industry standard version control systems and vendor products

organisation’s ICT policies, procedures and best practice guidelines imperative to task.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to administer and manage blockchain applications for a distributed ledger. It involves the identification of blockchain applications suitable to specified business needs, and the implementation and deployment of the application at various stages throughout the business model.

It applies to those who perform a range of administrative and project management tasks and assess and implement new technologies to business models in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine distributed ledger technology (DLT) application suitability	1.1 Identify purpose and benefit of industry standard DLT applications according to business needs 1.2 Identify business processes and transaction types suitable for DLT application 1.3 Identify business use-case according to business needs 1.4 Determine consensus mechanism and protocols according to business needs 1.5 Identify required DLT service provider platform according to business needs
2. Set up DLT application	2.1 Document DLT requirements and submit to required personnel 2.2 Initiate account according to vendor specifications and business needs 2.3 Generate required accounts according to vendor specifications 2.4 Create and save genesis block 2.5 Initiate required instance according to vendor specifications 2.6 Test DLT solution against business needs 2.7 Document and confirm DLT meets business needs
3. Use distributed ledger application	3.1 Initiate required transaction from application 3.2 Confirm transaction completion with required personnel 3.3 Document back-end technical transaction process 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational impacts relating to data ethics legislation
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining technical specifications and process according to specified requirements
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning own workload and prioritising tasks for required outcomes
Self-management	Implements standard procedures and makes decisions for routine tasks Uses formal decision-making processes for more complex situations

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT450 Identify and use applications for a distributed ledger

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

set up and use at least one distributed ledger application to an organisational process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research business model and determine required distributed ledger application

comply with blockchain best practices and guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business models, processes and transaction types

consensus mechanisms and protocols

underlying distributed ledger technology functions and uses including:

blockchain principles, best practices and guidelines

cryptography

immutable database rules

transactional components

industry standard functions and uses of distributed ledger applications, service provider platforms and their general capabilities

industry standard uses for applications

documentation techniques applicable to documenting DLT requirements

research procedures and techniques used for determining DLT requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software and hardware to access internet and web delivered information

vendor specifications

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to comply with the protection and lawful use of intellectual property (IP) and to implement relevant organisational ethics and privacy policies.

It applies to individuals who are required to use IP owned by other persons and organisations, and to support organisations and stakeholders with the compliance of organisational ethics, and privacy policies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational requirements to comply with IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	1.1 Locate types of existing and potential IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures within the organisation 1.2 Determine and access the organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 1.3 Identify own role in protecting and fulfilling the requirements of the organisations IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to avoid infringement of IP and privacy requirements 1.4 Provide support and advice to relevant personnel about the operations of the organisation’s IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures
2. Evaluate and implement organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures	2.1 Monitor whether required personnel are abiding by organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 2.2 Evaluate whether implemented IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures help prevent IP and privacy infringement 2.3 Assist with the maintenance, development and implementation of IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures 2.4 Communicate potential risks and opportunities for improvement of IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures to relevant personnel
3. Contribute to non-compliance incident identification and recommendations	3.1 Contribute to organisational risk assessment and identification process 3.2 Review internal and external non-compliance and intellectual property infringement incidents 3.3 Recommend actions to overcome non-compliance incidents to relevant personnel 3.4 Determine and report areas of potential risk and non-compliance to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Provides information using language and terminology required for audience Obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Reading	Selects, interprets, synthesises and critically analyses information required for compliance with IP, ethics and privacy policies
Writing	Records information in accordance with requirements Develops texts using language required for audience needs
Planning and organising	Plans and implements a range of tasks directly related to own role, seeking assistance where required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for adhering to legal and regulatory compliance with respect to own work

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT451 Comply with IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and implement at least three different types of intellectual property (IP) within an organisation

assist, on at least two occasions, with the development and implementation of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy and procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assist with maintenance of organisational IP, ethics and privacy policy procedures

review potential risks and non-compliance incidents

contribute to the development of non-compliance incident recommendations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key legislation required to evaluate and implement IP in the ICT industry

key policies, procedures and documentation in the ICT industry, including those related to:

organisational IP policies and procedures

codes of ethics pertinent to the ICT industry

privacy

key organisational communication processes and procedures related to identifying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies, codes of practice, legislation and standards of documentation

workplace documentation and resources

IP case studies and, where possible, real situations

hardware and software applicable to applying legislative and organisational policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and evaluate existing and emerging technologies and hardware solutions to support organisational strategic goals.

The unit applies to those in senior roles who administer and manage information and communications technology (ICT) support in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs) using a wide range of general ICT technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine organisational needs	1.1 Establish organisational requirements and selection criteria for new technology 1.2 Review strategic goals and determine future requirements 1.3 Assess physical infrastructure and financial parameters against strategic goals 1.4 Determine and document organisational technology requirements
2. Research vendors and suppliers	2.1 Identify supplier and vendor options according to organisational technology requirements 2.2 Source information from suppliers and vendors 2.3 Assess vendor information against industry standards 2.4 Review emerging standards and applications for compatibility with supplier and vendor information 2.5 Select suppliers and vendors according to organisational requirements
3. Evaluate and report on hardware technology options	3.1 Review and test hardware and confirm it meets organisational requirements 3.2 Identify project risks associated with identified hardware 3.3 Document findings in a report and present to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify hardware technology that will benefit the organisation
Writing	Uses specialised, cohesive language to present an evaluation of hardware technology to a specific audience
Numeracy	Interprets financial information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time constraints and budgetary information
Self-management	Recognises and identifies the implications of organisational policies and procedures when planning and undertaking work
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and reflecting some awareness of resource constraints
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT501 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT518 Research and review hardware technology options for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify hardware technology improvements for an organisation on at least one occasion, including:

analysing and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements

accessing and conveying conceptual information regarding emerging technology in relation to organisational needs

forecasting future needs for planning and research purposes and recommending technology options

documenting findings in a report and seeking and responding to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of business planning processes applicable to researching technology

client business needs that can be satisfied by the provision of information and communications technology (ICT) products and services

current business practices for preparing reports

current industry and technology information sources

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware, cabling and software products, and emerging trends and product design

equipment performance benchmarking

industry networks, key individuals and organisations within the ICT industry that influence and report on hardware technology

information gathering techniques required when researching and reviewing hardware technology options

quality assurance practices that promote reliable investigation processes

vendor product directions, including those for:

access and security products

next generation networks

self-configuring asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) or cable modem-router-switch for the small office and home office (SOHO) market

wireless standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

network and computer layout documentation and premises plans

network components

equipment specifications

organisational guidelines

business plan or model

journals of industry and professional associations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements of the project specifications in order to produce a set of high-level component specifications.

The unit applies to systems designers who are required to produce component specifications for programmers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare components	1.1 Document behaviour scenarios according to documentation standards 1.2 Identify and develop components according to project specifications 1.3 Prepare diagrams according to required standards
2. Prepare schema	2.1 Analyse and document component connectivity 2.2 Identify and incorporate data flow iteration 2.3 Prepare component action diagrams according to required standards
3. Prepare component model	3.1 Review and update functional requirements 3.2 Specify interface components and component relationships 3.3 Prepare interaction diagrams according to standards
4. Iterate and review model	4.1 Conduct walk-through of current model and review functionality 4.2 Identify relationships and confirm integration of model 4.3 Review class service requirements 4.4 Prepare initial test criteria 4.5 Implement process for incremental testing

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses text with complex terminology, diagrams, code, syntax, icons and symbols to evaluate current system functionality and technical requirements
Writing	Uses task related terminology and a formal document structure, choosing format and style according to document audience and organisational requirements Uses required vocabulary, terminology, labelling and naming conventions to develop diagrams using industry specific design tools
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for efficiency
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems in familiar contexts requiring immediate attention
Technology	Recognises and identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT502 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications and ICTPMG504 Prepare project specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT519 Develop detailed component specifications from project specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop component specifications for a project on at least two occasions, including:

identifying and document high level component specifications relevant to the project specifications

analysing and document component connectivity and relationships

documenting and review component modelling.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

component design tools, including features and capabilities

processes for configuration management

key features of a cost-benefit analysis

industry accepted design methodologies and hardware and software products, including features and capabilities

data modelling techniques

program development methodologies

quality assurance practices for preparing component models

standards and organisational policies relating to component specification development

current system functionality for analysing components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical specifications

organisational and process goals

standards for model development

computer aided software engineering (CASE) tools

project deliverables

test plan

project budget

software and hardware required for performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm a transition strategy for new systems based on a revised system design and newly developed change management plan.

The unit applies to those who work as part of a team in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) positions and who are required to plan for a transition to new system websites, networks or software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm delivery and acceptance plan	1.1 Evaluate revised system design and change management plan 1.2 Confirm phased delivery with client and project team 1.3 Confirm method of acceptance and acceptance criteria 1.4 Confirm that acceptance test plan is in place and agreed
2. Develop and confirm data take-up plan	2.1 Identify data source for each database 2.2 Analyse potential integrity constraints 2.3 Design data conversion workflow 2.4 Identify interface requirements, data take-up method, complexity and effort required 2.5 Develop required data conversion contingencies and confirm with required personnel
3. Confirm cutover plan	3.1 Agree on conversion window in operational timescale with required personnel 3.2 Plan and confirm parallel running with required personnel 3.3 Determine and confirm approval of dependencies with required personnel 3.4 Determine and confirm approval of fall-back options with required personnel 3.5 Confirm approval of checkpoints, tests and responsibilities with required personnel 3.6 Confirm approval of resources, tasks and timescales with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and analyses complex electronic and hard copy documentation, information and data containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to organise conversion and identify data convention contingencies
Writing	Applies formal labels, logos, formatting and document structure required by the organisation to ensure signoff obtained is valid
Oral Communication	Articulates strategies clearly and distinctively, based on techniques and language specific to audience and environment, and uses probing, clarifying questions to ensure strategies are understood
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses numerical and financial information and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions related to timeframe, logistics and budgets
Planning and organising	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and reflecting some awareness of resource constraints Uses analytical processes in a variety of situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT504 Confirm transition strategy for a new system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT520 Confirm transition strategy for new systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm new systems transition strategy for an organisation on at least one occasion, including:

confirming acceptance plan

developing and confirming data take-up plan

confirming cutover plan.

In the course of the above the candidate must:

identify and liaise with required personnel

seek and respond to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technology transition strategies

current business practices related to transition strategies

phased delivery requirements

methods of acceptance for transition strategies

key features of data take-up, including:

data sources

integrity constraints

data conversion workflow

interface requirements

data take-up methods

data conversion contingencies

key features of cutover plans, including:

conversion windows

dependencies

fall-back options data conversion workflow design, including considerations for:

data validation

data clean-up

data loading.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT specifications

change management plan

acceptance test plan

system design

ICT security assurance specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify opportunities for using new technology to support and enable efficient business models.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) staff in a range of areas who are required to research innovative approaches to meeting organisational requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate current state	1.1 Map existing ICT process flow against performance standards and identify areas that may benefit from improvement 1.2 Evaluate existing business models and processes 1.3 Identify and analyse changes in technological, client and supply chain environments 1.4 Document factors identified and submit to required personnel for review
2. Research business models	2.1 Investigate alternative business models in use in similar businesses 2.2 Identify and determine relevance of business models in use and under development in other industry sectors 2.3 Investigate and evaluate new business models 2.4 Evaluate opportunities identified against business requirements 2.5 Prioritise and document identified opportunities
3. Propose new business model	3.1 Select new business model according to organisational requirements 3.2 Develop performance benchmarks for chosen business model 3.3 Determine and model new business processes 3.4 Document proposed business model according to organisational procedures 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel for sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text, diagrams, business models and statistical and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising information ICT modelling tools, and specialised and cohesive language and document structures
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to business models to analyse the current model, identify current and future needs, and develop new technology models
Self-management	Identifies and responds to explicit and implicit protocols in familiar work contexts Uses systematic analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against organisational requirements
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience, and monitoring impact
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and communicate effectively with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT507 Select new technology models for business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT521 Select new technology supported business model

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

propose a new technology supported business model for an organisation based on organisational requirements on at least one occasion, including:

identifying new approaches to technology use

determining the suggested focus of the selected business model according to identified performance improvement standards

documenting the new business model.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

procedures for benchmark selection and development

key features of business process design, including:

case diagrams

business process modelling and notation

activity diagrams

key components of business-to-business and business-to-customer interface and liaison

copyright and intellectual property factors relating to selecting new technology models

current organisational environment, including:

technological

client

supply chain

methods for determining impact of technological change

principles of electronic commerce modelling language (ECML)

procedures for interpreting environmental scanning

procedures for interpreting design specifications

key features of modelling methodology

key components of value and supply chain management

key features of website architecture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business systems

analysis software

modelling software

business requirements

current industry news

supply and value chain analysis.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and test a range of vendor products and equipment against a client’s organisational requirements.

The unit applies to those in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) areas who are required to assess hardware and software products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project parameters	1.1 Evaluate and prioritise business requirements 1.2 Identify conflicting and overlapping business requirements 1.3 Confirm budget and available resources 1.4 Validate business requirements, budget and resource needs with client
2. Identify vendor products and equipment	2.1 Investigate a representative range of vendor products and equipment 2.2 Identify and document interdependencies 2.3 Specify and document technical alternatives available to business 2.4 Determine and document availability of products and equipment 2.5 Confirm vendor products and equipment meet Australian and other required standards
3. Test vendor products and services	3.1 Develop valid and reliable test regime 3.2 Establish test environment and calibrate measuring equipment 3.3 Undertake testing of products and equipment and document results 3.4 Undertake revised testing where initial tests are inconclusive or where alternative product configuration may meet business requirements
4. Evaluate vendor products, services and equipment	4.1 Rate vendor products for quality, performance and support 4.2 Rate vendor products for fit with client needs 4.3 Establish product limitations, performance, integration capabilities and costs, and compare with established business requirements 4.4 Prepare cost-benefit analysis
5. Prepare evaluation report	5.1 Document product information in order of preference 5.2 Produce a report specifying preferred product and provide rationale for recommendations 5.3 Submit report to client for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates highly technical documents, diagrams, business strategies and statistical and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources using specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to products, equipment and integration costs Uses a range of software tools to apply statistical and financial functions and prepare a cost-benefit analysis
Self-management	Identifies the legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and recognises some legal principles across work contexts
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex non-routine tasks and demonstrates an understanding of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT522 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine vendor products and equipment options for an organisation according to requirements on at least one occasion, including:

evaluating a range of vendor products and equipment against requirements

testing all identified product options

documenting the selected items and selection rationale in a report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

relevance and application of the following for evaluating and selecting products:

code of ethics

international standards

vendor products

client business domain

copyright and intellectual property

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

current and future technical systems considerations required by business

features and functions of relevant hardware components and software products and the interaction between them

measures required for test regimes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client functional requirements

hardware and software specifications from vendors

test procedures and activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, analyse and document business requirements.

The unit applies to systems analyst developers and project team leaders and managers who are responsible for gathering data to identify business requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify information sources	1.1 Determine information required according to project requirements 1.2 Evaluate available information against project requirements 1.3 Identify addition information sources based on evaluation of information 1.4 Develop critical questions to elicit information from key stakeholders using a mixture of open and closed questions
2. Gather data	2.1 Review current organisational documentation and identify data required for project 2.1 Use a wide range of information gathering techniques according to project requirements 2.2 Review reports and other data sources for business information 2.3 Confirm with stakeholders business critical factors relating to current and future directions of organisation
3. Prepare data analysis for review	3.1 Analyse group and individual responses to clearly define business priorities 3.2 Document data analysis for review according to organisational standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses, evaluates and applies complex online and hard copy documentation containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to identify business requirements
Writing	Uses plain English and appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing information gathering documentation Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, terminology, diagrams, numerical information, formatting and structure relevant to the job role and organisation to document the analysis
Oral Communication	Articulates research and resource requirements clearly and directs discussions to elicit the views and opinions of others by using effective listening and open questioning techniques
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions to analyse financial information
Self-management	Identifies and responds to explicit and implicit protocols in familiar work contexts and articulates the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT509 Gather data to identify business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT523 Gather data to identify business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify sources and gather information pertinent to the business requirements

review and analyse business requirements based on business strategy and current and future directions

confirm the business-critical factors with stakeholders

prepare data and document data analysis for review according to organisational standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of client business domain that inform project team and client understanding of business needs

industry accepted hardware and software products, general features and capabilities considerations when determining business functions

role of stakeholders and degree of their involvement in the process

quality assurance practices required when determining business requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

project brief

business documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse Information and Communications Technology (ICT) goals, objectives and future requirements for an organisation and determine the best ICT systems solution.

The unit applies to those who administer and manage ICT support and participate in the development of strategic initiatives in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate ICT needs of the organisation	1.1 Analyse organisation’s current needs and projected ICT requirements 1.2 Review organisational environment and relevant industry changes and trends 1.3 Determine ICT goals, objectives and future requirements 1.4 Document outcomes and submit to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Determine project goals and objectives	2.1 Confirm project scope with required personnel 2.2 Evaluate organisational impact of changes 2.3 Document project, goals and impact of changes according to requirements
3. Determine best ICT systems solution	3.1 Evaluate a range of ICT systems solutions according to project goals 3.2 Define high-level hardware, software and communications environment required for proposed systems solution 3.3 Develop a feasibility study and a cost-benefit analysis for proposed solution 3.4 Confirm that proposed solution aligns with organisation’s strategic plan 3.5 Submit feasibility study and cost-benefit analysis document to required personnel for approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates a wide range of organisational documentation, financial and statistical data, and technical documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams
Writing	Uses ICT specific terminology and structures document according to documentation purpose
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to products, equipment and integration costs Uses a range of software tools to apply statistical and financial functions and prepare a cost-benefit analysis
Self-management	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content according to purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to evaluate cost benefits and appropriate solutions
Technology	Recognises and identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT510 Determine appropriate ICT strategies and solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT524 Determine ICT strategies and solutions for organisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems solutions for an organisation according to client requirements on at least one occasion, including:

analysing the organisation’s current needs and projected ICT requirements

determining the impact of system changes on the organisation

evaluating and recommending ICT strategies and systems solutions to meet business objectives

developing a feasibility study and cost-benefit analysis of proposed solution

seeking and responding to feedback throughout the process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current industry systems development methodologies

business planning process relevant to developing an ICT business solution

current business practices for:

preparing business reports

facilitation of group interviews

quality assurance practices for ICT solutions

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

key components of feasibility studies and cost-benefit analyses in relation to ICT strategies and solutions

information sources for a cost-benefit analysis

role and degree of stakeholder involvement in developing ICT strategy

specific client business requirements in relation to proposed ICT solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

detailed information relating to current needs and project requirements of the business

client expectations brief

business risks and objectives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, plan and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies at an identified industry standard.

The unit applies to those engaged in ongoing review and research to identify, manage and evaluate the implementation of industry technologies or techniques to improve aspects of the organisation’s activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse and plan implementation of industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify technologies specific to industry sector 1.2 Evaluate relevance of industry specific technologies to organisational requirements 1.3 Plan implementation of industry specific technologies to meet organisational requirements
2. Manage application of industry specific technology	2.1 Coordinate testing of industry specific technology 2.2 Implement specific features and functions of industry specific technology to provide a suitable solution to an identified problem 2.3 Access and use sources of information relating to industry specific technology
3. Review, analyse and evaluate industry specific technology performance	3.1 Analyse implementation of industry specific technology for performance and usability 3.2 Review and evaluate benefits of implemented technology to organisation 3.3 Determine environmental considerations involved with the use of new technology 3.4 Seek feedback from users where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures and terminology and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation Uses questioning strategies, when developing feedback gathering documentation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Self-management	Identifies legislation and regulations relevant to own rights and responsibilities and demonstrates understanding of the implications of these when planning work Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT514 Identify and manage the implementation of current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT525 Identify and manage the implementation of industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement industry specific technology for an organisation, according to organisational requirements, on at least one occasion, including:

analysing and critically evaluating the features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to an industry standard

managing the implementation process of new and emerging industry specific technology

reviewing the performance of the industry specific technologies for the organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

trends and applications of current vendor products and technologies

techniques for gathering information to assist in identifying and managing implementation of industry specific technologies

current directions of information and communications technology (ICT) and specifically of the major industry technology standards used in the specified area

general features, capabilities and application of current industry hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry specific technologies currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deal with clients at a senior level, to identify their business requirements and verify the accuracy of the information gathered.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) personnel operating with a high degree of autonomy for managing activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish business relationship	1.1 Identify organisational structure, culture and politics in relation to support requirements 1.2 Identify internal and external organisational stakeholders 1.3 Develop business relationship with client 1.4 Schedule regular liaisons with client to manage relationship
2. Determine context of business need or problem	2.1 Work with client to define business problem to be investigated 2.2 Establish system boundaries and scope according to business requirements 2.3 Manage preparation of required information gathering 2.4 Confirm that project objectives and outcomes are documented 2.5 Work with client to substantiate documentation
3. Source and analyse information	3.1 Supervise information gathering from identified clients of system 3.2 Analyse gathered client responses according to business information needs 3.3 Analyse new system requirements according to business information needs 3.4 Confirm that new system requirements and problems have been documented
4. Confirm system specifications	4.1 Review system specifications documentation with client 4.2 Work with client to verify system specifications, updating documentation as required 4.3 Obtain final approval and sign-off from client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex and technical online and hard copy documentation containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to identify organisational requirements, analyse business problems and identify solutions
Writing	Uses questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing information gathering documentation Uses grammatical structures and terminology, diagrams and flow charts, numerical information, and formatting and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation to record new system requirements and associated risks
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions and uses detailed and clear language to clarify and present information according to requirements and audience
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to evaluate appropriate solutions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints
Technology	Recognises and identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT515 Verify client business requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT526 Verify client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

verify project specific information for a client on at least one occasion, including:

establishing business relationships through investigation of the organisation and interviews with client and staff

determining and documenting business expectations and needs, including critical business requirements

working with clients and staff to gather, analyse and confirm information contributions

reviewing and gaining approval for system specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

process for communicating with client in order to gather and report data

client business requirements relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) product selection

process used to identify products related to the business

roles and responsibilities of stakeholders.

Assessment Conditions

conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client expectations brief

business objectives

systems, data gathering and appropriate software products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, develop and maintain blockchain solutions to specified business needs.

It applies to those in roles, including senior software developers or blockchain developers, who perform the planning, development and implementation of new and existing technologies to business models in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine blockchain solution requirements	1.1 Establish blockchain objectives, purpose and requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Identify organisational processes and transactional types suitable for blockchain technology 1.3 Identify organisational use-case according to organisational needs 1.4 Determine legislation and organisational policies and procedures for blockchain and determine impact on solution
2. Design blockchain solution components	2.1 Gather data according to organisational needs 2.2 Design integration workflow according to organisational need 2.3 Determine security and platform for blockchain solution 2.4 Document design plan according to organisational needs
3. Implement blockchain solution	3.1 Set up required platform according to design plan 3.2 Initialise blockchain solution according to vendor specifications 3.3 Implement required consensus portal 3.4 Execute smart command in required platform according to blockchain solution 3.5 Debug and scale blockchain solution
4. Maintain blockchain solution	4.1 Test performance against organisational needs and requirements 4.2 Determine and conduct maintenance tests 4.3 Determine and document maintenance schedule 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Obtains information to confirm requirements and responsibilities distinctively using appropriate industry language
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining maintenance schedule according to specified requirements
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT527 Develop and maintain blockchain solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, implement and maintain a blockchain solution aligned to a specific organisational criterion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and identify industry standard technology options.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

underlying blockchain principles applicable to developing and maintaining solutions

objectives, purpose and requirements of blockchain solutions

suitability of blockchain different transaction and data types

transactional types and components suitable for blockchain technology

techniques to debug, scale and test blockchain solutions

capabilities and purpose of blockchain technology

industry standard uses for applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software to access internet and web delivered information

industry standard hardware to access internet and web delivered information

client deliverables that assist in information gathering

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to administer and manage smart contracts as a blockchain application. It involves the research, planning and deployment of blockchain applications for smart contracts suitable to specified business need.

It applies to those who work as senior software developers, blockchain developers, or those who are responsible for undertaking the assessment and implementation of new technologies to business models in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and related industries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to deploy blockchain technology	1.1 Establish organisational requirements for blockchain technology and contracts 1.2 Determine existing blockchain infrastructure 1.3 Identify data based on existing infrastructure and organisational requirements 1.4 Determine platform and security requirements
2. Plan deployment strategy	2.1 Determine and document deployment plan according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine and document deployment timelines 2.3 Determine and document impact on organisational operations
3. Implement smart contracts technology	3.1 Deploy technology according to deployment plan 3.2 Determine alignment of technological capabilities against deployment plan 3.3 Determine and apply methods to align smart contract capability against deployment plan 3.4 Create documentation and seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Obtains information to articulate requirements and responsibilities distinctively using appropriate industry language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing deployment plan, timelines and impact on organisational operations using appropriate language for intended audience
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT528 Deploy smart contracts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy a smart contract using blockchain technology on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research organisational business model and determine required distributed ledger application

demonstrate adherence to blockchain best practices and guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

objectives, purpose and requirements of blockchain solutions

blockchain principles that apply to deploying smart contracts

functions and features of cryptography

database rules relevant to deploying smart contracts

transactional components

industry standard uses for applications

industry standard uses for ABI and bytecode variables

uses and functions of Integrated Development Environment (IDE)

libraries and languages relevant to deploying smart contracts

security best practices and principles applicable to smart contracts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software to access internet and web delivered information

industry standard hardware to access internet and web delivered information

client deliverables that assist in information gathering

platforms providing distributed ledger applications

blockchain best practice guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead and organise an agile team of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and other industry professionals to deliver a project within an agile project management framework.

The unit applies to those in ‘scrum master’ roles and those responsible for leading team members within an agile project. This includes working as project leads within software, web, application and game development environments, without the function of client negotiation or overall business management of the project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish agile project and team	1.1 Identify and confirm project requirements, outcomes and client expectations with required personnel 1.2 Confirm agile project management methodology and timelines according to project requirements 1.3 Consolidate and confirm prioritisation of tasks according to project timelines 1.4 Confirm project scope, budget and key dates with required personnel 1.5 Negotiate and facilitate team members choosing roles and responsibilities with required personnel
2. Coordinate effective team communication	2.1 Discuss, confirm and implement ways and forms of communicating through tools and meetings with required personnel 2.2 Facilitate and manage agile meeting and encourage others to share feedback and progress 2.3 Check alignment of tasks, progress and timelines match communication and meeting agendas 2.4 Manage work progress and update communication tools according to project progress
3. Prioritise and manage backlog	3.1 Identify and prioritise work backlog according to client requirements 3.2 Determine increment timelines and stages of incremental delivery according to project requirements 3.3 Select range of backlog items to work on in first sprint 3.4 Communicate and coach team to self-select backlog streams and confirm with required personnel 3.5 Manage project work and track progress against project requirements 3.6 Coach and seek feedback from team members 3.7 Raise and action feedback outcomes according to project requirements and personnel feedback 3.8 Re-prioritise deliverables and backlog for next sprint according to client requirements
4. Finalise agile project	4.1 Collate project deliverables and prepare to present to client according to project requirements 4.2 Review and discuss project outcomes, agile effectiveness and team performance with required personnel 4.3 Lead agile project debrief and document outcomes and lessons learnt

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret numerical information and to prepare/reconcile financial data
Oral communication	Actively listens and contributes to discussions to confirm requirements and discusses solutions to identified problems Applies coaching techniques to encourage and support team members to achieve potential in team environment
Reading	Interprets complex text in order to address the project requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documents using required language and grammar to present ideas, options and recommendations in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved when establishing the project team Actively builds formal and informal networks to include key people/communities with expert skills and knowledge
Problem solving	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring the project and system testing Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering required information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when conducting post project reviews
Self-management	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role and business deadlines

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT529 Organise and lead agile projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, lead and evaluate at least three project sprints comprised of different project work tasks within an agile project framework.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use at least one project management tool for effective team communication

use at least two different agile methodologies for communicating with team members.

coach team members and facilitate agile team culture and mindset

discuss and agree on frequency of team communication, feedback and project progress

apply agile principles and allow team to self-govern.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

agile principles, mindsets and behaviours

agile methodologies, including:

project management

team member roles and responsibilities

characteristics of increments, increment timelines and stages of increment delivery

project work tools and platforms

communication tools and platforms

agile meetings, including huddles and scrums

KANBAN board tools

project debrief methodologies

work task prioritisation requirements and contingencies

version control and progress tracking

ICT hardware and project management software applicable to organising and managing agile projects

communication techniques and practices required to coach others and lead meetings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware and industry software packages required for agile project work

a range of simulated work tasks and project within agile project management teams

project requirements and agile project team

the internet and connectivity

required online agile project management and communication tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design solutions using a user experience (UX) methodology, with the users’ experience at the centre of design. In this unit, a user refers to a customer or client who will interact and use a product, service and/or platform.

The unit applies to those working as business and systems analysts, as well as developers of software, games, websites, applications, products and services. UX design aims to improve, optimize and add value to the users’ experience of a designed solution (product, service or platform).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Explore and validate problem	1.1 Define current problem according to business needs 1.2 Research problem and alternatives in market 1.3 Set data metrics and goals, and define design success according to business needs 1.4 Research user groups and confirm groups suitable for consultation
2. Research and develop user groups’ experiences	2.1 Research problem, required user group information and solutions in market 2.2 Document research and synthesise findings 2.3 Interview user groups and document user experience findings and feedback according to user and market segmentation 2.4 Create user group personas and map to user experience problems and improvement opportunities 2.5 Develop wireframes to communicate user experience according to current problem
3. Create solution options and validate solution	3.1 Workshop and determine solutions according to user experience, problems and improvement opportunities identified 3.2 Confirm best solution with required personnel and client according to UX principals and user needs 3.3 Develop solution prototype according to confirmed solution 3.4 Test solution according to required methodology 3.5 Collect feedback from user groups and adjust solution according to UX principles and user needs 3.6 Finalise solution and document work according to organisational requirements
4. Finalise and present UX solution	4.1 Finalise and confirm UX solution 4.2 Document and collate findings and solution documentation according to organisational requirements 4.3 Present solutions to required personnel 4.4 Integrate UX design into solution according to business need

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements and participate in discussion to synthesise information from others
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, information and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information to determine requirements, meaning and applicability to task
Writing	Prepares complex documents using required language and grammar to present ideas, options and recommendations in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Builds formal and informal networks to include key people/communities with expert skills and knowledge Coordinates team effectiveness by including, coaching, informing and coordinating others
Problem solving	Makes complex decisions in varied situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring the project and design process
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas and work practices through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of technologies and operates them effectively to complete design exercises and identify how others use technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT530 Design user experience solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and document at least one user experience (UX) solution for a user group of at least 3 people.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake research and consultation

test, adjust and improve solution to desired outcome.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

consultation and communication techniques and methodologies applicable to designing user experience solutions

UX principles and values, including usefulness, aesthetics, desirability, useability and function

UX methodologies and techniques, including:

design thinking

use-mapping and journey exercises

market segmentation

testing solution on user groups

testing function and useability

validating user experience of solution.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

wireframe and prototype tools and templates

design problem or business case

user group of at least three different people.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain professional and ethical conduct, as well as to ensure that personal information of stakeholders is handled in a confidential and professional manner when dealing with stakeholders in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to ICT personnel who are required to gather information to determine the organisation’s code of ethics and protect and maintain privacy policies and system security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish organisational IP requirements	1.1 Identify industry standard intellectual property (IP) and copyright legislation, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify and document organisational policy and industry standard legislation against organisational work practices 1.3 Distribute new or revised policy and procedures to stakeholders according to organisational procedures
2. Review and determine organisational IP, ethics and privacy policies	2.1 Review organisational privacy policy and procedures and determine compliance with industry standard requirements 2.2 Review organisational code of ethics and determine compliance with industry standard requirements 2.3 Review ethical work practices and feedback and determine application of code according to organisational requirements
3. Contribute to privacy policy	3.1 Update privacy policy and procedures and code of ethics to align with required privacy legislation 3.2 Distribute revised policy, procedures and ethics to required personnel 3.3 Implement new work procedures and ethics according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test level of integrity, confidentiality, security and availability of information according to industry standards and organisational policies and procedures
4. Maintain ethics code	4.1 Establish and document review and grievance procedures and submit to required personnel 4.2 Seek and respond to review and grievance procedure documents feedback from required personnel 4.3 Obtain final sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses each experience to reflect on ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes and to gain insights into what constitutes decision making in different contexts
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchange of ideas and elicits views and opinions of others using listening and questioning techniques Identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Reading	Analyses and evaluates complex text to determine legislative and organisational standards, and applies information to organisational policies and processes
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a range of sources, utilising support materials and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style applicable to audience and organisation
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Self-management	Identifies and analyses changes to legislation and regulations applicable to own rights and responsibilities Identifies implications of changes to legislation and regulations applicable to own rights and responsibilities when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTICT418 Contribute to copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT532 Apply IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse legislation and standards, and contribute to policy and procedures improvements in code of ethics and privacy policy documents in the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry on at least once occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document and communicate updates with relevant personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

codes of ethics pertinent to ICT industry

federal, state and territory legislation and policies applicable to ICT environments and relating to:

copyright and intellectual property

privacy

organisational communication processes and procedures related to applying IP, ethics and privacy policies in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard organisational policies, legislation and standards documentation

organisational style guide

records and documentation that assists in determination of workplace adherence to organisational code of ethics

industry codes of practice

hardware and software applicable to applying legislative and organisational policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create strategic in alignment with organisational Information and Communications Technology (ICT) goals and strategies.

It applies to those who work as senior ICT professionals, across various ICT specialisms and are required to develop strategies and action plans for implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and share mission and vision statement	1.1 Review organisation’s mission statement 1.2 Develop and document organisation’s vision statement 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 1.4 Communicate mission and vision statements to required personnel
2. Assess organisational environment	2.1 Evaluate and document organisation’s internal environment 2.2 Evaluate organisation’s external environment and document findings 2.3 Determine and document trends, developments and critical issues impacting the organisation
3. Set objectives and targets	3.1 Develop and document organisation’s objectives and targets 3.2 Develop and document strategies that meet organisational objectives, mission and values 3.3 Determine and document strategy and objective constraints
4. Finalise strategic plan	4.1 Submit all documentation and request feedback 4.2 Incorporate required changes and improvements 4.3 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions to interpret numerical data relating to SWOT analysis and time and financial constraints
Oral communication	Uses listening, probing and open questioning techniques to clarify and present information according to requirements and audience
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text, diagrams, business models, industry trends, statistical information and financial information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from different sources, utilising appropriate strategic planning tools, specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks
Problem solving	Identifies a range of factors that impact on a decision, including own values and principles, the needs, power, values, beliefs and assumptions of stakeholders Recognises problem areas and identifies possible solutions
Self-management	Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Identifies importance of clarifying, focusing and aligning goals and expectations, and develops ownership of and broad commitment to achieving outcomes Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT601 Develop ICT strategic and action plans.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT611 Develop ICT strategic business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

document plan, processes and outcomes and incorporate changes on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop, review and contribute to business vision statements and strategic plans.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

analysis and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements relating to network ICT security guidelines of the organisation

SWOT analysis methodology

an organisation’s approach to:

monitoring strategic directions

setting objectives and targets

selecting hardware platform

evaluation methods used when forecasting for planning, including:

system functionality, including ICT trends and developments

internal and external operating environments

operating systems supported by the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

budget and time constraints

business objectives

business risks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to negotiate and document contractual arrangements between clients and vendors and to monitor and manage performance against agreed contractual obligations.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management roles who are required to contract both staff and suppliers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish contract	1.1 Determine and document boundaries of the contract according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document contract requirements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine and document required performance criteria 1.4 Obtain client and vendor feedback to clarify problems
2.Monitor performance and facilitate negotiations	2.1 Confirm implementation of contractual obligations 2.2 Confirm and document performance against required performance criteria and contractual obligations 2.3 Facilitate negotiations to resolve problems and misunderstandings
3. Conclude performance outcomes and recommendations	3.1 Determine and document organisational alignment to documented performance 3.2 Determine and document unsatisfactory performance 3.3 Determine and document recommendations for contractual variations 3.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Draws from a range of mathematical and financial calculations to determine and monitor contractual milestones, costs and budgetary constraints
Oral communication	Demonstrates use of listening and probing and open questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions of others and obtain information and feedback
Reading	Analyses a variety of organisational documentation, vendor and client information, technical specifications and financial data
Writing	Integrates information and requirements from a number of sources using correct spelling and grammar, specialised and cohesive language and formal contract documentation structures
Teamwork	Demonstrates active identification of the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of context to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables and filtering out peripheral issues
Technology	Recognises and identifies strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT602 Develop contracts and manage contracted performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT612 Develop contracts and manage contract performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

negotiate and formulate at least one contract.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes

monitor performance outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard analysis and planning approaches to technical problems and management requirements including:

organisational values

purpose in context of formulating contracts

methods for evaluating and forecasting vendor and technology trends

contracting requirements related to Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

methods of purchasing ICT equipment and services, such as negotiating extensive organisational support contracts

industry standards in relation to service and product agreements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies and procedures

industry standard service and product agreements

detailed information relating to business strategic plan and objectives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and determine required traditional and non-traditional systems development methodologies for use by a team.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management roles who are required to manage development teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine appropriate development methodology	1.1 Determine, document and define subject activity 1.2 Define and document selection of development methodology criteria 1.3 Evaluate industry standard traditional and non-traditional system development methodologies 1.4 Determine system development methodology according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Review development methodology	2.1 Review project plan and determine suitability to guide developmental processes and adjust according 2.2 Review identification and description of required task types and adjust according to development methodology 2.3 Review definition of appropriate control structures that need to be created during task type execution 2.4 Review identification of resources to support methodology selection
3. Direct development methodology use	3.1 Monitor application of required methodology to solve tasks 3.2 Monitor the project flow and effectiveness of use of methodology against project plan 3.3 Review documented opportunities for improvement, lessons learned and recommendations for future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses specific and complex systems development terminology to liaise with project leader, review methodology and monitor the project
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy organisational documentation and technical information containing complex, systems development specific terminology, syntax and diagrams and applies the information to the task
Writing	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English together with a range of systems development specific terminology and computer-generated diagrams
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Identifies relevant information and ideas from a range of messages and oral and written exchanges, paying some attention to the meanings attached to the choice of form, channel and wording

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT603 Manage the use of appropriate development methodologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT613 Manage the use of development methodologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and apply at least three different development methodologies and their application to a development project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain and organisational requirements

life cycle maintenance of a live system, network or website applicable to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies

technology requirements involved for a range of development methodologies relating to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies

industry standard development methodologies applicable to managing the use of appropriate development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications and development methodologies

organisational standards for documentation and version control

detailed user requirements document, including model and scope

a project plan.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse traditional business processes to identify and implement business opportunities for innovation and reform.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in areas of knowledge management and systems development, who are responsible for analysing, identifying and coordinating ICT business solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Compare business with competitor businesses	1.1 Identify information on business markets, customers and methods of doing business 1.2 Analyse market for business and customer base 1.3 Analyse business relationships, processes and methods of doing business with e-facilitated businesses
2. Identify business opportunities	2.1 Identify organisational innovation and reform strategies 2.2 Determine strategy compatibility against organisational goals and objectives and conduct a cost-benefit analysis according to organisational requirements 2.3 Evaluate degree of likely change and organisational ramifications according to task requirements 2.4 Conduct risk management analysis and formulate a contingency plan according to organisational requirements 2.5 Determine future proofed innovation strategies according to organisational requirements
3. Implement innovation	3.1 Redesign innovation for organisation and implement online technologies according to organisational strategy requirements 3.2 Integrate innovation according to organisational requirements 3.3 Review organisational innovation against organisational requirements outcomes 3.4 Determine organisational innovation requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions to interpret numerical data relating to cost-benefit analysis, risk, time constraints and to monitor implementation of the reform
Reading	Analyses and evaluates complex textual information to obtain information relevant to the organisation and the development of the innovative reforms
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising appropriate strategic planning and business innovation tools, specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures to meet the varied requirements of the organisation and the stakeholders
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Analysis, lateral thinking, experience and knowledge to address complex problems Demonstrates an understanding of the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes Demonstrates an understanding of the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Self-management	Responds to both implicit and explicit protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates an understanding of the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT604 Identify and implement business innovation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT614 Identify and implement business innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define, develop and implement a complex innovation plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define the organisation’s strategic directions

develop innovations to assist the business

produce a cost-benefit analysis of suggested innovations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisation’s culture and traditional organisational models

internal and external sources of information relating to identifying and implementing business innovation

legal, ethical and security issues relating to business strategies

records management principles and processes

legislation from levels of government that effect business operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational documents including mission statements and strategic directions

an environment where business opportunities for innovation may be implemented.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement, monitor and review knowledge management strategies.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles including knowledge management and systems development teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement knowledge management system and procedures	1.1 Determine formal and informal incentives and reward policy for information knowledge sharing 1.2 Implement knowledge sharing policy according to organisational needs 1.3 Determine methods of contributing to the organisation’s knowledge management system 1.4 Determine user support strategies 1.5 Determine knowledge and information protection and security access levels
2. Maintain business knowledge base	2.1 Test input procedures and align to organisational needs 2.2 Collect and analyse data and align to organisational needs 2.3 Implement contingency measures and address non-aligned procedures and incorrect data capture
3. Review knowledge management system	3.1 Evaluate knowledge management system procedures against organisational requirements 3.2 Review organisational knowledge content for accuracy and currency 3.3 Determine and document required system improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Demonstrates an understanding the critical importance of the ongoing exploration of new ideas to the viability and effectiveness of a work situation Uses each experience to reflect on the ways in which variables impact on decision outcomes
Numeracy	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations and functions, and relevant software tools to interpret data, review knowledge bank efficiency and develop a cost-benefit analysis
Reading	Critically evaluates a wide variety of textual information to ensure current accuracy of knowledge bank
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources using clear, logical document structures, relevant terminology and correct grammatical structures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking leadership role on occasion
Planning and organising	Operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks May intuitively hone in on problem areas and identify a small set of possible appropriate solutions Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates an understanding of the importance of identifying and responding to workplace policies and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT605 Implement a knowledge management strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT615 Implement knowledge management strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement a complex knowledge management system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review and improve systems and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

knowledge management uses, systems and structures in a contemporary organisation

database design concepts that apply to management knowledge

methodologies to quantify internal and external sources of information

legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

records management principles that apply to implementing knowledge management strategies

legislation from levels of government that effect business operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation’s structure, goals and knowledge requirements

organisational business plans

existing knowledge management strategies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify areas that would benefit from communities of practice (CoPs) and to develop communities.

The unit applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) management professionals responsible for teams and their output.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify community of practice requirements	1.1 Develop and document organisational knowledge map 1.2 Identify existing informal communities of practice (CoPs) 1.3 Determine and document needs and benefit of CoPs 1.4 Identify groups in disparate areas that share work goals
2. Devise spaces for involvement	2.1 Research and determine electronic meeting space according to group requirements 2.2 Search and secure shared storage in public and private areas 2.3 Enable group mailing capability 2.4 Enable other required technical facilitators
3. Invite participation	3.1 Publicise and promote CoP collaborative tools according to group requirements 3.2 Host and invite required personnel to group events 3.3 Allow new groups to coalesce 3.4 Accept different levels of participation
4. Assist evolution of community	4.1 Facilitate regular contact within CoPs 4.2 Enable evolution of CoPs 4.3 Seek feedback from group participants and change CoP accordingly

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Actively identifies, creates and utilises linkages to enhance knowledge sharing, idea creation, individual and collective engagement and work outcomes
Oral communication	Uses the appropriate tone of voice, encouraging body language, plain English and a courteous manner when encouraging participation and facilitating CoPs
Reading	Identifies and reviews a wide variety of text sourced from organisational documentation, electronic meeting places and the organisational knowledge bank to determine relevant and key information
Writing	Uses persuasive writing, correct spelling, appropriate grammatical structures and a broad range of vocabulary, including idioms, colloquialisms and technical terminology, and applies document structures suitable to the document type
Teamwork	Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with those of the work group
Problem solving	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT606 Develop communities of practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT616 Develop communities of practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, map and facilitate a community of practice (CoP) with more than three people.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

facilitate effective interaction and communicate within the group

define purpose and intent of a CoP.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

‘communities of practice’ features and purpose

organisational structures, goals and knowledge and how they apply to CoPs

communications enabling technologies that apply to developing communities of practice

group dynamics and its impact on building CoPs in an organisational setting

methodologies to promote, market and engage with CoPs and the enabling technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an organisational structure, goals and knowledge

a site where CoP may be developed

personnel that forms a community

user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead the identification, management and implementation of specific industry technologies to meet identified industry standards.

The unit applies to those in senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) leadership roles, who review and research methodologies to improve aspects of an organisation’s activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Lead implementation of technologies	1.1 Determine specific industry technologies according to organisational and industry standards 1.2 Determine technology requirements 1.3 Plan implementation of industry specific technologies according to organisational and industry standards
2. Direct application of industry specific technologies	2.1 Lead management of industry specific technology according to organisational and industry standards testing 2.2 Direct implementation of specific features and functions of industry specific technologies 2.3 Determine alignment of implemented technologies to organisational requirements
3. Lead review, analysis and evaluation of the technology performance	3.1 Lead analysis of the technology implementation according to organisational and industry standards 3.2 Analyse, review and evaluate benefits to organisation 3.3 Determine environmental considerations involved with using the technology

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses clear, easy-to-understand language together with effective listening and open questioning techniques to elicit information
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation that will enable the organisation
Writing	Uses vocabulary, grammatical structures, specific terminology and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation Uses plain English and appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing feedback gathering documentation
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term strategic goals
Problem solving	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work, with specific reference to environmental considerations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to understand the potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT609 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT617 Lead the evaluation and implementation of current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, document and lead a review of at least one new and established and at least one emerging technology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) sector

features and uses of industry standards relevant to new technologies

industry standard vendor products features, functions and uses relevant to existing and new technologies

information gathering techniques relevant to evaluating new technologies

general features, capabilities and application of industry standard hardware and software products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where industry specific technologies may be used

industry specific technologies currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the issues of intellectual property (IP), copyright and professional and ethical conduct in a team and to ensure that personal information of stakeholders is handled in a confidential and professional manner.

The unit applies to those operating at a senior level in an organisation with a high degree of autonomy in managing policies and system security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage adherence to IP regulations	1.1 Review and summarise outcomes of Australian IP and copyright law relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) 1.2 Determine and document alignment of Australian IP law to organisational requirements 1.3 Develop and document review plan of organisation’s adherence to Australian IP law 1.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Manage ethical behaviour	2.1 Review organisational and ICT specific code of ethics and summarise outcomes 2.2 Determine and document alignment of code of ethics and conduct against organisational operations 2.3 Develop and document review plan of organisation’s adherence to code of ethics and conduct 2.4 Establish review and grievance procedure and confidential reporting of ethical issues 2.5 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Manage privacy	3.1 Determine and document regular review plan and align to required legislation and standards 3.2 Determine and document integrity, confidentiality, security and availability of information 3.3 Determine and document review plan for continued confidentiality and proprietary rights of stakeholders’ interests 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Implement new work procedures according to review plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by using effective listening and open questioning techniques
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text to determine legislative requirements and organisational standards and applies the information
Writing	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising appropriate support materials, specialised and cohesive language and a range of writing styles and document structures
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience, and monitoring impact
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Demonstrates an understanding of the application of key principles in a particular context, the appropriateness and effectiveness of different sources of information and planning processes for that context, and the potential implications for future situations
Problem solving	Demonstrates a nuanced understanding of context to identify anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant legal and regulatory obligations when managing copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of the broader positive and negative implications of new technologies, and acknowledges the vital importance of system security and storage management

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTICT610 Manage copyright, ethics and privacy in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT618 Manage IP, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse legislation and standards and contribute to the review of at least three different policies including IP, ethical conduct and privacy in an organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate policy change to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

federal and state/territory legislation and policy relevant to an ICT environment relating to:

copyright and intellectual property

privacy

processes and procedures by which an organisation communicates its policies and procedures

organisational requirements for customer service relating to managing copyright, ethics and privacy in ICT environments

industry standard ICT system security systems and procedures relating to managing IP, copyright, ethics and privacy in ICT environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required organisational policies

legislation and standards documentation

industry codes of practice.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install IoT (Internet of Things) devices and networks, including connecting, programming and testing the networks and devices for functionality against a given performance objective.

It applies to those in roles including software developers, programmers or network engineers, working as embedded systems engineers, IoT developers or senior software developers, and who have basic knowledge of electrical engineering.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install devices	1.1 Establish and confirm IoT device and network task requirements 1.2 Determine and document different environmental factors in which sensors and IoT devices will be deployed 1.3 Gather and document IoT device programming requirements according to business need 1.4 Determine and document organisational IoT security requirements 1.5 Determine remaining networking, software and installation architecture requirements 1.6 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements
2. Install devices	2.1 Install required networks according to technical specifications 2.2 Connect IoT devices to network according to specifications 2.3 Configure required sensors and determine operational needs aligned to specifications
3. Finalise device installation	3.1 Test connectivity of networks against technical specifications 3.2 Test device connectivity against specifications 3.3 Determine and document required system upgrades according to organisational requirements 3.4 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Analyses context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes end-to-end responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT501 Install IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

connect at least three IoT devices to an IoT network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

check and test environmental factors affecting connectivity of devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry standard network and platforms that support IoT devices and components

language uses required for installing IoT devices and networks

functions and uses industry standard hardware and software tools relating to installing IoT devices and networks

different environmental impacts and contexts relating to where and how IoT devices are used

IoT security considerations and their impact

testing and debugging methodologies and techniques required to test software, hardware and environmental impacts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to install land test an IoT network to devices

industry standard software packages relevant to installing IoT devices and networks

organisational, technical and manufacturer procedures and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to program IoT (Internet of Things) devices and networks, including developing, programming and testing devices against predetermined specifications.

It applies to those in roles including software developers, programmers or network engineers, working as embedded systems engineers, IoT developers or senior software developers, and who have basic knowledge of electrical engineering.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify IoT business requirements	1.1 Establish business needs for IoT devices and applications 1.2 Determine and document different environmental factors in which sensors and IoT devices will be deployed 1.3 Determine microcontroller application and IoT device output according to business needs 1.4 Select required language and hardware with required memory, power constraints and functions
2. Program IoT device	2.1 Select microcontroller and circuit boards according to IoT requirements 2.2 Program microcontroller according to technical specifications 2.3 Test microcontroller and identify and rectify faults as required 2.4 Identify and rectify recordings and measurements against environmental variables and specifications
3. Finalise programming activities	3.1 Document processes and outcomes of programming activities 3.2 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Finalise and resubmit documentation as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, record measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Analyses technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT502 Program IoT devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, select and program at least one IoT device for at least two different environmental conditions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test IoT device function and environmental variables

document programming processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language used to program IoT devices

laboratory tools including:

power supply

silla scope

spectrum analyser

signal generator

schematic drawing documentation and reading tools

principles of electricity, energy and electricity usage, as they relate to IoT devices

principles and functions of sensors and wireless communication

uses and features of microcontroller programming, microprocessors and microcontrollers

basic principles of soldering and manufacturing processes and related electrical circuits

basic mathematical equations, algebra, signal processing and statistics concepts and procedures

operational procedures and safety checks for using power usage instruments

different environments, contexts and its impact where IoT devices are used

readings and standards of workplace electrical equipment range

testing and troubleshooting methodologies and techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to program IoT devices

microcontroller and required text editor software

technical and manufacturer documentation

environment with different factors applicable for IoT use.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and test (Internet of Things) IoT devices and networks.

It applies to those who utilise a moderate level of technical knowledge to carry out and evaluate the connectivity of IoT devices and networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Internet of Things (IoT)

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope design options to design IoT devices and networks	1.1 Discuss IoT device and network needs with required personnel 1.2 Determine the nature, purpose and types of resources available to design IoT devices 1.3 Research industry standard IoT devices and networks 1.4 Determine design topology of scoped network and IoT devices in agreement with required personnel
2. Evaluate IoT and network design options	2.1 Discuss advantages and disadvantages of available resources to design IoT devices and networks with required personnel 2.2 Evaluate resources to be utilised to design IoT devices and networks 2.3 Communicate activities required to avoid design and performance of IoT device and network issues
3. Produce design documentation and test IoT devices and networks	3.1 Produce a design report and present to required personnel for approval 3.2 Test connectivity and ensure design compatibility with network and devices

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas requirements and recommendations for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Planning and organising	Uses a formal, logical planning processes together with an increasingly intuitive understanding of context
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTIOT503 Design and test IoT devices and networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, design and test at least two IoT devices according to organisational needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

communicate advantages and disadvantages of IoT devices in specified networks

produce design reports for the two devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of industry IoT devices and networks

types of resources available to design IoT devices

IoT design topologies

advantages and disadvantages of resources available to design IoT devices and networks

methods to determine compatibility between IoT devices and networks

characteristics of design reports for IoT devices

organisational policies and procedures to design IoT devices and networks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware required to design and test IoT devices and networks

environmental conditions and specifications required for design IoT devices and networks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the technical elements of a network, including contributing to a disaster recovery plan and network systems performance monitoring.

It applies to individuals working as frontline technical support personnel, who are responsible for network systems administration.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to provide network systems administration	1.1 Identify network performance requirements 1.2 Determine required security level according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required capacity of network according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine required user access privileges and usage according to user account records and organisation policies and procedures
2. Provide client access and security features	2.1 Provide logins, passwords and applications to users according to organisational requirements 2.2 Provide file access to required users according to organisational requirements 2.3 Prepare documented security user data according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Monitor network performance	3.1 Analyse and respond to diagnostic information according to organisational requirements 3.2 Monitor software usage and identify any inappropriate or illegal use according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Delete any identified illegal software from network 3.4 Monitor hardware response time, and required performance indicators 3.5 Provide feedback to required personnel on performance indicators

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets contextual information from organisational guidelines Interprets systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining security user data according to organisational procedures
Oral Communication	Obtains information to confirm task requirements and provides feedback to required personnel using succinct verbal language
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data relating to network operations and performance indicators
Teamwork	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, relevant to own role
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem solving	Responds to highly obvious routine problems, using step by step instruction and procedures, or by a trial and error process, for non-critical situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems, and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK301 Provide network systems administration.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK307 Provide network systems administration

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

sustain the operation of at least one network and meet organisational specifications

use diagnostic test results to maintain network’s integrity.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network’s operating system

key elements of a disaster recovery policy

features of network file and folder permissions

vendor service-level agreements

operating systems supported by an organisation, including functions and basic features

organisational policies and procedures including:

access, security and networks

protection against, and elimination of computer viruses

deleting, restoring and archiving files

creating logons

personal responsibilities for software copyright.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live network

industry standard systems administration tools

organisational policy and procedures

industry standard hardware, software, tools, licenses and digital devices

business and client requirements

project deliverables.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, document and provide solutions to network related problems in the context of the technical environment.

It applies to individuals involved in frontline technical support, who maintain network continuity by isolating and rectifying network problems as they arise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to action network problems	1.1 Identify organisational policies and procedures to document user reported network problems 1.2 Determine network problem reported by organisational users 1.3 Document reported network problem according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine service level requirements and agreements	2.1 Determine existing third-party insurance policies and existing coverage 2.2 Determine existing maintenance and technical support agreements 2.3 Verify scope and coverage of maintenance and technical support agreements according to organisational requirements
3. Carry out maintenance support	3.1 Diagnose and confirm scope of identified problem according to task requirements 3.2 Determine solution to identified problem, including hardware and software components and action required 3.3 Obtain required hardware and software components 3.4 Carry out required resolution maintenance according to task requirements
4. Prepare and submit maintenance report	4.1 Refer unresolved maintenance requirements to higher level service area 4.2 Prepare maintenance report according to support agreements and organisational requirements 4.3 Submit maintenance report to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies information to task Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to maintain effective methods and appropriate standards in technical environment
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining reported network problem and recommendation according to organisational procedures
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data relating to network operations and performance indicators
Planning and organising	Completes tasks within workplace timeframes Demonstrates responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem-solving	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Responds to highly obvious routine problems, using step by step instruction and procedures, or by a trial and error process, for non-critical situations
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems, and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK302 Determine and action network problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK308 Determine and action network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine and action at least two different network problems reported by at least two different organisational users

document finalised solution for two different reported network problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common networking procedures for diagnostic testing and solution seeking

organisational policies and procedures for documenting and logging reported service issues

contracting and maintenance requirements

organisational problem escalation procedures

inventory processes that may be used to determine and action network problems

technical features and functions of network hardware and software systems

common network problems relating to organisational information

agreements used for technical support.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

reported network user problems

a network

hardware

diagnostic tools, components and software

records and reports

organisational guidelines and procedures

industry standard ICT blueprint.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a network operating system and set up and use administrative tools to manage the network.

It applies to individuals who are required to provide frontline technical support to maintain network continuity to a network operating system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess network features	1.1 Determine organisational policies and procedures used to administer network operating systems 1.2 Determine interfaces used by organisation’s existing network 1.3 Identify potential network integration compatibility issues and risks
2. Administer and support system	2.1 Format hard drives, set up security restrictions and establish user log-in information according to organisational requirements 2.2 Determine organisational data requirements and data access frequency on systems interaction map 2.3 Plan required upgrades and reconfigurations to network operating system according to organisational requirements 2.4 Implement planned upgrades and reconfigurations according to task requirements
3. Set up and manage network file system	3.1 Create file and folder structure according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 3.2 Set security access and sharing of file system to meet organisational requirements 3.3 Identify and implement required network operating system virus protection
4. Administer user services and user accounts	4.1 Create users and groups required to facilitate user security and network access according to user authorisation and organisational requirements 4.2 Verify successful user access to authorised network data and resources, and documents outcomes
5. Provide backup security support	5.1 Scan and clean network of viruses 5.2 Perform backup of network according to organisational procedures and requirements 5.3 Document processes used and lodge with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and consolidates technical information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation describing outcomes and processes using relevant language according to organisational requirements
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Teamwork	Uses appropriate methods to communicate with a range of stake holders and co-workers across different contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK303 Configure and administer a network operating system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK309 Configure and administer network operating systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

set up and manage at least one network operating system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use network administrative tools to carry out system administration tasks

manage the network file system

create the network configuration required by the client

provide user services and user accounts

provide backup and service restoration capability.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

antivirus software, its operation, installation and update procedures

organisational and industry standard network operating system (NOS)

facilities available in an operating environment

features and capabilities of networking technologies

implementation of network security in a local area network (LAN) including:

file and folder permissions

users and group settings

monitoring aspects of network performance or traffic including:

system administration tools

third-party tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard ICT blueprint

user network requirements

antivirus software

network administration tools

a live network with a representative range of networked environments and operating systems

a server

technical records, organisational policies, access policy and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage an environment of networked peripheral devices, in order to provide services to client users.

It applies to individuals working as frontline technical support personnel, responsible for connecting, maintaining and administering peripheral devices attached to networks.

No legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install peripherals to a network	1.1 Determine location of peripherals according to user and organisational requirements 1.2 Connect peripherals to network according to vendor approved methods and organisational requirements 1.3 Connect peripherals to computers in network 1.4 Add peripheral accessories and upgrades to printer according to organisational requirements
2. Configure and manage peripheral services	2.1 Install software required and manage local and network connected peripherals 2.2 Setup name identifiers for peripherals and control queues according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Configure security and user access to peripherals 2.4 Configure workstation for peripherals according to organisational requirements
3. Administer and support peripheral services	3.1 Assign priority to control queues according to organisational requirements 3.2 Create templates for use on network according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Configure settings on network and create maintenance schedules, usage logs, and cost centre usage statistics
4. Maintain peripherals and fix common problems	4.1 Establish a regular maintenance schedule according to peripheral manufacturer guidelines and organisational requirements 4.2 Asses peripheral usage and traffic and recommend additional peripherals as required 4.3 Determine failures of peripheral services and devices and rectify as required 4.4. Document finalised process and lodge with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Reading	Interprets textual information from manufacturers guidelines to establish and follow a regular maintenance schedule
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining finalised processes using relevant and succinct language according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Recognises and addresses common cultural and other differences of people in work context Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with work of others
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems, including equipment services or devices malfunctions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to work health and safety requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK304 Administer network peripherals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK310 Administer network peripherals

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and troubleshoot network peripherals to at least one network.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network peripherals and their configuration

organisational deliverables that may be used to administer network peripherals

current industry standards for network peripherals

general construction and operation of peripheral devices to facilitate troubleshooting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a range of internal and external network peripherals including:

mouse

keyboard

monitor

printer

internal modem

industry standard ICT blueprint

network administration tools

live network with a representative range of networked client server environments and operating systems

technical records, organisational policies and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and test network protocols in a networking environment.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, who are required to provide network support to ensure that appropriate protocols have been installed in networks to allow user functionality and maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network protocols	1.1 Determine network protocol, user and task requirements 1.2 Select network protocol applications according to task requirements 1.3 Determine network protocol services according to task requirements 1.4 Design network addressing system according to protocol and task requirements
2. Install network protocols	2.1 Install and validate network protocol services according to task requirements 2.2 Install required network addressing system 2.3 Apply internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme according to user needs and organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Configure IP addresses on hosts and workstations
3. Test network protocols	3.1 Test and validate network protocols according to user requirements 3.2 Seek and respond to network protocol performance feedback 3.3 Store unused ICT equipment and dispose of redundant ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to date
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information, including technical manuals to establish the job requirements
Writing	Prepares required documentation outlining new file systems, user access and disaster recovery procedures using specific and relevant language
Oral Communications	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using succinct verbal language
Self-management	Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational procedures, WHS and environmental guidelines
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK311 Install and test network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, test and validate network protocols in order to facilitate interconnectivity on at least one occasion

install and manage network protocols in a network and troubleshoot problems on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to work health safety (WHS) requirements according to organisational policies and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business domains, including the organisational structure and business functionality of the network

user needs, manufacturer specifications and organisational policies and procedures

network protocol required to install and manage network protocols

required communications technologies and their associated protocols

industry accepted hardware and software products, and general features and capabilities

network protocols currently in use in the organisation and industry, including:

transmission control protocol

internet protocol (TCP/IP)

OSI models

vendor product range and development directions

network protocols transcend organisational size and network complexity.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live network

application software and operating system

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals

vendor software

work health and safety (WHS) guidelines, policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and manage a server. It includes the ability to conduct initial configuration and testing, administration, software distribution and updates, profiling and troubleshooting.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, involved in network management, server administration and similar roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install a server	1.1 Identify required server applications and features according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine required operating system features and network service outputs according to task requirements 1.3 Access and back up local data according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Arrange access to site and advise users of deployment and down time expectations
2. Install server	2.1 Create disk partitioning scheme, file systems and virtual memory according to business needs 2.2 Install and configure network operating system, server applications and network services according to task requirements 2.3 Reconnect and reconfigure connectivity devices 2.4 Patch operating system and applications, restore security and reliability requirements 2.5 Restore local data to new server according to organisational requirements
3. Configure and administer the server	3.1 Configure network directory service according to organisational requirements, policies and procedures 3.2 Create and manage security and network access to users according to organisational requirements 3.3 Configure user environment using operating system policies and scripts 3.4 Create directory structure and quotas according to organisational requirements
4. Test server	4.1 Test server against task requirements 4.2 Seek and respond to feedback on server performance from required personnel 4.3 Test and validate any changes or additions against organisational requirements
5. Finalise documentation and clean-up worksite	5.1 Document configuration and operational changes made to server according to organisational policies and procedures 5.2 Document server status according to organisational procedures 5.3 Dispose of excess equipment according to organisational and e-waste policies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Keeps up to date with organisational and e-waste recycling policies and procedures relevant to own rights and responsibilities
Numeracy	Identifies and interprets numerical data associated with devices, networks, servers and component specifications
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements and gather feedback
Reading	Identifies, interprets and analyses online and hard copy documentation containing complex ICT related terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Uses organisational policies and procedures in context when negotiating, planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate attention, quickly drawing on experience to devise solutions
Technology	Identifies purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK401 Install and manage a server.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK422 Install and manage servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and manage at least one server

document and lodge outcomes and process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage server operating system, including user accounts, file, network directory and print services

perform backup and recovery

update operating system and software

troubleshoot server and network failures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard network hardware and software systems and their requirements, including:

network operating systems (NOS)

server applications including compatibility issues and resolution procedures

desktop applications and operating systematic server installation and maintenance processes and procedures, including:

documentation skills for networks

error logging and reporting

high availability options for file systems, including redundant array of independent disks (RAID) and replication

network directory services and network service configuration options for performance tuning user authentication

processes and procedures required to support and manage a server, including:

best practice for implementing backup and recovery procedures

boot process

operating system help and support utilities

operating system installation methods, including installation from CD or DVD, universal serial bus (USB) boot disk, network and script (automated install) printer management

process and task management, including:

process termination

task scheduling utilities

troubleshooting tools and techniques including:

network diagnostic utilities user account and password management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

relevant server specifications including:

cabling

local area networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switch

client requirements

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

workstations

relevant regulatory documentation that affects installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead development of asset protection processes, determining threats and implementing controls to mitigate risk.

It applies to individuals in the Information Communications Technology (ICT) industries who are responsible for implementing and managing the organisational disaster recovery and asset protection policy and procedures of a network.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess organisational network and security policies	1.1 Identify organisational security policies and procedures 1.2 Identify security access and user privileges according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine compatibility of identified security access user privileges to organisational requirements
2. Audit system assets	2.1 Conduct audit on system hardware and software assets according to organisational procedures and guidelines 2.2 Document audit findings according to organisational procedures 2.3 Lodge audit findings documents with required personnel
3. Protect assets from threats	3.1 Determine environmental threats to data 3.2 Determine data protection systems and controls according to organisational requirements 3.3 Implement data protection systems according to organisational requirements 3.4 Implement and test antivirus and anti-malware solutions according to vendor specifications and organisational requirements
4. Develop a backup solution	4.1 Determine data backup types compatible to organisational systems and requirements 4.2 Plan backup solution according to organisational requirements 4.3 Implement backup solution and restore backed up media 4.4 Implement real time backup and data sync solution according to organisational requirements
5. Monitor network performance	5.1 Determine available network performance monitoring tools compatible to existing network 5.2 Implement network performance monitoring tools according to task requirements 5.3 Document network performance expectations and actual performance according to organisational procedures 5.4 Lodge document with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses verbal techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and gather feedback
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify software solutions and adherence to organisational security policies and procedures
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when applying solutions in networks, including systems management processes, and deploys rapid solutions to problems involving management of network assets
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of, and compliance with, explicit organisational policies and procedures Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK403 Manage network and data integrity and ICTTEN511 Administer a data communications network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK423 Manage network and data integrity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and manage at least one network

maintain data integrity whilst managing at least one network

document and lodge outcomes and process.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use industry standard tools to conduct audit on system assets

implement and test antivirus solution

employ systems to negate environmental threats

demonstrate features of data backup, restore and system roll back

perform network monitoring using a variety of current standard tools

add network controls according to network and data integrity policies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

broad principles of current data integrity on a network, including:

auditing and control of user access

asset tracking and auditing

industry standard antivirus solutions and techniques

backup, restore and rollback procedures

system and network monitoring tools and their related functions

organisational structure and business functionality as they relate to data integrity

tools and applications required to manage network and data integrity, including disaster recovery processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network and data integrity strategies may be implemented and managed

use of network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies, manufacturer recommendations and network and data integrity protection standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standard.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to utilise networking fundamentals, including wide area network (WAN) technologies, basic security, route and switch operations as well as to configure simple networks.

It applies to individuals involved in network support positions with the Information Communications Technologies (ICT) skills required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate, a small enterprise branch network.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network	1.1 Determine organisational network performance and data flow requirements 1.2 Identify protocols in OSI and TCP/IP models according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7
2. Install small switched network	2.1 Select media, cables, ports, and connectors according to task requirements 2.2 Identify network segmentation, traffic management and switching requirements 2.3 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration according to task requirements 2.4 Verify network status and switch operation according to technical and organisational standards 2.5 Implement and verify security level for switch according to organisational requirements
3. Implement IP addressing scheme and services	3.1 Create and implement addressing scheme to network according to task requirements and technical standards 3.2 Assign and verify live IP addresses to hosts, servers and networking devices in a local area network (LAN) environment 3.3 Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts 3.4 Enable and verify operation of network address translation (NAT) 3.5 Configure and implement dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) on router according to task requirements
4. Install small routed network	4.1 Select media, cables, ports, and connectors according to task requirements 4.2 Perform, save and verify basic router configuration according to task requirements 4.3 Install and verify classless routing protocol and network connectivity with required personnel 4.4 Implement password and physical security according to organisational requirements
5. Connect WAN links	5.1 Determine required method for connecting to a WAN 5.2 Implement and verify basic WAN serial connection
6. Finalise branch network activities	6.1 Seek network performance capability feedback from required personnel 6.2 Document finalised process and submit to required personnel 6.3 Store unused ICT equipment according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements and gather feedback from required personnel
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts Applies appropriate strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing finalised process Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and specifications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK404 Install, operate and troubleshoot a small enterprise branch network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK424 Install and operate small enterprise branch networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, install and operate one small enterprise branch network

identify, test and verify performance capability issues for a small enterprise branch network.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme architecture

network topologies, protocols and security solutions defined network problems

Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) layers of networking

Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

Network Address translation (NAT)

dynamic host configuration protocol.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

organisational guidelines

computers

documents including policies and procedures that may affect installation and operation of a network.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build and arrange connectivity to a single zone wireless local area network (WLAN).

It applies to individuals with the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills involved in building wireless access points or wireless router in a small-to-medium enterprise or similar environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to build network	1.1 Identify network needs and organisational requirements 1.2 Determine position for user access point according to environmental and organisational requirements 1.3 Plan schedule of works for preliminary work to be carried out according to organisational and technical requirements
2. Select, install and configure wireless access point	2.1 Determine access point device according to organisational and technical requirements 2.2 Install and configure access point and services according to organisational requirements 2.3 Test access point and verify wireless connection and security arrangements according to task requirements 2.4 Select, install and configure legacy equipment and wireless card
3. Configure network	3.1 Configure security and other key parameters according to organisational requirements 3.2 Test security and firewall arrangements according to organisational requirements 3.3 Test network general compatibility and access with user equipment
4. Prepare network users	4.1 Determine required network devices according to organisational requirements 4.2 Establish and demonstrate user pairing and log-on arrangements 4.3 Inform users of wireless network etiquette and traffic capacity issues according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Develop user documentation and network settings according to organisational and technical standards 4.5 Lodge documentation with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses verbal techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and gather feedback
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify software solutions and adherence to organisational security policies and procedures
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard procedures when applying solutions in networks, including systems management processes Deploys rapid solutions to problems involving building wireless local area networks and technical environment
Self-management	Demonstrates and understanding of, and compliance with explicit organisational policies and procedures Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK405 Build a small wireless local area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK425 Build small wireless local area networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test at least two wireless access points

monitor and resolve wireless network issues on at least two wireless local area networks

develop and document user training material.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of network security, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

authentication methods

network protocols and operating systems

security protocols, standards and data encryption

factors that impact on a small wireless network, including:

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

features of a small office or home office (SOHO) network

wireless security strategies

wireless topologies

wireless local area network (WLAN) solutions

protocols and their application for wireless networks, including:

transmission control protocol (TCP)

internet protocol (IP).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site at which a small wireless network can be installed

tools to install small wireless network

network technical requirements

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

documentation and guidelines that may affect wireless network installations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, maintain and support server-side applications on network workstations, in both Windows and Linux based networks.

It applies to individuals working as network administrators and network support roles who implement the installation and configuration of client-server-based software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to provide client-server software requirements	1.1 Identify client-server output requirements according to organisational needs 1.2 Plan client-server solution according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required hardware to implement client-server solution 1.4 Determine host operating system for client-server software
2. Install, configure, and manage services	2.1 Install client-server software and client hardware according to organisational policies, procedures and guidelines 2.2 Configure client-server software according to vendor guidelines 2.3 Manage installation of upgrades and patches to client-server software environment 2.4 Backup client-server software according to technical and organisational requirements
3. Determine configuration effect on network design	3.1 Identify required utilities to monitor and determine network performance capability according to task requirements 3.2 Create network performance benchmarks 3.3 Determine performance effect on network after installation of client-server software
4. Test and finalise client-server activities	4.1 Test operation of client-server software against task requirements 4.2 Store unused ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures 4.3 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to analyse memory, hard disk and performance requirements
Oral communication	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical and vendor-specific information to determine business requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK407 Install and configure client-server applications and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK426 Install and configure client-server applications and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure, monitor and maintain at least one server-based client software to communicate with existing server software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test operation of client-server software

identify and implement required updates for client-server software

monitor performance of client-server software

backup and maintain client-server software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

requirements for client-server applications and services, including:

computer hardware and software required

internet protocol (IP) addressing

networking fundamentals

operating systems

operating system help and support utilities required, including:

procedures for implementing backup and recovery

software installation and configuration

user account and password management

troubleshooting tools and techniques

network diagnostic utilities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software supplies

server and networking tools

client-server based network

appropriate client-server software

ICT equipment used in industry

relevant equipment documentation

work health and safety guidelines

ICT storage guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and support a desktop and workstation operating system in a networked environment.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills employed in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install a desktop operating system	1.1 Determine desktop applications and feature requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine licensing, data migration, hardware and system requirements according to organisational requirements 1.3 Implement local data backups according to organisational and technical requirements
2. Install desktop operating system	2.1 Install and upgrade desktop operating system and applications according to task requirements 2.2 Configure and connect network settings and workstation according to task requirements 2.3 Patch operating system and applications according to task requirements 2.4 Restore local data to new workstation
3. Configure desktop environment	3.1 Configure required hardware devices 3.2 Administer user environment according to task requirements 3.3 Create file and directory structure according to task requirements 3.4 Configure access to external data and desktop applications according to business requirements
4. Operate command line interface	4.1 Open command line interface and run commands and scripts according to task requirements 4.2 Manipulate command line files according to task requirements
5. Configure desktop security	5.1 Modify default user security settings according to organisational policies and guidelines 5.2 Modify file and directory ownership, permissions and password security 5.3 Configure and implement security settings for desktop applications according to business requirements
6. Monitor and test desktop	6.1 Test desktop environment functionality and performance according to organisational requirements 6.2 Diagnose and rectify desktop operating errors according to task requirements 6.3 Document desktop environment and lodge with required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses and demonstrates an understanding of numerical test measurements to evaluate workstation performance
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry for intended audience
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing finalised process according to specified requirements
Problem solving	Makes decisions that demonstrates an understanding of implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK408 Configure a desktop environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK427 Configure desktop environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and configure at least one desktop operating system, including user accounts, file and print services and security

perform backup and recovery, monitor and troubleshoot the desktop environment for one desktop operating system

document the finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of desktop operating systems, applications, compatibility issues and resolution procedures

configuration requirements of a desktop environment

file naming conventions related to selected operating system

network protocols and transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP) network connectivity

operating systems and their functions, including file system, memory management and process scheduling

printer driver and queue management

process or task management, including process termination

tools available for remote assistance and administration

troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network diagnostic utilities and remote assistance and administration tools

user account, group and password administration and guidelines for selecting a secure password

file system navigation and manipulation utilities

software and hardware manufacturer and user licensing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

relevant server specifications, including:

cabling

local area network (LAN)

diagnostic software

switch

client requirements

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

desktop workstations

required regulatory documentation that affects installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake scripted programming tasks for networking related activities.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills who are employed in network or systems administration roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to write networking scripts	1.1 Determine and document problem and script solution requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Employ abbreviated software development cycle to script creation according to task requirements 1.3 Develop pre-emptive downtime solution algorithm according to task requirements 1.4 Develop a guaranteed to end algorithm according to task requirements
2. Create and implement code	2.1 Select and create clear and concise code according to task requirements 2.2 Implement selection, iteration and sequence to control script execution flow according to task requirements 2.3 Implement sequential file input and output and retrieve and store information 2.4 Seek and respond to script operation from user input according to task requirements
3. Implement operating system tools	3.1 Use searching and sorting tools to select information from logging output of operating system (OS) 3.2 Implement controls and demonstrate capability of script to maintain a log of operations 3.3 Register and run scripts with OS scheduling facility
4. Test and finalise script activities	4.1 Test script against design specification and task requirements 4.2 Identify and resolve scripting language bugs, syntactical, logical and design errors 4.3 Store unused materials and ICT equipment according to manufacturing specifications and organisational procedures 4.4 File documentation in required location according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements, communicate ideas and solutions, and gather feedback
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares user and technical documentation detailing process according to organisational procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK428 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, document, construct and test a small single purpose operating system (OS) utility application in response to a problem description

create a scripted program that access information stored in files on system and use system utility programs to sort and find information within files for one operating system (OS)

document process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of algorithm design

operating system components and processes, including:

command line interface

log files

program scheduling utilities

data types

operations and expressions

development methodologies

tools, utilities and testing methods that may be used to create scripts for networking

debugging for a variety of scripting scenarios

programming structured control constructs: sequence, selection and iteration

scripting techniques and language syntax that may be used to create scripts for networking.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

OS scheduling software

storage guidelines for ICT equipment

work health and safety requirements

technical requirements

software development environment

software testing environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and install new hardware components in a network.

It applies to individuals involved in technical Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles, including network administrators who support network hardware in a peer-to-peer or client-server networked environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine network hardware requirements	1.1 Determine network hardware and cabling requirements for local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless networks according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify any mobile equipment access design limitations according to task requirements 1.3 Determine effectiveness of organisational guidelines, purchasing policies, procedures, licensing arrangements and budget according to organisational requirements
2. Obtain and test network hardware	2.1 Identify technical specifications for required hardware according to task requirements 2.2 Test hardware capability according to organisational and technical requirements 2.3 Document recommendations and provide document to required personnel 2.4 Determine and document licensing requirements and security issues according to organisational and industry standards 2.5 Obtain hardware according to recommendations and organisational requirements
3. Install and configure network hardware	3.1 Install hardware according to manufacturer and organisational policies, procedures and guidelines 3.2 Configure and test installation according to manufacturer and task requirements
4. Provide instruction and support for installed products	4.1 Determine and document organisational user instructions and requirements from installed products 4.2 Provide instruction document to required personnel according to organisational requirements 4.3 Seek evaluation and feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates an understanding of licensing and security issues relevant to job requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan costs according to business budgets
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and task requirements, communicate ideas and solutions
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing recommendations, requirements and organisational user instruction using cohesive language for intended audience
Technology	Demonstrates and understanding of technical information and organisational procedures to determine job requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK429 Install hardware to networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate client user requirements and hardware installation for at least one network

install a range of network hardware by planning, managing and supporting the installation of new components in a network

document finished process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry, data and voice networking, security products, devices and procedures, including:

industry accepted network protocols

organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities

system diagnostic software

industry accepted network hardware and software products

hardware and software installation procedures

local area network (LAN) capabilities and characteristics, such as network type, internet protocol (IP) addressing, switch or hub operation

various features of network connections, including types of cables, cabling distance limitations and wireless connections

operating systems sufficient to enable basic installation

set-up and configuration procedures

software packages supported by organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

vendor hardware and software components

application software and operating system

hardware maintenance tools

a live network

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and support installation of new and upgraded software to networked computers according to vendor and organisational specifications.

It applies to individuals involved in installing, configuring, maintaining and supporting software, including network administrators and network support staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine operating system requirements	1.1 Determine software and licensing according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine hardware needs according to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine hardware and software requirements against local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), and wireless networks
2. Obtain deployment software to automate deployment	2.1 Determine required deployment software according to task requirements 2.2 Obtain required software and licences, technical specifications and support arrangements from vendors 2.3 Store software licences and manuals according to organisational guidelines
3. Automate installation of operating system	3.1 Plan and deploy operating system according to vendor installation procedures and organisational requirements 3.2 Configure and test installation according to vendor specifications and organisational requirements 3.3 Install updates and patches according to task requirements
4. Automate installation of software packages	4.1 Plan and deploy software packages according to vendor installation procedures and organisational requirements 4.2 Configure and test installation to task requirements 4.3 Install required updates and patches according to task requirements
5. Test and sign off	5.1 Test installed operating system and software and confirm error-free performance 5.2 Document security and licensing agreements according to organisational policies and procedures 5.3 Submit documentation to required personnel for final approval sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and determine job requirements
Reading	Recognises and interprets written technical, licensing and organisational
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Planning and organising	Uses effective planning structures and prioritises tasks according to output needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK430 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

plan and deploy automatic installation of operating system and software to at least two networked computers

configure and test installation of automatic installation of operating system and software on at least two networked computers

document finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

network protocols and operating systems

transmission control protocols (TCP)

internet protocols (IPs)

network applications

organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities that may be used in deploying software for networked computers

software licensing requirements and documentation

standards related to software deployment, including:

deployment software configuration

configuration of automated deployment processes

operating system deployment

software package deployment

troubleshooting deployment processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where deployment processes may be implemented

a live network

software tools to support implementation of deployment processes

technical documentation and installation manuals

required regulatory documentation that affects networking activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine network requirements and produce and evaluate network documentation.

It applies to individuals involved in roles requiring task management and competent Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills, including network administrators, technicians and support personnel.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine network documentation requirements	1.1 Determine document purpose and standards according to organisational requirements 1.2 Define required network configuration 1.3 Develop naming standards and labelling schemes according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop, calculate and verify network addressing scheme according to task requirements
2. Design network diagrams and checklists	2.1 Identify network software mapping tools according to task requirements 2.2 Design network diagrams according to task requirements and organisational procedures 2.3 Develop plans, checklists and manuals according to organisational procedures and task requirements
3. Produce network documentation	3.1 Validate documentation structure according to task requirements and organisational procedures 3.2 Produce network diagrams, plans and checklists according to organisational procedures 3.3 Produce network according to task requirements 3.4 Document procedure and policy manuals according to organisational requirements and industry standards
4. Complete network documentation	4.1 Check network documentation with required organisational personnel 4.2 Publish network documentation according to task requirements and organisational policies and procedures 4.3 Record and store network documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Notify required personnel of completed network documentation and initiate final sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Recognises, compares and interprets technical data when developing network addressing scheme
Oral Communication	Articulates requirements and strategies using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses current industry information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation conveying explicit recommendations, requirements and information using specific and relevant language
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK412 Create network documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK431 Create network documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design and implement at least one network document and publish to its intended environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

open systems interconnect (OSI) layered communication model

network requirements related to:

applications

life cycles

manageability

quality of service

design concepts related to:

financial constraints

network topologies

organisation requirements

physical constraints

security issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network documentation can be carried out

a live network

software tools to support network documentation tasks

relevant network documentation

legislation and standards documentation

industry codes of practice

required regulatory documentation that affects networking documentation activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build an enterprise, community or mesh wireless network internally and externally to buildings.

It applies to individuals with task management, interpersonal and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills working in senior design roles in the networking area, who are required to develop complex wireless networks for organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install network	1.1 Determine network requirements according organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation 1.3 Identify network topology according to task requirements 1.4 Identify required networking components according to technical and task requirements 1.5 Determine usability of installation and safety equipment according to technical standards and organisational requirements
2. Install and configure access points	2.1 Determine hardware according to task requirements 2.2 Install and configure wireless access hardware according to task requirements 2.3 Configure security, monitoring, logging and quality of service features and networks 2.4 Calibrate test equipment according to task requirements 2.5 Test wireless network systems performance according to task requirements
3.Install and configure antennas	3.1 Select antennas according to task requirements 3.2 Install and configure wireless network access antennas to technical specification and task requirements 3.3 Measure and assess signal strength according to task requirements 3.4 Resolve and report any radio frequency interference issues to required personnel
4. Finalise network activities	4.1 Seek and respond to network performance feedback according to task requirements 4.2 Review planned maintenance and network performance continuity upgrade requirements 4.3 Document and store network settings and performance continuity recommendations according to organisational procedures 4.4 Store unused ICT equipment according to organisational and industry procedures and guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calibrate equipment and measure and assess signal strength
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing finalised process in a logical manner using cohesive language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to ensure work is completed according to time constraints and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks
Self-management	Demonstrates an understanding of securing information in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk Initiates standard procedures when solving a broad range of ICT problems Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures Recognises and applies protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how in a range of different contexts
Technology	Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and store information Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK432 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select, install and configure required wireless hardware on at least one occasion

test, monitor, and administer the installation on at least one occasion

document finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Industry standard wireless local area network (WLAN) and wireless area network (WAN) solutions, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

suitability for small office home office (SOHO) and enterprise local area networks (LANs)

transmission control protocols or internet protocols (TCPs/IPs) and applications

wireless topologies

common features of security threats and how to develop a security strategy, including:

security protocols

standards

data encryption

common network protocols and operating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which design, build and implementation of networking and ICT activities may be carried out

industry standard ICT equipment

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

required regulatory documentation that affects networking activities

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install core layer (backbone) connectivity in a local area network (LAN) for applications between floors in a multi-storey and separate buildings.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised technical knowledge and a systematic approach to installing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) technologies and backbone connectivity in a LAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design and prepare to install network requirements	1.1 Identify network requirements according to technical and organisational and requirements 1.2 Design network structure according to organisational requirements 1.3 Design network addressing system with subnet and host identities (IP addressing) and virtual LANs (VLANs) 1.4 Identify and document resource requirements according to organisational policies, procedures and task requirements
2. Install and configure network backbone	2.1 Install and configure networking switches and routers according to task requirements 2.2 Install network protocol suites according to task requirements 2.3 Configure host and workstation network access according to task requirements
3. Test and validate network	3.1 Test network connectivity and ensure hosts on segments and VLANs operation parameters are met 3.2 Implement adjustments to systems structure according to task requirements 3.3 Document and validate network performance according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calculate and interpret network connectivity
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques to confirm information and using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses current network design specifications and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing network performance using cohesive and relevant language for intended audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to prioritise tasks and contingency arrangements
Problem solving	Demonstrates an understanding of purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks
Self-management	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context
Technology	Uses mobile communication tools and specialised software to ensure that geographically distributed team members remain connected in virtual environments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK418 Implement backbone technologies in a local area network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK433 Install backbone technologies in a local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

install and configure backbone connectivity in a LAN on at least one occasion.

build and test one asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) local area network (LAN) that provides the required services at the required communication standards

document resource requirements and network performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging industry standard practice associated with:

bandwidth limitations, measuring and testing

LAN and wide area network (WAN) network topologies (three-layer LAN hierarchy: core distribution and access)

MAC addresses, network layer protocols

open systems interconnect (OSI) layer modelling

routers virtual LANs

network interface cards (NICs) and switches, including:

fast Ethernet

gigabit and 10-gigabit Ethernet store-and-forward

fast-forward

fragment-free

internetworking protocol suites, including:

TCP/IP, IPX, DECnet, AppleTalk, IPv6.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which installation of backbone and ICT activities may be carried out

required web and technical applications

documented installation guidelines on vendor products

local area network infrastructure

switches with various interfaces

network administration tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use virtualisation technology to review and demonstrate work processes, skills and techniques and to deliver quality across the entire business.

This unit applies to individuals engaged in ongoing review and research, who review and maintain business processes at the most advanced level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use virtualisation software	1.1 Determine desktop virtualisation software needs according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify industry standard virtualisation vendors and different types of virtualisation technology 1.3 Review and select desktop virtualisation software according to organisational requirements
2. Install and test virtualisation software	2.1 Install desktop virtualisation software according to technical and organisational requirements 2.2 Test features and functions of desktop virtualisation software according to technical and organisational requirements 2.3 Seek and respond to desktop virtualisation software performance feedback according to task requirements
3. Evaluate desktop virtualisation software performance	3.1 Review and document organisational benefits of desktop virtualisation software 3.2 Lodge review document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Dispose redundant ICT equipment and store unused ICT equipment according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Contributes to the continuous improvement of current work practices, by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records Consolidates information to determine task requirements
Writing	Prepares, edits and proofreads required documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and the accuracy and consistency of information
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes, for more complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Identifies, and acts on, issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK434 Identify and implement industry standard virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and implement at least one major virtualisation software technologies

test output and performance of at least one major virtualisation software technologies

document findings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard trends and directions in Information and Communications Technology (ICT), in major industry technology standards used in virtualisation technology

vendor product directions relating to virtualisation technology

industry hardware and software products, their general features, capabilities and application

technical information-gathering techniques

environmental and sustainability policies of workplace

features of virtualisation technology

current standards of testing and evaluating virtualisation technology.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where industry-specific technologies are used

industry-specific technologies currently used in industry

virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standard.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop administrative and technical procedures throughout the life cycle of a system, network, software and documentation project.

It applies to individuals working in a variety of information and communications technology (ICT) areas who develop and manage tasks that facilitate the development of a system, such as version control and naming standards.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish configuration management requirements	1.1 Establish identification standards for naming and version control of system, network, software and documentation to align with organisational needs 1.2 Establish tools and procedures for the required level of integration into the programming, system or network environment 1.3 Determine responsibilities for configuration management within the project and for ongoing support, including approval of changes 1.4 Determine the appropriate points for configuration of particular items
2. Establish control mechanisms	2.1 Establish methods for identification and recording of change requests in line with organisational guidelines 2.2 Establish acceptance criteria, test and acceptance processes and processes for approval of change requests in line with organisational guidelines 2.3 Establish security, access and management control criteria and quality benchmarks 2.4 Determine necessary audit trails and alerts for variations or non-conformance
3. Establish monitoring mechanisms	3.1 Establish mechanisms to identify software status throughout the software life cycle, or the status of the system or network during upgrading or reconfiguration 3.2 Determine management of records and status reports, including the history of baselines and their links to backups 3.3 Define target audiences and determine the level of detail required in the status reports 3.4 Integrate configuration management into general project management processes for monitoring and control purposes 3.5 Document control and monitoring mechanisms
4. Manage the release of the product to clients	4.1 Determine physical and functional completeness of items prior to release 4.2 Determine requirements for formal control of software products and documentation 4.3 Determine policies for retention of baseline and master copies in line with safety, security and legislative requirements and organisational guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 4.3	Recognises and interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 3.5, 4.2	Develops a broad range of materials, such as administrative procedures, for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Navigate the world of work	4.3	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities, and is extending understanding of general legal principles applicable across work contexts
Interact with others	1.3	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing a lead role in facilitating consensus
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1- 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes Is acutely aware of the importance of understanding, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information, and reflects on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols	ICANWK515A Develop configuration management protocols	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK515 Develop configuration management protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop technical and administrative procedures for use during the software life cycle, system or network reconfiguration or the upgrade process, including:

quality processes

audit trials

version control

configuration management procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain benchmarking methodologies

outline configuration management

summarise control mechanisms, such as acceptance criteria, test and acceptance processes, and security, access and management control criteria

explain monitoring mechanisms

identify and describe standards, benchmarks and organisational guidelines that impact on management protocols

outline project planning methodologies and tools

summarise quality assurance and quality processes

clarify safety, security and legislative requirements

explain software development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

Computer aided software engineering (CASE) tools

future organisational business processes

organisational standards for documentation and version control

project budget and timeframe

project management process and hierarchy

legislation and organisational guidelines

technical specifications

test plans.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, implement and monitor secure file encryption technologies on a computer network or local environment.

It applies to individuals working as network engineers, security analysts, application and software developers as well as systems support administrations in in any size enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine encryption methods	1.1 Identify enterprise data security needs according to computer network and organisational needs 1.2 Obtain and review available range of encryption technologies and determine options according to computer network and organisational needs 1.3 Plan and document proposed encryption implementation strategy and submit to required personnel 1.4 Seek and respond to proposed encryption plan feedback from required personnel according to organisational needs
2. Carry out encryption	2.1 Implement encryption technology to enterprise system according to vendor specifications 2.2 Analyse and document effect of encryption technologies on required user roles and responsibilities 2.3 Submit encryption technologies analysis report and inform user impact to required users and organisational personnel
3. Finalise encryption technologies	3.1 Evaluate implementation of encryption technologies according to encryption analysis report 3.2 Determine function and performance of encryption technologies 3.3 Seek user feedback on function and performance of encryption technologies 3.4 Document encryption issues and compromises and submit to organisational help desk support

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical data to determine security requirements Identifies and interprets technical compromises from help desk records
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information using specialised and cohesive language
Teamwork	Determines the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, according to own role
Problem solving	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to determine data security threats, risks and countermeasures Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems to troubleshoot, debug and correct connectivity and security issues
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Demonstrates knowledge of the purposes, specific functions and key features of industry standard digital systems and tools Operates industry standard digital systems and tools effectively to complete routine tasks
Technology	Manages and maintains data securely and actively monitors technology, notifying others if security becomes compromised Operates industry standard digital systems and tools effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK537 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and document a security plan for the encryption of at least two applications or solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

carry out and evaluate encryption of applications or solutions

analyse enterprise data security requirements

determine encryption methods.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard certificate related infrastructure including certificate authorities, registration authorities, repository services

industry standard symmetric key algorithms and their usage, including:

advanced encryption standard (AES), data encryption standard (DES), triple data encryption algorithm (triple DES)

Blowfish

industry standard encryption types, including:

public key, secret key, hash key

encryption strength

functions and features of:

access control permissions

digital signatures and timestamps

symmetric encryption, asymmetric encryption and one-way encryption

one-way message digests including:

message digest algorithm 5 (MD5)

secure hash algorithm (SHA)

public key infrastructure (PKI), pretty good privacy (PGP) and GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG)

replay security processes and how to prevent them

transmission control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) protocols and applications

wired equivalent privacy (WEP), Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) and Wi-Fi protected access 2 (WPA2).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where encryption installation may be conducted

a live network

servers

industry standard encryption software

industry standard encryption tools

organisational security and encryption deliverables.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop, install and maintain authentication processes and reduce vulnerability of a system.

It applies to individuals working in middle management roles including information security managers, network engineers, security analysts, or similar roles who are responsible for implementing and monitoring an organisational security management system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate authentication requirements	1.1 Determine user and organisational security requirements according to organisational security plan 1.2 Identify and analyse authentication options according to user and organisational requirements 1.3 Determine required authentication and authorisation processes according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Configure authentication system	2.1 Create required authentication realm and reuse according to authentication system and organisational requirements 2.2 Add required users and authorisation rules to new realm according to authentication system requirements 2.3 Determine user attributes and user attribute set-up according to authentication system requirements 2.4 Set up authentication filter and authorisation parameters according to authentication system requirements
3. Apply authentication methods	3.1 Develop and document authentication systems and protocols according to authentication system requirements 3.2 Develop, document and distribute user authentication system responsibilities to required personnel 3.3 Apply authentication system to network and user according to system product and authentication system requirements 3.4 Record and securely store permission and configuration information according to authentication system requirements
4. Monitor authentication system	4.1 Review authentication system according to user security and quality of service requirements 4.2 Determine and document security monitoring, incident management and reporting processes according to organisational security plan 4.3 Submit documentation and respond to feedback from to required personnel 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical data to determine requirements according to user and organisational plans
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing work performed according to organisational policies and procedures for a specific audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan control methods and systems processes
Problem solving	Demonstrates a high-level knowledge of ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Uses intuition to identify authentication failure and security incidents and their general problem area Demonstrates an analytical thought processes to clarify goals and key issues and lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK538 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and deploy authentications solutions to a medium-sized business technology environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure authentication software and tools

align authentication processes to organisational requirements and industry standard best practices

document work plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

problems and challenges associated with organisational authentication issues, including resource accounting through authentication

industry standard virtual private network (VPN) issues, including:

quality of service (QoS) considerations

bandwidth

dynamic security environment

function and operation of VPN concepts

authentication adaptors, including biometric authentication adaptors

digital certificates, including:

VeriSign

X.509

SSL

function and operation of authentication controls and protocols including:

passwords and personal identification numbers (PINs)

smart cards biometric devices

network authentication services including:

Kerberos

NT LAN Manager (NTLM)

features of common password protocols, including:

challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP)

challenge phrases

password authentication protocol (PAP)

remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS) authentication

principles of security tokens.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

a site or prototype where network authentication may be implemented and managed

network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies related to authentication

manufacturers recommendations

current authentication standards, including biometric authentication adaptors.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement network authentication models that allow users to log in using the same user credentials between multiple operating system platforms and that provides a secure method of file sharing on a single, shared network.

It applies to individuals working in network or systems engineering roles, where they are required to support multiple operating systems in a complex computing environment of medium-to-large organisational settings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and install integrated server solution	1.1 Identify server integration requirements according to organisational network requirements 1.2 Determine deployment access requirements and user down times 1.3 Determine required authentication methods and protocols according to organisational network requirements 1.4 Identify additional installation preparation requirements and document preparation details according to organisational network requirements
2. Design integrated server solution	2.1 Analyse network operating systems integration and authentication methods according to network authentication model 2.2 Research redundancy and replication requirements for required authentication model 2.3 Design and document integrated server design
3. Install and configure the integrated server solution	3.1 Implement integrated authentication solution according to server design specifications 3.2 Implement integrated file sharing solution according to server design specifications 3.3 Configure required integrated environment on required user workstations 3.4 Implement required integrated server environment security according to server design specifications
4. Test and reconfigure network servers	4.1 Test server performance and document outcomes according to network requirements 4.2 Analyse documented error report and identify system errors 4.3 Diagnose and correct identified integration problems according to network requirements 4.4 Test and validate network server changes and additions against specifications
5. Document and complete network design and installation	5.1 Document server configuration and operational changes 5.2 Complete required documentation report and notification of server status 5.3 Clean up and restore worksite according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Interprets and analyses enterprise procedures, manuals and specifications to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style required for a specific audience
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Initiates standard procedures and contingency management skills when responding to familiar problems to adapt configuration procedures to requirements of network and reconfigure, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK504 Design and implement an integrated server solution.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK539 Design and implement integrated server solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and configure at least two integrated server solutions according to at least two produced integrated server design documents.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce design documents required to integrate multiple server operating systems for authentication, file sharing and security

monitor and test the solution

troubleshoot integration problems

test and reconfigure network servers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

authentication methods and protocols, including:

lightweight directory access protocol (LDAP)

Kerberos

industry standard network operating systems (NOS), including:

operating system help and support utilities

network file systems and sharing

industry standard server applications, compatibility issues and resolution procedures, including:

error and event logging and reporting procedures

file and print management

high availability options for servers

network service configuration and security

industry standard performance monitoring tools and tuning options

process of managing a project, including:

process or task management

task scheduling utilities

troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network diagnostic utilities

user authentication and directory services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

industry standard server specifications including:

multiple operating system platforms

cabling

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switching equipment

client requirements

workstations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, install and test servers in complex network environments.

It applies to individuals who are employed in network or systems engineering roles or similar and are required to design and build network servers in a complex computing environment of medium-to-large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design network servers	1.1 Identify network server performance and data migration specifications according to organisational requirements 1.2 Design and document configuration of network services and server applications according to organisational requirements 1.3 Prototype design and update documentation 1.4 Develop test plan and confirm alignment according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documented plan and obtain sign of from required personnel
2. Prepare for network server installation	2.1 Identify safety hazards and implement risk control measures according to network design specifications 2.2 Determine network and user disruptions and communicate to required personnel 2.3 Back up local data according to network design specifications
3. Build and configure servers	3.1 Install network operating system according to design specifications 3.2 Install additional tools and required third-party software applications according to network server requirements 3.3 Implement security design and patch operating system and application according to network design specifications 3.4 Configure network services, restore local data and provide automatic updates according to network design specifications 3.5 Implement security design to prevent unauthorised access to system according to network design specifications 3.6 Reconnect and reconfigure connectivity devices according to network server requirements 3.7 Configure update services to provide automatic updates for operating system and applications 3.8 Restore local data to new server 3.9 Implement backup and recovery methods and enable restoration capability in the event of a disaster
4. Test and reconfigure network servers	4.1 Test server and benchmark against network design specifications and document outcomes 4.2 Identify and remediate identified server operating issues according to network design specifications 4.3 Test and validate changes and additions against organisational requirements
5. Complete and document network design and installation process	5.1 Document server configuration, server status and operational changes 5.2 Complete required documentation report and notification of server status 5.3 Clean up and restore worksite according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates knowledge of ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs within a defined budget
Reading	Interprets organisational procedures, manuals and specifications to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information using specialised language in a format and style required for a specific audience
Teamwork	Determines the required form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose, according to own role
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes Demonstrates effective decision making in relatively complex situations
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how it contributes to the work of others Demonstrates and articulates knowledge of legislation and regulations required to own rights and responsibilities
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK505 Design, build and test a network server and ICTTEN514 Install, configure and test a server.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK540 Design, build and test network servers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a design report for at least one server with complex user and network service requirements

prepare and install a network server on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document work plans and processes

configure a wide range of server network and security services, including:

domain name system (DNS)

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

web and proxy mail

file transfer protocol (FTP)

firewall.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of industry standard network operating systems (NOS)

industry standard server applications compatibility issues and resolution procedures

industry standard network service configuration, including:

domain name system (DNS)

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

file transfer protocol (FTP)

mail

network time protocol (NTP)

proxy

server messages block (SMB)

web

industry standard network service management including start, stop, restart and start on boot

network service security features, including server firewall configuration

troubleshooting tools and techniques including network diagnostic utilities

industry standard operating system installation and operation issues, including:

installation media

boot process and diagnosing boot failures

operating system rescue environment

operating system help and support utilities

performance monitoring tools and tuning options

compatibility issues and resolution procedures

high availability options for servers

file and print management

data security and storage measures required on networked server, including:

user authentication and directory services

best practice procedures for implementing backup and recovery

error and event logging and reporting

storage options, including file systems and disk partitioning schemes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

server specifications

industry standard hardware

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switching equipment

organisational deliverables relating to building network servers

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use required tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot switches and routers in a medium-size enterprise network.

It applies to individuals who are employed in desk technician and network support technician roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install medium enterprise Wide Area Network (WAN) links	1.1 Review existing network design documentation and determine currency and completeness according to organisational requirements 1.2 Analyse organisational security protocol requirements 1.3 Determine access and security requirements of required tools, equipment, software 1.4 Develop and document installation plans and detail prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements according to organisational requirements 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure WAN links	2.1 Determine WAN connection method requirements according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Configure and verify required serial WAN configuration and WAN protocols according to vendor specifications 2.3 Configure required virtual private network (VPN) and site-to-site technology according to vendor specifications 2.4 Determine and configure an asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) connection according to installation plan specifications
3. Configure and verify IP services on a router	3.1 Configure, implement and verify a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router operation according to vendor specifications 3.2 Configure and verify internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) addressing according to vendor specifications 3.3 Configure and verify the operation of network address translation (NAT) requirements according to installation plan specifications
4. Secure a network using router services	4.1 Determine purpose and types of access control lists (ACLs) according to installation plan specifications 4.2 Configure and apply ACLs according to network filtering requirements 4.3 Secure access to the network router according to installation plan specifications
5. Troubleshoot medium enterprise WAN links	5.1 Test WAN implementation links and align to installation plan service expectations 5.2 Respond and rectify identified WAN implementation issues 5.3 Document test results and rectification methods according to installation plan specifications 5.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements, articulate complex concepts and matters using required terminology to explain technical and business-related matters with required personnel
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information to determine requirements according to organisational needs
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation which incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised language in a format and style for a specific audience
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work
Problem solving	Demonstrates effective decision making for relatively complex situations and takes a range of factors into consideration Uses intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Demonstrates knowledge of the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Demonstrates knowledge of how strategic and operational applications are used or could be used to achieve work goals
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK506 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services in a medium enterprise network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK541 Configure, verify and troubleshoot WAN links and IP services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test Wide Area Networks (WAN) links on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan and prepare for WAN link installation

document finalised solutions for WAN links

secure access to network router through access control lists.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard operation and configuration of internet protocol version 6 (IPv6)

industry standard router setup and operations, including:

ACLs

router command line interface (CLI) configuration

router debug commands

industry standard problems and solutions with WAN link installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of a network.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers.

It applies to individuals working as network technicians and network administrators or in other network support roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install router	1.1 Identify and analyse existing router performance against organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation and determine alignment to organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network element additions and upgrades according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop and document installation plan and submit document to required personnel 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure basic router operation	2.1 Determine basic routing requirements and operating parameters according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Select required media, cables, ports, connectors and connect routers to network devices and hosts according to installation plan specifications 2.3 Set basic parameters and router firmware according to installation plan specifications 2.4 Save and back up router configuration files according to installation plan specifications 2.5 Implement required router security and configure static and default routes according to installation plan specifications
3. Configure dynamic classless routing protocols	3.1 Calculate and apply required classless IP addressing scheme using variable length subnet mapping (VLSM) to a local area network (LAN) and a wide area network (WAN) environment according to router specifications 3.2 Configure and verify required classless routing protocols according to router specifications
4. Apply troubleshooting processes	4.1 Troubleshoot device configuration and network connectivity according to network specifications 4.2 Identify and correct problems with IP addressing and host configurations according to network specifications 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are, or could be, used to achieve work goals and have strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate the performance and interoperability of the network Adds, subtracts, multiples and divides basic and complex numbers
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information, to determine the requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry-related terminology, to convey information to internal and external personnel on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes, intuitive knowledge of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes, in liaison with others
Problem solving	Identifies the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Demonstrates a use of intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and uses lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Self-management	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely, when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK507 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK542 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise routers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure, install, manage and troubleshoot on medium enterprise routers on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply network topologies, routing and security protocols.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard routing concepts for medium enterprise network switches and routers

classless routing protocols, including:

open shortest path first (OSPF)

routing information protocol (RIPv2)

debug commands

internet protocol version 4 (IPv4)

purpose and basic operation of protocols in the open system interconnection (OSI) and transmission control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) models

router command line interface (CLI) configuration.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

small enterprise routers and switches

network’s design documentation

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate small enterprise branch networks

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of a routers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use tools, equipment, software and protocols to install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches and routers.

It applies to individuals working as help desk technicians, network support technicians or in similar roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install medium enterprise switch and router	1.1 Identify and analyse existing switch and router performance against manufacturer expectations and organisational requirements 1.2 Review existing network design documentation and determine alignment to manufacturer expectations and organisational requirements 1.3 Determine network element additions and upgrades according to organisational requirements 1.4 Develop and document installation plan and submit to required personnel 1.5 Obtain installation plan sign off from required personnel
2. Configure basic switch operation	2.1 Determine network segmentation, traffic management and switching requirements according to installation plan specifications 2.2 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration tasks according to installation plan specifications 2.3 Select required media, cables, ports and connectors and connect switches to network devices and hosts 2.4 Perform, save and verify initial switch configuration tasks and upgrade switch firmware 2.5 Save and back up switch configuration files and implement required switch security
3. Configure and verify advanced switching functions	3.1 Determine required switching technologies according to switch specifications 3.2 Configure and verify virtual local area networks (VLANs) 3.3 Configure and verify required trunks between switches and inter-VLAN routing 3.4 Configure and verify required spanning tree protocol (STP) operations
4. Troubleshoot medium enterprise switches	4.1 Troubleshoot device configuration and network connectivity according to switch specifications 4.2 Identify and resolve switched network issues according to technical requirements 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and have strategic and operational applications
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to take measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry-related terminology to convey information to internal and external personnel on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration May use intuition to identify general problem areas from complex issues, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and uses lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK508 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK543 Install, operate and troubleshoot medium enterprise switches

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and install at least two medium enterprise switches

configure and test network elements on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply network topologies, protocols and security issues

apply solutions and troubleshoot defined network problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

switches and their operation

industry standard installation requirements of switches, including:

debug commands

routing between virtual local area networks (VLANs)

spanning tree protocol (STP)

switch command line interface (CLI) commands

switch security, including:

port deactivation

port security

secure shell (SSH)

advanced switching technologies

common network switching issues

industry standard network and related equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network installation may be conducted

enterprise switches and operating systems

equipment specifications

hardware and software required to install and operate medium enterprise switches

end user device

policies and procedures pertaining to the installation and operation of enterprise switches.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build a high performance, high security, failure resistant security perimeter for an enterprise Information and Communications Technology (ICT) network.

It applies to individuals with advanced ICT expertise and work in roles including middle managers, information security managers, network engineers, network technicians, security analysts or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design firewall solution	1.1 Identify organisational and industry standard security threats according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Determine required firewall security according to organisational requirements 1.3 Research and identify available perimeter security options according to organisational requirements 1.4 Design security perimeter according to organisational requirements
2. Configure perimeter to secure network	2.1 Deploy required perimeter devices according to network security requirements 2.2 Configure required perimeter topology according to network security requirements 2.3 Configure basic functionality of devices according to network security requirements 2.4 Configure required advanced functions according to network security requirements
3. Design and configure network devices	3.1 Back up device configuration according to network security requirements 3.2 Design and configure perimeter and enable continuity of service during devices upgrades 3.3 Design and configure perimeter and enable continuity of service in event of device
4. Configure VPN solution	4.1 Configure perimeter for site-to-site virtual private networks (VPNs) 4.2 Configure perimeter as a remote access VPN server 4.3 Configure perimeter to allow VPN tunnel forwarding 4.4 Diagnose and resolve VPN connectivity issues according to network security requirements
5. Test design performance	5.1 Test required functionality of basic features according to network security requirements 5.2 Test required functionality of advanced features according to network security requirements 5.3 Perform required penetration testing and verify perimeter against security requirements 5.4 Document functionality performance results and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies to design and configure advanced features of perimeter devices and an integrated VPN solution
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and enterprise information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to convey complex technical information and notes security breaches for client records to clients on technical, operational and business-related matters
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration May use intuition to identify general problem areas from complex issues and switching to analytical processes to meet security requirements and resolve other technical problems
Self-management	Identifies digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK544 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, configure and test a security perimeter and integrated VPN solution on network devices on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design and configure a firewall solution and network devices

conduct testing of the performance of the perimeter of security devices

document functionality performance results and the finalised process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard emerging security issues and the requirement for security policies

industry standard security perimeter issues related to networks, including:

security technologies according to perimeter design

weaknesses of installed perimeter design

principles and techniques for designing and implementing a security perimeter, including:

software and hardware perimeter solutions

organisational network infrastructure

auditing and penetration testing techniques

logging analysis techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site or prototype where perimeter security may be implemented and managed

perimeter devices

organisational security requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, implement and evaluate information security in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system or application during the system development life cycle (SDLC) and prior to the operations and maintenance phase.

It applies to individuals who work as network managers and required to handle system and application security from the development phase through implementation to evaluation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop system and application security	1.1 Identify organisational ICT system and application security requirements 1.2 Determine and document ICT system and application security plan according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify risk-based audit performance criteria against the ICT system or application 1.4 Develop and document required mitigation of vulnerabilities processes and procedures 1.5 Integrate information security requirements, controls, processes and procedures into ICT system and application design specifications
2. Implement system and application security	2.1 Execute and verify operational compliance according to technical and organisational requirements 2.2 Perform required configuration management practices and mitigate introduction of vulnerabilities 2.3 Validate and re-engineer ICT system and application security controls and operations phase vulnerabilities 2.4 Document ICT system and application security controls according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Evaluate system and application security	3.1 Assess effectiveness of information system controls against required risk management practices and procedures 3.2 Assess and evaluate system compliance against organisational requirements 3.3 Assess system maturation and readiness for promotion to production stage according to organisational requirements 3.4 Document assessment findings and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and regulatory information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to produce workplace documents
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to plan, prioritise and monitor own work and coordinate processes in liaison with others and within different contexts
Problem solving	Identifies sophisticated principles, concepts, nuance, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purpose Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Identifies and considers required policies and legislative requirements in the development of system security processes
Technology	Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK510 Develop, implement and evaluate system and application security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK545 Develop, implement and evaluate systems and applications security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create and implement an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system and application security plan on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard programming languages

industry standard best practices in application of language syntax rules, including:

data structures

graphical user interfaces (GUIs)

small-size application development

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that impact on network security

threats and risks to the security environment

security assurance specifications

risk assessment process required in evaluating system vulnerabilities, including:

risk mitigation

security control selection

implementation and evaluation process

software security standards compliance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications

information on security environment, including:

laws and legislation

existing organisational security policies

organisational expertise and knowledge

application and system scenarios.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK546 Manage network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and manage security functions throughout a network.

It applies to individuals with Information and Communications Technology (ICT) expertise and lead the development of strategic reviews of security and provide technical advice, guidance and leadership in resolution of specified problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan security design process	1.1 Define planning phase for network security design according to organisational requirements 1.2 Define building phase for network security design according to organisational requirements 1.3 Define managing phase for network security design according to organisational requirements
2. Identify threats to network security	2.1 Determine major threat themes to network security 2.2 Determine the potential origin of major threats according to network security design specifications 2.3 Identify industry standard common network vulnerability types 2.4 Design and document threat model according to network security design specifications
3. Analyse security risks	3.1 Determine required elements of risk management according to network security design specifications 3.2 Identify organisational assets requiring protection 3.3 Categorise and document assets and determine their value according to organisational requirements 3.4 Determine and document risk management plan according to organisational requirements
4. Create a security design	4.1 Determine attacker scenarios and threats according to network security design specifications 4.2 Design and document network components security measures 4.3 Develop and document security policies 4.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Design security incidents response	5.1 Design and document auditing and incidents response procedure 5.2 Submit to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Calculates equipment costs in order to assess their business-related value
Oral communication	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify different perspectives and confirm and clarify knowledge
Writing	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to develop organisational plans, security policies and document security breaches
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK511 Manage network security and ICTTEN811 Evaluate and apply network security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK546 Manage network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate security information and use it to plan control methods and countermeasures to manage prescribed network security requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans, policies and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard ICT networks and their configuration

network attacks, vulnerabilities and related weaknesses of installed infrastructure, including:

security technologies

emerging security issues

network security measures, including:

auditing and penetration testing techniques

logging analysis techniques

organisational network infrastructure

capabilities of software and hardware solutions

general features of emerging security policies, with depth in security procedures

network management and security process controls

network security implementation risk management plans and procedures, including:

network security planning

implementation

cost analysis and budgeting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network security may be implemented and managed

network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies, manufacturer recommendations and security standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and manage security on an operational system.

It applies to individuals working in middle management or leadership roles and are responsible for implementing and managing the organisations security management system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse threats to system	1.1 Evaluate network security system and determine the level of alignment to organisational requirements 1.2 Conduct risk analysis on network security system and document outcomes 1.3 Identify and evaluate system threats and document findings according to organisational requirements 1.4 Identify and document system user interactions
2. Determine risk category	2.1 Conduct risk assessment on network security system and categorise risks 2.2 Conduct risk assessment on human operations and interactions with network security system and categorise risks 2.3 Match risk plans to risk categories according to risk assessment levels 2.4 Determine and plan resources by risk categories according to risk assessment levels
3. Identify required controls	3.1 Devise and implement risk management controls according to system security requirements 3.2 Plan and document required system-related user policies and procedures 3.3 Identify high-risk categories at specified periods according to risk assessment levels 3.4 Categorise and record system breakdowns according to organisational requirements
4. Implement controls in the system	4.1 Develop a management system security plan according to risk assessment levels and system security requirements 4.2 Develop security recovery plan according to risk assessment levels and system security requirements 4.3 Implement system controls and reduce risks in human interaction with the system
5. Monitor system tools and procedures	5.1 Conduct a management review process and monitor risks 5.2 Review risk analysis process against security vendor benchmarks, security specialists and organisational requirements 5.3 Determine and document re-evaluation system to identify new threats and risks 5.4 Submit all documentation to required personnel, and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates an increasing capacity to manipulate oral, visual and or written formats to achieve a specific purpose with full command of vocabulary required to context
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and enterprise information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	Prepares information that incorporates a synthesis of knowledge, using Information and Communications Technology (ICT) terminology and cohesive language in a format and style required to a specific audience
Teamwork	Recognises and addresses complex problems involving participation in group solutions and analysis and resolving issues for a mixed mode environment of people and systems processes
Planning and organising	Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to develop a security plan and a security recovery plan
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and reduce risks Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required policies and procedures when managing a security system Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK513 Manage system security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK547 Manage system security on operational systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct a network security system evaluation on at least one occasion

develop a security plan and security recovery plan on at least one occasion

implement controls within the security system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement and manage security functions on a system

conduct a risk assessment

set up effective controls to manage risk

monitor risks and controls

review risk analysis process

document finalised plans.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard security technologies

industry standard risk analysis procedures, including:

general features and

security procedures

security requirements of an organisation, including:

industry standard threats to security

security techniques and technologies

systems management and process control in relation to security

industry standard systems technologies, including their general features and capabilities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where system security may be implemented and managed

use of utility tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies

manufacturer recommendations

security standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit a physical model into the design phase of the methodology.

It applies to individuals working as system designers or similar and are required to model proposed solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review and confirm system requirements	1.1 Determine and clarify organisation’s required system solutions with required personnel 1.2 Identify organisational standards and methods for developing models 1.3 Identify assumptions and incorporate into modelling process 1.4 Identify goals and resolve into task requirements 1.5 Determine and document task plan according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Resolve conflicts and inconsistencies	2.1 Identify missed opportunities arising from previous and current model development 2.2 Identify bottlenecks, overlooked functionalities and other required issues 2.3 Determine and document resolution process according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Build and test model	3.1 Develop and document model plan and implement existing architecture 3.2 Submit documented plan to required personnel 3.3 Seek and respond to plan feedback from required personnel 3.4 Test model against test plan specifications 3.5 Document test data and confirm that test procedures validate performance of model
4. Finalise workable solution	4.1 Confirm consensus views of key information and communications technology (ICT) stakeholders is represented in model 4.2 Submit model to required ICT stakeholders for review and to confirm common knowledge of model and proposed solution 4.3 Submit model to required person for sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses a combination of formal and logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to set benchmarks and identify project scope when developing a model
Reading	Interprets technical material and organisational standards to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes Makes a range of critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies and addresses complex problems in systems models and may seek advice from required experts
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required policies and requirements in the development of preferred system solutions Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK514 Model preferred system solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK548 Model preferred system solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and resolve model conflicts and build a model using at least two development tools and test on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised plan

analyse organisation’s required outcomes

develop specific areas of a system for further information or to confirm a software or hardware direction

identify opportunities for expansion of the model.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain in relation to the organisational structure

functions and features of:

development and test tools

industry standard hardware and software products and standards

industry standard explain modelling techniques

systems development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

acceptance criteria

client requirements

organisational and process goals

project budget

project deliverables

standards for model development

technical specifications

test plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security requirements for a new system and to plan for controls and contingencies.

It applies to individuals working in senior roles in the networking area who are required to design security for new ICT systems or similar.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research ICT security requirements	1.1 Analyse and determine statutory, commercial and application security requirements 1.2 Assess impact on the existing ICT system 1.3 Identify additional ICT security requirements 1.4 Document security requirements and submit for approval from required personnel
2. Conduct risk analysis	2.1 Identify internal and external security threats according to organisational security requirements 2.2 Develop security alleviation controls and contingencies according to organisational security requirements 2.3 Determine costs and additional resource requirements associated with contingencies 2.4 Conduct and document risk assessment recommendations 2.5 Submit to required personnel for feedback
3. Develop ICT security policy and operational procedures	3.1 Develop security policies and align to organisational security strategy 3.2 Create and document work procedures and align to organisational security policies 3.3 Document operating procedures 3.4 Submit all documentation to required personnel for feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrate operation from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages and regularly reviewing priorities and performance
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data to develop a broad plan, budget and strategy
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm knowledge for requirements and articulates information clearly and concisely
Reading	Demonstrates knowledge and knowledge of legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of procedural material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Problem solving	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world
Self-management	Identifies and applies complex own legal rights and responsibilities and understands general legal principles applicable across work contexts Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Recognises complex anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables
Technology	Uses digital technologies and systems safely and legally when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK519 Design an ICT security framework.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK549 Design ICT security frameworks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine and develop security policies and operating procedures on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct risk analysis

analyse and identify organisation’s security requirements

research and assess security framework requirements with consideration of statutory and commercial requirements

identify associated costs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard design criteria for a security framework, including:

organisation’s business domain

legislation relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security

current industry standard hardware

current industry standard software products

industry standard security features and capabilities

operating systems

risk relating to ICT security

industry standard security considerations for businesses, including:

typical environments

threats

policies and strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information on the security environment

laws and legislation relevant to ICT security

existing organisational security policies

security environment, which also includes the threats to security that are, or are held to be, present in the environment

risk analysis tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design the security controls that confirm that an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is both physically and legally secure.

It applies to individuals in a range of ICT areas who are required to guarantee the security of ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review organisational security policy and procedures	1.1 Analyse business environment and identify organisational system security controls requirements 1.2 Determine legislative requirement for ICT security and impact on organisational requirements 1.3 Identify organisational ICT security threats 1.4 Document analysis findings and security requirements and submit to required personnel for approval 1.5 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel as required
2. Develop security plan	2.1 Identify potential security attacks, threats and risks 2.2 Prioritise, categorise and document assessment results 2.3 Determine and document security plan according to organisational requirements 2.4 Submit plan to required personnel and seek feedback 2.5 Integrate approved changes into security plan and confirm compliance with statutory requirements
3. Implement system controls	3.1 Implement security controls according to security plan and confirm minimum risk of security breaches 3.2 Monitor each phase of implementation and determine organisational impact 3.3 Document implementation process according to organisational requirements 3.4 Plan risk assessment review process according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm requirements, articulate and present complex concepts and matters using required terminology for intended audience
Reading	Interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of business reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Self-management	Identifies and applies complex legislative or regulatory requirements required to own role and considers implications of any changes when planning and undertaking work
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Monitors and controls access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK550 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review organisations existing security policies and procedures and design and document security procedures and controls for a system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

oversee the implementation and evaluation of the strategy.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

communications security, including human organisational interactions

procedures for conducting information security risk assessments

internet security technologies and processes, including:

firewalls

physical security

security testing methods for performing security tests

wireless security

security threats

the impact of security policies, plans and strategies

general features of specific security technology

risk assessment

current industry standard security processes, including general features and capabilities of software and hardware solutions

legislative requirements and ethical standards expected when considering security controls, including:

ethics in Information and Communications Technology (ICT)

privacy issues.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT security assurance specifications

probability, frequency and severity of direct and indirect harm, loss or misuse of the ICT system

risk analysis tools and methodologies

an ICT environment in which there are security risks

legislation, regulations and standards relating to security

existing organisational security policies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create wireless markup language (WML) decks.

It applies to individuals who create specialised language intended for devices such as mobile phones that implement the Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) specification that provides navigational support, data input, hyperlinks, text and image presentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design WML deck	1.1 Analyse existing hypertext markup language (HTML) page design and identify information accessible via hand-held device 1.2 Design deck logical structure and confirm deck size meets required boundaries 1.3 Determine content structure according to organisational requirements and user needs 1.4 Identify links between sets of cards according to WML deck requirements
2. Create deck	2.1 Design user input cards and multiple item selection according to WML design specifications 2.2 Code deck cards according to WML design specifications 2.3 Demonstrate cards compliance to international WML standards
3. Test deck	3.1 Test deck on multiple devices and confirm compatibility with required hand-held devices 3.2 Validate and test WML files according to standard testing procedures 3.3 Document test results and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas, feedback and solutions
Reading	Interprets technical material to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, stylistic devices and required conventions to express precise meaning
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Recognises anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Demonstrates adherence to explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK522 Build decks using wireless markup language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK551 Build decks using wireless markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design wireless markup language (WML) files and build and test a deck on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse existing parameters

create code using required language and standards

test and validate compatibility and performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard internet standards and transmission control protocols and internet protocols (TCPs/IPs) required to WML

five-layer protocol stack of TCP/IP and its function in applications development

wireless application protocol (WAP)

application communication protocols

WML code, including:

WMLScript and WMLScript specification

extensible markup language (XML) 1.0 standard

XML applications

wireless features:

application environment

datagram, session, transaction protocol

transport layer security

computer code of ethics as it applies to programming.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

XML parser

WML valuator

industry standard hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install and test a network access storage (NAS) device in a local area network (LAN).

It applies to individuals who work in roles that involve installing, configuring and testing NAS devices in the workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine NAS specifications	1.1 Determine and document topology of local area network (LAN) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine current and future organisational storage requirements 1.3 Determine number and type of required NAS devices according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine requirements for network management, backup, security and redundancy
2. Select hardware and software	2.1 Select required hardware according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 2.2 Select required operating system software version according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 2.3 Select required storage applications according to technical specifications
3. Install hardware and software	3.1 Install required level of Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) hardware and software 3.2 Install hard disks according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Install operating system software according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Connect required network media according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Test functionality of hardware and software according to technical specifications
4. Configure NAS	4.1 Configure required network address and hostname 4.2 Establish and test required network connection with other LAN devices 4.3 Configure hard disks according to RAID requirements and format with required file system 4.4 Configure access and security according to application and organisational requirements
5. Test and troubleshoot NAS	5.1 Test NAS according to manufacturer and organisational requirements 5.2 Test access and response times aligned to required applications, users and organisational requirements 5.3 Make required adjustments to configuration according to organisational requirements 5.4 Document finalised process and outcomes and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a range of workplace documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Identifies and applies complex concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK524 Install and configure network access storage devices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK552 Install and configure network access storage devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine specifications, install, configure and test at least three network access storage devices on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

troubleshoot performance issues where required

document finalised outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

advantages and disadvantages of NAS versus direct attached storage (DAS) devices

legislative, regulatory, standards and codes of practice related to NAS

industry standard hard drive types and connectors

industry standard network cable types and connectors

common network topologies

process for implementation and configuration of networks

redundant array of independent disks (RAID) configurations and their application in data storage.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a NAS device and basic components to build a NAS including:

industry standard personal computer

industry standard operating system

hard disk and network connection

network devices

workstations and servers

cabling access points and a wireless access point.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement virtualisation technologies, with the goal of providing a more sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals working in senior networking roles and are responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation through the use of virtualisation technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to configure virtual environment	1.1 Analyse organisational environment and determine virtual environment requirements 1.2 Determine virtualisation software requirements 1.3 Determine environmental requirements for installing virtualisation software 1.4 Plan and document installation process according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 1.5 Submit plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Install and configure support services	2.1 Install and configure services and ports according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.2 Install and configure virtualisation client and server management software according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.3 Install and configure environmental requirements and virtual machines according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 2.4 Test functionality of virtual machines and align with organisational and manufacturing requirements
3. Design and configure virtual network	3.1 Plan and document virtual network according to organisational requirements 3.2 Submit plan to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Install and configure required virtual networks according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications 3.4 Verify functionality of virtualisation network, according to organisational requirements and manufacturing specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with the potential to meet current and future needs
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets technical, manufacturer and organisational documentation, to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, explores complex issues and constructed logically and succinctly Writes and edits computer code and technical data, with correct syntax
Teamwork	Collaborates with others, sharing information to build strong work groups Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing any issues
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, recognises anomalies and deviations from normal expectations, in a virtualised machine environment
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering the required organisational protocols and policies for designing, configuring and managing virtual networks in a virtual environment
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK525 Configure an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK553 Configure enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test virtual machines on at least 2 occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage environmental requirements

document finalised outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines related to development of sustainable Information and Communication Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard technologies and processes designed to produce required ICT environment

tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into the existing network design

outline structure, function and business organisation of the client.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where virtual machine environments may be implemented

the network’s technical requirements

industry required virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage virtualisation technologies, with the goal of enhancing sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT roles where they are responsible for managing virtualisation technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage resources	1.1 Analyse environment and determine organisational virtual computing environment outcome requirements 1.2 Test, verify and document required functionality of virtual environment 1.3 Determine virtual environment maintenance and upgrades according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 1.4 Implement required upgrades and maintenance and restore to organisational requirements
2. Manage virtual machines	2.1 Convert physical machine to a virtual machine 2.2 Select virtual machine deployment methods according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create and deploy virtual machine and use installation media and automated templates 2.4 Deploy virtual machine snapshots and reverse and implement virtual machine changes according to organisational requirements
3. Confirm high availability	3.1 Plan and design high availability strategy according to organisational requirements 3.2 Identify required high availability implementation resources according to organisational and technical requirements 3.3 Implement and configure virtual machine environment and confirm high availability and live migration
4. Backup virtual environment	4.1 Plan and document backup strategy according to organisational and technical requirements 4.2 Backup and recover virtual machine and use required integrating third-party tools 4.3 Document backup and recovery outcomes and submit to required personnel 4.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors the outcomes of decisions, considering the results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm knowledge of requirements to articulate and present complex concepts to the client
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and organisational data to determine requirements, according to client needs
Writing	Prepares documentation that expresses ideas and explores complex issues and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately Writes and edits computer code and technical data, ensuring the correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing operational detail in stages and regularly reviewing priorities and performance, during implementation and identifying and addressing any issues
Problem solving	Recognises anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and quickly remedying any problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering, the required policies and legislative requirements in the management of an enterprise’s virtual computing environment
Technology	Identifies and applies complex principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and understands the uses and potential, of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK527 Manage an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK554 Manage enterprise virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, deploy, back up and recover virtual machines on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document plans and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines, in relation to development of sustainable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard and current technologies and processes designed to produce a sustainable ICT environment

structure, functions and business organisation of organisation

application and deployment of virtual machine management tools

virtual machine configuration and integration options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

industry standard technical specifications

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to troubleshoot local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN) and wireless network problems.

It applies to individuals working as network managers, network engineers and technical specialists or similar, and who generally work independently with limited supervision. Individuals at this level perform a broad range of problem-solving activities including troubleshooting, evaluating and analysing networks and planning and developing new systems and procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement network monitoring	1.1 Set up required network monitoring logs and produce a management information base (MIB) according to organisational requirements 1.2 Benchmark network performance and establish network performance reference point 1.3 Identify critical activity levels and network capacity 1.4 Plan and document network performance review schedule according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 1.5 Determine additional network enhancing resource requirements according to organisational requirements and technical specifications
2. Prepare to troubleshoot network problems	2.1 Determine major network problems according to organisational reporting requirements 2.2 Identify organisational and vendor support services and network resolution plan 2.3 Plan and document network problem reporting and resolution plan 2.4 Lodge plan according to organisational requirements
3. Diagnose network faults	3.1 Establish fault hierarchy using data from previous resolution attempts 3.2 Progressively isolate and resolve fault according to technical specifications 3.3 Document fault resolution steps according to organisational requirements
4. Rectify faults	4.1 Isolate repair requirements according to technical specifications 4.2 Replace and reconfigure equipment and software 4.3 Test network and confirm fault rectification against technical requirements 4.4 Document outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 4.5 Document user downtimes and submit report to required personnel
5. Finalise fault rectification process	5.1 Review fault resolution and determine likelihood for reoccurrence 5.2 Determine and document planned maintenance and upgrade requirements 5.3 Submit maintenance plan to required personnel 5.4 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates consideration of strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to analyse costs and values to accurately determine performance
Oral communication	Uses highly developed listening and questioning techniques to understand others’ perspectives and articulates complex information to required personnel
Reading	Draws knowledge from written technical material, equipment manuals and other specifications to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material such as reports and test documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to recognise anomalies in a network environment and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and solving problems as they arise
Self-management	Demonstrates the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Identifies a need for further information or seek advice from required experts
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK532 Identify and resolve network problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK556 Identify and resolve network problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor a medium-sized network, determine and rectify network fault.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

provide constant monitoring and tuning of network

document finalised processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware, cabling and software products, including general features and capabilities

organisational maintenance response-level escalation procedures

organisational business domain, including organisational structure and business functionality

network management tools including general features and capabilities with substantial depth in troubleshooting areas

outline industry standard network topologies

networking technologies, features and capabilities including those relating to:

protocol stacks of transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP)

open system interconnection (OSI)

major organisations that oversee internet protocols

industry standard network protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a live system and sites with a representative range of network environments and operating systems

technical records and documentation

management information base of accumulated fault resolution information

network support tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments and to provide a more efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to senior networking staff who are responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Configure and manage core virtual networks	1.1 Plan and design a virtual network according to organisational requirements 1.2 Configure virtual local area networks (VLANs) and required security and virtual switch (vSwitch) ports 1.3 Implement required security policies, traffic-shaping and network interface controller (NIC) teaming 1.4 Manage required distributed vSwitch connections, vSwitch physical and vSwitch storage adapter connections 1.5 Configure and manage required multiple networks according to organisational requirements
2. Configure and manage core infrastructure storage and services	2.1 Obtain vendor provided virtualisation software technical storage specifications and system requirements 2.2 Plan, design and document core infrastructure storage environment according to organisational requirements 2.3 Create, configure, manage and secure virtual storage connection according to technical specifications 2.4 Install and test local and shared data store, data store clusters and resource pools according to technical specifications 2.5 Configure required provisioning services and templates according to organisational requirements and technical specifications
3. Secure virtual environment	3.1 Plan and document administrative strategies according to organisational requirements 3.2 Configure required user roles and administer virtual environment according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 3.3 Set up and secure required user privileges and permissions 3.4 Submit documents to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means by which to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Draws on strategies, in order to build and maintain knowledge throughout complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation that expresses ideas, explores complex issues and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables and previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures, to comply with legislative requirements and the organisation’s goals
Technology	Uses and investigates, new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and to communicate effectively with others, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK533 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK557 Configure and manage advanced virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, design and configure a medium-size virtual network.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised plans and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines, relating to the development of efficient and reliable, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standards technologies and processes, designed to produce an efficient and reliable ICT environment

structure, functions and business organisation of the client

benefits and costs of virtualisation

procedures and processes for planning, designing and securing virtual environments

design and configuration of industry standard tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into the existing network design

configuration and management of industry standard storage infrastructure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

network technical requirements

a range of suitable software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and troubleshoot virtualisation technologies to provide a more efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to those who work as senior networkers and administrators, and responsible for increasing the sustainability of an enterprise or similar environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environment	1.1 Determine environment optimal performance requirements 1.2 Determine, list and categorise required resources according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify virtual environment’s critical activity level and assign resources 1.4 Review system’s logs and alerts and facilitate virtual environment tuning 1.5 Develop and document virtual environment performance monitoring plan according to organisational requirements
2. Manage virtual environment performance	2.1 Monitor and diagnose memory central processing unit (CPU) and distributed power management performance 2.2 Review storage and cluster performance and maximise operational efficiency 2.3 Monitor tasks, events, alarms and network activity and make optimal operation adjustments
3. Analyse and troubleshoot virtual environments	3.1 Review and identify performance issues in virtual machine capacity, application, storage, input and output (I/O) performance 3.2 Resolve identified performance issues according to organisational requirements and technical specifications 3.3 Test, analyse and troubleshoot identified virtual network performance issues 3.4 Analyse high availability and troubleshoot identified performance 3.5 Consult with the virtualisation software vendors to provide solutions, where required
4. Diagnose virtual environment faults and provide solutions	4.1 Use virtualisation client and server management software tools and diagnose virtual environment problems 4.2 Install and configure external virtualisation management tools and diagnose virtual environment problems 4.3 Identify and resolve alerts and system logged errors 4.4 Document solution outcomes and submit to required personnel 4.5 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes, through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Use listening and questioning techniques for seeking and responding to feedback
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information, to determine requirements
Writing	Writes, edits and proofreads documents to confirm clarity of meaning and accuracy and the consistency of information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK534 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK558 Monitor and troubleshoot virtual computing environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor, manage, analyse and troubleshoot a medium-sized virtual computing environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document finalised process and solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines relating to the development of efficient and reliable Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments

industry standard technologies and processes designed to produce an efficient and reliable ICT environment

client organisational structure and functions applicable to ICT environments

industry standard tools and software applications used to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications used to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into an existing network design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

network technical requirements

industry standard software and hardware.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement virtualisation technologies to implement and enhance the efficiency and reliability of the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals working in senior networking roles, and responsible for increasing the sustainability of an organisation or similar environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine enterprise virtual computing requirements	1.1 Analyse organisational virtual computing environment and determine organisational needs 1.2 Assess existing organisational systems and determine suitability for virtualisation 1.3 Determine and document required installation process and resources according to organisational requirements
2. Analyse the virtualisation host software	2.1 Determine virtualisation host software requirements 2.2 Identify and compare industry standard virtualisation host software 2.3 Determine and document recommended virtualisation host software and submit to required personnel
3. Evaluate system requirements	3.1 Obtain technical specifications, licensing and system requirements from virtualisation software vendors 3.2 Evaluate and compare system requirements needed to implement virtualisation 3.3 Determine and document recommendations and submit to required personnel
4. Plan and install the virtualisation host software	4.1 Prepare environment and initiate host software installation according to technical specifications 4.2 Obtain and install virtualisation host platform according to technical specifications 4.3 Test and validate functionality of virtualisation host platform against specifications 4.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Oral communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and the reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information and to confirm knowledge
Reading	Demonstrates critical analysis of documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares and produces dynamic material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Requests feedback and provides feedback to others, in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours Recognises the diversity in people and manages this diversity to improve workplace relations and practices
Planning and organising	Monitors the progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Identifies and resolves key business issues, processes and practices that may have legal implications Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including the outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies the organisational implications of new legislation or regulation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK535 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK559 Install an enterprise virtual computing environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and install a medium enterprise virtual computing environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

government and industry policies and guidelines relating to the development of efficient and reliable, information and communications technology (ICT) environments

recommendations on sustainability options in ICT design

benefits of virtualisation

processes and procedures for installing and configuring virtualisation software and virtual machines

processes and procedures for configuring virtual machines into network design

industry standard tools and software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration of software applications required to manage virtual machines

configuration required to integrate virtual machines into existing network design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site or prototype, where virtual machine environments may be implemented

the network’s technical requirements

industry standard virtualisation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to configure and manage a Storage Area Network (SAN) which are widely used in the enterprise datacenter space and when coupled with server virtualisation technology, form the basis for highly available datacentres.

It applies to specialist technicians and storage engineers who manage and maintain highly available data storage in a networked environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine specifications for a Storage Area Network	1.1 Analyse and document client requirements. 1.2 Analyse and document the required topology to support a storage area network. 1.3 Analyse and determine the required storage capacity according to current and future business requirements. 1.4 Determine the storage protocols to be used to meet organisational requirements. 1.5 Determine the requirements for network management, backup, security and redundancy, according to organisational policy. 1.6 Analyse and recommend a SAN model based on client design requirements.
2. Configure network settings on a Storage Area Network filer/node.	2.1 Configure the initial SAN Network settings to facilitate network communication using the recommended process. 2.2 Configure Management Interface address to allow configuration of remaining network interfaces. 2.3 Create logical interfaces to support network-attached storage (NAS) protocols 2.4 Create logical interfaces to support SAN protocols 2.5 Configure virtual local area networks (VLAN) to segment the network according to the design brief
3. Provision storage	3.1 Create aggregate/s using recommended redundant array of independent disks (RAID) levels in accordance with the documented design brief. 3.2 Create logical volume/s in accordance with the documented design brief. 3.3 Create logical unit number/s (LUN) in accordance with the documented design brief. 3.4 Provision a share using NAS protocols in accordance with the documented design brief. 3.5 Provision storage using SAN protocols in accordance with the documented design brief.
4. Connect client and/or server to provisioned storage.	4.1 Connect client and/or server to shared storage using NAS protocols and verify operations. 4.2 Connect client to shared storage using SAN protocols and verify operations.
5. Configure advanced Storage Area Network Features.	5.1 Provision and test SAN based volume snapshot operations. 5.2 Provision and test SAN based data deduplication operations.
6. Configure Backup and Disaster recovery features.	6.1 Provision and test SAN based data replication operations. 6.2 Provision and test SAN based backup and restore operations.

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Recognises and interprets technical and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements.
Writing	1.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3	Develops a range of workplace documentation for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations.
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements Establishes and maintains complex and effective spoken communication in a broad range of contexts
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 1.5	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and appreciates the importance of identifying and responding to protocols in new situations
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1,5.2, 6.1, 6.2	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world May operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, identifying and addressing issues Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies in a virtualised machine environment and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention and remedying problems promptly

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network	Not applicable	New unit	No Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK617 Configure and manage a storage area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine and document the specifications for a Storage Area network (SAN) solution

select the appropriate SAN solution to meet the client requirements

document and design a SAN solution that includes backup, security and redundancy

install and configure a storage cluster, either physically or in a simulated/virtualised environment

configure network settings to facilitate management of a SAN

verify and troubleshoot network connectivity

configure network protocols to facilitate storage access via a client/server environment

provision shared storage using suitable protocols

configure and use advanced SAN features if available

monitor and report on capacity utilization

resize existing storage to increase the size of existing datastores

create new datastores utilising capacity on a storage system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the function and applications of the following network protocols:

common internet file system CIFS

sever message block (SMB)

network file system (NFS)

internet small computer system interface (iSCSI)

fibre channel (FC)

fibre channel over Ethernet (FCOE)

describe the advanced SAN features including:

snapshots

data deduplication

flexible volumes

replication

backup and restore

describe the advantages and disadvantages of storage area networks (SAN) versus direct attached storage (DAS) devices

identify and describe common hard drive types including:

serial attached SCSI (small computer system interface) -SAS

serial ATA (SATA)

solid state disk (SSD)

identify and describe common network cable types and connectors

outline the common network topologies

describe the implementation and configuration of SANs

recognise and describe redundant array of independent disks (RAID) configurations and state their application in data storage

describe which features of advanced storage systems can be applied in server and/or virtualized environments

describe the functional and interconnection relationship between storage systems and servers in server and/or virtualized environments

describe how storage systems can protect against data storage failures and the functional process for recovering data.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the networking field of work and include access to:

site or prototype where a storage area network may be implemented

storage area network appliance or simulated appliance

network technical requirements

appropriate software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software tools, equipment and protocols to implement a security system.

It applies to individuals who work in ICT roles that involve the planning and implementing of networks, including budgeting, and determining and resolving network security threats.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess network infrastructure threats	1.1 Identify major industry standard network attacks and malware 1.2 Evaluate mitigation methods for required network attacks and malware according to organisational network architecture 1.3 Determine and document options for defending network architecture
2. Secure edge devices (routers)	2.1 Secure required network routers according to technical requirements 2.2 Secure required administration access to routers using the router operating system (OS) 2.3 Secure required router OS and its configuration file(s)
3. Implement authentication, authorisation and accounting (AAA) and secure access control system (ACS)	3.1 Determine and implement required authentication and authorisation 3.2 Configure router and use AAA according to technical requirements 3.3 Analyse and compare Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System Plus (TACACS+) and Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) AAA protocols for securing the network
4. Mitigate threats to routers and networks using access control lists (ACLs)	4.1 Assess and document access control list functionality and requirements 4.2 Configure and verify IP ACLs to mitigate threats and prevent internet protocol (IP) address spoofing 4.3 Test IP ACLs functionality against organisational and technical requirements
5. Implement secure network management and reporting	5.1 Configure secure shell (SSH) on routers and enable secure management 5.2 Configure routers to send log messages to a log server with tools 5.3 Document layer two attack prevention methods and confirm basic switch security features 5.4 Configure layer two attack prevention switch
6. Implement intrusion detection and prevention system (IDPS) feature set in the router OS using secure device manager (SDM)	6.1 Evaluate and compare network based and host based IDPS and identify malicious activity, log information, attempt to stop activity and document reported activity 6.2 Determine IDPS technologies, attack responses and monitoring options 6.3 Configure router OS IDPS operations according to organisational and technical requirements 6.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data when taking test measurements, interpreting results and evaluating performance and interoperability of the network
Oral communication	Establishes and maintains complex and effective spoken communication to convey and clarify a range of complex information
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of materials, such as reports, for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience and monitors impact Actively identifies, creates and utilises linkages to enhance knowledge sharing, idea creation, individual and collective engagement and work outcomes
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, using knowledge of context to recognise anomalies and deviations from normal expectation in a network environment
Self-management	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Technology	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK601 Design and implement a security system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK618 Design and implement a security system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and implement a virtual private network (VPN) and mitigate attacks on at least two different occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

authentication protocols and encryption methodologies

intrusion detection system (IDS) and intrusion prevention system (IPS)

internet protocol (IP) and networking models

industry standard procedures, techniques and certifications for:

access control lists

wireless regulations

malicious attacks and prevention techniques

network management tools

procedures and techniques to configure, verify and troubleshoot, including:

switch with virtual local area networks (VLANs) and inter-switching communications

router

access control lists

command line interface to configure and test network elements

common features of Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System Plus (TACACS+) and Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) authentication, authorisation and accounting (AAA) protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where network security may be evaluated and tightened

required hardware and software, including:

LAN or WLAN internet work technologies

network security technologies

organisational guidelines, procedures and policies applicable to designing and implementing security systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement advanced server security using secure authentication and network services on a network server.

It applies to individuals working in network specialists roles, ICT network engineers, network security specialists, network security planners, network security designers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan advanced network server security	1.1 Determine required advanced network server environment 1.2 Analyse and review existing security documentation and identify network service vulnerabilities 1.3 Research required network authentication and network service configuration options and implications 1.4 Determine and document server security design solution according to organisational requirements
2. Prepare for network server security implementation	2.1 Assess environment and determine risk and hazard potential 2.2 Determine existing organisational risk and hazard control measures 2.3 Update existing risk control measures plan and align to installation requirements 2.4 Submit plan to required personnel, seek and respond to plan feedback 2.5 Implement risk and control preparation components according to technical and organisational requirements
3. Configure advanced network server security according to design	3.1 Configure required network authentication, authorisation, accounting services and automatic updates 3.2 Configure service security and access control lists according to technical design specifications 3.3 Configure required encryption and advanced network service security options 3.4 Configure operating system and third-party firewall and filter traffic in line with security requirements 3.5 Implement backup and recovery methods and enable restoration capability in the event of a disaster
4. Monitor and test network server security	4.1 Test and monitor server, server logs, network traffic and assess effectiveness of network service security 4.2 Monitor required files, detect unauthorised modifications, open ports and detect possible intrusions 4.3 Investigate, verify and document alleged violations of server and data security and privacy breaches 4.4 Implement required risk control measures plan recovery strategies and document outcomes 4.5 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and enhance or reduce risks
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm knowledge for requirements and when seeking and responding to feedback
Reading	Interprets technical enterprise security procedures, policies, specifications and vendor notifications to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material including security reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Planning and organising	Keeps up to date on changes to legislation or regulations required to own rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning, negotiating and undertaking work
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Self-management	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to detect, investigate and recover from security breaches
Technology	Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK602 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK619 Plan, configure and test advanced server-based security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test network security on a medium sized network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

monitor the server for security breaches

document requirements, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard auditing and penetration testing techniques

best practice procedures for implementing backup and restore

industry standard cryptographic techniques

procedures for error and event logging and reporting

intrusion detection and recovery procedures

industry standard network service configuration, including:

DNS

dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)

web

mail

FTP

server messages block (SMB)

network time protocol (NTP)

proxy

network service security features, options, limitations and vulnerabilities

planning, configuration, monitoring and troubleshooting techniques

security protection mechanisms, security threats and risks

server firewall configuration, monitoring and troubleshooting tools and techniques, including network monitoring and diagnostic utilities

user authentication and directory services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site where server installation may be conducted

server specifications

cabling

networked (LAN) computers

server diagnostic software

switch

WAN service point of presence

regulatory documentation that impacts on installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mitigate security threats to a wireless local area network (WLAN) by implementing security standards and policies.

It applies to individuals working in specialised Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles including wireless help desk support technicians, wireless network support specialists and wireless network engineers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement wireless network security	1.1 Evaluate benchmarked organisational and regulatory security policies and network security standards 1.2 Assess organisational requirements against regulatory security compliance 1.3 Develop and document security solution plan according to organisational requirements and future growth expectations
2. Design, implement and test guest access services	2.1 Analyse and select architecture for guest access services 2.2 Produce map and set up guest access accounts 2.3 Configure WLAN controller authorisation 2.4 Configure anchor and internal controllers 2.5 Troubleshoot guest access issues
3. Design, implement and test security of wireless client devices	3.1 Design and configure authentication of clients and management frame protection on clients and controllers 3.2 Configure access control servers and integrate with wireless network 3.3 Configure client-and server-side digital certificate services 3.4 Troubleshoot secure wireless connectivity services
4. Design, implement and test integration of wireless network	4.1 Analyse network admission control architectures and assess feasibility of network integration 4.2 Analyse high-level authentication process flow and confirm that integration is compatible 4.3 Configure and test admission control wireless controller 4.4 Troubleshoot network access integration issues of control
5. Evaluate and plan secure wireless connectivity services	5.1 Configure intrusion detection system (IDS) and monitor network activities for malicious activities and policy violations 5.2 Analyse IDS report and review threat-mitigation strategies 5.3 Update security solution plan, mitigate wireless vulnerabilities and check network integrity according to network security requirements
6. Manage WLAN integration requirements and advanced security platform requirements	6.1 Evaluate end-to-end security solutions and assess compatibility to integrate with required wireless solutions 6.2 Analyse WLAN firewall configuration requirements and confirm compliance with organisational and network security requirements 6.3 Configure and test WLAN controllers and detect wired and wireless intrusion prevention and detection system (IPDS) security protection 6.4 Finalise reports and documentation and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data and undertakes measurements to evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Reading	Interprets complex technical information to determine hardware requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of material including plans, maps and other documentation for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Demonstrates knowledge of own legal rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning and undertaking work
Problem solving	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Self-management	Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Technology	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Uses nuanced knowledge of context to adapt configuration procedures to requirements of network, troubleshoot and debug WLAN issues and modify work depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK607 Design and implement wireless network security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK620 Design and implement wireless network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, implement and manage wireless network security on a medium size network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document requirements, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures for:

router operation and routing

virtual local area network (VLAN) switching and inter-switching communications

iDevice Operating System (iOS) and internet protocol (IP) networking models

intrusion prevention system (IPS) and intrusion detection system (IDS) security protection

network security threat mitigation strategies

aspects of wireless, including:

industry standard regulations, standards and certifications

deployment schemes

network security technology

network topologies, architectures and elements

networking protocols

WLAN with reference to:

advanced security platforms

devices, their specification and use

radio frequency characteristics and their measuring techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network installation may be conducted

industry standard hardware and software, including:

live network

stand-alone and lightweight WLAN controllers and access points (AP)

WLAN site survey tools

IDS and IPS

organisational guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software tools, equipment and protocols to configure network devices in the design of the infrastructure of a secure network.

It applies to individuals with advanced Information and Communications Technology (ICT) expertise, who adapt router and switch operating system capabilities to mitigate attacks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement layer two security	1.1 Configure router operating system (OS) commands and mitigate layer two attacks 1.2 Implement identity-based networking services (IBNS) and provide layer two security 1.3 Implement required identity management and use access control system (ACS)
2. Configure router OS intrusion prevention system (OS-IPS)	2.1 Evaluate advanced capabilities of router OS-IPS firewall feature set and include event action processing (EAP) 2.2 Configure and verify IPS features, identify threats and dynamically block from network 2.3 Maintain, update and tune required IPS signatures 2.4 Configure and verify context-based access control (CBAC) and network address translation (NAT) and dynamically mitigate identified network threats 2.5 Configure and verify zone-based firewall (ZFW), advanced application inspections and uniform resource locator (URL) filtering
3. Configure virtual private networks (VPNs)	3.1 Analyse and evaluate internet protocol security (IPSec) and generic routing encapsulation (IPSec/GRE) features and functionality 3.2 Configure secure connectivity for site-to-site VPN using certificate authorities 3.3 Analyse required dynamic multipoint VPN (DMVPN) features and capabilities 3.4 Configure and verify secure connectivity for site-to-site VPN operations
4. Provide secure connectivity for site-to-site and remote access communications	4.1 Provide highly secure network access with secure socket layer (SSL) VPN to deliver remote access connectivity features and benefits 4.2 Evaluate EasyVPN benefits and configure EasyVPN server with dynamic virtual tunnel interface (DVTI) to create a virtual access interface on the virtual tunnel interface 4.3 Configure and verify EasyVPN remote to establish a site-to-site connection using both router and VPN software clients 4.4 Implement group-encrypted transport (GET) VPN features to simplify the provisioning and management of VPN
5. Implement network foundation protection (NFP)	5.1 Evaluate NFP infrastructure protection features and document outcomes 5.2 Secure management plane, data plane and control plane and use OS features of the router 5.3 Determine functionality against technical specifications 5.4 Report on evaluation outcomes and obtain sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking
Numeracy	Selects from and flexibly applies, a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem-solving strategies and techniques in a broad range of contexts
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts Draws on a broad range of strategies to build and maintain knowledge throughout complex texts
Writing	Generates complex written texts, demonstrating control over a broad range of writing styles and purposes Writes and edits computer code and technical data ensuring correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering required organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK608 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK621 Configure network devices for a secure network infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement and verify network security systems using layer two and layer three devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document evaluation outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures to undertake:

virtual local area network (VLAN) switching

inter-switching communications

setting up and securing firewalls

tunnelling protocols

key features of deployment schemes

iDevice operating system (iOS) and internet protocol (IP) networking models

local area network (LAN) and wide area network (WAN) implementations

network address translation (NAT) concepts and configuration, topologies, architectures and elements, networking standards and protocols

procedures for configuring, verifying and troubleshooting router operations and routing

secure connectivity and remote access communications, security protocols, such as secure socket layer (SSL)

key features of VPN technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network security may be evaluated and tightened

organisational guidelines, procedures and policies applicable to configuring network devices securely

required hardware and software LAN and WLAN internetwork technologies and security technologies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use required tools, equipment and software to implement an intrusion prevention system (IPS) on IPS sensors to mitigate network attacks.

It applies to individuals with advanced Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills who are working as certified IPS specialists, network security specialists and network security managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate ways IPS sensors are used to mitigate network attacks	1.1 Evaluate inline operations network system requirements according to industry standards and organisational requirements 1.2 Evaluate inline to promiscuous mode sensor operations and IPS devices network protection capability 1.3 Evaluate and determine ways IPS can defeat evasive network hacking methods 1.4 Evaluate selection considerations, placement and deployment of network IPS and IPS signature
2. Select, install and configure IPS sensors	2.1 Install, initialise and configure sensor interfaces, interface pairs, virtual local area network (VLAN) pairs and VLAN groups 2.2 Configure management access to sensor appliance and create required user accounts 2.3 Set up, manage and monitor sensor communications with external management and monitoring systems and use built-in tools 2.4 Upgrade IPS sensor parameters and licensing requirements and maintain network integrity 2.5 Plan mitigation of specific network vulnerabilities and exploits according to organisational requirements
3. Tune IPS sensor advanced system parameters	3.1 Tune sensor signatures and provide optimal protection of network 3.2 Create custom and meta signatures and align to mitigation performance requirements 3.3 Configure passive operating system (OS) fingerprinting gateway 3.4 Configure external product interface to receive and process information from external security and management products 3.5 Configure a virtual sensor and anomaly detection
4. Manage IPS security and network response attacks	4.1 Monitor IPS events and determine network attack response 4.2 Assess IPS effectiveness against security intrusion 4.2 Report on security and response attacks according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Demonstrates knowledge that identified ‘problems’ can be surface indicators of deeper issues and routinely reframes problem definitions as part of the process of identifying a root cause
Numeracy	Selects from and flexibly applies, a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem-solving strategies and techniques in a broad range of contexts
Reading	Recognises and interprets complex technical and regulatory information to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting required conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning Writes and edits complex computer code and technical data, ensuring correct syntax and accuracy
Teamwork	Develops and implements communications strategies with internal and external persons Shares knowledge, information and experience openly as an integral part of the working relationship
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it may be interpreted and used Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies
Self-management	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these when planning and undertaking work Demonstrates an acute awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK609 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK622 Configure and manage intrusion prevention system on network sensors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and evaluate requirements for a medium size digital environment on at least one occasion

configure, tune and manage intrusion prevention system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

upgrade and maintain IPS sensors

document finalised processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration, verification and troubleshooting procedures to undertake switch and router operation and routing protocol

internetwork operating system (IOS), internet protocol (IP) networking models and deployment schemes

IP addressing and transmission control protocol (TCP) and IP stack

IPS and intrusion detection system (IDS) strategies, sensor technologies and licensing requirements

local area network and wide area network (LAN/WAN) implementations and design

network topologies, architectures, elements, standards and protocols

virtual local area network (VLAN) concepts and functionality and virtual private network (VPN) technologies

legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice required to network security.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site or prototype where network installation may be conducted

industry standard hardware and software

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures

live network

an IPS system and its sensors.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security including data security, enterprise continuity, incidents, networks and telecommunications security and system and application security.

It applies to individuals with managerial responsibility and advanced ICT expertise, working as security technical specialists, security analysts or security consultants.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage enterprise security parameters	1.1 Determine organisational security benchmarking requirements 1.2 Review security classification and data management policies and procedures 1.3 Determine and document effective enterprise continuity of operations (COOP) program and critical business continuity structure 1.4 Integrate and evaluate required risk management concepts 1.5 Evaluate and document security incidents and establish effective incident management program according to organisational requirements
2. Manage networks and telecommunications security	2.1 Develop and document network security and telecommunications program according to organisational requirements 2.2 Establish risk management communication protocols between network security, telecommunications team and required personnel 2.3 Determine and document integrated network security and telecommunications network performance
3. Implement and document enhancements	3.1 Implement required changes and improvement actions and evaluate effectiveness of enhancements 3.2 Produce and table documentation for audit tracking 3.3 Submit all documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex text to determine regulatory and business requirements
Writing	Develops a broad range of operational material, including recommendations and reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects, implements and manipulates communications systems, processes and practices for maximum impact Influences and fosters a collaborative culture, facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion Understands diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into the work context, for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Demonstrates use of intuition to identify general problem area when dealing with complex issues, switching to analytical processes to generate possible solutions, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies so that organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Technology	Demonstrates high level awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTNWK614 Manage ICT security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK623 Manage ICT security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish and manage an information and communications technology (ICT) system and application security engineering program for a medium size network on at least occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business and commercial issues related to the management of ICT security

critical analysis in a management context

principles and techniques to manage ICT security, including:

continuity of operations (COOP)

systems development life cycle (SDLC).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications

ICT security assurance specifications

management related scenarios

a security environment, including industry standard threats present in the environment

information on the security environment, including:

laws or legislation

existing organisational security policies

organisational expertise

use of risk analysis tools and methodologies currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test optical communications systems and components using advanced optical test equipment. It involves using the optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR), optical spectrum analyser (OSA) and optical return loss (ORL) test set for performance testing and link budget calculation.

It applies to cablers who combine technical skills with organisational and administrative skills. They may be installation contractors, technical staff and field officers from telecommunications carriers or other private and public organisations or regulatory authorities.

No licensing, registration, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTBWN307 Use optical measuring instruments

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use advanced optical measuring instruments	1.1 Notify customer for site access, security arrangements and location details of optical system and test purpose 1.2 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe 1.3 Devise and implement risk control measures for hazards and risks associated with handling optical fibres and lasers, in consultation with appropriate personnel 1.4 Prepare a testing plan indicating the type of measurement, procedures and nominated wavelength, and seek approval from customer 1.5 Select appropriate tools and test instruments according to required measurement and enterprise practice
2. Evaluate optical performance and link budget using advanced optical test equipment	2.1 Set-up test instrument according to manufacturer instructions, and work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Perform measurement and tests in a safe manner to evaluate performance of optical system and component 2.3 Record test results and compare with standard test specifications from manufacturer and enterprise guidelines 2.4 Perform end-to-end measurements on an optical link and record test results and test points 2.5 Calculate optical losses for a link budget figure of an optical link 2.6 Evaluate test results and report on functionality of optical component or equipment and performance of optical link
3. Document measurement results	3.1 Document test results for future reference and make recommendations for optimising component and system performance 3.2 Clean worksite and make safe according to enterprise requirements and customer satisfaction 3.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion for sign-off and present test documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to plan, identify all job requirements and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions, and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and customers
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to gather and record technical measurements
Navigate the world of	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to workplace safety Understands main tasks, responsibilities and boundaries of own work
Interact with others	Actively identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Considers purpose, needs and limitations when selecting devices and applications for different tasks

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Test equipment must include:	optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) optical spectrum analyser (OSA) or equivalent optical spectrum analyser optical return loss (ORL)
Measurements must include:	optical power level insertion loss of optical network end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)
Optical performance must include:	wavelength spectrum parameters ODTR events

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTOPN402 Use advanced optical test equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN404 Test optical communications systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills on two occasions and to:

obtain operation documentation for advanced optical test instruments

plan and prepare a schedule of tests to be performed

conduct at least one optical test

record the following measurements for a range of parameters:

optical power level

insertion loss of optical network

end-to-end fibre loss (bi-directional)

test, calculate and document optical link budget according to industry standards using the following test equipment:

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

optical spectrum analyser (OSA) or equivalent optical spectrum analyser

optical return loss (ORL)

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

evaluate optical performance using:

wavelength spectrum parameters

ODTR events.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

optical system and its main components

hazards and risks associated with optical systems

health and safety and environmental requirements associated with optical systems

common tests, measurements and testing plans used for optical systems

common wavelengths involved with optical systems

use of tools and test equipment for optical systems

consequences of mating contaminated optical connectors

calculations using decibels, dBm

downstream and upstream signals

dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) metro and long-haul system architecture

measurement of:

DWDM signals

gain and gain flatness of optical amplifier

laser spectral stability, drift and unexpected variation in spectral transmission characteristics

non-linear effects, four-wave mixing

optical connector types

optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR)

optical spectrum limits, wavelengths used in various applications and International Telecommunication Union (ITU) grid

optical transmitters and receivers

optical return loss (ORL)

OTDR dead zones, dynamic range and launch cable reflectance

safe handling procedures with optical fibres

transmission system line rates including:

optical ethernet

optical transport network (OTN)

synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) and DWDM principles and optical multiplexers

influence of legislation, regulations, codes and standards relevant to advanced optical work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

tools and equipment required for measurements

manufacturer documentation for test instruments and equipment under test.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) equipment in optical networks.

It applies to technicians who interpret installation manuals and use technical skills to prepare for and conduct system tests and commissioning.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Optical Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install DWDM units	1.1 Determine number of racks and DWDM units at each site according to installation documents 1.2 Determine DWDM unit and equipment positions within individual racks 1.3 Assemble equipment racks according to safe industry practice and manufacturer instructions 1.4 Select tools and equipment for DWDM unit installation 1.5 Prepare patch panels with connectors according to installation plan
2. Install DWDM units and associated cabling	2.1 Install DWDM unit in designated rack position to maintain planned link budget margin 2.2 Install patch panels and ancillary equipment and connections into equipment rack in preparation for commissioning procedures 2.3 Insert circuit cards into specified slot locations in readiness for commissioning procedures without seating cards into backplane or locking into position 2.4 Connect optical fibre cables between circuit cards, optical multiplexers, adjoining DWDM units and patch panels, according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Seat cards into backplane and lock into position
3. Test power connections and complete installation report	3.1 Measure main and redundant power supplies to verify correct polarity of ground and power connections 3.2 Rectify any identified power wiring fault as required 3.3 Confirm cooling fans, panel lights, indicator lights and alarms behave according to manufacturer prescribed specifications when power is applied 3.4 Complete installation report and reinstate site

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify and adhere to procedures and standards
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate measurements and determine equipment requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context with specific reference to workplace safety
Get the work done	Implements actions according to installation documents, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Reflects on the ways digital systems and tools are used, or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications

Unit Mapping Information

ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system supersedes and is equivalent to ICTOPN401 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTOPN405 Install and test a dense wavelength division multiplexing system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills on two occasions and to:

determine the dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) requirements for a site

install a DWDM system and associated cabling according to plans and specifications

test installation for operation, power and ground connections

analyse test results and rectify faults

complete and submit an installation report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

DWDM principles of operation and manufacturers guidelines

risk management of electrostatic discharge

optical fibre connector types and characteristics

optical fibre types and characteristics

specific work health and safety requirements that impact the safe measurement and inspection of optical connectors and optical power from laser transmission systems

power wiring faults.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

tools and equipment requirement for installation

a range of optical fibres to suit the installation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a site for support installation for aerial or underground cable, or for erection of radio towers or above ground or underground equipment enclosures.

It applies to individuals who can apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context from installation to operation of telecommunications equipment and products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Confirm location of proposed installation is according to installation plan and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Recognise and report hazards 1.3 Obtain approvals and authorisations for work, and carry at all times during works 1.4 Inform landowner or tenant of imminent works 1.5 Locate adjoining services according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) practices 1.6 Clear site of vegetation and debris according to work specifications and any relevant approvals
2. Excavate site	2.1 Mark out proposed installation according to industry guidelines and site plans 2.2 Excavate using appropriate equipment for size of excavation and location of works, according to industry guidelines 2.3 Conduct levelling of site within tolerance specified in installation plan 2.4 Employ WHS practices and personal protective equipment, where appropriate, in manner intended by manufacturer
3. Complete administration	3.1 Note approved alterations on original plan and design using appropriate symbols, and return plan to originator 3.2 Complete and sign reports according to industry policy where required 3.3 Inform landowner or tenant of construction completion and expected next steps according to industry guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets various texts in a variety of forms to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Explains requirements using relevant language suitable for specific audiences
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, with specific reference to workplace safety
Interact with others	Uses appropriate communication modes for specific work task
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks to achieve requirements Implements standard procedures to make routine decisions Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in some work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation (Release 2)	ICTPGM201 Prepare site for support installation (Release 1)	Updates to performance criteria, performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG201 Prepare site for support installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and clear site for installation

measure and mark out excavation location and levels

safely excavate site

obtain sign off, complete reports and record variations to plans.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

construction methods and performance requirements

features and operating requirements of construction equipment

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

levelling and measuring procedures for marking out an excavation

operation of tools and equipment suitable for site preparation and excavation

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

communications strategies required when dealing with landowners and tenants.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which installations can be performed

equipment and personal protective equipment

relevant regulatory, organisational and equipment documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project management teams.

It applies to those who, while working under a level of supervision, utilise a basic level of technical knowledge to plan, carry out and evaluate project work in a small or large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to work in ICT project management team	1.1 Identify and confirm project management methodology required 1.2 Identify and confirm requirements of ICT project and team’s responsibilities and roles 1.3 Contribute ideas and information in team planning discussions 1.4 Separate work tasks into individual components 1.5 Plan and prioritise task completion and discuss feedback and review cycles with required personnel
2. Contribute to ICT project management activities	2.1 Perform work tasks according to organisational procedures and task completion plan 2.2 Record work task progression and completion according to organisational procedures and project management tools 2.3 Seek and provide assistance and feedback to ICT project management team members as required
3. Evaluate contributions to ICT project management and finalise work procedures	3.1 Confirm all work tasks have been adequately performed 3.2 Review and assess impact of contributions to ICT project management team and team performance 3.3 Report on contributions and submit to required personnel 3.4 Save, file and store information and dispose of materials according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses simple and relevant language to confirm task requirements, present information and obtain feedback Communicates clearly and respectfully with team members, considering the needs of those from diverse backgrounds and roles
Writing	Produces materials relevant to specific ICT project management team requirements and work tasks using applicable software
Teamwork	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role, when communicating with others
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing
Self-management	Evaluates task completion and the impact of such completion, in line with project management team requirements
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine project management tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG301 Contribute as part of an IT project management team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, carry out and evaluate two project work tasks, as part of an ICT project management team, using at least two different project management methodologies.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use required project management tools and methodologies

discuss and agree on frequency of team communication and feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project management methodologies, which may include:

waterfall

agile

hybrid

critical path method (CPM)

critical chain project management (CCPM)

integrated project management (IPM)

PRiSM

PRINCE2

service and fixed projects.

organisational procedures, including:

work task prioritisation

work task performance

work task progression and completion

file saving and storage and material disposal

ICT project management team role, structure and responsibilities

ICT hardware and project management software required for work tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials and hardware required for ICT project management activities

industry software packages required for ICT project management team work

a range of simulated work tasks within ICT project management teams

simulated working environment and project management team

organisational procedure documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support the management of low risk, straight forward Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects within an organisation.

It applies to individuals who work under a level of supervision but have responsibility to ensure workflow is planned and completed on time and in line with organisational and task requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Support project commencement	1.1 Identify applicable organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify stakeholders and project sponsor 1.3 Identify project objectives and gather requirements 1.4 Prepare project documents and obtain approval from project sponsor
2. Support project plan development	2.1 Break down requirements into individual project tasks 2.2 Identify and gather resources required for project 2.3 Compile schedule of project tasks 2.4 Allocate task responsibilities to project team members 2.5 Discuss and agree on risk management process with project sponsor 2.6 Finalise project plan and obtain sign off from required personnel
3. Support project completion	3.1 Discuss and confirm project activities meet timeframe, scope, cost and quality expectations with project team 3.2 Monitor and manage project risks and issues according to risk management procedures 3.3 Confirm all work tasks have been performed and project deliverables meet project requirements 3.4 Initiate and complete sign off 3.5 Present project to stakeholders and train stakeholders in project outcomes if required
4. Support project closure	4.1 Prepare ICT support and maintenance documents 4.2 Obtain final project sign-off from required personnel 4.3 Save and back up project documentation 4.4 Review and assess impact of support to small scale ICT project team performance 4.5 Document lessons learned and support project close

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses text to gather detailed information and confirm requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation recording project plan and lessons learned using required language and grammar in logical sequence to convey information
Oral Communication	Uses effective verbal techniques to confirm requirements and present information using industry language for intended audience
Numeracy	Formulates numerical assumptions and performs mathematical calculations required for task completion
Self- management	Follows protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating several options for actioning and managing risks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG401 Support small scale ICT projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG411 Support small scale ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

support the initiation, control and completion of two different simple small-scale ICT projects, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop a project plan applicable to the individual project objectives, project requirements and project

comply with requirements and expectations of a project plan

document and save work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project documents, including:

project charter

project proposal

project planning process, including:

realistic project timelines

project costs

multiple project-management and planning methods and tools

characteristics of technical teams required to support small scale ICT projects

different methods of communication and communication styles required to support small scale ICT projects

applicable organisational values, policies and processes

risks associated with small scale projects including:

cost

scope

timelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT equipment and materials required for supporting simple small-scale ICT projects

industry software packages

a range of simulated simple small-scale ICT projects

stakeholders and project sponsor

project plan and document templates.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the initiation, implementation and completion of reasonably complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects incorporating scope, risk control, cyber security and financial factors.

It applies to those who use a range of specialised technical and managerial techniques to plan, carry out and evaluate their own work and the work of a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage project definition activities	1.1 Confirm organisational project governance policy and processes 1.2 Confirm business problem, opportunity and project objectives according to organisational needs 1.3 Develop project charter, including preliminary statement of project scope and obtain sign-off with required personnel 1.4 Conduct feasibility study and prepare project business case 1.5 Document and submit business case and respond to feedback
2. Undertake project planning	2.1 Plan information gathering activities and determine project requirements, constraints and risks 2.2 Identify project partitioning according to intended system development life cycle and risk 2.3 Prepare project work breakdown, schedule and budget 2.4 Compile project management plan documents, communicate required management strategy for project and obtain sign-off
3. Establish ICT project team	3.1 Identify and select team members, and allocate roles and responsibilities according to project solution requirements 3.2 Determine training and support needs of team members 3.3 Establish project team values and agreed behavioural standards with team members 3.4 Document team members, role allocation, training and support needs and project team values and agreed behavioural standards 3.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Manage project execution activities	4.1 Monitor delivery and acceptance of assigned project team work activities and manage individuals according to project requirements 4.2 Monitor and control quality of project deliverables according to organisational quality control standards 4.3 Monitor and control project scope changes, risks and issues 4.4 Manage system testing and hand over activities according to project requirements
5. Coordinate project closure	5.1 Prepare IT support plans, maintenance and support documents 5.2 Obtain final project sign-off with required personnel 5.3 Conduct post project review and document outcomes 5.4 Review and update disaster recovery plan documentation 5.5 Save and back up project documentation and close project according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mathematical calculations to interpret numerical information and to prepare and reconcile financial data
Oral communication	Uses effective verbal techniques to confirm requirements, discuss information and conduct presentation using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Evaluates complex text and addresses project requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation detailing project management plan using required language and grammar in logical sequence to present ideas and recommendations
Teamwork	Engages in fostering a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved when establishing project team Builds formal and informal networks to include key people and communities with expert skills and knowledge
Self-management	Makes a range of decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account when monitoring project and system testing Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when conducting post project reviews Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG501 Manage ICT projects and ICTPMG802 Manage a telecommunications project.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG505 Manage ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

scope and manage activities of a complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project, including:

preparing the project plan

determining project team and duties

executing the project

confirming requirements have been met

closing the project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key characteristics of leaders and technical teams relating to managing ICT project teams

consultation and communication techniques and strategies relating to obtaining required ICT project information

requirements and process for conducting a feasibility study

process for preparing a business case

process of establishing technical teams and determine stages of team development

estimation and cost-analysis techniques

methods of communication and communication styles, including interviewing techniques

organisational values, policies and processes for project management

performance management and project team appraisal methods

processes for monitoring team and own performance

project cash flow and budgeting processes

project-management methods and tools relevant to managing ICT projects

systems analysis and modelling techniques

team roles and delegation in a multi-project methodology context relevant to managing ICT projects

key features of technology solution models and frameworks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

office equipment, materials and industry software packages

project outline and objectives brief

equipment specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to initiate an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

It applies to those who apply project management skills to establish the necessary foundation to facilitate successful delivery of agreed project outcomes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define project	1.1 Define business problems and initial project scope according to organisational requirements 1.2 Identify key stakeholders and analyse stakeholder requirements 1.3 Define constraints that may impact project
2. Develop project business case	2.1 Identify and document project objectives and benefits 2.2 Identify and select feasible ICT solutions 2.3 Develop the business case according to organisational procedures 2.4 Present business case to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
3. Select project approach	3.1 Identify project core technology areas according to project requirements 3.2 Identify and document solution approach requirements 3.3 Negotiate project outcomes with required personnel
4. Establish ICT project team	4.1 Identify and select team members according to project requirements 4.2 Establish and document team member roles and responsibilities 4.3 Develop and document a cohesive technical team 4.4 Develop and document support plan for team members according to project requirements 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Tests viability of data by completing estimates and cost comparisons using relevant mathematical calculations
Oral communication	Uses effective verbal techniques such as active listening, open-ended questioning and paraphrasing to articulate requirements and facilitate discussions and presentation using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Analyses complex textual data to ascertain requirements
Writing	Prepares well-structured and cohesive documents presenting alternative views, evidence and recommendations, utilising technical and relevant industry language
Teamwork	Invests time and energy in building rapport with others as an integral part of all work-based interactions Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others Shares knowledge, experience information and resources with others as an integral part of work relationships Seeks to establish a climate in which it is possible to clarify and share the real needs and issues
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication
Self-management	Demonstrates use of systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating feasible ICT solutions Selects ICT solutions, using strategic and operational analysis of digital trends Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG602 Manage ICT project initiation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG612 Manage ICT project initiation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a comprehensive business case using an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project implementation approach that considers core technology limitations and project constraints on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes

establish and work in a cohesive project team.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

characteristics of leadership and technical teams as it applies to managing ICT projects

consultation and communication methodologies, styles and strategies, including interviewing techniques required when managing a project

estimation and cost analysis techniques relating to managing ICT projects

process of establishing technical teams and determining stages of team development

process of setting objectives and conducting a benefits analysis

organisational values, policies and processes that are applicable to ICT projects and teams

project management methodologies and tools, and how they apply in a formal project management methodology

process of determining team roles, and delegation process in a multi-project methodology context relating to managing ICT projects

technology solution models and frameworks applicable to managing ICT projects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

organisation’s deliverables and project scope

organisation’s unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and manage an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to those who apply advanced project management skills in developing and documenting logical processes and timelines to ensure that projects are delivered according to organisational and stakeholder expectations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance critera describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project control plans	1.1 Develop and document project management plan according to organisational requirements 1.2 Develop and document management sub-plans 1.3 Lodge documents according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Determine project methodology	2.1 Assess models of project management according to organisational requirements 2.2 Assess product development approach 2.3 Select project management and systems development methodology 2.4 Tailor and document methodologies to solution requirements 2.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Develop project schedule	3.1 Develop project component breakdown according to project requirements 3.2 Estimate project effort and duration 3.3 Create project schedule and document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Develop and allocate work packages 3.5 Establish schedule controls for monitoring project schedule
4. Finalise project budget	4.1 Identify areas of anticipated project spend 4.2 Determine dollar amounts and timing of cash flows 4.3 Develop and document project budget based on anticipated expenditure and cash flow 4.4 Establish controls for monitoring budget

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses sound mathematical assumptions and applies equations in developing cost-benefit analyses, budgets and cash flows
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex text to ascertain requirements
Writing	Prepares well-structured and cohesive documents presenting ideas and project plan utilising technical and relevant industry language in a logical sequence
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communications Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Identifies and compares several options before making final choice, using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking to suit needs, resources and constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG603 Manage ICT project planning and ICTPMG610 Develop a project management plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG613 Manage ICT project planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project plans on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select methodologies

develop project schedules

develop project budgets

establish budgetary controls.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging industry practice in relation to:

estimation techniques and methods

planning techniques and methods

project management methodologies

system development methodologies

impact of business needs on project management, including implications for project control and expected returns on business investment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

an organisation’s identified problem, opportunity or unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the creation and delivery of the products of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to those who manage teams and apply advanced project management, business and technical skills necessary to ensure that the project delivered is consistent with system requirements and agreed design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage systems analysis and design	1.1 Apply systems thinking to project design 1.2 Model ICT process and systems according to specifications 1.3 Re-engineer business processes according to specifications 1.4 Control required ICT systems development 1.5 Review ICT architecture against required specifications 1.6 Manage design and integration of system according to project requirements
2. Facilitate project-related workshops	2.1 Apply facilitation and problem-solving methodologies to enhance workshop outcomes 2.2 Facilitate requirements gathering 2.3 Facilitate ICT design workshops according to task requirements
3. Manage ICT project team performance	3.1 Establish project team performance framework according to project requirements 3.2 Measure team member performance according to framework and metrics 3.3 Manage technical staff performance according to framework and metrics 3.4 Manage project team dissolution
4. Manage project delivery cycle	4.1 Delegate project work to project team members according to task requirements 4.2 Review and report status of project to required personnel 4.3 Assess progress and update plans according to task requirements 4.4 Control project issues and take corrective action 4.5 Update project control documents

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses required language and style when presenting complex ideas to stakeholders to ensure project requirements are understood Facilitates workshops using effective listening, questioning and summarising skills to convey information
Reading	Interprets and analyses models, diagrams and specifications for inclusion into project requirements, plans and methodologies
Writing	Prepares well-structured documents presenting ideas and delivery project plan utilising technical and relevant industry language in a logical sequence
Teamwork	Shares knowledge, experience, information and resources with others as an integral part of work relationships when facilitating design workshops Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating advanced influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG604 Manage ICT project delivery.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG614 Manage ICT project delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage the analysis, design and delivery of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects on at least two occasions, including:

facilitating workshops for design development

managing project team performance

managing project delivery cycle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

management methodology, including project management roles and responsibilities that relate to managing ICT project delivery

problem-solving tools and techniques, including systems thinking, that relate to managing ICT project delivery

information and communications technology (ICT) process models and their application

key requirements of ICT design that relate to managing ICT project delivery

business processes applicable to project.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

an organisation’s identified problem, opportunity or unfulfilled legislative need.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to decommission or close an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced project-management skills in undertaking a strategic assessment of the status of a project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate project performance	1.1 Collect project performance metrics according to organisational requirements 1.2 Debrief project team on project performance 1.3 Debrief project stakeholders 1.4 Summarise and document results according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Lodge documentation according to organisational requirements
2. Finalise project	2.1 Review project performance and determine if project should be continued, decommissioned or closed 2.2 Assess impact of continuing, decommissioning or closing project 2.3 Recommend management action to required governing authority 2.4 Decommission or close project according to requirements
3. Action outstanding activities	3.1 Identify outstanding activities and create and document action plan 3.2 Assign responsibilities to action outstanding activities 3.3 Follow up on outstanding activities and confirm completion 3.4 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses complex numerical information embedded in performance metrics
Oral communication	Uses applicable language and style for intended audience to present information and facilitate debrief sessions, utilising active listening, questioning and summarising
Reading	Analyses complex textual data to ascertain completion of project components and identify issues and root causes to facilitate formulation of required recommendation
Writing	Prepares required documentation presenting ideas and information utilising technical and relevant industry language to stakeholders
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG605 Manage ICT project closure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG615 Manage ICT project closure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage at least one complex ICT project closure, including:

reviewing project documentation and project metrics

analysing project performance

recommending and planning decommissioning of project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

role of project stakeholders relating to managing ICT project closure

problem-solving techniques to address issues relating to project closure

project management methods, practices and processes relating to project closure

project performance metrics relating to managing ICT project closure.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the system-implementation process in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project in small, medium and large organisations.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced business management technical and communication skills to ensure that ICT projects are implemented with alignment to project and system development documentation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for system implementation	1.1 Review required project and system development documentation 1.2 Determine organisational culture and document potential risks during implementation phases 1.3 Identify implementation options and constraints, and select required approach in consultation with stakeholders 1.4 Develop and document detailed implementation plan and training plan, and obtain sign-off from required personnel 1.5 Oversee creation of system user documentation guidelines and obtain sign-off from required personnel 1.6 Oversee preparation of operations documentation guidelines and obtain sign-off from required personnel
2. Manage organisational change	2.1 Submit system implementation plans to required personnel 2.2 Establish necessary support structures 2.3 Obtain plan sign-off from required personnel
3. Coordinate release management	3.1 Establish and confirm release management roles and responsibilities according to implementation plan 3.2 Determine release configuration items, including production system software, hardware and capacity changes required, and compile a request for change 3.3 Oversee creation of required test environment according to organisational requirements 3.4 Establish ongoing monitoring procedure to cover post-release warranty period 3.5 Undertake required data conversion activities
4. Manage acceptance testing	4.1 Review results of system test and confirm acceptance test entry criteria are met 4.2 Confirm test environment and ICT configuration management processes meet solution requirements and organisational standards 4.3 Oversee acceptance testing and collation of results 4.4 Confirm test results meet acceptance test exit criteria and obtain sign-off
5. Manage user training	5.1 Undertake and document training needs analysis 5.2 Review training plan and schedule and include required additional activities 5.3 Oversee preparation of training materials and confirm user training is conducted
6. Release system to production	6.1 Develop action plan and checklist for release activities according to task requirements and required deadlines 6.2 Create and document rollback strategy and plan to guide rollback of changes if required 6.3 Prepare communication to inform users of possible interruption to service due to the release 6.4 Manage installation of new release into production and confirm performance of operational verification tests and rollback changes if necessary 6.5 Review and update service level agreements (SLAs) and disaster recovery plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses required language and style, and effective listening, questioning and summarising skills when presenting complex ideas, requirements and results to stakeholders
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex textual information to ensure that all requirements are identified, understood and addressed
Writing	Develops documentation presenting ideas, requirements and test results using appropriate structure, layout and relevant language
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Develops flexible plans for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications that involve a diverse range of stakeholders with potentially competing demands when preparing for system implementation Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication when managing organisational change, coordinating release management, managing testing, user training and release of system to production
Problem solving	Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG608 Manage ICT project systems implementation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG616 Manage ICT project systems implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage systems implementation on at least one occasion, including: communicating and establishing new structures in preparation for change

coordinating release of new system

managing system tests and acceptance

managing training of users

releasing system to production.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods and techniques of configuration management

organisational policies and standards relating to information and communications technology (ICT) configuration management

business analysis, processes and methodology relevant to managing ICT implementation projects

project management and systems development processes, including potential risks associated with implementation activities

structure and implications of disaster recovery plans and Service Level Agreements (SLAs)

key features of a training needs analysis and its role in a training program

purpose of a rollback strategy for an ICT project

different team roles and responsibilities, including role of release manager.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages

project documentation

relevant organisational documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, plan, control and finalise complex information and communications technology (ICT) projects.

The unit applies to project managers who use advanced business and project management skills to oversee the effective and timely delivery of projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Project management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify planning needs	1.1 Identify organisation’s need for required complex ICT project 1.2 Identify project’s strategic context and requirements 1.3 Identify organisation’s strategic and business plans, and output requirements 1.4 Identify client requirements and impact of legislation, and industry codes and standards 1.5 Conduct risk management analysis and develop and document risk-management plan
2. Prepare ICT project plan	2.1 Define and document specifications, terms of reference and skills required for project 2.2 Identify and document project budget according to project requirements 2.3 Define, document and secure resources required to support project 2.4 Develop and document timelines, schedules and critical path for project 2.5 Define and document stakeholder consultation strategy according to organisational requirements
3. Assemble ICT project team and commence work	3.1 Brief required personnel on project scope and respond to feedback given 3.2 Identify and communicate required reporting processes for team members
4. Manage IT project	4.1 Monitor project progress according to project plan requirements 4.2 Manage team member performance and confirm that output aligns to key performance indicators identified in project plan 4.3 Make required corrections, changes and additions to project plan 4.4 Monitor resourcing and make corrections to reflect changing circumstances 4.5 Report overall project progress to required personnel
5. Wrap up IT project	5.1 Finalise project in line with project plan 5.2 Conduct handover to required personnel according to organisational procedures 5.3 Debrief project team members on conduct and project outcomes 5.4 Prepare project report and analyse strengths and weaknesses of project plan
6. Identify policy and process improvements	6.1 Identify and analyse opportunities for organisational learning and required changes to processes and policies generated by project 6.2 Determine and document opportunities for future developments following project completion and submit to required personnel 6.3 Determine and document strategic impact of project and feed into organisation’s ongoing strategic planning processes 6.4 Lodge all documentation according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses sound mathematical assumptions and applies equations in developing budgets
Oral communication	Uses required language and style, and effective listening, questioning and summarising skills when presenting complex ideas, requirements and results to stakeholders
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex textual information to ensure that all requirements are identified, understood, addressed and aligned with organisational strategic and operational plans
Writing	Develops documentation presenting ideas, requirements and information using appropriate structure, layout and relevant technical language
Teamwork	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating advanced influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others, including those who are geographically dispersed
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions Identifies new approaches and enhances work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPMG609 Plan and direct complex ICT projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPMG617 Plan and direct complex ICT projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, implement, manage and finalise a complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

manage planning processes, scheduling, human resources, reporting and respond to contingencies

align projects with organisational strategies and requirements

assess outcomes and provide recommendations to refine and improve future ICT project management processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of risk management planning and processes

computer software functions and operation, including relevant proprietary software relevant to planning direct complex ICT projects

legislation, codes and standards relating to project specified in performance evidence

contingencies for planning for time slippages

sustainability requirements and ratings, including:

reporting mechanisms

conservation of energy

management of other resources

tools and models of project management

organisational frameworks and functions relevant to planning direct complex ICT projects including:

enterprises

government bodies

industry associations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

computer software packages and hardware

codes, standards and legislation relevant to jurisdiction and project

project documentation

research resources, including product information and data, and theoretical texts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create simple applications through introductory programming techniques.

It applies to those who have responsibility for creating applications and includes applying language syntax, control structures to create code, using programming standards, testing and debugging.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish application task	1.1 Clarify task with required personnel 1.2 Identify design specifications, programming standards and guidelines according to task requirements
2. Apply language syntax and layout	2.1 Apply basic language syntax rules 2.2 Create code using language data types, operators and expressions 2.3 Apply variables and variable scope 2.4 Use program library functions 2.5 Clarify meaning of code using commenting techniques
3. Apply control structures	3.1 Apply language syntax in sequence, selection and iteration constructs 3.2 Create expressions in selection and iteration constructs using logical operators
4. Code using standard programming algorithms	4.1 Develop algorithms using sequence, selection and iteration constructs 4.2 Create and use data structures 4.3 Code standard sequential access algorithms used in reading and writing text files 4.4 Apply string manipulation
5. Test code	5.1 Examine variable contents and use debugging techniques to detect and correct errors 5.2 Create and conduct simple tests and confirm code meets design specification 5.3 Document actions carried out and results of tests performed
6. Create a simple application and seek feedback	6.1 Design an algorithm in response to basic program specifications 6.2 Develop application to meet program specification 6.3 Confirm application meets initial specifications 6.4 Present application to required personnel 6.5 Obtain feedback and sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts
Numeracy	Confirms program specifications are met using mathematical formulae
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax Develops documentation outlining changes and tests performed using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem solving	Analyses required outcomes and determines program code using problem-solving techniques Uses a formal decision-making process, identifying and evaluating several choices against a limited set of criteria when selecting syntax Evaluates decisions in terms of how well they meet stated design specifications
Technology	Completes complex tasks using features of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG301 Apply introductory programming techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG302 Apply introductory programming techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build one simple application according to programming standards and program specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply programming language syntax, sequence, selection and iteration constructs

document changes and tests performed

review code according to feedback obtained during design and development of application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language data types, operators, expressions and variables

basic language syntax rules

sequence, selection and iteration constructs

the development of small-sized applications

industry programming standards and guidelines

commenting techniques

debugging techniques

application testing methods

basic data structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming standards and guidelines

programming software

required hardware and its components

industry standard software development tools

an integrated development environment (IDE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute as a member of an open-source software project community and to maintain open-source code.

It applies to those who work as open-source software developers who are required to build, test, distribute and maintain open-source software applications, as well as programmers who are responsible for integrating open-source components, tools and technologies into their applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate open-source paradigm	1.1 Examine open-source paradigm and analyse differences with traditional software development models 1.2 Identify types of online resources, including open source communities 1.3 Investigate types of project documentation 1.4 Identify and analyse role of an online community and international collaboration 1.5 Examine motivational factors for contributors to open-source code 1.6 Analyse open-source licensing models
2. Familiarise with target program	2.1 Identify open source target program requiring maintenance 2.2 Establish and confirm target program requirements and specifications 2.3 Examine online resources applicable to target program 2.4 Download executable binaries and install and run target program 2.5 Access and analyse supporting documentation
3. Prepare and perform support activities	3.1 Select and register with online community open-source group 3.2 Download snapshots of latest source code and supporting documentation according to organisational procedures 3.3 Build and execute a snapshot according to project requirements
4. Maintain code	4.1 Access project bug database and select bugs to be resolved and features to be added 4.2 Use applicable software-development tools and environment according to project requirements 4.3 Make changes to local copy of code and resolve selected bugs 4.4 Test resulting code and confirm identified bugs are resolved 4.5 Prepare and submit code patch to repository according to project requirements
5. Participate in community	5.1 Exchange messages with other project members and actively participate in community activities 5.2 Submit code and documentation code patches online 5.3 Access online project resources and identify project and community developments 5.4 Maintain and observe community-participation standards
6. Document and finalise project	6.1 Access project documentation according to organisational procedures 6.2 Prepare and contribute new information and updates using existing documentation 6.3 Submit documented changes to required personnel and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and requirements using detailed language
Reading	Interprets intermediate technical and non-technical, information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares documentation recording work performed and findings according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and achieves required outcome Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when conferring with community members
Problem solving	Resolves technical and conceptual problems by applying analytical processes Systematically gathers and analyses all required information and evaluates options in making informed decisions
Technology	Uses digital technologies and locates and stores required information and communicates with others Uses a range of sophisticated digital tools and techniques

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG401 Maintain open-source code programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG429 Maintain open-source code programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and run at least one open source code program according to organisational procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

participate in at least one online open source code program community

document program source code changes and additions

build, modify and test code

identify and resolve at least one bug

test and confirm bug is fixed.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard software development models and tools

open source licensing models and techniques

debugging and testing techniques

documentation techniques, including internal documentation, user guides and technical documentation

open-source development methodology

available online resources that may be used to maintain open-source code programs

existing online project communities and their involvement in maintaining source codes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

open source code projects and programming languages

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to retrieve and manipulate information stored in information systems using a query language.

It applies to those who are involved in a range of work environments, who are required to extract information from a relational database by creating and running queries.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements of developing queries	1.1 Identify terminologies applicable to query language 1.2 Identify and build queries using required tools and environment
2. Write queries to extract required information	2.1 Sort and selectively retrieve values through query writing 2.2 Aggregate records by multiple attributes using an expression 2.3 Sort and filter aggregated records using an expression 2.4 Create queries and retrieve records from multiple tables 2.5 Retrieve records from multiple tables using different expressions and approaches 2.6 Filter records from multiple tables using an expression 2.7 Retrieve records from multiple tables using expressions, set operators and set logic 2.8 Construct and execute sub-queries
3. Perform calculations and use expressions in queries	3.1 Perform a calculation on numeric values and an operation on text values using an expression 3.2 Perform an operation on date and time values using functions 3.3 Aggregate values and obtain required output using an expression
4. Create and manipulate tables	4.1 Identify required columns, data types, keys, relationships, indexes and constraints 4.2 Use required naming conventions for database elements 4.3 Create tables that implement required elements and use check constraints 4.4 Manipulate tables according to specific requirements
5. Create and use views and stored procedures	5.1 Create views according to information requirements 5.2 Retrieve and save data using a view and transactions 5.3 Drop a view from a database 5.4 Retrieve, insert and modify data using created and stored procedures according to information requirements 5.5 Create and execute stored procedures using one or more parameters 5.6 Drop a stored procedure from database 5.7 Create and test database triggers and perform specific required data-related functions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Makes basic calculations involving arithmetical operations Makes estimates and comparisons involving date and time data
Reading	Determines requirements by analysing and interpreting technical data
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Technology	Stores and manages data using digitally based technologies and systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG402 Apply query language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG431 Apply query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, store and execute at least three queries, and retrieve and extract data at least three times

perform at least three calculations using control statements, operators and functions

prepare and manipulate at least three tables to meet specific requirements

create and use at least two views and at least two stored procedures according to task requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

information gathering methods that may be used to apply query language in relational databases

industry standard database management systems (DBMS)

methods of connecting to DBMS

using data definition language (DDL), data manipulation language (DML) and data control language (DCL)

data analysis techniques

data mining

data source characteristics

information system features

required systems and procedures that may be used to apply query language in relational databases.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software packages

required hardware and its components

a data source

resources in chosen query language

documentation regarding client and functionality requirements

resources to aid calculation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create data-driven applications that access data from a range of sources, including databases, object data sources and extensible mark-up language (XML).

It applies to those who work as programmers or database application developers and who are responsible for data-access coding.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and select data-access layer (DAL)	1.1 Identify data and application requirements according to organisational procedures 1.2 Review function of required DAL in multi-layer application model 1.3 Determine data-access application programming interface (API) according to task requirements
2. Establish connection with data source	2.1 Create and manage connection strings according to task requirements 2.2 Connect data source using different data providers according to organisational procedures 2.3 Handle connection exceptions using code
3. Execute commands and return results from data source	3.1 Query data from data source according to task requirements 3.2 Retrieve and manage results sets from data source 3.3 Manage exceptions when retrieving data
4. Modify and manage data in data source	4.1 Insert, update and delete data according to task requirements 4.2 Confirm data integrity 4.3 Manage exceptions when modifying data 4.4 Research disconnected data management strategy 4.5 Confirm application can manage disconnected data according to organisational procedures 4.6 Document code and database connectivity according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical documents and confirms outcomes are met
Writing	Prepares documentation outlining changes according to organisational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies opportunities to investigate potential new techniques and accesses data from various resources
Problem solving	Identifies technical and conceptual issues and applies analytical processes in resolving issues
Technology	Designs and creates complex models and codes using digitally based technologies and systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG403 Develop data-driven applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG432 Develop data-driven applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one data access driven application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and code data-access layer of multi-layer applications

retrieve and update data from at least one data source

document all changes including code and database connectivity.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features of object-oriented design and multi-layer applications

relational database management systems, functions and tools

data-access-layer (DAL) and its functions

a range of application programming interfaces (API)

different data providers and vendors

object-oriented programming expressions and formulas at an intermediate level

principles of Structured Query Language (SQL)

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable in assisting the development of data-driven applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE)

data access application program interfaces (APIs)

required data-access layer (DAL)

database management system software and files

coding standards

specific tools and licences, as required for particular data-access API

different types of data-access methods including data retrieval and storage, back-end coding and disconnected data management.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG433 Test software developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare test plans, write test procedures and scripts according to test plans and maintain test plans and scripts.

It applies to those who are responsible for test plan preparation, execution, maintenance and reporting as well as defect management in the software development life cycle.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish testing requirements in software development	1.1 Identify testing required across software development life cycle 1.2 Discuss and confirm software development requirements with team members involved in software development project 1.3 Identify testing types and testing tools required 1.4 Discuss and define testing benefits, standards and terms 1.5 Identify organisational guidelines and frameworks related to testing
2. Prepare test plan document	2.1 Identify test and script requirements including data structures, and develop test 2.2 Analyse and identify test data using multiple test-case design techniques 2.3 Define and design test cases 2.4 Document test plan and script according to organisational guidelines and industry standards
3. Write and execute test procedures	3.1 Choose and adopt unit test framework according to organisational procedures 3.2 Design and implement algorithm required in test procedures 3.3 Perform test executions according to organisational procedures
4. Review test results	4.1 Record and analyse test results 4.2 Discuss test results with team involved in software development life cycle 4.3 Produce and save test progress reports 4.4 Manage defects and review software, amending further defects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Writes and uses basic mathematical equations
Reading	Interprets technical documentation and determines requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation outlining work performed according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and gather ideas and perspectives and achieves required outcome
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes and gathers required information when applying testing and debugging techniques
Technology	Employs a range of sophisticated digital tools and techniques and meets desired outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG404 Test applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG433 Test software developments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one test plan that covers specific test requirements, according to organisational guidelines and industry standard test frameworks.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply at least three test case design techniques

design, implement and execute a test procedure and a script using a unit test framework and an integrated development environment (IDE)

create a test progress report according to recorded test results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

applicable programming languages that may be used to test software developments

input and output requirements and basic data structures that may be used to test software developments

software development life cycle

design techniques that may be used to test software developments

processes, tools and techniques for testing small-size applications

industry standard unit test frameworks

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to software development and software development testing frameworks

defect management processes and documentation techniques that may be used to test software developments

test-case design techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a software development environment

integrated development environment (IDE)

specific test requirements including test-plan document

code requiring testing

software to create test plan and report

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG434 Automate processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to write scripts to automate solutions by using basic scripting processes and application-specific scripting options.

It applies to those who work in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support roles and who are required to automate tasks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish problem and applicable guidelines	1.1 Identify process requiring automation 1.2 Identify automation guidelines and instructions 1.3 Discuss and establish potential solutions and process ideas and requirements with team members
2. Develop algorithms and solutions to given problem	2.1 Develop an algorithm matching solution descriptions 2.2 Develop algorithm that takes all possible situations into account and is guaranteed to terminate 2.3 Describe algorithmic solutions in identified problem using structures of sequence, selection and iteration
3. Design and write script	3.1 Create required abstract design 3.2 Review abstract design and amend any omissions and errors 3.3 Translate abstract design using chosen language according to organisational guidelines 3.4 Create and write script and code according to design and process requirements 3.5 Create internal documentation according to organisational guidelines and policies
4. Verify and review and document script and code	4.1 Check script and code and amend syntax and semantic errors 4.2 Identify any areas that are not covered and any areas that have been covered incorrectly in script and code 4.3 Confirm identified problems with team members and resolve as required 4.4 Create and finalise user-level and technical level documentation 4.5 Seek feedback and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets and manipulates, complex formulae and numerical information
Reading	Analyses complex technical documentation and amends any inconsistencies and errors
Writing	Completes code and workplace documentation using vocabulary and form applicable to context and audience
Teamwork	Collaborates with required personnel, gathers more perspectives and increases quality of final outcome
Problem solving	Uses systematic analytical processes and reviews and identifies coding errors
Technology	Uses a range of digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, code and presents information and communicates with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG405 Automate processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG434 Automate processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one algorithmic statement of a solution for a set process according to organisational guidelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce a functional script to automate a set process

document script for internal and external stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

debugging methods that may be used to automate processes

principles of algorithms and their application in programming

scripting language syntax and scripting techniques that may be used to automate processes

script documentation methods at a user and technical level

organisational guidelines and policies applicable in automating processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applications capable of being scripted, or having their own scripting language

templates for automating processes

executable scripts

debugging tools

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, design and build scripts, using a scripting language to construct highly interactive and automated software applications.

It applies to those who build and integrate interactive applications or websites for internal or public sites. They may work as application developers, application-support personnel, programmers specialising in a scripting language, web application programmers, or web developers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Specify software application requirements	1.1 Identify required software application outcomes 1.2 Discuss expectations of final software application with required personnel
2. Determine script requirements	2.1 Identify main characteristics of scripting languages 2.2 Identify integrated development environment (IDE) 2.3 Identify protocols and object model used in chosen scripting language
3. Design and build scripts	3.1 Create pseudo code and describe logic required in script 3.2 Review pseudo code and amend missing logic and errors 3.3 Translate pseudo code into scripts, incorporating use of basic language elements 3.4 Incorporate item manipulation using chosen scripting language
4. Finalise scripts	4.1 Create internal documentation in script according to organisational procedures 4.2 Review, debug and document script according to organisational procedures 4.3 Finalise, save and confirm work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Applies applicable strategies and constructs meaning from requirements and technical documentation Interprets and critically analyses, complex scripting language texts and pseudo code when reviewing and amends missing logic, error and bugs
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Writing	Selects vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions applicable to text when documenting script and using pseudocode
Planning and organising	Considers purpose, needs and limitations when selecting a framework and IDE in script building
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes, identifying and evaluating scripting language texts and pseudo code

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG407 Write script for software applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG435 Write scripts for software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, write and integrate at least one script into software solutions to accommodate specified application requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and debug scripts

use required framework and an integrated development environment (IDE) in developing scripts.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

software development platforms

organisational and legislative requirements applicable to writing script for software applications

software development life cycle methodology and process

integrated development environment (IDE)

scripting languages

processes and techniques related to development of small-size applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a brief for development of a small-sized application runtime environment

the development environment

scripting language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, debug, test and deploy applications for hand-held devices using development platform environments.

It applies to those who are involved in programming and software development and have responsibility for creating applications in small to medium businesses.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define platform	1.1 Establish task and features required in mobile application 1.2 Determine target platform for hand-held device according to task requirements 1.3 Choose and evaluate development environment according to target platform and hardware 1.4 Prepare and configure application development environment
2. Design, integrate, build and customise mobile application	2.1 Create views and confirm functionality in different screen orientations and resolutions 2.2 Integrate required navigation techniques according to user needs 2.3 Design page layout and content according to organisational guidelines 2.4 Integrate required user input techniques and functionalities 2.5 Build user interface according to development environment and functionality 2.6 Write code to allow users to configure application output, including text size, brightness and sound effects
3. Connect to data sources	3.1 Bind controls to data sources 3.2 Persist and access remote data
4. Test and debug mobile device application	4.1 Test mobile application according to functionality requirements 4.2 Iterate application design and build, until test results meet requirements 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel and respond accordingly
5. Deploy mobile device application and finalise documentation	5.1 Create application packaging used in deployment 5.2 Use application on target devices 5.3 Document deployment procedures and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts when designing layout Selects from and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques when designing layout
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts when choosing and evaluating development environment
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing deployment procedures according to organisational requirements Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in other contexts and redesigns these according to situation
Planning and organising	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering information and identifies and evaluates options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Identifies and explicitly applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Technology	Applies principles, concepts, language and practices applicable to digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG409 Develop mobile applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG436 Develop mobile applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one mobile application using a platform and development environment according to task requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine, prepare and configure a development environment

design and build a user interface

test and debug application and confirm task requirements are met.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming considerations of mobile device hardware and networking

applicable programming languages and frameworks

programming constructs used in interacting with mobile applications

constraints of different digital devices

user-interface design principles and implementation methods applicable to developing mobile applications

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to developing mobile applications

industry standard mobile and digital platforms.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

mobile and digital devices and simulators

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet

server system with sufficient privileges to deploy applications

platform and its tools

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test a user interface (UI) to specification, including command-line interfaces (CLI), graphical user interfaces (GUI), web user interfaces (WUI) and natural user interfaces (NUI).

It applies to those who work as user-interface designers and are responsible for specifying the layout and style of the desired user interface. This includes developers working in the area of user interface design and implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and build a prototype user interface (UI)	1.1 Gather UI requirements and expectations from clients 1.2 Identify organisational guidelines relating to task 1.3 Determine application required to create prototype 1.4 Build prototype using prototyping tools in determined language 1.5 Review UI prototype with client and edit as required
2. Design and build UI	2.1 Formulate application content flow 2.2 Design UI components according to task requirements 2.3 Define UI actions 2.4 Itemise UI events 2.5 Determine required language according to task requirements 2.6 Build UI with required functionality according to task and organisational requirements
3. Test and document UI, and obtain client sign-off	3.1 Test overall functionality of UI according to requirements 3.2 Iterate UI design and build, until test results meet requirements 3.3 Document UI and user requirements according to organisational procedures and guidelines 3.4 Obtain client sign-off to completed UI

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies a range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and take lead where required
Reading	Applies strategies and constructs meaning from texts when reading technical data
Writing	Develops documentation detailing UI design and user requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and increasing knowledge of context Identifies applicable information and risks and evaluates alternative strategies and resources when gathering requirements Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit, protocols and meets expectations applicable to own role when documenting user requirements and gaining sign-off
Technology	Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and future needs Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG410 Build a user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG437 Build a user interface

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one fully functional user interface (UI).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational requirements

document the user requirements, UI and obtain client sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

a range of mathematical strategies that may be used in building a user interface activity

programming languages that may be used in building a user interface

open-source development tools

small-size application development process

application development languages and required prototyping tools

organisational guidelines relating to user interface building.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

online prototyping and UI design tools

required hardware, software and its components

specific tools and licenses available, according to selected platform.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a database, manage data, data access and data security and improve database performance.

It applies to those who are responsible for the maintenance and coordination of database operations. They usually work in an organisation providing daily services as database administrators, database developers, database coordinators, or application developers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements and install database system	1.1 Identify required database and components and user needs 1.2 Define and use database administrative tools according to database requirements 1.3 Verify database software installation prerequisites 1.4 Install database software and related services according to organisational procedures 1.5 Configure database instance, components and services according to user needs
2. Manage database security and integrity	2.1 Create and administer users according to task requirements 2.2 Create and manage permissions and roles 2.3 Configure database including backup and recovery operations 2.4 Create and manage database backups 2.5 Restore and perform database recovery 2.6 Tune and perform database optimisation
3. Document and review database	3.1 Document maintenance and tuning work performed on database 3.2 Document users added to system 3.3 Review database and confirm required users have access

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Applies strategies and constructs meaning from technical specifications when identifying database components and defining tools
Writing	Develops documentation detailing work performed and added users using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Problem solving	Uses systematic processes, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Seeks clarification when meanings and intended actions are open to interpretation when verifying prerequisites
Technology	Identifies key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools and applies these when troubleshooting database technology Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within database applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG412 Configure and maintain databases.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG438 Configure and maintain databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure and maintain at least one database system, according to requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create backup and restore database above

document database work and database users added.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design principles

relational database principles

hardware functions and components that may be used to configure and maintain databases

connection methods to database management systems

documentation techniques that may be used to document database work

uses of structured query language (SQL).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the database-management system software

specific requirements, including client and functionality requirements

required hardware and software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and incorporate pre-existing (re-use) components from a library, or other source, as part of a software project.

It applies to those who work in a programming role in a variety of information technology areas, who are required to use programming libraries to support their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify potential re-use components	1.1 Analyse project design and required functionality 1.2 Source re-use components according to required functionality
2. Evaluate and select re-use components	2.1 Evaluate suitability of re-use component and libraries 2.2 Compare functionality of re-use components according to functionality required by parent project 2.3 Clarify technical impact on parent project design 2.4 Identify re-use component vendor licensing agreements, requirements and costs 2.5 Finalise and document selection, evaluation and decision processes according to organisational requirements
3. Incorporate re-use components into parent projects	3.1 Configure development environment and include re-use components during build process 3.2 Construct test programs or use provided example programs according to organisational guidelines and procedures 3.3 Add re-use components incrementally to parent project 3.4 Resolve re-use component dependencies according to task requirements 3.5 Assemble and test parent project according to functionality provided by re-use components 3.6 Review parent project and amend issues accordingly

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies a range of mathematics and problem-solving techniques when evaluating costs
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical and organisational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Develops documentation selection, evaluation and decision processes according to organisational requirements using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Problem-solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses systematic and analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals and gathering information
Technology	Improve personal productivity and optimises software functions using a broad range of features within applications Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation, of digital systems and tools and applies these to troubleshoot technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG413 Use a library or pre-existing components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG439 Use pre-existing components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, evaluate and select at least two existing components to be re-used in a software project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify costs of incorporating existing components

address technical impacts and vendor licensing issues

document selection and evaluation processes

test functionality of pre-existing components

comply with organisational guidelines and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry development and design methodologies

re-use component licensing agreements, requirements and implementation costs

project designs that may assist in using pre-existing components

library content and structures

documentation techniques used to document selection, evaluation and decision processes

project testing methods that may assist in determining pre-existing components

re-use component dependency and version compatibility

repository tools applicable to using pre-existing components

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to using pre-existing components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software development environment

libraries and re-use components

vendor licensing agreements

technical requirement guidelines

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out introductory programming activities including application of basic language syntax, coding and debugging code in different languages.

It applies to those who work in programming, development and technical roles. This includes programmers, software developers and as IT staff responsible for conducting programming activities, including writing, maintaining and updating programs, defining data and file handling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply basic language syntax and layout	1.1 Identify basic language syntax rules 1.2 Use language data types, operators and expressions 1.3 Use sequence, selection and iteration constructs using required language syntax
2. Code using data structures and standard algorithms	2.1 Use data structures 2.2 Create and manipulate data structures through code 2.3 Create sequential search, binary search, insertion and deletion algorithms on data structures
3. Debug, document and test code	3.1 Debug code using stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE) 3.2 Trace code execution and examine variable contents using debugger 3.3 Develop maintainable code according to organisational guidelines and provided coding standard when documenting activities 3.4 Apply internal documentation to all code created using documentation tools available in target language 3.5 Design and document tests according to organisational guidelines 3.6 Capture and record test results according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies and constructs meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares documentation recording process and results for tests performed according to organisational requirements Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and follows explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standards Automatically implements standard procedures in routine decisions when programming according to guidelines and standards
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG414 Apply introductory programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG440 Apply introductory programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create, maintain and update at least one program using coding activities, basic language syntax and layout.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

write code using at least two data structures and at least two standard algorithms according to organisational guidelines

debug at least one program written above using debugging tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE)

document activities undertaken in at least one program developed above according to organisational guidelines and coding standards

test program created above and confirm specifications are met

record results for tests performed above, according to organisational guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language syntax rules

organisational procedures and guidelines that may be used to apply introductory programming skills in different languages

coding techniques and standards

documentation techniques that may be used to document programming activities

application development processes, debugging methodologies, testing techniques and basic data structures guidelines that may be used to apply introductory programming skills in different languages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

specific tools and licences, depending on particular platform and language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce an object-oriented design from specifications, applying the cyclic process of iteration from identification of class, instance, role and type to the final object-oriented model of the application.

It applies to those who are required to design systems using an object-oriented method.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Derive high-level design from specification	1.1 Gather and determine specifications in object-oriented design 1.2 Create static class diagram according to given set of specifications 1.3 Develop communication diagrams and sequence diagrams according to given set of specifications 1.4 Develop activity diagram and state diagram using given set of specifications
2. Refine design	2.1 Investigate and refine behaviour, state of classes and collaboration between classes 2.2 Validate visibility of class services and state data 2.3 Identify generalisations and specialisations within classes 2.4 Refine class design and apply aggregation and composition principles
3. Document design	3.1 Create detailed unified modelling language (UML) static class diagrams 3.2 Develop detailed UML communication and sequence diagrams 3.3 Create detailed UML activity and state diagrams

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies to construct meaning from specifications
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas and information for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Problem-solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria when refining design
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG415 Apply skills in object-oriented design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG441 Apply skills in object-oriented design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce one object-oriented design from requirements, documents and system specifications, which includes:

static class diagrams

communication and sequence diagrams

activity and state diagrams

diagrams mentioned above using unified modelling language (UML)

refining class design

documentation of design.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

design quality metrics, refinement techniques and programming design principles that may be used for applying skills in object-oriented design

unified modelling language

different programming methodologies, documentation techniques and development methodologies that may be used for applying skills in object-oriented design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming design software, tools and licenses

required hardware and its components

system specifications

requirement documents

design specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use basic mathematical methods and operations in standard computer notation, Boolean algebra, data types and computer storage.

It applies to those who are involved in software development roles who are required to use mathematical constructions in programming.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements	1.1 Identify and configure software development environment according to business need 1.2 Discuss and confirm software development task and intent according to business need 1.3 Identify and discuss different mathematical techniques in software development
2. Manipulate number and character representation systems in a software development context	2.1 Convert numbers between binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems 2.2 Add, subtract and multiply numbers in binary 2.3 Determine binary memory storage of an integer and a character
2. Manipulate algebraic terms and solve linear equations in a software development context	3.1 Position number types on number line 3.2 Evaluate various numerical expressions involving integers, fractions and indices 3.3 Simplify various algebraic expressions involving integers, fractions and indices
4. Construct, simplify and evaluate expressions and mathematical formulas in a software development context	4.1 Solve simple equations 4.2 Convert formulas between standard algebraic form and computer notation 4.3 Create formulas in standard algebraic form and in computer notation 4.4 Simplify and evaluate Boolean expressions and formulas 4.5 Complete truth tables using simple Boolean expressions and logic 4.6 Save and confirm work with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate information and task requirements using specific language applicable to audience
Numeracy	Uses a wide range of mainly formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation when solving equations, constructing mathematical formulas, simplifying and evaluating Boolean expressions and formulas and manipulating number and character systems
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses information from a variety of sources and records
Planning and organising	Plans and sequences complex tasks
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes and decides on a course of action when evaluating Boolean expressions and formulas

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG417 Apply mathematical techniques for software development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG442 Apply mathematical techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manipulate algebraic terms and evaluate at least three numerical expressions in software development

solve and evaluate at least three different mathematical problems

create at least two mathematical formulas in standard algebraic form and at least two mathematical formulas in standard computer notation

simplify and evaluate at least two Boolean expressions and formulas

convert two sets of numeric values between binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems as required in software development.

Knowledge Evidence

elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Boolean algebra, number types, numerical and algebraic expressions, simple equations and standard computer notation that may be used to apply mathematical techniques for software development

binary, decimal and hexadecimal number systems

memory requirements for different number formats including binary, integer, decimal and negatives

mathematical terms application and operations in computing

calculation tools available

organisational procedures impacting on applying mathematical techniques for software development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

programming language, tools and licensing

software development tools and environment

hardware components and required software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out intermediate programming activities involving coding, debugging and testing of code, and creating applications using different programming languages.

It applies to those who are programmers in a variety of fields and are required to conduct programming activities and produce software programs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and define data structures and code	1.1 Establish user requirements and specifications 1.2 Design, define and use data structures that are aggregate of other data types 1.3 Code using user-defined data structures 1.4 Create, manipulate and destroy dynamic variables, including data structures, using facilities in language
2. Code using standard algorithms	2.1 Code using modular programming approach, including pass-by-reference parameter passing 2.2 Create and manipulate 2-D data structures using code 2.3 Create and maintain sorted data structures and use language-provided facilities 2.4 Code using simple binary search technique 2.5 Code binary file-handling solutions using random-access algorithms
3. Debug, document and test code	3.1 Use stand-alone debugging tools and tools provided by integrated development environment (IDE) 3.2 Trace code execution and examine variable contents using debugger 3.3 Develop and document maintainable code according to organisational guidelines and coding standards 3.4 Apply internal documentation to code using documentation tools available in target language 3.5 Design and document tests according to organisational guidelines 3.6 Test produced code and confirm compliance with program specification 3.7 Capture and record test results
4. Develop, test and document files and application	4.1 Build application according to user requirement 4.2 Access multiple source-code files 4.3 Employ integrated development environment (IDE) project maintenance facilities and automate program building using created files 4.4 Develop program specification solution according to coding standards 4.5 Design algorithm and document, construct and test applications according to problem description using target language 4.6 Document completed application according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and applies applicable strategies and constructs meaning from texts relating to organisational guidelines and coding standards
Writing	Prepares required documentation expressing ideas and information for specific audiences according to organisational procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Identifies possible solutions to difficult problems using a systematic process
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility and follows explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standards Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG418 Apply intermediate programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG443 Apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build an application in response to user requirements and specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

code using user-defined data structures and standard algorithms

develop a maintainable code

design a test for code and record and document test results

produce a technical documentation of activities and completed application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

dynamic variables

modular programming approach to coding

medium-size application development processes

data structures including but not limited to:

lists

arrays

linked lists

stack

queues

trees

graphs

sets

hash tables

random-access algorithms

user-defined data structures

project maintenance and required language-provided facilities

development methodologies and their application

organisational guidelines and coding standards applicable to applying intermediate programming skills

programming methodologies

documentation techniques and tools within target languages that may be used to apply intermediate programming skills in different languages

debugging tools and methodologies

code testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language and its tools and licenses

coding standards

user requirements and specifications

technical requirements

required hardware and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and analyse client requirements, produce a range of options for business process efficiencies and create a software-requirements document.

It applies to those who are required to perform an analysis role in formulating software requirements in a range of work environments. They may work as database or computer developers, business analysts, or project managers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and confirm client requirements	1.1 Confirm requirement and scope of project with required personnel 1.2 Gather information regarding requirements via sources of information and business processes 1.3 Analyse client requirements and problem context and opportunity faced by client 1.4 Document client requirements, project scope, related problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Analyse functional and related non-functional requirements and feasibility of project	2.1 Map business processes using modelling tool including unified modelling language (UML) 2.2 Determine opportunities in business process efficiencies 2.3 Document functional and non-functional processes according to organisational procedures 2.4 Analyse technical and operational feasibility of project 2.5 Determine budget and schedule feasibility of project 2.6 Examine purpose and intent of project within organisation
3. Develop high-level system solutions	3.1 Develop and document feasible solutions according to client requirements 3.2 Explore and document the feasibility of each solution 3.3 Examine alternatives against project constraints 3.4 Document assumptions, dependencies and required resources 3.5 Produce a project risk analysis according to project requirements 3.6 Document future requirements according to organisational procedures
4. Prepare and publish software-requirements documentation	4.1 Develop software-requirements document according to organisational procedures 4.2 Submit software-requirements report to required personnel and obtain project approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques when determining project budget and schedule feasibility
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain information and requirements using industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies strategies and constructs meaning from complex texts when gathering and analysing information
Writing	Develops documentation detailing requirements, scope of work and solutions using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Problem solving	Decides on a course of action using analytical processes Uses a systematic process and identifies possible solutions to a difficult problem Uses systematic processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering information
Self-management	Identifies and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols when submitting report to required personnel for approval
Technology	Accesses, organises, analyses and displays information applicable to software requirements using a range of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTPRG419 Analyse software requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG444 Analyse software requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two high-level system solutions for one set of software requirements according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analysing and document at least two functional and at least two non-functional requirements

document requirements and work performed according to organisational procedures

submit documents and obtain approval.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

tools and techniques that may be used to analyse software requirements including;

client business domain

content features including clarity and readability

system functionality

document design and usability

budget creation techniques

modelling tools including unified modelling language (UML)

documentation techniques

risk analysis techniques

functions and features, of templates and style guides

the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

software development life cycle overview

systems development methodologies

organisational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation regarding client and software functionality requirements

sources of information including client business processes

word processing software and its features

required hardware and digital devices

industry standard modelling software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish standards applicable to information technology and communications technology (ICT) technical requirements and quality assurance processes applicable to software development.

It applies to those who are in the software development area and are required to confirm the software development process incorporates quality considerations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review software and implementation standards	1.1 Obtain and clarify project plan, standards and organisational requirements with required personnel 1.2 Document software standards, according to project standards 1.3 Assign software standards to functions, according to detailed technical plan 1.4 Confirm communication and distribution strategies are clear, coherent and meet overall project plan requirements with required personnel 1.5 Monitor and report on implementation of standards against acceptance criteria and detailed technical specifications
2. Review software metrics and milestones	2.1 Define metrics related to project milestones, timeframe and cost considerations 2.2 Develop a schedule of quality reviews 2.3 Determine quality considerations by identifying in-process measurement points applicable to critical organisational requirements 2.4 Determine method to benchmark and scale achievement against stated requirements and cost considerations
3. Document and confirm with require personnel	3.1 Report metrics and milestones to required personnel 3.2 Obtain feedback from required personnel and amend accordingly 3.3 Confirm requirements are met with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving techniques, in the context of metrics and cost considerations
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts relating to organisational requirements and project standards
Writing	Develops documentation detailing software and implementation standards according to project standards using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages communication applicable to quality reviews
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering required information
Self-management	Identifies importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how
Technology	Uses a range of digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information applicable to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG426 Prepare software development review.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG446 Prepare software development review

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare at least one software development review.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document software and implementation standards according to project standards

apply and document at least three software metrics and at least three milestones.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard accepted software configuration management processes

organisational and quality requirements applicable to software development review, including:

quality assurance practices and standards

quality review techniques and processes

benchmarking standards

organisational standards and guidelines

software development life cycle

acceptance criteria for software development testing

software metrics development

the client business domain.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical specifications and plans

organisational standards and guidelines

project management process, and hierarchy

organisational business processes

software and interface requirement specifications

project budget and timeframe

required hardware and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create extensible markup language (XML) documents, web-service applications, and client applications to consume web services.

It applies to those who are web developers, web programmers or application programmers, who build Windows or web-based applications that access data in XML format, or who develop and consume web services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Represent structured data with XML	1.1 Identify task and information requirements and applicable organisational policies and procedures in creating XML document 1.2 Gather information by analysing data, documents, problem domains and discussions with required personnel 1.3 Write XML document and incorporate required structure and syntax according to task requirements 1.4 Validate XML document using validation tools 1.5 Format XML document using styling tools
2. Access and manipulate XML document using XML parser application programming interface (API)	2.1 Create new XML document according to task requirements 2.2 Access and traverse elements and attributes 2.3 Modify and delete elements and attributes according to task requirements 2.4 Transform XML document into a data object 2.5 Transform data object into an XML document
3. Create a service-oriented application using XML	3.1 Define web-services architecture and platform elements 3.2 Develop and deploy web-service applications using a language 3.3 Develop a client application and consume web service using a language

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies mathematical and problem-solving techniques in a range of contexts Identifies order and position of elements in a sequence using XML
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate ideas
Reading	Interprets, critically analyses and applies required strategies Constructs meaning when gathering information by analysing data, documents and problem domains
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, explores complex issues, and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately Writes and edits code and technical data, and confirms correct syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in predictable and unpredictable situations, setting goals and gathering required information
Problem solving	Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling unfamiliar problems Breaks complex issues into manageable parts and identifies and evaluates several options for action
Technology	Utilises broad range of features within applications and improves personal productivity and optimises software functions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG427 Use XML effectively.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG447 Use extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two well-formed, formatted and validated XML documents

use an XML parser to access, modify and transform XML documentation

create at least one service-oriented application using XML.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

tree structure of data to be represented

web services architecture and platform elements

programming concepts and languages including structure and syntax

validation and styling tools within XML

XML document elements including:

root element

child element

sub-child element

syntax rules relating to:

case sensitivity

closing tag

entity reference

proper nesting

quoted attribute values

single-root element

the main features and services of the internet

data modelling techniques and procedures

commonly used elements in hypertext markup language (HTML)

information system features

XML parser application programming interface (API) and functions

source characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

extensive markup language (XML) and JavaScript object notation (JSON) tools and software

tools to access and develop a data source including:

a text editor

a web browser

client and functionality requirements and documentation

a web server and software that hosts services to deploy and test the web-service application

required libraries.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build using rapid application development (RAD) tools.

It applies to individuals who may work as programmers and who are required to develop new systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Construct an application using RAD	1.1 Capture and record business rules, using a methodology well-suited for the chosen RAD and RAD techniques 1.2 Design an application with a focus on modularity and future extension 1.3 Develop the code by other RAD tools 1.4 Build and demonstrate the completed transaction to the user, for revision within the agreed terms of reference 1.5 Take action to ensure that the design caters for continuous change, by involving the user in the iteration process 1.6 Provide quality assurance (QA) testing throughout the phase and provide feedback to the appropriate person 1.7 Use code optimisers and performance tools
2. Prepare the handover stage	2.1 Track the implemented modules, and follow up where necessary with the appropriate person 2.2 Review user and builds for each module in the deliverables as preparation for handover 2.3 Compare the specification and implementation schedules for each module, and confirm the functional requirements, according to the specifications 2.4 Document the completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2, 2.3	Interprets and analyses complex technical documents
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.4	Documents technical processes and completes workplace documents, in a style and form appropriate to the audience
Interacts with others	1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1	Liaises with users, and manages changes in design, by collaborating with different stakeholders in the development process
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 2.1, 2.3	Identifies technical, or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes in order to resolve issues Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques, to meet the desired outcomes Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks, to achieve the required outcomes Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review practices and to suggest improvements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development	ICAPRG509A Build using rapid application development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG509 Build using rapid application development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

design an application and develop high quality code, according to client specifications

provide quality assurance testing and monitoring

effectively demonstrate use of code optimisers using rapid application development (RAD) techniques

accurately document completed work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline industry-accepted prototyping tools

describe quality assurance practices as they relate to RAD

describe the impact that the client business domain will have on RAD in particular there effect on:

cost

quality

outline the role of the stakeholder, and the involvement required in RAD

describe three or more current industry development methodologies

identify and apply three or more programming languages

identify and apply the most appropriate RAD tool, taking into consideration the targeted platform or multi-platform options.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the programming and software development industry, and include access to:

the computer-aided software engineering tools (CASE) repository, to facilitate the re-use of templates and components

CASE tools

a code generator

detailed user requirements

prototyping software

the requirements document, including the model and scope

the appropriate learning and assessment support, when required.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use software management tools, to manage a systems development project from initiation to completion.

It applies to software developers, who work in a team or who individually develop systems to specification using software management tools to manage delivery within time and budget parameters.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select software management tools	1.1 Determine required software development methodology according to system development project requirements 1.2 Determine required project management software according to project requirements 1.3 Determine source-control system required to manage code and handle source-control system conflict 1.4 Determine and document required collaboration software according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Use software management tools	2.1 Determine and document project plan according to software specifications and project requirements 2.2 Define required source-control procedures according to software specifications and project requirements 2.3 Create collaborative environment according to software specifications and project requirements
3. Monitor use of software management tools	3.1 Monitor and maintain project plan and document progress according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Check accurate code entry according to source-control system 3.3 Monitor collaboration environment and resolve identified issues according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses, and applies, the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Displays a knowledge of structure and layout, employing a broad vocabulary, grammatical structure, and the conventions required to text
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit the purpose and audience, and monitoring the impact when creating and resolving issues Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and, on occasion, taking a leadership role
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication, in a collaborative project environment Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options and seeking input, and advice from others, before taking action when necessary
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to access and filter data, extract, organise, integrate, and share relevant information, in increasingly effective ways

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG502 Manage a project using software management tools.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG530 Manage projects using software management tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and select at least one software management tool to manage a system development project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create, monitor and adjust a project plan, according to the required specifications

define source-control procedures, and check that the correct entries are input into the system

create, monitor, and resolve issues in a collaborative environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of project management

key features of the software development life cycle (SDLC)

importance of software specifications when applied managing projects using software management tools

methods and tools used for version control.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

source-control software

industry standard tools and licences that may be used for managing projects using software management tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to debug and monitor a software application.

It applies to software developers, testers and support engineers who use logging and tracing techniques to identify software problems and monitor systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement logging and error handling framework	1.1 Determine logging framework for writing text messages and prioritise log files for sending data to monitoring applications 1.2 Create custom event log for the application according to logging framework 1.3 Test logs and check required state of running application according to logging and error handling framework
2. Debug and trace application	2.1 Apply basic debugging techniques according to error handling framework 2.2 Identify required tools and debug software applications 2.3 Write required code for debugging as required according to error handling framework
3. Monitor the application’s performance	3.1 Identify and use profiling tools and verify parts of system that consume the most resources 3.2 Analyse and document performance issues and apply application performance improving changes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies when analysing logs, and monitoring applications data
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts, and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria
Problem solving	Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options Uses a systematic process to identify possible solutions to a difficult problem
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG503 Debug and monitor applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG533 Debug and monitor applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement changes to improve an application’s performance on at least one application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collect application performance data

identify and analyse performance issues

use a logging framework to create an event log for an application

use tools and techniques to trace and debug an application.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard logging frameworks, including:

logging

tracing tools and their functions

profiling tools and their functions

basic principles of:

database-management systems

object-oriented programming

open-source development tools

software development life cycle (SDLC)

procedures for developing, debugging and monitoring small-size applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

performance monitoring tools on client and server system

specific debugging tools and licenses

integrated development environment (IDE)

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to install, uninstall, and configure an application to a production environment.

It applies to those responsible for the software deployments of enterprise applications. They may work as application DevOps engineers, developers, administrators, release managers or deployment coordinators.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan software installation	1.1 Determine client system and server system according to installation requirements 1.2 Determine installation method according to installation requirements 1.3 Determine organisational security requirements 1.4 Determine and document software-installation plan according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Perform software installation	2.1 Create an install package for application according to installation plan 2.2 Test install package in test environment 2.3 Deploy install package to production environment
3. Plan and test application removal	3.1 Create uninstall package according to production environment 3.2 Test uninstall package in test environment according to production environment 3.3 Deploy uninstall package to production environment
4. Perform database installation	4.1 Deploy database from development environment to production environment 4.2 Specify connection string to database according to production environment 4.3 Test database installation according to production environment
5. Manage application configuration	5.1 Configure application to required parameters for the production environment 5.2 Modify deployment variables and use configuration files 5.3 Configure security features application to required parameters for the production environment

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Identifies and complies with organisational requirements relevant to deployment of applications
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG504 Deploy an application to a production environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG534 Deploy applications to production environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy at least one application to a production environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

configure variables, parameters and security features for a production environment

prepare plans for software installation, including account data, resource and security requirements

install and uninstall packages

test and troubleshoot issues.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of database management systems applicable to deploying applications to production environments

software development life cycle (SDLC) that may be used in deploying applications to production environments

programming language used to create deployment applications

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) hardware, software, security protocols and standards and organisational policies relevant to deployment of applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

packages on client and server system

database management system software

required tools and licences

integrated development environment (IDE).

end user device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build and test an advanced user interface (UI), including interaction techniques, rich controls, improved client-side validation, customisation and personalisation, graphics and multimedia.

It applies to individuals who work as user-interface designers and software developers and are responsible for managing and implementing complex UI design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan UI design	1.1 Determine client technology, development tools, and platforms according to UI solution 1.2 Review conceptual design with required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 1.3 Design and document UI layout and structure according to UI requirements
2. Implement interaction techniques	2.1 Apply interaction design patterns according to UI design plan 2.2 Implement client-side validation according to UI requirements 2.3 Demonstrate alignment of implement interactions against UI design plan
3. Build customisable and personalised UI	3.1 Build customisable UI and allow users to select their own customised version of the underlying application 3.2 Build personalised UI according to UI design plan task requirements 3.3 Demonstrate alignment of personalised UI to UI design plan 3.4 Implement required updates and confirm improvement to user experience
4. Implement graphics and multimedia	4.1 Create and display the graphics according to UI requirements 4.2 Add required multimedia content to the application 4.3 Demonstrate alignment of implementing graphics against UI design plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies in a range of contexts, when designing layout and structure
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts, when reading and interpreting technical information, and determining suitable technology and tools
Writing	Prepares documentation, expressing ideas and exploring complex issues using relevant industry language Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Problem solving	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology
Technology	Seeks to understand the potential of new technology, in the context of implementing interaction, and customisable features, and graphics and multimedia, into the UI

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG505 Build advanced user interface.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG535 Build advanced user interfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build an advance UI design.

In the course of the above the candidate must:

determine an organisation’s technology, development tools, and UI platform

apply advanced techniques in order to create a complex user interface (UI).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts of programming that may be used to build advanced user interfaces, including:

client-side programming

object-oriented programming

web design programming in hypertext markup language (HTML), cascading style sheet (CSS), and JavaScript

UI prototyping techniques and purpose.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE)

the client system, and the server system

multimedia tools

a solution to apply UI design

required interface and hardware device

required tools, software and licences required for UI implementation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design the structure of software or systems components, and how they interact.

It applies to those who work as software architects, developers, designers, software engineers or programmers, and responsible for designing, and building, solution architecture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and confirm architecture requirements	1.1 Gather broad architectural requirements from required personnel 1.2 Establish and document architectural requirements
2. Design layered architecture	2.1 Separate areas of concern into logical layers according to architectural requirements 2.2 Determine cross-cutting concerns according to architectural requirements 2.3 Define system into components according to architectural requirements 2.4 Identify responsibilities of each component 2.5 Identify required interconnections between components
3. Plan a strategy to re-use components	3.1 Determine and document a strategy for communicating with external systems according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Interact with existing legacy components according to strategy
4. Design for globalisation and localisation	4.1 Determine and document culture specific information according to organisational requirements 4.2 Determine and document database design features according to architectural requirements 4.3 Select and document required user interface according to organisational requirements 4.4 Develop software product for specific country and worldwide distribution

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets complex technical, and non-technical, information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Identifies, and explores, the differences between a diverse range of people and cultures in a programming context
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing, and prioritising tasks in order to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques, to meet the desired outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG506 Design application architecture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG536 Design application architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design application architecture with at least five layered applications

configure applications and adapt to at least two different locations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adapt a software product to a target market

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of database design that may apply to designing application architecture

industry standard software development methodologies

object-oriented programming and its role in application architecture

software development life cycle relevant to designing application architecture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

both functional and non-functional requirements

tools to design software architecture

specific information for target market and audience.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement security for software applications, including code access security, security access control, cryptographic and secure, input and output handling.

It applies to individuals who work as software developers, software engineers, system and security administrators and testers, and responsible for coding secure software applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement policy-based code-access security	1.1 Identify purpose of application security in software development 1.2 Configure required platform security configuration files using security configuration tools 1.3 Define required restriction custom code access permission and restrict access to protected resources 1.4 Define required access restriction custom code access and run protected operations
2. Implement security access control	2.1 Plan and document authentication and authorisation strategy according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Develop and document required application authentication and authorisation strategy
3. Write encrypt and decrypt code data	3.1 Determine and document required standard cryptographic algorithms 3.2 Encrypt, and decrypt, data using standard cryptographic algorithms
4. Protect application against injections	4.1 Plan and document secure input and output handling and prevent vulnerabilities related to code injections 4.2 Use secure input and output handling according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Evaluates complex and varied information, and concepts, in software security
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising processes and tasks to achieve the required outcomes Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet desired outcomes Is acutely aware of the importance of data security and of monitoring, and controlling, access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise Applies systematic and analytical problem-solving processes, in order to develop required security access control strategies
Technology	Demonstrates knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG507 Implement security for applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG537 Implement security for applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

secure at least two different applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

plan a security strategy

prevent security attacks

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and networking relating to implementing security for applications

industry standard programming algorithms and object-oriented programming used to implement applications security

mathematics required for programming algorithms.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

security configuration tools required to implement security for applications

required software development environment

testing and debugging tools applicable to implementing security for applications

network resources required to implement security for applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG538 Create mashups

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to combine content from more than one source into new integrated applications and create custom mashups.

It applies to those responsible for software developers who develop web applications using the enabling technologies to create mashup applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create mashups	1.1 Identify mashup content according to organisational requirements 1.2 Determine sources of content required for mashup 1.3 Determine and document mashup interface requirements 1.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Remix elements from multiple websites to create new mashups	2.1 Analyse Web 2.0 concept and web as a platform according to mashup requirements 2.2 Evaluate and select APIs according to mashup requirements 2.3 Determine programming language according to APIs requirements 2.4 Create mashups of several services according to task requirements
3. Use mashup tools	3.1 Evaluate and select required tools according to task requirements 3.2 Create mashups according to task requirements 3.3 Align created mashups to organisational requirements 3.4 Obtain finalised task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates the information to determine requirements
Writing	Writes and edits computer code, and technical data using correct syntax and logical flow
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options, in order to make decisions about APIs Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve issues Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques, to meet the desired outcomes
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG508 Create mashups.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG538 Create mashups

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two mashups.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document requirements and process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hypertext markup language (HTML), cascading style sheet (CSS) and JavaScript applicable to creating mashups

server-side scripting language required to create mashups

outline extensible markup language (XML), web services, Asynchronous JavaScript (AJAX), and metadata

web design and development and how it applies to creating mashups.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet

required mashup tools and API providers

required Web 2.0 tools

an integrated development environment (IDE)

organisational deliverables and technical expectations for mashup creation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain software to client user requirements.

It applies to individuals who may work as software developers who are required to maintain existing software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine software fault	1.1 Determine details of software faults 1.2 Identify and document technical data required to troubleshoot determined fault 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify and isolate fault	2.1 Review program documentation and identify specific modules according to task requirements 2.2 Review the source code and identify logic errors according to technical data 2.3 Read manuals, help files and ‘read me files,’ and determine if there is a known fix 2.4 Conduct required testing and identify and document fault 2.5 Escalate faults that cannot be identified to required personnel according to organisational procedures
3. Design fix for fault	3.1 Determine and document faults and initial fix suggestions according to organisational requirements 3.2 Determine and document alternative options and choose required solution 3.3 Determine and document impact of fix on other parts of system 3.4 Document required changes according to organisational guideline 3.5 Submit documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Implement fix to software	4.1 Identify and obtain access to required software development tools, source code, and libraries 4.2 Construct required fault correction code according to organisational and programming standards 4.3 Compile code for changed programs and associated modules 4.4 Correct, and resubmit required code until error free 4.5 Document changes according to organisational and programming standards
5. Test fix and associated system areas	5.1 Check logic and determine it works with test data, corrects original fault, and does not cause problems elsewhere 5.2 Request users to perform acceptance testing and document outcomes 5.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 5.4 Confirm acceptance by systems operations and arrange for sign-off, according to procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts
Reading	Analyses and interprets complex technical documents for specific information
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Liaises with various stakeholders and negotiates mutually agreeable outcomes
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks to achieve deadlines
Problem solving	Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes to resolve issues Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG510 Maintain custom software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG540 Maintain custom software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and fix at least one custom software application.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

deploy range of solutions to replicate results

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts relating to analysing a system performance compared with the system’s current functionality

processes and procedures relating to testing software systems

industry standard hardware and software products, as they relate to system maintenance

programming code required for the project

program documentation required for maintaining custom software

impact of changes on applications and systems relating to maintaining custom software

programming standards relating to custom software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required fault logs and help-desk reports

software development tools, documentation and environment required for maintaining custom software

source code and libraries required to maintain custom software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and support data conversion to a new Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system.

It applies to software developers who are required to convert data on new ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor data conversion	1.1 Determine organisational monitoring and support requirements 1.2 Obtain and analyse conversion supporting documentation from required personnel 1.3 Determine and document monitoring and support conversion plan according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine software, hardware and environmental prerequisites in conversion plan
2. Monitor data conversion	2.1 Backup production data according to conversion plan 2.2 Validate data accuracy and integrity according to conversion specifications 2.3 Identify data rejected by conversion tools, and conduct conversion plan actions 2.4 Document data rejection and errant behaviour of conversion process according to organisational requirements
3. Support conversion	3.1 Demonstrate, document and verify conversion results against conversion plan 3.2 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback 3.3 Document backup copies of conversion files according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies in order to construct meaning from the supporting documentation for conversion, and when identifying prerequisites in the plan
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing processes and outcomes that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others, sharing information to build strong work groups
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication when taking action to confirm backup before conversion
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria when validating data accuracy and integrity, and when verifying results Demonstrates knowledge of an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs, and implementing contingency plans in relation to the data rejected by conversion tools
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand, the uses and potential of new technology, when monitoring and supporting data conversion to a new ICT system

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG511 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG541 Monitor and support data conversion to new ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement, backup and maintain an organisation’s data conversion on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard data modelling methodologies required to monitor and support data conversion

industry standard data conversion tools

industry standard hardware and software products applicable to monitoring and supporting data conversion

data conversion from legacy systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documentation guidelines

sample data to be converted

data conversion tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG542 Review developed software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review developed software and quality standards. This involves reviewing quality standards, determining development quality issues and reviewing specific quality areas.

It applies to senior software developers who check the quality of software produced by other programmers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review quality standard requirements	1.1 Obtain and review organisation’s quality standards and software development requirements 1.2 Determine and document quality review and validation processes
2. Determine and address development quality issues	2.1 Determine and document significant impact that processes could have on quality of product under development 2.2 Conduct consultation with required personnel and determine required actions 2.3 Plan and document resource allocation across required personnel
3. Review quality areas	3.1 Review development and validation processes and confirm alignment with defect-free software 3.2 Examine documentation and methods for development and align supportable software requirements 3.3 Determine and document recommendations to improve defect-free software and supportable software

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and responsibilities distinctively, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from the organisation’s quality standards and the standards related to software development
Writing	Prepares technical workplace documents detailing quality standards and procedures that fulfil the expectations of different stakeholders
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction, and taking a leadership role on occasion
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify different perspectives, and confirm, clarify or revise knowledge Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others and taking necessary action
Self-management	Responds to both, explicit and implicit, protocols within familiar work contexts and demonstrates knowledge of the importance of identifying, and responding to, protocols in new situations, in the context of gaining agreement on procedures
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent ICTPRG515 Review developed software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG542 Review developed software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review existing developed software and organisation’s quality standards relevant to software development on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine quality issues against quality standards and procedures that support development of defect-free products to meet client requirements

provide feedback on the software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and software products and quality standards that relate to reviewing developed software

input and output drivers and operating systems used in the reviewing developed software

procedural and object-oriented languages that relate to the reviewing and developing software

real-time programming techniques

testing strategies and processes

software application measuring and estimating methodologies

software development and configuration management processes

software metrics development relevant to reviewing developed software.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

data dictionaries

design specifications

a data stream management system (DSMS)

a simulated scenario

Australian and international software quality standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to document and maintain details of technology, and architectural components, incorporated into the integration blueprint for an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system.

It applies to individuals in senior development roles, required to integrate a series of components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review technical architecture documents	1.1 Review technical architecture documents against organisational requirements 1.2 Identify, evaluate and document technical considerations for alignment for technical best fit. 1.3 Update integration blueprint according to technical specifications and organisational requirements
2. Undertake compatibility tests	2.1 Assemble components and component technologies according to design specifications 2.2 Test components and confirm functionality against design specifications 2.3 Identify non-compliance issues against technical specifications 2.4 Update integration blueprint with compatibility testing outcomes
3. Assess risk areas	3.1 Identify and document scope of modifications required from the compatibility test 3.2 Determine and document required modifications with suppliers according to compatibility test outcomes 3.3 Record modifications to risk area in integration blueprint
4. Assess readiness for stress testing	4.1 Stabilise platform according to technical requirements 4.2 Evaluate platform compliance with technical requirements 4.3 Update and document integration blueprint for stress testing

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts when reviewing technical architecture documents
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Teamwork	Participates in complex formal and informal conversations relevant to own role, initiating and taking the lead where required, in relation to negotiating with suppliers
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes, and an increasingly intuitive knowledge of context to identify relevant information and risks, and identify, and evaluate, alternative strategies and resources Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG516 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG543 Develop integration blueprint for ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and develop technical architecture documentation and update integration blueprint on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake component compatibility testing

assess and minimise risk of modifications

stabilise platform, assess compliance with the technical requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard technology suppliers and components relating to developing integration blueprints

industry development and design methodologies relevant to developing integration blueprints

industry standard hardware and software products, features, and capabilities required for developing integration blueprints

industry standard testing procedures for developing integration blueprints

stress load testing principles relevant to developing integration blueprints.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

design specifications

a high-level, diagrammatic view of the main system components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a pilot version of a developed Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system, test it with a small group of users, and evaluate it against required criteria.

It applies to those who are working in ICT development and deployment roles and required to test and evaluate new systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for pilot system	1.1 Determine objectives, success and acceptance criteria, and implementation for pilot system according to organisational requirement 1.2 Identify and secure technical and organisational resources required for pilot implementation 1.3 Determine executive support for the pilot 1.4 Develop project plan according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Submit project plan to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Install pilot system	2.1 Install and configure pilot according to project plan 2.2 Verify technical readiness of the pilot against success and acceptance criteria 2.3 Test data accuracy and document outcomes in status report 2.4 Submit document to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback.
3. Test pilot system	3.1 Determine required pilot group release according to project plan 3.2 Determine and document test objectives 3.3 Determine and document new system training brief 3.4 Run the test and document outcomes 3.5 Seek and document test feedback from required personnel
4. Evaluate feedback results	4.1 Identify discrepancies between pilot system test results and pilot system requirements 4.2 Determine and document troubleshooting for discrepancies 4.3 Update and submit documentation to required personnel and obtain finalised task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Selects from, and applies, an expanding range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies in a range of contexts
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies required strategies, to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and seeking input and advice from others, before taking action when necessary
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG517 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG544 Install, test and evaluate pilot version of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, test and evaluate a pilot system on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

establish objectives, acceptance criteria and resource requirements

document project plan, processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

role of stakeholders and degree of stakeholder involvement in the development of a pilot system

industry standard information-gathering methodologies applicable to installing, testing and evaluating pilot systems

industry system development and design methodologies applicable to pilot systems

industry standard hardware and software products applicable to pilot systems

features and capabilities of current industry-accepted system piloting methodologies

quality assurance practices relating to installing, testing and evaluating a system.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

pilot system

technical materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor implementation of a system pilot, and to evaluate its performance through testing and review.

It applies to senior software developers, systems analysts or those in infrastructure operation roles, who implement systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to monitor pilot system implementation	1.1 Determine pilot system implementation requirements 1.2 Identify existing pilot and system procedures 1.3 Obtain and determine completeness and relevance of pilot support documentation 1.4 Determine and document required pilot system updates according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Monitor implementation of pilot system	2.1 Supervise system functionality and integrity tests according to pilot system implementation plan 2.2 Document system functionality and integrity test findings 2.3 Determine and document technical support requirements according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Provide required technical support
3. Evaluate the pilot system	3.1 Review pilot operation against required pilot objectives, and success criteria and document outcomes 3.2 Prioritise implement and assess impact of required upgrades and modifications 3.3 Document the review process and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing review process and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Reflects on outcomes and feedback from others in order to identify general principles and concepts that may be applicable in new situations Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, seeking input and advice from others and taking necessary action
Problem solving	Takes responsibility for decisions about when, and how, to complete tasks and coordinate with others
Self-management	Identifies and follows relevant organisational policies and procedures
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent ICTPRG518 Monitor the system pilot.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG545 Monitor system pilots

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least one systems pilot objective

monitor the implementation and evaluate systems of at least one large pilot system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard system of piloting methodologies including their general features, capabilities and acceptance criteria

industry standard system development and design methodologies applicable to monitoring systems pilots

industry information-gathering methodologies

function and features of a system, including:

system integration

system response and recovery times

user interfaces

validation of inputs and outputs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

pilot plan

acceptance criteria

system to be piloted.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to check software application designs against specifications and to apply validation techniques across the system’s life cycle.

It applies to who work in the area of software development, including software project managers, testers, software engineers, system analysts and software developers, and are responsible for verifying and validating software design specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate software requirement specifications	1.1 Identify existing software specifications from organisational documents 1.2 Evaluate existing software against requirements and determine and document alignment 1.3 Validate software requirement specifications document with required personnel
2. Create proof of concept prototype	2.1 Create prototype system using rapid application development tools (RAD) according to specifications 2.2 Present and demonstrate prototype system to required personnel 2.3 Seek and respond to presentation feedback from required personnel 2.4 Validate the proof of concept according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Evaluate software design	3.1 Determine design completeness, accuracy and consistency according to proof of concept prototype 3.2 Validate software design document according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Validate database structure, elements and user interface 3.4 Validate code and software consistency according to design document
4. Evaluate the testing requirements	4.1 Review and validate test plans and cases according to organisational requirements 4.2 Document review and validation outcomes 4.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to calculate required equipment, undertake measurements and determine response times
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets and critically analyses complex software-requirement specifications
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes audience, purpose and contextual factors into account, when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why, and how
Problem solving	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Takes responsibility for decisions about when, and how, to complete tasks and coordinate with others Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options, and evaluating options against the criteria
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying relevant organisational protocols and requirement
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation, of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG520 Validate an application design against specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG546 Validate application designs against specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interpret software specifications and validate software design, source code and testing requirements on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document processes and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

database design and implementation relevant to validating application designs

business and technical modelling using UML tools at intermediate level

industry standard software development methodologies applicable to validating application designs

system development life cycle (SDLC)

language used in object-oriented programming

open-source development tools

software-testing techniques relevant to validating application designs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools to create prototype systems

static analysis tools

test plan and test cases.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake advanced level programming tasks using another programming language. The language may be an object-oriented language.

It applies to software developers who are required to program code.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Code advanced data structures and algorithms	1.1 Design and document dynamic data structures according to programming task requirements 1.2 Implement dynamic data structures, including double-linked lists and binary trees for coding 1.3 Code using hashing techniques according to programming requirements 1.4 Code sorting algorithm using programming techniques 1.5 Code advanced searching techniques for use with complex data structures
2. Write application and use third-party libraries	2.1 Use features of enable inter-process language communication through one mechanism 2.2 Use features of language for operating system ‘signals’ to be captured and responded to 2.3 Use third-party library in construction of an application according to programming techniques 2.4 Write application to work within graphical user interface (GUI) computer environment
3. Debug and test code	3.1 Use integrated development environment (IDE) debugging facilities to debug according to software requirements 3.2 Detect and resolve errors of syntactical, logical and design origin 3.3 Design and document required tests 3.4 Undertake limited testing of produced code and confirm that it complies with technical requirements 3.5 Document the test results
4. Create application	4.1 Develop and document solution according to debugging test results 4.2 Design and document algorithm and construct, and test application according to techniques 4.3 Submit documents to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions and results and identifies key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and critically analyses, complex texts and applies the required strategies to construct meaning from complex texts
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating, options against the agreed criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing the criteria for deciding between options
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Understands the key principles and concepts, underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG523 Apply advanced programming skills in another language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG547 Apply advanced programming skills in another language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one advanced application program according to a design document

code at least one sorting algorithm

apply at least two different techniques to optimise code.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

design and write code using dynamic data structures

write code using hashing techniques, sorting algorithms and advanced searching techniques

use language features that enable inter-process communication and responses to operating system signals

use third-party libraries in the construction of an application, including referencing third-party documentation

evaluate and document debugging test processes and outcomes

test and debug code and resolve errors of a syntactical, logical and design origin.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

programming languages applicable to applying advanced programming skills in another language

languages required for a GUI environment

developing large-scale applications applicable to applying advanced programming skills in another language

procedures for programming with complex data structures

procedures for using a third-party supplied library for standard programming features.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software development environment required to apply advanced programming skills in another language

technical and design documentation

organisational deliverables

integrated development environment (IDE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements and produce a set of high-level object-oriented class specifications.

It applies to those who are required to develop object designs as part of the systems design process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse behaviour of objects	1.1 Analyse and document behaviour scenarios according to object design requirements 1.2 Identify classes, objects and abstract data types according to object design requirements 1.3 Prepare class, object, module and process diagrams according to object-oriented class specifications
2. Prepare state model	2.1 Analyse data requirements and iterate data flows according to object design requirements 2.2 Determine and document required state-transition diagrams 2.3 Seek respond to feedback from required personnel, and update abstract data types and specifications according to feedback
3. Describe roles and responsibilities of classes	3.1 Review functional requirements, assign responsibilities and update class structures according to task requirements 3.2 Determine and document interface and class communication requirements 3.3 Determine and document required interaction diagrams
4. Iterate and review object model	4.1 Review and document finding of current object model, class functionality and data transformation 4.2 Identify and develop class relationships, priorities, and the inheritance hierarchy according to object-oriented class specifications 4.3 Analyse and document class-service requirements and initial test criteria 4.4 Identify and document object processes and reuse classes 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Interprets, and analyses, complex technical documentation
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Shares knowledge, information and experience openly, liaising with colleagues to achieve the best possible outcome
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a range of digitally based technologies to access, extract and share relevant information, in order to achieve the required outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG524 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG548 Develop high-level object-oriented class specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

specify and model abstract for at least two different data types

specify the interface between classes and objects, and document results on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

configuration management applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specification

industry standard object-oriented methodologies that may be used to specify high-level object-oriented class specifications

industry standard program development methodologies applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specification

data modelling techniques

object-oriented analysis tools

quality assurance practice applicable to developing high-level object-oriented class specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business system and user requirement

unified modelling language (UML) modelling tool.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake intermediate level programming tasks using an object-oriented programming language.

It applies to software developers in a variety of fields who are required to produce programs in object-oriented languages.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Build applications	1.1 Determine and document program requirements according to object-orientated programming specifications 1.2 Divide multiple source-code files into logical units and packages and collect data in internal storage 1.3 Implement internal data-sorting and searching facilities according to object-orientated programming specifications 1.4 Employ integrated-development environment facilities and make files to automate program building 1.5 Use facilities in specific language for persisting objects to binary files and confirm program stability
2. Write interactive database programs	2.1 Design, document and implement programs that connect to the required database according to program specifications 2.2 Design, document and implement programs that use language facilities according to program specifications 2.3 Design, document and implement programs that use language facilities to manipulate database structure 2.4 Write programs that deliver transactional integrity according to program requirements
3. Write graphical user interface	3.1 Employ graphical user interface (GUI) framework according to language requirements 3.2 Use standard GUI components according to object-orientated programming specifications 3.3 Respond to user and program-generated events and according to program requirements
4. Debug and test application	4.1 Examine variables and trace running code 4.2 Detect logical and coding errors according to program requirements 4.3 Examine variable contents during execution and detect and correct errors 4.4 Design and document limited tests of code 4.5 Test and document produced code and determine compliance with the program specification

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions and results and identifies key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Analyses and interprets technical documents
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Creates, and selects, a required application that meets the set requirements
Problem solving	Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and to develop new or improved software or systems
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses a range of digitally based technologies to access, extract, and share relevant information in order to achieve the required outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG527 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG549 Apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least one simple application program from a problem scenario and program specification.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use different object-oriented programming language techniques

check code optimisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

data structures applicable to applying intermediate object-oriented language skills

object-oriented programming concepts and programming language required to apply intermediate object-oriented language skills

process and techniques related to use of a graphical user interface (GUI), to interact with an operator

documenting applications required to apply intermediate object-oriented language skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

oriented design structures

programming languages that support object-oriented development

integrated development environment (IDE)

database management system (DBMS).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to translate Information and Communications Technology (ICT) data from one format to another, by means of a data conversion process.

It applies to those in support and implementation roles who are required to convert data from one system to another.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare system for conversion	1.1 Obtain data stores required for conversion 1.2 Trial conversion work in isolated environment, secure from the production system and confirm backup solutions 1.3 Map and document required data fields according to conversion requirements 1.4 Determine field validation requirements from conversion plans, including data field legal ranges 1.5 Determine actions to be taken with the fields or records that are rejected by the conversion plan
2. Design system conversion	2.1 Design and document data conversion program modules from conversion specifications 2.2 Code and test data conversion program modules according to conversion specifications 2.3 Confirm data conversion and test the converted production data 2.4 Document testing outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Perform data conversion	3.1 Estimate and document conversion time and procedures 3.2 Prepare production system for data conversion, protect data and take off-line 3.3 Determine and document data rejected and reason for rejection by conversion routines 3.4 Execute conversion program modules according to conversion plan 3.5 Document conversion process and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex technical documentation
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Teamwork	Liaises with others to check own knowledge and confirm that the objective is being met
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks, in order to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes Identifies technical or conceptual issues, and applies analytical processes, to resolve these issues Uses analytical and lateral thinking to review current practices, and develop new or improved software or systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG528 Perform ICT data conversion.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG550 Perform ICT data conversions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define inherent data requirements, remodel data and code conversion programs on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hardware and software products applicable to performing data conversions

data conversion tools and data modelling methodologies applicable to performing data conversions

legacy systems conversions required to perform data conversions

industry standard database management system (DBMS) modelling applicable to performing data conversions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

source data

business quality assurance rules associated with data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop test strategies and implement tests to assure reliability and quality of an application.

It applies to quality assurance analysts, test analysts, testers, system testers, software testers, test leads and software developers, responsible for activities including test plan preparation, execution and maintenance, reporting of tests and defect management in an application.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design test	1.1 Analyse and review software development specifications against organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document test context, scope, standard and methodology 1.3 Determine and document test types, tools and input data requirements 1.4 Design and document test plan and test cases according to software testing specifications 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
2. Prepare test environment	2.1 Review documents and determine required preparation for test environment 2.2 Determine and document test environment according to software testing requirements 2.3 Build and set up test environment according to software testing requirements
3. Implement and execute test	3.1 Build input data for testing according to software testing requirements 3.2 Create test suite according to software testing requirements 3.3 Execute test cases according to software testing requirements 3.4 Create test record and store test results according to software testing requirements
4. Manage defect and testing process	4.1 Evaluate and document test results according to software testing requirements 4.2 Track, defect and verify fixes and document outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Reviews, and evaluates, technical and business requirements
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using required structure, layout and technical programming language
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising processes, and tasks, to achieve the required outcomes
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical problem-solving processes, to develop the required security access control strategies
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Uses a range of digital tools and sophisticated techniques to meet the desired outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG529 Apply testing techniques for software development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG551 Apply testing techniques for software development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a test-plan document and test cases to verify completeness, reliability and performance of an application and software on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document and manage test results

perform application debugging process

re-test application.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

industry standard programming language applicable to applying testing techniques for software development

input and output requirements applicable to testing software development

software development life cycle (SDLC) methodologies

system layers including data network, hardware, operating system, database management systems, web servers, application servers, and client deployment

processes and techniques related to small-size application development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business, functional, system and user requirements

system for testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and implement representational state transfer (REST or RESTful) application program interfaces (APIs) in order to request and manipulate data from data sources.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing information and communications technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create new project	1.1 Establish need and application of REST APIs according to business needs 1.2 Review, evaluate and select REST API framework according to required programming language and business needs 1.3 Review, evaluate and select required integrated development environment (IDE) 1.4 Create project using IDE according to business needs 1.5 Configure and implement RESTful API in project
2. Build REST API endpoints	2.1 Build REST API end point using GET method and return a collection of records 2.2 Build REST API endpoint and return a single record 2.3 Configure REST API endpoint using POST and PUT method according to function 2.4 Build REST API endpoint using DELETE method 2.5 Test methods and confirm response status code reflects function of REST API according to business needs
3. Enable cross origin resource sharing (CORS)	3.1 Update REST API GET, POST, PUT and DELETE endpoints and confirm that simple cross-origin requests are allowed 3.2 Review and select REST API client and test simple CORS requests 3.3 Update REST API GET, POST, PUT and DELETE endpoints and allow pre-flight cross-origin requests using OPTION method 3.4 Test CORS for pre-flight request
4. Secure REST API	4.1 Review, evaluate and select method for securing REST API according to business needs 4.2 Implement authentication and authorisation for securing REST API endpoints
5. Finalise REST API	5.1 Review and evaluate industry tools and conventions for documenting REST API endpoints according to business needs 5.2 Develop documentation for REST API endpoints 5.3 Validate documentation against REST API endpoints and submit to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to document work
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation, including privacy and data use legislation Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG553 Create and develop REST APIs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build and test at least one representational state transfer (REST or RESTful) application program interface (API) endpoint and confirm functionality.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

enable cross origin resource sharing (CORS)

use GET, POST, PUT, DELTE and PATCH methods

secure REST API with authentication and authorisation

document REST API work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and different applications that applies to the HTTP network protocol

features and anatomy of REST API HTTP request and response, including HTTP headers and body

language used in programming language

HTTP GET, POST, PUT and OPTIONS methods and features of each

CORS methodology.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client/user agent

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement a data store and manage data persistence using non structured query language (NoSQL) to provide automatic scaling as well as high performance and availability over semi-structured data.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing information and communications technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review and select noSQL options	1.1 Confirm use and application for noSQL according to business requirements and needs 1.2 Research and compare horizontal and vertical scaling and confirm relevance and benefit of horizontal scaling according to business requirements 1.3 Research and compare noSQL technologies and traditional relational data models 1.4 Research, review and select noSQL vendor technologies according to business requirements
2. Determine and create storage of data types	2.1 Design and determine data storage requirements from noSQL data store according to selected vendor technology and business requirements 2.2 Review and select required types of noSQL data store according to business requirements 2.3 Create partition key and determine storage place of data items 2.4 Review and determine required partition key and ensure effective distribution of storage across partition
3. Build and configure indexes	3.1 Determine and select required sort key according to business requirements 3.2 Calculate, determine and configure read and write through-puts according to business requirements 3.3 Determine, configure and create indexes for optimising data retrieval queries 3.4 Determine and create additional indexes 3.5 Optimise data queries and retrievals for indexes according to business requirements 3.6 Determine and configure time-to-live (TTL) on data objects according to business requirements
4. Use queries and retrieve objects	4.1 Research and select required API client for interacting with noSQL data store according to business requirements 4.2 Substantiate and connect API client to noSQL data store instance 4.3 Insert single data object into noSQL datastore using selected client application 4.4 Insert multiple items in single operation 4.5 Use query and select single object 4.6 Use query and retrieve multiple objects in batch 4.7 Perform query against index 4.8 Perform query to select required attributes and project results
5. Confirm interaction of objects	5.1 Delete single and multiple objects according to business requirements 5.2 Update single and multiple objects according to business requirements 5.3 Persist objects with different data types 5.4 Configure and confirm change event triggers and notifications according to business needs 5.5 Test, fix and ensure responses and trigger notifications work according to business requirements 5.6 Review and confirm data is encrypted and authorisation and authentications are active according to user and client access requirements 5.7 Test and fix data persistence process according to business requirements 5.8 Document and finalise work according to business requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to document work
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG554 Manage data persistence using noSQL data stores

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least three different queries, including updating, deleting and creating data types

create at least two indexes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

specify partition and sort keys

optimise the data.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

benefits and functions of noSQL database and schema free data persistence, as well as traditional relational data models

methods and different features and functions between scaling out and scaling up (horizontal and vertical)

language used in required programming language for noSQL applications

partitioning in a noSQL environment and its related terms

functions and features for time-to-live (TTL) requirements

authorisation and authentications procedures and levels of responsibility according to client access requirements

distribution of data storage across partitions

debugging and testing methodologies and techniques

functions and features of sort keys in noSQL storage

features of transport encryptions, authentication and authorisation

different noSQL data store formats, including:

key value

document based

column based

graph based

different noSQL data types, including:

numeric

string

boolean

complex

date time.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an open source or commercial NOSQL database

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement an Object Relational Mapping (ORM) framework to map, retrieve and manage object persistence in any programming language.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish ORM project	1.1 Confirm use, application and need for ORM framework according to business needs 1.2 Review, select and implement ORM framework according to business needs 1.3 Design, develop and build domain object model according to business needs 1.4 Review and select data persistence technology for data store 1.5 Create mapping between domain object model and selected data store
2. Retrieve and manipulate objects according to ORM framework	2.1 Instantiate single object in domain model and persist in data store according to ORM framework 2.2 Instantiate collection of objects in domain model and persist in data store according to ORM framework 2.3 Retrieve objects from data store 2.4 Update object and persist changes back to data store using ORM framework 2.5 Delete data in data store 2.6 Detach data and reattach data 2.7 Implement eager loading of related domain 2.8 Implement lazy loading of related domain objects
3. Manage transactions, concurrency and errors	3.1 Handle transaction commits and rollbacks effectively according to ORM framework and business needs 3.2 Handle data persistence and concurrency effectively according to ORM framework and business needs 3.3 Implement and confirm error-handling 3.4 Test and confirm transaction success according to business needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG555 Implement Object Relational Mapping Framework for data persistence

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use ORM framework to handle at least two different transactions

use ORM framework to manage data persistence to create, update, read and delete operation at least once

use ORM framework to handle concurrency when working with data persistence

confirm and use commands affecting at least two entities to the data source.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions, features and uses of a database and selected data store

language used in object-oriented (OO) programming

different ORM framework methodologies, including:

database first methodology

object first methodology

functions and features of an ORM framework

testing techniques used for ORM framework

functions and features of transactions, commits and rollbacks

lazy and eager loading or persistent data objects

function and use of concurrency

testing processes for transaction success.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

integrated development environment (IDE) required to use ORM frameworks

the internet, including connectivity

hardware, software and applications required for the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a model view controller (MVC) framework within a development environment that creates and develops dynamic web architecture by convention in any language.

The unit applies to those working as senior software developers, senior back end developers or full stack developers, and responsible for managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in small-to-large enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create MVC project	1.1 Confirm use for MVC framework according to business needs 1.2 Review, evaluate and select Model View Controller (MVC) framework and required Integrated Development Environment (IDE) according to programming language and business needs 1.3 Review, evaluate and select MVC project template and tools 1.4 Create new project using IDE and project template
2. Use MVC framework	2.1 Create and add controllers in project according to business needs 2.2 Create and add dynamic views 2.3 Connect view to controller 2.4 Send request from client to browser 2.5 Confirm controller receives request and builds MVC model 2.6 Confirm dynamic view is returned 2.7 Develop Controller Model and View for handling HTTP GET, POST, PUT and DELETE requests 2.8 Test and ensure function of requests
3. Finalise MVC project	3.1 Run program according to MVC framework and project requirements 3.2 Test and confirm project function 3.3 Use required debugging tools to inspect request data and model binding in controller handler 3.4 Use debugging tools to inspect HTTP request and response and confirm HTTP redirect functions 3.5 Document and save work according to business procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG556 Implement and use a model view controller framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least one model view controller (MVC) project and confirm functionality of framework, including:

HTTP handers and routes for GET, POST, PUT and DELETE requests

HTML templates, view models and dynamic rendering

HTTP request, responses and redirects.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

language used in object-oriented (OO) programming

HTTP protocol

functions and features of debugging and testing tools

principles of model view controller design pattern, conventions and architecture, including:

scalability

maintainability

reusability

features, structures, logic and modes of interactions between models, controllers and views, including:

HTTP Request/Response and redirects

HTTP request handlers, routes and parameters

Query strings and key/vale pairs

model binding

convention over configuration

HTML language, templates and dynamic rendering

view models and data models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

model view controller framework

integrated development environment (IDE) required to implement MVC frameworks

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop, debug, test and deploy applications for hand-held digital devices using the advanced features of these devices.

It applies to application developers, software developers, game developers, designers and testers, who work in the area of mobile applications development.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and work on target platform	1.1 Identify and document application requirements according to organisational requirements 1.2 Establish platform and install required development tools, and environment 1.3 Deploy completed applications target device and enable public download 1.4 Test application using an emulator and align to organisational requirements
2. Develop application for multi-touch device	2.1 Design and code application and respond to events according to device requirements 2.2 Design and code application and respond to taps, touches and gestures 2.3 Design approach according to device requirements 2.4 Develop application and use autorotation and auto-resizing facilities according to device requirements
3. Develop code using features of mobile device	3.1 Determine and document features of mobile device according code specifications 3.2 Write code requiring web connectivity according to device requirements 3.3 Write code and enable communication with another device 3.4 Write code using application programming interface (API) and check relation to at least one other advanced device feature
4. Use available data persistence facilities	4.1 Write code to read and write to devices file system 4.2 Synchronise data between device and external data sources 4.3 Write code to make use of available database facilities on chosen device
5. Develop secure applications	5.1 Determine, document and apply performance objectives 5.2 Apply performance objectives according to organisational policies and procedures 5.3 Implement memory management and eliminate zombie processes according to application security requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Extracts, evaluates and manipulates the mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Oral communication	Articulates information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Reading	Identifies, analyses, and interprets complex technical and business protocol material in order to determine business requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand the uses and potential of new technology
Planning and organising	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, implementation issues and contingencies When dealing with complex issues, may use intuition to identify common problems in building, and deploying mobile applications, and completing basic program debugging
Problem solving	Uses nuanced knowledge of context to demonstrate and knowledge of anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise
Self-management	Responds to both, explicit and implicit, protocols within familiar work contexts
Technology	Demonstrates and awareness of the importance of knowledge, monitoring, and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG601 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG603 Develop advanced mobile multi-touch applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, build and test applications for mobile devices

deploy applications onto at least two different types of mobile devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard hardware and networking, requirements of a multi-touch application

object-oriented programming applicable to advanced mobile multi-touch applications development

user interface designs and their application in developing multi-touch applications

web design methodology and its integration with hand-held devices

industry standard mobile devices that use multi-touch technologies

extensible markup language (XML) programming and web services applicable to developing multi-touch applications

industry standard software application development methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

at least two mobile devices

integrated development environment (IDE)

the internet and web services

the server system

industry standard tools and licences required for applicable platform.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the process of compiling client business specifications to produce business solutions.

It applies to those who manage complex technology projects within the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine business requirements	1.1 Determine and document technical and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify, summarise and document organisational business model 1.3 Determine, manage and document key stakeholder requirements
2. Evaluate impact of technical requirements	2.1 Review and document business problems, opportunities and objectives 2.2 Review hardware, software and network requirements 2.3 Determine and document processes requiring changed by the business solution 2.4 Determine and document expected impact of technical requirements on organisational business activities
3. Produce technical business solutions	3.1 Determine and document solution implementation costs 3.2 Determine and document recommendations for supplier products 3.3 Finalise and document technical solutions and align to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan project costs
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language required for audience
Reading	Demonstrates knowledge of and interpretation of complex technical and operational documentation, to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares reports, required documentation expressing ideas and solutions and correspondence for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting required channels, format, tone and content to suit the purpose and audience Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting, and using the strengths of those involved
Planning and organising	Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues
Problem solving	Uses a range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information, recognising that design choices will influence what information is retrieved, and how it may be interpreted, and used Is aware of the importance of knowledge, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences, implementation issues and contingencies Uses a nuanced knowledge of context to adapt varied business procedures to requirements, depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Self-management	Uses systematic processes, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Technology	Demonstrates sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot, and understand, the uses and potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG602 Manage the development of technical solutions from business specifications and ICTTEN516 Produce technical solutions from business specifications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG605 Manage development of technical solutions from business specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate organisational requirements to produce technical solutions and apply design concepts on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, a candidate must:

document outcomes and processes against accepted industry practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business processes applicable to managing development of technical solutions

compatibility issues and resolution procedures relating to managing development of technical solutions

configuration of internet protocol (IP) networks and desktop applications and the operating system (OS) applicable to managing development of technical solutions

linking processes and procedures

industry standard technologies, such as:

access and core networks

information and communications technology (ICT) network topologies

mobile cellular networks

network protocols and OS

optical networks and principles

radio frequency (RF) networks and principles

radio frequency identification (RFID) hardware and software

security protocols, standards and data encryption

development platform that provides the tools to build, and deploy, applications into target platform environments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisation’s functional requirements and technical specifications

database and simulation software

organisational guidelines

network or computer layout

site-design software and hardware

information on applicable ICT business solutions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, build, test and deploy web services and cloud computing applications to specifications.

It applies to individuals in software engineering roles with the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) skills required to create and install web services and cloud computing applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Programming and software development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design web service and cloud computing application	1.1 Identify web service and cloud computing application requirements 1.2 Determine development environment and tools required to create web service and cloud computing application 1.3 Define required web service and cloud computing application architecture and framework
2. Build web service and cloud computing application	2.1 Determine required web service functionality 2.2 Build and develop required web service 2.3 Determine required cloud application requirements 2.4 Build cloud computing application in determined environment to meet required functionality
3. Test web service and cloud computing application	3.1 Test web service functionality according to technical specifications 3.2 Test cloud computing functionality according to technical specifications 3.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel
4. Deploy web service and cloud computing application	4.1 Deploy web service and cloud computing application to required environment 4.2 Document work and submit and obtain sign off from required personnel 4.3 Seek and respond to feedback from required personnel as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets complex technical and operational documentation to determine and confirm job requirements
Writing	Prepares complex documentation conveying completed developments using detailed language Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax and language
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Self-management	Demonstrates a sophisticated knowledge of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses them to troubleshoot and understand the uses and potential of new technology Demonstrates knowledge of the importance of monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information
Planning and organising	Uses a broad range of strategies to store, access and organise virtual information and demonstrates the knowledge that design choices will influence what information is retrieved and how it is interpreted and used
Problem solving	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues and contingencies Uses knowledge of context to address common problems in operating a web service and a cloud computing application and performs basic debugging when required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG604 Create cloud computing services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTPRG614 Create cloud computing services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

design, build, test and deploy

at least one web service to specification that can be accessed and used from a separate web application

at least one cloud computing application to specification that can be accessed from different portals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document completed developments.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

agile methodology to design, build, test and deploy web services and cloud computing applications, including for:

determining user needs and required functionality of web services and cloud computing application

developing uptime strategy for designed services

characteristics of current and emerging cloud delivery models

development tools required to produce services deployable through cloud computing

internet infrastructure necessary for cloud computing

object-oriented programming and its application to cloud computing

required languages for database access and manipulation on web.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client and functionality requirement

integrated development environment (IDE) for determined language

database server with tools to access data source and develop queries

web server for determined environment in performance evidence

internet and web browser.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct routine maintenance tasks, analysing results and initiating corrective action.

It applies to individuals working as field officers from telecommunications carriers, service providers and contractors. They combine a broad range of optical and radio frequency (RF) technical skills with organisational skills to maintain the hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) broadband cable network, generally with limited supervision and guidance.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – radio frequency networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for routine maintenance of broadband cable network	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Determine HFC network elements requiring maintenance and obtain maintenance details from various HFC manufacturer equipment manuals 1.3 Plan detailed routine maintenance schedule and discuss with all relevant personnel 1.4 Notify network operations centre (NOC) of proposed maintenance details and maintenance schedule 1.5 Assess potential impact of proposed maintenance on clients and network, and plan for minimal possible outage or deferral of maintenance 1.6 Obtain necessary tools and resources, and test equipment to undertake maintenance 1.7 Ascertain and record recent network stability and network performance
2. Undertake routine HFC network maintenance tasks	2.1 Conduct routine maintenance tasks according to documented enterprise instructions, following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and record results 2.2 Protect network from excessive interference or degradation of service during maintenance routines 2.3 Monitor relevant alarms during running of maintenance tasks and report incidences to NOC 2.4 Escalate unresolved faults according to established enterprise procedure 2.5 Conduct performance measurements following routine maintenance schedule
3. Analyse results and initiate corrective action	3.1 Assess outcomes of performance measurements and maintenance routines to ensure they are according to specification 3.2 Analyse identified problems for likely impact and repair within capability, and initiate or escalate repair action where repair is beyond capability 3.3 Undertake outage if required in conjunction with NOC and according to prescribed enterprise outage plan 3.4 Record problems and incidences in maintenance log for future action as required by maintenance agreement 3.5 Verify alarms to ensure maintenance routines did not generate further problems

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets enterprise, regulatory and technical information from relevant sources to determine all specifications and frameworks
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and in written communications to relevant personnel
Oral Communication	Liaises with a diverse range of personnel to provide advice and guidance using relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic calculations to conduct performance measurements
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work, with specific reference to safety and environmental requirements Seeks advice from others when a situation becomes too complex to manage personally
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account Responds to typical problems in different situations and implements standard solutions Understands the purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks Uses experiences to evaluate and identify improvements for future work

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network (Release 2)	ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network (Release 1)	Updates to performance evidence and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN406 Maintain hybrid fibre coaxial broadband cable network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine the performance of and maintenance requirements for the hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) broadband cable

prepare a maintenance schedule and planned activities, and arrange resources

carry out maintenance activities following appropriate procedures and techniques, using approved equipment where specified

perform radio frequency (RF) and optical measurements and analyse results

administer corrective measures where required, and verify and document actions

comply with site risk control, work health and safety (WHS), environmental, quality and communication requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the following terms: 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM

relevance of alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) electrical equipment in HFC broadband cable network

forward error correction (FEC) and Reed-Solomon Code

bit error ratio (BER) and acceptable values

constellation diagrams

digital modulation techniques

Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS) cable modem characteristics

future broadband cable network (BCN) and migration to all-optical cable networks

HFC broadband cable network principles, architecture and associated equipment

minimum standards allowable in the return path for ingress

optical fibre characteristics

quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK)

services carried on the HFC broadband cable network

spectrum utilisation of the return path showing location of telephony and data channels, and signalling and test frequencies

video stream transport formats including:

digital video broadcasting (DVB) - asynchronous serial interface (ASI)

high definition serial digital interface (HD-SDI)

motion picture experts group 2 (MPEG-2)

standard definition serial digital interface (SD-SDI)

modulation error ratio (MER) and acceptable values

types of amplifier and placement in a HFC broadband cable network

bi-directional RF amplifier and unidirectional RF amplifier

eye diagram interpretation

frequency spectrum and RF frequency plan HFC broadband cable network

use of passive devices including filter, attenuator, power inserter, coaxial splitter, coupler, multitap and equaliser

calculation of overall gain or loss when given signal levels in dBmv

coaxial transmission line characteristics including cable tilt or slope

forward path from head end to subscriber showing expected signal levels at key points

power supply requirements in a HFC broadband cable network

return path from subscriber to head end showing expected signal levels at key points

RF amplifier characteristics including gain and tilt adjustment, equalisation and overload

forms of ingress and where they may fall in the return path

set up, operation and interpretation of test equipment for complex tests including:

optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

optical power meter

digital signal level meter

RF sweep equipment

spectrum analyser

hand and power tools required to assemble and disassemble equipment in pits and in elevated work situations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites on which HFC maintenance may be conducted

maintenance tools and test instruments currently used in industry

relevant regulatory, enterprise and equipment documentation that impact on maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and undertake testing, including measuring, recording and interpreting results within all legislative and regulatory frameworks.

It applies to technicians who work in the field to install, maintain, upgrade and commission radio frequency (RF) telecommunications systems. These systems may include satellite and microwave, radio or television broadcasting, pay television, free to air television, radio frequency identification (RFID), mobile radio, cellular and worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Radio Frequency Networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to conduct RF measurements	1.1 Access site according to enterprise procedures 1.2 Determine type of measurements required based on industry environment 1.3 Assess impact of conducting measurements on network and advise clients and appropriate person 1.4 Assess previous measurement data as required
2. Take RF measurements	2.1 Check that prescribed safety arrangements associated with RF radiation are in place and take corrective action as required 2.2 Monitor work activity to ensure it meets site specifications and relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 2.3 Select industry approved test equipment 2.4 Configure test equipment according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Conduct measurements according to planned requirements 2.6 Assess RF levels at occupational and non-occupational distances 2.7 Record all measurements and test configurations according to industry standards
3. Analyse measurement outcomes	3.1 Verify measurements against relevant standards and vendor specifications 3.2 Assess problems and variance for corrective action, and notify appropriate person according to enterprise procedures 3.3 Record processes and recommendations according to industry standards
4. Document measurement results	4.1 Complete customer documentation outlining results and recommendations 4.2 Notify customer to obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine technical specifications and regulatory and legislative requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation and in written communications with clients
Oral Communication	Uses specific and relevant language and appropriate tone to provide and ask for technical, operational and legal advice Uses listening techniques to determine understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews numerical information when undertaking test measurements, interpreting results, calibrating equipment and evaluating performance
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements, with specific reference to safety Understands the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Identifies and assembles the instruments, equipment and access required to competently undertake the job Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to minimise measurement errors

Unit Mapping Information

ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements supersedes and is equivalent to ICTRFN401 Conduct radio frequency measurements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTRFN407 Conduct radio frequency measurements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan and conduct radio frequency (RF) testing using appropriate equipment and instruments

measure, record and interpret test results

monitor work to meet related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and enterprise procedures relevant to work activity

principles and operation of the following:

analog and digital modulation methods

logarithmic units

standard test procedures and test set-ups

transmitter and receiver architectures

principles of radio frequency (RF) operation including:

instrument and features and types

radiation hazards

safety practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s for RF measurements

a range of test equipment and items to test

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and analyse system solutions and present a feasibility report to the client.

It applies to individuals who investigate potential solutions within the context of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) project, who are required to and work within a team under some level of supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Analyse client requirements to determine project scope, the problem and opportunity faced by the business 1.2 Document client requirements, project scope, related problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.3 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback according to task requirements
2. Develop high-level alternative scenarios	2.1 Obtain and compare future client requirements with current requirements 2.2 Discuss, develop and document feasible solutions for client requirements 2.3 Determine and document feasibility of each solution 2.4 Identify feasibility alternatives against project constraints
3. Prepare and publish feasibility report	3.1 Develop feasibility report according to organisational policies and procedures and task requirements 3.2 Seek and respond to feasibility report feedback from required personnel 3.3 Obtain final task sign-off on report from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Applies financial modelling skills to identify, analyse and evaluate budgetary information, time durations and human resource allocations
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using relevant industry language
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine client requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing requirements, scope and solutions to stakeholders using cohesive and instructional language
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD401 Develop and present feasibility reports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD402 Develop and present ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

Develop a feasibility report for a systems solution.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

Identify and confirm the services required

Identify and propose feasible solutions for the client.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business domain, problem and opportunity potential within that environment

functions and features of a system’s functionality

stakeholders’ roles and levels of responsibility in the development of feasibility reports

industry standard system development methodologies

feasibility report structure and purpose

organisational policies and procedures applicable to developing feasibility reports.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

report writing template

text-editing software

client expectations brief

information on required Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

organisational business processes

budgets for business scenarios

outcomes of business analysis process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to define and implement quality assurance processes and procedures to ensure business solutions achieve quality performance expectations.

It applies to senior Information and Communications Technology (ICT) staff in a range of areas who are required to ensure quality in ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan business quality assurance process	1.1 Determine legislative requirements and organisational quality performance expectations and benchmark standards 1.2 Discuss and develop organisational standards and guidelines for achieving each benchmark according to organisational procedures 1.3 Identify and analyse applicable quality management systems guides and quality management plans 1.4 Document expectations, standards and benchmarks in a quality assurance plan according to organisational documentation procedures
2. Develop quality policies and plans	2.1 Write quality policy for business directive according to organisational expectations, standards and benchmarks 2.2 Create quality management plan for business solution 2.3 Distribute and communicate quality management plan and procedures to required personnel and obtain feedback 2.4 Analyse feedback and determine if corrective action is required 2.5 Amend quality management plan, as required, and incorporate corrective action 2.6 Establish and document a quality reporting and monitoring plan according to organisational expectations, standards and benchmarks 2.7 Check and document skills of staff and confirm ability to meet quality standards required
3. Implement and control quality assurance processes	3.1 Determine and allocate strategic quality responsibilities and key quality tasks and functions to required personnel according to quality management plan 3.2 Apply quality performance guidelines, procedures and processes according to quality management plan 3.3 Obtain stakeholder feedback and monitor implementation of quality processes 3.4 Monitor quality process performance and report to required personnel according to quality management plan 3.5 Identify and record system breakdowns and create corrective action requests 3.6 Take corrective action and escalate as required according to organisational procedures
4. Improve quality	4.1 Collect, analyse and measure quality performance results against benchmarks and determine if quality standards are being met 4.2 Use corrective action requests and determine frequency of quality breakdowns, whether defects are isolated incidents or require a wider analysis and corrective action 4.3 Discuss and determine corrective actions to be taken with required personnel and assign responsibility for taking action as required 4.4 Implement corrective action solutions and measure performance according to organisational procedures 4.5 Review and adjust benchmark standards as required and improve quality performance 4.6 Document quality performance results and disseminate information to required personnel as necessary 4.7 Review organisational procedures at predetermined schedules as part of a management review process and quality reporting function

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using relevant industry language
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria in determining requirements
Writing	Records information and prepares documentation using required language and organisational standards
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients and builds rapport and fosters strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on causes of a problem rather than symptoms
Self-management	Contributes to roles and responsibilities of self and others Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others and improves self and workgroup behaviours
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD504 Implement quality assurance processes for business solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD507 Design and implement quality assurance processes for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and implement at least one quality assurance process for a medium sized business.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

construct quality standards that can be measured quantitatively and applied universally

document quality assurance standards, policies and plans

monitor and review quality assurance standards and processes

adhere to legislative and organisational procedures and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

copyright and intellectual property legislation applicable to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems development

legislative requirements and organisational quality performance expectations and benchmark standards

industry standard quality management system guides, including quality management plans

features and systems within business model

quality assurance and quality management plans of:

International Organisation for Standardization (ISO)

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards

Australian Standards (AS)

quality assurance improvement processes

technical performance measurement techniques

the structure of quality assurance management plans and included standards

organisational procedures applicable to implementing quality assurance processes, including:

documentation standards

processes of reporting and monitoring quality assurance plans

methods and processes of measuring performance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry and organisational quality assurance standards

data applicable to business model

required hardware, software and digital devices

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to quality standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop technical and related requirements that will enable business solutions to be implemented in an organisation.

It applies to individuals responsible for performing complex technical analysis to complete a range of tasks and provide solutions to complex problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and establish business and business solution requirements	1.1 Identify organisational and legislative requirements, standards and procedures applicable to business solutions 1.2 Define and analyse hardware, software and network requirements of business solution 1.3 Determine business model and technical specifications according to business need 1.4 Establish interface requirements according to needs of end users and external parties 1.5 Determine Information and Communications Technology (ICT) security requirements 1.6 Document proposed business solution requirements and obtain approval from required personnel
2. Analyse impact of technical solutions	2.1 Define software solutions required to build business platform according to solution requirements 2.2 Identify processes requiring change by business solution 2.3 Determine impact of changes on value and supply chain 2.4 Research security protocols applicable to business solutions 2.5 Document impact of changes and submit to required personnel
3. Develop and plan implementation of business solutions	3.1 Implement hardware and software solutions for testing purposes according to organisational procedures 3.2 Identify training needs and gaps in personnel skills 3.3 Plan timelines and allocation of resources for business solution 3.4 Develop performance standards and benchmark results 3.5 Determine costs involved to implement business solution 3.6 Document business solution according to organisational procedures
4. Validate and finalise solution	4.1 Test, validate and document results of business solution according to organisational procedures 4.2 Finalise documentation and provide results to required personnel for verification 4.3 Seek feedback from required personnel, and iterate accordingly 4.4 Obtain sign-off on business solution by required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses financial information, costs and values in determining cost of implementation
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients and builds rapport and fosters strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Self-management	Contributes to roles and responsibilities of self and others Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Technology	Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in digital environments, by using and investigating new digital technologies and applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD505 Develop technical requirements for business solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD508 Develop technical requirements for business solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop technical requirements for at least three business solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document internal and external technical environments required

produce an impact statement of each technical solution above

evaluate functionality of each business solution above

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business process design

copyright and intellectual property legislation applicable to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems development

customer and business liaison processes

technology connectivity implications

business models and solutions

corporate strategies which may influence business solutions

interface requirements of end users

key policies, procedures and documentation required to develop technical requirements for business solutions, including those related to:

business supply chains procedures

security protocols

time and resource management processes

performance standards and benchmarks

methods in calculating implementation costs of business solution

testing and validation processes applicable to business solution

software solutions used in building business platforms

organisational and legislative requirements and procedures applicable to business solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business model

business requirements and solutions

customer relationship model

hardware, software and network requirements

organisational and legislative requirements

software solutions

processes requiring change by business solution

security protocols applicable to business solutions

required tools, equipment, materials and industry standard software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to recommend the preferred scenario from a range of feasible options offered and produce a feasibility report to the client.

It applies to individuals responsible for researching, planning and designing solutions for complex Information and Communications Technology (ICT) projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements	1.1 Discuss and confirm client requirements with required personnel 1.2 Determine project scope, purpose, problem context and opportunity faced by business 1.3 Identify legislative requirements and organisational standards and guidelines applicable to project scope and task 1.4 Document and review client requirements, project scope, problems and sources of information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Confirm requirements and scope with client and required personnel
2. Examine and review alternatives	2.1 Confirm future client requirements 2.2 Discuss and research feasible solutions according to client requirements 2.3 Confirm feasibility of each solution has been assessed, including constraints and risks 2.4 Document feasible solutions discussed according to organisational procedures
3. Prepare and publish feasibility report	3.1 Discuss and establish structure and components of feasibility report with required personnel 3.2 Prepare draft feasibility report according to organisational procedures and client requirements 3.3 Confirm completed feasibility report covers client requirements, project scope and analysis of alternative scenarios 3.4 Seek feedback and confirm recommendation of preferred scenario with required personnel 3.5 Amend feasibility report according to feedback as required and finalise documentation 3.6 Present feasibility report to required personnel and seek project approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and feedback and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, and formal and analytical thinking
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Self-management	Identifies diversity in people and manages this diversity to improve workplace relations and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD506 Produce a feasibility report.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD509 Produce ICT feasibility reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a moderately complex feasibility report according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review documentation and confirm client requirements for project

document at least three different alternative business solutions

comply with legislative and organisational requirements

obtain project sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain and client requirements

legislative requirements applicable to project scope

key organisational standards, guidelines, procedures and documentation required to produce feasibility reports

the role of stakeholders and degree of stakeholder involvement in developing a feasibility report

the system’s functionality and improvement options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

report writing template

information on a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

future organisational business processes

budgets for scenarios

outcomes of business analysis process

financial modelling

business context

required tools, equipment, materials, hardware and industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide an enterprise analysis and determine possible Information and Communications Technology (ICT) solutions available for a given initiative or for long-term planning.

It applies to individuals who combine high-level management, business and technical skills required to manage complex analysis efforts within the ICT industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define business need	1.1 Identify and analyse business goals and objectives and link to measures 1.2 Analyse business processes, model and strategies and applicable organisational policies and guidelines 1.3 Identify and investigate issues and determine business problems and opportunities according to organisational requirements 1.4 Discuss consequences of business problems to organisation with required personnel 1.5 Identify and discuss applicable ICT solutions to business problem and speed of implementing solution 1.6 Determine desired outcomes of proposed solutions 1.7 Document research outcomes including business problems and potential solutions
2. Assess capability gaps	2.1 Determine existing capabilities of organisation and relate to desired objectives and outcomes 2.2 Identify capabilities required to achieve the desired future state and assess gaps 2.3 Test assumptions and use results in decision making process 2.4 Document identified capability gaps according to organisational requirements
3. Determine solution approach	3.1 Discuss identified ICT solutions and applicability to business objectives 3.2 Generate assumptions and identify constraints and risks which may affect choice of solutions, according to organisational procedures 3.3 Identify processes, tools and software required in implementing proposed solutions 3.4 Assess and rank solution approaches and select applicable solutions
4. Define solution scope	4.1 Determine solution scope in terms of major features and functions to be included 4.2 Explain implementation approach and how chosen solution will deliver solution scope to required personnel 4.3 Identify and analyse major business and technical dependencies 4.4 Document determined solution approach and scope according to organisational requirements
5. Define business case and finalise process	5.1 Identify benefits of recommended solution in terms of both qualitative and quantitative gains to organisation 5.2 Estimate total net cost of solution 5.3 Perform initial risk assessment 5.4 Agree how identified costs and benefits will be assessed and evaluated 5.5 Finalise documentation and seek feedback from required personnel 5.6 Amend accordingly, and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets complex financial information and performs calculations in estimating costs, using highly developed numeracy skills
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to articulate complex concepts and requirements using industry language
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and expressing ideas and solution scope in a logical and succinct manner
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisational goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies where required
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Develops and implements strategies and confirms organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD601 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD608 Perform ICT-focused enterprise analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform an ICT-focused enterprise analysis for an organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

examine business situation in detail and document a business case for a proposed solution that addresses:

business need

required capabilities

solution scope

risk assessment

cost estimates

most feasible approach.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business analysis processes, procedures and techniques

business problems and opportunities, processes, models and strategies

key organisational policies, procedures and documentation required to perform ICT focused enterprise analysis, including those related to:

assumption testing processes

organisational capabilities

market trends and best practices in identifying business opportunities

constraints and risks in implementing solutions

solution implementation approaches

methods of calculating qualitative and quantitative benefits of ICT solutions

technology solution patterns.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

applicable organisational policies and guidelines

information applicable to organisational goals, objectives, processes, model and strategies

business analysis practices and tools

reports and plans prepared for projects

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and manage Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business analysis activities in a medium-to-large organisation.

This unit applies to individuals who require high-level management, business and technical skills to manage complex analysis efforts within the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry, often as part of business-critical ICT projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan business analysis approach	1.1 Identify business analysis initiative and establish applicable organisational process needs and objectives 1.2 Review organisational and legislative requirements, including standards, guidelines and processes applicable to initiative 1.3 Define process requirements of business analysis initiative, according to organisational requirements 1.4 Tailor approach to needs of specific business analysis initiative, according to organisational standards 1.5 Engage with required personnel and determine how work will be completed 1.6 Plan execution of business analysis activities according to organisational requirements
2. Conduct stakeholder analysis	2.1 Identify stakeholders who may be affected by business need or new solution 2.2 Assess stakeholder attitudes toward and influence over initiative 2.3 Decide which stakeholders will have authority over business analysis activities 2.4 Instigate regular reviews and identify new stakeholders and changed positions as business needs evolve
3. Plan business analysis activities and communication	3.1 Discuss and establish type of project or initiative and business analysis deliverables 3.2 Determine scope of work in business analysis activities 3.3 Establish and approve which activities the business analyst will perform and when 3.4 Develop estimates for business analysis work 3.5 Determine methods to receive, distribute, access, update and escalate information from project stakeholders 3.6 Decide how best to communicate with each stakeholder according to stakeholder needs and constraints to communication
4. Plan requirements management process	4.1 Establish a requirements repository for storing requirements, including those under development, under review, and approved requirements 4.2 Assess need and process for requirements traceability based on applicable factors 4.3 Conclude which requirements attributes will be captured 4.4 Determine requirements change management process
5. Manage business analysis performance	5.1 Determine which metrics will be used when measuring work performed by business analyst 5.2 Report performance in required format according to project needs 5.3 Assess performance measures and determine where problems may be occurring in executing business analysis activities 5.4 Identify and recommend preventative or corrective actions as required 5.5 Confirm and review business analysis performance and recommended actions with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses financial information, costs and values when determining estimates
Oral communication	Determines and confirms stakeholder requirements, using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning Selects and implements communications systems, processes and practices with internal and external stakeholders to communicate information and build rapport
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities and decision-making strategies where applicable
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals Takes a lead role in development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD603 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD609 Plan and monitor business analysis activities in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan and monitor at least two different business analysis activities, including determining an approach and required processes.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine business analysis deliverables, tasks and estimates

plan business analysis communications

comply with organisational and legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business analysis process, procedures and techniques

project management process, procedures and techniques

risk management strategies

technology solution patterns

stakeholder management techniques and processes

communication constraints that may impact on stakeholders

requirements management processes, procedures and techniques

metrics used in measuring business analysis performance

organisational and legislative requirements and procedures applicable to business analysis activities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials

business requirements documentation and information

industry software packages

required hardware and its components

file storage.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse stated requirements, determine potential solutions, and define features available to meet stakeholder ICT needs.

This unit applies to individuals who require high-level management, business and technical skills necessary to manage complex analysis efforts within the information and communications technology (ICT) industry, often as part of business-critical ICT projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and organise requirements	1.1 Determine basis for prioritisation of requirements 1.2 Resolve challenges in facilitating prioritisation according to organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain and articulate stakeholder requirements according to organisational polices and guidelines 1.4 Prioritise stakeholder requirements according to established procedures 1.5 Discuss potential solutions to address stakeholder needs with required personnel 1.6 Develop models required in describing solution scope according to informational needs of stakeholders 1.7 Document dependencies and inter-relationships among requirements
2. Specify and model requirements	2.1 Develop and document textual requirements according to organisational requirements 2.2 Generate matrices, and convey and support identified requirements 2.3 Create models and communicate requirements and improvement opportunities to required personnel
3. Define assumptions and constraints	3.1 Agree on assumptions to be defined and clarified according to requirements 3.2 Document and examine business constraints and identify options no longer available 3.3 Identify and examine technical constraints which may restrict design or mandate standards to be followed
4. Verify and validate requirements	4.1 Discuss and establish characteristics of requirements’ quality 4.2 Undertake verification activities iteratively throughout requirements analysis process 4.3 Identify risks and threats arising from stakeholder requirements, and manage them accordingly 4.4 Identify and define stakeholder requirement benefit assumptions and manage associated risks 4.5 Create measurable evaluation criteria and assess requirements benefit post implementation 4.6 Assign business value of requirements and identify candidates for elimination 4.7 Determine requirement dependencies for benefits realisation 4.8 Evaluate alignment with business case and opportunity cost 4.9 Document and record research and findings applicable to stakeholder requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and interprets and manipulates complex numerical information
Oral communication	Presents complex information in formal situations, using required language, tone and pace applicable to audience and purpose Uses a variety of communication tools, processes and strategies in building and maintaining working relationships
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure Documents outcomes and changes to discussions, using industry terminology
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisation’s goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Identifies key factors impacting decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies where required
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies and confirms organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD606 Analyse stakeholder requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD610 Analyse stakeholder requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

define, specify and prioritise at least three different stakeholder requirements and solutions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create a model for each stakeholder requirement and solution

document textual requirements for each stakeholder requirement and solution

comply with stakeholder and organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business rules analysis

data flow diagramming

data, organisation and process modelling, and applicable business and technical constraints

functional decomposition

key policies, procedures and documentation required to analyse stakeholder requirements

risk management strategies for a range of stakeholder requirements

potential solutions to a range of stakeholder requirements

model creation procedures

assumptions applicable to stakeholder requirements

business and technical constraints

verification procedures

purpose of using scenarios, stories and case studies

scope modelling.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required policies and legislation

business analysis practices and tools

required hardware, equipment and materials

industry software packages

stakeholder requirements

reports and plans prepared for projects

a portfolio of projects to be undertaken.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine the most applicable information and communications technology (ICT) solution and facilitate its implementation.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to assess and validate business processes, organisational structures, outsourcing agreements, software applications, and any other component of the solution to ensure that the overall solution delivers maximum value to stakeholders.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess proposed solutions according to stakeholder requirements	1.1 Identify and analyse solution options and additional capabilities, and confirm they meet stakeholder requirements 1.2 Rank solution options on business value, and advantages and disadvantages of alternatives 1.3 Allocate requirements to solution components and maximise business value 1.4 Facilitate allocation of requirements to specific project release, phase or iteration
2. Assess organisational readiness	2.1 Conduct cultural, operational and technical assessment 2.2 Perform stakeholder impact analysis 2.3 Document assessment of proposed solution
3. Define transition requirements	3.1 Evaluate old system actual data and metadata 3.2 Develop options for managing ongoing work during transition to the new solution 3.3 Participate in organisational change management recommendations and processes as required
4. Validate solution and evaluate solution performance	4.1 Investigate defective solution outputs according to organisational evaluation and valuation procedures 4.2 Identify and assess defects and issues, and discuss potential actions with required personnel 4.3 Realise value delivered by solution 4.4 Develop and validate solution metrics 4.5 Decide solution replacement or elimination 4.6 Document work performed and confirm decision with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses a variety of communication tools, processes and strategies in building and maintaining working relationships
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, exploring complex issues using succinct language and logical structure
Initiative and enterprise	Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking when developing and improving organisation’s goals
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge when focusing on root cause
Self-management	Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities Monitors and reviews organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to requirements when implementing and managing change Identifies diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into work context, for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAD607 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD611 Manage assessment and validation of ICT solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assess and validate at least three different proposed ICT solutions according to stakeholder requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

compare and assess transition requirements between different solutions

analyse output variances between at least three solutions

recommend solutions in priority order

confirm solution metrics and evaluate solutions

document work performed in assessing and validating solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the business environment impacts from proposed Information and Communications Technology (ICT) solutions

techniques used in assessing organisational readiness, including:

focus groups, interviews and surveys

risk analysis

SWOT analysis

problem tracking

techniques for assessing options and validating solutions

organisational change management processes

the principles of solution performance metrics

key policies and documentation required to assess and validate ICT solutions

organisational procedures applicable to assessment and validation of ICT solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required policies and legislation

business analysis practices and tools

industry software packages

required hardware, equipment and its components

reports and plans prepared for projects including proposed solutions

portfolio of project work to be undertaken including stakeholder requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build, deploy, run, and monitor containers, and implement micro services, with the goal of providing a more sustainable, flexible and cost-efficient Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

The unit applies to those working as senior computer systems architects proficient in software development, senior software developers and those who work in DevOps roles, responsible for increasing the resource utilisation of an organisation by using containerisation as an alternative to traditional server and application infrastructure technologies. Containers are used to isolate the runtime environment for applications in order to increase portability and reduce operational costs by increasing the utilisation of resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems analysis and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess containerisation needs for application	1.1 Research and select vendor containerisation technology according to business needs 1.2 Obtain and review technical specifications, infrastructure and systems requirements for container service and runtime 1.3 Assess responsibility and requirements of microservice architecture according to business needs 1.4 Check and confirm installation of runtime environment for containerisation technology
2. Implement containers	2.1 Review and select base container image according to business needs 2.2 Author container image file for defining base image, working directory, application code, environment configuration and commands 2.3 Determine container image name applying industry standards and conventions 2.4 Build container image from authored file 2.5 Run a new instance of container from image 2.6 Confirm connectivity of published ports for running container instance 2.7 Test, debug and fix the running instance of containerised application 2.8 Run additional container instances from image 2.9 Stop running container instances
3. Manage container image	3.1 Review available options and select container image registry according to business needs 3.2 Create container image repository 3.3 Authenticate and connect to registry 3.4 Push container image to repository 3.5 Update, version and push container image to repository 3.6 Pull container image from repository
4. Maintain container services	4.1 Access logging for application and container 4.2 List containers in runtime environment 4.3 List container port mappings 4.4 Remove container from runtime environment 4.5 Monitor and display container resource usage and statistics 4.6 Update configuration of container according to business needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Designs complex algorithms Selects from, and flexibly applies, a wide range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies, techniques, and principles when solving equations, constructing and reading flow charts and analysing data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements and participates in verbal exchanges of feedback resolution, ideas and solutions
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions
Teamwork	Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others, in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise in containers as well as in projects and wider systems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation, including privacy and data use legislation Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses complex cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD612 Implement and maintain uses of containerisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

author at least two files for building container images

run, test and debug a minimum of two running containers instances

install and run at least one application within container

monitor a minimum of two container instance in container runtime

author, build and run container instances from at least one image with two different versions

set up container image repository in registry and perform push and pull commands at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of operating systems

continuous integration and continuous delivery/deployment methodology, processes and principles

network protocols including:

network communications protocol

TCP/IP (transmission control)

tools and features of registries, command line interface and text editor

advanced programming language

organisational policies and procedures for:

documenting work and technical requirements

evaluating business processes of uses of containerisation

stages of software development life cycle (SDLC)

procedures for implementing container services

basic principles of:

computer hardware, networking, operating system, applications, database management systems, cloud solutions and components

IT service management systems (ITMS)

required programming language, including data serialisation language

open-source development tools

processes for establishing and implementing business requirements for container services

key functions and features of data flow charts

methods for monitoring container services, including:

manually monitoring services

different organisational levels of responsibility relating to application functions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

text editor

required hardware, software and applications

vendor products relating to containerisation technology

containerisation service.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and set up orchestration services to manage the lifecycle of containers in large dynamic environments, using platforms for running multiple containers in production.

The unit applies to those working as senior computer systems architects, senior system administrators and those who work in DevOps roles, and responsible for installing, running and coordinating containerised applications, to provide flexible, scalable, predictable, available and sustainable services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and set up container orchestration services (COS)	1.1 Assess business specifications, application and business needs for container orchestration services (COS) with required personnel 1.2 Obtain and review infrastructure requirements and technical specifications for using container technologies according to business needs 1.3 Research and select suitable vendor (COS) software according to business needs 1.4 Install COS on host computer or virtual machine 1.5 Add host computers/virtual machines/nodes using COS 1.6 Select and promote node to manage and host all nodes 1.7 Set up and confirm group of nodes run as required
2. Configure containers	2.1 Add different types of images/containers to the service 2.2 Name and move containers as required 2.3 Create pod/swarm and run container in pod 2.4 Configure scaling policy according to business need 2.5 Use instrumentation to configure scaling in and out according to business needs 2.6 Test and confirm container set up, function of containers and required resources 2.7 Finalise and create user documentation according to business needs
3. Test and maintain container service	3.1 Configure load tester to port 3.2 Register containers to central point 3.3 Use load balancer to retrieve container requests 3.4 Test requests and ensure load testing works as required
4. Manage containers according to business need	4.1 Experiment with different volumes of traffic to sites 4.2 Monitor and record metrics 4.3 Add and delete containers as required according to CPU, RAM, network traffic readings and business need 4.4 Set up container trigger alarms according to metrics and business needs 4.5 Create user documentation according to business need 4.6 Report metrics and business impact with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses documentation, instructions and data from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, in order to determine requirements and steps forwards Identifies and interprets technical material to determine and confirm job, business and systems requirements
Writing	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills using specialised language, technical language and scripts and required conventions to create workplace documents
Planning and organising	Researches, plans and sequences complex tasks, efficiently and effectively
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision- making processes for complex and non-routine situations and bug code Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focusing attention and remedying problems as they arise in containers as well as in projects and wider systems
Self-management	Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them, to meet new demands and priorities Investigates new and innovative ideas, as a means by which to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking
Technology	Uses complex scripts and tools required within complex systems, applications, operation systems, the internet and required software and hardware components Uses cyber security procedures and techniques to maintain data security, and systems and application integrity

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAD613 Install and configure container orchestration services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

configure container orchestration services on at least two host computers or virtual machines

create and manage at least two containers using at least three different metrics to measure requests and traffic data.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm clusters scale out and in required by demand changes and business needs

document work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

features and functions of operating systems

continuous integration and continuous delivery/deployment methodology, processes and principles

network protocols including:

network communications protocol

TCP/IP (transmission control)

internet protocol

tools and features of registries, command line interface and text editor

software development life cycle (SDLC)

basic principles of container orchestration services:

pods/swarms

nodes

services

virtual machines and containers

container dependencies

basic principles of:

computer hardware, networking, operating system, database management systems, cloud solutions and components

applications

database-management systems

open-source development tools

HTTP

organisational business needs relating to the use and deployment of containers, including cost constraints

data flow charts applicable to installing and configuring container orchestration services

data and metrics of user traffic to sites and applications, including:

RAM (random access memory)

CPU

Network traffic

different methods of monitoring services, including:

manually

different organisational levels of responsibility relating to application functions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the internet, including connectivity

required hardware, software and applications

vendor products relating to containerisation technology

container orchestration service

load testing application

text editor

user command interface (command prompt).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

hardware, software and technical documentation within an inventory management software program.

It applies to frontline technical support personnel who work under supervision to maintain hardware, software and documentation in a small to large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Update hardware, software and documentation inventories	1.1 Access hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 1.2 Update hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 1.3 Update software licenses and upgrade software according to organisational procedures 1.4 Record and organise documentation storage
2. Maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories	2.1 Examine and perform maintenance on hardware, software and documentation inventories according to organisational procedures 2.2 Document maintenance procedures performed according to organisational procedures 2.3 Store technical documentation according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Access and disseminate technical documentation as required
3. Finalise inventory maintenance activities	3.1 Record maintenance activities according to organisational procedures 3.2 Store hardware, software and equipment that is not in use, according to technical manuals 3.3 Escalate maintenance problems to required personnel according to organisational procedures 3.4 Report completion of maintenance activities to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Accesses and interprets textual information from a range of sources to record, manage and maintain information
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of basic ideas that elicit views, opinions and feedback from others
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration and seeking assistance in setting priorities
Technology	Interprets the purpose and operates the specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS201 Maintain inventories for equipment, software and documentation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS210 Update and maintain hardware, software and documentation inventories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

update and maintain at least one of each hardware and software inventories according to identified storage and retrieval policy and organisational procedures

update and maintain at least two documentation inventories according to identified storage and retrieval policy and organisational procedures, including:

user documentation

technical manuals

create a profile and description for hardware inventories.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

hardware, software and documentation inventory access

hardware, software and documentation inventory updates

software licenses and software upgrades

hardware, software and documentation inventory maintenance

maintenance documentation and recording

escalation procedures

technical documentation processes

software licensing requirements

inventory principles and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, equipment and materials

industry and inventory management software packages

organisational documentation

enterprise intranet

required person for escalation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply problem-solving techniques to determine the origin of basic Information and Communications Technology (ICT) malfunctions and problems and develop solutions for their resolution.

It applies to those who work under supervision within ICT environments to provide frontline technical support, diagnose technical problems and determine potential solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify nature and scope of basic ICT malfunctions and problems	1.1 Access and gather information on malfunction and problem according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine the malfunction according to task requirements 1.3 Investigate current condition of malfunction and problem 1.4 Escalate malfunction when outside scope of own role according to organisational procedures 1.5 Document and confirm work with required personnel
2. Research and determine solutions	2.1 Research potential solutions for identified malfunction 2.2 Develop and determine recommendations for potential solutions 2.3 Document and submit proposed solution to required personnel according to organisational procedures
3. Prepare to implement solutions	3.1 Obtain approval for solution implementation 3.2 Plan implementation of chosen solution 3.3 Plan evaluation of implemented solution 3.4 Document solution plan and submit to required personnel according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify misleading information, compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Takes steps to collaborate with others using accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Efficiently plans and implements routine tasks Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS202 Apply problem-solving techniques to routine ICT malfunctions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS211 Develop solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least one basic hardware or software malfunction and at least one user or procedural ICT problem

develop and document potential solutions to each of the above.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

refer unresolved problems to required support personnel

apply problem-solving techniques to determine the origin of ICT problems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures regarding:

accessing malfunctioning hardware, software, user or procedural malfunctions

Work Health and Safety (WHS) requirements for hardware and equipment use

required industry hardware and software products and services

required industry maintenance, service and helpdesk practices, processes and procedures

operating systems used within the ICT industry

required industry standard diagnostic tools

computer malfunctions and resolutions

basic industry documentation practices and procedures

problem solving techniques that may be used in the development of solutions for basic ICT malfunctions and problems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware and software with ICT malfunctions

ICT problems relating to users or systems

organisational procedures

digital device with internet connectivity and required browsers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to record, prioritise and escalate client support requests, using the required record-keeping and documentation practices.

It applies to those who provide frontline technical client support in small or large office environments. In this context, the individual is not expected to resolve the client support requests.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Log support requests	1.1 Obtain client support request according to organisational procedures 1.2 Document support request requirements and characteristics according to organisational procedures and client needs 1.3 Review client support history and details 1.4 Confirm request with client
2. Prioritise and progress support requests	2.1 Identify guidelines for prioritising and rating client requests according to business scheduling requirements 2.2 Determine the prioritisation, rating and timeframe of client request 2.3 Process client request according to business scheduling requirements 2.4 Escalate requests to required personnel or department for action
3. Record support request outcome and seek feedback	3.1 Document support request outcome according to organisational procedures 3.2 Seek client satisfaction and request process feedback from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify and review practices and determine that standards have been maintained
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Understands roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions, within familiar situations, on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards Plans and implements routine tasks
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS204 Record client support requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS212 Record the requirements of client support requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

record, prioritise and escalate at least two client support requests from at least two different clients.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

log support requests resulting from tickets, phone calls, emails, video calls, automated requests or direct messages

determine time sensitivity and importance of requests against business or client needs

refer client support requests in line with business scheduling requirements

follow up support request progression and client satisfaction.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures for:

obtaining and documenting client support request

guidelines for prioritising and rating client requests

escalation processes and procedures

logging procedures

prioritising client requests

frontline client support software, hardware diagnostic tools and maintenance procedures

business scheduling requirements

responsibilities of frontline technical client support

business documentation and record-keeping practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, software and tools required to process and document requests

client support requests and required documentation

client support history records

organisational policy and procedures for:

critical cases and escalation processes and procedures

escalation procedures

logging procedures

prioritising client requests.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to backup, protect and secure stand-alone and networked client server environments.

It applies to technical support individuals who are required to uphold workflow and quality processes in a small or large office environment through the maintenance of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test ICT system integrity	1.1 Determine restoration and back up schedule according to organisational procedures 1.2 Identify and confirm storage and backup destination with required personnel 1.3 Perform backup according to task requirements 1.4 Label and store backups according to organisational procedures and backup schedule 1.5 Update system with virus protection and scanning software according to cyber security procedures 1.6 Identify copyright and privacy legislation for licensed software and work
2. Conduct ICT system testing and backup procedures	2.1 Test restoration procedures according to organisational procedures 2.2 Restore data under instruction from required personnel 2.3 Carry out virus scanning and report detected viruses to required personnel 2.4 Remove viruses and malware according to organisational procedures and within scope of own role 2.5 Check hardware devices and networks for operating condition and performance
3. Finalise and record current state of ICT systems	3.1 Document and report backup results 3.2 Maintain records of backups, file names, licence numbers and their location 3.3 Report licensing anomalies related to software to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets familiar textual information from a range of sources to identify and review practices and determine that standards have been maintained Researches and interprets information to identify, monitor and evaluate technical information and maintain standards
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome
Self-management	Identifies roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards
Technology	Identifies the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS205 Maintain ICT system integrity.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS213 Maintain the integrity of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

backup, protect and secure at least two client server environments.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review organisational backup schedule

follow system maintenance procedures

create, restore, label, delete, archive and report file backups

check hardware and networks for compliance with licensing requirements

report data security, privacy, copyright and licensing compliance anomalies

perform virus protection and scanning software updates.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures for:

backups, restoration and testing procedures and operations

file name conventions and storage of backups

malware and virus scans

copyright and privacy legislation

inventory and maintenance procedures

industry accepted hardware and software products

virus protection methods

diagnostic tools that may be used in maintaining the integrity of ICT systems

storage and retrieval guidelines

system performance metrics and system performance testing tools

legislation relating to restoration procedures, copyright, privacy and General Public Licence (GPL).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

stand-alone and networked client server environments

hardware containing information and data

antivirus and scanning software

technical records and documentation

copyright, GPL and privacy legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to reduce the risk of a device’s operation being affected by spam or destructive software by implementing a range of protective cyber security procedures.

It applies to those working under a level of supervision who have responsibility to provide technical support, exercise discretion to protect devices and secure software in a workplace environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to protect devices from spam and destructive software	1.1 Research and identify common types of spam and destructive software 1.2 Identify protective measures against spam and destructive software according to organisational procedures 1.3 Select and install spam filter and virus protection software compatible with device 1.4 Update software according to organisational procedures and vendor instructions 1.5 Configure software security settings and spam filter for protection against destructive software according to organisational procedures 1.6 Create schedule to run virus protection software according to organisational procedures
2. Initiate spam and destructive software protection procedures	2.1 Run virus protection and spam filter software according to schedule 2.2 Identify spam and destructive software on device 2.3 Report spam and destructive software to required personnel 2.4 Select protective measure for spam and destructive software removal according to organisational procedures 2.5 Remove spam and destructive software according to organisational procedures
3. Finalise and record protection measures	3.1 Document outcome of protective measures according to organisational procedures 3.2 Maintain records of spam and destructive software 3.3 Report outcomes of protective measures to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and interprets information to identify misleading information and compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues to maintain system
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Presents information in a clear manner, using specific and appropriate language
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS206 Detect and protect from spam and destructive software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS214 Protect devices from spam and destructive software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

detect and remove:

at least one piece of spam from a device

at least one piece of destructive software from a different device.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify spam types, destructive software and protective measures

update spam filter and virus protection software as available

maintain and report on protective measures taken against spam and destructive software.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

spam types and destructive software on a range of different devices including:

desktop computers

laptops

tablets

mobile and smartphones

wearables

media players

organisational procedures regarding:

protective measures against spam and destructive software

software updates

software security and spam filter settings

protective procedures for spam and destructive software removal

documenting and reporting outcome of protective measures

spam and virus intrusions and remedial actions

types of protective applications used against viruses and spam

operating systems features and components

components of hardware that may be affected by spam

technical records, vendor documentation, enterprise procedures and guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

working areas with a representative range of devices, application software and operating systems

industry standard antivirus and anti-spam software

technical records and vendor instructions

enterprise procedures and guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure information assets are protected from improper access and to secure assets in the event that they are threatened.

It applies to those who, while working under a level of supervision in a frontline technical support capacity, have the responsibility to exercise security measures on information assets in a small or large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify assets and threats	1.1 Identify information assets in the organisation 1.2 Identify and record mechanisms by which information assets are accessed, transmitted and stored 1.3 Identify nature of threats to information assets and determine threat impact according to organisational processes
2. Protect assets	2.1 Identify and confirm actions, mechanisms and strategies to protect information assets with required personnel 2.2 Secure assets according to organisational procedures 2.3 Report outcomes and escalate issues to required personnel
3. Mitigate or prevent damage to assets	3.1 Identify signs and evidence that information assets are threatened or undergoing loss or damage 3.2 Provide first level response to reduce effects, mitigate damage and protect evidence 3.3 Report incident, resulting effects and actions taken to required personnel
4. Document final condition of information assets	4.1 Finalise documentation outlining current state of information assets according to organisational procedures 4.2 Save, store and back up reports according to organisational procedures 4.3 Maintain records and reports of information assets according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and interprets text to identify misleading information and compare technical specifications, and identify solutions to new and emerging issues to maintain system
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational standards Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem Solving	Initiates standard diagnostic procedures when responding to familiar and unfamiliar problems within immediate context, and seeks input from others when problems remain unresolved
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS207 Protect and secure information assets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS215 Protect and secure information assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

protect and secure at least two different information assets types.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify how information assets are used, specific to different organisations

establish and analyse potential threats

secure, mitigate and prevent damage to assets

discuss details of security threats and issues relating to information assets

document and report work issues.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

asset security

current state of information asset reporting

records and report of information asset maintenance

key sources of information assets

types of security responses available to secure assets

organisational information assets

general Information and Communications Technology (ICT) hardware and security implications

security procedures relevant to organisational requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

working areas with required hardware and office environments representing a range of workplaces

software systems required to demonstrate the performance evidence

organisational information assets

technical records, documentation and enterprise procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the operation of basic Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment, and the replacement of consumables.

It applies to technical support individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, perform routine tasks within an office environment concerning the maintenance of ICT equipment and replacement of consumables. ICT equipment and consumables includes applications, chemicals, computer accessories, data storage devices, digital cameras, fax and copier supplies, laser and inkjet cartridges, ribbons, scanners and wireless technology modems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access cleaning supplies and clean equipment	1.1 Access and verify cleaning supplies for usability on selected equipment with required personnel 1.2 Clean equipment according to manufacturer specifications, organisational manuals and work health and safety (WHS) principles and guidelines
2. Replace and manage ICT equipment	2.1 Access consumables from storage points and record usage according to organisational procedures 2.2 Replace consumables and log action according to organisational procedures 2.3 Dispose of consumables following environmental guidelines 2.4 Test replaced consumables according to organisational procedures
3. Maintain ICT equipment	3.1 Identify and access ICT equipment according to maintenance guidelines 3.2 Maintain ICT equipment according to organisational procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.3 Document equipment information and maintenance procedures performed according to organisational procedures 3.4 Test equipment according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise maintenance activities	4.1 Plan maintenance schedule according to business needs to prevent interruption of business activities during maintenance procedures 4.2 Store unused consumables and ICT equipment according to manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures 4.3 Save and file maintenance documentation according to organisational procedures 4.4 Report and confirm work activity and outcomes with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to maintain effective methods and standards
Writing	Accurately records and completes documentation according to organisational formats and procedures
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to clarify schedules while maintaining business standards
Numeracy	Recognises and applies familiar measurements relating to time durations
Self-management	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with organisational procedures, WHS and environmental guidelines Plans and implements routine tasks
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome
Technology	Interprets the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS208 Maintain ICT equipment and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS216 Maintain ICT equipment and replace consumables

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform maintenance procedures on two different pieces of basic ICT equipment,

replace and dispose of a consumable item from basic ICT equipment on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

clean equipment following manufacturer specifications, organisation and WHS policy and procedures

access, replace and dispose of consumables according to regulations and organisational policy

test and maintain consumables and ICT equipment

store unused consumables and ICT equipment

document, record, log and store documentation of maintenance activities and confirm with required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

consumables replacement information logs

consumables storage

consumables testing

ICT equipment maintenance documentation and filing procedures

storage and retrieval of information procedures

equipment and chemical storage, control and disposal procedures

industry standard hardware and software and manufacturer maintenance guides

work health and safety procedures, principles and responsibilities that may be used in the process of maintaining ICT equipment and replacing consumables

environmental guidelines that may be used in the storage and disposal of ICT equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a site at which ICT equipment maintenance may be carried out

cleaning supplies

a range of consumables, such as those listed within the performance evidence

ICT equipment currently used in industry

equipment documentation required for maintenance activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and secure network components, such as a wireless router and adapters, to a small home based local wireless network.

It applies to individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to connect a wireless router and adapters to a home-based wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network to provide wireless connectivity to compatible devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Document client requirements and confirm with required personnel 1.2 Identify documentation and technical support options 1.3 Identify digital devices to be connected to the network and confirm wireless network component requirements 1.4 Determine and confirm vendor warranty and support services 1.5 Identify required work health and safety (WHS) standards for installation process
2. Install and configure wireless router and adapters	2.1 Access digital devices and wireless network components 2.2 Validate contents of delivered components and physical contents match packing list and resolve discrepancies if required 2.3 Determine internet service provider (ISP) connection properties 2.4 Install wireless router according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Configure wireless router using router configuration properties 2.6 Install wireless adapters according to manufacturer specifications 2.7 Configure Wi-Fi system according to router configuration properties
3. Secure the wireless system and finalise connection	3.1 Set security components of Wi-Fi system 3.2 Test security components and connectivity of Wi-Fi system 3.3 Update documentation regarding security issues and components used 3.4 Store any unused adapters 3.5 Dispose of waste following environmental guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and uses new and upgraded technology skills to enhance learning
Reading	Interprets a range of texts to evaluate and integrate strategies and determine standards have been maintained
Writing	Uses simple vocabulary to record information and prepare required documents in a sequential manner
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements
Teamwork	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols
Planning and organising	Interprets roles and responsibilities for task and makes basic decisions on work completion parameters in accordance with client requirements and WHS standards Plans and implements routine tasks aiming to achieve them efficiently
Problem solving	Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined and routine solutions and evaluates outcome
Technology	Utilises basic knowledge of industry hardware and software Interprets the purpose and operates the specific functions and key features of digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS209 Connect and use a home based local wireless network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS217 Connect a home based local wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and secure a wireless router and its adapters, to a small home based local wireless network on at least two separate occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

computer component installation procedures

industry accepted Wi-Fi network products

manufacturer specifications that may be used in the process of connecting a home based local wireless network

router configuration properties

Wi-Fi installation requirements

Wi-Fi systems and Wi-Fi security considerations

ISP connection protocols

vendor warranty and support services

environmental guidelines for waste disposal

WHS standards and procedures that may be used in the process of connecting a home based local wireless network

wireless network components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

internet access

industry standard wireless router and adapters

digital devices connected to the network

technical support and documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out maintenance and fault repair according to organisational procedures, in order to keep Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment and software operating.

It applies to frontline technical support individuals who work under a level of supervision and have some responsibility to maintain and repair ICT equipment and software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and undertake required equipment maintenance	1.1 Access ICT equipment that requires maintenance 1.2 Examine and review organisational ICT equipment maintenance procedures 1.3 Determine and undertake internal maintenance according to organisational maintenance procedures 1.4 Report problems to required personnel
2. Diagnose and repair faults	2.1 Identify faulty ICT equipment and software 2.2 Test faulty ICT equipment and software according to manufacturing guidelines and task requirements 2.3 Analyse test results 2.4 Review historical fault data 2.5 Develop plans, with prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements for repair and replacement of faulty equipment and software 2.6 Liaise with required personnel and obtain plan approvals 2.7 Obtain ICT components and repair equipment and software in a timely, organised manner, following work health and safety (WHS) standards
3. Update documentation and make recommendations for future maintenance	3.1 Record maintenance, fault data and equipment modifications according to organisational standards 3.2 Identify and report instances where preventative measures were required 3.3 Dispose of faulty parts and other waste according to environmental guidelines 3.4 Review and update maintenance and fault data and report outcomes to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Integrates and evaluates a range of textual information to record and maintain required procedures
Writing	Conveys specific information using precise language and the required format for intended audience and purpose and records information
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using required language and listening and questioning techniques to report data and confirm proposed plans
Numeracy	Recognises and applies familiar measurements relating to time durations
Teamwork	Works in a team and contributes to broader work goals when addressing organisational standards and reporting to required personnel Communicates in the required format with whom and how when reporting problems, gaining approval for plans and reviewing and updating data and reporting outcomes
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine maintenance tasks and repair and replacement of faulty equipment, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently
Problem solving	Selects from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking situational factors into account when determining whether procedures can be handled internally Selects from a range of predetermined options when diagnosing and repairing faults, identifying and taking situational factors into account
Technology	Interprets key principles and concepts that underpin the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology, repairing faults and making recommendations for future maintenance

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS306 Maintain equipment and software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS309 Maintain and repair ICT equipment and software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out maintenance and fault repair procedures on the following, on at least one separate occasion:

ICT equipment

software.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

obtain and review previous ICT equipment fault data

resolve failures and performance degradation

analyse test results

examine and review organisational ICT equipment maintenance procedures

undertake maintenance according to organisational maintenance procedures

identify and repair a range of ICT equipment and software problems

develop plans for maintenance and fault repair

maintain accurate records according to organisational guidelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

equipment and software purpose, standard operating characteristics and maintenance procedures

internal maintenance organisational procedures

preventative maintenance procedures

technical documents in regard to:

equipment and maintenance procedures

help-desk response level escalation procedures

operation of technical diagnostic tools

quality assurance practices that may be used in maintaining and repairing ICT equipment and software

Service Level Agreements (SLAs) to determine conditions of the SLA cover

client warranty claims, repair and replacement procedures

environmental guidelines that may be used in maintaining and repairing ICT equipment and software.

organisational work health and safety (WHS) procedures that relate to maintaining and repairing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical environment with a variety of ICT equipment

maintenance software and tools

technical documentation

organisational health and safety procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify available network components and client requirements and to install, configure and secure those components as part of a Small Office or Home Office (SOHO) network.

It applies to individuals who work under a level of supervision and have experience with analysis and problem solving when working with technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements and identify required network equipment	1.1 Identify and clarify client requirements for SOHO network 1.2 Identify, develop and document SOHO network design according to client requirements 1.3 Identify network materials according to SOHO network design 1.4 Obtain vendor and service suppliers specifications and cost of identified components, with required vendors 1.5 Present SOHO network design to clients and secure sign-off
2. Install and configure hardware and software	2.1 Develop installation plans according organisational requirements 2.2 Obtain approval for plans, security clearance and timing with required personnel 2.3 Confirm and review cables and connectors are installed according to industry standards, client requirements and building requirements 2.4 Install and configure hardware according to network design and industry standards 2.5 Install and configure software according to network design and industry standards
3. Test network	3.1 Troubleshoot client-side connectivity using required networking settings 3.2 Test installed software and hardware according to organisational procedures 3.3 Test network settings according to organisational procedures 3.4 Resolve problems identified according to organisational procedures
4. Secure network	4.1 Identify security features for SOHO network 4.2 Apply identified security features according to organisational procedures 4.3 Troubleshoot security intrusion symptoms and issues
5. Finalise network installation and configuration	5.1 Finalise and document network design, associated hardware, software and security features 5.2 Document installation, boot up and configuration procedures according to client requirements 5.3 Handover and secure sign-off from client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets a range of texts to critically evaluate and design the required network, comparing technical specifications and associated costs to install and maintain the network
Writing	Records information using precise language and required format to develop network plans, instructions, installation and technical specifications
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses a range of mathematical calculations to evaluate and compare numerical information and forecast costs and applies familiar measurements concerning available or consumed data, time durations and required cable length
Planning and organising	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently, confirming client requirements and required equipment Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if required and addressing some unexpected issues
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables, consider implications of different courses of action and determine course of action Uses systematic, analytical processes in configuration and testing of network, setting goals, gathering required information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when resolving network problems and troubleshooting symptoms and issues, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating several options for action
Self-management	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role when obtaining approval and sign-off at required stages of job
Technology	Utilises key principles and concepts that underpin the design and operation of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS307 Install, configure and secure a small office home office network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS310 Install, configure and secure a small office or home office network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and secure a SOHO network on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install, configure and test hardware and software for SOHO network, including:

network technologies

device

protocols

network cables and connectors

install, configure and test the network according to client requirements and produce required documentation

troubleshoot client-side connectivity and security system symptoms and issues

liaise with vendors and service suppliers to:

obtain specifications, availability and cost of identified components

develop installation plans that incorporate:

task prioritisation

contingency arrangements

minimum disruption to clients

document final network design, security features and installation, boot up and configuration procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry accepted hardware and software products, including those used for networks

building requirements that may be used in installing, configuring and securing an office

data and voice transmission technologies and protocols

hardware and software installation procedures

organisational procedures including:

software and hardware testing methods

network setting testing methods

software, hardware and network setting problem resolution procedures

local area network (LAN) capabilities and characteristics, including:

network types

internet protocol addressing

switch and hub operation

network connections, both wired and wireless

networking technologies, including network operating systems and cabling standards

network tools, set-up and configuration procedures

security implications and methods for a home office network

software packages supported by the organisation

industry standards applicable to small networks

installation and configuration tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard software, hardware and networking technologies

server and workstation hardware and software

internet connection

live network

network components, hardware and software

networked devices

vendor hardware and software components

technical documentation and installation manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to define boundaries and deliverables of a system installation project, in one location, in the context of an overall implementation plan.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge to strategic initiatives and project planning.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine scope	1.1 Review project plan and other documentation 1.2 Determine installation requirements 1.3 Identify other implementation issues
2. Confirm scope with parties	2.1 Develop and document preliminary project scope and submit to appropriate person 2.2 Review requests for revision to scope 2.3 Identify areas for further development 2.4 Prepare implementation plan and forward to appropriate person
3. Update plans to account for scope	3.1 Review implementation plan, taking into account scope of system 3.2 Review key dates and events to determine if conflicts exist 3.3 Confirm revised plans and documents with appropriate person for final approval and sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Researches and analyses complex technical and non-technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete necessary actions
Writing	2.1, 2.4, 3.3	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and appropriate formats to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Reviews and updates documentation based on feedback received
Oral Communication	3.3	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear and concise language to convey and clarify complex technical information
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2	Uses mathematical equations to calculate, compare and estimate numerical and financial data required for planning and scheduling
Interact with others	2.1, 2.4, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with others in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements	ICASAS422A Scope implementation requirements	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS422 Scope implementation requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare a project plan and implement an approach that addresses:

drivers

measures of success

implementation by functional area

coordination.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and describe project planning, including the scope and roles of individuals

outline the key features of:

client business domain

information and communications technology (ICT) related services and issues

identify and describe possible legislative requirements relating to cabling and building preservation

describe the role of stakeholders and degree of stakeholder involvement

summarise current trends in vendor products

analyse and describe:

current industry accepted hardware and software products

prerequisites needed for system installation

vendor specifications and requirements for installation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the systems administration and support field of work and include access to special purpose tools, equipment, materials and industry software packages, including:

project documentation

staff

resources

technical equipment.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is operational prior to hand over for client use, including conducting formal testing and trials to determine whether the system satisfies its acceptance criteria.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision but have a level of responsibility ensuring work is planned and completed according to quality and client requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm system integrity	1.1 Obtain acceptance criteria for client ICT system 1.2 Check ICT system function and its components in stand-alone and integrated environments 1.3 Specify and document shortcomings and problems and create action plan 1.4 Review action plan with client 1.5 Document system components according to organisational standards and procedures
2. Provide operation and maintenance guidance	2.1 Identify and document operational issues and procedures according to organisational procedures 2.2 Discuss maintenance issues with technical support personnel and document proposed outcomes 2.3 Compare maintenance, operational and warranty considerations with service level agreements (SLAs) and document discrepancies 2.4 Clarify outstanding issues with client 2.5 Implement solution to identified problems with technical support personnel 2.6 Create and confirm client report with required personnel
3. Hand over system to client	3.1 Demonstrate installed system to client and seek and respond to feedback 3.2 Obtain confirmation of client satisfaction and sign-off 3.3 Discuss, confirm and document implementation support and further training needs with client 3.4 Report needs and submit to required personnel for action

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information containing numeric data and textual specifications to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	Prepares workplace documentation detailing process and outcomes using appropriate structure, layout and technical language
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS406 Implement and hand over system components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS428 Hand over ICT system components to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate operation and hand over a functioning ICT system to clients on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

obtain ICT system acceptance criteria

check ICT system function and its components in both:

stand-alone environment

integrated environment

identify and document system components, operational issues and procedures

discuss maintenance issues with technical support

compare maintenance, operational and warranty considerations with SLAs

provide operational and maintenance guidance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business practices related to preparing reports, including:

confirming system integrity

handing over the system

organisational procedures including:

system component documentation

operational issue documentation

operational procedures for ICT systems

industry accepted hardware and software products

key aspects of change management systems and operational procedures for ICT systems

client-business domain issues

information gathering techniques that may be used in the hand over ICT system components to clients

key features and processes involved in project planning, including:

constraints

guidelines

deadlines

key features of quality assurance practices that may be used in the hand over ICT system components to clients

role of stakeholders in SLAs and degree of stakeholder involvement in determining levels of responsibility in a project

vendor product trends.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

existing ICT systems for client delivery, such as customer computer sites and systems or other simulated systems

ICT system acceptance criteria

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

implementation plan

people involved in hand over

project plan

SLAs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, record, prioritise and resolve client Information and Communications Technology (ICT) support activities and escalate as required.

It applies to experienced individuals who use specialised and technical knowledge to take responsibility in providing client-based ICT support to end users in an office or working environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to resolve client ICT problems	1.1 Determine client problems and impact of problem according to organisational procedures 1.2 Document client response according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Examine logged requests and determine requirements 1.4 Confirm additional information with client and respond to new information according to organisational procedures 1.5 Refer to database of known problems and identify resolution options 1.6 Establish and record required constraints
2. Prioritise client ICT problems	2.1 Undertake impact analysis of problem and determine severity and risks 2.2 Prioritise problem according to organisational procedures 2.3 Provide problem resolution advice and support to client
3. Refer problems where required	3.1 Investigate and refer problems to third parties according to organisational procedures 3.2 Provide third party with client and problem details as required 3.3 Document advice and support provided by third party according to organisational procedures
4. Carry out maintenance	4.1 Obtain required components for resolution according to organisational procedures 4.2 Complete maintenance according to organisational procedures 4.3 Store and dispose of used components according to organisational environmental guidelines
5. Create maintenance report	5.1 Prepare maintenance report according to organisational procedures 5.2 Finalise maintenance report and acquire internal sign off 5.3 Distribute maintenance report to client and seek and respond to client feedback as required
6. Confirm problem resolution	6.1 Obtain and respond to client feedback 6.2 Confirm client requirements have been met 6.3 Resolve outstanding client requirements and escalate as required 6.4 Forward client feedback to required personnel for sign-off and record in problems database

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets technical specifications and numerical data from a range of documentation and sources to assist in rectifying problems
Writing	Uses clear language and formats required for the audience to convey explicit technical information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses inclusive questioning techniques to obtain information from clients and provides precise advice and information to others
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS410 Identify and resolve client ICT problems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS432 Identify and resolve client ICT problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, record, prioritise and resolve a client ICT problem on at least two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

record and prioritise client support activities

determine required resources for maintenance activities

prioritise client ICT problems, using an impact analysis of the problem

complete maintenance activities

resolve client problems and escalate according to organisational guidelines and practices

refer problems to third parties where required

prepare, finalise and distribute maintenance report, including information about problems and resolution action

provide advice to the client and seek and record client feedback

store and dispose used components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

hardware and software products:

in use

supported by the organisation

organisational procedures, including:

problem prioritisation

third party support and documentation

maintenance procedures

maintenance report preparation and distribution

sustainable practices consistent with ICT industry

environmental guidelines that may apply to identifying and resolving client ICT problems

help desk or service desk structure and escalation procedures

key functions and basic features of operating system

organisational structure of workplace that may be relevant to identifying and resolving client ICT problems

workplace security and network guidelines and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials for maintenance

industry software packages

a range of industry hardware, software and diagnostic tools

technical records

organisational guidelines

vendor documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to formulate and update Information and Communications Technology (ICT) client support procedures to be included within organisational policy.

It applies to experienced individuals who work under supervision and have a level of responsibility to ensure client policy development is completed to quality standards and requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine policy support issues	1.1 Review client support procedures 1.2 Gather feedback from client detailing positive and negative aspects of their contact with the organisation 1.3 Gather feedback from user who executes client support procedures, detailing problems with methods
2. Revise client support procedures	2.1 Determine feedback applicable to client support procedures 2.2 Create and update client support procedures 2.3 Forward new client support procedures to required personnel and seek and respond to client feedback
3. Provide recommendations for client support policy	3.1 Evaluate client support policy feedback 3.2 Incorporate changes to client support policy 3.3 Determine impact of new policy on organisational guidelines and client interactions 3.4 Prepare report detailing changes in policy and impact on client and user 3.5 Forward report and updated policy to required personnel and obtain approval
4. Update client support policy	4.1 Amend policies and include new client support procedures 4.2 Issue new policies to clients and users according to organisational guidelines 4.3 Maintain policy updates according to organisational guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical information and numerical data from different sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Develops and presents information logically and concisely, using required formats and clear and accurate language
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and presents numeric information in documents and reports
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for maintaining policies as required by organisational guideline
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS411 Assist with policy development for client support procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS433 Update ICT client support procedures and assist with policy development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

update ICT client support procedures and assist in the formulation of associated policy documents on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate and analyse existing client support policy and procedures

elicit feedback to be applied to support procedures and review proposed changes

make recommendations for changes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

trends and issues in ICT client support

policy and support recommendation and development practices

organisational guidelines including:

client maintenance and administration

policy maintenance updates and key stages of the client review process

organisational policy including:

access of procedures

security.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials for support procedures

industry software packages

sites, peers and supervisors to identify the extent and quality of the contribution required

information about systems or networks to be supported

technical manuals, tools and organisational guidelines

business requirements and documentation standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to receive, review and carry out change requests using a change management system according to client requirements and present the outcome of change requests to clients.

This unit applies to individuals who work using specialised and technical knowledge to ensure change requests are completed according to quality standards and work using communication skills to present outcomes of change requests and how to use the updated Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system to clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Receive and review change requests	1.1 Receive and document requests for hardware and software changes from client 1.2 Gather and organise required ICT system data 1.3 Review proposed changes against current and future business requirements and examine system data 1.4 Select and prioritise required changes 1.5 Discuss and clarify selected changes with client
2. Modify system according to requested changes	2.1 Develop ICT system modification plan 2.2 Undertake selected ICT system changes according to organisational guidelines and procedures and manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Test ICT system performance and identify problems 2.4 Resolve identified problems and confirm with required personnel as required 2.5 Revise client and technical documentation and ensure ICT system changes comply with organisational standards 2.6 Notify client of change and update change management system, according to organisational help desk procedures
3. Prepare and deliver training on use of modified ICT system	3.1 Develop client training materials on the changed ICT system 3.2 Finalise training outcomes according to organisational requirements 3.3 Seek training delivery approval from required personnel 3.4 Deliver prepared training to client
4. Finalise change request and training activities	4.1 Confirm change is tested and operational according to organisational procedures 4.2 Prepare report and deliver to required personnel, indicating the results of change request and training according to organisational procedures 4.3 Hand over ICT system to client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical textual information and numerical data to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Uses clear language and formats required for the task to record and update explicit technical information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Confirms information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and clients in a range of work contexts Reviews proposed changes and confirms actions with work team
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS412 Action change requests.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS434 Action change requests and present updated ICT system to clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

receive, review and carry out a change requests according to client requirements and present the outcomes of those changes back to the client on two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

receive, review, document and assess change requests and requirements

plan, implement and test change procedures

comply with organisational guidelines and client requirements

prepare and deliver training appropriate to the client.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

help desk procedures

system change processes

change request reporting

practices relating to:

change management procedures and criteria

change-management tools and systems

diagnostic tools

help desk practices

quality assurance practices

client business domain, including:

role of stakeholders

degree of stakeholder involvement

system modification plans

industry-accepted hardware and software products

service level agreements (SLAs) within or between organisations

process for system testing

system’s functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials required for actioning change requests

training environment, including all required tools, equipment and materials to present changes

industry software packages

change request documentation

physical system or network

technical manuals required diagnostic tools

business requirements

documentation standards

change management system.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the modification of reactive errors and failures on a live system to resolve system faults.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge, management skills and a systematic approach to monitor, maintain and troubleshoot maintenance requirements on systems that are operating.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify repositories and develop modifications for live system	1.1 Identify existence and currency of repositories 1.2 Review repositories and develop new backup procedures 1.3 Identify system faults 1.4 Identify the nature and effect of modifications to the system 1.5 Prepare and check change request forms and levels of authority for sign-off according to organisational procedures 1.6 Develop a hierarchy of modifications and document expected outcomes of each 1.7 Inform users of implications and impacts of modifications 1.8 Determine existing backup and blackout strategies
2. Implement modifications for live system	2.1 Identify standards and procedures for logging change request 2.2 Log change request according to organisational requirements 2.3 Identify levels of failure and reporting procedures 2.4 Assign modification to required personnel 2.5 Oversee modification implementation
3. Review and report results	3.1 Confirm modification is tested and operational according to organisational procedures 3.2 Prepare report and deliver to required personnel, indicating the results of modification according to organisational procedures 3.3 Update and amend documentation and repositories according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of documentation and sources to assist with troubleshooting and rectifying problems
Writing	Records and reports information logically, using required formats and structures and revises and updates documentation and repositories based on outcomes of action
Oral Communication	Confirms and presents information and requirements, using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking and problem-solving techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions, seeking input from others as required
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS413 Manage resolution of system faults on a live system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS435 Resolve system faults on a live system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage system fault resolution on a live system on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify the required modifications and the associated effect, implication and impact of each

itemise the expected outcomes of the modifications

oversee implementation of modification and test operation

document and report on the modifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures including:

change request forms

levels of authority for sign-off

modification operation testing

modification reports

modification documents and repositories

change control procedures

client business domain including the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

industry accepted hardware and software products

help desk and maintenance practices

quality assurance practices that relate to resolving system faults on a live system

the process for system testing

the system’s functionality and the features and functions of the system under modification

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) industry fault resolution standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials for system fault management, modification and resolution

live system

benchmarking and testing tools

reporting tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to evaluate the status of a running system, covering both hardware and software aspects to determine system performance and reliability while Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system is still in an operational state.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge and a systematic approach to assessing and evaluating ICT systems prior to problem resolution or upgrades.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for ICT system evaluation	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine scope of ICT system status evaluation and performance indicators and agree with client 1.3 Review evaluation purpose using required capacity tools 1.4 Plan a ‘change of status’ test according to organisational procedures 1.5 Plan and document ICT system status evaluation and required resources according to organisational procedures 1.6 Alert affected users of ICT system status evaluation impacts as required 1.7 Access resources required for ICT system status evaluation
2. Carry out ICT system evaluation	2.1 Organise required resources and implement evaluation methods 2.2 Run ICT system evaluation according to agreed scope, evaluation parameters and organisational procedures 2.3 Record ICT system status and reliability according to procedural parameters and evaluation plan 2.4 Run ‘change of status’ test according to organisational procedures 2.5 Observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status according to effect being evaluated 2.6 Observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status not being evaluated 2.7 Escalate unresolved effects of changes to ICT system status to required personnel
3. Report on ICT system evaluation	3.1 Document anomalies observed in ICT system status evaluation outside expected results 3.2 Finalise ICT system status evaluation procedures according to organisational procedures 3.3 Prepare report for required personnel 3.4 Formulate and present recommendations to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to assist with fault finding and troubleshooting problems
Writing	Prepares material using clear and accurate language and numerical data to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates information and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with client and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Uses formal analytical thinking techniques for identifying issues and generating solutions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS414 Evaluate system status.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS436 Evaluate ICT system status

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate the performance and reliability status of a running ICT system’s hardware and software for at least two different systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine scope of system performance evaluation and reliability for hardware and software

identify performance indicators

access and organise required resources

evaluate system performance and record status and reliability

observe and record effects of changes to ICT system status

document and report on results, reliability, changes, anomalies and recommendations for improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures that may be used to evaluate ICT system status, including:

‘change of status’ test planning

ICT system evaluating, evaluation planning and finalisation

capacity planning and change management tools

change-control procedures

client business domains, including the role and level of stakeholder involvement

industry standard hardware and software products

help desk and maintenance practices that are used on the evaluating the status of ICT systems

quality assurance practices that may be used to evaluate ICT system status

reasons for system evaluation, including objectives, deliverables and key performance indicators

ICT system testing procedures

status evaluation, including:

time, environmental, internal and external factors

manual and computerised methods of status evaluation

system functionality characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials for system status evaluation

industry software packages

documentation standards

backup and recovery policies

database package with data

server and networked personal computer.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, modify, improve and monitor Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system performance.

It applies to individuals who apply experienced technical support knowledge to maintain computer system performance, and operate in roles such as help desk supervisors, ICT support technicians and user support specialists.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine ICT system performance	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine client requirements and ICT system performance benchmarks 1.3 Collect ICT system performance data 1.4 Analyse collected system performance data according to performance benchmarks and client requirements 1.5 Identify and document areas of poor ICT system performance
2. Investigate methods to improve ICT system performance	2.1 Discuss ICT system performance findings with required personnel 2.2 Identify performance improvement options and determine required technical resources 2.3 Create ICT system report for required personnel 2.4 Submit report to required personnel
3. Develop implementation plan for ICT system optimisation	3.1 Develop optimisation implementation plan according to task requirements 3.2 Submit implementation plan to required personnel and seek approval
4. Modify ICT system to optimise performance	4.1 Install ICT system improvements according to installation procedures and implementation plan 4.2 Configure ICT system components according organisational procedures and implementation plan 4.3 Measure and record change in performance resulting from ICT system modification 4.4 Assess optimisation against required level of optimisation 4.5 Update required documentation according to organisational procedures
5. Monitor ongoing ICT system performance	5.1 Implement and maintain performance register 5.2 Confirm all optimisation procedures have been performed according to task requirements 5.3 Review and assess benchmarks and impact of implemented optimisation procedures 5.4 Evaluate and report on optimisation procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares material using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of stakeholders to obtain information and express requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical and financial data to determine required actions and for preparing technical reports
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies and procedures
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with co-workers and others in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve shared goals
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS415 Optimise ICT system performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS437 Optimise ICT system performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

optimise the performance of two different ICT systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collect usage and time conditions and analyse ICT system data and performance

identify and document areas of poor ICT system performance

identify options to improve performance and determine required technical resources

access required technical resources

create optimisation implementation plan to improve performance and submit to required personnel for approval and feedback, including:

disruption minimisation plan

project budget

staff availability

create ICT system report, including:

cost analysis

identified improvements

alternate options

develop plan for implementing approved optimisation

modify and tune ICT system to ensure system balance and performance

record changes in performance.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

report development including:

cost analysis

identified options for alternative courses of action designed to measurably improve ICT system performance

business scheduling requirements, including the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

industry standard hardware and software monitoring tools and the information produced from monitoring

optimum system performance, change-control procedures and theoretical concepts

change management tools that may be used in optimising ICT system performance

quality assurance practices with regard to proposed changes of ICT systems

ICT system functionality and performance indicators

ICT system performance improvement and optimisation strategies

features and functions of ICT system under modification.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials required to optimise ICT systems

industry software packages, including:

system components

software for performance tuning

technical manuals and resources

fault logs

diagnostic tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to improve existing organisational maintenance procedures to keep equipment and software operating effectively.

It applies to individuals who use technical and specialised knowledge and apply a systematic approach to maintaining computer equipment in an organisation.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine maintenance procedures for equipment and software	1.1 Identify equipment and software that requires maintenance 1.2 Obtain equipment and software maintenance and reliability data from user 1.3 Obtain and examine vendor documentation, peer organisations and research information 1.4 Document equipment and software maintenance procedures 1.5 Develop recommended maintenance and operations guidelines 1.6 Identify and record in-house resources, external organisations and third-party suppliers support 1.7 Develop and update service level agreement (SLA) with internal user and third-party supplier information
2. Revise and improve maintenance procedures	2.1 Monitor and review organisational maintenance procedures 2.2 Identify problem areas according to organisational maintenance procedures 2.3 Design improvements to organisational maintenance procedures and seek approval from required personnel 2.4 Assess impact and ease of implementing improvements 2.5 Implement improvements to organisational maintenance procedures
3. Finalise maintenance improvement procedures	3.1 Identify future equipment and software acquisitions 3.2 Confirm all maintenance procedures have been performed 3.3 Review and assess maintenance procedures impact 3.4 Evaluate and report on organisational maintenance procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical and non-technical information and numerical data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares material using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of stakeholders in formal and informal situations to obtain information and express requirements
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to determine required actions and for preparing documentation
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with users and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS416 Implement maintenance procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS438 Implement maintenance procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

improve the existing organisational maintenance procedures of one piece of ICT equipment and one piece of ICT software, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify resource requirements with in-house resources, external resources and third-party organisations

develop and update service level agreements (SLAs).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client responsibilities and expectations including:

role of stakeholders

degree of stakeholder involvement

business scheduling requirements

features and capabilities of industry standard equipment and software

features and purpose of diagnostic tools

change management tools that maybe used in implementation maintenance procedure activities

help desk and maintenance practices and procedures

organisational quality assurance practices

ICT systems functionality and performance levels.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT equipment and software packages

SLAs

external organisations and third-party suppliers

internet connectivity

ICT equipment capable of online and offline research, such as a computer

technical helpdesk environment

technical manuals and tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and assess the current and future capacity requirements of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems, plan future capacity enhancements and install identified capacity enhancements.

It applies to experienced individuals who work under limited supervision and use technical and specialised knowledge to undertake strategic planning and forecasting initiatives.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing system capacity	1.1 Access required ICT system capacity testing hardware and software 1.2 Review existing ICT system capacity configuration information 1.3 Investigate ICT system workload and analyse effect on capacity according to organisational procedures 1.4 Examine and analyse ICT system capacity issues fault logs according to organisational procedures 1.5 Discuss and review ICT system capacity issues with users 1.6 Examine service level agreement (SLA) to determine agreed-upon capacity standards and benchmarks 1.7 Document information and ICT system capacity analysis according to organisational guidelines
2. Determine and develop future system capacity requirements	2.1 Gather ICT system capacity requirements data 2.2 Organise, analyse and evaluate ICT system capacity requirements data 2.3 Develop ICT system forecast workload 2.4 Compare and evaluate existing workload against forecast workload 2.5 Estimate required resources and equipment for ICT system capacity requirements 2.6 Undertake financial analysis for ICT system capacity requirements 2.7 Organise and document ICT system capacity requirements according to organisational procedures 2.8 Prepare ICT system capacity requirements report 2.9 Present report to required personnel and seek feedback
3. Plan implementation of system capacity enhancements	3.1 Confirm ICT system capacity requirements 3.2 Prioritise and plan task implementation 3.3 Confirm availability of requirements and access required ICT system enhancement hardware and software 3.4 Document and submit implementation plan to required person and seek approval
4. Implement system capacity enhancements	4.1 Install ICT system capacity enhancements according to installation procedures, organisational procedures and implementation plan 4.2 Measure and assess increase in capacity and performance 4.3 Assess whether capacity requirements have been met according to organisational procedures, SLA standards and benchmarks 4.4 Update ICT system capacity documentation according to organisational procedures
5. Monitor ongoing capacity requirements	5.1 Implement and maintain a performance database 5.2 Monitor and assess impact of ICT system capacity enhancements 5.3 Review benchmarks and performance with work team 5.4 Implement capacity enhancements and updates of benchmarks as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and evaluates technical and non-technical information and numerical and financial data from a range of sources to determine benchmarks and performance indicators
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate, compare and estimate numerical and financial data required for forecasting and planning activities
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with users, co-workers and others in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to achieve shared goals
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS417 Undertake ICT system capacity planning.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS439 Analyse ICT system capacity and implement enhancements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and assess the current and future capacity requirements and plan and implement capacity enhancements for at least two different ICT systems, on at least two separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access required hardware and software for testing and enhancement

review ICT system configuration information, workload and fault logs

document and analyse capacity requirements, with realistic and achievable forecasts, including financial requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ICT system functionality and operating levels

key features of:

component performance management

industry accepted hardware and software products

financial analysis

client business domain

performance monitoring tools

quality assurance practices with regard to proposed ICT capability enhancements

SLAs relating to proposed ICT capability enhancements

role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement

organisational procedures including:

ICT system workload analysis

ICT system fault log analysis

ICT system capacity analysis documentation procedures

ICT system requirement documentation

ICT system capacity enhancement installation

assessment of ICT system enhancements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment, materials, hardware and industry software packages required for ICT system capacity analysis and enhancement implementation

live system

SLAs

fault logs

users and required person.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor security functions of an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system and administer security measures.

It applies to experienced individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to ensure organisational standards are met and apply technical and specialised knowledge to maintain the security of an ICT system.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access and control user accounts	1.1 Access ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.2 Modify default and previously created user settings according to security policies 1.3 Access and review logs and audit reports and identify security threats 1.4 Check the requirements for displayed legal notices at log on are aligned to organisational requirements 1.5 Check strength of passwords using required utilities 1.6 Review organisational guidelines for password complexity and tighten if required 1.7 Review password guidelines within other internal departments 1.8 Check for and control legislation compliance breaches 1.9 Identify and resolve ICT system security
2. Secure file and resource access	2.1 Review inbuilt security features of file and resource access 2.2 Review and develop file security categorisation scheme 2.3 Monitor and record security threats to ICT system 2.4 Implement file and resource virus checking process 2.5 Schedule ICT system components virus checking process 2.6 Investigate and implement inbuilt and additional encryption facilities
3. Recommend and administer security measures	3.1 Perform user spot checks according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Document areas and instances where security procedures are not being followed 3.3 Create security adherence recommendations 3.4 Prepare and present audit report and recommendations to required personnel 3.5 Obtain recommended changes approval 3.6 Implement approved changes
4. Finalise ICT system security procedures	4.1 Conform all ICT system security checks have been performed 4.2 Review implemented security changes 4.3 Evaluate and report on system security procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical and non-technical information and system data from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Prepares complex workplace documentation detailing information, requirements and recommendations using appropriate structure, layout and technical programming language
Oral Communication	Obtains information by listening and questioning and participates in verbal exchanges with a range of personnel using detailed and clear language to contribute information and express requirements and recommendations
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare system and numerical data to determine required actions and prepare reports and schedules
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS418 Monitor and administer security of an ICT system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS440 Monitor and administer security of ICT systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

monitor and administer security functions of at least two different ICT systems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access and modify user settings to satisfy security policies, including:

legal notices at logon

password strength

email and resource access

review user accounts for security control

identify security features in operating environment

monitor threats to the network using:

review logs and audit reports

third-party diagnostic tools

implementation of virus checking process and schedule

preparation of an audit report and recommendations

security spot checks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry accepted hardware and software products related to IT security

privacy issues and legislation with regard to IT security

risk analysis processes for system security

role of users in setting security

password strength guidelines

security technology and systems technologies

client business domains, including:

client organisation structure

business functionality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials required for the monitoring and administration of security functions of ICT systems

industry software packages

an environment with an existing security system in place

security policy for security systems

industry and organisational standards

a live ICT system.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system software through the management of ICT system files, management of ICT system security, ICT system backups and ICT system restores.

It applies to individuals who provide assistance and use technical and specialised knowledge and a systematic approach to tasks to ensure organisational standards are met in maintaining operating systems.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access and maintain ICT system software	1.1 Access ICT system software according to organisational procedures 1.2 Evaluate ICT system effectiveness against organisational requirements and benchmarks and determine if maintenance activities should be commenced 1.3 Identify peak periods and performance problems 1.4 Monitor ICT system data levels 1.5 Troubleshoot ICT system with required ICT system tools as needed 1.6 Monitor and retune ICT system
2. Set up and manage ICT system files	2.1 Access ICT system files 2.2 Evaluate ICT system requirements and monitor appropriateness of file and folder structures 2.3 Create required administration file and folder structures 2.4 Set up security and access and sharing of file system according to ICT system requirements 2.5 Test file system and confirm required access to user groups 2.6 Write logon scripts and custom utilities and programs according to organisational guidelines 2.7 Document file system created according to organisational guidelines
3. Monitor and manage ICT system usage and security	3.1 Monitor user access against user access levels 3.2 Review user and data security requirements 3.3 Identify virus protection requirements of network according organisational requirements 3.4 Scan ICT system for viruses and remove detected viruses 3.5 Determine data exposure risks and formulate required prevention and recovery processes 3.6 Implement backup and to restore services system 3.7 Document disaster recovery procedures according to organisational requirements
4. Carry out ICT system backup and restore ICT system backup	4.1 Confirm backup schedule meets organisational requirements 4.2 Complete ICT system backup according to organisational, scheduling and system requirements 4.3 Provide and use a secure off-site location for storage of backup media 4.4 Complete required ICT system restores and system recovery according to organisational guidelines 4.5 Optimise restored ICT system according to organisational requirements 4.6 Record ICT system backups and restores according to organisational requirements
5. Finalise ICT system software support procedures	5.1 Confirm all ICT system support procedures have been performed 5.2 Review implemented ICT system changes 5.3 Evaluate and report on ICT system support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical and non-technical information and system data from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation using appropriate structure, layout and technical language
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare system and numerical data to determine required actions and to prepare reports
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS419 Support system software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS441 Support ICT system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

support ICT system software by completing all of the following, on two separate ICT systems:

ICT system file management

ICT system security management

ICT system backup

ICT system restore.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare documentation and reports

access required ICT system software and files

maintain system performance benchmarks

use a wide range of features and system tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

system software and system tools

reasons for system performance problems, such as:

system utilisation

file and disk structure

performance reports and files

system data levels

system performance indicators

predetermined system performance standards

key features of change management systems

the client business domain

quality assurance practices with regard to supporting system software

simple programming constructs

vendor products and trends in product development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials for ICT system support

industry software packages

organisational performance benchmarks

live system

client user requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to resolve first-level user support issues and change requests remotely for a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems.

It applies to experienced individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to exercise discretion and judgement using required knowledge to provide assistance and remote help desk support to clients.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine the user support issue	1.1 Determine eligibility status of individual experiencing user support difficulty against organisational guidelines 1.2 Clarify user support difficulty and change request with client 1.3 Confirm nature of user support difficulty and change request with client
2. Identify the ICT system being used by the client	2.1 Identify software, hardware, network connection and application being used by client 2.2 Identify expected client outcome and stage of issue resolution 2.3 Step client back to beginning of resolution process
3. Confirm resolution of user support issue and change request	3.1 Determine, describe and eliminate factors that created user support issue and permit it to recur 3.2 Explain and guide client through complete recovery and resolution process 3.3 Provide handling and resolution instructions to client 3.4 Escalate change request where required 3.5 Document changes where required
4. Finalise client support procedures	4.1 Confirm resolution of issue and obtain client satisfaction with client according to client service policy 4.2 Inform client of additional support and services available, according to the organisation’s client service policy 4.3 Provide client with additional product and service information according to organisation’s sales promotion requirements 4.4 Complete client contact records according to client service requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical and non-technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment Explain the processes involved with resolving client problems in a logical manner, using plain English
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate costs and estimate time in providing client services and in determining required actions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS420 Provide first-level remote help desk support.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS442 Provide first-level remote help desk support

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

resolve one first-level user support issue of an ICT system and one first-level change request of a different ICT system, for two separate clients.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify nature of the user difficulty and determine required support

identify ICT system being used by client, such as:

software

hardware

network connection

application

resolve first-level user support difficulties remotely

demonstrate customer service skills

engage with the client using a range of communication skills, such as:

active listening

questioning

clear and concise language

logical, plain English

obtain client feedback and document problem resolution.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

customer service policies and procedures

contexts where escalation procedures are required

organisational guidelines, including user support services

work health and safety (WHS) procedures related to:

work environment

organisational requirements

user support policies of limited complexity related to known or basic options.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client issues and change requests

remote helpdesk hardware and software

communications hardware

customer service policies

user support policies

escalation procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support users who run operating systems (OS) in a corporate or home environment and to troubleshoot applications on a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices.

It applies to individuals who provide frontline support to users and apply technical and specialised knowledge to fault finding and problem solving.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to support OS users	1.1 Access OS according to organisational procedures 1.2 Determine support requirements with OS users 1.2 Analyse OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine support capacity and refer to required personnel if outside scope of ability 1.4 Document intended OS support
2. Install, configure and troubleshoot applications and security	2.1 Install client application 2.2 Configure and customise client application within user environment and according to user specifications 2.3 Identify application problems and security issues 2.4 Troubleshoot application according to organisational procedures 2.5 Troubleshoot security permission problems 2.6 Manage application security settings
3. Implement OS support procedures	3.1 Determine user OS issues and problems 3.2 Research solutions to user OS issues and problems 3.3 Recommend user OS solutions 3.4 Implement OS solutions according to organisational procedures 3.5 Resolve OS issues and problems according to organisational procedures
4. Finalise OS support and troubleshooting procedures	4.1 Confirm all OS system support procedures have been performed 4.2 Review implemented application changes and installations and OS support outcomes according to organisational procedures 4.3 Evaluate and report on support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses complex technical and non-technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Accurately records information and numerical data and prepares documentation using clear and accurate language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Confirms information and articulates ideas using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data to solve problems and determine required actions
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS421 Support users and troubleshoot desktop applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS443 Support operating system users and troubleshoot applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide support to two different OS users, with different support requirements, on separate occasions

install and troubleshoot applications on at least two different ICT devices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

install, configure and troubleshoot applications

manage security issues associated with OS and applications

provide user support to users of OS

customise computer applications

anticipate and respond to a range of security incidents.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

application troubleshooting

OS access and analysis

OS solution implementation

OS issues and problem resolution

sources of OS patches

OS and application security incidents

typical systems and procedures of user support.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required OS installation storage and recovery software

devices with application errors

samples of operating system patches

stand-alone or networked ICT device.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair boot up procedures in a variety of operating systems (OS).

It applies to individuals who use technical and specialised knowledge and a systematic approach to troubleshooting and fault finding.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair OS	1.1 Review organisation’s technical support procedures and confirm client requirements 1.2 Access faulty OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Examine OS file and root structure according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify profile information and currency of OS 1.5 Identify and confirm help desk structure for assistance if required 1.6 Examine kernel file structures
2. Analyse OS boot up processes and repair	2.1 Observe boot process according to task requirements 2.2 Compare and contrast features of faulty OS boot up with fully functional OS boot up according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse and evaluate boot up procedures according to organisational procedures 2.4 Evaluate boot files 2.5 Determine boot up procedure problems 2.6 Identify boot up procedure solutions 2.7 Implement boot up procedure solutions according to organisational procedures 2.8 Test implemented solution effectiveness 2.9 Document OS boot up repair according to organisational procedures
3. Finalise OS boot up repair processes	3.1 Confirm all OS boot up repair procedures have been performed 3.2 Review implemented boot up repair and OS support outcomes 3.3 Evaluate and report on support procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and analyses complex technical information from a range of sources to determine requirements and complete required actions
Writing	Records information in the required format, using accurate spelling and grammar and terminology and conventions specific to requirements
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data required for troubleshooting and problem solving
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem Solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS424 Support different operating systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS444 Repair operating systems boot up procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair the boot up procedures of two different operating systems, on separate occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review technical support procedures with client

evaluate the functionality of OS

differentiate OS features, structure and currency

analyse OS boot processes and procedures

review and document implemented boot up repair and OS support outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

OS file and root structure examination

OS boot up comparison procedures

boot up procedures

solution implementation for boot up procedures

OS boot up repair documentation

boot process analysis of a large variety of OS

file analysis of those required for operation

compare the key features of a range of OS.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

stand-alone or networked operating systems

required OS installation storage and recovery software

drivers for connected devices

system for boot up analysis and repair

help desk support.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot operating system (OS) software to ensure organisational and client requirements are met.

It applies to experienced individuals who, whilst working under minimal supervision and in an instructional and management capacity, are required to install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot OS system software to meet organisational client requirements.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify suitable operating systems	1.1 Research OS vendor sites, technical specifications and system requirements 1.2 Compare and contrast different OS according to organisational procedures 1.3 Determine licensing, hardware and security requirements 1.4 Determine OS for required operation 1.5 Provide OS recommendation to required personnel
2. Install, configure, test and optimise operating systems	2.1 Install OS according to organisational requirements 2.2 Configure OS user interface installation 2.3 Identify directory structures and demonstrate management of virtual memory 2.4 Test OS functions and operations according to organisational procedures 2.5 Optimise OS according to organisational and client requirements 2.6 Document OS installation procedures and functionality according to organisational procedures
3. Resolve operating system problems using command line options and system tools	3.1 Identify command line options and system tools 3.2 Troubleshoot OS problems according to organisational procedures 3.3 Identify and determine OS problem resolution strategies 3.4 Implement OS resolution strategies according to task requirements 3.5 Test OS problem resolution
4. Provide instruction for new operating system implementation	4.1 Confirm resolution of problems with client according to client service policy 4.2 Document changes to OS according to organisational procedures 4.3 Provide one-to-one change instruction to client and users as required 4.4 Obtain OS client evaluation and approval 4.5 Finalise OS change procedures according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and analyses technical textual information and numeric data to source solutions and determine required actions
Writing	Uses clear and technical language and formats required to the task to record and convey information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and strategies using effective communication techniques and industry standard technical language intended for audience and environment Provides instructions to clients on how changes made to operating systems affect the operating system functionality
Initiative and enterprise	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and technical requirements
Teamwork	Selects and uses required conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and others in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical or conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS425 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS445 Configure and troubleshoot operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, configure, optimise and troubleshoot two different operating systems, on two separate occasions, each for a different organisation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

improve system performance with minimum disruption to clients

identify OS problems and resolve using command line options and system tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

requirements of different operating systems

architecture of technical systems

industry accepted hardware and software products

functions and features of the OS used by the organisation

OS resolution strategies, including:

command line options

system tools

installation and configuration of systems software including:

organisational requirements for OS software

prerequisites for system software installation

set-up and configuration procedures

software packages supported by the organisation

system’s functionality

system’s diagnostic software

vendor specifications and requirements for installation

organisational procedures, including:

OS comparison and contrast methods

OS functionality and operation testing

OS installation procedure documentation

OS troubleshooting procedures

OS change documentation

OS change procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry accepted devices where OS installations can be performed

OS software

command line options and system tools

technical documentation

organisational documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to troubleshoot Information and Communications Technology (ICT) equipment, hardware and software problems and apply systematic processes to fault finding across a wide range of ICT disciplines.

It applies to individuals who, whilst working under minimal supervision and with a level of expertise, apply a systematic approach to finding faults, troubleshooting problems and solving issues in a wide range of ICT disciplines in a small or large helpdesk environment.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault finding and troubleshooting procedures	1.1 Develop problem resolution troubleshooting process 1.2 Obtain ICT system according to organisational procedures 1.3 Analyse and document ICT system characteristics according to organisational procedures 1.4 Identify and obtain required fault-finding tools according to organisational procedures 1.5 Identify fault finding legislation, health and safety requirements, codes, regulations and standards
2. Analyse the problem to be solved	2.1 Collect ICT system data according to organisational procedures 2.2 Determine specificity of problem according to organisational procedures 2.3 Analyse data to determine nature and scope of problem 2.4 Determine symptoms of ICT system problems 2.5 Document analysis of problem according to organisational procedures
3. Identify a solution and rectify the problem	3.1 Test variables until problem is isolated according to organisational procedures 3.2 Confirm isolated problem has been accurately determined 3.3 Create list of probable causes 3.4 Formulate solution and create provision for rollback 3.5 Implement ICT system solution according to organisational procedures
4. Test system and complete documentation	4.1 Test ICT system to ensure problem has been solved according to organisational procedures 4.2 Record results of tests and file according to organisational procedures 4.3 Implement basic preventative maintenance techniques 4.4 Document characteristics of problem and solution according to organisational procedures 4.5 Load document to required database

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates technical textual information and technical system data to source solutions and determine required actions
Writing	Records information relating to issues and outcomes in a sequential manner using grammar and spelling
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and complies with organisational and legislative requirements
Problem solving	Applies analytical processes to resolve technical and conceptual problems
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes
Get the work done	Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS426 Locate and troubleshoot ICT equipment, system and software faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS446 Fault find and troubleshoot ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply fault finding methods to determine a problem with an ICT system, on at least two occasions, each occasion on a different ICT system

troubleshoot and resolve problem identified on each ICT system.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify, analyse and document fault finding method and faults

develop and document troubleshooting process

obtain and use suitable tools and equipment

systematically test variables until problem is isolated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ICT systems, including:

ICT equipment (including peripheral devices)

hardware

software

operating systems

organisational procedures, including:

fault finding, troubleshooting, analysis and test recording documentation

fault finding tool gathering and use procedures

ICT system data collection procedures

variable and system testing procedures

solution implementation procedures

fault finding test filing procedures

client support and maintenance practices

industry accepted hardware and software products

system’s functionality characteristics

change management tools that may be used for fault finding and troubleshooting ICT equipment, hardware and software problems

key features of quality assurance practices, including locating and troubleshooting ICT:

equipment faults

hardware faults

software faults

operating system faults

change control procedures of the organisation

range of trouble shooting methodologies and system testing tools

symptoms of faulty ICT equipment and probable causes of problems

basic preventative maintenance techniques

legislative, regulatory, standards and codes of practice that impact on the ICT service sector.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, hardware, software and systems to be diagnosed

diagnostic and fault-finding tools

technical and system documentation

organisational requirements for documenting solution.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess, update and document the operational procedures required to use the information and communications technology (ICT) system.

It applies to individuals who apply technical and specialised knowledge and systematic approaches to documentation in a range of ICT related areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess technical and user documentation	1.1 Review current versions of technical and user documentation 1.2 Compare accuracy of technical and user documentation with current system functionality 1.3 Identify and document inaccuracies in the documentation
2. Update procedures	2.1 Determine operational procedure requirements using review outcomes 2.2 Develop or update operating procedures for the system 2.3 Submit proposed operating procedures to appropriate person
3. Update documentation	3.1 Review feedback and make appropriate changes 3.2 Update technical and user documentation to incorporate changes 3.3 Submit technical and user documentation to appropriate person for final approval 3.4 Distribute technical and user documentation as agreed with appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 3.1	Interprets and analyses textual information and data to compare accuracy of content documentation and determine necessary actions
Writing	1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Develops material containing specific requirements using clear and technical language Organises content and version control in a manner that supports the purpose of the document
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2	Accurately interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Interact with others	2.3, 3.3, 3.4	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures	ICASAS506A Update IT system operational procedures	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edit to the competency title.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS506 Update ICT system operational procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse system functionality

review and update technical and user documentation for at least TWO systems or occasions

develop procedures to operate systems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the client business domain

explain current business practices related to preparing reports

compare and contrast the key features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

describe documentation standards and tools

discuss the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the systems administration and support field of work, and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry software packages

system or project related documentation

staffing resources

documentation tools.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure that the components of the system operate together to the expected standard.

It applies to experienced development staff who are responsible for ensuring that components function correctly when combined so as not to impact availability or user experience.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for test	1.1 Prepare and initialise test environment and select testing tools according to the test plan 1.2 Review results of earlier component testing and identify critical issues to be considered in test scripts 1.3 Prepare integration tests and document expected test results according to organisational test procedures 1.4 Review expected test results against acceptance and test criteria and earlier component testing and correct discrepancies 1.5 Perform static tests of each point of integration and verify correctness of each integration test according to test plan
2. Conduct test	2.1 Run test scripts and document results against software life cycle model 2.2 Compare and document test results to expected test results on completion of each integration test
3. Analyse and classify results	3.1 Summarise and classify test results and highlight areas of concern according to organisational test procedures 3.2 Compare test results against system specifications, and acceptance and test criteria and prepare test results report 3.3 Notify contact in operations of completion of testing and communicate implications according to the test plan 3.4 Seek, obtain and incorporate feedback from superior on test results report, and log comments and gain required signatures 3.5 Agree next actions with superior based on test results report and incorporate into test results report 3.6 Finalise test results report according to organisational test procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual and numerical information from a range of documentation to determine required action
Writing	Accurately records information and system data using required format, terminology and conventions specific to requirements Prepares reports using concise language and correct spelling and grammar to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses clear and accurate language and inclusive and collaborative techniques to convey and obtain information from a range of personnel
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate, compare and evaluate numerical test data to determine required actions
Interact with others	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and stakeholders
Get the work done	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals Uses problem solving techniques in analysing required outcomes to perform integration tests Uses digital technologies to manage information and communications technology (ICT) operations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests	ICTSAS514 Perform integration tests	Edits to performance criteria to clarify intent. Updates to assessment requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS521 Perform integration tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

On two occasions using one or more system:

prepare and initialise a test environment

construct integration tests addressing memory leakage, global name-space pollution and static variables

conduct static tests of integration points including the use of arguments, positional parameters and return values

adjust test scripts according to results of earlier component testing

conduct tests according to test scripts using appropriate test tools, integration standards and quality benchmarks

determine whether components operate according to specifications

analyse and classify test results

prepare and finalise test results report including gaining approval from superior

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key features of two programming languages

Features and processes of automated test tools

Systems specifications analysis

Features and common problems relating to the system being tested

Key features and processes of integration testing techniques and tools, and associated advantages and disadvantages

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those experienced in an ICT workplace or working environment. This includes access to:

Automated testing tools

Acceptance and test criteria

Test plan

Individual contact in operations in the organisation

Software life cycle model

Integration standards

System specifications

Results of component testing

System suitable for testing

Organisational testing procedures including quality benchmarks and integration standards

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and perform tests to assess and ensure the ability of a system to cope with expected high levels of data volume.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide specialised and technical knowledge in completing complex technical operations to ensure that a proposed system can handle anticipated loads.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create test plan	1.1 Determine and document standards for acceptance and compliance with user which meet organisational requirements 1.2 Determine and document test plan according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify testing resources and tools meeting acceptance standards and compliance 1.4 Determine and document clear responsibilities and contact points with third party suppliers 1.5 Identify and record base-system loads and level of activity against which tests will be measured according to test plan 1.6 Finalise test plan and agree with superior
2. Undertake test	2.1 Test system technology components and determine if operates to organisational requirements and system specifications 2.2 Test integrated platform and determine if operates to organisational requirements and system specifications 2.3 Document test results to according to test plan
3. Diagnose and resolve faults	3.1 Document and prioritise faults according to test results and organisational requirements 3.2 Diagnose faults and rectify according to priority 3.3 Manage problem resolution processes with third party suppliers according to project procedures
4. Update documentation	4.1 Update project and system documentation with test results 4.2 Record and present test findings to development staff

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and analyses a range of textual information and numeric data from a range of technical sources to determine necessary actions
Writing	Develops technical and procedural documentation using clear and precise language and numerical data to convey test outcomes, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Uses clear and precise language to convey and present complex technical information to a range of personnel Uses questioning and listening techniques to confirm understanding, gain consensus on concepts and clarify responsibilities
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate numerical data and compare test outcomes
Interact with others	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and others
Get the work done	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals Uses problem solving techniques to analyse required outcomes to perform stress and load tests Uses digital technologies to manage information and communications technology operations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	ICTSAS516 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms	Edits to performance criteria to clarify intent. Updates to assessment requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS523 Perform stress and load tests on integrated platforms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

On two occasions on different systems:

Create a test plan including scope, objectives, specific automated tests to place high load on system and expected results and performance impacts

Undertake and analyse tests that include analysis of the system's ability to cope with expected high levels of data volume against standards

Develop documentation related to stress and load testing including third party responsibilities, processes or steps, test sequencing, and standards for acceptance

Identify the high data limits expected by the organisation and reflect in test plan and testing

Analyse test results to determine whether system and the individual components operate in the manner expected under expected conditions

Identify, diagnose, and rectify faults identified during testing

Document the test results and corrective action taken according to project standards and organisational requirements

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key features and processes of automated test tools

Third party software and resource options relevant to stress and load testing

Program design and performance characteristics

Key features and processes of testing techniques

System load and level of activity monitoring methods

Tests for system and system technology components

Typical fault prioritisation

Third party supplier communication and relationship management

Organisational documentation procedures

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment. This includes access to or availability of:

Automated testing tools

Individual to undertake role of user

Individual development staff and superior in the organisation

Organisational requirements relating to the system

Project documentation, including templates, standards, specifications and user and technical manuals

Business rules and expected loads

Technical components of system including platform, software, hardware, and network

Organisational testing procedures including standards

System for testing

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement an incident response plan. The results of the incident response plan must be evaluated if they affect the mission of the organisation.

It applies to individuals who apply high-level technical skills and specialised knowledge to provide broad systems administration and support functions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop an incident response plan	1.1 Identify and document organisational incident response plan requirements 1.2 Identify and document incident response team services according to organisational requirements 1.3 Identify incident response plan structure according to organisational requirements 1.4 Determine and document alignment of organisation’s existing incident response plan against identified requirements 1.5 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Develop the incident response plan	2.1 Develop and document incident management policy according to task requirements 2.2 Create incident response plans according to organisational requirements and security policies and procedures 2.3 Develop incident handling and reporting procedures 2.4 Create incident response exercises, red-teaming activities, staffing and training requirements 2.5 Develop procedure for collecting and protecting forensic evidence during incident response procedures according to organisational requirements 2.6 Establish and document incident the response plan
3. Implement the incident response plan	3.1 Apply response actions to reported security incident according to incident response plan and task requirements 3.2 Assist in collecting, processing and preserving evidence according to requirements 3.3 Execute incident response plans, red-teaming activities and incident response exercises 3.4 Document security incident response and actions according to task requirements 3.5 Collect, analyse and report incident management measures according to task requirements
4. Evaluate incident response plans	4.1 Assess and document efficiency and effectiveness of incident response plans activities 4.2 Examine and document effectiveness of red teaming and incident response tests, training and exercises 4.3 Assess effectiveness of communication between incident response team and required internal and external organisations 4.4 Determine and document response improvement activities 4.5 Submit documentation to required personnel and obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data Uses mathematical equations to calculate data for technical reports
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm task requirements and relevant information using succinct language
Reading	Analyses textual information and data to determine necessary actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation detailing processes and outcomes using cohesive language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion Understands diversity and seeks to integrate diversity into the work context for managing change, making decisions and achieving shared outcomes
Planning and organising	Monitors and reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Self-management	Works autonomously, making high-level decisions to achieve and improve organisational goals
Problem solving	Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Operates from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS501 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS524 Develop, implement and evaluate an incident response plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine incident response plan requirements, implement and analyse its application in real-world scenarios and document processes and outcomes on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of:

organisational business domain

industry standard workplace procedures and legislative requirements that are applicable to formulating prevention and recovery strategy

industry standard systems engineering methodologies applicable to threat evaluation

industry standard backup methodologies

industry standard components of business planning process relevant to development of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) business solutions

industry standard system functionality for an organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

ICT business specifications and organisational deliverables

information on the security environment, including required laws and legislation

existing organisational security policies, organisational expertise and knowledge

security environment threats

risk analysis tools and methodologies

ICT security assurance specifications

industry standard incident scenarios.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and conduct acceptance testing as part of a process whereby clients will determine whether to accept the system.

It applies to experienced individuals working in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environments, who apply specialised and technical knowledge in the development of strategic initiatives and in performing and organising others to complete complex technical operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify acceptance criteria and develop test plan	1.1 Review system requirements documentation and project plans and identify mandatory system objectives, optional criteria and conditions for system acceptance 1.2 Develop and document test plan according to organisational and system requirements 1.3 Review and validate test plan according to mandatory criteria, conditions and system objectives 1.4 Document test plan review findings and submit to required personnel 1.5 Schedule acceptance test and notify required personnel according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Perform functional testing	2.1 Prepare test environment according to organisational and task requirements 2.2 Perform testing according to test plan and task requirements 2.3 Execute each test cycle according to test plan 2.4 Document all errors, difficulties and problems according to task requirements
3. Validate test results	3.1 Identify and document performance discrepancies and corrections according to organisational policies, procedures and timeframes 3.2 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek feedback 3.3 Respond to feedback and reschedule required code changes and modifications 3.4 Document modifications and required code changes and submit to required personnel 3.5 Obtain final task sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and to organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm testing arrangements and convey technical information using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Interprets and analyses textual information and data from a range of sources to determine necessary testing and actions
Writing	Prepares required workplace documentation detailing test plan, findings and all problems and modifications using required language
Teamwork	Selects, implements and manipulates communications systems, processes and practices for maximum impact Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture and facilitates a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause
Self-management	Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS504 Develop and conduct client acceptance test and ICTTEN504 Acceptance test new systems and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS525 Develop and conduct client acceptance tests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a test plan based on system requirements and acceptance criteria, undertake functional testing, and document outcomes and processes on at least one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features and processes of industry standard automated testing tools

key aspects of organisational rules and standards

organisational and user requirements

industry standard testing methodologies used in acceptance testing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business requirements and organisation’s deliverables

project documentation, including:

templates

standards

specifications

client user and technical manuals

test plan

technical components of system, including:

software

hardware

network

industry standard system application required for testing

functional test cases that satisfy required acceptance criteria.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the impact of the system on the organisation and carry out risk analysis, disaster recovery and contingency planning.

It applies to individuals who apply a wide range of higher-level technical skills and systematic problem-solving approaches in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) related areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate system impact on business continuity	1.1 Identify required business critical functions and security environment 1.2 Identify required critical data and software 1.3 Assess potential impact of business risk and threats on ICT systems 1.4 Identify statutory requirements, commercial requirements and contingency requirements according to organisational requirements
2. Evaluate system threats	2.1 Identify and document internal and external business environment system threats 2.2 Evaluate and document risk minimisation alternatives against organisational cost constraints and organisational requirements 2.3 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Formulate prevention and recovery strategy	3.1 Evaluate and document prevention and recovery options against business specifications and cost constraints 3.2 Review industry standard operational procedures and check required risk safeguards and contingency plans are in place 3.3 Submit disaster recovery and prevention strategy to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
4. Develop disaster recovery plan	4.1 Identify and document disaster recovery resources according to cost constraints and organisational requirements 4.2 Identify and document disaster strategy processes 4.3 Identify required cut-over criteria plan 4.4 Document disaster recovery plan and submit to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 4.5 Obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses, interprets and documents numerical, financial and technical system data
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm information using relevant industry language for intended audience
Reading	Researches and analyses textual information and technical data/specifications from a range of documentation and sources to inform the development of contingency plans
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing evaluation and strategy using required language and formats appropriate to the task
Teamwork	Uses relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture that facilitates a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Demonstrates strategic planning of priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands
Problem solving	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies to ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Monitors and reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS505 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS526 Review and update disaster recovery and contingency plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one contingency plan that identifies threats and minimises down time for critical business functions

document finalised outcomes and evidence of improvements to critical business functions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standard backup methodologies

organisational planning process relevant to the development of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) business solutions

organisational business domain

industry standard disaster recovery plan strategies and components, including:

physical security

system failure, accident or sabotage (hackers)

denial of service

virus attack

cyber attack

telecommunications failure

contingency arrangements

workplace health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements

organisation’s existing systems functionality and systems engineering.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

vulnerability assessment and general definition of requirements

acceptance test plan

business impact analysis

information technology security assurance specifications

organisational statutory documentation that may impact on work task activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to liaise and support clients to manage and resolve problems in an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals who apply high level technical and specialised knowledge in assisting clients to support, manage and resolve problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine and review client support and resolution requirements	1.1 Diagnose potential troubleshooting and identify resolution requirements 1.2 Determine cause and analysis of the problem in accordance with client documentation and support requirements 1.3 Review organisational support and resolution documentation and identify the clients point of contact 1.4 Review service level agreement (SLA) and determine action and escalation procedures 1.5 Verify the client support and resolution requirements with relevant personnel with the client contact
2. Develop and implement client support and resolution requirements	2.1 Develop required process required for client support and resolution requirements 2.2 Implement process required for client support and resolution requirements 2.3 Maintain communication with required personnel throughout support activity 2.4 Document support activities and resolution outcomes according to client requirements
3. Evaluate client support and resolution requirements	3.1 Gather support and resolution services feedback from required personnel 3.2 Determine improvements to future support services according to organisational requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.4 Contact client to determine satisfaction with support and resolution services provided

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains information and feedback by effectively listening and questioning using concise language
Reading	Analyses textual information and data to determine client support
Writing	Prepares required documentation detailing task requirements, activities performed and their outcomes using appropriate language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques experience and knowledge to focus in on root causes
Problem solving	Reviews the organisations policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements in order to implement and manage change
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS509 Provide client ICT support services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS527 Manage client problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine, plan and implement ICT support and resolution services for at least two different clients problems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake support and resolution services, including:

identifying support requirements and procedures

liaising with client contact to determine task alignment

documenting support provided

liaising with client to obtain feedback

act on feedback as appropriate.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisations domain and business structure

features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products

quality assurance practices

stakeholder role and degree of stakeholder involvement in organisation

structure and purpose of service level agreements (SLAs).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials required to provide client support services

industry standard software packages

required organisation’s SLAs

organisation’s escalation procedure/s

organisation’s documentation processes and style guides.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review and develop maintenance strategies and supporting processes to achieve continuity of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) operations and business functions.

It applies to individuals who apply specialised and technical knowledge in developing strategic initiatives and in performing or organising others to complete complex technical operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse maintenance requirements	1.1 Identify and document business continuity system malfunction risks according to task requirements 1.2 Identify and document quantification of loss potential 1.3 Identify core business functions and determine organisational service requirements 1.4 Develop and document maintenance strategy according to organisational policies, procedures and requirements 1.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify and analyse IT system components	2.1 Review organisational systems architecture and configuration documentation 2.2 Conduct equipment and software audit and obtain required information as required 2.3 Determine and document required component and software warranty status according to vendor requirements 2.4 Identify and document recommendation for critical components, software and service arrangements
3. Develop service level agreements	3.1 Determine and document organisational maintenance requirements 3.2 Prepare and document service level agreements (SLAs) according to organisational requirements 3.3 Submit documentation to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
4. Formulate maintenance strategy	4.1 Analyse and document maintenance options according to business cost constraints, risks and SLAs 4.2 Determine and document maintenance according to SLA and organisational requirements 4.3 Determine and document preventative maintenance schedule according to SLA and organisational requirements 4.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback
5. Define organisational and supplier processes and standards	5.1 Negotiate and create reporting procedures for service requests with client and suppliers 5.2 Determine response time standards with client and suppliers 5.3 Create escalation procedures with client and suppliers 5.4 Set up support function according to business standards and procedures according to industry best practices

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and to organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains information by listening and questioning using concise and relevant industry language
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical specifications and data and textual information from a range of sources to develop maintenance strategy
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and detailing recommendation and agreements according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships and negotiating solutions Influences and fosters a collaborative culture to facilitate a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals
Problem solving	Makes high impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause
Self-management	Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are met Monitors and reviews the organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS510 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS528 Review and develop ICT maintenance strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop support processes for maintaining required continuity level of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) operations and business functions for at least two different clients

document support process and outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain

ICT system features that support required organisational operations and business activity

features of industry accepted hardware and software products

industry standard product warranty and service difficulty records

industry standard helpdesk and maintenance practices, including:

general composition

operation of information database hardware tracking

software and operational issues

functions, processes and features of data elements and data storage

quality assurance practices, including maintenance, warranty and repair of industry standard network equipment and software

relationships between the stakeholders and service providers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard special purpose tools, equipment, materials and industry software packages that may assist in the provision of ICT support services

systems architecture documentation

warranty documents

organisational deliverables

Service Level Agreements (SLAs).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and prioritise change requests as part of managing Information and Communications Technology (ICT) systems that undergo continual change.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide technical advice, guidance and leadership in the resolution of specified problems and may have responsibility for organising others.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to prioritise change requests	1.1 Identify organisational change request recording methods, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify and document change requests according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Classify and prioritise change requests according to service level agreements (SLAs) and organisational requirements
2. Determine priority settings	2.1 Identify organisational business continuity risks 2.2 Prioritise identified risks and determine risk reduction change implementation hierarchy 2.3 Evaluate costs, benefits and timing of change implementation according to organisational requirements 2.4 Schedule and document change analysis according to organisational requirements 2.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Develop change analysis work plan	3.1 Identify change requests 3.2 Determine and document systems impact and organisation of methodology and timing of change 3.3 Determine and document change plan and include required change development resources 3.4 Submit documentation to required personnel and seek and respond to feedback 3.5 Obtain final task sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate financial and technical data and organise schedules Interprets, analyses and documents numerical and technical system data
Oral communication	Obtains and responds to information and feedback from required personnel using succinct verbal language
Reading	Interprets and analyses technical specifications and data and textual information from a range of sources to develop maintenance strategy
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing analysis, plan and systems impact according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and stakeholders
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex routine and non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they might contribute to broader strategy and goals
Problem solving	Uses problem solving techniques to analyse required outcomes in order to manage change to ICT systems
Self-management	Takes full responsibility for identifying and considering relevant organisational protocols and requirements
Technology	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS511 Prioritise ICT change requests.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS529 Prioritise ICT change requests

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

review and prioritise change requests

develop a change analysis work plan on at least one occasion

document processes and finalised work plan.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational business domain

industry standard help desk and maintenance practices

quality assurance practices relating to Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes

role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement that may impact on Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes activities

features and capabilities of industry standard hardware and software products, including change management tools

organisation’s system functionality and application

SLAs that may impact on Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes activities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

industry standard software packages

sites on which change requests may be coordinated

industry standard SLAs used in industry

organisational guidelines, policies and procedures that may impact on system changes activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply methodologies and activities that facilitate the planning, implementation and monitoring of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) change.

It applies to experienced individuals who provide specialised technical advice, guidance and leadership in a range of areas requiring change-management in ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Systems administration and support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan ICT system changes	1.1 Determine and document organisational change procedures and conventions according to organisational requirement, policies and procedures 1.2 Identify required personnel responsible for change management policy and procedures 1.3 Evaluate current ICT system to determine changing user or business patterns 1.4 Develop and document ICT change management plan according to organisational requirements 1.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
2. Identify technology system change needs	2.1 Determine industry standard ICT benchmarks 2.2 Compare identified needs against performance benchmarks and identify and document required changes 2.3 Determine and document required changes and determine impact 2.4 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
3. Implement change	3.1 Determine and document change schedule 3.2 Implement change management plan according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Identify and document new performance benchmarks 3.4 Determine and document required changes and implementation requirements 3.5 Submit document to required personnel, seek and respond to feedback
4. Monitor and review implementation	4.1 Measure change performance against new benchmarks 4.2 Submit performance results to stakeholders 4.3 Obtain sign-off on changes 4.4 Provide appropriate documentation and reporting

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Takes a lead role in the development and facilitation of change management in an ICT environment
Numeracy	Uses mathematical equations to calculate and compare numerical data against benchmarks and to plan and organise schedules
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and presenting techniques to confirm information and promote changes using appropriate industry language
Reading	Interprets and analyses a range of textual information and numerical data from a range of technical sources to determine necessary actions
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing required changes, procedures and implementation according to organisational requirements using required language
Teamwork	Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships
Planning and organising	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques, experience and knowledge
Problem solving	Analyses and understands context of information and uses it to develop solutions to given problems
Technology	Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTSAS601 Implement change management processes and ICTTEN605 Implement planned network changes with minimal impact to the customer.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTSAS602 Implement change management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and plan Information and Communications Technology (ICT) system changes on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement, monitor and review ICT system changes, including:

applying guidelines and policies to the change management process

maintaining required version control

maintaining compliance with existing accessibility and other policies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

major change management principles

functions and features of industry standard information technology systems

internet and internetworking architecture

principles and structure of performance benchmarking

server access security procedures and general security issues relating to required operating system

industry standard methods of communicating change to stakeholders

organisation’s policies and procedures that may impact on implementing change management tasks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, software packages, equipment and materials required to implement a change management process

international standards relating to implementing change management tasks.

operational data

organisation’s analysis data

organisational planning guidelines

version control guidelines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely use hand and power tools in the workshop and on the worksite.

It applies to individuals who may work as technical staff and who may make use of safety equipment and workshop facilities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work activity	1.1 Identify the type of work to be performed from work instructions 1.2 Select appropriate hand and power tools for work to be performed in line with industry standards or specified approved tools for use 1.3 Set up and check tools for use according to industry approved information 1.4 Examine work environment and plan work with tools to maximise safety and productivity 1.5 Clear and clean work area to make it free of obstructions and allow clear access to tools
2. Prepare work piece for tool use	2.1 Mount, support or align work piece correctly to the tool or machine to be used 2.2 Anchor work piece securely where necessary to prevent movement
3. Operate hand and power tools	3.1 Use hand and power tools correctly according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 3.2 Use safety equipment during tool operation according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 3.3 Monitor tool operation continuously and discontinue use if abnormal operation occurs 3.4 Clean work area on completion of work
4. Maintain hand and power tools after use	4.1 Clean and store tools according to industry and enterprise safe working practices 4.2 Report abnormal tool operation or other problems according to established procedures 4.3 Perform programmed maintenance of tools according to work role 4.4 Arrange inspection of power tools according to regulatory requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and understands complex information required for preparation and use of tools
Writing	Completes workplace documentation accurately using appropriate form and vocabulary
Navigate the world of work	Follows legislative requirements and organisational protocols, policies and procedures relevant to own role, with particular emphasis on safety
Get the work done	Plans and prioritises tasks, developing and implementing a work program in line with expectations and work role Makes decisions around immediate, clearly defined tasks regarding use of tools, personal protective equipment (PPE), cleaning agents and waste disposal

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools (Release 2)	ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools (Release 1)	Updates to performance criteria. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN202 Use hand and power tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

accurately interpret work orders relevant to selection and use of tools

interpret specifications and instructions relating to materials and equipment on which tools are to be used

prepare work environment and set up tools for safe and effective use

perform work processes following all relevant safety requirements applying to use of hand and power tools

monitor tool operation for correct operation during use

inspect completed work to verify correct tool operation and use

communicate evidence of faults and other problems

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

electrical and compressed air safety

equipment types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations

features and operating requirements of hand and power tools

general housekeeping policies and procedures

industry and worksite terminology

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

job safety analysis (JSA) or safe work method statement

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

materials commonly used in the industry

safety data sheets (SDS) and materials handling methods

operational, maintenance and basic diagnostic procedures

common power sources

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

typical issues and challenges that occur onsite.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where hand and power tools may be used

hand and power tools currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact the use of hand and power tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use electrical skills when working with analog and digital, cabling and wireless networks in telecommunications.

It applies to entry-level workers who undertake basic testing, circuit building, and evaluation of cable and wireless devices, and who may work in domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Connect, test and verify alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) circuitry	1.1 Identify work health and safety (WHS) issues and notify appropriate personnel 1.2 Connect a series and a parallel circuit following safe work practices 1.3 Choose appropriate test equipment and measure voltage (V), current (I) and resistance (Ω) values for the electricity in these circuits 1.4 Use calculations to verify the flow of electrical current in these circuits 1.5 Compare measured values to calculated values and determine reasons for any variations 1.6 Measure low voltage (LV), extra low voltage (ELV) or telecommunications network voltage (TNV) and determine if values are within equipment or power supply specifications 1.7 Use appropriate test equipment to measure AC voltage (multimeter) or AC current (clamp meter) in a safe manner that does not require an LV circuit to be disconnected 1.8 Test residual current devices (RCD) or earth leakage devices to ensure they are operational prior to working with AC mains powered equipment, power supplies and tools 1.9 Evaluate results and determine probable faults as required
2. Evaluate analog and digital signals	2.1 Compare characteristics of an analog signal and a digital signal 2.2 Produce a layout using building blocks to represent a typical analog and a typical digital circuit to show different characteristics
3. Perform cable selection	3.1 Compare basic transmission characteristics, resistance, impedance and effects of signal frequency of different types of cables and select the most appropriate type to suit application 3.2 Connect two devices with a patch cable and test the connection

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information to inform decision-making process
Writing	Uses industry specific language to produce technical documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates specific concerns and issues clearly and listens to and acts on responses of others
Numeracy	Performs basic calculations to check data, make predictions and make comparisons Selects and uses appropriate tools to take measurements, analyse results and perform calculations
Navigate the world of work	Follows legislative requirements and enterprise protocols, policies and procedures relevant to own role
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Identifies task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies problem-solving processes within scope of own role to locate and resolve faults

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN201 Use electrical skills in telecommunications work.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

use fundamental electrical principles to solve basic AC and DC electrical problems

connect and test an AC and a DC circuit

respond to test results found to be out of expected specifications.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislative requirements and enterprise protocols, policies and procedures relevant to work activity

principles of AC and DC electricity and how it impacts telecommunications work including:

AC and DC electrical SI units of measurement

work health and safety (WHS) issues including extra low voltage and high voltage precautions

principles of Ohm’s law and other relevant calculations for single path circuits

circuit configuration

common AC and DC faults, fault-finding techniques, and procedures for the use and care of testing equipment

application of binary to decimal conversion and vice versa

principles of analog and digital electronics and building blocks common to analog and digital circuits

distinction between analog and digital signals and devices

electrical current, electromotive force (EMF), AC and DC electrical current

features and applications of cable types such as single sheathed cable, unshielded twisted pair (UTP), coaxial and fibre cables

electronic devices, cable types and their applications

basic characteristics found in AC waveforms

techniques to convert analog to digital and digital to analog

characteristics of signal transmission

common telecommunications cables and their characteristics of use and application.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

appropriate AC and DC testing equipment commonly used in telecommunications work

manufacturer documentation and equipment

safety personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install underground telecommunications infrastructure using civil construction skills.

It applies to cablers who install, replace or maintain large size pits, manholes, large conduits and ducts.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements that apply to this unit can vary between states, territories, and industry sectors. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to install underground infrastructure	1.1 Access, read, interpret and confirm work plans/specifications 1.2 Identify and confirm as required, relevant legislation, regulations, industry standards and enterprise requirements 1.3 Verify scope of work can be carried out without damaging any existing infrastructure such as underground services 1.4 Set-up worksite to ensure public and worker safety according to enterprise requirements 1.5 Select equipment/tools for work activities and ensure their operational status 1.6 Identify, confirm and apply enterprise environmental protection requirements 1.7 Select and wear correct personal protective equipment (PPE) appropriate for work activities 1.8 Identify potential hazards, assess risks, implement risk control measures 1.9 Obtain and follow emergency procedures
2. Set out and excavate	2.1 Prepare work area and materials 2.2 Determine and apply dewatering requirements 2.3 Determine location, alignment direction, level and grade of incoming infrastructure 2.4 Set out works according to specifications 2.5 Advise plant operator of excavation requirements and monitor levels 2.5 Install trench support or batters as required 2.6 Install bedding for underground structures
3. Install underground infrastructure	3.1 Lower materials and place in position 3.2 Join conduits, manhole and ducts 3.3 Continually check alignment level and grade 3.4 Position side support and/or overlay beside pipes 3.5 Check pipeline system support structure 3.6 Monitor backfill procedure and ensure work is completed according to enterprise requirements 3.7 Construct underground infrastructure and follow test procedures to establish functionality and serviceability
4. Clean up	4.1 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Clean, check, maintain and store plant, tools and equipment 4.3 Record and report test results on plans as-built 4.4 Update Dial Before You Dig database as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from plans, specifications, standards and regulations to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information and to confirm understanding Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring site for excavation
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task, and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies and reads verbal and non-verbal signals, establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN210 Install underground telecommunications infrastructure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

apply techniques for the safe, effective and efficient installation of underground telecommunications infrastructure including:

problem-solving and troubleshooting techniques

diagnostic techniques

complete an underground telecommunications infrastructure that meets all of the required outcomes.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislative, enterprise and site requirements and procedures for:

hazard identification, risk assessment and response

job safety analysis (JSA)/ job safety and environment analysis (JSEA)/safe work method statements

project quality measures

excavation/trench safety

confined space entry

site dewatering

safety data sheets and material handling methods

civil construction terminology

underground telecommunications infrastructure systems and installation procedures for:

manholes, large pits, conduits, ducts

inspection covers and minor structures

pipe joins

concrete fabrication

sedimentation and erosion controls

worksite engineering drawings

types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations of equipment related to work activity

site isolation and traffic control responsibilities and authorities

relevant enterprise policies and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where underground telecommunications infrastructure can be installed

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant legislation, work instructions and equipment documentation that impacts on work activity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for and work within a telecommunications network environment by familiarising oneself with the devices required to work on basic telecommunications networks and by performing information transmissions.

It applies to entry-level workers who undertake basic information transmission tasks on telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use telecommunications devices to transmit information	1.1. Verify requirements for information transmission according to work specifications 1.2. Identify and select an appropriate telecommunications device for information transmission 1.3. Determine the appropriate medium to transmit information 1.4. Transmit information to identified recipients
2. Use transmitted information	2.1 Identify and use physical mediums to transmit information across devices and cables 2.2 Calculate physical distance characteristics that may affect each medium used 2.3 Calculate signal losses in relation to medium used 2.4 Connect test devices and record readings
3. Finalise telecommunications tasks	3.1 Complete finalisation report according to enterprise policies 3.2 Submit report to customers and stakeholders 3.3 Clean-up and reinstate site to original condition

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Uses explicit strategies to make connections between information and ideas obtained within specifications and manufacturers manuals
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information for findings report
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of information by listening and questioning
Numeracy	Uses mental and written calculation methods as well we technological tools to problem solve
Get the work done	Interprets textual information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN211 Work effectively in a telecommunications network environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

determine the basic components used in two telecommunications devices

identify at least two signal devices and two transmission mediums used in telecommunications system/s in two different situations

identify two components used in basic switching system/s.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

transmission devices used for telecommunications and information capture including:

smart phones

computers

network termination devices

ADSL/VDSL devices

telephones

wi-fi modem/router cabinets

mediums for telecommunications information transmission including:

twisted pair cable and patch chords

coaxial cable

optical fibre cable

radio and wireless associated connectors/sockets used in transmission mediums

radio antenna types including:

wi-fi omni directional antenna

switching and cable systems including:

analog and digital telephone systems

ethernet switch

point-to-point

common exchange equipment including:

rack and stack equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

two types of common customer equipment

two signal transmission mediums in use

two different telecommunications switching equipment types

two telephone exchange devices

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively install and test telecommunications network equipment. It includes processes for checking plans, obtaining equipment, and handling equipment and supplies.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who install switching, transmission and radio networks and various transmission paths. It includes cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave and satellite telecommunications equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for installation of telecommunications network equipment	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.2 Obtain access to site and assess the options for network installation 1.3 Identify existing and potential site hazards 1.4 Verify network equipment installation according to appropriate plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Investigate how equipment is to be connected to existing network systems 1.6 Develop and finalise installation plans to ensure minimal workplace disruption according to relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards 1.7 Obtain tools and test equipment required for safe work practice 1.8 Notify affected parties of possible network outage
2 Install network hardware and cabling	2.1 Install network equipment according to plan and manufacturer instructions, using safe industry practices 2.2 Install equipment or insert equipment cards and modules 2.3 Install all cables according to specifications 2.4 Confirm service interruption is within limits agreed with customer 2.5 Document all installation drawings for customer
3 Install equipment accessories	3.1 Install alarms according to instruction manuals and specifications 3.2 Install operations administration and maintenance system according to specification 3.3 Install communication facilities for operational staff according to specification, taking into account any special needs of site and operational staff 3.4 Install operator communication facilities according to needs and specifications
4 Configure and test system	4.1 Install software and configuration instructions according to system specifications as required 4.2 Test to verify system performance according to customer requirements 4.3 Recommend changes as required and confirm with customer 4.4 Record all test results
5 Clean-up worksite and complete documentation	5.1 Remove and dispose of installation waste and debris from worksite according to environmental requirements 5.2 Restore changes made to work area during installation according to customer satisfaction 5.3 Complete all installation documents and present to customer 5.4 Declare asset ready for commissioning and integration 5.5 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets information from plans, specifications and manufacturer instruction manuals
Writing	Uses clear and specific terminology to produce installation plans and instructions appropriate for audience Records results of tests in required format using industry-specific language
Oral Communication	Uses appropriate strategies to establish and maintain dialogue, notify parties of disruptions and changes to planned work
Numeracy	Accurately interprets measurements from plans and applies results to installation plans and documents Calibrates test equipment and calculates and compares results with specifications
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and co-workers
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes, occasionally negotiating changes Maintains required records and reports according to enterprise requirements Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN302 Install telecommunications network equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN312 Install telecommunications network equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

plan for and install network hardware and cabling according to equipment or system manuals and customer specifications

configure and test installation

verify cable continuity

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices

notify customer of work progress and obtain sign-off.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

equipment and connections to carrier infrastructure and internet service provider (ISP) technologies for single and multi-dwelling environments:

carrier, asymmetric digital subscriber line, very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line, fibre network termination device (NTD), hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) modems

electrical and/or optical properties of installation

network and transmission equipment principles

power requirements and electrical safety

typical performance parameters and faults that may be encountered in customer equipment and related connection and transmission media

various test equipment types suitable for tests to be made

handling and environmental compliance for waste disposal.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of telecommunications network equipment can be conducted

network testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact telecommunications network equipment installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to all safety requirements and work practices.

It applies to cablers and technicians who install and maintain a broad range of telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault-finding activity	1.1 Prepare for given work according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Locate existing and potential site hazards and take appropriate action as required 1.4 Gain required information on nature of recurrent fault and network type 1.5 Select appropriate hand and power tools for work to be performed according to industry standards 1.6 Set-up and check tools for use according to industry standards
2. Conduct activities for recurrent network fault- finding	2.1 Source and analyse fault information to establish nature of fault 2.2 Select test equipment and conduct appropriate test to identify potential faults ensuring the diagnostic process does not compromise integrity of network element or system 2.3 Evaluate test results to determine relevant symptoms of recurrent fault using appropriate methods and appropriate process 2.4 Locate probable cause, type and location of recurrent fault 2.5 Rectify fault or escalate to appropriate level as required
3. Report fault-findings and solutions	3.1 Prepare report on the diagnostic procedure, fault identification and fault clearance, according to industry standards 3.2 Update fault records database 3.3 Restore worksite according to industry standards 3.4 Notify relevant parties of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Liaises with customers about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to established procedures, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for an increasing number of routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN303 Locate, identify and rectify recurrent network faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN313 Work on and resolve recurrent network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and co-workers

test telecommunications networks to identify faults

identify and rectify recurrent faults

conduct and report on a fault-finding task in a telecommunications network for a range of faults

use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques in telecommunications networks and field-testing procedures according to specific workplace situations

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and work practices.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, enterprise guidelines, formal agreements and contracts that impact on the work activity in particular:

WHS requirements and environmental procedures relating to the activity and site conditions

Ohm’s law, impedance and reactance formulas to solve alternating current (AC) electrical problems when diagnosing faults

behaviour of faulty network elements including symptoms and impact on network

test results and network element/system specifications

operation and purpose of testing equipment

summary of telecommunications networks

performance testing and fault-finding techniques of telecommunications networks

systematic and logical fault-finding

types of power sources used in telecommunications networks

managing faults on special services (such as police stations, hospitals, customers with heart monitors).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission, optical and radio measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation, and other site-related documentation necessary to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and apply common technologies used for transmission of both analog and digital signals within telecommunications systems.

It applies to entry-level workers in the telecommunications industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Categorise and record technologies in use within a given telecommunications system	1.1 Categorise and document basic operational features of telecommunications technologies within a given system 1.2 Categorise and document features and connected devices used for coding and decoding internet signals within a given system 1.3 Categorise and record components within a local area network (LAN)
2. Record data encoding methodologies in use within a given telecommunications system	2.1 Identify and document encoding technologies within a given network 2.2 Identify and document basic principles of data error correction and measuring techniques within a given system 2.3 Identify and verify modulation techniques used within a given system
3. Select and apply twisted pair components used within a given telecommunications system	3.1 Select twisted pair components for a given telecommunications system 3.2 Install and connect twisted pair components in the given telecommunications system 3.3 Test operations of twisted pair components 3.4 Check, document and handover system to end user
4. Select and apply coaxial components used within a given telecommunications system	4.1 Select coaxial components for a given telecommunications system 4.2 Install and connect coaxial components in the given telecommunications system 4.3 Test operations of coaxial components 4.4 Check, document and handover system to end user
5. Select and apply wireless components used within a given telecommunications system	5.1 Select wireless components for a given telecommunications system 5.2 Install and connect wireless components in the given telecommunications system 5.3 Test operations of wireless components 5.4 Check, document and handover system to end user

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in cyber security knowledge
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Explores and incubates new ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve the enterprise telecommunications technologies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN315 Determine and apply technologies within a telecommunications system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

develop a block diagram showing a telecommunications system based on copper, fibre and radio mediums

connect relevant cable to computer components used in a local area network (LAN) environment

locate components used in a radio/wireless transmission system

locate components and equipment to facilitate internet operations.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

basic analog and digital theory

basic radio-communications theory

basic fibre optic theory

basic principles of data encapsulation as a frame and packet of data

basic multiplexing principles

timing of data transmission as synchronous, plesiochronous and asynchronous formats

basic concepts of layers within the OSI and TCP-IP Models

work health and safety (WHS) regulations for electromagnetic and photonics telecommunications systems

RF amplification, coax feeder and simple aerial concepts, including Yagi, parabolic dish, aerial gain, directional, omnidirectional, polarity, helical

components used in common LAN systems including personal computer devices, NUCs, photocopier/printer/scanners, servers, NASs, cable systems, switches, routers, wi-fi modems, and NTDs

basic concepts and use of programming language

basic operation of LED, laser and emerging technology sources, fibre cable and photo detector reception

basic encoding techniques and principles used in ethernet copper cabling

switching encountered and used in telecommunications, telephone systems, LAN, carrier/retailer

basic types of modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase modulation used to attain efficiencies in sharing available bandwidth

basic principles of FDM, TDM and QAM

basic concepts and use of internet and telecommunications network related programming languages and protocols

common internet terminology

measuring techniques, BER, Viterbi, MER, Error rates (10-6)

basic operation of commonly used telecommunications devices and systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

safety signs pertaining to electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency and photonics systems

equipment currently used in telecommunications systems (electrical, radio and fibre)

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and analyse telecommunications copper cabling using a variety of telecommunications industry test equipment.

This unit applies to technicians who conduct basic tests and telecommunications copper cabling analysis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine cable type/s and applications in use in telecommunications system	1.1 Identify and document applications in use in telecommunications system according to relevant standards 1.2 Identify cables in use within a telecommunications system according to relevant standards 1.3 Assess balanced/unbalanced nature of type of cable system in use
2. Determine testing parameters and calibrate devices	2.1 Select most appropriate testing device and methodology for cable type 2.2 Outline testing parameters to be used for task 2.3 Locate and isolate alternative energy supply sources 2.4 Determine components to be tested 2.5 Resolve implications of system interruptions and methods for live testing with minimum system disruption 2.6 Calibrate test devices according to manufacturer and enterprise requirements
3. Conduct copper cable test/s and record results	3.1 Connect test devices to cable system 3.2 Perform and record test results 3.3 Save and retrieve test results as required 3.4 Review adverse findings and escalate according to enterprise policy and procedures
4. Report test results	4.1 Analyse and record critical test data 4.2 Develop recommendations based on test data analysis 4.3 Write up report of test results 4.4 Submit report to customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies using knowledge attained
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of WHS and operational testing
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in a range of technical specifications and manuals
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Ensures stakeholders are aware of WHS identified risks for task
Get the work done	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Makes decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Explores and incubates new ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve enterprise controls

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN316 Conduct basic tests and analyses of telecommunications copper cabling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

select, setup and operate test instruments for three different cable types from the following list:

structured cabling verification/qualification tester

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

spectrum analyser

DVB-T/S2 analyser

multimeter – analog and digital

time-domain reflectometer (TDR)

asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL)/very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line (VDSL) test instruments

select appropriate instrument test cables and adaptors to suit test equipment for three different cable types and:

determine safety of cables to be tested (i.e. live or inactive)

identify calibration status of selected devices

confirm test results are within acceptable operational parameters.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards, rules, guidance notes and other formal agreements that impact on work, in particular:

AS/CA S008:2010 Requirements for customer cabling products

AS/CA S009:2013 Installation requirements for customer cabling (Wiring Rules)

AS/NZS 1367:2016 Coaxial cable and optical fibre systems for the RF distribution of digital television, radio and in-house analog television signals in single and multiple dwelling installations

AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules

AS/NZS 3080:2013 Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises (ISO/IEC 11801:2011, MOD)

AS/NZS 3084:2017 Telecommunications installations – Telecommunications pathways and spaces for commercial buildings

National Construction Code

work health and safety (WHS) regulations pertaining to electrical and electromagnetic telecommunications systems including energy supply sources

different copper cable types utilised to match transmitted and received signals

testing concepts and parameters used by test instruments including:

impedance, resistance, mismatches, crosstalk, reflections, ACR, spectrum, bandwidth, modulation depth, intermodulation, signal delay, group delay, normalisation, linearity, TDR, clock, jitter, latency, ping, signal to noise ratio (SNR), simplified Fourier analysis concepts, eye patterns, PAM4 or SDI, QAM patterns/constellations, MER, BER, FEC, signal losses, noise, interference, data rates, traffic, upload/download testing, signal levels, dBs, dBm, dBµ, dBr, dBµV

testing acronyms including expansion and meaning

common tests utilised with each copper cable telecommunication system

telecommunications systems utilised in the telecommunications industry including:

telephone/voice over internet protocol (VoIP) systems

mobile phones, security systems

closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems

fire protection systems

structured cabling systems

local area network (LAN) equipment, telemetry

equipment control and monitoring systems

automation control systems

entertainment and control systems

radio communications

wi-fi

radio links

satellite and digital television reception

private automatic branch exchange (PABX)

technical standards as applicable to copper cable systems

test devices as applicable to copper cables in each transmission medium

purpose and use of test results

solid core cable versus stranded core.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

safety procedures signage and personal protective equipment (PPE) for testing cable

cabling products and cable used in telecommunications systems

operating conditions that may be present within local industry and regional contexts

test equipment to test cable and identify test results, including:

wire mapper

oscillator and probe

spectrum analyser (available in DVB analyser)

DVB-T/S2 analyser

multimeter

TDR (available in SC certifiers)

ADSL/VDSL test instruments

typical cable types including:

Cat 6 UTP cable

Cat 6/7 STP cable

RG6 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

RG11 coaxial cable (quad shielded)

copper conductor ribbon cable

solid core cable

stranded core cable

appropriate connectors for testing cables

appropriate adaptors and test leads for test instruments and cables to be tested

backup energy sources, including power supplies and uninterrupted power supply/source (UPS) equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques according to safety requirements and work practices commonly used in network fault remediation.

It applies to cablers or technicians who install and maintain a broad range of telecommunications networks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fault- finding activity	1.1 Obtain approval for site access from customer or site owner prior to site entry 1.2 Identify existing and potential site hazards, assess risks and implement risk control measures 1.3 Determine, from documentation or discussion with appropriate personnel, work to be undertaken, including reported fault location 1.4 Prepare testing in consultation with others affected by proposed work and sequence work according to established enterprise procedures 1.5 Obtain required materials for testing, reporting and rectification work according to established enterprise procedures and job/work ticket requirements 1.6 Obtain required tools, equipment and testing devices according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety
2. Conduct network fault-finding activities	2.1 Establish nature of fault through analysis of source and available information 2.2 Select and safely use appropriate test equipment to locate, diagnose and analyse fault 2.3 Conduct tests according to test equipment operating instructions and requirements, and ensure diagnostic process does not compromise integrity of network element or system 2.4 Identify and test for faults efficiently without damage to equipment, circuits, surrounding environment or services 2.5 Evaluate test results to determine cause of fault/s using appropriate methods and processes
3 Action identified fault/s	3.1 Rectify faults or escalate to appropriate personnel according to test results and enterprise procedures 3.2 Confirm that fault rectification meets network performance requirements/levels 3.3 Use escalation process for dealing with unexpected situations according to enterprise procedures
4. Report fault-findings and rectification	4.1 Close out fault and update records using applicable work management systems 4.2 Restore worksite according to enterprise procedures 4.3 Notify appropriate personnel when work has been completed and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop basic reports and in all written tasks
Oral Communication	Discusses technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data for specifications
Navigate the world of work	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own role Seeks advice about expectations when preparing for work
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Diagnoses and implements standard solutions to for an increasing number of routine problems, seeking assistance from more experienced colleagues when required Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN317 Locate, identify and rectify telecommunications network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss faults with customers and appropriate personnel

use systematic and logical fault-finding techniques and field-testing procedures according to workplace situations

test telecommunications networks to identify a minimum of three different types of faults

analyse test results and rectify faults for a minimum of three different types of faults

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

follow direction from appropriate sources, personnel or network operators (including. operation centre, supervisor).

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

basic communications testing, measuring devices and techniques including:

types and applications of testing/measuring devices including voltage testers, multimeters, continuity testers and insulation resistance testers

features of testing/measuring devices including safety, user calibration and parameter and range settings

test/measuring devices into a circuit

safety procedures

circuit arrangement of test/measuring devices

readings

storage, maintenance and care of test/measuring devices.

Australian Standard quality assurance requirements for test equipment calibration certification

network fundamentals for analog and digital signals including:

how information is carried

signal distortion, attenuation, reflection, noise, dispersion, latency and collisions

types of networks, network components and hardware

local area network (LAN) architecture

networking protocols and the open systems interconnection (OSI) model

network signal propagation

transmission control protocol/internet protocol (TCP/IP)

basics of encoding networking signals including:

internet services

performance parameters associated with copper cables, coaxial cables and optical cables including:

electrical circuit characteristics of voltage, current and resistance/impedance

open circuit, short circuit and pair continuity

split legs and crossed legs, contacts, earths and foreign battery

attenuation

return loss

insulation resistance (leakage)

cross talk

attenuation to cross talk ratio (ACR)

loop resistance

noise (impulse noise and average noise)

characteristic impedance

test result compliance with required regulations, standards and/or codes for structured copper cables, coaxial and optical fibre cables including:

tests required to evaluate a given performance parameter

test equipment and leads needed to evaluate a given performance parameter

operation of test equipment for correct evaluation of specific cable performance parameters and to obtain accurate and reliable results

transmission performance requirements

behaviour of faulty network elements, including symptoms and impact on network

systematic and logical fault-finding

interpretation of test results and network element/system specifications

types of power and signal sources used in telecommunications networks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which network testing and fault-finding can be conducted

line transmission and optical measurement equipment currently used in industry

system documentation and other site-related documentation require to conduct tests and fault-finding investigations, for a minimum of three different types of faults.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and clean optical fibre connectors and to follow handling and placement practices for optical fibre patch leads and cables. It relates to practices necessary in the installation and patching of fibre for new or replacement cables in switching, transmission and fixed and mobile radio networks.

It applies to lines workers, technicians or jointers working for carriers and/or service providers. It also applies to work performed under direction of the relevant authority.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for fibre patching	1.1 Obtain design schematics and cut over sequence for fibre patching 1.2 Discuss and record details of activities and work schedule with relevant authority 1.3 Ensure all tools and materials required for patching are available and in good condition 1.4 Undertake an impact risk assessment, including customer impact risk according to work health and safety (WHS) guidelines for fibre patching requirements, and prepare any necessary notifications
2. Prepare each connector and bulkhead for patching	2.1 Work safely and identify appropriate connector and lead type 2.2 Place fibre patch leads in support pathways avoiding pressure points, crushing and excess bending 2.3 Ensure connectors match bulkhead connectors 2.4 Remove connector dust cover and inspect connecting surface for dust or damage using the correct video adaptor optical microscope 2.5 Clean connector, as required, with recommended cleaning materials and re-inspect 2.6 Insert connector and label in accordance with customer practices 2.7 Secure cables according to manufacturer instructions and customer practices 2.8 Escalate hardware replacement problems with the relevant authority 2.9 Test replacement hardware to ensure satisfactory functionality
3. Clean-up worksite and complete administrative work	3.1 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 3.2 Recover faulty equipment and return to appropriate point for disposal or refurbishment 3.3 Complete documentation, update fault records and make recommendations according to customer practices 3.4 Notify appropriate person at the relevant authority of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, regulatory and enterprise documentation
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Liaises with a range of personnel about technical and operational requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with a range of personnel
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks to meet required outcomes Implements actions according to a predetermined plan making adjustment where necessary Analyses task requirements to made routine decisions, taking some situational factors into account Anticipates potential problems and prepares contingency plans Follows required procedures when responding to problems Understands purpose and some specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN311 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN318 Inspect, clean and handle optical fibre cable and connectors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

interpret, discuss and confirm required work

obtain and check documentation, equipment and hardware for required work

inspect fibre connectors using inspection scopes

clean connectors using approved methods

handle optical fibre cable and connectors to prevent damage

complete patching according to patching schedule and under the direction of the relevant authority

follow work health and safety (WHS) requirements and anti-static precautions

follow required practices or contingency plan if hardware replacement is unsuccessful

restore site to required condition

liaise with appropriate personnel for information and reporting purposes.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

relevant legislation, regulations, codes, standards and contracts that impact on the work activity, in particular:

relevant safety legislation and company work practices, hazards identification, laser safety, dangerous materials handling and personal protective equipment and safety requirements for working with optical fibre cable

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standards acceptance criteria

environmental requirements

signal transmission in optical fibres and the impact of various contaminants on fibre connections

relevant designs, plans and labelling conventions

relevant equipment used for inspecting and cleaning cables and connectors

process of inspecting and cleaning cable, connectors and equipment

escalation processes for damaged hardware.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for inspecting and cleaning optical fibre connectors

a range of hardware currently used in industry

a range of general and test equipment required for testing telecommunications network hardware.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and enact a recovery plan and recover, package and label communications equipment including telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting and computer networks on residential, commercial or industrial installations, according to all safety requirements and work practices.

It applies to technical staff who dismantle and recover customer premises systems and equipment for new installations or upgrades of indoor or outdoor telecommunications equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to recover customer equipment	1.1 Notify customer to obtain site access and location details of customer equipment for recovery 1.2 Identify site hazards and notify customer to make site safe 1.3 Arrange for tools and lifting equipment as required
2. Recover customer equipment	2.1 Ensure equipment is out of operational service and disconnect from all power feeds 2.2 Dismantle equipment and peripheral units according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements with minimal disruption to building occupants 2.3 Package and label recovered equipment and dispose of according to arranged disposal agreement
3. Complete documentation and clean-up worksite	3.1 Amend site records to show existing equipment layout 3.2 Clean-up and restore site to customer satisfaction 3.3 Collect and dispose of waste material and debris according to environmental requirements 3.4 Notify customer of job completion to obtain sign-off and present with a copy of documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation, including equipment manuals and specifications
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Liaises with customers about technical requirements, using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to established procedures, making slight adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar logistical problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN304 Recover customer premises equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN319 Recover customer premises equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two separate occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

discuss equipment recovery options with customer

develop a recovery plan

safely disconnect, dismantle and recover customer premises equipment

package and label recovered equipment

notify customer of progress and obtain sign-off

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

legislation, regulations, codes, standards and other formal agreements that impact the work activity, in particular:

specific WHS and environmental requirements

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

customer premises equipment and customer premises cabling

types of power sources used with telecommunications equipment

nature of customer equipment recovery and the documentation required to affect recovery with stakeholders

equipment used for recovery work

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where recovery of customer premises equipment can be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to commission an electronic unit within a telecommunications environment with applications.

The commissioning may be for a new installation or upgrade of capacity or technology for an existing network or subsystem for convergence to next generation networks (NGNs).

It applies to field officers and technicians working for telecommunications carriers, other service providers and contractors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to commission electronic unit	1.1Organise resources based on identified existing and potential site hazards 1.2 Notify customer or network operations personnel to gain site access and network specifications 1.3 Determine type and complexity of electronic unit from specifications 1.4 Verify installed electronic unit and associated cabling conform to specifications 1.5 Establish commissioning dates and confirm with all parties 1.6 Determine commissioning parameters according to specification and establish planned outage as required 1.7 Obtain test equipment and check suitability and calibration status 1.8 Produce a preliminary commissioning plan for discussion with customer according to manufacturer instructions and enterprise guidelines 1.9 Inform affected customer/s of impending action and likely timing and impact of work
2. Organise planned outages	2.1 Negotiate outage times with appropriate groups and affected customer/s to minimise disruptions 2.2 Refer to contingency plans and arrange for emergency communications as required 2.3 Notify alarm management centre of planned action 2.4 Obtain authority to proceed from relevant control centre and notify customers affected by the outage
3. Perform commissioning procedures	3.1 Program equipment or install software according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.2 Set electronic unit parameters according to manufacturer specifications and customer requirements 3.3 Set-up test equipment and conduct tests according to manufacturer specifications and industry practice 3.4 Connect and test network access facilities for correct performance 3.5 Conduct cut over according to project design and industry practice in consultation with appropriate personnel 3.6 Check remote alarm and monitoring features are functional as required
4. Finalise commissioning documentation	4.1 Update relevant databases according to enterprise and network guidelines 4.2 Notify appropriate personnel of commissioning results and work completion 4.3 Complete administrative tasks according to telecommunications industry practice and enterprise guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation and specifications to determine important information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to develop network documentation and update workplace records, and in written communications with customers
Oral Communication	Liaises with appropriate personnel about technical requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data to determine commissioning parameters
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Uses appropriate protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks, arrange site access and organise necessary equipment and resources Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN306 Commission an electronic unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills at least once each for electrical and optical equipment, and to:

commission an electronic unit for an electrical and optical input according to specifications

communicate effectively with stakeholders

negotiate arrangements for commissioning

deal with faults and problems, and provide solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

electrical and optical properties to be measured

common networking equipment

legislation and licensing requirements surrounding installation of telecommunications equipment

industry standards and enterprise guidelines relevant to work activity

commissioning plans based on manufacturer and enterprise guidelines

network operation procedures

power requirements and electrical safety

test equipment types

transmission type and signals that may be encountered.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which installation and commissioning procedures can be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact commissioning.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect critical aspects of electronic systems and replace and dispose of items performing below specification and required operating levels.

It applies to individuals with the capacity to apply skills in electrical, workplace safety and power tools, working as technicians on site and from remote locations.

This work does not include major servicing of equipment or repair due to breakdowns.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to maintain system	1.1 Consult with customer or property owner to arrange site access as required 1.2 Plan schedule of routine preventive maintenance for electronic system based on recommended maintenance periods according to manufacturer handbooks and specifications 1.3 Report to appropriate person the impact of proposed maintenance activities on customer service delivery 1.4 Confirm equipment is accessible and correctly set-up for onsite preventive maintenance activities and for remote interrogation if required 1.5 Confirm alarms are functioning according to manufacturer specifications and enterprise guidelines 1.6 Take corrective action when anomalies or faults are detected, according to enterprise guidelines and manufacturer specifications
2. Undertake preventive maintenance routines on site and remotely	2.1 Conduct preventive maintenance according to planned schedule 2.2 Report to appropriate person any instances where maintenance activities cannot be fully met or where there are identified defects outside the planned schedule 2.3 Verify equipment is functioning against expected operational parameters to confirm operational status 2.4 Take corrective action when faults are detected, according to enterprise guidelines and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Escalate to next level of support as required, where preventive maintenance activity falls outside own level of expertise 2.6 Dispose of onsite waste materials according to safe working practices and approved procedures
3. Make recommendations and update records	3.1 Record results of routine tests and make recommendations 3.2 Store records according to enterprise guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation such as equipment manuals and specifications
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to develop network documentation, update workplace records, and in written communications with customers
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges about technical and operational requirements using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Evaluates and reviews technical data to calculate measurements and adjustments to equipment
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	Determines job priorities and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks and organise necessary equipment and resources Seeks assistance from more experienced colleagues as required Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Understands purposes and specific functions of common digital systems and uses them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN320 Commission an electronic unit supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN306 Commission an electronic unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN321 Maintain an electronic system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

identify maintenance required

communicate maintenance details to customer/s and work associates

undertake manufacturer preventive maintenance routines on site and remotely

conduct tests

interpret test results

complete documentation according to enterprise guidelines.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

features and operating requirements across a range of electronic equipment

legislation, codes, enterprise guidelines and other formal agreements that impact the work activity, in particular:

specific work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment and correction of faults

testing methods and performance requirements of equipment under test

troubleshooting and repair procedures

typical issues and challenges that occur on site and when conducting remote maintenance procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for maintenance of a range of equipment

test equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install supporting infrastructure for telecommunications equipment and associated hardware, including access equipment and associated media, power and monitoring equipment, and alarm systems.

It applies to field officers, installation technicians or technical supervisors working for contractors or other service providers who work on switching, transmission, radio networks and various transmission paths including cable, optical fibre, radio, microwave and satellite.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. However, technical work in telecommunications must only be done on extra-low voltage power levels otherwise it breaches the electrical licensing laws in Australia set within AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation infrastructure work	1.1 Notify customer to arrange site access and obtain installation plan and specifications 1.2 Conduct site survey to verify infrastructure installation requirements can be met 1.3 Identify site hazards and notify appropriate personnel to make site safe 1.4 Notify customer of alterations required to installation design and make recommendations for possible solutions 1.5 Obtain approval for alterations and update installation plan as required 1.6 Develop installation activity schedule to minimise disruption to the workplace and according to relevant regulations and standards 1.7 Obtain material supplies, safety equipment, resources, tools and test equipment to be available as required for installation for safe work practice
2. Build customer equipment infrastructure	2.1 Prepare for given work according to work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Fit-out telecommunications closet, cabinet or equipment room to house equipment, distributors and AC/DC power systems according to design plans, manufacturer specifications, and safety and electrical standards 2.3 Build cable support systems for signal, data cabling and optical cables, including entrance facilities, intra-, and inter-building facilities according to plan and specifications 2.4 Organise installation of mains AC electrical power cabling infrastructure according to plan and specifications 2.5 Install cable distribution frames according to plan and manufacturers specifications 2.6 Install protective earthing to metal infrastructures or gas arrestors according to specifications or design
3. Install uninterrupted power supply power infrastructure	3.1 Install batteries, rectifiers and uninterrupted power supply (UPS) systems as required by specifications or design and connect according to manufacturer and WHS requirements 3.2 Test and monitor UPS battery discharge levels and obtain replacement batteries under warranty as required 3.3 Identify and rectify faults where possible or escalate according to enterprise policy
4. Restore site and complete documentation	4.1 Attach infrastructure labels and designations according to enterprise requirements 4.2 Complete inspection sheets and declare asset ready for customer sign-off documentation 4.3 Clean-up site 4.4 Notify customer and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Accurately records information and prepares correspondence and documentation using clear language and enterprise formats and protocols
Oral Communication	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Takes measurements and use them for work layout and construction Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements, where identified, implicit expectations of policies and procedures Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to ensure compliance
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN309 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN322 Provide infrastructure for telecommunications network customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate, on two occasions, the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

identify potential earthing locations, cable routes, cables support systems, data cabinets, telecommunication enclosures and distributors

construct metal superstructure and racks

install protective earth installations

organise AC mains power infrastructure

install uninterrupted power supply (UPS) backup power

notify customer of works progress.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures used in telecommunications networks

common customer telecommunications applications and related equipment

connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment

legislation, regulations, codes and standards for compliance relating to installation of telecommunications equipment and connection to carrier services in particular:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements for managing hazards on the worksite including:

confined spaces

electrical safety including the limits of electrical work as set by local electrical regulatory body

working at heights

lifting

materials handling

physical hazards

tools and test equipment required for an infrastructure installation

site survey process and data that should be recorded

environmental impacts, including options for information and communications technology (ICT) installations

network topologies, interface and interconnect solutions

network and transmission customer equipment likely to be encountered

common backup UPS systems, AC mains power requirements and electrical safety for telecommunications networks

types of warranty information for equipment supplies and contractor work guarantees

importance of correctly labelling an installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s where installation of supporting infrastructure can be conducted

plant, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to prepare design drawings and specification for a telecommunications installation.

It applies to technical staff who are responsible for communicating installation requirements for installations, for access, building and core network installations within the Carrier Network for either carrier, commercial or industrial installations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather information on existing and proposed installation	1.1 Confirm equipment installation requirements from the design brief and client 1.2 Inspect site to confirm plans where possible 1.3 Review existing plans, drawings and databases against the design brief
2. Determine installation options	2.1 Assess available installation options against client requirements and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.2 Establish and assess cost of options against client's budget 2.3 Select most suitable option based on function, cost, standards and client deployment rules
3. Prepare suitable drawings	3.1 Prepare clear and accurate installation drawings indicating proposed facilities and services 3.2 Provide drawings to relevant parties and file copies for later reference according to company policies
4. Prepare project specifications	4.1 Prepare detailed design drawings for network installation 4.2 Prepare drawings to include scheduled and non-scheduled codes to facilitate costing
5. Verify specifications with client	5.1 Verify prepared documentation with client 5.2 Obtain authorisation and approval from client to proceed according to company policy 5.3 Issue design to the field with authority to construct

Foundation Skills

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	4.1, 4.2, 5.1-5.3	Prepares, edits and proofreads plans and documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and accuracy and consistency of information Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry-relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 5.1	Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for audience and purpose
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 4.2	Applies financial modelling skills to identify, analyse and evaluate budgetary information, time durations and human resource allocations and costs
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 5.2	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	5.2, 5.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.3, 4.1, 5.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	ICTTEN4243A Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN428 Prepare design drawings and specification for telecommunications installations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

determine installation options

produce schematics and plan drawings

access and interpret database and knowledge systems for network information

produce design drawings and specifications

verify specifications with client.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise carrier network practices, procedures and systems, including databases and deployment rules relating to telecommunications designs

identify and apply legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements (including schedule of rates and contract requirements) that impact work activity

describe manufacturer's requirements for safe operation of equipment

identify and document specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

describe typical issues and challenges that occur on site

establish and describe the various components of telecommunications plans, drawings and specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications networks engineering field of work and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

sites where network installation may be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulations and company policies

cabling specifications that impact network installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate telecommunications equipment including telephony, audio, television and data, and to place associated cables within domestic, commercial or industrial installations. It includes planning access to new and existing infrastructure, and completing all necessary documentation.

It applies to individuals working as cablers and registered with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory and certification requirements apply to telecommunications earthing systems. Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide or the relevant regulator for details about licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to identify services required	1.1 Contact customer to arrange access to site, identify customer equipment and discuss customer requirements 1.2 Assess site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.3 Confirm details of proposed customer equipment 1.4 Establish intended uses of customer equipment to assist in identifying cabling requirements 1.5 Establish cabling requirements with customer 1.6 Locate existing facilities and systems including network facilities 1.7 Verify building construction by observation and confirm accessibility 1.8 Utilise existing floor plans and integrate into subsequent documentation 1.9 Notify customer, as required, that equipment or cabling location may incur additional cost 1.10 Prepare a report on required services
2. Establish availability of and access to existing cabling	2.1 Calculate capacity of existing cabling against proposed usage to ensure appropriate decisions are taken made about extent of new cabling required 2.2 Inspect cabling to ensure compliance with ACMA regulations, relevant legislation, regulations, codes and standards
3. Complete required reports and documentation	3.1 Complete all required documents promptly and accurately according to enterprise policy 3.2 Prepare a report on cabling infrastructure and equipment according to customer requirements 3.3 Obtain customer confirmation of documented requirements as required 3.4 Distribute relevant documentation promptly to required parties 3.5 Obtain sign-off from customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical documentation such as equipment manuals and specifications and other drawings to determine job requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to produce and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions, and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and disseminate information
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to measure equipment requirements and calculate equipment costs within budgetary constraints
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Actively identifies requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making slight adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar equipment and logistics problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN401 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

negotiate with customers about their equipment needs, such as telephony, video, audio, and data

agree on services required, and availability and access to existing cabling

identify locations of equipment and placement of cables on support structures

verify installation based on permitted building conditions

complete required reports and documentation, including order forms, service checklists, numerical estimates of capacity of cabling and quotation forms

ensure the integrity of plans.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

process of evaluating customer premises

key features of floor and building plans that apply to customer telecommunications equipment

costing processes as determined by enterprise procedures

features and operating requirements for equipment

legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact the work activity

typical manufacturer requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s on which telecommunications installations can be conducted

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant databases, licensing requirements and other site-related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install software on customer equipment, including digital home integration, security, voice over internet protocol (VoIP), internet protocol television (IPTV), radio frequency identification (RFID), wireless networking and home automation.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors working for telecommunications carriers, contractors or other service providers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare to install software	1.1 Arrange site access according to required procedures 1.2 Determine type of customer equipment from installation plan to prepare software requirements 1.3 Prepare equipment software configuration specifications to include enhancement/s in customer requirements and confirm with customer 1.4 Notify customer of proposed software installation 1.5 Confirm software compatibility with existing system as required 1.6 Document job software specification 1.7 Obtain logon and security protocols for system
2 Install program and provide secure remote access	2.1 Log on and configure customer specific data according to system specifications 2.2 Install program, test features and system functionality to verify system operational performance according to work health and safety (WHS) regulations, manufacturer specifications and industry standards 2.3 Develop and configure security arrangements and codes for remote access systems in consultation with customer 2.4 Conduct tests to validate security arrangements
3 Undertake administrative tasks	3.1 Save and record configuration program and provide program back-up for contingency use by customer 3.2 Complete administrative tasks and provide a copy of job specification to be securely stored on site according to enterprise policy 3.3 Notify customer of job completion and obtain sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical and enterprise policy documentation to determine job requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to produce and update workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Participates in an oral exchange with customers and technical staff on technical and operational matters
Numeracy	Uses mathematical formulae to make calculations and take readings for necessary configuration changes
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	Understands key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to understand the potential of new technology Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to arrange site access and arrange equipment deliveries Implements actions according to a predetermined plan, making adjustments if necessary Takes responsibility for routine decision-making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account When dealing with complex issues, uses intuition to identify problems, switching to analytical processes to modify activities depending on operational contingencies

Unit Mapping Information

ICTTEN432 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment supersedes and is equivalent to ICTTEN401 Identify requirements for customer telecommunications equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN433 Install configuration programs on PC based customer equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

prepare software configuration

load software into customer equipment

install security programs agreed with customer

test program and program features including:

system facilities

product features

required peripherals associated with the product

system functionality

notify customer of progress and obtain sign-off.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

regulations, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and requirements, and enterprise procedures relevant to work activity, in particular:

work health and safety (WHS)

channel allocations

common operating systems and their impact on the configuration of, or version of, software to be installed

internet protocol (IP) address

logon procedures

enterprise numbering formats

product or service functions to ensure correct operation of completed installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

site/s suitable for installation of system programs

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and enterprise documentation impacting testing and installation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify required network elements according to specifications, install for interoperability within network, apply network topologies, protocols and security issues, and troubleshoot when required.

It applies to individuals who are involved in installation, maintenance and upgrade of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) networks in telecommunications or Information Technology Networking provisioning companies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Networks Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install IP network	1.1 Determine internet protocol performance requirements 1.2 Select components and network elements according to technical and organisational requirements 1.3 Obtain vendor specifications and availability of required components 1.4 Develop plans for installation of components according to organisational requirements 1.5 Obtain feedback and approval for plans from required personnel
2. Install and configure IP network	2.1 Install and configure server hardware and software according to organisational and industry standards 2.2 Install and configure computer, other hardware and software according to organisational and industry standards 2.3 Install and configure security and integrity software required for network
3. Test and reconfigure IP network	3.1 Test installed software and hardware, utilising available technical tools, to ensure all components are functioning as expected 3.2 Test the network to ensure it is functioning according to specifications 3.3 Resolve problems identified in the modified network
4. Finalise documentation and clean worksite	4.1 Complete hardware and asset recording document according to organisational requirements 4.2 Document installation, boot-configuration procedure according to organisational requirements 4.3 Tabulate test results and finalise user reports 4.4 Complete client report and notify of network status according to organisational policies and procedures 4.5 Lodge all documentation and seek finalised sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments
Numeracy	Makes calculations required to take test measurements, interpret results and evaluate performance and interoperability of network
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm requirements and articulate complex concepts and matters using relevant industry for intended audience
Reading	Recognises and interprets technical, legislative and operational documentation to determine job requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing work performed according to organisational requirements
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Planning and organising	Works logically and systematically to monitor, analyse and action job priorities Implements and adjusts actions according to a predetermined plan
Problem solving	Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables and determine required course of action
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Technology	Demonstrates an understanding of key principles and concepts underpinning design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTTEN416 Install, configure and test an internet protocol network.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN434 Install, configure and test internet protocol networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select network elements to plan, prepare and install at least one IP network installation

configure and test network on at least one occasion

document completed process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of organisational procedures including:

industry-accepted hardware and software products

data and voice transmission technologies and protocols

networking technologies

router-based network architectures

safe installation of networking products

interoperability across networking layers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

field measurement equipment currently used in industry

network design documentation

equipment specifications

network components

hardware and software

a live network

organisational guidelines

networked (LAN) computers

wide area network (WAN) service point of presence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to solve electrical-based problems encountered in analog and digital signal equipment, signal cabling and wireless networking in the telecommunications sector.

It applies to technicians who undertake a range of functions requiring advanced techniques in testing, fault-finding and rectification for electrical circuitry common to telecommunications signal transmission and operation. These technicians may work in domestic, commercial or industrial situations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTTEN208 Use electrical skills when working with telecommunications networks

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Telecommunications Network Engineering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to solve problems within given telecommunications circuitry/cable	1.1 Determine need to test live or isolate circuitry 1.2 Use specifications or job documentation to verify circuit/signal parameters that are to be measured for a given problem 1.3 Select appropriate test equipment and measure output voltage of digital device for high and low logic states 1.4 Identify by calculation or given specifications and record expected values within given electrical circuit 1.5 Determine appropriate fault-finding technique to be used for given problem 1.6 Select appropriate test equipment and measure circuit according to methodologies already determined 1.7 Select and source required hand tools/equipment for problem-solving telecommunications circuitry
2. Test and record electrical operating parameters within given telecommunications circuitry/cable	2.1 Apply work health and safety (WHS) procedures to given task 2.2 Isolate circuitry from live source when risk process has indicated that action be taken 2.3 Connect appropriate test devices within electrical circuit to obtain operational measurements as pre-determined 2.4 Reduce circuit path following accepted fault-finding methodologies and test 2.5 Record measured results obtained
3. Analyse and report findings	3.1 Analyse results obtained against specifications and parameters provided 3.2 Determine appropriate circuits and actions to rectify circuitry necessary to resolve given problem 3.3 Supply customer with report on fault/s and options to resolve issue/s

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and responds to complex workplace information contained in specification manuals and standards
Writing	Writes reports for customer on complex issues
Oral Communication	Uses oral communication skills to participate in workplace teams and to liaise with customers and stakeholders.
Numeracy	Calculates with whole numbers, decimals and percentages for work Uses common functions of a scientific calculator for work Uses and calculate with complex measurements for work
Learning	Uses strategies for work-related learning Plans and manages complex workplace tasks
Get the work done	Works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Applies problem-solving processes to locate and resolve faults, and reviews impact of decisions Determines WHS and risk mitigation required for given tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTTEN435 Solve electrical-based telecommunications circuitry and cabling problems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

apply work health and safety (WHS) procedures to problem-solving electrical circuitry and cables

connect suitable test devices incorporating a multimeter and an oscilloscope to investigate operational parameters within AC and DC circuit/s

perform measurements and calculations on both series and parallel circuits by comparing actual readings with calculated values

calculate and verify through tests the voltage, current and resistance in both a series and parallel AC/DC given circuit

apply fault-finding techniques to rectify at least three electrical issues in telecommunications AC/DC circuits

use circuit characteristics including inductance, impedance and capacitance to improve electrical or signal performance for two basic electronic filter designs

resolve three electrical issues in an AC/DC circuit.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

safe work practices in electrical work including relevant codes of practice

localised electrical regulatory requirements including limitations of certain electrical work

hazards and risks involved in using electrical instruments and the safety control measures within a telecommunications system

principles of AC and DC electricity and how they impact telecommunications work including:

AC and DC electrical International System of Units (SI units)

symbols used to represent an electrical energy source, a load, a switch and a circuit protection device in a circuit diagram including:

series and parallel circuits for AC and DC circuits

Ohm’s Law and other relevant calculations for AC and DC circuits

common circuit configurations

current and voltage phase relationships

waveform characteristics caused by resistance, inductance and capacitance in AC and DC circuits

common faults that cause an increase or decrease in resistance, voltage and current found in telecommunications circuits

definitions of electrical terms: period, peak, peak-to-peak, instantaneous, average, root-mean-square value in relation to electrical waveforms

AC electrical generation producing a sinusoidal waveform including:

differences between analog and digital signals and devices

sinusoidal, pulsed, and static value waveforms found in AC circuitry

characteristics of resonance in AC circuits

transformer use in electrical circuits including:

basic construction, operating principles and use of transformers

step-up, step-down, turns ratios, voltage and current ratios

verification of operation of transformer circuit

fault-finding techniques including:

half circuit split

quarter circuit split

towards or away from source

selection and use of testing equipment in telecommunications circuitry including:

test devices used for signal measurement

test devices for voltage, current and resistance

telecommunications signal conversion characteristics including:

analog and digital signals

signal transmissions

application of binary to decimal conversion and vice versa

4-bit binary codes with their decimal equivalent to represent output voltages of a digital to analog converter

techniques to convert analog signals to digital and digital signals to analog

principles of analog and digital electronics limited to block diagrams common to analog and digital circuits

components, circuits and uses of common electronic signal filters in telecommunications (high-pass, low-pass and band-pass)

transformer use in electrical circuits including:

construction and operating principles and uses

step-up, step-down, turns ratios, voltage and current ratios

verification of operation of transformer circuit

typical telecommunications electronic devices, cable types and their applications

common telecommunications cables, their characteristics of use and application

features and applications of shielding within telecommunications cables, ‘skin effect’ in cables and transmission losses.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

appropriate AC and DC testing equipment

test devices that include a multimeter and an oscilloscope for waveform observation

manufacturer documentation and equipment

safety equipment

codes of practice.

Assessment in a simulated environment will require extra low voltage to be used.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use an integrated development environment (IDE) to create, modify and test, simple web pages and web content, according to client requirements.

The unit applies to those who are responsible for creating and maintaining simple websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify authoring and task requirements	1.1 Select preferred integrated development environment (IDE) according to client requirements 1.2 Set preferences for IDE, including site file transfer protocol client
2. Organise required files	2.1 Create, maintain and save files in required location or directory 2.2 Access and use a range of features in IDE 2.3 Confirm use of IDE with required personnel 2.4 Maintain directory structure for site 2.5 Upload files to required folder using file transfer protocol (FTP)
3. Add content and simple navigation to web pages	3.1 Insert and format text content according to client requirements 3.2 Insert images, data tables and simple forms 3.3 Access markup language and make basic modifications to code 3.4 Create sitemap and plan navigation 3.5 Seek feedback on work performed from required personnel and amend accordingly 3.6 Create links between pages using text and images
4. Test and finalise web pages	4.1 Test elements of website content across multiple browsers and browser versions 4.2 Confirm web page meets client and web content accessibility guidelines 4.3 Evaluate test results and confirm website meets client requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets a range of technical specifications and other information and determines solutions according to client requirements
Writing	Creates files using software and applicable technical language
Self-management	Identifies and confirms own role and responsibility and complies with specific client requirements Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload Makes some critical and non-critical decisions within mostly familiar situations, to develop and test, functional websites according to client requirements Initiates connections with others through verbal or nonverbal communication and responds as required
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB302 Build simple websites using commercial programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB304 Build simple web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a website with at least three different web pages according to client requirements using applicable features of a selected integrated development environment.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create and maintain files and upload them to required locations and servers

test consistency and security of created web content.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements applicable to developing simple web content

web content accessibility guidelines including The World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

web navigation functions required in supporting web content functionality, including links between pages features of web authoring tools used for web page design

website publishing and markup languages

file transfer protocol (FTP) function

common browsers used for accessing the web

basic coding techniques

site map creation methods

website testing methodologies

organisational procedures applicable to creating web pages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications

required hardware and software components

selected integrated development environment (IDE)

web servers and browsers

storage media

required FTP client software

secure passwords and access procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and manipulate images for use in website development.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and content creators, who generate and apply digital images and create graphics for a website.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine client requirements	1.1 Access and interpret requirements brief 1.2 Determine and analyse client needs with regard to digital image content, quality and size 1.3 Research and source required images according to organisational and copyright requirements 1.4 Select applicable industry-standard, image-editing software
2. Source and manipulate images	2.1 Create a range of effects using features of image-editing software 2.2 Edit and resize images according to web application requirements 2.3 Create backups of assets to be used
3. Save and upload images	3.1 Save images in required formats and maintain their individual effects 3.2 Upload images to applicable server 3.3 Link images to required web pages 3.4 Save images in applicable directory structure 3.5 Check digital images meet client requirements and confirm with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical information, software and organisational documentation
Writing	Uses specific software and technical language to create, format, review, save and access web-based images
Problem solving	Makes some critical and non-critical decisions within mostly familiar situations, to produce digital images according to client needs
Self-management	Identifies and confirms own role and responsibility Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB303 Produce digital images for the web.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB305 Produce digital images for the web

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least three different digital images for the web according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to copyright standards and legislation

save images in required format and location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

industry standards and copyright legislation applicable to using digital images

digital image formats and their application

industry-standard digital image editing software

purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

organisational policies and procedures, including procedures for:

accessing client briefs

sourcing and saving digital images required web content.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

image manipulation software

industry standard hardware, digital devices and storage devices

client briefs relating to images to be produced

required image editing software

image sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and drive social media traffic to an established website using social media platforms. It involves comparing, configuring and using different types of social networking tools and applications to increase web presence.

It applies to individuals in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) roles and use social media tools and applications in business environments

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use social media tools and applications	1.1 Establish social media requirements according to business specifications 1.2 Identify and analyse characteristics of social media platforms, tools and applications 1.3 Identify issues associated with social media tools and applications according to organisational guidelines and policies 1.4 Compare and discuss purpose and effect of social media platforms, tools and applications with required personnel 1.5 Compare and review tools and features of different social media platforms, tools and applications
2. Set up and use social media tools and applications	2.1 Identify social media tools and applications according to business specifications 2.2 Initiate and configure preferred social media tools and applications for use 2.3 Establish social media interface, using text and file content 2.4 Set up accounts for required users according to organisational procedures 2.5 Initiate social networking interaction and confirm security of collaboration 2.6 Link social media and web presence and create content as required
3. Review use of social media tools and application in developing web presence	3.1 Test and evaluate tools and applications according to organisational procedures 3.2 Test and fix errors and confirm website security according to organisational procedures 3.3 Determine whether use of social media tools is effective in developing web presence according to results 3.4 Review social media work and apply required changes according to organisational procedures 3.5 Confirm work performed with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Extracts required information from technical and organisational documents
Writing	Develops content in a manner that supports and conveys information, using required structures and specialised language
Self-management	Identifies and applies legal and ethical responsibilities regarding use of social media tools Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of basic digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB306 Develop web presence using social media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop social networking presence and upload and link at least three different file types using social media platforms, tools and applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate use of social media tools and application and action required changes

confirm security of social media interactions according to cyber security procedures and protocols

seek review from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic technical terminology in relation to social networking, social media applications and tools

basic methods of uploading images, text files, portable document format (PDF) files, audio files, video files and linking associated files

features and functions of social media applications

import and export software functions

different types of social media tools and applications, benefits and issues associated with their use

tagging process and facilitating collaborative folksonomy

social media applications

organisational procedures applicable to developing web presence through social media

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

online resources

social media tools and applications that may be used to develop web presence through social media.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a website to client specifications, within a particular technical and human interface environment.

The unit applies to those who are responsible for the analysis, documentation and design of the human computer interface, including requirements that drive design for either internal or external clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and gather business environment	1.1 Establish client requirements from brief 1.2 Identify applicable standards and design principles required in website development 1.3 Identify hardware and software requirements
2. Define human user interface and user experience and determine site hierarchy	2.1 Conduct user analysis and determine user profile and needs 2.2 Identify user content, operating system and requirements 2.3 Determine applicable design principles for website 2.4 Determine user experience design requirements according to user needs 2.5 Design and create page hierarchy and structure according to design protocol 2.6 Review content and confirm user content requirements are met
3. Integrate and finalise design components	3.1 Apply required information hierarchy to site design 3.2 Design and implement process flow according to client requirements 3.3 Test website layout against user needs and amend as required 3.4 Complete and document design structure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques with clients for eliciting information and determining specific needs and requirements
Reading	Interprets, analyse and syntheses, technical and organisational information and informs decision-making in constructing and validating solutions according to work task
Writing	Develops content in a manner that supports and conveys information, using required structures, templates, software and specialised language Produces a logically sequenced text and conveys exact procedural requirements and specific and concise instruction and meaning
Problem solving	Makes routine and complex decisions and develops logical structures within website information and operation using analytical processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to standards of industry bodies, where related to own work context Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks within own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB401 Design a website to meet technical requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB432 Design website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a website layout using applicable tools and procedures according to client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify website and design structure required by conducting a user analysis

define user interface, user experience and site hierarchy test and amend website layout design document work including documentation of design structure, process notes, tests and solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

copyright and intellectual property requirements applicable to designing web layouts

customer and business liaison that is applicable to designing website layouts

internet connectivity impacts

page load times measurement tools

technical specifications documentation procedures

standards applicable to website design

website design methods and standard website structures

design and cyber security procedures and protocols

media queries relevant to designing website layouts documentation techniques applicable documenting website layout designs

performance budget applications relevant to designing website layouts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements documentation

required hardware, software and digital devices

site and web servers

industry standard operating system

applicable standards and copyright information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm accessibility of websites for users with auditory, visual, mobility and cognitive impairments.

The unit applies to web developers and designers who are required to adhere to international and Australian industry standards and practices to ensure that users with accessibility requirements are not disadvantaged when using websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify accessibility standards	1.1 Research and identify, specific user groups with particular accessibility requirements 1.2 Identify general legislated and industry accessibility standards and requirements 1.3 Identify web development standards 1.4 Consolidate specific and general standards and requirements, into an accessibility checklist
2. Test accessibility of pages and website	2.1 Select and run automatic testing tools and software 2.2 Check text equivalent for every non-text element is present in website where feasible 2.3 Confirm text-only pages are logical and accessible 2.4 Demonstrate document can be read without style sheets 2.5 Check and confirm information and pages are not dependent on colour and can operate in monochrome environment 2.6 Verify pages operate on text-to-speech browser 2.7 Test site with different user groups and confirm site transforms and maintains accessibility
3. Apply and document changes and obtain sign off from required personnel	3.1 Apply and document required changes to pages and website according to testing results 3.2 Check and confirm priorities identified in analysis of web development standards are met and completed 3.3 Confirm website is compliant with accessibility checklist requirements 3.4 Confirm accessibility of website is signed off by required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex texts
Writing	Formats, reviews and amends web-based documents using specific software and technical language Generates checklists that include accessibility standards criteria and other specific requirements
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning to shares viewpoints, elicit information and participates in verbal exchanges with stakeholders
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to the regulatory and legislative standards related to own work context Demonstrates responsibility and ownership of tasks and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for consultation and coordination with others Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Problem-solving	Identifies areas of pages and website that are not compliant with accessibility standards through testing and applies required changes to solve issues.
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Completes a series of diagnostic tests and tasks according to web development standards for accessibility

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB402 Confirm accessibility of websites for people with special needs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB433 Confirm accessibility of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm a website is accessible for people with special needs and adheres to general and specific accessibility standards and requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify wider context of accessibility through research of accessibility standards

creates an accessibility checklist which incorporates accessibility standards and requirements

test accessibility of pages and website using a range of tools and tests

apply and document required changes according to testing results

obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice, applicable to access, equity and security

computing and programming standards applicable to access and equity

technical performance measurement principles

automatic testing tools and software

required programming language

Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI)

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), WCAE and other Australian accessibility standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website and included web pages

required hardware, software and digital devices

requirements documentation

the internet

automatic accessibility measuring tools and software

organisational requirements and applicable standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to transfer content, from a remote location to a web server, using a range of commercial information and communications technology (ICT) products. The objective of this skill is the upload of new and revised information on a website.

The unit applies to individuals who work as web developers and designers and required to update websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and configure file transfer protocol client	1.1 Identify content requiring transfer to website 1.2 Review and select file transfer protocol (FTP) client according to features and functions of content and technical environment 1.3 Enter client details, including user identity (ID), password and host name or ID, into profile fields to create a permanent profile 1.4 Choose settings including auto-detect, save profile and password, depending on organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines 1.5 Test and verify, configuration by connecting to web-hosting server
2. Plan and prepare for data transfer and establish server connection	2.1 Prepare data content and back it up on local device and server 2.2 Identify data as compressed, or uncompressed, with tools available on server 2.3 Confirm files are in required form and receiving directory structure is applicable 2.4 Log on to remote server using administrative, guest or anonymous accounts 2.5 Proceed through security layers according to organisational guidelines and cyber security protocols 2.6 Initiate file transfer protocol client program and locate destination directory
3. Transfer data to remote server	3.1 Select files to be transferred and choose mode, American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII), or binary 3.2 Download files and run antivirus software and confirm files are secure according to cyber security protocols 3.3 Move, rename, copy and delete files on server as required and as permissions allow 3.4 Store and order files according to file extensions and task requirements 3.5 Translate, decompress and de-archive downloaded files 3.6 Confirm data transfer, content functionality and close connection

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Accesses and evaluates technical information, standards and data Confirms alignment between work requirements, implementation protocols and specified outcomes
Writing	Creates, updates and enters and verifies data and information using specific standards, software and technical language, according to work requirements, implementation protocols and specified outcomes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legislative requirements and organisational policies and guidelines related to own work context Plans, sequences and prioritises tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Completes a series of sequential tasks required in preparing and transferring data to a website

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB403 Transfer content to a website using commercial packages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB434 Transfer content to websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

transfer at least three files to a remote server using file transfer protocol (FTP) client, according to organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and configure a file transfer protocol (FTP) client

test configuration of FTP client

plan and prepare content to be transferred including file format, receiving directory structure, account logins and security issues

connect to server using applicable account login

follow security procedures according to cyber security protocols

transfer content to remove server

store and maintain files in required location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the FTP server and client software

cyber security and internet protocols

content features and functions

security issues applicable to transferring content

server access security procedures and connection methods

website server architecture and operating systems

data backup and file transfer methodology

organisational security and privacy policies and guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web servers and tools

a website

content requiring transfer

required hardware and digital devices

client and login details

FTP client software

file storage location

antivirus software

server security password and access procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to track and monitor website performance and confirm maintenance of performance levels during peak traffic times and full use access.

The unit applies to individuals who use planning and analytical skills to maintain and improve website performance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Benchmark website performance	1.1 Review client performance expectations, specifications and business requirements 1.2 Identify administration and maintenance requirements, against specifications and business requirements 1.3 Establish performance benchmarks, from specifications and business requirements 1.4 Test and record measured performance benchmarks against specifications
2. Track and tune website performance	2.1 Track user activities and compare actual website performance against performance benchmarks in key areas 2.2 Record and document performance inconsistencies and incorporate learning into revised policy and procedures 2.3 Identify website faults and implement improvements using diagnostic and software tools according to organisational policies and procedures 2.4 Establish automatic fault reporting procedures and processes 2.5 Monitor and maintain website security measures 2.6 Document and implement administration and maintenance schedules 2.7 Complete and record fault, correction and maintenance reports
3. Initiate and monitor performance improvement	3.1 Plan and action, preventative maintenance and establish preventative indicators 3.2 Identify maintenance, administration and performance problems by establishing a client initiative capturing mechanism 3.3 Review maintenance and administration documentation, security tools and procedures, according to policy and procedures and conduct improvements 3.4 Update website, including information, links, multimedia links and back-end software 3.5 Confirm client performance expectations are met and respond to client

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Assigns numerical values to performance requirements, Informs decisions, tracks performance and establishes actions to be taken in relation to required work task using measurement data to
Reading	Examines, constructs, organises and validates relationships between discrete and interrelated, data and information
Writing	Modifies documents using on-going analysis of performance data and feedback Prepares a well-structured and cohesive document and presents analysis of evidence and actions using required format, technical language and spelling and grammar
Teamwork	Communicates with others in a specific work context using required conventions and protocols
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following, explicit and implicit, organisational policies applicable to own work
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB404 Maintain website performance.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB435 Maintain website performance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

track, tune and monitor performance of a website’s performance according to client performance expectations, specifications and business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and rectify faults using diagnostic and software tools, where performance is not met

document faults identified and improvements made according to organisational policy and procedures

implement scheduled and non-scheduled maintenance

review and update documentation relating to maintenance and administration and security according to findings

perform website updates.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

website performance maintenance process including:

security issues

website server architecture (e.g. Linux, Windows, Unix)

website security protocols

workload (web traffic) metrics

business process design methodologies relevant to maintaining website performance

performance benchmark testing techniques

website improvement methods

documentation techniques relevant to maintaining website performance

security tools and procedures

website administration techniques including updating website content and links

organisational policies and procedures applicable to maintaining website performance.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications documentation

web servers and websites

required software, hardware and digital devices

technical specifications

web traffic diagnostic tools, including timing tools to gauge website response times

organisational policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and compile reports on website traffic and to compile traffic reports according to organisational requirements.

The unit applies to individuals who maintain websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to monitor website traffic	1.1 Identify and analyse available site-analysis software, according to organisational requirements and website architecture 1.2 Choose and install site-analysis software 1.3 Identify required report options according to organisational requirements and website architecture 1.4 Develop a traffic monitoring program
2. Monitor web traffic	2.1 Identify required traffic reports according to organisational requirements 2.2 Generate required traffic reports
3. Finalise and report on website traffic	3.1 Analyse reports and identify improvements to server and to site performance 3.2 Apply forecasting methodologies and predict traffic peaks 3.3 Recommend changes in site-specific hardware and software 3.4 Implement changes according to traffic reports 3.5 Continue traffic monitoring program, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Evaluates and presents, numerical and statistical data, to inform decisions and actions
Reading	Identify, analyse and evaluate a range of organisational documents and technical information
Writing	Constructs a data collection tool, incorporating the timelines and information to be collected Prepares a technical report using punctuation, language and layout and convey investigation results and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Problem solving	Monitors web server and site performance and suggests improvements using analytical thinking and diagnostic processes
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit organisational requirements applicable to own work
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them according to traffic monitoring requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB405 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB436 Monitor traffic and compile website traffic reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and install a site-analysis software and an internet service provider (ISP) according to organisational and vendor requirements and website architecture

generate and analyse at least two different traffic reports.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

recommend and implement changes from traffic reports.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

problems and challenges arising with an organisation website related to:

data queues and bottlenecks

website security

website copyright and intellectual property requirements

the process of monitoring website traffic, including:

functionality of network device drivers

functionality of network operating systems

queuing systems

website architecture

workload metrics

server design and functionality

the features and functionality of commercially available drivers, software and systems, including:

log file analysis software

traffic tracking software

network device drivers

network operating systems

queuing systems

forecasting methodologies relevant to monitoring and reporting on website traffic

organisational policies and guidelines applicable to monitoring and reporting on website traffic.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

analysis software

web servers and website

required hardware, software and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and implement procedures, which measure the performance of a website and compare these procedures to the initial design specifications.

The unit applies to individuals who may use significant judgement in planning, design, evaluation, technical or leadership and communications functions in frontline technical support roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Document and define performance criteria	1.1 Review performance specifications and determine benchmark criteria 1.2 Validate and document each performance function 1.3 Select measurement methodology 1.4 Record and document metric tools using applicable methodology 1.5 Prepare performance benchmarks and seek agreement on criteria with client
2. Validate performance measures	2.1 Design and develop inspection and test plans and validate performance measures throughout performance cycle 2.2 Test performance functions and record results according to technical documentation and organisational standards 2.3 Compare results of performance function testing to benchmarks 2.4 Redesign functions that do not meet performance benchmarks 2.5 Re-implement functions that have been redesigned during performance testing 2.6 Document performance standards and benchmarks and obtain sign-off
3. Finalise and obtain sign-off	3.1 Submit methodology and function testing document and results and obtain client approval 3.2 Review client feedback and make changes as required 3.3 Obtain website testing procedure sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Measures and evaluates performance, against established baseline numerical values
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges with the client requiring active listening and responses to questions and elicits required and specific information
Reading	Evaluates, integrates and confirms authenticity of data and information and reaches an understanding of contextual and procedural nature of business solutions
Writing	Develops and documents benchmark standards, performance plans, measurements and detailed results and recommendations using required formats and writing principles in accordance with technical standards and organisational conventions
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit, organisational requirements applicable to own work Determines, implements and evaluates testing and validation processes using analytical thinking, systematic decision- making and diagnostic processes
Technology	Identifies and confirms purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools and operates them in performing testing procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB406 Create website testing procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB437 Create website testing procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a website testing procedure according to client requirements and performance specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify critical performance functions requiring testing

develop and document required metrics for each function and assign benchmarked performance standards

validate performance of site against technical requirements

document results and establish performance benchmarks and obtain client sign off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards applicable to web testing including:

codes of ethics

privacy

copyright

intellectual property

naming

documentation

industry standards, organisational guidelines and technical documentation standards and techniques relevant to creating website testing procedures

client business domains, including client organisation structure and business functionality

industry standard hardware and software products

desktop applications and operating systems

standard web-testing procedures and optimisation tools

website design methodologies and standard website structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website

required hardware and digital devices

site design and technical requirements documentation

site-development software and tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide high-level assurance that websites can be effectively and efficiently provisioned and deployed live, in a systematic manner.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web designers and web developers who are involved in testing the effectiveness of websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare test and establish testing framework and methodology	1.1 Establish and document testing framework and schedule 1.2 Determine processes and functions requiring testing and assign quantitative and qualitative performance benchmarks to each process and function 1.3 Document page templates, style guides and expected traffic loads 1.4 Determine and document test methodology and select automatic testing software 1.5 Assemble and brief testing panel on conduct of test 1.6 Develop user and installation manuals according to user needs and requirements
2. Test individual pages and page relationships against business requirements	2.1 Test pages against style guides and templates and confirm consistency of structure and content 2.2 Apply automatic testing software 2.3 Document page statistics of confirmed test results 2.4 Test installation and examples listed in instruction manual 2.5 Assess page navigability, response time and functionality using a variety of browsers and devices against business requirements 2.6 Test software interface points, site security and privacy against business and technical requirements 2.7 Conduct load simulation testing, using single and multiple independent browsers, or automated load testing tools 2.8 Obtain and complete test sign-off sheets for applicable tests
3. Apply and document further tests	3.1 Test website’s ability to handle concurrent access 3.2 Conform to applicable privacy, accessibility and acceptable usage policy standards 3.3 Apply automatic testing software 3.4 Collect, collate and document results from sample user and data from automated test 3.5 Obtain and complete test sign-off sheets for further tests performed
4. Evaluate test results	4.1 Consolidate and compare results to benchmarks 4.2 Identify results that fail to meet benchmarks and conduct a site remedial iteration 4.3 Record and document test results as site performance baseline, against which further development and updating can be measured 4.4 Provide evaluation feedback to required personnel and obtain signoff prior to going live

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Determines, analyses and presents, numerical and statistical, data and informs decisions and actions required
Oral communication	Conveys information by participating in verbal exchanges including listening, questioning and discussing, data and information
Reading	Examines, constructs, organises and validates relationships, between both discrete and interrelated data and information
Writing	Produces a concise formal document and conveys technical information and procedures using required format, technical language and spelling and grammar
Problem solving	Develops options, resolves issues, designs and implements tests and ascertains functionality of solutions prior to full implementation Designs and refines ideas according to needs, resources and constraints using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking
Self-management	Complies with product and business requirements and protocols Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages communication
Technology	Creates and refines websites using a range of digitally-based technologies and software packages and hardware

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB407 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB438 Conduct operational acceptance tests of websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare an operational acceptance test that measures the independent and integrated structural content and technical components of the site according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm testing panel is aware of test conduct

develop user and installation manuals

apply automatic testing software and collect, collate and document results and tests

conduct tests on at least two browsers and at least two digital devices

evaluate results against benchmarks

provide feedback on test results to required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain

the structure, function and business organisation of the client, including business-process design

organisational policies and procedures that cover routine work processes and use of:

web optimising tools

web monitoring tools

web testing procedures

technical performance measurement

user acceptance testing methods

website accessibility and equity principles

website structures, design and testing methodologies and standards

common website security issues and risk mitigating methods

common testing software and metrics used and its application

applicable privacy, accessibility and accessible usage policy standards

organisational policies and procedures relevant to conducting operational acceptance tests of websites.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials including:

web servers, browsers and website

industry standard software packages, including site server software and analysis software

required hardware, digital devices and its components

organisational requirements documentation, customer relationship model, website manuals and instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide basic website server and protocol security to level required by an organisation.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web maintenance staff who are required to check that a website meets basic security requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine business security requirements	1.1 Identify level of security required according to business and commercial intent of website 1.2 Identify whether password protection is required for site, or part of site 1.3 Decide on minimum and maximum password protection solutions according to business requirements
2. Confirm web server security	2.1 Confirm web server password is obscure and non-traceable 2.2 Install and maintain intrusion detection system, according to business requirements 2.3 Check and confirm user accounts only have required permissions on server 2.4 Confirm interpreters’ programs running common gateway interfaces (CGIs) are not stored in CGI-bin directory 2.5 Check web form data before passing it to server
3. Confirm protocol security	3.1 Protect fixed internet connection and internet protocol (IP) address 3.2 Protect shared network resources from intrusion, according to business requirements 3.3 Conform protocols and preferences on digital devices follow security protocols 3.4 Disable control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) bindings according to task requirements 3.5 Check and confirm network basic input/output system (NetBIOS) over TCP/IP is disabled 3.6 Confirm basic security level of website is met with required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Listens and asks questions in eliciting information
Reading	Identify and evaluate technical information in producing solutions according to business requirements Identify critical information and confirms accuracy through cross checks
Writing	Writes and edits, computer code and technical data and confirms syntax and accuracy
Planning and organising	Plans approach to work according to analysis of business needs and requirements
Problem solving	Resolves issues and implements tests and ascertains functionality of solutions prior to full implementation Utilises a combination of lateral and analytical thinking and evaluates and validates reliability and efficacy of website
Self-management	Sequences, schedules and prioritises own work activities
Technology	Uses a range of digitally-based technologies and software packages and hardware, required for interrogating vendor databases and websites

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB408 Ensure basic website security.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB439 Confirm basic website security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

confirm a basic level of security for a website according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

implement password protection solutions, for the website and server

install and maintain, an intrusion detection system

implement protocol security

confirm security of website with required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the client business domain, including client organisation structure and business functionality and requirements

desktop applications and operating systems, as required

firewall functionality

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) and disk and executing monitor tools (daemons)

the range of security protocols, including:

secure socket layer (SSL)

point-to-point network tunnelling protocol (PPTP)

layer 2 tunnelling protocol (L2TP)

required security patches used to confirm basic website security

disabling control protocol and internet protocol (TCP/IP) bindings, including file and printer sharing

industry standard protection solutions

specific purpose security devices acting as bastion hosts

web-server operating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment, materials

a website and web servers

the internet

industry-standard hardware and software packages and products

digital devices

organisational requirements documentation

website manuals and instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a web-authoring tool to convert text and images and create website content for a client.

The unit applies to individuals employed as web developers who are responsible for developing websites for a client.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task and use of authoring tool	1.1 Establish client website and business requirements 1.2 Discuss and confirm client scope with required personnel 1.3 Identify and select preferred web authoring tool according to client requirements 1.4 Set web-authoring tool preferences 1.5 Customise and navigate web authoring tool environment and workspace according to website and business requirements 1.6 Define and name site and root folder 1.7 Create site map and plan navigation
2. Create files and CSS	2.1 Create files with client data and save in required location and directory 2.2 Collate and format text and images according to website requirements 2.3 Create basic external cascading style sheets (CSS) according to organisational guidelines and procedures 2.4 Define styles for required tags according to business requirements 2.5 Link CSS to created files and display formatting according to organisational guidelines and procedures
3. Define library items	3.1 Identify and include recurring items in library 3.2 Format selected items according to CSS 3.3 Check tags of selected library items, according to task requirements 3.4 Update items contained in library according to business requirements
4. Develop boiler plates	4.1 Create boiler plate file and link with CSS 4.2 Format and name boiler plate according to website requirement 4.3 Place generic images in a page as required by business image 4.4 Save and modify boiler plates according to organisational procedures
5. Create simple forms and navigation	5.1 Create form and add elements 5.2 Set element properties 5.3 Insert additional fields as required 5.4 Identify availability and location of required script 5.5 Connect form to script 5.6 Test form and fix errors 5.7 Create links between pages and reflect content structure using text and images
6. Finalise task and seek feedback	6.1 Test links and website on multiple browsers and devices and fix as required 6.2 Confirm website is secure and follows cyber-security procedures and protocols 6.3 Seek feedback and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets information from technical and business documentation and completes work tasks according to business requirements and technical specifications
Writing	Creates, formats, reviews, saves and accesses web based documents, templates, diagrams and images using specific software and technical language Electronically enters data and information according to business requirements and adheres to technical requirements and specifications
Problem solving	Solves operational problems as they arise
Self-management	Prioritises and monitors own work Analyses business requirements and interprets technical aspects of implementation
Technology	Operates software applications, selects required authoring tools according to required specifications and writes and maintains hypertext markup language (HTML)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB410 Apply web authoring tool to convert client data for websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB440 Use web authoring tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a web page using web authoring tools according to website and business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create and incorporate files with required formatted text and images

confirm web pages are functional on at least browsers and at least two devices

check cyber-security of web page.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

client business domains required to use web authoring tools

industry standard web authoring tools and preferences including site file transfer protocol (FTP) clients

organisational guidelines and procedures applicable to using web authoring tools

vendor standards and requirements for web authoring tools

text and image formatting techniques

web page customisation and navigation techniques

standard web and CSS design principles and structures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry software packages and vendor instructions

a website

web authoring software and tools

business expectations brief

required hardware and its components

multiple browsers and digital devices

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop interactive and engaging websites, using a range of features from various languages.

The unit applies to individuals working in web development environments who are required to produce client-side scripts as a common means of creating interactive websites. These scripts offer an effective simple means of enabling websites to provide greater interaction with clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse web document requirements	1.1 Determine dynamic functionality of web document 1.2 Identify required language according to required functionality 1.3 Engage in client discussions and determine web document requirements 1.4 Confirm level of documentation required
2. Design and produce web documents	2.1 Design web document and embedded scripts and confirm required functionality is achieved according to organisational procedures 2.2 Write a simple hypertext markup language (HTML), considering accessibility 2.3 Write and produce embedded scripts according to web document requirements
3. Test and debug scripts	3.1 Test web document against required functionality and reiterate accordingly 3.2 Test script using cyber security procedures and protocols and confirm script is secure and bug free 3.3 Complete documentation and submit to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Articulates using specific language applicable to technical, operational and business audiences Confirms interpretation using listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information in various information and communications technology (ICT) languages and determines dynamic functionality of web document
Writing	Develops material and conveys explicit information for a specific audience, using detailed ICT language
Problem solving	Plans approach to work according to internet protocols and analysis of business needs and requirements Resolves issues, including design and functionality conflicts, debugging and handling errors and implements tests to ascertain functionality of solutions, prior to full implementation Designs and validates reliability and efficacy of web documents using a combination of lateral and analytical thinking and practice,
Self-management	Sequences, schedules and prioritises own work activities
Technology	Views active elements and objects across different platforms and designs and produces web documents using a range of digitally-based technologies, software packages and hardware.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB411 Produce basic client-side script for dynamic web pages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB441 Produce basic client-side script

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and produce a script according to web document functionality requirements and organisational procedures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

produce dynamic web page documents, considering accessibility of web page

test and debug web document functionality and confirm web document is secure

document and seek approval from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles behind open platform programming

client-side scripting and its application to dynamic web page design, including:

events and event handlers

internet operation related to clients

internet protocols

simple hypertext markup language (HTML)

applicable standards

purpose and differences between server-side and client-side scripting

standards associated with programming documentation

script testing methodologies

cyber security procedures and protocols

organisational procedures relevant to producing client-side scripts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required tools, equipment and materials

industry standard software packages and features within

required hardware and digital devices

client requirements documentation

cyber security procedures and protocols

functionality and scope requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create interactive animated enhancements to advertisements and web pages.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers who generate and apply advertisements for website clients, create animations to enhance a web page message and produce fully animated websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Identify dynamic functionality of animation within web document 1.2 Determine required language in achieving functionality 1.3 Confirm web document requirements 1.4 Research and evaluate online advertising industry requirements using major agencies and website examples
2. Design and produce web animations	2.1 Design web document and animations 2.2 Design and create gif replacements for animation according to major advertising agency requirements 2.3 Confirm advertisements meet industry standard website advertising specifications including size, number and loops, sound and buttons 2.4 Design advertisements and promote web page within website and on externally hosted paid advertising 2.5 Confirm animations add to overall professionalism and entertainment value of website 2.6 Produce web page animations and confirm suitability with required personnel
3. Test and publish animations	3.1 Test and debug scripts against required functionality and reiterate as required according to organisational and cyber security protocols and procedures 3.2 Publish animations in required web format and confirm animations are viewable on different devices and browsers 3.3 Incorporate web animations into a hypertext markup language (HTML) page 3.4 Complete documentation and submit to required personnel for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and explores, connections between ideas and methodologies Gathers and sources knowledge required in resolving technical difficulties using research techniques and extends knowledge of job requirements
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations to recurring technical features
Reading	Determines advertising, client and technical requirements by analysing and comparing industry-specific and related text
Writing	Prepares and produces, dynamic material using clear and detailed language and conveys explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload and delivers outcomes on time
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes in more complex and non-routine situations
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB412 Produce interactive web animation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB442 Produce interactive web animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce a web animation according to functionality and web document requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine animation and online advertising requirements

design interactive animations including gif replacements

meet industry standard website advertising specifications

create web page and advertising application animations

publish animations to web environment and confirm compatibility with at least two browsers and at least two devices

confirm web animation is cyber safe and secure according to cyber security protocols and procedures

document actions performed and seek approval.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

web animation programming concepts including:

acceptable asset importing formats

component libraries

cross-browser issues

importing and exporting libraries

inserting published work to a hypertext markup language (HTML)

masking

movements and automated movements

publishing completed work to an acceptable web format

shape animation and manipulation

symbols

text manipulation

transparencies

programming control structures, object-oriented programming including:

buttons

scripting using programming language

internet technology, including selecting required scripting type

principles of web parameters analysis and animations design

methods and attributes of animation and how it enhances website

web animation testing and debugging methodologies

organisational and cyber security protocols and procedures

industry requirements in online advertising.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a development environment

the internet

required hardware and digital devices

browsers

a website

required web design software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement industry standard internet-marketing practices using search engine optimisation (SEO) techniques, including introducing web pages to search engines and monitoring search engine performance.

The unit applies to individuals who make recommendations and monitor keyword enhancements, search engine marketing (SEM) and social network marketing (SNM).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse internet-marketing requirements	1.1 Define overall SEO goals and target audiences and set objectives in accordance with business requirements 1.2 Record and analyse traffic to site using online tools, reports and web-hosting statistics 1.3 Create a keyword suggestion list through keyword research and compile and categorise keywords using online tools, considering macro and sub-keywords 1.4 Identify and discuss gaps, opportunities and areas of potential optimisation, through page and website position analysis and create recommendations accordingly
2. Prepare an internet marketing strategy report	2.1 Prepare a client recommendation report, covering differences between search engine optimisation, search engine marketing and social network marketing using detail from analysis 2.2 Make recommendations about search engines and social network media, based on volume of users 2.3 Develop action plan and timeframe, including goals, recommendations, priorities, schedules, allocation of roles and responsibility 2.4 Explain search terms to required personnel 2.5 Make recommendations on implementation of search engine optimisation, search engine marketing and search engine ranking improvement methods
3. Implement and review SEO strategy	3.1 Implement keywords, content sections and short tail and long tail keywords on pages 3.2 Implement the sections for content, and back links from quality websites 3.3 Create online profiles for updating search engine data 3.4 Introduce website to major search engines 3.5 Measure SEO performance, including website position 3.6 Evaluate traffic analysis reports and compare these with previous results 3.7 Summarise findings and make further recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information relating to specific criteria and determines requirements
Writing	Records and completes organisational documents and correspondence, using plain English, required spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Convey and clarifies information and confirms interpretation using collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals
Numeracy	Measures usage and prepares client reports by interpreting statistical information and comparing information Estimates improved search engine timeframe results using mathematical calculations using mathematical calculations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload Contributes to continuous improvement of work by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking
Problem-solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems and determines a solution by applying problem-solving processes
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB413 Optimise search engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB443 Implement search engine optimisations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct analysis and review two existing websites and create optimisation plans for each, according to business requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse website performance

make recommendations according to analysis performed

prepare and implement, an internet search engine marketing strategy according to website analysis and business requirements

monitor search engine performance and compare these with previous results.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

internet marketing methods and practices including:

search terms

keywords

keyword density

search engine ranking

search engine methods of assessing search engine optimisation (SEO)

back links

social network media in the context of SEO

how search engines work

recommendations in optimising the following:

image search optimisation (ISO)

keyword density on web pages

keywords used in headings and heading levels meta-elements and page tiles

a website’s internet marketing strategy

performance budgets, including loading speeds and ways to optimise speed to load

keyword research methodology including

surveys

focus groups

social media listening platforms

statistical analysis

research professionals

search engine traffic sources

the differences between paid and organic searches

SEO and website metrics

mobile friendly websites.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

website files

file transfer protocol (FTP)

internet

profiling tools

required SEO software

client requirements documentation

social network marketing logins

applicable online tools, reports and web hosting statistics.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to scope web page requirements and to create and implement designs according to client requirements. Clients in this instance refers to internal and external individuals.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and web developers, who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills in basic web development for internal and external clients.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify main layout sections from design specification	1.1 Identify website scope, functionality and design specifications according to business requirements 1.2 Consult with clients and confirm required sections of web page 1.3 Create web page structure according to organisational procedures
2. Layout web page according to design specification	2.1 Select and position document elements 2.2 Style web page elements according to design specifications
3. Test and validate layout	3.1 Test website in multiple browsers and devices 3.2 Debug website and confirm website is secure according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.3 Validate web pages against applicable web design industry standards 3.4 Obtain client feedback and amend layout as required 3.5 Seek confirmation with required personnel and obtain client sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and explores, connections between ideas and methodologies and extends knowledge of requirements
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information and determines and adheres to requirements
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience and conveys explicit information and requirements using precise language
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs web page layout calculations
Self-management	Identifies and acts on issues contravening applicable industry standards Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB414 Design simple web page layouts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB444 Create responsive website layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design a web page according to client design specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

lay out page elements and style accordingly

test web pages on at least two browsers and at least two devices

obtain client sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

standard web design principles

principles and components used in website development:

cascading style sheets (CSS)

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

a markup language, including hypertext markup language (HTML)

web libraries

web frameworks

web design and development standards, including:

organisational standards

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

WCAE

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

client design specifications brief

a variety of browsers and digital devices

required libraries and frameworks

website testing and debugging tools

the internet

required web design software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and integrate a website into an open-source content management system.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers, who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills across ICT, to support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Identify required functionality of website 1.2 Determine server-side language required in website production 1.3 Establish content structure and navigation of website 1.4 Identify pre-existing restraints and standards requiring consideration when developing a website solution
2. Research solutions and create a content management system powered website	2.1 Research solutions according to website requirements, including programming language, content management system (CMS), licensing structure and hosting structure 2.2 Select content management system according to research conducted and website requirements 2.3 Fulfil website requirements using plug-ins and additions to existing content management system 2.4 Install and configure chosen CMS and required plugins 2.5 Insert and manage, website content 2.6 Back up CMS as required
3. Validate and evaluate final website	3.1 Validate final website markup against website standards 3.2 Test content management system performance in different browsers and digital devices, checking compatibility and core content management system functionality 3.3 Confirm final website is secure and bug free according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.4 Confirm website requirements have been met and obtain sign off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Determines client requirement solutions through research, analysis and validating information Extends knowledge by building on prior knowledge
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates industry standards, workplace instructions, online and other technical documentation and determines all business requirements
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience and conveys explicit information requirements and recommendations using precise language
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit requirements for licencing policies, procedures and regulatory requirements Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision- making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining solutions
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB416 Customise content management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB445 Implement content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a content management system (CMS) powered website using an open-source solution.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

validate CMS against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

test compatibility of website on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices

confirm website is cyber safe

obtain sign off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

content management systems and additions and plugins requirements

website content structure and navigation

licensing and hosting structures

programming languages

markup languages and associated standards

server-side language and security techniques

web content accessibility guidelines, including World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards and their application to website development

content management system (front and backend) in commonly used browsers

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements and content

text editing software

browsers

required hardware, software and a range of digital devices

a website

content management system

required solutions

the internet.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and integrate social networking code into new and existing websites.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers who apply a wide range of knowledge and skills across a range of general information and communications technology (ICT) environments and support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader, rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Evaluate different popular social networking websites 1.2 Discuss benefits and negative aspects of social networking in websites 1.3 Identify objectives and target audience of new or existing website 1.4 Select social networking website requiring integration into website according to website analysis and client requirements 1.5 Establish goals and define successful social networking integration according to client requirements
2. Develop code and documentation	2.1 Establish methods in implementing social networking in a website and develop guidelines according to client requirements 2.2 Develop code and use pre-existing scripts and tools, according to client requirements 2.3 Integrate a social networking website into a new or existing website using developed code, pre-existing scripts and tools 2.4 Document changes made in social web technology integration process 2.5 Follow social media policies considering company reputation
3. Validate integration	3.1 Validate performance of social networking integration in different browsers and various digital devices, checking compatibility and display 3.2 Debug website according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.3 Broadcast website across various channels and build web audience using social web technologies 3.4 Evaluate audience reach and impact 3.5 Obtain client feedback and make required changes 3.6 Complete documentation and obtain sign off and approval from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data, from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements and checks accuracy and completeness
Writing	Develops clear and well-organised material for a specific audience, using precise language and conveys explicit information requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Determines and confirms client requirements using collaborative and inclusive techniques, including active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks using formal decision- making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems, to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB417 Integrate social web technologies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB446 Integrate social web technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

integrate a social networking website into an existing website according to website analysis and client requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse integration requirements of a social networking website into a pre-existing website

confirm website functionality against programming and security standards

validate front end code markup, against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

confirm integrated website is functional and compatible with at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices

confirm website is cyber secure and safe

document all changes and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

markup language and its associated standards

server-side language features

social networking websites

coding and documentation techniques applicable to integrating social web technologies

integration tools across different social media channels

social media policies relevant to integrating social web technologies

evaluation techniques of integrating social networking into websites and audience impact.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications

a text editor or web authoring tool

a range of browsers and devices

the internet

required hardware, software and its components including pre-existing scripts and tools

debugging tools

application programming interface (API) documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build a basic website, consistent with the design, technical requirements and expectations, of a client’s business, using industry standard software and tools.

The unit applies to individuals working as web developers who use a wide range of knowledge and skills across a range of general information and communications technology (ICT) environments and support small to medium enterprises (SMEs) requiring broader, rather than more specialised, ICT support.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse website structure and select required software and development tools	1.1 Analyse client specifications and select required development software according to business requirements 1.2 Identify website technical needs and select applicable software tools 1.3 Identify and confirm website design including structure and navigation flow and document according to organisational procedures 1.4 Review design documentation and integrate design work according to web development standards
2. Construct site	2.1 Build website using selected development software and applicable tools according to client specifications 2.2 Take action and confirm user input during website construction 2.3 Validate existing information and basic content when incorporating data on website 2.4 Apply consistent design specifications to all aspects of website 2.5 Gather feedback from user on web design, content, accessibility and structure, using feedback mechanisms
3. Complete and validate website construction and content	3.1 Undertake an evaluation of website against technical requirements and design specification 3.2 Test each function and process of website and confirm functionality on various browsers and devices 3.3 Conduct navigation tests and hypertext markup language (HTML) compliance with website standards 3.4 Test and debug website according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.5 Stress test website and confirm design criteria and user load are met 3.6 Record testing results and confirm website meets user requirements 3.7 Obtain sign-off and approval of required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information relating to specific criteria to determine requirements
Writing	Prepares and produces dynamic material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language and conveys explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients in a range of work contexts Establishes a sense of connection and builds rapport with clients and co-workers using a range of strategies
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Self-management	Accepts responsibility and ownership for task and makes decisions on completion parameters and need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and standards Elicits and provides feedback to others Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB418 Use development software and ICT tools to build a basic website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB447 Build basic website using development software and ICT tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build a basic website using development software and ICT tools according to client specifications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

conduct an assessment of specifications relating to client website requirements including technical needs and structure

select applicable software tools

validate final web design against client requirements and make changes as required

test and debug website and confirm functionality on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document testing results and obtain client sign off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

website functionality including structure and navigation flow

website design principles issues around accessibility and equity principles

software and tools used in website development

general principles of hypertext markup language (HTML) and associated documentation standards

technical attributes specific to building basic websites using development software and ICT tools

documentation techniques applicable to building basic websites using development software and ICT tools

types of code used in website generation

testing and debugging methodologies

organisational and industry procedures and standards applicable to building websites

cyber security procedures and protocols

web development standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

basic website specifications and guidelines

website development software and tools

the internet

required hardware and its components

range of browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm content for a website is in accordance with customer specifications and is compatible with required technical and infrastructure protocols.

The unit applies to individuals working in the web development area who are required to populate websites according to clear benchmarks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm content meets required standards	1.1 Identify client website requirements and applicable style standards according to specifications 1.2 Confirm text-based content meets client requirements and required style standards 1.3 Confirm multimedia-based content meets business design standards and overall look of website 1.4 Check whether mix between multimedia and text-based content, provides required level of interaction identified in client requirements 1.5 Test content and conform to client expectations and technology
2. Confirm technology supports content	2.1 Confirm availability of applicable multimedia content protocols 2.2 Check and confirm content bandwidth and content plug-ins are available 2.3 Confirm servers support content and levels of interaction 2.4 Test and confirm compression techniques support delivery of content
3. Test content	3.1 Test and confirm content displays as intended and according to business requirements in multiple browsers and devices 3.2 Confirm content encourages interaction and content interaction performs as intended through testing with beta users 3.3 Record and document results of beta user testing according to organisational requirements 3.4 Test and confirm plug-ins download with minimal steps, complication and time 3.5 Test availability of interactive tools and provide expected results 3.6 Test and debug website and confirm website is safe and secure, according to cyber security procedures and protocols 3.7 Complete documentation and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Time technological processes using basic mathematical formula
Reading	Identifies and analyses online information and client specifications and confirms business requirements are met
Writing	Documents outcomes of tests using industry terminology and recognised symbols
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and specifications Improves work practices and processes and elicits feedback and provides feedback to others, Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB421 Ensure website content meets technical protocols and standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB448 Confirm website content meets technical protocols and standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out checks and tests and confirm specifications and standards are met for a mix of website content including:

at least three multimedia items

at least three text-based content.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

check and use required streaming and compression techniques

confirm website content is support by technology, including bandwidth, servers, devices and plug-ins

manage file transfer protocols (FTPs)

test and confirm functionality and operability of content and interactive components, on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

confirm website is cyber safe and secure

document testing performed and obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

applicability of copyright, privacy and intellectual property to website development

industry standard software compression algorithms and associated technologies

file transfer protocol (FTP) software protocols

internet protocols

server access security principles and procedures

server operating systems

streaming technologies

website testing and debugging methodologies

documentation techniques, style and business design standards applicable to confirming website content meets technical protocols and standards

multimedia content protocols

organisational and cybersecurity procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client specifications document

documents detailing organisational style guide and policies and design brief

required hardware and its components and plug-ins

industry standard software and included interactive tools

compression and streaming software

the internet

a live network and its components

networked computers

technical documentation and installation manuals

multiple servers, browsers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the principles of accessibility, useability, privacy and equity in the context of website development.

The unit applies to individuals who provide frontline technical support for ensuring websites are accessible and useable to end users.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify user requirements and design site user test	1.1 Identify and confirm user expectations through market analysis, business intelligence and customer feedback 1.2 Identify range of users on website and their needs and expectations 1.3 Assess website performance and establish performance potential of website from business requirements and other approved sources 1.4 Establish usability test methods according to business and website requirements and accessibility standards 1.5 Establish performance measurement and success criteria and measure actual performance against user expectations
2. Conduct user test	2.1 Document process performance indicators and benchmarks and disseminate them to a sample group of users 2.2 Assemble a full representative range of users and required technologies according to research conducted 2.3 Test site features, navigation and functions according to organisational procedures, policies and user needs 2.4 Confirm website’s intended functionality on various browsers and devices 2.5 Confirm user, legal, accessibility, privacy and equity requirements and expectations are met
3. Evaluate user test	3.1 Collate and document site useability testing performance results and measure them against performance indicators and benchmarks according to user expectations 3.2 Identify performance shortfalls and develop performance solutions according to business and user requirements 3.3 Establish evaluation feedback mechanism and provide to users
4. Document results	4.1 Discuss problems with developers and confirm solutions are continuously refined 4.2 Check and confirm proposed solutions meet user and business requirements and address user feedback 4.3 Document and implement final solutions according to organisational procedures and policies and distribute to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations and analyses test and performance data and statistics
Oral communication	Confirms requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions and uses applicable, detailed and clear language and addresses key personnel and website users
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements and checks accuracy and completeness
Writing	Records information and prepares correspondence and documentation, using clear language and organisational formats and protocols
Teamwork	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Problem solving	Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining solutions
Self-management	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others while testing usability Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB422 Ensure website access and useability.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB449 Confirm website access and useability

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and evaluate a website in terms of accessibility and useability, according to business and user requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research various user needs and expectations in website

design a usability test and set benchmark metrics

facilitate test process and document results

confirm user and legal requirements are met

document and propose solutions according to user and business needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

accessibility, privacy and equity principles in website development context

accessibility needs and requirements

market conditions for area of business

technical performance measurement of typical web site

user testing principles and techniques

features and functions of a website, including:

architecture

privacy

security

navigation

workload metrics and implications for website design

organisational policies and procedures relating to website functionality

documentation techniques applicable to confirming website access and usability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required hardware and its components

industry standard analysis software

a website

organisational policy and procedures

user specifications

a site server and software

web servers and devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine a client’s current and future internet service providers (ISPs) needs.

The unit applies to individuals working in Information and Communications Technology (ICT) who take responsibility for comparing and evaluating internet service provider (ISP) services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify requirements and select ISP	1.1 Discuss and confirm web hosting service requirements and establish client selection criteria according to business and user needs 1.2 Review client usage and confirm email services are compliant with business needs 1.3 Review characteristics of different hosting services and assess compatibility with business needs 1.4 Evaluate optional server applications for advanced web business functions 1.5 Select ISP hosting service according to client selection criteria and business needs
2. Confirm web host meets technical requirements	2.1 Confirm web-hosting service has server performance and availability monitoring systems in place 2.2 Discuss and confirm escalation procedures and performance standards with ISP 2.3 Establish security, backup and payment procedures and technologies according to business and customer expectations and requirements 2.4 Confirm operating system supports preferred business development software, applications, extensions and databases 2.5 Check and confirm web-host servers support dynamic websites on various browsers, devices and preferred business technologies 2.6 Confirm site-analysis reports are available, flexible and meet business needs
3. Benchmark performance and test against specified criteria	3.1 Test performance of web hosting service during on and off-peak times and document outcomes according to organisational procedures 3.2 Confirm email and mailing services have backup procedures in place and are protected from damage, erasure and unwanted damage 3.3 Confirm support services perform according to business needs 3.4 Discuss and confirm performance of selected ISP against specified criteria and make required changes 3.5 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, computer program interface and documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Prepares documentation expressing ideas and explores complex issues
Oral Communication	Confirms interpretation of all business requirements using listening and questioning techniques and uses detailed and clear language to address client and ISP personnel
Numeracy	Estimates data storage requirements using mathematical formulas
Interact with others	Selects and uses applicable conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB424 Evaluate and select a web hosting service.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB450 Evaluate and select a web hosting service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate and select a web hosting service according to business and user needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

assess client and business needs and establish selection criteria

identify and evaluate a range of web hosting services

confirm business and client budgetary, security and technical requirements are met

test and benchmark web hosting service with client benchmarks

obtain sign-off from required personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different web hosting service provision options

web hosting service characteristics including:

support service standards

data capacity

security technologies and procedures

scripting languages

performance monitoring systems

escalation procedures

back up procedures

payment procedures

email and mailing list services

a range of hosting services and their characteristics including support service standards, data capacity and availability of security technologies and server-side languages

industry standard development software, applications, extensions and databases

internet security issues

operating systems used by ISPs

server technologies

documentation techniques used to evaluate and select a web hosting service

web hosting services and performance benchmarks

ISP performance testing methodologies

organisational procedures applicable to selecting a web hosting service.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

industry standard web hosting plans, prices and service agreements

technology underpinning ISP and services offered

a business plan outlining business requirements

user requirements

multiple browsers and devices

site analysis reports

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce structured query language (SQL) statements to work with server-side scripts, enabling web developers to interact with web server databases.

The unit applies to individuals in a range of roles who are responsible for creating server-side interaction with dynamic web pages, using SQL as a means of communicating with databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify database requirements	1.1 Determine information required from database 1.2 Identify tables holding this information 1.3 Identify primary keys in these tables 1.4 Identify relationships between these tables including foreign keys
2. Build and implement SQL in relational databases	2.1 Identify and build SQL statements according to task requirements 2.2 Create tables in a database using SQL statements 2.3 Create primary and foreign keys required in database table 2.4 Manipulate data in a database using SQL statements 2.5 Query database using SQL statements 2.6 Retrieve information from database using written SQL statements
3. Test and verify SQL results	3.1 Construct test data and test SQL statements according to organisational procedures 3.2 Determine expected results of SQL statements 3.3 Verify result of constructed SQL statements against expected results and document findings 3.4 Confirm task requirements are met and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Uses clear and specialised technical syntax when creating codes and interrogating databases Prepares and produces, diagrammatic models and associated documents and conveys complex relationships between data
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTPRG425 Use structured query language and ICTWEB425 Apply structured query language to extract and manipulate data.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB451 Apply structured query language in relational databases

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply structured query language (SQL) to a relational database and gather required information according to task requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

generate queries for one or more tables and provide required data

add, modify, retrieve and delete records from database tables as required test and verify SQL statements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relating to SQL application including:

identifying SQL requirements from job specifications

testing and verifying SQL results

features and application of primary and foreign keys in database tables, aggregate functions and clause functions required in SQL application

principles of "combining and/or condition" in SQL statements and Boolean operators

IN and BETWEEN conditional operators

mathematical operators

table joins (relationships)

documentation techniques relevant to applying structured query language in relational databases

SQL statement testing methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

task specification documentation

structured query language (SQL)

industry standard software packages

an integrated development environment (IDE)

a database server

required hardware, software and its component.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a text editor to design, create and save web pages to a given specification.

The unit applies to individuals working as web designers and developers, who generate a framework for internet information using a markup language according to client briefs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse specifications and requirements	1.1 Identify uses and audience of required document 1.2 Determine required mark-up language according to document’s uses and audience 1.3 Identify and confirm required documentation according to organisational procedures 1.4 Define document structure according to organisational procedures and document requirements
2. Create document structure	2.1 Create and assign basic elements of document considering accessibility and document requirements 2.2 Markup and define sections of document and describe structure and layout according to document requirements 2.3 Confirm styling of web page meets document specifications and requirements
3. Incorporate web page components	3.1 Identify and evaluate web page components required according to document requirements3.2 Incorporate required web page components into document according to organisational procedures and guidelines
4. Validate documents	4.1 Validate markup language document against specifications and record outcomes 4.2 Validate compatibility of markup language document in different browsers and devices and record outcomes 4.3 Identify gaps between specifications and requirements and markup language document and apply changes as required, according to organisational procedures 4.4 Confirm requirements are met and finalise documentation according to organisational procedures 4.5 Obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates instructions, technical information and industry guidelines and determines client needs and business requirements
Writing	Produces documentation for a specific audience and conveys explicit information using clear and detailed language Writes, edits and proofreads documents and confirms clarity of meaning, accuracy and consistency of information
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and industry standard practices
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload
Problem-solving	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these problems, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter, data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB429 Create a markup language document to specification.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB452 Create a markup language document

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, create and save a document using a markup language using a text editor

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

define document structure incorporate elements as required

generate markup language document compatible with multiple web browsers and devices

confirm document requirements are met and records all outcomes

validate markup document against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

obtain sign-off.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the use of markup languages including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

virtual reality modelling language (VRML)

extensible markup language (XML)

standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) applicable to markup language

the range of available web browsers and their accessibility

issues applicable to accessibility

documentation techniques, web page components and organisational procedures and guidelines relevant to creating a markup language document to specification

document validation procedures

browser and device compatibility.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

an organisational style guide or policy

user requirements

industry standard markup languages

word processing software

a range of browsers and devices

the internet

required hardware, software and its components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and design websites to meet technical requirements.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who are responsible for the analysis, design, implementation and testing of websites.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and analyse technical requirements	1.1 Identify business requirements and applicable legislative standards 1.2 Determine and document purpose, expectations and functionality of website according to organisational procedures 1.3 Analyse user interface design requirements including user needs, design principles and operating systems
2. Produce software design specifications	2.1 Produce a hierarchy of website showing navigation according to website requirements 2.2 Confirm content is logical and accessible to user according to website requirements 2.3 Produce prototype of user interface 2.4 Determine and document website architectural requirements 2.5 Design data storage requirements according to website requirements
3. Develop website to specified design	3.1 Create software components of website according to website requirements 3.2 Test components of website according to organisational procedures 3.3 Integrate components and produce web application
4. Test and finalise web application	4.1 Test website against requirements and amend accordingly 4.2 Confirm website is secure and bug free according to cyber security procedures and protocols 4.3 Test functionality of website on multiple browsers and devices and update as required 4.4 Obtain feedback from required personnel and update web site as required 4.5 Complete and document design structure according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria when determining requirements
Writing	Prepares documentation analysing requirements and design specifications Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using the required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB501 Build a dynamic website.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB513 Build dynamic websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

build a dynamic website using code according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test the website on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

document website requirements and actions performed

comply with organisational requirements and legislative standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of analysis and design

programming control and design structures

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

client-side scripting and its application to dynamic website design, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

documentation processes applicable to documenting website design

user-interface design requirements and production processes

website design structures, including hierarchy and navigation design

website architectural requirements

data storage requirements

website testing procedures

debugging methods

cyber security procedures and protocols

organisational and legislative procedures applicable to building dynamic websites, including web development standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client requirements

a development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and devices

hardware, software and its components required for building dynamic websites

libraries and frameworks required for building dynamic websites

website testing and debugging tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce both server and client-side content for web pages.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who are responsible for creating dynamic pages to provide interaction between the user and the website. They use highly developed technical and analytical skills when developing the user-website interface.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create dynamic web pages	1.1 Obtain and review technical requirements for creating dynamic web pages 1.2 Confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to technical requirements 1.3 Identify sections of website requiring client-side dynamic content 1.4 Identify sections of website requiring server-side dynamic content 1.5 Select applicable languages and technology according to technical requirements
2. Create dynamic content	2.1 Identify and create boilerplate templates according to technical requirements 2.2 Design and create a database and organise data and content according to data storage requirements 2.3 Create page using selected languages
3. Test and finalise dynamic web pages	3.1 Debug code and confirm security of web page using cyber security protocols and procedures 3.2 Test web page functionality and content across a variety of browsers and devices 3.3 Evaluate web page functionality results and amend as required 3.4 Confirm required dynamic content functions according to task requirements 3.5 Present dynamic web page to required personnel and seek feedback 3.6 Finalise web page and obtain sign-off from required personnel, according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information when determining requirements
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB502 Create dynamic web pages.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB514 Create dynamic web pages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least three dynamic web pages according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

include client and server-side dynamic content in each web page

create and debug code

test web page and code on at least two different web browsers and at least two different devices

comply with organisational and legislative standards and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

web programming concepts, including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

types of technologies, including:

programming control structures

hypertext markup language (HTML) and markup languages

cascading style sheets (CSS)

syntax and uses of programming languages

client and server-side scripting and its application to dynamic web page design

data storage requirements

debugging methods

coding techniques

cyber security protocols and procedures

legislative and organisational procedures and standards applicable to creating dynamic web pages.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technical requirements

a development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and devices

web page testing and debugging tools required for creating dynamic web pages

hardware, software and its components required for creating dynamic web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop web applications.

It applies to individuals who work as web developers and have highly developed technical skills to take responsibility for implementing code required to create web applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to create web application	1.1 Identify and confirm requirements and functionality of web application with required personnel 1.2 Confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to web applications 1.3 Determine hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) required 1.4 Analyse advantages and limitations of HTTP when developing web applications
2. Implement session management	2.1 Create code and handle session management 2.2 Create code and retains user interaction with website 2.3 Review and debug created code
3. Develop and finalise applications in a stateless environment	3.1 Develop web applications that keep track of data between browser requests 3.2 Document work performed in web application with reference to its management of statelessness 3.3 Seek feedback on web application with required personnel and amend as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and analyses code for syntax and accuracy
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing testing and work performed on web application succinctly Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB503 Create web-based programs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB517 Create web-based programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a web application in a stateless environment according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm user data is tracked in web application

document testing and work performed on web application

confirm web application is functional on at least two browsers and at least two devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of web analysis and design

features and functionalities of different web applications

programming control structures and applicable languages

code debugging techniques

web application development process

legislative and organisational requirements applicable to creating web applications

web programming concepts including:

authentication and web security

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

session management

stateless programming

web front end and backend languages, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

JavaScript

organisational procedures applicable to creating web applications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a website development environment

a server

a database server

web browsers and digital devices

hardware required to create web applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and build an extensible markup language (XML) document.

It applies to individuals who work in development roles and have highly developed technical skills in using XML documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish and analyse document specifications	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to XML document development 1.2 Determine and document purpose, expectations and functionality of an XML document 1.3 Plan, design and build XML documentation, allowing for iterative development according to task requirements 1.4 Determine software and tools required to design an XML document 1.5 Identify and determine applicable design methodologies including the use of software engineering life cycle
2. Design and develop document	2.1 Select the document type definition (DTD) according to document specifications 2.2 Define required entities, elements and their attributes specifications 2.3 Produce XML document according to organisational requirements 2.4 Identify the DTD, required entities, elements and their attributes, including associated graphics and sounds
3. Test and finalise document	3.1 Test document offline and confirm validity of document according to document specifications 3.2 Test document online with representative audiences, where applicable 3.3 Confirm document validity and content on various browsers and devices 3.4 Analyse test results and update the XML documentation as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information when determining requirements
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations and issues
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB504 Build a document using extensible markup language.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB518 Build a document using extensible markup language

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce at least two (extensible markup language) XML documents according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test and validate XML document on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

comply with applicable organisational policies, procedures and standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

extensible markup language

unified-modelling language

software implications for XML programming

standards impacting XML programming

design methodologies including software engineering life cycle

document type definition (DTD)

XML document components including entities, elements and their attributes

debugging methods

document validation and testing procedures

organisational policies, procedures and standards applicable to building XML documents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

the client or business requirements

an XML parser and authoring tool

web browsers and devices

hardware, software and tools required to use extensible markup language.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and create a web page layout to suit a range of browsers and devices.

It applies to individuals who work as web designers and web developers and have a highly developed understanding of design principles and applies technical skills proficiently, according to unique specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop web page layout	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to webpage layout development 1.2 Identify main sections of web page design 1.3 Identify main sections of web page layout
2. Build, test and validate web page layout	2.1 Create web page structure according to design specifications 2.2 Position and style web page elements according to design specifications 2.3 Create cascading style sheet and web page according to design specifications 2.4 Test design and functionality of web page in various browsers and devices 2.5 Amend browser and device incompatibilities according to organisational procedures 2.6 Debug and confirm security of web page using cyber security procedures and protocols
3. Finalise web page layout	3.1 Confirm accessibility of web sections, elements and pages 3.2 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend layout as required 3.3 Obtain sign-off and confirmation from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for web page layout
Reading	Critically analyses specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information when determining requirements
Writing	Develops organised technical material for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB505 Develop complex web page layouts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB519 Develop complex web page layouts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two complex website layouts according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

lay out and style page elements to suit a variety of devices

test web page layouts in at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

validate web page layouts against industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of web site design and web scripting design

principles and techniques in web site design, including:

hypertext markup language (HTML)

extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML)

cascading style sheets (CSS)

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

amending browser incompatibilities

web libraries

web frameworks

industry procedures, policies and standards applicable to developing web page layouts

web page testing and debugging procedures

accessibility standards, including the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards and their application to web design

cyber security procedures and protocols applicable to developing web page layouts

organisational procedures applicable to developing web page layouts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to develop complex web pages

design specifications brief

a variety of browsers and digital devices

the internet

web page testing and debugging tools required to test complex web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop complex cascading style sheets (CSS) that are attached to a markup language document.

It applies to individuals working as web designers and developers, who are involved in the layout and appearance of web pages have a highly developed understanding of design principles and software languages and can apply protocols and standards proficiently.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine CSS requirements	1.1 Identify and confirm applicable legislative and organisational standards and procedures applicable to CSS development 1.2 Identify and review user style requirements 1.3 Evaluate and select applicable markup language according to technical requirements
2. Develop CSS and web pages	2.1 Create CSS according to technical requirements 2.2 Style, lay out and position document elements of web page using advanced CSS techniques 2.3 Apply style sheets to applicable web pages in a website
3. Test and validate CSS and web pages	3.1 Debug web page and CSS and confirm security using cyber security procedures and protocols 3.2 Test website in various browsers and devices 3.3 Rectify browser and device differences and confirm accessibility of website 3.4 Confirm user requirements are met and obtain sign-off from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Takes measurements and performs calculations for web page layout
Oral communication	Uses listening, questioning and summarising techniques to clarify job specifications with required personnel
Reading	Identifies and analyses technical, workplace and industry information, and confirms all job requirements are met
Writing	Develops organised technical material for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data, and communicate with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB506 Develop complex cascading style sheets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB520 Develop complex cascading style sheets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a complex website, styled and formatted, using cascading style sheets (CSS) according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

create a complex page layout using CSS

test web pages in at least two different browsers and on at least two different devices

comply with industry and organisational standards and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of website design

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) protocol and its application to CSS

hypertext markup language (HTML) and extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML)

CSS rules and standards impact on document styling and layout

methods in applying style sheets to web pages

website accessibility requirements, including World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

website testing and debugging methods

techniques to amend browser incompatibilities

organisational procedures applicable to developing CSS

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

hardware, software and its components required to use complex CSS

design specifications brief

applicable markup language

markup language documents to have CSS applied to them

the internet

a variety of browsers and digital devices

web page testing and debugging tools required for testing web pages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and customise an Information and Communications Technology (ICT) content management system (CMS) powered website using an open source to meet client requirements.

It applies to individuals working as web developers, who have a detailed knowledge of markup languages and their associated standards and are proficient in server-side language and security techniques. Individuals in this role also have high-level understanding of server functionality.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse client specifications and requirements	1.1 Gather and identify client and business requirements 1.2 Compare and analyse different CMS functionalities, restraints and requirements against client specifications 1.3 Select CMS according to client and business requirements 1.4 Identify, discuss and confirm additional areas and functions not covered by chosen CMS with required personnel
2. Develop customisation and create CMS powered website	2.1 Plan and outline requirements of additional functionality according to technical requirements 2.2 Create and develop plug-in, extension or new functionality to CMS according to identified task requirements 2.3 Seek feedback from required personnel on created developed plug-in, extension or new functionality to CMS and amend as required 2.4 Install and configure chosen content management system 2.5 Install and integrate new CMS functionality according to vendor requirements
3. Validate and evaluate website	3.1 Validate final website markup against organisational website and security standards 3.2 Evaluate and confirm required CMS performance, compatibility and core functionality in different browsers and devices 3.3 Confirm additional functionality developed meets client requirements 3.4 Obtain sign-off on final CMS powered website from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to determine client requirements and articulate ideas using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Analyses complex specifications, program manuals and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Creates a CMS powered website for specific audiences using required language
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and industry standards
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB507 Customise a complex ICT content management system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB521 Customise complex ICT content management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create a content management system (CMS) powered website, using an open source with at least two additional custom functionalities not available from CMS, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

perform basic content manipulation tasks on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

evaluate additional content management functionality required against programming and security standards

customise functionalities into pre-existing core CMS using programming techniques

validate front-end code markup against standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

confirm final website is cyber secure and complies with cyber security procedures and protocols.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

different content management systems and their respective functionalities, restraints and requirements

different markup languages and their applicable standards

customisation creation processes, including development of plug-in’s and extensions and programming techniques

CMS vendor requirements, installation and configuration processes

client and business specifications and requirements, including:

server functionality

required functionality of website

required server-side language and application processes and hosting environment

pre-existing restraints applicable to developing website solutions

website, web accessibility, programming and security standards applicable to customising CMS

website validation processes

cyber security procedures and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

client and business specifications, requirements and content

content management system required to customise complex CMS

hardware, software and its components applicable to developing and installing CMS customisations

a text editor

a range of browsers and digital devices

the internet and its connectivity.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop information architecture for a complex website that meets business requirements.

It applies to individuals working as highly skilled web developers and designers and are responsible for the navigation and hierarchy of websites. They liaise with clients to adapt e-business into their corporate strategy, applying high-level knowledge of technical languages and design principles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify content needs	1.1 Identify strategic intent of website from business requirements and client expectations 1.2 Define information and content requirements according to websites intent, intended audiences, types of client interactions and the websites long and short-term goals 1.3 Collate required information and content and group into business schemes applicable to business structure and processes 1.4 Identify website security access requirements
2. Plan content structure	2.1 Cluster and document information and content in related topics 2.2 Develop a hierarchy and site map of information and content 2.3 Check data and confirm sequence of hierarchy 2.4 Confirm labels are accessible to client
3. Develop navigation system and create prototype	3.1 Build website navigation system according to business requirements 3.2 Confirm ease and accessibility of navigation on website and provide different ways of searching 3.3 Construct prototype of information architecture design
4. Test and sign off	4.1 Arrange for client and required personnel to test usability of prototype and determine if architecture meets client expectations 4.2 Confirm site content will format in business and client technical environments and different browsers and digital devices 4.3 Adjust architecture according to client feedback 4.4 Obtain sign-off prototype from required personnel and confirm business requirements are met

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, technical data and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Develops and designs information architecture for a complex website using required language according to client and business requirements Prepares correspondence using applicable language, spelling and terminology to collect and confirm information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB508 Develop website information architecture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB522 Develop website information architecture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and design information architecture for a complex website with at least ten pages, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test access path to all sections of website

confirm functionality and accessibility of website information architecture on at least two different browsers and at least two different digital devices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

corporate strategies related to business websites

the importance and purpose of client and business liaison

the purpose and function of cascading style sheets (CSS)

the use of hypertext markup language (HTML), extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML) and hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP), in web design

technology connectivity implications

processes for documenting technical specifications

World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standards

website architecture and business process design and linkages between processes

website accessibility and security access requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a web server

client and business requirement specifications

an integrated development environment (IDE), required for creating web pages and server-side code

web development technology required to develop website information architecture.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use site server tools to host, track and monitor transactions on an e-business site.

It applies to individuals who work in a web environment and are responsible for using site server tools to maintain the integrity of an e-business site, applying detailed technical knowledge and highly developed analysis and interpretation skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define and document task requirements	1.1 Identify and confirm task and integration requirements, features and functionality of site with required personnel 1.2 Confirm platform and software related to business systems 1.3 Determine standards applicable to task and site functionality 1.4 Document the organisations current and proposed configuration according to organisational procedures 1.5 Document and validate client task requirements, performance criteria and scope of work with required personnel 1.6 Confirm available resources and budget with the client
2. Select and use server tools	2.1 Identify applicable site server tools according to task requirements 2.2 Review and evaluate tools according to task and site functionality requirements 2.3 Load and configure server tools according to vendor guidelines and client requirements 2.4 Test equipment using server tools 2.5 Maintain or update required functionality using server tools 2.6 Complete required tasks using server tools according to vendor guidelines
3. Review server tools and task requirements	3.1 Monitor, analyse and evaluate organisational procedures 3.2 Review site server configuration and tools applicable to client task requirements and adjust as required 3.3 Validate server outcomes using site-analysis software 3.4 Create and use reports and other documentation according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Accommodates business requirements by interpreting budgetary constraints and undertakes mathematical calculations with reference to available resources
Oral communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to convey client requirements, and articulate complex information using specific language applicable to audience
Reading	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Prepares reports and required documentation expressing ideas and scope of work, and correspondence for specific audiences according to organisational procedures
Teamwork	Builds strong relationships by collaborating with others and sharing information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures, legislative requirements and industry standards Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with industry standards and organisation goals
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB509 Use site server tools for transaction management.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB523 Manage transactions using site server tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

maintain and monitor transactions on an e-business site using at least three different site server tools.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

maintain expected business performance and technical standards in an e-business environment

confirm transactions function on at least two different browsers and at least two different devices

review e-business site procedures and task requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

integration requirements and different features and functionalities of sites

legislative and organisational standards and requirements applicable to task requirements

documentation processes

vendor guidelines of site server tools

e-business site procedures and requirements

devices and equipment required for a business site

configuration and validation techniques for site server tools

functions and features of site server tools applicable to:

required firewalls and proxy servers

hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) servers

search engines

cyber security measures required for site

tools and products required for site construction

site-building considerations applicable to business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

server hardware

industry standard site server tools

an existing e-business website

site-analysis software

browsers and digital devices

client and business expectations brief

required standards and legislation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse material and assign meta tags to confirm accuracy and consistent retrieval of information by users.

It applies to individuals in a range of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) areas that use various techniques and software to create, update and enhance meta tags according to industry guidelines and client specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify meta tag requirements	1.1 Identify the scope and use of materials, and user requirements 1.2 Determine applicable type and structure of meta tags according to identified client needs, requirements and expectations 1.3 Identify and incorporate client requirements and expectations
2. Analyse material	2.1 Perform analysis on required materials according to organisational procedures 2.2 Confirm determined subject content of material reflects expected client usage requirements 2.3 Identify significant information from minor information 2.4 Confirm concepts derived from material analysis are applicable to business requirements and intended use
3. Create meta tags	3.1 Develop meta tags using applicable software 3.2 Confirm meta tags represent concepts and align with overall purpose and intended use of the material 3.3 Confirm meta tags conform to general conventions and business requirements 3.4 Develop reference structure of descriptors and display relationships where required 3.5 Update meta tags according to identified client needs
4. Test and monitor meta tagging practices and procedures	4.1 Test meta tagging of material and make changes as required 4.2 Review meta tagging practices and procedures and confirm client needs are met 4.3 Review industry developments in meta tagging and improve practices as required 4.4 Check meta tags regularly and confirm internal consistency and compliance with established structure, rules and authorities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, program data and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Develops meta tags using applicable language and software according to client needs and industry developments
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures, industry standards and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new regulations
Technology	Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB510 Analyse information and assign meta tags.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB524 Analyse information and assign meta tags

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

analyse information and assign at least five meta tags, according to technical requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

update meta tags in line with client needs and industry developments

use analysis and description tools, standards, precedents and techniques applicable to nature of the material.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business conventions and rules for applying meta tags

client business domain

data modelling

database management system (DBMS) fundamentals

decision support systems

document indexing and search engines

functions and features of databases

different types and structures of meta tags

metadata standards, including Dublin Core and simple hypertext markup language (HTML) ontology extensions

reference structure of descriptors and their role in assisting clients

general conventions and business requirements applicable to meta tags

meta tag testing and monitoring processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business and client information and materials

metadata software

project-related documentation

hardware required to analyse information and create meta tags

information applicable to industry developments in meta tagging.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and conduct planned and systematic actions to ensure that websites conform to applicable standards and fulfil client expectations.

It applies to individuals in the web field of work that use highly developed communication, analysis and technical skills to determine intelligent strategies for ongoing website improvement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish standards	1.1 Identify applicable regulatory, accessibility, industry and organisational compliance standards for websites 1.2 Develop and quantify measurable performance standards from those standards 1.3 Establish centralised, distributed or combined quality assurance methodology 1.4 Determine specification from which website was developed 1.5 Establish guidelines for controlling, updating and loading new content on to website 1.6 Document established quality assurance procedures and processes according to organisational procedures 1.7 Confirm standards, guidelines and quality assurance methodology with required personnel and distribute documents as required
2. Apply standards and track performance	2.1 Apply all processes as integral part of website development process 2.2 Validate site, updates and new content against performance standards using wide variety of browsers, tools and devices 2.3 Document and disseminate results to required personnel 2.4 Provide feedback to web authors, users and administrators
3. Develop and apply continuous improvement process	3.1 Provide performance standards feedback to developers, maintainers and administrators 3.2 Identify below average and unacceptable performance standards and apply required performance improvement measures 3.3 Provide channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions from site users, administrators, developers and maintainers 3.4 Respond accordingly to interaction, feedback and suggestions 3.5 Develop procedures and identify whether feedback and suggestions are applied and actioned 3.6 Conduct regular benchmark reviews based on improved performance and disseminate revised benchmarks 3.7 Document and control changes to procedures, processes and results

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Analyses data to quantify response times and timelines when determining performance standards
Oral communication	Articulates requirements and strategies via an open line of communication using language applicable to audience and environment Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Reading	Analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Prepares documentation detailing established quality assurance procedures and processes for specific audiences using succinct language according to client requirements and organisational procedures
Teamwork	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities
Problem solving	Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation and regulations Modifies and develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with legislative requirements and organisational goals Seeks to improve policies and procedures according to organisational goals Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB511 Implement quality assurance process for websites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB525 Implement quality assurance process for websites

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, establish and implement a quality assurance process for websites with at least three performance benchmarks and at least three quantitative standards.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate existing processes and procedures

determine applicable quality assurance methodology

validate a website against performance standards using at least two different browsers and on at least two different devices

comply with organisational procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

business process design and customer and business liaison

legislative and organisational requirements and compliance standards applicable to websites, including:

copyright and intellectual property

provisions of privacy legislation

website accessibility and equity legislation

methods of developing and quantifying performance standards

different quality assurance methodologies applicable to websites

documentation techniques

site validation processes

different methods and channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions

benchmark review processes

functions and features of website architecture and website security

workload metrics and technical performance measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web servers

a website

analysis software

text-editing software

automatic testing software

hardware, browsers, tools and devices required to implement quality assurance process for websites

channels for interaction, feedback and suggestions

documentation for applicable regulatory, industry compliance and accessibility standards.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support web services for building distributed applications.

It applies to individuals working as software developers and apply specialised skills in the consumption of web services, applicable communications protocols and extensible markup language (XML) technologies used in web services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Provide information using XML	1.1 Create XML data structures from various data sources 1.2 Manipulate XML data structures using a common application programming interface (API) 1.3 Scope elements from multiple XML documents using namespaces 1.4 Validate XML data structures using a schema 1.5 Map and transform XML document from one schema to another
2. Promote web service using WDSL	2.1 Identify purpose and the three main elements of the web service description language (WSDL) 2.2 Build WSDL file according to identified purpose 2.3 Provide web access to WSDL file via a uniform resource locator (URL)
3. Identify purpose of UDDI in using web services	3.1 Determine purpose of universal description, discovery and integration (UDDI) 3.2 Identify and analyse differences between public, extra-enterprise and intra-enterprise UDDI registry deployments 3.3 Define relationship between WSDL and UDDI
4. Access web services using SOAP	4.1 Identify purpose of simple object access protocol (SOAP) 4.2 Determine relationship between UDDI and SOAP 4.3 Identify basic structure and processing of SOAP messages 4.4 Retrieve XML documents from a public web service, using SOAP
5. Implement a web service	5.1 Outline a basic web service architecture 5.2 Implement, test and publish a web service 5.3 Incorporate and test a web service into an application 5.4 Confirm web service is functional on different browsers and devices 5.5 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend web service as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Reads and interprets specifications, program data and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Transforms and writes technical data in a logical manner using required language and protocols Develops specifications and applicable workplace documentation for specific audiences using applicable language to convey explicit information
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Problem solving	Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes, for complex situations
Technology	Confirms knowledge of computing technologies is kept up to date in order to provide and carry out activities Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB515 Implement and use web services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB526 Implement and use web services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

transform data from at least three relational or other native data sources into an extensible markup language (XML).

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

provide access to a business functionality via a web service description language (WSDL) file

locate and retrieve at least three pieces of information about a public web service business function and include it in a website using universal description, discovery and integration (UDDI) and a simple object access protocol (SOAP)

implement a web service according to business requirements, specifications and industry standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

functions and features of web development technologies

web service testing processes

purpose and uses of different web services, including XML, WDSL, UDDI and SOAP

functions and purpose of web service architecture

functions and features of XML language and data structures and validation techniques

uses of namespaces

legislative and organisational requirements applicable to the implementation and use of web services.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

web service business requirement specifications

legislative requirements applicable to use of web services, including industry standards published by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)

platform-specific documentation and help files describing syntax and use of proprietary technologies

digital devices simulated development environment including the following elements:

a relational database server

the integrated development environment (IDE), including related frameworks, APIs and applicable proprietary classes required to implement web services and their enabling technologies

a web server

web browsers

XML editors

XML schema

XPath testing utilities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, research and apply emerging web technologies.

It applies to individuals who are highly skilled technicians and have high-level knowledge of the principles of analysis and design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Web

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify emerging web technology	1.1 Identify needs of web application 1.2 Research and review new developments in web technology 1.3 Identify new developments in web technology that meet identified needs of web application 1.4 Evaluate and select web technology most applicable to web application needs 1.5 Identify legislative and organisational requirements and standards applicable to implementation of new technology 1.6 Discuss and confirm selection with required personnel
2. Implement new web technology	2.1 Create required code to apply web technology 2.2 Apply code to web technology according to organisational procedures 2.3 Test web application in a variety of browsers and digital devices, and rectify problems as required
3. Review and finalise web technology implementation process	3.1 Review test results and discuss findings with required personnel 3.2 Seek feedback from required personnel and amend as required 3.3 Document work performed and findings according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Critically analyses complex information from a variety of sources and consolidates information applicable to specific criteria
Writing	Writes and edits code and technical data in a logical manner using required syntax
Initiative and enterprise	Investigates new and innovative ideas to improve work practices and processes
Planning and organising	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload Negotiates key aspects with others, including required capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness
Technology	Manages and manipulates data and communicates with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICTWEB516 Research and apply emerging web technology trends.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB527 Research and apply emerging web technology trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research, investigate and apply at least two emerging web technology trends to a web application, according to organisational needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

principles of the internet and technologies that underpin its existence

key principles of analysis and design

programming control structures and object-oriented programming applicable to implementing new web technology

web programming concepts, including:

the hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)

stateless programming

session management

authentication and web security

client-side programming

latest web technology trends and their application to different clients

features, functions and requirements of different web applications

web application testing processes

sources of information regarding new and emerging trends and technologies

legislative and organisational requirements and standards applicable to implementation of new technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a development environment

a server

a database server

hardware and software applicable to implementation of new technology

the internet

browsers and digital devices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct telecommunications operations near substantial safety hazards. It includes applying a risk management approach to a limited range of predictable problems when working at heights near electrical distribution infrastructure, radiation devices, or other services in confined spaces. This unit also includes the preparation of risk control measures within scope of own role that encompass job safety analysis.

It applies to telecommunications workers who perform work functions such as rigging, telecommunications installation and maintenance, and/or any other activity that requires working safely and complying with requirements and/or established procedures near live electrical apparatus.

It does not include any work that is or may be performed by other competent operatives within the defined ‘safe work zone’, which is defined by relevant state/territory regulatory agencies/bodies, local government legislation, industry bi-partite body, guidelines/codes of practice or other related requirements for safe work and access near live electrical and mechanical apparatus.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements and may require a licence/registration in relation to:

work health and safety

electricity/telecommunications/gas/water industry safety and compliance

industrial relations

anti-discrimination.

Age limits for operating certain equipment may also be covered by commonwealth, state/territory or local government legislation and regulations.

This unit does not cover legislative requirements for confined space entry, elevating work platform (EWP) operations, traffic control, or spotter/safety observation.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Workplace Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to work safely near live electrical apparatus	1.1 Receive and confirm instructions related to the work to be performed 1.2 Identify relevant requirements and established procedures to be followed and personnel to be contacted for the work to be performed 1.3 Receive and confirm work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures and technical standards relevant to the work and worksite 1.4 Collaborate with other telecommunications workers in meeting the safety requirements for working near live electrical apparatus 1.5. Identify, receive and confirm scope of responsibility and issued work permit/s according to workplace requirements and established procedures 1.6 Identify and confirm that first aid, safety observers and/or other related work safety procedures are in place to be followed in the event of an incident 1.7 Identify processes for reporting customer issues to appropriate personnel 1.8 Confirm site and work schedule according to given instructions and established procedures 1.9 Use safe approach distances and apply safe work zones
2. Conduct risk assessment	2.1 Assess risks from electrical, radiation, gas and other services in or adjacent to the worksite according to established procedures 2.2 Assess safety of the worksite, earthing arrangements, and other services and support structures using appropriate monitoring equipment and according to established procedures 2.3 Complete a job safety analysis (JSA) or similar risk assessment record specific to site and work requirements, and report safety hazards to relevant personnel 2.4 Assess potential emergency situations relevant to the site 2.5 Take measurements to assess electrical potential or charge leakage into adjoining infrastructure according to established procedures 2.6 Perform electrical and mechanical pole tests to ensure it is safe to climb 2.7 Inspect all hand and power tools, ladders, climbing and lifting equipment apparatus before use
3. Apply enterprise risk management plan	3.1 Apply enterprise procedures to manage potential hazards and risks 3.2 Communicate and confirm risk management strategies with co-workers within scope of own role 3.3 Confirm safety procedures to ensure management of emergency situations are in place 3.4 Obtain safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) 3.5 Delineate safe work zones and limits of approach to other services 3.6 Observe required road safety and traffic control measures according to established procedures 3.7 Implement safe strategies for working at heights and in confined spaces, according to regulatory requirements and within scope of own role
4. Complete work safely near live electrical apparatus	4.1 Report schedule and anomalies for completion and checking of work to authorised personnel, according to established procedures 4.2 Use safety equipment and PPE effectively 4.3 Use tested ladders, climbing and lifting equipment to work safely at heights, according to regulatory requirements and safety procedures 4.4 Operate hand and power tools safely at heights 4.5 Complete the work and ensure it complies with enterprise and industry earthing practices 4.6 Provide assistance in clearing worksite to ensure safety of telecommunications workers, the public and the telecommunications network 4.7 Complete work records and notify appropriate personnel that work is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine safety requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes enterprise safety documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses clear language, concepts, tone and pace appropriate for the audience to communicate safety outcomes
Navigate the world of work	Understands rights and responsibilities and complies with legal and regulatory requirements Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration; and seeks assistance in setting priorities Responds to predictable routine problems, implementing standard or logical solutions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWHS203 Work safely near power infrastructure.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWHS205 Work safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

conduct a risk assessment or simulated risk assessment for a telecommunications work site near power infrastructure

identify the safety and licensing requirements for working at heights and working in confined spaces

apply safety precautions while working at heights or in confined spaces near power infrastructure

test power pole infrastructure for electrical safety before working on the infrastructure

perform tests on the mechanical soundness of a pole in accordance with the asset (pole) owner guidelines.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

consequences of short circuits including:

arc flash

basic power industry protection schemes like reclosers

drop out fuses and their limitations for current limiting

effects of current including:

physiological effects and protection for physiological effects

basic principle by which electrical current can result in the production of heat, light and electromagnetic field

typical effects of current

definitions of terminologies including:

safe work zone

risk assessment

safe approach distances zones

safe working distances

work permit

access authorisation permits

technical standards

isolation procedures

compliance requirements

legislation, regulations, codes, standards, guidelines, enterprise requirements, certification and licensing applicable to above performance evidence and own telecommunications role when working safely up to the defined ‘safe work zone’ near energised electrical apparatus (including electrical powerlines), in particular:

electrical safety and technical knowledge relating to operating plant or vehicle near power lines including ‘step and touch potential’ and earth potential rise

safe approach distances including safe work zones that may apply for the intended work

for work near live electrical infrastructure – including AS/NZS 3000:2018 Electrical installations known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules

main components of work health and safety (WHS) that affect the work function

workplace environmental and WHS procedures including:

designation of personnel responsible for WHS

requirement for employee participation in WHS management

standard meanings of WHS symbols found on signs and labels in the workplace

raising WHS issues

recognising and reporting on hazards

responding to accidents, fires and emergencies

work operations to control risks

common road and pedestrian safety control measures appropriate to the worksite

separation and segregation between power and telecommunications cables and fittings

ground clearances, in-span clearances and attachment point clearances

test procedure for timber, steel, concrete and composite poles

techniques and precautions for undertaking different work functions and working safely up to the defined ‘safe work zone’ near energised electrical apparatus (including electrical powerlines) applicable to above performance evidence and own telecommunications role (work functions that may be performed include, vegetation control, rigging, dogging and/or any other activity that requires working safely near live electrical apparatus by a telecommunications worker)

limitations of installing telecommunications infrastructure on power assets, including installations near transformers and power substations

environmental control processes:

disposal and handling of hazardous and dangerous substances

noise pollution

waste disposal

electricity infrastructure assets, related voltages and requirements for working safely near live electrical apparatus as a telecommunications worker

how step or touch potential manifests itself

earth potential rise and how it manifests itself

weather conditions suitable for working near live electrical apparatus as a telecommunications worker

safe work zone for safe access near live electrical infrastructure for workers and operational plant

established enterprise procedures relating to working safely near power infrastructure at a telecommunications workplace, including incident management procedures

low and high aerial voltage systems.

Assessment Conditions

This unit of competency falls into the definition of high risk work and should be delivered and assessed in accordance with the national standard.

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

telecommunications site/s near power infrastructure

relevant WHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice

enterprise WHS policies and procedures

personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards. Refer also to the Requirements for assessors of high risk units in the ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work effectively within the digital and telecommunications industry and to work within enterprise arrangements and requirements.

It applies to individuals directly employed within a large enterprise or preparing to work for a small sub-contractor who undertake a range of tasks under supervision.

This unit applies to people who have recently entered the digital and telecommunications industry and are beginning their career as direct employees or contractors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan ongoing skills development	1.1 Obtain information about the various sectors of the digital and telecommunications industry 1.2 Seek advice about future career opportunities from appropriate people 1.3 Identify possible career directions in the enterprise for personal advancement 1.4 Self-assess own skills against job role to identify skills gap and plan for further skills development 1.5 Determine appropriate strategies to acquire additional skills 1.6 Identify and apply methods for keeping up-to-date with industry developments
2. Research a digital and telecommunications contractor business	2.1 Identify activities that are undertaken by a contractor business within the digital and telecommunications industry 2.2 Identify licences, permits, regulations or restrictions that apply to operating a contracting business 2.3 Identify resources available to support a contracting business 2.4 Identify costs of suitable vehicles and equipment required by a digital and telecommunications contracting business 2.5 Identify insurance requirements for operating a digital and telecommunications contracting business
3. Confirm employment arrangements	3.1 Access and read employment terms and conditions, and clarify points of concern 3.2 Access, read, negotiate and agree on work goals and objectives, according to enterprise requirements 3.3 Obtain information relevant to technical and regulatory requirements and apply at work
4. Participate in enterprise operations	4.1 Consult co-workers and team members to identify team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives 4.2 Develop strategies to support shared goals and seek assistance from others, as required, to prevent conflict 4.3 Comply with industry standards, and work health and safety guidelines
5. Contribute to teamwork and performance	5.1 Give and respond to feedback to assist in meeting team and personal goals 5.2 Communicate unresolved issues to appropriate personnel
6. Follow environmental regulations	6.1 Apply enterprise environmental policies and procedures 6.2 Ask questions and seek clarification relating to environmental work requirements 6.3 Identify environmental incidents that contravene environmental procedures and report to appropriate personnel according to these procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge required to establish, plan, manage and evaluate skill development
Reading	Recognises and interprets text to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Navigate the world of work	Takes steps to develop skills, obtain qualifications and/or experience relevant to current or desired work role Attempts to follow directions on the scope of responsibility within the role and begins to recognise when to involve others
Interact with others	Cooperates with team as part of familiar routine activities, and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability Seeks support from team when preventing conflict
Get the work done	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to ICTWOR201 Work effectively in telecommunications technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR202 Work effectively in the digital and telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

obtain information about relevant digital and telecommunications industry sectors including employment conditions

develop a list of contracting opportunities within the telecommunications industry

actively participate in a team.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

range of digital and telecommunications team roles and how these roles impact on the way a team works and what it might achieve

terms and conditions of employment common to the digital and telecommunications industry

role of contracting within the digital and telecommunications industry

legislation, codes and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

various sectors of the digital and telecommunications industry

enterprise policies, plans and procedures

sources of advice about career planning and skill development

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

environmental policies and procedures applicable to working in the digital and telecommunications industry.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

digital and telecommunications technology team

examples of resumes and career planning resources

relevant enterprise documentation such as policies, procedures and practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deliver all aspects of customer service relevant to the telecommunications industry. It includes creating a relationship with customers, identifying their needs, delivering services or products and processing customer feedback.

It applies to technicians who perform a range of tasks in a defined context under supervision or as part of a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Workplace effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish contact with customers	1.1 Greet customer in a professional, courteous and concise manner according to enterprise requirements 1.2 Maintain personal presentation according to enterprise requirements 1.3 Communicate using appropriate interpersonal skills to facilitate accurate and relevant exchange of information 1.4 Respond appropriately to customer requests and use effective communication strategies that reflect customer support needs 1.5 Establish rapport with customer by expressing a genuine interest in customer requirements
2. Identify telecommunications installation requirements	2.1 Use active listening and questioning techniques to clarify installation requirements 2.2 Identify details of existing and proposed telecommunications and/or cabling work 2.3 Establish intended uses of equipment and associated cabling requirements 2.4 Discuss benefits and disadvantages of alternative cabling or equipment as required 2.5 Convey information respectfully and clearly
3. Identify installation locations	3.1 Assess potential locations to ensure accuracy of installation 3.3 Propose locations and confirm with customer 3.4 Review existing plans and verify that proposed locations match enterprise preferred locations 3.5 Scope activities to avoid work, health and safety (WHS) hazards
4. Deliver service/s to customers	4.1 Establish availability, security, safety and other constraints on use of existing systems 4.2 Communicate information according to enterprise code of conduct 4.3 Implement enterprise procedures to install equipment and/or cabling according to industry standards and manufacturer specifications
5. Work as a team to provide customer service	5.1 Acknowledge workplace team in providing customer service 5.2 Agree on and establish a set of team goals and procedures in providing customer service 5.3 Contribute to and support other team member goals to achieve quality customer service outcomes 5.4 Review team goals and processes, as part of the team, to ensure continuous improvement of services provided to customers
6. Process customer feedback	6.1 Seek, recognise and acknowledge customer feedback in order to improve personal performance and/or behaviour 6.2 Respond according to enterprise procedures and legislative requirements 6.3 Identify unmet needs and evaluate suitable ways to action feedback 6.4 Assist customers to contact other services according to enterprise policies and procedures
7. Finalise customer interaction	7.1 Complete all required documents promptly and accurately according to enterprise policies and procedures 7.2 File completed documentation according to enterprise policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance, but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Understands requirements in enterprise policy and procedure documents Interprets product and service information in a range of formats to provide customer advice
Writing	Records customer information according to enterprise requirements
Oral Communication	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check and confirm location of installation
Navigate the world of work	Follows enterprise procedures and practices relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses accepted communication practices to establish connections, build rapport and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	Addresses routine problems in familiar work contexts Recognises opportunities to enhance work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTWOR308 Provide customer service to telecommunications customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, and to:

provide routine telecommunications customer services in a professional manner

document and record concerns and solutions according to enterprise guidelines and escalation procedures

identify customer needs using appropriate interpersonal skills

provide prompt service to address customer needs according to enterprise requirements

identify opportunities to increase the quality of service and products

respond to and record all customer feedback according to relevant standards, and enterprise policies and procedures.

Note: Evidence must be provided at least once when a specific volume or frequency is not stated.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge required to perform the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills, which includes knowledge about:

telecommunications customer equipment and their general features and capabilities

enterprise systems and telecommunications work environment

key provisions of relevant legislation from all forms of government that apply to providing customer service

enterprise policies and procedures relating to the customer service process

range of typical issues and challenges that can arise when providing customer service in the telecommunications industry.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace.

Access is required to:

workplace documents, enterprise policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to develop the habit of thinking in a more creative way through looking at things differently, musing, testing, experimenting and challenging existing thought patterns.

It applies to individuals who need to develop and extend their critical and creative thinking skills to different issues and situations and have a range of problem solving, evaluation and analysis skills.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Develop a questioning mindset	1.1 Develop the habit of asking questions from different perspectives 1.2 Take responsibility for exploring a variety of information sources to provide relevant answers to own questions 1.3 Sort through information and ideas to identify the central questions, issues and challenges 1.4 Challenge preconceptions and assumptions to determine actual constraints in defining a problem for resolution
2 Generate ideas and responses	2.1 Explore and use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate ideas and responses 2.2 Muse on, play around with and have fun with ideas in relation to a perceived objective 2.3 Identify and challenge blockers to creative thinking 2.4 Consider and explore realities beyond the current situation 2.5 Evaluate, and where appropriate, challenge existing boundaries to determine perceived or actual constraints 2.6 Show willingness to take risks with ideas and thought processes 2.7 Look around in familiar and unfamiliar places for new inspiration and habitually record observations, experiences, ideas and reflective thoughts to broaden personal knowledge base 2.8 Acknowledge and accept the opportunity for revelation when least expected 2.9 Identify connections and associations from things that seem unconnected
3 Challenge, test and re invent ideas	3.1 Identify, interrogate and challenge the assumptions behind ideas 3.2 Experiment with variations, and explore and challenge a range of different solutions and ideas 3.3 Consciously change perspectives, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways 3.4 Where appropriate, involve others in ideas and how they might change or be improved
4 Enhance creative thinking skills	4.1 Consciously challenge and question own thought patterns and ways of responding to work and life situations 4.2 Identify and take opportunities to selfassess and to learn about new ideas and different ways of thinking 4.3 Take opportunities to practise and experiment with creative thinking techniques across work and life situations 4.4 Proactively talk to others about ways that new ideas and patterns of thinking can be encouraged and developed

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.2, 2.7, 4.2	Uses questioning as a strategy to expand knowledge Reflects on existing thinking and current practices to generate new ideas
Reading	1.2, 1.3	Comprehends textual information and integrates ideas and concepts from various sources
Writing	2.7	Takes notes on observations, experiences and thoughts
Oral Communication	3.4, 4.4	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Interact with others	3.4, 4.4	Collaborates with others to test, strengthen and explore new ideas and different ways of thinking
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3	Uses analytical techniques to identify issues and evaluate options Contributes to the design of new approaches within the immediate work environment Understands and applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking to identify and select ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	BSBCRT301A Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

ask relevant questions to challenge and enhance creative thinking

use various information sources to provide answers to own questions

use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate ideas or responses to questions or issues

record ideas in response to a predetermined issue or situation.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain why it is important to consider different perspectives when asking questions

list and describe different creative thinking techniques

describe common blockers to creative thinking,

explain boundaries that need to be considered when generating ideas and responses

describe ways of extending and developing individual creative thinking skills.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to specific challenges and situations to which creative thinking may be applied.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use advanced-level critical thinking skills in a professional context. This includes using methods of analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

This unit applies to individuals who evaluate processes, products and services that may be proposed or already existing. This unit applies to individuals who are typically responsible for developing work processes, products and services that may be proposed or already existing.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Understand critical thinking in a workplace context	1.1 Identify key characteristics of concepts in a critical thinking protocol or process 1.2 Explore situations in which critical thinking concepts may be applied in the workplace 1.3 Reflect on benefits of adopting a critical thinking mindset and risks associated with failing to do so
2. Apply a systematic approach to decision making	2.1 Analyse and understand key elements of workplace processes, products or services 2.2 Identify limitations in existing or proposed workplace processes, products or services by applying critical thinking protocols or processes 2.3 Source information from a variety of different and verified sources 2.4 Compare and contrast alternative critical thinking concepts in a workplace decision making process 2.5 Apply a decision making framework to reach a defensible conclusion in a workplace context in accordance with organisational policies and procedure 2.6 Articulate and justify decision making process
3. Develop critical thinking mindset	3.1 Conduct review of effectiveness of decision making, including critical self-reflection 3.2 Seek meaningful feedback from organisational management 3.3 Identify areas for self-development 3.4 Develop plan for future process evaluations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects on own performance and seeks opportunities to improve own skills and knowledge
Reading	Interprets, evaluates and extracts relevant information from a range of texts for work requirements
Writing	Documents key research findings and ideas Develops clear workplace documents appropriate to audience and context
Oral Communication	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and persuasively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses a range of persuasive responses and makes comparisons which show an understanding of topics and concepts
Numeracy	Interprets and critically analyses numerical data to determine work process requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and considers the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities on own work Adheres to implicit and explicit organisational procedures and policies, seeking advice from others if necessary
Interact with others	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channel, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Reflects on personal values, behaviours and assumptions and considers how these might be perceived by others Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for systematically planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks according to agreed timelines Uses systematic processes to gather and analyse information required to make decisions Recognises opportunities to develop and apply new ideas and select ideas for implementation Considers the key themes and ideas to be explored and identifies ways to response to and use diverse perspectives Uses features and functions of digital tools and technologies to store and present information Contributes to creating a climate where people feel comfortable to suggest, explore, adapt and adopt new ideas as a regular part of work life Uses problem-solving skills to evaluate and challenge ideas and move towards solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes Release 1	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT404 Apply advanced critical thinking to work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explain critical thinking concepts and approaches, the value of applying such approaches, and how they may apply to a workplace context

use a range of critical thinking techniques to identify and address limitations in workplace processes, products or services

ask questions of self and others to broaden own knowledge and understanding

use various information sources to provide answers to own questions

develop a proposal to articulate to a broad range of workplace stakeholders a solution to an identified issue

incorporate feedback and self-reflection to critically assess performance

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role:

key features and characteristics of critical thinking concepts and approaches

key features and limitations of workplace procedures

key legislative requirements relating to workplace procedures

key sources of reliable information relevant to workplace procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to:

office equipment, technology, software and consumables required to implement internal and maintain internal control procedures

corporate governance documentation required for role

organisational operational policies and procedures required for role.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake in-depth and broad research into different concepts and theories of creativity, and to apply those to a particular field of endeavour.

It applies to individuals who use sophisticated research and critical analysis skills in the exploration of creativity and its application to work and life practice. This research may be related to traditionally creative fields of practice, such as the arts, but may equally relate to broader fields of activity.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Research concepts and theories of creativity	1.1 Use a range of research techniques to source information about creativity 1.2 Identify and explore potential new, emerging and alternative sources of ideas and thinking about creativity 1.3 Expand own knowledge and understanding of creativity through review and critical analysis of information 1.4 Analyse, compare and contrast a range of theoretical perspectives and thinking on creativity 1.5 Identify and explore the transmigration of creative thought to innovative output
2 Apply theories of creativity to practice	2.1 Evaluate the relevance and application of different theories and practices of creativity based on analysis of own work and life experience 2.2 Analyse the ways in which different aspects of history, theory and other influences are applied, adapted or challenged in practice 2.3 Assess the ways in which theories, thinking and practices about creativity may be applied that provide benefits to individuals, businesses and the community
3 Develop, articulate and debate own perspectives theories and practices of creativity	3.1 Take a critical approach to different theories and reflect on own ideas and responses 3.2 Develop own substantiated positions in response to research and analysis 3.3 Articulate own positions in a manner which demonstrates clarity of thought and conceptual understanding of different theories and thinking 3.4 Debate own positions on creativity showing belief in own ideas and a willingness to remain open to new perspectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1- 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Analyses and evaluates a range of complex historical and theoretical information and considers how to adopt and challenge ideas and influences in own creative processes
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1- 2.3, 3.1- 3.3	Prepares concise notes to help synthesise information sourced during research Documents findings and substantiates own opinions using relevant language, tone and structure
Oral communication	3.3, 3.4	Expresses thoughtful and challenging opinions using engaging language, appropriate tone and syntax Elicits views and information from others using active listening and provocative questioning techniques
Interact with others	3.3, 3.4	Uses communication to achieve its purpose, demonstrating a sophisticated understanding of how to get ideas across to others Shares knowledge and information freely as an integral part of work relationships whilst keeping an open mind to other points of view
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1	Systematically gathers and analyses relevant information to inform the development of concepts and ideas Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking Facilitates a climate in which creativity and innovation are accepted as an integral part of the way things are done

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity	BSBCRT601A Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT601 Research and apply concepts and theories of creativity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct at least one research project into past, current and emerging theories of creativity

develop and discuss substantiated positions on creativity and its application in response to own analysis and research.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain different theories and concepts of creativity, including different historical perspectives and current and emerging thinking

explain how different theories and thinking on creativity can be applied in different social and work contexts.

outline potential and actual benefits of creativity for individuals, businesses and communities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to current and emerging sources of information and thinking on creativity.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to digitally produce word documents in a workplace context.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace, using a limited range of practical skills and fundamental knowledge of word processing software/applications in a defined context, under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to produce documents	1.1 Adjust workspace, furniture and equipment to suit user ergonomic environments 1.2 Ensure workspace meets organisational work health and safety requirements for digital device operation, taking into account the type of device to be used 1.3 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with relevant personnel as required 1.4 Identify organisational and task requirements for document layout and design 1.5 Select most appropriate word processing application to produce document, in accordance with available resources and organisational policies
2. Produce documents digitally	2.1 Format document using appropriate application functions to adjust layout to meet information requirements, in accordance with organisational style and presentation requirements 2.2 Use application features to identify and manipulate display options and controls 2.3 Use relevant help functions to overcome simple issues relating to document presentation and production
3. Finalise and present documents	3.1 Review and edit final document, and prepare for delivery in accordance with organisational and task requirements 3.2 Deliver document to relevant audience within designated timelines and in accordance with organisational requirements 3.3 Name and store document appropriately in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without information loss

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises textual information within organisational and task requirements to determine work requirements
Writing	Records numerical and textual information in accordance with requirements of task
Oral Communication	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with relevant personnel in an effort to clarify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	Seeks guidance from more experienced work colleagues
Get the work done	Understands functions and features of specific digital applications and uses these to perform work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents	BSBITU201 Produce simple word processed documents	Updates to title, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow correct ergonomic requirements and organisational policies and procedures

produce digital documents that align to document purpose and appropriate to target audience

adhere to organisational style manual when formatting documents

use relevant help functions to rectify simple document issues

produce document in appropriate format for review

adhere to designated timelines when preparing documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate the following knowledge to effectively complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and to manage tasks and reasonably foreseeable contingencies in the context of the work role.

Key elements of basic formatting styles and their effect on formatting, readability and appearance of documents

Key functions of word processing applications

Key features of organisational requirements for ergonomics

Key features of organisational style and presentation guide.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

device user information

relevant organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources including a style guide and user manuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG513 Manage project quality

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.2. Version created to correct missing element
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage quality within projects. It involves determining quality requirements, implementing quality control and assurance processes, and using review and evaluation to make quality improvements in current and future projects.

It applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine quality requirements	1.1 Determine quality objectives and standards with input from stakeholders 1.2 Document, in a quality management plan, quality metrics for the project and product output 1.3 Select established quality management methods, techniques and tools to resolve quality issues 1.4 Distribute, discuss and support quality requirements with project team and stakeholders 1.5 Include agreed quality requirements in the project management plan, and implement as basis for performance measurement
2. Implement quality processes	2.1 Undertake quality assurance audit of project processes for compliance with agreed plans 2.2 Assess quality control of project and product output according to agreed quality specifications 2.3 Identify causes of variance to quality metrics and undertake remedial action 2.4 Maintain a quality management system to enable accurate and timely recording of quality audit data
3. Implement project quality improvements	3.1 Review processes and implement agreed changes continually throughout the project life cycle to ensure continuous quality improvement 3.2 Review project outcomes against performance requirements to determine the effectiveness of quality-management processes and procedures 3.3 Identify and document lessons learned and recommended improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3	Interprets, analyses and assesses textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 3.3	Develops and documents quality requirements for project plan Records results of quality audits according to organisational requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4	Participates in a verbal exchanges using clear language and appropriate non-verbal features to provide and seek relevant information Uses active listening and questioning techniques to elicit views and opinions of others
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.3	Interprets information to determine measurable objectives Interprets numerical information to measure outcomes against objectives
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes responsibility for identifying and following policies, procedures and standards
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4	Selects and uses appropriate communication practices in a range of work contexts Collaborates with others to foster shared understanding of quality requirements
Get the work done	1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors actions against goals, adjusting plans and resources where necessary Uses analytical skills to review and evaluate process and decide on future improvements Uses digital applications to access, organise, integrate and share relevant information in effective ways

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG513 Manage project quality Release 2	BSBPMG513 Manage project quality Release 1	Updated to correct missing element	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG513 Manage project quality

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.2. Version created to correct missing elements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

work with others to decide a project's quality requirements

document a quality-management plan

implement quality control and assurance processes for a defined project using a range of tools and methodologies

review outcomes and recommend process improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain quality management theory

explain relevant standards that apply in the organisation

describe quality assurance and control techniques, key tools and methodologies

describe roles and responsibilities of quality management personnel

explain methods for managing continuous improvement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

project documentation including quality criteria, evidence of quality monitoring and improvement practices

case studies or, where possible, real situations

Interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.2. Version created to correct missing elements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake procurement in projects.

It applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine procurement requirements	1.1 Identify procurement requirements with input from stakeholders as basis for procurement planning 1.2 Establish and maintain, within delegated authority, agreed procurement management plan
2. Establish agreed procurement processes	2.1 Obtain information from suppliers capable of fulfilling procurement requirements 2.2 Determine or adopt established selection processes and selection criteria, and communicate to vendors to ensure transparency 2.3 Obtain relevant approvals for procurement processes to be used
3. Conduct procurement activities	3.1. Identify and act according to probity and project governance constraints 3.2. Communicate agreed proposals and/or specifications to prospective vendors to ensure clarity of understanding of project objectives 3.3. Solicit vendor responses according to proposal requirements 3.4. Evaluate responses and select preferred vendors according to current legal requirements and agreed selection criteria 3.5. Negotiate with preferred contractor or supplier, to agree on terms and conditions of supply
4. Implement and monitor procurement	4.1. Implement established procurement management plan and make modifications in line with agreed delegations 4.2. Review progress and manage agreed variations to ensure timely completion of tasks and resolution of conflict within the legal framework of the supply agreement 4.3. Identify and report procurement management issues and implement agreed remedial actions to ensure project objectives are met
5. Manage procurement finalisation procedures	5.1. Conduct finalisation activities to ensure vendor deliverables meet contracted requirements 5.2. Review project outcomes using available procurement records and information to determine effectiveness of procurement processes and procedures 5.3. Document lessons learned and recommended improvements for application to future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 3.4, 4.1, 5.2	Interprets, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Develops plans using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Creates documents for internal and external use, using vocabulary and structure suitable for audience and context Drafts requests for approvals using organisational formats
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.5, 4.2	Participates in verbal exchanges using clear language to seek and provide information, or request approvals Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 4.2	Recognises cost parameters and interprets numerical information accordingly Calculates changes to timelines resulting from changes to plan
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.1, 3.4, 4.1	Understands responsibilities and boundaries of own role
Interact with others	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 4.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Uses interpersonal skills to negotiate acceptable outcomes
Get the work done	1.1,1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Plans and organises complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Resolves problems and makes decisions based on analysis of options against set criteria and targets

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement Release 2	BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement Release 1	Updated to correct missing elements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG518 Manage project procurement

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.2. Version created to correct missing elements
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

work with others to determine procurement requirements and produce a procurement management plan for a project

carry out procurement and contracting activities according to agreed processes

monitor activities across a project's life cycle and resolve issues that could affect achievement of project objectives

create and maintain procurement records and documentation according to requirements of project and organisation

document a review of procurement management processes and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the general features of a procurement management plan

summarise procurement procedures and required documentation

identify criteria that could be used to select vendors or suppliers

explain the general conditions and legal obligations of contracts as they relate to project procurement

explain probity and project governance constraints that relate to project procurement in a project and industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

workplace documentation relevant to procurement and contracts

case studies or, where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG520 Manage project governance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and implement project governance. It involves identifying, applying, monitoring and reviewing project governance.

It applies to individuals responsible for managing and leading a project in an organisation, business, or as a consultant.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project management structure	1.1 Determine organisational governance policies, procedures and expectations of project stakeholders 1.2 Negotiate clear and discrete project governance roles and responsibilities with relevant authorities 1.3 Establish delegated authorities for project decision-making 1.4 Identify and record differences between the organisation’s functional authorities and project authorities 1.5 Adopt, document and communicate unambiguous governance plan to relevant stakeholders
2. Apply project governance policies and procedures	2.1 Distribute and present information on governance planning to project team and other relevant stakeholders and ensure common understanding 2.2 Include delegated authorities within role and project position descriptions 2.3 Moderate conflicts regarding roles, responsibilities and authorities to support achievement of project objectives 2.4 Regularly report to the organisation and project authorities on performance and issues arising from governance arrangements
3. Monitor and review project governance	3.1 Analyse and review project governance impact on achieving project objectives 3.2 Document lessons learned and recommendations to assist future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1	Evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied according to organisational requirements
Writing	1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2	Records data according to organisational requirements Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Participates in a range of verbal exchanges using clear and detailed language to provide relevant information Uses active listening and questioning to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.4	Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit organisational procedures and protocols
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and agreement Manages conflict in workplace through recognising contributing factors and implementing resolution strategies
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Organises time and effort around priorities and results, focusing beyond immediate tasks to consider work performance of group Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations Recognises and addresses complex problems involving multiple variables Uses experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into effective decision-making in different contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG520 Manage project governance	BSBPMG520A Manage project governance	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG520 Manage project governance

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

devise and implement a governance plan, with an appropriate project management structure for a project of sufficient complexity to demonstrate the full range of performance requirements

demonstrate effective team leadership within context of project governance

monitor and evaluate a project governance structure.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain escalation and issues management models

describe frameworks for authority delegations

identify and analyse organisation or industry governance models in context of the project

describe project governance plans

explain methods to moderate and solve conflicts in context of project management.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Project Management field of work and include access to:

examples of project governance documentation

records of governance implementation in stakeholder and team activities.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement a business plan and modify operations as required.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business which stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role use problem-solving skills and take responsibility for developing approaches to manage business operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop operational strategies and procedures	1.1 Develop an action plan to provide a clear and coherent direction, in accordance with business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues, and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Develop a quality system for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop performance measures and operational targets to conform with the business plan 1.5 Develop strategies for innovation, including utilisation of existing, new or emerging technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems and key performance indicators or targets to monitor business performance and customer satisfaction 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety in accordance with the business plan 2.3 Maintain staffing requirements, where applicable, within budget, to maximise productivity 2.4 Carry out provision of goods or services in accordance with established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide goods or services in accordance with time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product or service and customer requirements
3. Monitor business performance	3.1 Regularly monitor and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, in accordance with business plan goals and objectives 3.2 Review systems and structures, with a view to more effectively supporting business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of the business quality system 3.4 Amend operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business plan, as required, to maintain business viability, in accordance with business goals and objectives 4.2 Clearly record proposed changes to aid future planning and evaluation 4.3 Undertake ongoing research into new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new business opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 4.1	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	3.2	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work with specific reference to safety
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3	Reflects on how digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals, and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and considers how these may suit own situation Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Uses each experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into what constitutes ‘good’ judgement and an effective decision in different contexts Recognises and addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 3	BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 2	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to successfully manage business operations, including:

developing an action plan

identifying risk management procedures

developing a quality system

implementing performance measures

utilising technologies to optimise business performance

implement and monitor strategies and procedures developed, including:

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

record and research business improvements

make appropriate adjustments to business operations as required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise relevant industry codes of practice

explain methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems

summarise methods for monitoring performance and implementing improvements

outline work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

identify relevant principles of risk management, including risk assessment

clarify quality system principles and methods

summarise relevant performance measures

discuss role of innovation

outline systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

identify technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

It applies to individuals with responsibility for a specific area of work or who lead a work group or team and addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices, including the development of processes and tools.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Investigate current practices in relation to resource usage	1.1 Identify environmental regulations applying to the enterprise 1.2 Analyse procedures for assessing compliance with environmental/sustainability regulations 1.3 Collect information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures, and provide to the work group where appropriate 1.4 Collect, analyse and organise information from a range of sources to provide information/advice and tools/resources for improvement opportunities 1.5 Measure and document current resource usage of members of the work group 1.6 Analyse and document current purchasing strategies 1.7 Analyse current work processes to access information and data to assist in identifying areas for improvement
2. Set targets for improvements	2.1 Seek input from stakeholders, key personnel and specialists 2.2 Access external sources of information and data as required 2.3 Evaluate alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues 2.4 Set efficiency targets
3. Implement performance improvement strategies	3.1 Source and use appropriate techniques and tools to assist in achieving efficiency targets 3.2 Apply continuous improvement strategies to own work area of responsibility, including ideas and possible solutions to communicate to the work group and management 3.3 Implement and integrate environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group with other operational activities 3.4 Supervise and support team members to identify possible areas for improved practices and resource efficiency in work area 3.5 Seek suggestions and ideas about environmental and resource efficiency management from stakeholders and act upon where appropriate 3.6 Implement costing strategies to fully utilise environmental assets
4. Monitor performance	4.1 Use and/or develop evaluation and monitoring, tools and technology 4.2 Document and communicate outcomes to report on efficiency targets to key personnel and stakeholders 4.3 Evaluate strategies and improvement plans 4.4 Set new efficiency targets, and investigate and apply new tools and strategies 4.5 Promote successful strategies and reward participants where possible

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 1.6, 1.7, 2.3, 3.1	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine legislative, regulatory and business requirements Reviews reported information to evaluate workplace strategies and improvement practices
Writing	1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.4, 4.5	Documents findings of investigations from written and oral sources according to organisational requirements Provides updates about progress using formats and language appropriate to the audience and context
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.4, 4.5	Presents information and seeks advice using structure and language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.5, 2.4, 3.1, 3.6, 4.4	Analyses numerical information to measure usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2	Recognises and follows legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with own role
Interact with others	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3-3.5, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates and consults with a range of stakeholders to achieve shared understanding of individual roles in meeting objectives
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4-1.7, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Develops plans to manage routine and non-routine tasks for own work group with an awareness of how they contribute to the broader organisation Uses systematic, analytical processes to set environmental targets, gather relevant information, identify and evaluate alternative approaches Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	BSBSUS301 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	Recoded to meet AQF standards	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS401 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to better align unit to AQF level.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse information from a range of sources to identify current procedures, practices and compliance requirements in relation to environmental and resource sustainability

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to seek input and encourage engagement with developing and implementing sustainability improvements, encourage feedback and suggestions and report on outcomes

plan and organise work group activities to:

measure current resource usage

solve problems and generate ideas for improvements

evaluate and implement strategies to improve resource usage

plan, implement and integrate improvements into operations

meet environmental requirements

apply continuous improvement approach to sustainability performance

apply change management techniques to support sustainability performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify relevant internal and external sources of information and explain how they can be used to identify sustainability improvements

explain the compliance requirements for the work area with reference to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and workplace procedures that relate to environmental and resource issues

outline common environmental and energy efficiency issues within the industry

give examples of benchmarks for environmental and resource sustainability that are relevant to the organisation

outline organisational systems and procedures that relate to environmental and resource sustainability improvements including:

supply chain, procurement and purchasing

quality assurance

making recommendations and seeking approvals

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to interpret requirements of an organisational environmental management plan and effectively implement it.

It applies to individuals who are responsible for sustainability, either as their primary duty or as a part of a work role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sustainability

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement environmental management plan	1.1 Access and interpret plan and relevant compliance documentation to determine process for implementation 1.2 Prepare schedule for implementation process 1.3 Identify required resources for the implementation in accordance with the schedule 1.4 Identify roles, responsibilities and training needs of individuals and work teams
2. Implement and monitor the environmental management plan	2.1 Communicate implementation process to staff 2.2 Allocate roles and responsibilities, and arrange required training 2.3 Execute implementation process in accordance with schedule 2.4 Provide on-going support to those conducting the plan's activities 2.5 Establish and apply procedures for monitoring activities against achievement targets and adjust resources as necessary
3. Review implementation process	3.1 Review implementation results in accordance with organisational requirements 3.2 Amend process as a result of review or other organisational changes 3.3 Document, maintain and store environmental management records according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4	Identifies and analyses complex texts to determine legislative, regulatory and business requirements Reviews texts to create a working plan and align resources
Writing	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2, 3.3	Researches, plans and prepares documentation using format and language appropriate to context, organisational requirements and audience
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 2.4	Presents information and seeks advice using language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit the views of others and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.3, 2.5	Applies calculations to identify required resources and timeframes Monitors results against defined goals and resources
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3	Recognises and follows legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with own role Allocates roles and enables appropriate training for others
Interact with others	2.1, 2.2, 2.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information Collaborates and consults with a range of stakeholders to achieve shared understanding of individual roles in meeting objectives
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.2-2.5, 3.1-3.3	Interprets and implements actions according to the organisational plan, taking responsibility for sequencing and timing of tasks Schedules to manage tasks for self and others, with an awareness of how implementation contributes to the broader organisation Analyses outcomes in accordance with organisational requirements to identify opportunities for improvement.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan	Not applicable	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSUS402 Implement an environmental management plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret an environmental plan to establish underpinning organisational and legislative requirements

prepare an implementation process schedule that incorporates resource requirements and meets organisational and legislative obligations

communicate individual roles and responsibilities to staff

address training and support needs

implement and monitor the schedule against required outcomes

review results and prepare required documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline organisational and legislative requirements in relation to environmental management

explain methods used to identify and address training needs

describe how resource requirements are identified

explain methods for creating and communicating schedules

explain how to monitor, review and record results of the implementation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the sustainability field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and workplace policies and procedures

interaction with others

case studies or, where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to securely manage personally identifiable information (PII) and workplace information.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries and job roles under some supervision and guidance who manage large amounts of PII and workplace information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Handle PII and workplace information responsibly	1.1 Review current standards, practices and procedures relating to workplace information 1.2 Identify sensitive data in own workplace environment according to organisational policies and procedures and within scope of own role 1.3 Classify workplace information types according to organisational procedures 1.4 Apply privacy policies to all data devices that require confidentiality
2. Store and share PII and workplace information securely	2.1 Organise obtained data sets in an easily retrievable format 2.2 Implement required access control protocols for identified sensitive data 2.3 Confirm that data is accurate, up-to-date, and comprehensive 2.4 Identify and report malfunctioning infrastructure and attacks on infrastructure that pose a threat to data integrity
3. Apply information protection protocols	3.1 Conduct back-up of on-site and off-site data according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Conduct privacy impact assessments on data 3.3 Confirm adherence to data protection compliance standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data
Oral communication	Asks open and closed probing questions and actively listens to clarify consultations
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations and legal requirements
Planning and organising	Efficiently and logically sequence the stages of data management
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with data storage, data retrieval and data management

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS303 Securely manage personally identifiable information and workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use data protection techniques to manage workplace information for one work area over the life of a small project or work cycle.

In the course of the above, the candidate must store and share personally identifiable information (PII) in a secure manner.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to securely managing PII and workplace information, including:

data protection

implications of Notifiable Data Breach legislation on an organisation and other associated Australian privacy laws

established international legislation

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

identifying sensitive data

securely storing, sharing and managing customer information

encryption, and protocols for its uses

data classification

media and document labelling

monitoring and reporting faults and malfunctions in IT infrastructure

industry best practice and Australian government sources of information relating to access control, including:

password protection

storage locations

securely sharing

data deletion

risks and benefits of cloud storage

risks of communicating sensitive information via non-secure means e.g. email and SMS

framework for distributed storage

technologies, techniques and protocols for storing and retrieving data

data protection protocols and industry-standard compliance standards relating to:

back-up

data sharing

data storage

disposal of sensitive information

privacy impact assessments.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required ensure the cyber security of digital devices.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries who as part of their job role ensure the security of digital devices used.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify appropriate security for digital devices	1.1 Create and maintain register of digital devices on organisation’s network 1.2 Confirm what information is held on the registered devices 1.3 Categorise level of risk associated with each device based on sensitivity of information stored 1.4 Select required security protocol to manage level of risk associated with each device
2. Apply protection strategies to digital devices	2.1 Install and run latest anti-malware on each device 2.2 Create strong passwords across personal and work accounts 2.3 Switch on two-factor authentication where available 2.4 Encrypt devices according to instructions 2.5 Develop associated physical security plan and communicate this to whole organisation
3. Evaluate effectiveness of applied protection strategies	3.1 Review number of breaches and business impact over review period 3.2 Monitor latest developments in digital security 3.3 Support organisation to select most appropriate security strategies
4. Patch software across multiple devices	4.1 Apply updates to software and applications across own desktop and mobile devices 4.2 Ensure that new devices are updated and configured correctly as part of initial start-up procedure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data Completes at times complex calculations and records mathematical data
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations relating to cyber security
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with protection strategies relating to cyber security

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS401 Maintain security of digital devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use best practice protection strategies to maintain the security of two different electronic devices over the life of a small project or work cycle

conduct gap analysis to evaluate effectiveness of all applied best practice strategies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

external party security risks and methods for mitigating risk

industry-accepted best practice protection strategies for improving security on digital devices:

password management

use of anti-virus software

virtual private network (VPN) use on public Wi-Fi

router settings

fundamentals of two-factor authentication

encryption

patching software applications

risk management methodologies

tools and techniques to conduct gap analysis of strategy performance

data protection requirements for:

stored data

data in transit

data in third party applications

mobile device security strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to promote cyber security in a work area.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries who as part of their job role support policies, procedures and practice within an organisation that promote cyber security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop cyber security awareness in work area	1.1 Establish current level of awareness in work area relating to cyber security 1.2 Create and maintain cyber security awareness program that reflects organisation-wide best practice 1.3 Contribute to developing cyber security policies and procedures, and communicate to required personnel
2. Support effective cyber security practices in work area	2.1 Review cyber security practices according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Arrange training and information updates as required, and maintain related records 2.3 Present insights from review and training to required personnel, and potential related impacts on workplace
3. Review cyber security awareness in work area	3.1 Review latest cyber security threats and trends impacting organisations 3.2 Document outcomes of review and suggested improvements for consideration by required personnel 3.3 Communicate review outcomes and cyber security improvement requirements according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information Shares insights gained from cyber security trend analysis
Oral communication	Consults with stakeholders to inform decision making
Reading	Interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology relating to cyber security in workplace documents
Planning and organising	Maintains records and documentation relating to cyber security protection
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with interdisciplinary teams to promote cyber security
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with promoting cyber security within work area

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS402 Promote workplace cyber security awareness and best practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop one set of policies and procedures for a work area that promote cyber security awareness and practices

arrange training or updates to be provided to colleagues that support practice or awareness in relation to two different cyber security matters.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to cyber security context of performance evidence, including:

data protection

implications of Notifiable Data Breach legislation on an organisation and other associated Australian privacy laws

established international legislation

organisational policies and procedures relating to:

securely storing, sharing and managing information

encryption, and protocols for its uses

data classification and management

media/document labelling

data governance

acceptable use

bring your own device

Australian government sources of information on current threats

risks associated with workplace cyber security

strategies and techniques for promoting workplace cyber security

techniques for:

implementing and promoting workplace cyber security awareness

facilitating training that promotes cyber security awareness, including the use of simulated activities.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support maintaining a cyber secure network through identifying cyber security threats for an organisation.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries who as part of their job role contribute to assessments of level of risk relating to real and potential cyber security breaches.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Contribute to reviewing workplace cyber security threats	1.1 Identify relevant organisational data security/protection policies and procedures 1.2 Contribute to organisation-wide cyber security audits 1.3 Contribute to identifying threats to workplace security of cyber security threats
2. Assist in assessing risks and potential business impact of cyber security threats	2.1 Assist in assessing cyber security risks and their likelihood, consequences and suggested mitigation strategies 2.2 Assist in reviewing industry level threats and best practice cyber security strategies 2.3 Assign risk levels for identified cyber risks based on measurement scale 2.4 Contribute to identifying impact of risks
3. Finalise cyber security threat assessment	3.1 Document impact findings that include recommendations for required responses to control risks 3.2 Support the communication of cyber security threat assessment outcomes and recommendations to required personnel 3.3 Seek feedback as required on assessment findings 3.4 Assist in integrating feedback to finalise threat assessment 3.5 Distribute or store final threat assessment according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data Completes at times complex calculations and records mathematical data
Oral communication	Asks open and closed probing questions and actively listens to clarify consultations Communicate findings of assessment of business impact to required personnel
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology relating to cyber security Produces written reports on business impact of assessed threat
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with interdisciplinary teams to ensure procedures are implemented
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with cyber security threat assessments

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS403 Contribute to cyber security threat assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide non-technical support to a cyber security threat assessment in a work area by describing three threats

communicate and distribute findings of the identified threats.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to contributing to cyber security threat assessments, including:

data protection

implications of Notifiable Data Breach legislation on an organisation and other associated Australian privacy laws

established international legislation

potential organisational impact of cyber attacks

online risks affecting organisation’s operations

common procedures for cyber threat rating and modelling

strategies, techniques and tools that improve an organisation’s cyber security and audit processes

organisational policies and procedures for information security, including:

confidentiality, integrity, and availability

communicating threat assessment findings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards and organisational procedures required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to cyber security risk management, which includes assisting in developing and managing associated risk management strategies.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries and job roles who work alongside technical experts to develop cyber security risk-management strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Contribute to recommending risk management strategies that mitigate cyber security risk	1.1 Consult with stakeholders to determine scope of risk management appropriate to organisation and industry 1.2 Review relevant critical cyber risk management strategies appropriate to level of risk 1.3 Assist in developing suitable cyber security response options according to organisational policies and procedures 1.4 Present options for risk management strategies for approval within scope of own role 1.5 Document approved risk management strategies
2. Support implementation of approved risk management strategies in response to risk	2.1 Support communication of approved risk management strategies to required personnel 2.2 Contribute to monitoring cyber security risk according to selected risk management strategies 2.3 Assist in determining compliance with implemented cyber risk mitigation strategies 2.4 Address non-compliance within scope of own role and escalate where required according to organisational policies and procedures 2.5 Assist in establishing feedback processes that provide warning of potential new risks according to organisational requirements
3. Review and revise implemented risk management strategies	3.1 Identify benchmarks to track effectiveness of risk management strategies 3.2 Support evaluation of effectiveness of implemented strategies 3.3 Update risk management strategies with new information as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data
Oral communication	Asks open and closed probing questions and actively listens to clarify consultations Communicate proposed risk management strategies to required personnel
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations and legal requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology relating to cyber security Maintains and updates a range of documents, including risk registers and incident response plans
Planning and organising	Manages incident response plans
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with interdisciplinary teams develop cyber risk management strategies
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with cyber security risk management

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS404 Contribute to cyber security risk management

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

contribute to developing and implementing risk management strategies that control two different identified cyber security risks and document the response option applied to each risk

support evaluation of effectiveness of each implemented strategy.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to contributing to cyber security risk management, including:

data protection legislation

notifiable data breach legislation

Australian privacy laws

established international legislation

key risk management strategies, including:

regular organisational training

regular threat assessment

cyber security incident response plan

clear escalation routes

organisational policies and procedures, including for:

analysing and reviewing risk management methodologies

developing communications plans

evaluating effectiveness of risk management strategies

monitoring cyber risk

reviewing currency of risk register

industry-specific knowledge of suitable procedures for applying risk management strategy

guidelines required for updating technology

business process design principles in relation to risk management

reporting mechanisms for tracking organisational cyber security maturity.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in responding to and containing cyber security incidents.

It applies to those working in a broad range of industries and job roles who work alongside technical experts to develop cyber security risk-management strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence – Cyber Security

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm cyber security incident and contribute to its containment	1.1 Confirm nature and location of cyber security incident according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Estimate risk, likelihood and potential consequence of incident according to organisational response procedures 1.3 Assist in ensuring that cyber incident is contained according to legislative requirements and organisational cyber security incident response plan 1.4 Assist in confirming no further risks according to legislative requirements and organisational response procedures
2. Communicate information on cyber security incident	2.1 Escalate cyber security incident with required workplace personnel according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Consult with required internal and external stakeholders on communication needs relating to cyber security incident 2.3 Assist in alerting required external parties according to legislative requirements and organisational procedures
3. Contribute to post-incident activities	3.1 Support post-breach review and reporting 3.2 Assist in identifying lessons learnt from incident response and recommended changes to cyber security response plan 3.3 Assist in updating cyber security response plan to reflect review outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Communicate lessons learnt and recommendations to required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Modifies behaviour following exposure to new information Understands developments within cyber security protection and is able to advise on which options are appropriate
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical data Completes at times complex calculations and records mathematical data
Oral communication	Asks open and closed probe questions and actively listens to clarify consult with business and ICT technicians Communicate findings of assessment of business impact to required personnel
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from relevant sources to determine organisational expectations and legal requirements
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology relating to cyber security Produce written reports on business impact of assessed threat
Planning and organising	Manages cyber security incident response plan including protection strategies through to responding to breaches
Technology	Uses appropriate technology platforms to assist with cyber security incident responses

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCS405 Contribute to cyber security incident responses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package 6.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to assist in:

responding to two different cyber security incidents in a work area

conducting one post-breach review.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative requirements relating to contributing to cyber security incident responses, including:

data protection

implications of notifiable data breach legislation on an organisation and other associated Australian privacy laws

established international legislation

procedures for developing communications plans

organisational policies and procedures relating to cyber security incident response, including procedures for:

confirming nature and location of incidents

determining risk, likelihood, and consequence of incidents

containing incidents

notifying internal and external stakeholders of incident

internal and external communications

conducting post-breach reviews

reporting methods for cyber security incidents, including official government channels

key features of cyber security incident response plan

risk mitigation strategies and procedures relating to cyber security

internal and external stakeholders involved in responding to cyber security incidents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of a work environment requiring cyber secure practices, processes and procedures.

Access is required to:

information and data sources relating to cyber security

device with active internet connection

internet browser

industry standards, organisational procedures, and legislative requirements required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0. Version created to rectify typographical error
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work effectively as part of permanent or project based teams in a workplace within an industry.

This unit applies to a wide range of workers, but has a specific focus on the teamwork skills required for workers with limited responsibility for others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cross Sector Skill

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify individual work tasks within a team	1.1 Identify own responsibilities according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Identify own role and task requirements within team 1.3 Articulate team structure and roles of other team members 1.4 Plan and prioritise own tasks according to given time frames and team requirements
2. Contribute effectively to team goals	2.1 Identify team goals and own responsibilities relevant to achieving team goals 2.2 Contribute ideas and information in team planning discussions 2.3 Share knowledge and skills with team members to enable effective teamwork and seek or offer support as required
3. Work effectively with team members	3.1 Communicate clearly and respectfully with team members, considering the needs of those from diverse backgrounds and roles 3.2 Collaborate effectively with team members, including those who are working remotely on workplace issues 3.3 Seek and provide assistance and feedback to team members where appropriate
4. Communicate effectively with team leaders	4.1 Receive and confirm understanding of task instructions or directions 4.2 Communicate personal commitments in a timely manner 4.3 Identify and report any issues preventing the completion of workplace tasks, according to organisational requirements 4.4 Seek and act upon feedback to improve personal performance and/or behaviour

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Interact with others	Uses appropriate communication practices when communicating with others Cooperates and collaborates with team members
Get the work done	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, seeking assistance in setting priorities Uses digital technology to find, record or communicate information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW301 Work in a team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 5.0. Version created to rectify typographical error
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, including on at least one occasion, evidence of the ability to:

identify individual and team roles and responsibilities

plan assigned tasks according to priorities and deadlines, and in accordance with organisational requirements

contribute to achievement of team goals

share knowledge, ideas and problems with team members

act on feedback in a constructive manner

collaborate with a remote team member on a workplace issue.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

organisational requirements relevant to working in a workplace team:

workplace policies

codes of conduct

organisational reputation and culture

typical compositions of workplace teams, and the roles and responsibilities of team members within organisations

techniques for giving and receiving feedback in a constructive manner

methods to support team members

key principles of cross-cultural communication and communication with individuals with special needs or disabilities

methods and tools to work with others remotely:

collaboration via phone or mobile

collaboration via video conference

collaboration via other digital tools or software

issues that may impact team performance and outcomes

techniques to collaborate effectively with those working remotely.

Assessment Conditions

Mandatory conditions for assessment include:

A safe working or simulated environment

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively lead and facilitate a team in a workplace within any industry.

This unit has a specific focus on the teamwork skills required for team leader or supervisor level (depending on organisational structure) workers with responsibility for others or teams.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cross Sector Skill

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan team outcomes	1.1 Identify common objectives of workplace team, responsibilities and required outcome(s) 1.2 Use performance plans to establish expected outcomes, goals, and behaviours for individual team members in accordance with team objective and relevant policies 1.3 Select appropriate strategies to ensure team members are accountable for their roles and responsibilities 1.4 Plan for contingencies that could impact the team
2. Coordinate team and individuals	2.1 Communicate common team objectives and responsibilities to team members 2.2 Allocate tasks to team members based on staff expertise or development potential and provide appropriate instructions 2.3 Facilitate open and respectful communication and collaboration between team members, considering the needs of those from diverse backgrounds 2.4 Identify opportunities for cross collaboration amongst external and internal teams and individuals
3. Support team	3.1 Provide coaching to staff to enhance workplace culture 3.2 Support individuals according to organisational requirements to work towards common team goals 3.3 Facilitate team to identify, brainstorm, report and resolve task related issues and inefficiencies 3.4 Use problem solving skills to deal with any team, task or individual challenges
4. Monitor team performance	4.1 Measure team member performance against agreed work plans 4.2 Provide timely and constructive performance feedback to team members according to expected organisational standards 4.3 Identify specific learning and development opportunities to improve team and individual performance and behaviours 4.4 Implement action plans to address individual and team training needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Interact with others	Uses appropriate communication practices when communicating with team members and facilitating activities Establishes and builds relationships and rapport with team members to foster a positive team environment Recognises the perspectives of team members and diversity of opinion, and manages conflict as required
Navigate the world of work	Understands and explains ethical and legal, regulatory and organisational responsibilities to team
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements work activities in line with organisational policies and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW401 Lead and facilitate a team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, including on at least one occasion, evidence of the ability to:

assign tasks to team members with appropriate instruction and considering any required contingencies

provide feedback and assistance to team members

collate feedback on individual and team performance

identify and implement development opportunities for others

manage conflicts and challenges according to organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

organisational requirements relevant to workplace teams:

workplace policies

codes of conduct

organisational reputation and culture

legislative requirements relevant to the workplace

facilitation techniques to encourage team cohesion and effectiveness

mentoring and coaching techniques to support team members

strategies for conflict resolution and negotiation

different methods and styles of communication

key principles of cross-cultural communication and communication with individuals with special needs or disabilities professional behaviours to role model as a leader

typical workplace contingencies that can impact teams:

unplanned leave or absence of workers

re-allocation of work tasks

succession planning for important team roles

teamwork challenges relevant to performance evidence:

difficulties performing tasks

conflicts with clients or team members

potential risks or safety hazards

unethical or inappropriate behaviour.

Assessment Conditions

Mandatory conditions for assessment include:

A safe working or simulated environment

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to establish the estimated costs associated with the acquisition of materials and labour on building and construction sites, together with the application of relevant overhead costs and margins. Knowledge of physical resource and supplier identification, assessment of the availability of and requirements for skilled labour and application of appropriate codes, regulations and approvals gaining processes is essential.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the needs of estimators, builders, managers and trade contractors within the construction industry responsible for producing estimated costs for labour, materials, overheads and on-costs on various residential and commercial construction projects within their scope of work as a trade contractor or builder.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Read and interpret plans and specifications.	1.1. Appropriate plans and drawings are correctly identified. 1.2. Project plans and specifications are read and understood. 1.3. Levels, heights, gradients and other measurements are interpreted. 1.4. Measurements are made and quantities identified from plans and specifications that conform to standard industry practice.
2. Identify and calculate labour costs.	2.1. Types and numbers of appropriate on-site personnel are identified and the time required on site is estimated. 2.2. Labour hours for non-contract elements of on-site work are calculated. 2.3. Costs or rates for required on-site work are calculated.
3. Identify and establish physical resource requirements.	3.1. Physical resource requirements are identified. 3.2. Lists of materials are produced and quantities calculated. 3.3. Quantities are established against project or standard construction contracts. 3.4. Supplier prices for materials and consumables are obtained. 3.5. Plant or equipment requirements are identified and costed.
4. Develop estimated project costs.	4.1. Appropriate labour rates and material costs are selected and applied. 4.2. Estimates of unit costs are determined and applied as appropriate. 4.3. Costs to the project of WorkCover, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements, seeking approvals, waste management site fees and other statutory or additional costs are identified and applied. 4.4. Company overhead recovery and margins are applied. 4.5. Completed estimated project costs are calculated for inclusion in a tender or bill.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand read and interpret drawings and specifications use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication contractual arrangement problem solving estimate labour and materials costs from written information numeracy skills to calculate labour hours and costs, material quantities and costs use appropriate costing software programs.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: how to access and interpret: national codes, including Building Code of Australia (BCA) and the Plumbing Code of Australia Australian standards relevant to the industry sector includes state or territory and local government building and construction codes, standards and government regulations relevant to the form of building or construction being undertaken (e.g. WorkCover and EPA) types of building and construction drawings and specifications types, scope and usage of labour through the employee and subcontractor systems operation and structure of the organisation's costing and contracting system.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by the preparation of a detailed estimate of labour, materials and other project costs as part of the preparation of a tender or bill for a residential or commercial construction project relevant to the specific trade or sector. This unit of competency can be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: identify materials required for a project gather information about material supply interpret measurements and calculate quantities and costs plan and allocate human resources identify and cost other related costs, such as those required to meet statutory and planning approval processes produce documentation that meets the timeframes and quality standards established by the organisation communicate effectively, both verbally and in writing.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: documentation that should normally be available in either a building or construction office relevant codes, standards and government regulations office equipment, including calculators, photocopiers and telephone systems computers with appropriate software to view 2-D CAD drawings, run costing programs and print copies a technical reference library with current publications on measurement, design, building construction and manufacturers' product literature a suitable work area appropriate to the construction process. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Plans and specifications include:	building codes materials lists and quantity schedules materials specifications sketches or drawings statements of requirements.
Plant or equipment requirements include:	communications equipment conveyors heavy equipment, such as wheeled and tracked earthmoving equipment, trucks and articulated vehicles hoists mobile and tower cranes on-site equipment, such as: compressors pumps generators portable lighting lifting equipment portable compaction equipment.
Unit costs may include the cost of:	construction cost per square metre installation of pipes per metre installation of sanitary ware per unit laying of foundation per metre laying of slabs per square metre laying of steel tray roofing per square metre masonry walls per square metre painting per square metre tiling per square metre.
Project costs include:	building or construction materials communications costs cost of meeting statutory requirements, e.g. EPA fuels, lubricants and consumables organisational and subcontract labour hours overheads project administration costs site facilities, such as: offices toilets lunch rooms waste removal fees.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCCM2007B Use explosive power tools.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely and effectively operate explosive power tools (EPTs) using explosive charges in a magazine to fasten materials or fix fasteners to bases.

The unit supports the application of knowledge to safely and effectively use a range of indirect action explosive powered fastening tools used in the construction industry.

It applies to workers who work with EPTs in the construction industry. It involves working under supervision in a team environment.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to set up, operate and maintain indirect action EPTs.	1.1 Review and clarify task to set up, operate and maintain indirect action EPTs. 1.2 Review work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the task in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3 Identify safety signage and barricade requirements. 1.4 Review environmental requirements for the task in accordance with environmental plans and legislative requirements. 1.5 Calculate material quantity requirements. 1.6 Check EPTs for operation in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and safety requirements for use of EPT.
2. Set out fasteners.	2.1 Erect identified safety signage and barricades, and fit personal protective equipment (PPE). 2.2 Select fastener in accordance with requirements of the job. 2.3 Set-out fasteners adhering to minimum distances for set out from edge of substrate material in accordance with requirements. 2.4 Position material, check it is level, and temporarily fix or clamp into designed position in accordance with detailed drawings.
3. Operate EPTs.	3.1 Select charge in accordance with the requirements for material, base and penetration. 3.2 Install any attachments and accessories to EPT in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and WHS requirements. 3.3 Load fastener and charge into EPT in accordance with manufacturers’ specification. 3.4 Carry out EPT operation and fix fastener into place in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and legislative requirements. 3.5 Check depth of fastening penetration and adjust power regulating device in accordance with conditions. 3.6 Carry out misfire procedures in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and legislative requirements. 3.7 Remove temporary holdings and fixings without damage to material.
4. Maintain EPTs and kit.	4.1 Check safety features of tools for serviceability in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications. 4.2 Clean and lubricate tools in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications. 4.3 Carry out periodic maintenance service in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications. 4.4 Replenish diminished stocks of charges and fasteners to designed effectiveness of EPT kit. 4.5 Check and complete logbook and record maintenance in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications.
5. Secure and store EPT equipment and charges.	5.1 Store used charges in designated container in accordance with requirements. 5.2 Store unused fasteners, the EPT and attachments in a carry case in line with manufacturers’ specifications.
6. Clean up after operating EPTs.	6.1 Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and task requirements. 6.2 Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.

reading skills to:

interpret legislative requirements including those of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

numeracy skills to:

apply measurements and calculations to fastener set-out

oral communication skills to:

use questioning to identify and confirm requirements

discuss cause of problems

report work site hazards, including faults in tools, equipment and materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCM2007B Use explosive power tools.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2007 Use explosive power tools

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCCM2007B Use explosive power tools.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must use explosive power tools (EPTs) to fix metal and timber to one steel base, one concrete base, and one masonry base.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

jurisdictional legislation and regulations relating to setting up, operating and maintaining indirect action EPTs including those for work health and safety (WHS), and protection of the environment, including:

job safety analyses (JSAs)

safe work method statements (SWMSs)

safety data sheets (SDSs)

safety manuals and instructions for plant, tools and equipment

signage and barricades

personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental and work site safety plans

requirements of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) relating to setting up, operating and maintaining indirect action EPTs

functions, operations and limitations of EPTs

EPT materials

EPT charges and fasteners

EPT attachments, including channel, rebate and other manufacturer attachments

EPT, fastener and charge manufacturers’ specifications

processes for interpreting drawings and using information for:

setting-out fasteners, including:

regulated minimum distances

bases, including concrete, masonry or steel

positioning material

processes for:

using EPTs, including:

stripping and assembling tools

completing log of serviceability

maintaining and cleaning tools

selecting charges and fasteners applicable to the base material and material being fixed

misfire procedures

using attachments

complying with storage and security regulations and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for the working environment

selecting signage

test fire

maintaining EPTs and kits

securing and storing EPT equipment and charges

materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management

processes for the calculation of material requirements

security and storage procedures for equipment and charges

workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

industry-standard indirect action EPTs, attachments, fasteners and charges

specifications for tasks requiring use of EPTs

appropriate documents, materials, tools equipment and PPE currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to undertake Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) induction training within the construction industry. It requires the ability to demonstrate personal awareness of OHS legislative requirements, and the basic principles of risk management and prevention of injury and illness in the construction industry. Licensing requirements will apply to this unit of competency depending on the regulatory requirements of each jurisdiction.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the attainment of the basic OHS knowledge required prior to undertaking designated work tasks within any of the sectors within the construction industry. The unit relates directly to the general induction training program specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify OHS legislative requirements.	1.1. Applicable OHS legislative requirements relevant to own work, role and responsibilities are identified and explained. 1.2. Duty of care requirements are identified. 1.3. Own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices are identified and explained.
2. Identify construction hazards and control measures.	2.1. Basic principles of risk management are identified. 2.2. Common construction hazards are identified and discussed. 2.3. Measures for controlling hazards and risks are identified.
3. Identify OHS communication and reporting processes.	3.1. OHS communication processes, information and documentation are identified and discussed. 3.2. Role of designated OHS personnel is identified and explained. 3.3. Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained. 3.4. Procedures and relevant authorities for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4. Identify OHS incident response procedures.	4.1. General procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained. 4.2. Procedures for accessing first aid are identified. 4.3. Requirements for the selection and use of relevant personal protective equipment are identified and demonstrated. 4.4. Fire safety equipment is identified and discussed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: clarify OHS legislative requirements verbally report construction hazards and risks ask effective questions relay information to others discuss OHS issues and information comprehension skills to: explain the basic OHS legislative requirements which will be applicable to own work explain the meaning of safety signs and symbols identify common construction hazards discuss the basic principles of risk management.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory OHS legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and industry standards/guidance notes relevant to own work, role and responsibilities basic principles of risk management and assessment for construction work common construction hazards common construction safety signage and its meanings general construction emergency response and evacuation procedures general construction work activities that require licenses, tickets or certificates of competency general first aid response requirements general procedures for raising OHS issues general procedures for reporting OHS hazards, accidents, incidents, emergencies, injuries, near misses and dangerous occurrences general procedures for responding to hazards, incidents and injuries general workers' compensation and injury management requirements OHS hierarchy of controls OHS responsibilities and rights of duty holders, including: persons in control of construction work/projects employers and self-employed persons supervisors employees designers inspectors manufacturers and suppliers own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices relating to: housekeeping identification of hazards preventing bullying or harassment smoking use of amenities use of drugs and alcohol role of OHS committees and representatives types of common personal protective equipment and fire safety equipment types of OHS information and documentation.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence must confirm personal awareness of the following: applicable OHS legislative and safety requirements for construction work including duty of care the range of common construction hazards and procedures for the assessment of risk and application of the hierarchy of control OHS communication processes, information and documentation including the role of OHS committees and representatives, the meaning of common safety signs and symbols, and procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries general procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies including evacuation, first aid, fire safety equipment and PPE.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Resources must be available to support the program including participant materials and other information or equipment related to the skills and knowledge covered by the program. It is recommended that the assessment tool designed specifically to support this unit of competency will provide consistency in assessment outcomes. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities Access must be provided to appropriate assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed In all cases where practical assessment is used it will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy levels of the operator, any cultural issues that may affect responses to the questions, and reflecting the requirements of the competency and the work being performed.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods may include more than one of the following: practical assessment oral questioning written test work-based activities simulated project based activity

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
OHS legislative requirements relate to:	Australian standards construction industry OHS standards and guidelines duty of care health and safety representatives, committees and supervisors licences, tickets or certificates of competency National Code of Practice for Induction Training for Construction Work national safety standards OHS and welfare Acts and regulations safety codes of practice.
Duty of care requirements relate to:	legal responsibility under duty of care to do everything reasonably practicable to protect others from harm own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices, including activities that require licences, tickets or certificates of competency relevant state OHS requirements, including employers and self-employed persons, persons in control of the work site, construction supervisors, designers, manufacturers and suppliers, construction workers, subcontractors and inspectors.
Safe work practices include:	access to site amenities, such as drinking water and toilets general requirements for safe use of plant and equipment general requirements for use of personal protective equipment and clothing housekeeping to ensure a clean, tidy and safer work area no drugs and alcohol at work preventing bullying and harassment smoking in designated areas storage and removal of debris.
Risk relates to:	likelihood of a hazard causing injury or harm.
Principles of risk management include:	assessing the risks involved consulting and reporting ensuring the involvement of relevant workers controlling the hazard identifying hazards reviewing to identify change or improvement.
Hazard relates to:	any thing (including an intrinsic property of a thing) or situation with the potential to cause injury or harm.
Common construction hazards include:	confined spaces electrical safety excavations, including trenches falling objects hazardous substances and dangerous goods HIV and other infectious diseases hot and cold working environments manual handling noise plant and equipment traffic and mobile plant unplanned collapse ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Measures for controlling risk to eliminate or minimise hazards in accordance with the hierarchy of control include:	elimination substitution isolation engineering control administrative control personal protective equipment.
OHS communication processes include:	discussions with OHS representatives OHS meetings OHS notices, newsletters, bulletins and correspondence OHS participative arrangements processes for raising OHS issues toolbox talks workplace consultation relating to OHS issues and changes.
OHS information and documentation includes:	accident and incident reports Acts and regulations Australian standards codes of practice construction documentation and plans emergency information contact evacuation plans guidance notes job safety analyses labels material safety data sheets (MSDS) proformas for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries reports of near misses and dangerous occurrences risk assessments safe work method statements safety meeting minutes site safety inspection reports.
Designated OHS personnel includes:	first aid officers OHS committee members OHS representatives supervisors.
Safety signs and symbols include:	emergency information signs (e.g. exits, equipment and first aid) fire signs (e.g. location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment) hazard signs (e.g. danger and warning) regulatory signs (e.g. prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction) safety tags and lockout (e.g. danger tags, out of service tags).
Relevant authorities include:	emergency services (e.g. police, ambulance, fire brigade and emergency rescue) OHS regulatory authority supervisor.
Incidents include:	accidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property near misses or dangerous occurrences which do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence, for example: breathing apparatus malfunctioning to the extent that the user's health is in danger collapse of the floor, wall or ceiling of a building being used as a workplace collapse or failure of an excavation more than 1.5 metres deep (including any shoring) collapse or partial collapse of a building or structure collapse, overturning or failure of the load bearing of any scaffolding, lift, crane, hoist or mine-winding equipment damage to or malfunction of any other major plant electric shock. electrical short circuit, malfunction or explosion uncontrolled explosion, fire or escape of gas, hazardous substance or steam any other unintended or uncontrolled incident or event arising from operations carried on at a workplace.
General procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies include:	basic emergency response (keep calm, raise alarm, obtain help) evacuation notification of designated OHS personnel and authorities notification of emergency services (e.g. when and how) referring to site emergency plans and documentation.
Emergencies include:	chemical spill fire injury to personnel structural collapse toxic and/or flammable vapours emission vehicle/mobile plant accident.
Personal protective equipment includes:	aprons arm guards eye protection gloves hard hat hearing protection high visibility retro reflective vests protective, well fitting clothing respiratory protection safety footwear UV protective clothing and sunscreen.
Fire safety equipment includes:	breathing apparatus fire blankets firefighting equipment.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the mandatory work health and safety training required prior to undertaking construction work. The unit requires the person to demonstrate personal awareness and knowledge of health and safety legislative requirements in order to work safely and prevent injury or harm to self and others. It covers identifying and orally reporting common construction hazards, understanding basic risk control measures, and identifying procedures for responding to potential incidents and emergencies. It also covers correctly selecting and fitting common personal protective equipment (PPE) used for construction work.

This unit meets the general construction induction training requirements of:

Part 1.1 Definitions and Part 6.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations;

Division 11 of Part 3 of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996 for Western Australia; and

Division 3 of Part 5.1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 for Victoria.

It is expected that site-specific induction training will be conducted prior to conducting construction work.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit. Relevant work health and safety state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm jurisdictional requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify health and safety legislative requirements of construction work.	1.1.	Basic roles, responsibilities and rights of duty holders are identified and explained according to jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements.
1.2.	Duty of care requirements are identified.
1.3.	Construction safe work practices are identified and explained.
2.	Identify construction hazards and risk control measures.	2.1.	Basic principles of risk management are identified.
2.2.	Construction hazards are identified and discussed.
2.3.	Purpose and use of PPE are identified and demonstrated.
2.4.	Measures for controlling hazards are identified.
3.	Identify health and safety communication and reporting processes.	3.1.	Health and safety documents are identified and discussed.
3.2.	Roles of designated health and safety personnel are identified and explained.
3.3.	Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained.
3.4.	Procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4.	Identify incident and emergency response procedures.	4.1.	Procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained.
4.2.	Procedures for accessing first aid are identified.
4.3.	Types and purpose of fire safety equipment are identified and discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	locate and recognise numbers commonly used in safety signs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions listen to instructions to identify key safety information tell another person about a construction problem or hazard.
Reading skills to:	follow simple pictorial safety instructions follow simple safety instructions that are written in English.
Problem-solving skills to:	select risk control measures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements must include at least one of the following state and territory Acts or their equivalent:	Australian Capital Territory: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 New South Wales: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 Northern Territory: Work Health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act 2011 Queensland: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 South Australia: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Tasmania: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Victoria: Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Western Australia: Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills, and range of conditions of this unit, in addition to the specific performance and knowledge evidence described below.

The person must:

identify and orally report two construction hazards

orally explain how risk could be reduced or removed in relation to those two hazards

select appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to control the risk

orally explain basic procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies, including types and purpose of the following fire safety equipment:

fire blankets

fire extinguishers, including water, carbon dioxide, powder and foam

hose reels and mains

identify and orally explain the meaning of required safety signs and symbols

orally explain the purpose of job safety analyses (JSAs), safe work method statements (SWMS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

orally explain the roles of the following designated health and safety personnel:

first aid officers

work health and safety representatives

work health and safety committee members

supervisors.

The person must also demonstrate correctly fitting to themselves the PPE listed below:

eye protection

hearing protection

hard hat

high visibility retro reflective vest.

Knowledge Evidence

A person must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic duty of care, and the roles, rights and responsibilities of business owners and workers in relation to working safely while undertaking construction work

basic meaning of the terms ‘hazard’ and ‘risk’

basic principles of risk management, including the following five steps in order:

identify hazard

assess risk

consult and report

control hazard

review

basic procedures for accessing first aid

construction hazards, including those relating to:

asbestos

confined spaces

electrical: power lines, cords and equipment

excavations and trenches, including underground services

dust

falling objects

hazardous substances and dangerous goods

hot and cold work environments

manual handling

noise

plant and equipment operation

traffic and mobile plant

unplanned collapse

ultraviolet radiation

working at heights, including scaffolding

construction work that requires a high risk work licence

types, purpose and use of PPE used in construction, as specified in the performance evidence, and including safety footwear, harnesses and respiratory protection, and ultraviolet (UV) protective clothing and sunscreen

construction emergencies, including:

chemical spill

fire

injury to personnel

structural collapse

toxic or flammable vapour emission

vehicle or mobile plant accident

construction incidents, including:

incidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property

near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence

safe work practices that should be followed in construction work, including:

accessing and using site amenities for drinking water, hand washing and toilets

following safety procedures when performing work tasks and using equipment

identifying and reporting hazards, incidents and injuries in the workplace

keeping the work area clean, tidy and free from debris

not using or being affected by drugs and/or alcohol while at work

preventing bullying and harassment in the workplace

selecting and using required PPE

smoking only in designated areas

storing and removing waste and debris in designated areas

meanings and symbols associated with construction safety signs, symbols and tags, including:

emergency information signs: exits, emergency equipment and first aid

fire signs: location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment

hazard signs and symbols: danger and warning

regulatory signs and symbols: prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction

safety and lockout tags: danger and out-of-service tags.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

all of the PPE listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

state or territory Act relevant to the location of the learner, as specified in the range of conditions.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically and/or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media in real time.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Assessors must hold the unit CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, or its successor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to carry out work health and safety (WHS) requirements through safe work practices in all on- or offsite construction workplaces.

It requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks and work requirements, and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

The unit covers fundamental WHS requirements necessary to undertake work tasks within any sector in the construction industry. It includes the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos, and compliance with legislated work safety practices. It does not cover removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity.

It applies to workers in the construction industry.

This unit also relates directly to the general construction induction training requirements of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations 2011 and relevant occupational health and safety regulations for Victoria and for Western Australia. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry covers these induction training requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess risks.	1.1 Identify, assess and report hazards in the work area to designated personnel. 1.2 Report safety risks in the work area based on identified hazards, to designated personnel. 1.3 Follow safe work practices, duty of care requirements and safe work instructions for controlling risks. 1.4 Contribute to WHS, hazard, accident or incident reports in accordance with workplace procedures, Australian government and state or territory WHS legislation, and relevant information.
2. Identify hazardous materials and other hazards on work sites.	2.1 Correctly identify and, if appropriate, handle and use hazardous materials on a work site in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 2.2 Apply measures for controlling risks and construction hazards effectively and immediately. 2.3 Use appropriate signs and symbols to secure hazardous materials that have safety implications for self and other workers, immediately they are identified. 2.4 Identify asbestos-containing materials on a work site and report to designated personnel.
3. Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	3.1 Identify, wear, correctly fit, use and store correct personal protective equipment and clothing for each area of construction work in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Select tools, equipment and materials, and organise tasks in conjunction with other personnel on site and in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.3 Determine required barricades and signage, and erect at the appropriate site location. 3.4 Apply material safety data sheets (MSDSs), job safety analyses (JSAs) and safe work method statements (SWMSs) relevant to the work to be performed.
4. Apply safe work practices.	4.1 Carry out tasks in a manner that is safe for operators, other personnel and the general community, in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 4.2 Use plant and equipment guards in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications, work site regulations and Australian Standards. 4.3 Follow procedures and report hazards, incidents and injuries to relevant authorities. 4.4 Recognise and do not use prohibited tools and equipment in areas containing identified asbestos. 4.5 Identify and follow requirements of work site safety signs and symbols. 4.6 Clear and maintain work site area to prevent and protect self and others from incidents and accidents, and to meet environmental requirements.
5. Follow emergency procedures.	5.1 Identify designated personnel in the event of an emergency for communication purposes. 5.2 Follow safe workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and other emergencies, including identification and use, if appropriate, of fire equipment within scope of own responsibilities. 5.3 Describe, practice and effectively carry out emergency response and evacuation procedures when required. 5.4 Carry out emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries and, as soon as possible, accurately report treatment details to designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures on three separate and different occasions in the construction industry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

jurisdictional work health and safety (WHS) and environmental legislation and regulations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of applying WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

procedures and policies for identifying and reporting hazards, safety risks and hazardous materials, including asbestos, in the workplace

procedures for following safe practices when dealing with hazards and hazardous materials, and controlling risks associated with them

use of appropriate protective equipment and clothing, choice of tools, use of barricades and signage, and the necessity of following relevant safety procedures as indicated

methods of safely performing tasks in accordance with legislative requirements and workplace policies and procedures

procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries

necessity for keeping work site clear of risks to prevent accidents and to meet environmental requirements

policies and procedures to be followed in an accident, fire or other type of emergency.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCPCM2043A Carry out WHS requirements

Modification History

Changes to application, elements and performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and critical aspects

Not equivalent to CPCPCM2023A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to carry out work health and safety (WHS) requirements through safe work practices in a plumbing and services work environment.

The unit requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks, work requirements and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

It includes the initial response to workplace emergencies; the safe use of electricity; the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos; and compliance with legislated work safety practices.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports safe work practices for the plumbing and services industry.

Site location for work application may be either domestic or commercial and may be a new work site or an existing structure or fitting being renovated, extended, restored or maintained. It could also be conducted in an on or off-site workshop or at a customer's premises.

The unit does not cover the removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

In some jurisdictions, this unit of competency may form part of accreditation, licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Participate in workplace induction.	1.1	Workplace induction is received.
1.2	Location of emergency equipment is identified.
1.3	Current workplace emergency and evacuation procedures are identified.
1.4	Identify safe working conditions with employer.
1.5	Identify employee and employer rights and responsibilities regarding safe working conditions.

2	Assess risks.	2.1	Hazards in the work area are identified, assessed and reported to designated personnel.
2.2	WHS issues and risks in the work area are identified, assessed and reported to designated personnel.
2.3	Safe work practices, procedures and instructions are followed.
2.4	WHS, hazard, accident or incident reports are completed according to workplace procedures and statutory and regulatory authorities and legislation.

3	Identify hazards and hazardous materials on work site.	3.1	Hazardous materials on a work site are identified, secured and tagged using appropriate signs and symbols; and if appropriate, handled and used according to company and legislated procedures.
3.2	Measures for controlling risks and construction hazards are applied effectively and immediately.
3.3	Asbestos-containing materials (ACM) are identified on a work site and reported to designated personnel.

4	Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	4.1	Quality assurance requirements of company operations and safe work practices are identified and adhered to.
4.2	Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, correctly fitted and used according to the requirements of the job.
4.3	Tools and equipment are selected consistent with safe work practice requirements, checked for serviceability, and any faults are reported to supervisor.
4.4	Required barricades, hoardings and signage are determined and erected at job location.
4.5	Material safety data sheets (MSDS) are identified and applied.
4.6	Sustainability principles and concepts are observed when preparing for and undertaking work process.

5	Use safe work practices to carry out work.	5.1	Work is carried out safely and according to state or territory statutory requirements and company policy.
5.2	Safety hazards and common workplace accidents and incidents are identified in the course of work and reported according to policy.
5.3	Industry, site and personal safety rights and responsibilities are applied.
5.4	Prohibited tools and equipment in areas with identified asbestos are identified and isolated.
5.5	Firefighting equipment is selected and used according to type of fire and correct operating procedures.
5.6	Current site emergency and first aid procedures are followed.

6	Maintain safety of self and others.	6.1	Safety signs, identified in terms of colour and shape, symbols and alarms, are adhered to.
6.2	Hazardous chemicals and materials are identified, handled and stored, maintaining the safety to self, others and the environment.
6.3	Incidents are reported according to legislative requirements and workplace procedures.
6.4	Common causes of accidents in the industry are identified and prevention measures implemented in line with site induction.
6.5	Site area is maintained to prevent incidents and accidents and protect self and others

7	Use electricity safely.	7.1	Safest supply and route for electrical supply are determined.
7.2	Leads are supported and placed according to regulations.
7.3	Power board visual check is conducted.
7.4	Leads and equipment are checked for tags and visual damage.
7.5	Electrical hazards are identified and reported.

8	Apply emergency response.	8.1	Emergencies are identified.
8.2	Emergency response is provided according to company procedures and requirements.
8.3	Details of actions taken are reported according to company procedures and requirements using appropriate communications.

9	Clean up work site area.	9.1	Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled according to legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specifications.
9.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored according to manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.
9.3	Information is accessed and documentation completed according to workplace requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
communication skills to: complete written reports and other relevant documentation enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals initiative and enterprise skills to: evaluate safety issues in the workplace and determine appropriate action recognise WHS hazards, including asbestos, and take all opportunities to alleviate safety problems in a variety of construction work sites and environments initiative and enterprise skills to identify and report to appropriate personnel any faults in tools or materials literacy skills to read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources MSDS work safety procedures and instructions self-management skills to deal calmly and effectively with any potential safety problems and work closely with other team members and supervisors to ensure safe working conditions are maintained teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technology skills to: access and understand site-specific instructions in a variety of media use mobile communication technology
Required knowledge
asbestos management code relating to prevention of exposure job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements (SWMS) manual handling techniques MSDS relevant legislation, regulations and workplace requirements relating to WHS, including hazard reduction and personal safety requirements for working in confined spaces and at height, including on rooves tools and equipment prohibited from being used near identified ACM risk assessment safe work practices in normal working environment types, possible location and risks of ACM, including serpentine and amphobile groups and their use in common building materials workplace and equipment safety requirements workplace hazards and their precautions and reduction workplace response to emergencies

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment providing that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate plumbing and services workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications for applying safe work practices in the workplace apply safety requirements throughout the performance of work sequences, including electrical requirements and personal protective clothing and equipment apply sustainability principles and concepts undertake site and workplace induction correctly identify the location of ACM understand and apply policies and procedures for reporting presence of ACM to designated personnel assess workplace risks and interpret and apply safe work practices understand workplace requirements for emergency response, including evacuation procedures correctly locate and identify workplace firefighting and other safety equipment and appliances correctly select and use appropriate processes, tools and equipment safely complete all work to specification comply with regulations, standards and workplace instructions, procedures and processes, including reporting and documentation communicate and work effectively and safely with others.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the minimum task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry-related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace induction may include:	first aid officers and kits personnel competent and/or licensed in the safe handling of asbestos site induction work site locations specific site WHS issues specific site requirements.
Safe work practices are to be according to state and territory legislation and regulations and may include:	handling of materials hazard control procedures and procedures for handling hazardous materials and substances PPE prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices use of firefighting equipment use of first aid equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	commonwealth, state or territory, and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Identifying and reporting asbestos-containing materials:	includes recognising common types of ACM that may be found in construction materials and buildings covers asbestos rope/fabrics, asbestos cement sheeting, asbestos cement piping and lagging on pipes, bituminous waterproof membrane, millboard, asbestos flues, sheeting under ceramic or vinyl floor or wall tiles in wet areas involves reporting ACM to person in control of the workplace as set out in the relevant Asbestos Management Code.
Sustainability principles and concepts:	cover the social, economic and environmental use of resources to meet current and future needs may include: selecting appropriate components and material choosing efficient products using material efficiently storing and disposing of hazardous material to ensure minimal environmental impact.
Safety hazards may include:	hazards and risks associated with tools and equipment inflammable materials and fire hazards lifting practices lighting, gases, electricity and water spillage, waste and debris toxic and hazardous substances working at heights working in confined spaces.
Emergencies may include:	accidents fires injuries sudden illness.
Emergency response may include:	common site signs equipment tags facility or location signs safety barricades and warning signs site direction traffic signs workplace evacuation involving staff and customers.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Plumbing and services

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to prepare and present evidence in court.

It requires

sourcing, organising and checking security information to be used as evidence in court proceedings, and checking compliance against rules of evidence and evidence management principles to ensure admissibility

participating in oral briefing sessions, submitting evidence briefs and preparing documentation and exhibits

adhering to court procedures and protocols such as those relating to personal presentation, manner and language

presenting evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and providing specialist opinion on request.

It applies to people working independently or under limited supervision as members of a security team.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people engaged in security operations in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Security operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare evidence.	1.1 Review workplace policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legal rights and responsibilities when preparing and presenting evidence in court. 1.2 Source, research and collate case summary and supporting information. 1.3 Select information to be used as evidence in court and confirm its relevance, validity and admissibility in court. 1.4 Organise evidence and check compliance against evidence management principles. 1.5 Interpret requirements for recording and presenting evidence in court.
2. Prepare for court proceedings.	2.1 Participate in oral briefing session with relevant persons to confirm court arrangements, own role and involvement. 2.2 Discuss information to be presented as evidence and clarify negotiation parameters with relevant persons. 2.3 Submit briefs of evidence in a logical sequence and check compliance with rules of evidence to ensure admissibility in court proceeding. 2.4 Conduct a thorough review of material to be used or referred to in court proceeding prior to presentation in court to ensure familiarity, completeness and availability. 2.5 Prepare documentation and exhibits and review to confirm their acceptability for use in court.
3. Attend court proceeding and present evidence.	3.1 Attend court and adhere to court procedures and protocols including those for personal presentation, manner and language throughout proceeding. 3.2 Present admissible evidence in a clear, concise and unambiguous manner and on request, provide specialist opinion within own area of competence and expertise in accordance with evidence requirements. 3.3 Note, file and store outcomes of proceedings and associated documentation and evidence in accordance with evidence management principles.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria:

language skills to use security industry approved terminology

writing skills to:

prepare documentation using formal structure and language

sequence security information and evidence to present cohesive text

reading skills to interpret:

procedures and policies that clarify legal rights and responsibilities

information and evidence that may be technical in nature, and in pictorial, diagrammatic or written formats

speaking and listening skills to:

use active listening to check understanding when participating in briefing sessions

participate effectively in spoken interactions in a court setting using strategies to confirm, clarify or repair understanding

make constructive additions to what has been said when offering own specialist opinion in court

numeracy skills to estimate time required to complete work tasks

problem solving skills to:

verify accuracy and sources when gathering information and evidence

analyse information to ensure it complies with rules of evidence for admissibility

teamwork skills to adjust personal communication styles in response to the opinions, values and needs of others

technology skills to use a range of common information technologies to access, store, study, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data or information that may be used as evidence.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC3124 Prepare and present evidence in court

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC3009A Prepare and present evidence in court.

Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must prepare and present evidence in court in two separate court proceedings.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

standard operating procedures and workplace policies that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when preparing and presenting evidence in court:

anti-discrimination and diversity

duty of care

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

information privacy and confidentiality

workplace health and safety (WHS)

basic research techniques that can be used to gather information and evidence

evidence management principles

methods for complying with privacy and confidentiality regulations when gathering, presenting and storing security information

methods for identifying proofs of an offence

methods for preserving, maintaining, storing and transporting evidence and exhibits that may be used in court

operational functions of a range of information technologies used to gather, organise and present security information and evidence

own areas of competence and expertise to provide specialist opinion in court

procedures for preparing briefs of evidence

procedures, protocols and rules to be followed when presenting evidence in court:

addressing court personnel

language

manner

participating and giving evidence

personal presentation

who's who in court

purpose of the Evidence Act

requirements for recording information that is factual and can be used as evidence in court, including meaning of ‘continuity of evidence’

requirements for recording and reporting incidents

requirements for taking statements from witnesses

rules of evidence that can be presented in court:

contemporaneousness

must not be 'hearsay'

must not be opinion

must be relevant

must be admissible

storage requirements for information that is susceptible to spoil or damage, such as film, tapes and images

techniques for validating the accuracy and reliability of security information and evidence

treatment of persons being interviewed

types of documentation and exhibits that may be presented as evidence in court

types of law:

civil

common

criminal

statute.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs). All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainer’s licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and a security operative licence that authorises the security activities about which the individual is training/assessing. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in an operational workplace environment or environment that reflects workplace conditions. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits that would be expected in a workplace.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media.

Assessment of performance evidence is only valid where the learner has been assessed performing the role of a security officer.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

specifications of assessment tasks to prepare and present evidence in court

appropriate documents, materials, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry

information technologies required to gather, organise and present security information and documentation

standard operating procedures and workplace policies related to the security work role and which specify requirements for complying with industry legislation and regulations

access to a court environment to allow achievement of the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to assess security risks associated with client operations and formulate suitable treatment options as part of a risk management strategy. It includes analysing the client’s security objectives and operating environment and establishing criteria to select and prioritise risk treatment options consistent with recognised industry practice and guidelines provided by ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000). The unit requires preparing formal reports detailing risk management options and possible consequences of not implementing recommended treatments.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client’s security requirements and risk environment.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for assessing security risk management options.
1.2	Clarify client security objectives and risk assessment terms of reference in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Source and review information to identify and assess risks associated with operating environment of client.
1.4	Analyse type, nature and cause of identified security risks and prioritise based on severity and likelihood of occurrence.
1.5	Document risk assessment outcomes and check to ensure data currency and reliability.
2	Formulate security risk management options.	2.1	Identify security risk treatment options commensurate with risk assessment and client requirements.
2.2	Research the application of identified treatment options in similar contexts to assess their effectiveness in mitigating risks to client’s operating environment.
2.3	Establish criteria to assess effectiveness of treatment options consistent with recognised industry practice and guidelines provided by ISO 31000.
2.4	Apply criteria to select and prioritise recommended treatment options.
3	Finalise and present security risk management options.	3.1	Finalise and document security risk assessment detailing recommended risk management options and possible consequences of not implementing recommended treatments.
3.2	Check report to ensure analysis and recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with terms of reference, and supported by verifiable information.
3.3	Present report to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain identified security risks and treatment options to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
3.4	Complete and secure risk assessment documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreement

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured assessment reports

numeracy skills to apply basic probability statistics when assessing security risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5003 Assess security risk management options

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5003A Assess security risk management options. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by assessing security risks and formulating risk management options associated with two of the following scenarios:

security of a mass gathering

security of a crowded place

asset security.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when assessing security risk management options:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct governing security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when establishing criteria to assess risks and treatment options

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to assessing security risk management options in the jurisdiction of operation

client instructions and operating environment information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop comprehensive security risk management plans based on the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000). It includes identifying and evaluating security risks and existing control measures, developing action plans to identify and manage risks, designing risk treatment options and testing them in the field as part of a security risk management strategy.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Evaluate security risks and controls.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for developing security risk management plans.
1.2	Clarify client security requirements and operating environment in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Source and review information to identify security risks.
1.4	Clearly distinguish and confirm acceptable and unacceptable security risks.
1.5	Set priorities for risk treatment and assurance of controls.
1.6	Highlight and specify risks that are high priority to ensure appropriate controls are developed.
1.7	Evaluate existing controls to determine impact on risk occurrence and implement required modifications.
2	Plan risk management strategies.	2.1	Develop and document action plans that identify tasks, activities and resources required to achieve security risk management objectives.
2.2	Select security risk control measures based on assessed type, nature, cause and degree of risk associated with identified security risks.
2.3	Incorporate actions to respond to contingencies when planning risk management strategies.
2.4	Establish communication and reporting arrangements to maintain currency of action plans in consultation with relevant persons.
3	Design security risk treatment options.	3.1	Assess client’s operating environment to confirm potential and real security risks.
3.2	Select feasible risk treatment options and conduct research to confirm implications for controlling whole or part of security risks.
3.3	Document and cost recommended risk treatment options to ensure compatibility with nature of risk and client requirements.
3.4	Consult with relevant persons to verify suitability of recommended risk treatment options and obtain required approvals.
3.5	Test risk treatment options in the field and analyse results to verify effectiveness of treatments in the security context.
4	Finalise and present security risk management plan.	4.1	Finalise and document comprehensive security risk management plan in the required format according to workplace requirements.
4.2	Check security risk management plan to ensure analysis and recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with client requirements, and based on the principles of ISO 31000.
4.3	Present risk management plan to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain identified security risks and treatments to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
4.4	Implement procedures to monitor and review security risk management activities to ensure continuous improvement.
4.5	Complete and secure risk management plan in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreement

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured security risk management plans

numeracy skills to apply statistical methods and present statistical data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5004 Develop security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPPSEC5004A Prepare security risk management plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing and documenting two security risk management plans that meet the requirements of clients with different risk management requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when developing security risk management plans:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

activities to be included in action plans for security risk management

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for distinguishing between acceptable and unacceptable security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

methods for testing treatment options in the field

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when designing security risk management strategies and treatment options

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to developing security risk management plans in the jurisdiction of operation

client instructions and operating environment information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPSEC5005A Implement security risk assessment plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to implement security risk management plans. It includes organising, costing and allocating resources, monitoring emerging security risks and changes in the operating environment against activities and targets in action plans, and reviewing treatment options to update security risk management plans. Risk management plans are implemented based on the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000).

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Organise and allocate resources to support security risk management plan.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian standard ISO 31000 to understand and comply with requirements for implementing security risk management plans.
1.2	Review security risk management plan to clarify and cost resource requirements.
1.3	Plan and schedule activities and targets to meet requirements of risk management action plans.
1.4	Define roles, responsibilities and work schedules for implementing security risk management plan and communicate to relevant persons.
1.5	Organise efficient allocations of resources, equipment and materials required to implement risk management action plans.
1.6	Disseminate information to support security risk management plan information according to workplace and regulatory requirements.
2	Monitor emerging security risks and operating environment.	2.1	Monitor emerging risks and assess ongoing suitability of implemented security risk treatment options based on ISO 31000 principles.
2.2	Monitor changes to operating environment and identify and incorporate corrective contingency measures into security risk management plan.
2.3	Regularly review risk management targets and outcomes against action plans to confirm aims and objectives are achieved.
2.4	Prepare documentation and guidelines explaining incidence, nature and causes of emerging security risks and contingencies implemented.
3	Review treatment options and update security risk management plan.	3.1	Systematically review effectiveness of security risk treatment options in meeting risk management objectives.
3.2	Identify and test required corrective measures to confirm suitability to meet risk management objectives.
3.3	Modify security risk management plan to incorporate corrective measures and address discrepancies between treatment options and risk incidence.
3.4	Seek feedback from relevant persons on effectiveness of treatment options and make required adjustments to incorporate feedback.
3.5	Cost long and short-term options to accurately estimate resource allocations to support security risk management plan.
3.6	Confirm stages of implementation for security risk management plan and coordinate required resources to ensure availability.
3.7	Finalise updated security risk management plan according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate agreements

writing skills to prepare succinct and logically structured security risk management documents and guidelines

numeracy skills to apply statistical methods and present statistical data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC5005A Implement security risk management plan.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5005 Implement security risk management plans

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPSEC5005A Implement security risk assessment plan. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by implementing two different security risk management plans.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply when implementing security risk management plans:

key requirements of legislation, regulations and codes of conduct for security risk management in the jurisdiction of operation

legal rights and responsibilities of employers, supervisors and employees associated with work health and safety and duty of care

licensing requirements in the security industry

trespass and removal of persons

use of force

application of integrated security measures including physical security, manpower, security technologies and security of personnel and information

distinction between information and intelligence and methods for validating information sources

work scheduling methods

activities and targets contained in risk management action plans

methods for achieving efficiencies when allocating resources, equipment and materials to the implementation of security risk management plans

implications for security risk management arising from:

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places

methods for determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for distinguishing between acceptable and unacceptable security risks

methods for prioritising security risks and treatment options based on degree of risk

methods for testing treatment options in the field

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

recognised industry practice and application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when implementing and updating security risk management plans

types of treatment options appropriate to the range of security risks and threats to various client operating environments:

assets

buildings

crowded places

mass gatherings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply when implementing security risk management plans in the jurisdiction of operation

risk management plans including action plans, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism

National Guidelines for the Protection of Places of Mass gathering from Terrorism

Active Armed Offender Guidelines for Crowded Places

Improvised Explosive Device Guidelines for Crowded Places

Chemical Weapon Guidelines for Crowded Places

Hostile Vehicle Guidelines for Crowded Places.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to implement security systems that employ advanced technologies including biometrics, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, smart technologies and video integration. It includes assessing risks and threats to client assets, evaluating existing security measures, and devising feasible implementation options that integrate advanced technology security systems within existing security architectures.

This unit is suitable for those using a broad range of cognitive, technical and communication skills to select and apply methods and technologies to analyse information and provide solutions to sometimes complex problems.

Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply in some states and territories to the provision of advice on security solutions, strategies, protocols and procedures. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Security/Risk management

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client’s security requirements.	1.1	Access and interpret key requirements of legislation and regulations to understand and comply with requirements for implementing advanced technology security systems.
1.2	Clarify client assets, security requirements, budget and timeframes for implementing advanced technology security system in consultation with relevant persons.
1.3	Identify and assess threats to physical and technical security of client.
1.4	Identify and assess security risks to client assets and prioritise risk levels.
1.5	Evaluate reliability and effectiveness of existing security measures against identified threats and risks.
1.6	Document findings and seek specialist assistance as required to assess security requirements of client.
2	Identify requirements for implementing advanced technology security system.	2.1	Assess advanced technology security system options to meet security threats and risks and client requirements.
2.2	Analyse and confirm physical and technical specifications for advanced technology security system to be installed.
2.3	Assess existing security architecture to identify requirements for effectively integrating advanced technology security system.
2.4	Identify resources, skills and training required to implement advanced technology security system.
2.5	Summarise implementation requirements in a format suitable for further analysis.
3	Design and verify implementation options for advanced technology security system.	3.1	Design system implementation options based on analysis of implementation requirements.
3.2	Conduct checks to verify implementation options are feasible and comply with time schedules, available resources and budget.
3.3	Confirm implementation options will effectively control assessed risks and threats to client assets.
4	Finalise strategy for implementing advanced technology security system.	4.1	Finalise and document strategy to implement advanced technology security system.
4.2	Check strategy to ensure analysis recommendations are clear, coherent and consistent with client requirements, include contingency measures, and are supported by verifiable information.
4.3	Present strategy to relevant persons within agreed timeframes and explain system design and implementation requirements to enhance understanding and acceptance of recommendations.
4.4	Complete and secure implementation strategy documentation in a manner that facilitates future retrieval and maintains client confidentiality according to workplace and regulatory requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

oral communication skills to negotiate client agreements

writing skills to prepare logical and sequenced technical specifications for implementing advanced technology security systems

reading skills to interpret key requirements of technical specifications, plans and designs for security systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and non-equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometric technology.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC5006 Develop strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPSEC5006A Determine strategy for the implementation of biometrics technology. Unit has been broadened to cover other advanced technologies in addition to biometrics. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by developing and documenting two strategies to implement security systems that employ at least two types of advanced technologies from the list below:

artificial intelligence (AI)

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements that apply to the implementation of advanced technology security systems:

client service standards

licensing requirements in the security industry

regulatory requirements associated with providing advice on implementing security systems

application of ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Guidelines (ISO 31000) when developing strategies to implement advanced technology security systems

methods for achieving efficiencies when allocating resources, equipment and materials to the implementation of advanced technology security systems

methods for assessing security risks and threats and determining the type, nature and causes of potential and actual security risks

methods for comparing and contrasting advanced technology security system information

methods for determining security system requirements including single and multiple applications of advanced technologies

operational principles of, and information technologies used in internet protocol networked security systems

process and application of dynamic risk assessment and risk management methods

purpose of Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism and understanding of:

definition of crowded places

key security issues for crowded places

objectives, characteristics and identification of active armed offenders

definition of hostile vehicles and methods of attack

signs of chemical weapons attack and recommend response

general features of improvised explosive devices and recommended incident response

requirements for integrating a range of advanced technology security systems within existing security architecture across local area networks and wide area networks

types, functions and parameters of a range of advanced technology security systems involving:

AI

biometrics

robotics

smart technologies

video integration

ways that social and cultural differences may be expressed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice that apply to the implementation of advanced technology security systems in the jurisdiction of operation

client specifications and information, resources and information technologies required to achieve the performance evidence

ISO 31000

Australia’s Strategy for Protecting Crowded Places from Terrorism.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and implement design concepts and use industry animation software to create 2D animations for inclusion in interactive media products, short stand-alone animated sequences and basic games.

It applies to individuals who work in a team environment and report to a senior animator, designer, director or producer.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify animation requirements	1.1 Clarify 2D animation requirements, including design specifications and storyboard in consultation with relevant people 1.2 Clarify target users or audience and requirements with regard to output formats and delivery platforms
2. Generate and assess ideas	2.1 Review animations, artworks and other creative sources that may inspire design ideas 2.2 Generate a range of animation ideas that are technically feasible, respond to specifications and provide creative solutions to all design issues 2.3 Discuss animation ideas with relevant people
3. Plan approach	3.1 Assess the range of 2D animation software to determine compatibility with design specifications 3.2 Select the most appropriate 2D animation software in consultation with relevant people 3.3 Evaluate initial design ideas and discuss with relevant people to select final design concept to meet production requirements and timelines
4. Produce animations	4.1 Apply basic screen, visual design, communication and animation principles and animation techniques to produce animated sequences based on concept 4.2 Use animation software to import or generate sufficient quantity of key frames to establish required actions 4.3 Check copyright conditions on images from external sources 4.4 Combine animated objects to produce single sequences according to creative requirements and specifications 4.5 Integrate audio assets where necessary 4.6 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for long periods of time 4.7 Save and store animations using appropriate output file formats and standard naming conventions
5. Finalise animations	5.1 Review animations to assess creative solutions to design specifications, appropriateness to users or audience and technical feasibility 5.2 Discuss and confirm with relevant people additional requirements or modifications to overall designs or animations and undertake necessary amendments

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.3, 4.4, 5.1	Interprets production documentation and design specifications in relation to own duties Locates and reviews creative sources that may inspire new ideas
Writing	2.3, 4.1, 4.7, 5.2	Generates and records information for the design of 2D animations in required format Uses standard naming conventions and version control protocols when saving and storing files
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 5.2	Obtains information by listening and questioning Uses clear language to discuss ideas, contribute information, and express requirements
Navigate the world of work	4.3, 4.6	Complies with legislative requirements relevant to own position
Interact with others	1.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 5.2	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 2D animations Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 5.1, 5.2	Organises and completes animation requirements in line with specifications, arranging consultations at key design points Takes responsibility for decisions directly related to completion of own tasks Uses digital software to create drawings and animations and to manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations	CUFANM301A Create 2D digital animations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Performance criteria combined and reworded for clarity.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM301 Create 2D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret design specifications and generate a range of creative ideas and concepts that respond to the brief

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss ideas, select final design concept and review final animations

use animation software to create 2D animations that meet requirements of design briefs within production deadlines

correctly name and store animations in appropriate file formats.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain basic animation techniques and principles

describe screen, visual design and communication principles as they apply to animations

outline intellectual property considerations if using images from external sources

identify work health and safety standards as they apply to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documents and briefs

resources, equipment and software required for 2D animations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to animate simple 3D models and create 3D animations, which may include audio components. The models are for inclusion in interactive media products, short stand-alone animated sequences and basic games.

It applies to individuals who plan and create 3D animated sequences in consultation with relevant personnel in a wide variety of contexts in the digital content industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify animation requirements	1.1 Clarify 3D animation requirements documented in design briefs with relevant personnel 1.2 Examine models to be animated to determine appropriate animation techniques 1.3 Identify file formats and delivery platform for animated sequences 1.4 Identify factors that may influence animation design approach 1.5 Clarify work flow sequences with relevant personnel to ensure production schedule deadlines are met
2. Plan approach	2.1 Research animations, artworks and other creative sources that may inspire ideas 2.2 Generate a range of ideas for animations that are technically feasible, respond to briefs and provide creative solutions to all design issues 2.3 Present ideas to relevant personnel using appropriate design techniques 2.4 Adjust approach to incorporate feedback and agree on final design concept 2.5 Discuss and select 3D animation software with relevant personnel to ensure animated sequences meet technical and creative requirements 2.6 Identify audio assets to support animations as required
3. Produce animated sequences for review	3.1 Create 3D animations using software and animation techniques to suit design requirements 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time 3.3 Apply basic animation, screen, visual design and communication principles to produce animations 3.4 Apply real world camera techniques to virtual cameras used in 3D animation as required 3.5 Confirm with relevant personnel that models have not infringed copyright 3.6 Render completed animated sequences using appropriate output file formats 3.7 Save and store animated sequences using standard naming conventions and version control protocols 3.8 Demonstrate 3D animated sequences to relevant personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines
4. Finalise animated sequences	4.1 Review animated sequences to assess creative solutions to design briefs, appropriateness to users or audience, and technical feasibility 4.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and complete changes as required for signoff

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.5, 4.1	Interprets production documentation and design specifications in relation to own duties and copyright issues
Writing	3.6, 3.7, 4.2	Generates and records information for the design of 3D animations in required format Uses standard naming conventions and version control protocols when saving and storing files
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 4.2	Obtains information by listening and questioning Uses clear language to discuss ideas, contribute information, and express requirements
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 3.5	Understands and complies with legislative requirements relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 3.8, 4.2	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 3D animations Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.3-3.8, 4.1, 4.2	Organises and completes animation requirements in line with specifications, arranging consultations at key design points Takes responsibility for decisions directly related to own tasks Uses digital software to create drawings and animations and to manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	CUFANM302A Create 3D digital animations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Performance criteria reworded for clarity.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret design specifications and generate a range of creative ideas and concepts that respond to the brief

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss ideas, select final design concept and review final animations

use animation software to create 3D animations that meet requirements of design briefs within production deadlines

correctly name and store animations in appropriate file formats.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain basic animation techniques and principles

describe screen, visual design and communication principles as they apply to animations

outline intellectual property considerations if using images from external sources

outline work health and safety requirements as they apply to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documents and briefs

resources, equipment and software required for 3D animations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a range of industry software applications and material from various sources to create and refine digital visual effects sequences for projects in film, television or digital media productions, including games.

It applies to individuals who combine elements into the final image while retaining the established style and continuity of the project. They work collaboratively with a production team in 3D animation to meet production deadlines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify requirements for digital visual effects with reference to production documentation 1.2 Clarify workflow sequences in consultation with relevant personnel to ensure production deadlines are met 1.3 Select software that best suits the type of production and delivery platform for which visual effects sequences are being created 1.4 Gather and analyse reference material to help with visualisation of final sequences
2. Prepare components	2.1 Gather all assets for integration and check they are in the correct output file format and do not infringe copyright laws 2.2 Choose digital visual effects that best represent the vision of scripts to create optimum visual impact 2.3 Check components comply with storyboard requirements 2.4 Determine appropriate methods and techniques to create required digital visual effects
3. Assemble previsualisations	3.1 Create previsualisation of required visual effects sequences using appropriate assets and compositing techniques 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 3.3 Experiment with previsualisation to establish the best results and solve problems that arise during the process of creating the visual effects 3.4 Submit previsualisation visual effects sequences to relevant personnel for evaluation and feedback 3.5 Match elements as required, such as colour, lighting and camera
4. Produce visual effects	4.1 Create final visual effects 4.2 Generate additional required effects to final stage 4.3 Render visual effects to desired format 4.4 Submit visual effects sequences to relevant personnel for evaluation and feedback by agreed deadlines
5. Finalise visual effects	5.1 Respond to feedback by making adjustments to visual effects so they comply with design and production specifications 5.2 Save files to specified storage system accessible to production team 5.3 Make back-up copies of files, and save and store visual effects using appropriate output file formats and standard naming conventions 5.4 Review personal performance and the process of creating digital visual effects for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3	Interprets textual and diagrammatic information to identify most efficient and productive approach to the job Refers to script and storyboard requirements at all times during production
Writing	1.1, 1.2	Uses clear language to convey project workflow, process improvement opportunities and to complete work related documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.4, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2	Clearly states work requirements and listens carefully to discussion and feedback using questions as required
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 5.3	Follows enterprise procedures when managing files and directories including back-up of files Follows work health and safety (WHS) requirements
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.4, 3.4, 4.4, 5.1, 5.2	Collaborates and cooperates with other personnel to meet production deadlines Uses appropriate communication practices to seek and respond to feedback from others
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-35, 4.1-4.4, 5.1-5.4	Solves technical and production problems as required Manages time and priorities to ensure job outcomes meet production requirements Makes decisions directly related to task requirements Selects appropriate software for a range of productions and selected delivery platforms

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects	CUFANM402A Create digital visual effects	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM402 Create digital visual effects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create digital visual effects sequences that meet specifications provided in production documents

select visual effects software appropriate for delivery platform

assemble previsualisations based on storyboards and scripts to achieve optimum visual impact

store visual effects in appropriate file formats using industry naming conventions

work collaboratively with other production personnel to ensure product meets all requirements and production deadlines

review own performance and the visual effects process for improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline typical challenges of creating visual effects and how to handle these

explain how effects such as lighting, colour and composition influence visual impact

explain how the delivery platform impacts the visual effects creation process

describe compositing methods and techniques as they apply to visual effects creation

describe the process of rendering visual effects

outline procedures for checking copyright requirements

describe the relevant work health and safety standards which relate to working with computers and keyboards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documents and briefs

relevant personnel

visual effects software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist with setting up and shooting low-budget, lowend single-camera video productions.

It applies to individuals who work under the direction of a qualified camera operator on pre-production and production tasks, including shooting footage with basic camera equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and Entertainment Production – Camera/Cinematography

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for camera shoots	1.1 Confirm camera shoot requirements with relevant personnel 1.2 Take location features into account when organising and preparing equipment for shoots 1.3 Check equipment is clean and operational 1.4 Report equipment faults to relevant personnel 1.5 Check sufficiently charged batteries are available to meet production needs 1.6 Select required capture format and ensure sufficient supply for shoots
2. Assist with camera set-up on location	2.1 Use safe handling techniques when lifting camera and other equipment 2.2 Check camera and other equipment is safely secured 2.3 Under direction, assist with positioning camera to achieve required shots 2.4 Safely connect cables and camera to power source as required 2.5 Assist with final check of equipment prior to shoot and report faults to relevant personnel 2.6 Label and load capture media 2.7 Check camera tilt and pan functions
3. Set up lighting	3.1 Mount lighting equipment, following safety guidelines 3.2 Run lighting cables and connect safely to power sources 3.3 Position lights to achieve required effect as directed 3.4 Adjust focus and angles of lights as required 3.5 Install colour frames and gels according to lighting requirements
4. Shoot video	4.1 Adjust and move equipment as required 4.2 Operate clapperboard if needed 4.3 Operate camera according to manufacturer's guidelines and instructions 4.4 Shoot and record sequences as directed 4.5 Timecode recording of takes with descriptions as required
5. Wrap up shoots	5.1 Clean and pack equipment using safe lifting techniques 5.2 Check all equipment is accounted for and report faults to relevant personnel 5.3 Label recordings correctly and complete relevant documentation 5.4 Leave location in original condition and check there are no adverse effects to the site 5.5 Review and reflect on own performance and note areas for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	4.3	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	2.6, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3	Uses specific and accurate language to interpret and complete production documentation
Numeracy	4.5	Performs calculations when recording time codes
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 2.5, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4, 5.2	Listens carefully and responds to verbal instructions and creative directions as required Selects and uses appropriate language to report results and faults
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1, 5.4	Takes responsibility for meeting legal and regulatory responsibilities within scope of own role and work context
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 2.5, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4, 5.2	Works collaboratively with technical experts to achieve desired results
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4-1.6, 2.5-2.7, 3.3-3.5, 4.1-4.3, 5.2	Plans and organises routine tasks, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Prioritises work tasks, meeting deadlines as required Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems Seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities or experience

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot	CUFCAM201A Assist with a basic camera shoot	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUACAM201 Assist with a basic camera shoot

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

assemble required camera equipment and accessories in readiness for shoots

connect cabling for equipment to power sources

assist others with setting up and testing cameras and lighting for basic camera shoots

follow workplace safety and security procedures

operate a basic camera to shoot video under direction

assist with clearing locations and packing equipment at the conclusion of shoots.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the type of cameras and lighting equipment used in lowend productions

outline the full range of functions typically found on cameras employed in lowend productions and how they are used

describe the type of lighting used for shooting low-end productions

identify key personnel involved in low-end video productions

describe work health and safety procedures that apply to working under direction on camera shoots.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

basic camera and lighting equipment

a range of locations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to shoot material for screen productions using a singlecamera unit.

It applies to individuals whose prime responsibility is to capture screen images using a range of video equipment. They generally work under direction, and perform all camera, sound and lighting functions. Depending on the scale of the shoot, they may have an assistant or may be required to assist senior camera operators.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and Entertainment Production – Camera/Cinematography

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for shoots	1.1 Participate in preproduction briefings to confirm production and postproduction requirements 1.2 Arrange equipment and accessories for shoots as directed, checking everything is clean and operational 1.3 Check there are adequate supplies of charged batteries and capture media for shoots 1.4 Prepare and pack lighting equipment 1.5 Undertake minor repairs on faulty equipment and report significant faults to relevant production personnel 1.6 Confirm location, shooting schedules and timelines 1.7 Complete workplace documentation prior to shoots
2. Set up on location	2.1 Contribute ideas to initial concepts in discussion with crew and talent 2.2 Plan camera positions to ensure composition of shots provides correct visual interpretation of material or subject 2.3 Take safety of personnel on location into account when setting up and securing cameras and other equipment 2.4 Plan repositioning of equipment and accessories during shoots in line with production schedules 2.5 Label and load capture media and check camera functions 2.6 Position microphones and conduct audio check
3. Set up lighting	3.1 Assess quality and quantity of available light to determine whether correction is required 3.2 Mount and position lighting equipment following safety guidelines 3.3 Run lighting cables and connect safely to power sources 3.4 Install colour frames and gels according to requirements 3.5 Select lenses and filters appropriate to prevailing weather conditions
4. Position and operate camera to capture shots	4.1 Use camera shots and angles that produce effective cuts between shots in line with production requirements 4.2 Take account of editing or other postproduction requirements while shooting 4.3 Check camera movements to implement planned or rehearsed shots according to direction from production personnel 4.4 Shoot and record sequences as directed, maintaining focus throughout
5. Manipulate cables and camera positioning	5.1 Participate in preproduction meetings and rehearsals to confirm final camera and cable movements 5.2 Position and move camera cabling during shoots according to instructions and cues from production personnel 5.3 Respond consistently to cues from production personnel to avoid undue lapses in timing 5.4 Cooperate with other crew members to move cameras and cabling without impeding work of camera operators 5.5 Handle cabling without damaging equipment or causing injury to others
6. Wrap up shoots	6.1 Use safe lifting techniques when packing equipment and accessories 6.2 Label recorded material and associated documentation correctly 6.3 Report equipment faults and complete required documentation 6.4 Leave locations in original or improved condition 6.5 Review and reflect on own performance and note areas for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.6, 3.2, 6.2	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	1.6, 1.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5	Completes production documentation according to requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.3	Listens carefully and responds to verbal and non-verbal instructions Selects and uses appropriate language to report results and faults
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 5.5, 6.1	Takes responsibility for meeting legal and regulatory responsibilities within scope of own role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 5.1, 5.4	Works collaboratively with technical experts to achieve desired results
Get the work done	1.2-1.6, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1-4.4, 5.2-5.4, 6.2-6.5	Plans, organises and implements routine tasks according to schedules Follows instructions to complete tasks according to production requirements Makes decisions directly related to own role Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems Seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities or experience

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions	CUFCAM301A Shoot material for screen productions	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUACAM301 Shoot material for screen productions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

contribute to pre-production discussions about ways to capture desired style of moving images

assemble equipment and accessories in readiness for camera shoots

position camera on location so shots are captured from the best angles

safely set up and test sound equipment, lighting equipment and accessories

safely operate a range of professional video camera equipment and accessories to capture shots as directed and in a way that facilitates post-production editing

work within production deadlines

work effectively as a team member to position equipment before and during shoots and to pack up gear at the conclusion of shoots

assist with moving cables and cameras during shoots

follow procedures to complete workplace documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline roles and responsibilities of production and postproduction personnel

identify typical problems that arise in the context of shooting material for screen productions, and briefly describe solutions

explain how different image capture media are used

describe basic framing techniques and methods of composition

describe characteristics of microphones and audio equipment commonly used for shooting screen productions

outline the effect different light sources, lenses and filters have on lighting sets and talent

explain basic principles of lighting that apply in the context of shooting material for screen productions

describe techniques for handling and attaching cabling

outline work health and safety procedures that apply to shooting on location.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

camera, lighting and sound equipment

locations for shooting video

productions for which material needs to be filmed

production documents

workplace safety and security procedures that apply to shooting video on location

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain interactive content for websites, learning resources or social media channels, using a content management system.

It applies to individuals, working under direction, who upload media assets and change text content.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Check content	1.1 Confirm frequency of content updates and production deadlines with relevant personnel 1.2 Obtain, access and review content to ensure correct versions 1.3 Confirm existing content to be retained or deleted with relevant personnel
2. Check links and media assets	2.1 Check existing links are valid and source replacement links if required 2.2 Check assets are functional and in correct file format and size for inclusion 2.3 Document technical and content issues in accordance with enterprise procedures 2.4 Confirm with relevant personnel that copyright clearance has been obtained on all new content
3. Update content	3.1 Access content management system to upgrade content 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time 3.3 Delete closed links and re-establish new site links if available 3.4 Check internal page links and rectify or delete as required 3.5 Import and/or change content material as required and specify appropriate metadata or tags 3.6 Make heading, typographical, caption and image revisions, applying appropriate style sheets and alt tags if required 3.7 Add pages or screens as required, applying appropriate templates or themes 3.8 Submit edited files to server, and check upload was successful 3.9 Advise relevant personnel if new interface designs are required to incorporate additional materials
4. Test and confirm changes	4.1 Check all content is displayed and functions on server as required 4.2 Confirm with relevant personnel that all changes have been made 4.3 Store original content securely and file using standard industry conventions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.3-3.7, 4.1, 4.3	Identifies and follows familiar written instructions Checks content to ensure styles, links and subject matter are accurate
Writing	2.3, 3.3-3.7, 4.3	Accurately enters electronic information in required format Prepares technical documents in required format
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.4, 3.9, 4.2	Uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify requirements Uses clear, everyday language to discuss tasks with relevant personnel
Navigate the world of work	2.3, 2.4, 3.2	Adheres to organisational and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.4, 3.9, 4.2	Uses appropriate communication practices to discuss and confirm requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3-3.8, 4.1, 4.3	Plans and completes work tasks, seeking advice as necessary Uses relevant software to examine, amend and upload interactive content

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content	CUFDIG201A Maintain interactive content	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG201 Maintain interactive content

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

maintain interactive content for websites and/or social media channels including:

checking links and media assets

updating text, media assets and pages

assigning correct metadata or tags

checking that changes have uploaded successfully

use a content management system proficiently

document technical and content issues according to enterprise procedures

store content according to industry conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how outdated links impact usability of web pages

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance

describe how metadata and tags are used to classify content

describe the purpose of alt tags and how they relate to accessibility standards

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

appropriate content

content management system, the internet and authoring tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG301 Prepare video assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare video assets for inclusion in interactive media.

It applies to individuals who work in collaboration with others and under supervision to convert video into forms appropriate for streaming, downloading and/or digital media products. In smaller organisations, they may combine this role with video editing, authoring or programming.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify video assets	1.1 Obtain and assess digital video content as determined by production 1.2 Clarify production schedules and deadlines with relevant personnel 1.3 Identify file format, output purpose, destination and platform of source video according to production requirements 1.4 Discuss, with relevant personnel, required output file format and codecs for specified bandwidths, and appropriate video encoding software
2. Prepare video assets	2.1 Load video files into appropriate video encoding software 2.2 Check duration and quality of video sequences meet production requirements, and balance and clip sequence if necessary 2.3 Determine and apply appropriate video and audio codecs to meet quality standards 2.4 Batch and optimise video files where possible 2.5 Save files in appropriate output file format using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions 2.6 Follow safe ergonomic practices when using computer equipment for long periods of time
3. Package video assets	3.1 Assign metadata tags if required 3.2 Group files in folder system using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions 3.3 Archive and store in share drive or asset repository for production team access

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies and interprets information in organisational documents Locates correct folders for storing electronic data Checks textual information for accuracy
Writing	2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Writes metadata tags to aid classification of files Applies standard naming conventions to electronic data
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.4	Discusses video requirements using industry appropriate language Uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify requirements
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3	Calculates basic bandwidth requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.5, 2.6, 3.2	Complies with enterprise and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 1.4	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements with personnel
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.3	Plans and completes tasks required to achieve requirements within deadlines Makes decisions directed related to completion of tasks Used digital tools to prepare and store video assets

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG301 Prepare video assets	CUFDIG301A Prepare video assets	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Performance criteria edited and added.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG301 Prepare video assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare video sequences for use in media distribution channels or interactive media products

use video encoding software to prepare video sequences that meet quality requirements within production deadlines

save and store files according to industry or enterprise conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the features of the delivery platforms used to prepare video assets

explain why video file compression is required

identify common digital video sources and output formats

explain appropriate codecs for various platforms and destinations

describe techniques for saving and preparing digital video output to optimise file size

explain purposes and procedures for correctly naming and tagging video files

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

video encoding and editing software and equipment

manuals and instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use an authoring tool to produce discrete interactive sequences for websites.

It applies to individuals working collaboratively with technical assistance and under direction, who develop small components such as web pages or a sequence of screens, which are integrated into a larger project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan use of authoring tool	1.1 Identify a range of appropriate authoring software and discuss their application to various delivery platforms with relevant people 1.2 Clarify design specifications of the project and deadlines with relevant people 1.3 Discuss with relevant personnel the technical requirements of the project and select appropriate authoring software
2. Prepare to author sequence	2.1 Load selected authoring software, create a new file in website directory for specified task and name using standard industry naming conventions 2.2 Source and assemble all media assets and text content, and check compliance with copyright conditions 2.3 Display and use tools and features of authoring software 2.4 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time
3. Produce interactive sequences	3.1 Produce screen layout according to design specifications applying basic visual design principles and/or templates or themes 3.2 Create interactive media components as required 3.3 Source text content and apply style sheets to format text 3.4 Source relevant media assets, optimise if required, and integrate using appropriate file formats 3.5 Link all components according to production storyboard 3.6 Manipulate HTML mark-up code where errors are occurring or to refine sequence functionality 3.7 Apply features to optimise accessibility 3.8 Save file to website directory structure as components are produced
4. Check functionality of interactive sequence	4.1 Check interactive elements function with minimal error on a variety of devices, operating systems and browsers 4.2 Incorporate changes as required 4.3 Present sequence to relevant people

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8	Identifies and interprets information in organisational documents Locates correct folders for storing electronic data Checks textual information for accuracy
Writing	2.1, 3.6, 3.8	Selects the vocabulary and conventions appropriate to text for writing code and naming files
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 4.3	Asks questions and listens carefully to confirm design and technical specifications of the project
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 2.4	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 4.3	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements and present interactive sequences
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.8, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and producing interactive sequences according to project requirements and design principles Makes decisions directed related to completion of tasks Uses digital tools to create, optimise and store interactive sequences

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences	CUFDIG302A Author interactive sequences	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG302 Author interactive sequences

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

assemble text content, interactive media components and media assets required for a project

use appropriate software to produce interactive media sequences that meet design and project specifications within deadlines

apply visual design principles, templates, style sheets and HTML mark-up language to interactive sequences

check interactive sequence functionality on at least two operating systems, browsers and devices

save and store files correctly.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list appropriate file formats for web delivery

outline when optimisation of media assets is necessary

explain why application of accessibility standards in the web environment is important

describe basic visual design principles as they apply to website page layout

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

text and media assets

authoring software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare photo images for integration into an interactive media sequence or product.

It applies to individuals who produce a variety of photo images for production of virtual worlds, from digital still composition to panoramas. They work closely with a programmer or interactive media author and may offer technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use scanner to capture photo images	1.1 Source and identify appropriate photographic images according to requirements of photographic project brief 1.2 Discuss selection of images with relevant personnel, and check compliance with copyright conditions 1.3 Assess scanner features to confirm quality outcomes will meet brief requirements 1.4 Operate scanner according to manufacturer’s specifications 1.5 Use appropriate scanner settings to ensure image output meets production requirements 1.6 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
2. Use digital camera to create photo images	2.1 Clarify photographic project brief with relevant personnel 2.2 Assess digital camera features to ensure outcome will meet requirements of brief 2.3 Plan camera shots, taking into account lighting, framing, composition and other relevant factors 2.4 Load and operate digital camera according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.5 Consider digital camera focus, exposure and shutter speed to ensure image capture meets production requirements 2.6 Check photographic images meet brief requirements 2.7 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
3. Edit photo images	3.1 Load digital imaging software and import photo image source files 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 3.3 Manipulate and save digital images using designated digital imaging software 3.4 Create photo images that incorporate visual design and communication principles 3.5 Evaluate outcome for visual impact, effectiveness and fitness for purpose 3.6 Confirm images meet project requirements with relevant personnel
4. Prepare photo image assets	4.1 Save files in appropriate output format to meet platform requirements 4.2 Assign metadata tags if required 4.3 Group files logically in a folder system using standard naming conventions 4.4 Store files in share drive or repository for production team access

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.4-2.7, 4.1, 4.3	Interprets textual information to follow equipment operation and project requirements
Writing	1.6, 2.7, 4.1-4.3	Selects the vocabulary and conventions appropriate to text for naming files
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses listening and questioning techniques to discuss project brief and to confirm outcomes Uses descriptive and technical language to participate in oral exchanges
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.2	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements and present images
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.1, 3.3-3.6, 4.1-4.4	Takes responsibility for logically planning and producing photo images according to design briefs and visual design principles Makes decisions directly related to task completion Utilises a range of features within digital cameras, scanners and digital imaging software to create and store photo images

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	CUFDIG303A Produce and prepare photo images	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a scanner and digital camera to capture images that satisfy project briefs

use digital imaging software and techniques, design and communication principles to produce images that meet project requirements

save and store files according to requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features of a digital camera that are essential for creating images to the required standard

outline the basic techniques used to compose camera shots

explain how visual design and communication principles are are relevant to photography

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

a scanner and digital camera

digital imaging software

project briefs

information or manuals about operating equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual designs for interactive media components that can be integrated into a range of media products.

It applies to individuals who generate and assess ideas to create visual design components in response to specifications under supervision in a team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify visual design components required in the project brief, in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Identify project timelines and discuss factors that may determine or affect visual design concepts 1.3 Clarify, in discussion with relevant personnel, the target user or audience, and determine format and delivery platform
2. Generate and assess ideas	2.1 Research media products, designs, images, artwork and other creative sources that may inspire visual design ideas 2.2 Develop a range of visual design ideas that are technically feasible, respond to project specifications and provide creative solutions to design issues 2.3 Present and review visual design ideas with relevant personnel
3. Develop design concept	3.1 Experiment with traditional and digital methods to create required visual design components 3.2 Explore a range of typographical and visual design elements to create components 3.3 Evaluate initial design ideas with relevant personnel to select final design concept 3.4 Confirm design concept complies with copyright laws 3.5 Check output format meets delivery platform requirements 3.6 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time
4. Produce components	4.1 Develop components based on the final design concept using various design techniques 4.2 Apply visual design principles and communication principles to produce components that have high visual impact 4.3 Save components in an appropriate format according to project specifications
5. Finalise visual design components	5.1 Review visual design components against design and technical specifications 5.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and make amendments as required 5.3 Save and archive visual design components using industry or enterprise naming conventions and version control protocols

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Reviews and researches creative source material to generate ideas Checks that output meets requirements Locates correct folders for storing electronic data
Writing	2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Prepares information to accompany design components Names files according to requirements
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using active listening and questioning to confirm and clarify understanding
Navigate the world of work	3.4, 3.6	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Collaborates with relevant personnel to ensure that end result meets requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1-5.	Takes responsibility for planning and producing design components according to project requirements and design principles Makes decisions directed related to completion of tasks Uses experimentation to develop new or innovative design approaches Selects and uses appropriate software to conceive, produce, store and present visual design components

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG304 Create visual design components	CUFDIG304A Create visual design components	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explore and experiment with design techniques and visual design and communication principles to produce ideas and concepts for visual design components

use design techniques to create visual design components that respond effectively to a project brief

present and discuss ideas, concepts and designs with relevant personnel

save and archive files using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe differences between traditional and digital methods in creating visual images, and advantages and disadvantages of each

describe visual design, typographic and communication principles used to construct visual design components

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

project briefs

relevant software

manuals and information to support software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG401 Author interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to author a complete interactive media product, for example, an entire website.

It applies to individuals who apply sound knowledge of mark-up and scripting languages to develop templates, themes styles sheets, forms and form objects for programmers and the technical support team. They may also use a variety of authoring software used to produce complex interactions such as digital simulations, games and puzzles. They work primarily on client-side technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify multimedia elements	1.1 Assess design specifications to determine technical and creative objectives of the project 1.2 Locate and assess content required for production 1.3 Discuss issues of integration and formats of media assets with relevant personnel, and confirm production timelines 1.4 Determine, with relevant personnel, an interactive sequence to become the prototype
2. Identify scope of authoring software	2.1 Identify a range of industry-standard authoring software and assess in relation to specified delivery platform 2.2 Discuss suitability of authoring software to meet specified outcomes with relevant personnel 2.3 Select authoring software to meet production requirements
3. Use authoring software	3.1 Load authoring software and create a file directory structure for the specified task and name using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions 3.2 Display and use tools and features of authoring software relevant to the authoring process 3.3 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.
4. Create interactive sequence	4.1 Slice and reassemble the user interface appropriate to the authoring software 4.2 Import and assemble components in appropriate sequence according to creative requirements 4.3 Create interactive features according to creative and technical requirements, sourcing and writing appropriate mark-up and scripting languages as required 4.4 Check that interactive sequence conforms to navigation design 4.5 Integrate media assets to optimum levels of technical performance 4.6 Check interactive sequence conforms to loading specifications 4.7 Test for interoperability and accessibility, eliminate all bugs and validate scripting 4.8 Present interactive sequence as a prototype ensuring sequence meets creative, production and technical requirements 4.9 Save output file formats and identify for specified purpose
5. Evaluate interactive prototype	5.1 Present prototype to relevant personnel 5.2 Evaluate prototype against design specifications, including achievement of a creative and user-centred product 5.3 Discuss and agree on any required changes and make adjustments to prototype 5.4 Assist in user testing as required 5.5 Evaluate feedback from user testing 5.6 Seek confirmation from relevant personnel to transform prototype into final product
6. Finalise interactive media product	6.1 Make necessary changes as indicated by user testing 6.2 Replicate prototype functionality to complete the interactive product 6.3 Make final checks to ensure sequences conform to design specifications 6.4 Test for interoperability and accessibility, eliminate bugs and validate scripting 6.5 Save to specified storage system accessible to production team 6.6 Assist in loading product to specified platform as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 4.2-4.4, 4.6-4.9, 5.2, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5	Selects and applies a range of reading strategies to interpret design and technical requirements Reviews and interprets feedback from user trials to enable completion of final product Validates scripting to ensure accurate operation of interactive media Locates correct folders for logical storing of electronic data to assist with production
Writing	3.1, 4.3, 4.9, 6.5	Creates a range of texts incorporating specific scripting language, mark-up and standard file naming conventions
Oral Communication	1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 4.8, 5.1-5.6	Uses clear language, questioning and listening techniques to specify and discuss interactive prototypes and final product
Navigate the world of work	3.3	Complies with legislative responsibilities
Interact with others	1.3,1.4, 2.2, 4.8, 5.1-5.6	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements and present prototypes to a range of personnel
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.9, 5.1-5.6, 6.1-6.6	Takes responsibility for managing a range of tasks concurrently to produce an interactive prototype and final product which meets creative, production and technical requirements Applies evaluation and diagnostic tests to identify necessary adjustments Uses authoring and graphics software to create, test, evaluate and adjust interactive prototypes Identifies, saves and stores final prototypes in digital format

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG401 Author interactive media	CUFDIG401A Author interactive media	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG401 Author interactive media

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

discuss and determine requirements for an interactive media product

use authoring software to create logical file directory structures and build a prototype of an interactive media product

evaluate and incorporate feedback from user testing to the prototype

use authoring software to develop a fully functional interactive media product that:

conforms to design and creative requirements specifications

meets accessibility and interoperability standards.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain technical requirements for integrating media assets (video, audio, animation, images) for use on a range of delivery platforms

describe interoperability and accessibility standards used in interactive media product design

explain the purpose and process of script validation

outline basic health and safety requirements when working on computers and keyboards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

design specifications

sample content including a range of media assets

authoring software

software manuals and other relevant information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG502 Design digital applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design digital applications, which may consist of one or many technologies integrated in various combinations.

It applies to individuals who work with clients to design specifications for digital applications, which are then built by other specialised team members. Digital applications may be operated in a web or mobile device environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Analyse project brief to identify purpose of, and target audience for, digital applications 1.2 Consult with clients or relevant personnel to clarify project requirements, including project timelines 1.3 Identify target audience characteristics and determine how these influence design 1.4 Identify content and application functions and how these are accessed, searched and delivered
2. Research digital applications	2.1 Research digital applications and analyse how these meet audience, function and content requirements 2.2 Identify issues relating to delivery platform and technical and industry standards, and determine how these may affect digital application options 2.3 Consult relevant personnel to confirm all digital application options are considered 2.4 Select applications that will meet creative, production and technical requirements
3. Draft design specifications	3.1 Design architecture of digital application to show interrelationship of various components and screens 3.2 Specify interactive features, functionality and navigation 3.3 Identify content and data displays, and specify how these will be logically structured and integrated into and/or generated in the digital application 3.4 Specify levels of access permissions as required 3.5 Specify media assets as required 3.6 Specify user interfaces, taking screen sizes into account 3.7 Specify report generation if required 3.8 Specify production requirements, including appropriate testing strategies 3.9 Produce draft design specifications and instructions for design and development teams to use
4. Review and confirm design specifications	4.1 Use a range of techniques to present draft design specifications, and discuss with client 4.2 Review designs against creative and technical requirements, and client and audience needs 4.3 Adjust designs as necessary after discussions with relevant personnel 4.4 Clarify ownership of intellectual property to comply with production and organisational requirements 4.5 Confirm, with client, acceptance of design specifications, including deliverables, milestones and timelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.9, 4.4	Selects and applies a range of reading strategies to interpret texts
Writing	3.1-3.9	Uses text, graphic diagrammatic and visual formats to draft and confirm specifications and instructions
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.3, 4.1, 4.5	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using language and features appropriate to the audience Uses questioning and listening strategies to confirm project requirements and elicit relevant feedback
Navigate the world of work	4.4	Understands and adheres to organisational and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 2.3, 4.1, 4.5	Collaborates with others throughout all stages of the design process Selects and uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate with a range of audiences
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.6, 3.8, 3.9, 4.1-4.5	Takes responsibility for planning, organising and implementing tasks required to complete project, coordinating with others when required Analyses information to make decisions that affect the entire project Uses digital tools to specify architecture, navigation and content to meet project brief specifications

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG502 Design digital applications	CUFDIG502A Design web environments	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Title changed. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG502 Design digital applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research digital applications and analyse how they meet audience, function and content requirements

design specifications for digital applications that:

meet client and audience requirements

are technically feasible

detail all aspects of the application’s permissions, search capability, architecture, content, assets, screen designs, functions, reports, production requirements and testing strategies

present and discuss draft specifications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the sequence and interrelationships of stages in the process of designing digital applications

outline issues relating to technical standards and platform functions that may impact on digital application options

outline the impact of web standards on the design of digital applications

describe typical formats and techniques for documenting the design of digital applications

describe the concept of intellectual property rights and how this is managed in context of digital applications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

project briefs on which designs can be based

sample content.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop the design of e-learning resources in consultation with clients.

It applies to individuals who work in education or training organisations, or in media production companies that specialise in the development of e-learning resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project requirements	1.1 Refer to project briefs to identify target learner characteristics and their impact on resource design 1.2 Identify content to be incorporated, generated and managed, and how content is accessed or delivered 1.3 Identify delivery platforms including learning management systems, and assess implications for media asset formats and content modification 1.4 Consult with clients to clarify project requirements
2. Research and select instructional design model	2.1 Analyse content to establish learning outcomes and assessment strategies 2.2 Research a range of instructional design models and consider their suitability to meet briefs 2.3 Identify accessibility and technical standards that may apply for the delivery platforms 2.4 Identify learning styles of target audience and consider how these may impact design 2.5 Evaluate a range of interactive learning and assessment activities to meet learning needs of target learners 2.6 In consultation with relevant personnel, select the instructional design model that best meets learning needs and project requirements
3. Draft design specifications	3.1 Use selected instructional design model to design architecture of the e-learning resource 3.2 Design sequences and interactivity based on content and project requirements 3.3 Develop content templates for content experts if required 3.4 Specify media assets as required 3.5 Specify communication and collaboration tools as required 3.6 Specify user interface of the e-learning resource 3.7 Specify production requirements, including appropriate testing strategies 3.8 Produce design specifications and instructions for design and development teams to use
4. Finalise design specifications	4.1 Present design specifications and discuss with clients 4.2 Review designs against required project outcomes and target learner needs 4.3 Review designs against creative and technical requirements 4.4 Adjust designs as necessary after discussions with relevant personnel 4.5 Clarify ownership of intellectual property to comply with production and organisational requirements 4.6 Confirm with clients their acceptance of design specifications, including deliverables, milestones and timelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.2-3.8, 4.2-4.5	Identifies and interprets relevant information including applicable legislation and organisational requirements Integrates technical and descriptive information and ideas from a range of sources Interprets project briefs to inform the process of designing e-learning resources
Writing	2.1, 3.1-3.8, 4.4	Uses text, diagrammatic and graphic formats to draft and confirm requirements and specifications
Oral Communication	1,4, 2.6, 4.1, 4.6	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using language and features appropriate to the audience Uses questioning and listening strategies to confirm project requirements and elicit relevant feedback
Navigate the world of work	4.5	Understands and adheres to organisational and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1,4, 2.6, 4.1, 4.6	Collaborates with others throughout all stages of the design process Selects and uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate with a range of audiences
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.2-4.6	Adopts a methodical and logical approach to planning, organising and implementing tasks required to meet requirements Generates complex creative ideas in alignment with the design brief Takes responsibility for analysing information and making decisions to ensure designs meet all requirements Uses digital tools to assist with the design of e-learning resources

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources	CUFDIG503A Design e-learning resources	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG503 Design e-learning resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and select suitable instructional design models to meet project requirements

design specifications for e-learning resources for delivery on different platforms that:

meet the project brief, including learner requirements

are technically feasible

detail all aspects of e-learning resource architecture, interactive learning and assessment activities, media assets, communication and collaboration tools, user interface production requirements and testing strategies

present and discuss design specifications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list and briefly describe instructional design learning models for e-learning

outline target learner characteristics and how these may impact on instructional design choices

list a range of e-learning delivery platforms, and briefly describe any particular design requirements

outline typical media assets used for e-learning

describe common formats and techniques for documenting design of e-learning resources

outline the impact of web standards on the design of e-learning resources

describe the concept of intellectual property rights and how this is managed in the context of e-learning resource development.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

project briefs on which designs can be based

sample content.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG507 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design digital simulations of real world environments and processes.

It applies to individuals who work closely with subject experts to develop virtual environments for fields including architecture, science and engineering, medicine, conservation and manufacturing. They may also collaborate with programmers and software authors so the simulation is technically achievable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project requirements	1.1 Confirm objectives and outcomes of project briefs in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Confirm target audience and determine format and delivery platform of simulations in discussion with relevant personnel
2. Research and plan approach	2.1 Investigate the real world environment to be simulated, to inform algorithms, rules, laws, physical and mathematical formulas that may be required 2.2 Evaluate designs, plans and other information relevant to the project brief that may assist in modelling the real world environment 2.3 Determine performance objectives, task complexity and user skill levels 2.4 Determine the required depth of physical and functional fidelity, taking into account production requirements 2.5 Research and suggest appropriate simulation authoring tools 2.6 Collaborate with relevant personnel and discuss ideas and creative solutions
3. Draft simulation design documents	3.1 Identify processes that determine the functional behaviour of the simulation and specify how this behaviour is to be represented by control objects 3.2 Define the underlying functionality in a model that specifies essential settings, states, conditions and parameters 3.3 Specify user interface controls that enable users to interact with simulations 3.4 Identify critical impacts, alerts or costs for incorrect user operation 3.5 Specify positive and negative feedback to user responses when interacting with simulations 3.6 Specify sequencing of difficulty levels, if required 3.7 Confirm proposed simulation is technically achievable, in consultation with relevant personnel 3.8 Present clear and detailed draft simulation design specifications in a format that can be used for discussion with and feedback from other team members
4. Finalise simulation design documents	4.1 Review designs against required project outcomes and performance objectives 4.2 Review designs against creative, technical and intellectual property requirements 4.3 Adjust design specifications as necessary after discussions with relevant personnel 4.4 Archive user interface controls for other projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.6, 4.1-4.3	Interprets and comprehends a range of familiar and unfamiliar technical, descriptive, and legal textual information Integrates prior knowledge with new technical research and feedback from relevant personnel
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.6, 3.8, 4.1-4.3	Documents information using correct formatting procedures, and uses appropriate, specialised vocabulary when drafting design documents Accurately incorporates modifications and user feedback in specification documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.6, 3.7, 4.3	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using language and features appropriate to the audience Uses questioning and listening strategies to confirm project requirements and elicit relevant feedback
Navigate the world of work	4.2	Understands legislative requirements related to intellectual property
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.6, 3.7, 4.3	Works collaboratively with production personnel throughout all stages of project Selects and uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate with a range of audiences
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.1-4.4	Coordinates and plans tasks, taking responsibility for ensuring that project is continually assessed and evaluated to meet project requirements Generates and continually evaluates ideas for the design, ensuring design integrity is maintained Makes decisions that impact on the entire project Uses digital tools to assist with design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	CUFDIG507A Design digital simulations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG507 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and generate a range of ideas for simulations that meet the project brief and target audience

develop draft design specifications for digital simulations that are clear, detailed and technically feasible

review and seek feedback from relevant personnel and produce final design specifications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe typical formats and documentation for presenting simulation designs

outline a range of authoring tools used for digital simulations

describe the ways in which algorithms, laws, rules and mathematical formulas can represent real world processes

outline intellectual property rights and how these are managed in design of digital simulations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

briefs for digital simulations on which designs can be based

facilities and resources to develop design simulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to investigate specialised imaging technologies and their application in photo imaging practice.

It applies to individuals who create innovative images using specialised imaging technologies. They may be engaged in scientific, forensic, geographical, exploratory and other industry areas. At this level work is usually carried out independently, with supervision or guidance available as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – photo imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research range of specialised imaging technologies	1.1 Investigate historic, contemporary and emerging specialised imaging technologies using reliable information sources 1.2 Examine relevant photo imaging discipline, subject matter and themes, and identify their specialist imaging technologies 1.3 Analyse connection between imaging technology and visual representation, attributes and opportunities of an image’s subject matter 1.4 Evaluate specialised imaging technologies and their corresponding imaging workflow
2. Test and evaluate attributes of specialised imaging technologies	2.1 Arrange access to specialised imaging technologies in cooperation with imaging specialists and suppliers, where applicable 2.2 Use specialised imaging technologies following work health and safety procedures 2.3 Apply specialised imaging techniques and workflow to create test images 2.4 Review own performance in creation of test images
3. Create body of work using specialised imaging technologies	3.1 Select relevant specialised imaging technology to create innovative body of work with specific subject matter or theme 3.2 Develop concepts to guide creative vision using specialised imaging technology and techniques 3.3 Review and adapt imaging techniques to ensure consistency of creative vision across body of work 3.4 Plan, prepare and organise body of work for presentation using appropriate technology and space 3.5 Document work processes using specialised imaging technology and archive imaging products according to industry standards 3.6 Evaluate personal performance in creation of body of work and identify concepts for further research

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2	Interprets and evaluates complex technical information and regulatory safety requirements to inform work practice
Writing	1.1, 2.1, 3.4, 3.5	Uses clear language and technical terminology to complete comprehensive workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1	Elicits information from industry sources using effective listening and open questioning techniques
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 3.5	Meets workplace expectations to follow work health and safety procedures and industry standards when undertaking and archiving work
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.4, 3.6	Plans, organises and undertakes tasks required to familiarise self with imaging technologies Makes informed decisions about techniques, processes and presentation requirements Evaluates outcomes of decisions and identifies opportunities for further research Investigates and analyses the application, operation and potential of specialised technologies in photo imaging contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies	CUVPHI519A Investigate and exploit innovative imaging options	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Title changed. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPHI504 Employ specialised imaging technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create a body of photo images experimenting with, and applying, specialised imaging technologies around a specific theme or subject matter

document specialised imaging processes for use in future contexts

evaluate own performance for improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a range of specialised imaging technologies, their attributes and their applications

outline the history of the development of photo imaging technologies

explain the opportunities offered by imaging technology to represent the subject matter in different ways

explain the health and safety considerations associated with imaging technology.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

specialised image technologies

sources of information on historical and contemporary imaging technology and techniques.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic editing functions for screen productions.

It applies to individuals responsible for digitising, cutting and logging pre-recorded image and audio content under the direction of an experienced editor. Within clearly defined parameters, they also edit content using the basic functions of editing software.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and entertainment production – post-production

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare source materials for edit	1.1 Clarify technical and creative requirements for online editing in consultation with production personnel 1.2 Obtain and label source materials 1.3 Organise transfer of source materials to appropriate medium as required 1.4 Check sufficient storage and memory is available to meet content resolution requirements 1.5 Assess source materials for technical and creative quality and arrange for remedial action where problems are identified 1.6 Capture content to specified formats and burn time code where applicable, checking format is compatible with available software and hardware 1.7 Align, synchronise and organise uncut images and sound in preparation for evaluation and editing 1.8 In consultation with relevant production personnel, finalise list of required shots and the method for logging them
2. Prepare for editing	2.1 Check editing facilities are operational and arrange for faults or problems to be resolved according to enterprise procedures 2.2 Load source materials onto appropriate editing facility, checking correct image and sound are ready for use and that images and sound are synchronised or aligned accurately 2.3 Identify and catalogue required shots and sequences from source materials in the agreed way 2.4 Log selected edits with reference to time codes and shot descriptions according to enterprise procedures 2.5 Use a batch digitise list to digitise selected sequences according to relevant documentation and consistent with technical and creative requirements 2.6 Create edit decision lists (EDLs) according to instructions from relevant production personnel 2.7 Organise and save selected materials according to overall editing requirements 2.8 Finalise logging sheets and submit EDLs to relevant production personnel by the agreed deadline
3. Perform basic edits	3.1 Use software functions to assemble sequences according to EDLs 3.2 Observe health and safety procedures when working at computers for long periods of time 3.3 Review edited sequences to evaluate quality and content and to identify problems 3.4 Manipulate the editing software to solve identified problems and seek expert advice if required 3.5 Submit sequences to relevant production personnel for feedback by agreed deadlines 3.6 Amend sequences as required and save in appropriate format 3.7 Check source materials and back-up copies are stored securely and labelled correctly 3.8 Complete required documentation, noting variations and issues from original instructions 3.9 Leave workstation in original or improved condition

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.4-2.6, 2.8, 3.2, 3.5,	Interprets and reviews relevant visual and textual material to determine job requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.8, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.7, 2.9, 3.6, 3.7	Uses clear and specialised language to record accurate identification information and report faults Produces lists, logs, and catalogue information, and updates records to reflect changes in requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.8, 2.1, 3.3, 3.4	Uses clear and relevant language to provide information Obtains information and instructions by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.6, 2.5	Applies mathematical techniques to implement and record time codes and timings
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.5, 3.4	Accepts responsibility for tasks within the boundaries of own role and seeks assistance as required Ensures workplace protocols and enterprise procedures are followed in the planning and completion of editing tasks
Interact with others	1.1, 1.8, 2.1, 3.3, 3.4,	Works in collaboration with others to complete editing tasks Follows accepted communication methods and practices when receiving instructions, seeking advice and reporting information
Get the work done	1.2-1.7, 2.1-2.4, 2.6-2.9, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9	Organises and implements routine tasks making limited decisions about sequencing, timing and required outcomes and seeks assistance when required Prepares source materials in logical steps, making routine decisions about storage capability, compatibility and quality standards Uses main features and functions of digital editing tools and equipment to synchronise sound and vision, catalogue, log and digitise sequences, and saves material according to all requirements Uses software functions to assemble sequences, resolve technical problems, make required changes and save material appropriately within time constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing	CUFPOS201A Perform basic vision and sound editing	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS201 Perform basic vision and sound editing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

transfer and digitise video content

prepare vision and sound content segments for editing

log single images, audio grabs and basic sequences according to enterprise procedures

edit content using basic functions of editing software, within clearly defined parameters

take direction and respond to feedback from a supervising editor

follow procedures for completing workplace documentation

meet work deadlines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline basic vision and sound editing conventions and techniques

explain roles of post-production personnel

outline basic features of digital vision and sound editing software

describe health and safety procedures that apply to using computers and keyboards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

screen content that requires editing

post-production facilities

editing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use non-linear digital facilities to edit screen content for fast turnaround.

It applies to individuals with a reasonable level of experience who are involved in editing for daily programs such as television news and current affairs. At times they work on more complex programs of a formatted or routine nature, or on the editing of daily rushes for feature films.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and entertainment production – post-production

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for edit	1.1 Clarify editing requirements in consultation with production personnel and with reference to documentation as required 1.2 Check operation of editing equipment and software 1.3 Identify and prepare source materials for off-line and online editing 1.4 Assess materials to be edited against required technical and creative criteria in consultation with relevant production personnel 1.5 Agree on replacement material or editing approach to overcome technical problems identified with source material 1.6 Review source materials and visualise the look of the final edited sequences
2. Commence editing process	2.1 Digitise and transfer materials to suitable format, checking compatibility with editing equipment and monitoring capture for sound and image quality 2.2 If time allows, create and edit decision list noting in and out points for each edit 2.3 Maintain accurate documentation of editing instructions for use in all stages of post-production as required 2.4 Prioritise and select materials in terms of their relevance to production requirements 2.5 Arrange and present selected material to retain the intended meaning of words and images 2.6 Consider how other materials could be used to clarify and enhance final edit
3. Assemble vision and sound	3.1 Check technical and creative criteria with relevant production personnel to ensure integrity of edit 3.2 Assemble content in a way that produces coherent images and sound according to standard editing conventions 3.3 Confirm assembled materials meet duration requirements, as well as technical and creative criteria for transmission 3.4 Insert transitions, special effects and additional materials as required 3.5 Make appropriate compromises between content and quality to meet time restrictions
4. Finalise edits	4.1 Review assembled online or off-line edits with relevant production personnel 4.2 Implement changes as required and finalise edit to meet deadlines 4.3 Complete necessary documentation and archive source materials according to enterprise procedures 4.4 Report problems encountered with completing edits to relevant personnel 4.5 Provide information required for successful transmission of edited material 4.6 Evaluate own performance against technical and creative criteria and discuss with colleagues where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.6, 3.1	Interprets production documentation, extracts and analyses relevant information to establish job requirements
Writing	2.2, 2.3, 4.2, 4.3	Uses clear language and terminology to record lists, relevant information and report faults Completes documentation using required formats, terminology and conventions specific to industry and enterprise procedures
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 3.1, 3.6, 4.1, 4.4	Uses clear, specific language to provide information, discuss requirements and solutions Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain and confirm information
Navigate the world of work	3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Meets expectations associated with own role and responsibilities for planning and completing work within time constraints and in compliance with enterprise procedures
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 3.1, 3.6, 4.1, 4.4	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes Selects and uses appropriate communication methods and practices to clarify information, engage in discussions and elicit feedback from others
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.1- 2.6, 3.2-3.6, 4.2, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6	Plans and sequences content preparation and editing tasks to meet creative and technical criteria and production requirements Makes decisions about sequencing and the use of other material to preserve and enhance meaning Uses a range of features and functions of digital editing tools and equipment to assemble sound and vision components Makes considered editing decisions under some pressure and evaluates their effectiveness in meeting requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround	CUFPOS401A Edit screen content for fast turnaround	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPOS401 Edit screen content for fast turnaround

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

review and prepare materials to be edited

select and note in and out points of sequences to be used in edits

produce final edits that bring vision and sound content together in line with production requirements and deadlines

follow procedures for completing workplace documentation

work collaboratively with production personnel to produce edited sequences.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline vision and sound editing techniques

describe features of industry-standard editing software and equipment

outline roles and responsibilities of post-production personnel

describe creative and technical elements of screen content that typically need to be edited within short timeframes

identify typical problems with editing vision and sound content for fast turnaround, and briefly describe solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

vision and sound content to be edited

editing software and equipment

production documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPM407 Create storyboards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create and develop storyboards for a broad range of digital content, including video, film, animation and interactive media.

It applies to individuals who break down content, stories or scripts into discrete elements and visualise creative concepts in collaboration with a creative production team. Storyboard artists, designers, producers and information architects can create storyboards, depending on the type and scale of production. In the film and television industry, people creating storyboards work closely with directors.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and Entertainment Production – Production Planning and Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan storyboards	1.1 Clarify storyboard requirements for productions with reference to scripts and stories, and in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Identify factors that affect type of storyboard to be created 1.3 Contribute ideas in pre-production meetings to help refine storyboard requirements 1.4 Research and select suitable amount of storyboard tools for a given purpose 1.5 Obtain sign-off, from relevant personnel, on the type of storyboard to be created
2. Draft storyboards	2.1 Break down content, scripts and stories into frames using storyboard techniques and appropriate tools, and methods in line with organisational and work health and safety (WHS) procedures 2.2 Specify storyboard elements for each frame, reflecting creative concepts 2.3 Specify the logical linear or non-linear frame sequence, showing the connection between each frame 2.4 Provide descriptions for each frame 2.5 Seek feedback, and assistance as required, on work in progress from relevant personnel, and incorporate ideas and feedback as appropriate 2.6 Check draft storyboards are clear and legible and show sufficient detail for production teams to use
3. Finalise storyboards	3.1 Present draft storyboards to relevant personnel for discussion and feedback 3.2 Refine storyboards as required to incorporate feedback 3.3 Produce final storyboards that present accurate visual interpretations of scripts, stories or text, and meet agreed specifications 3.4 Make back-up copies of storyboards as required according to organisational procedures 3.5 Submit storyboards to relevant personnel by agreed deadlines 3.6 Review the process of creating storyboards and note areas for future improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 3.4	Interprets a broad range of information in a variety of forms and uses the knowledge gained to determine specifications and key action in script sequence, and to contribute to the development of ideas for storyboards Analyses and contrasts information to select that which informs own work
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6	Records detail of research and consultation outcomes, drawing on sufficient vocabulary and grammar to convey ideas effectively Creates legible and clear descriptions to convey information and requirements in sequential order
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.5, 3.1	Presents explanation of own ideas to others, and discusses ideas and solutions, choosing language appropriate to those taking part in the discussion Facilitates and participates in potentially abstract discussions, using listening and questioning skills to elicit participant views
Navigate the world of work	3.3-3.5	Meets expectations associated with own role and accepts responsibility for storyboard production to specifications in compliance with organisational procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.5, 3.1	Collaborates effectively with relevant personnel to achieve understanding and realise joint outcomes Selects and uses appropriate communication methods and practices to present storyboards, engage in discussions and elicit feedback
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.6, 3.2-3.4, 3.6	Plans, sequences and prioritises storyboard tasks with awareness of how they contribute to production goals Uses analytical processes to make decisions directly related to task Uses feedback to inform refinement and identifies opportunities to improve storyboard processes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAPPM407 Create storyboards	CUFPPM404A Create storyboards	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPM407 Create storyboards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret scripts and specifications

visualise creative concepts using storyboard techniques and appropriate tools and methods

produce clear and logical storyboards that break down content, stories and scripts into discrete elements and meet specified requirements

present storyboards to others for discussion or implementation, and adjust as required in response to feedback.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe roles and responsibilities of different members of the creative team, and how they contribute to the process of visualising and interpreting creative concepts into storyboards

list and describe typical storyboard tools

explain the components of storyboards including frames, elements and descriptions

outline health and safety procedures that apply to creating storyboards and working for periods of time on computers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

scripts, stories or texts to serve as the basis for creating storyboards

storyboard and visualising tools

different types of productions requiring storyboards

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required for basic digital sound editing.

It applies to individuals working under supervision who are responsible for preparing, assembling and digitally editing relatively simple sound sequences for media content.

Individuals are expected to contribute to creative outcomes, including selection and acquisition of sound materials.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and Entertainment Production – Audio/Sound

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for editing sound	1.1 Clarify production requirements, including creative and technical objectives in consultation with relevant production personnel 1.2 Obtain, label and securely store audio source materials 1.3 Check editing hardware has sufficient capacity to handle digitising and editing processes 1.4 Check editing software is suited to technical requirements and enterprise practices 1.5 Organise additional equipment to minimise interruptions during editing, if required 1.6 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for long periods of time
2. Assemble sequences for editing	2.1 Digitise content in a compatible format for specified platform 2.2 Monitor and optimise quality of digital output and arrange to fix problems where necessary 2.3 Identify sound edit positions and document appropriately 2.4 Log and assess sound sequences and create and save digital back-up copies 2.5 Use safe listening procedures to evaluate and edit audio content to meet technical and creative objectives
3. Edit sound sequences	3.1 Edit audio content and document details of each edited sound sequence according to production requirements 3.2 Generate an appropriate track list to facilitate sound mixing processes 3.3 Chart positions and durations of sound sequences, noting requirements for transitions where applicable 3.4 Apply audio effects and enhancements to maximise creative outcomes as required 3.5 Use editing software to produce sequences and resolve identified problems 3.6 Seek feedback on edits from relevant production personnel and refine as required 3.7 Submit final edits by agreed deadline in accordance with enterprise procedures
4. Finalise sound edits	4.1 Archive and document edited audio files following enterprise procedures 4.2 Report on editing equipment requiring maintenance if required and leave workstation in original or improved condition 4.3 Participate in post-production debriefing sessions as required 4.4 Seek feedback from colleagues and evaluate own creative and technical performance for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.3	Interprets textual information to determine job requirements
Writing	1.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1	Records accurate and detailed information in workplace documentation using simple vocabulary and industry terminology
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.6, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Uses clear and relevant language to gather and provide information Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.6, 2.4, 3.7, 4.1, 4.2,	Complies with enterprise procedures and production requirements in preparation and completion of editing tasks to defined deadlines
Interact with others	1.1, 3.6, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Follows accepted communication methods and practices when discussing task requirements and seeking feedback on task progress Participates in debrief with colleagues to receive feedback on own performance
Get the work done	1.2-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4-3.6, 4.4	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload in a methodical sequence with input from others Makes routine decisions about source materials, equipment capacity and audio formats, and monitors output for problems Determines the most effective editing techniques for creative impact, and manipulates software to resolve problems Uses digital tools to prepare sound components, and edit and refine sequences to achieve creative and technical expectations of the production

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing	CUFSOU204A Perform basic sound editing	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU202 Perform basic sound editing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare and edit audio content to meet creative and technical production requirements

use editing software and equipment proficiently, manipulating and applying effects where required

digitise audio content in compatible formats

assess and optimise quality of sound sequences

accurately mark, log, document and archive edited sequences

seek feedback from others to improve own technical and creative performance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a range of digital formats compatible with various editing processes, platforms and equipment

outline procedures to log and document edited sequences

outline typical challenges that arise collecting and organising content for broadcast and publication, and how to handle these

identify characteristics of sound that can be manipulated to achieve high quality output

outline work health and safety requirements for working with sound.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

audio editing software and equipment

manuals and instructions to support software and equipment

audio content.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare audio assets for inclusion in broadcasting, games and interactive media.

It applies to individuals who prepare and package audio content into formats appropriate for various media distribution channels and interactive products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and Entertainment Production – Audio/Sound

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify audio assets	1.1 Obtain analogue or digital sources of audio and identify the source file formats 1.2 Clarify output purpose, destination and platform 1.3 Discuss with relevant personnel the required output file format and audio codecs for specified bandwidths 1.4 Discuss with relevant personnel the appropriate audio encoding software
2. Prepare audio assets	2.1 Open appropriate audio encoding software and load audio file 2.2 Eliminate or treat defects on sound recordings 2.3 Equalise sound output levels where necessary 2.4 Check duration and quality of audio sequences meet production requirements, and adjust if necessary 2.5 Determine and apply appropriate audio codecs 2.6 Batch optimise audio files where possible 2.7 Save files in appropriate output file format using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions 2.8 Follow safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for long periods of time
3. Package audio assets	3.1 Assign metadata tags if required 3.2 Group files logically in folder system using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions 3.3 Archive and store in share drive or repository for production team access

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 2.4	Interprets information to determine standards and job requirements
Writing	2.7, 3.1, 3.2	Uses clear language and terminology to identify and group files
Oral Communication	1.3, 1.4	Uses clear language to contribute information Obtains information by listening and questioning
Numeracy	2.4	Uses basic calculations to measure time
Navigate the world of work	2.7, 2.8, 3.2, 3.3	Accepts responsibility for tasks within boundaries of own role Meets organisational expectations in performance of task
Interact with others	1.3, 1.4	Follows accepted communication methods and practices in discussions with project team members
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.2	Makes decisions about audio asset requirements with guidance from others Uses digital tools to prepare, refine and package audio assets that meet interactive media requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets	CUFSOU301A Prepare audio assets	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU304 Prepare audio assets

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare audio content for inclusion in interactive media products and media distribution channels

use editing software to treat, equalise and clip sound sequences to meet technical standards

use audio encoding and editing software

complete file naming and storage according to industry or enterprise conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the need for audio file compression in media distribution channels and interactive media products

describe how codecs work to optimise audio outputs and identify appropriate codecs for various platform destinations

explain techniques to achieve audio equalisation

explain file compression

outline procedures for naming and tagging audio files following standard enterprise or industry conventions

outline work health and safety requirements for working with sound.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

audio encoding and editing software and equipment

manuals and instructions that support encoding and editing software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUASOU407 Edit sound

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to edit sound material to meet production requirements. This involves assessing the quality of source materials, preparing source materials for sound editing, making technically accurate sound edits, and applying sound effects to enhance the final product.

It applies to individuals who work as part of a production team to edit sound material for a range of productions. It also applies to individuals working in film and sound archives. Individuals work with minimal supervision and guidance, and may supervise others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and entertainment production – audio/sound

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for sound editing	1.1 Discuss production requirements and procedures with relevant people 1.2 Confirm necessary copyright releases have been obtained 1.3 Consider impact of using different release sound formats 1.4 Confirm sound editing software and equipment is operational and appropriate for production requirements 1.5 Prepare team work plan as required, and brief relevant people accordingly 1.6 Obtain original or copies of sound sources, and assess their quality against production requirements 1.7 Advise relevant people if sound sources do not meet production requirements, and propose options to resolve issues as required 1.8 Anticipate problems that may arise during sound editing, and plan accordingly
2. Edit complex sound sequences	2.1 Confirm format of sound sources is compatible with sound editing software and equipment 2.2 Follow work health and safety (WHS) procedures, and use safe work practices when using sound editing software and equipment 2.3 Listen critically to sound sources to determine extent and range of required edits 2.4 Use sound editing software and equipment to achieve technical and creative production outcomes, and to resolve identified problems 2.5 Collaborate with relevant people to meet production requirements
3. Create overall sound context	3.1 Determine purpose for which sound is being used in production 3.2 Select or produce appropriate sound effects that enhance the purpose, genre and technical/creative outcomes of the production 3.3 Incorporate sound effects and elements to meet creative and production requirements
4. Finalise editing operations	4.1 Listen to final sound mix with relevant people, and make adjustments as necessary 4.2 Save final files in correct format 4.3 Conduct quality check of final sound mix according to production requirements and enterprise procedures 4.4 Archive edited files, and complete relevant documentation according to production requirements and enterprise procedures 4.5 Confirm work environment is cleaned after use and restored to pre-editing condition 4.6 Collaborate with relevant people to organise a sound effect library for future productions 4.7 Provide feedback to production team members as required 4.8 Evaluate own performance and note areas for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 1.8	Interprets textual information and applies the knowledge that has been gained to evaluate methodologies and elements according to production requirements
Writing	1.8	Prepares specific information that conveys an understanding of outcomes and alternatives, and uses terminology appropriate to present to relevant personnel
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 1.7, 2.3, 2.5, 4.1	Uses industry appropriate language and chooses appropriate strategies to establish clear directions Derives meaning from a range of audio sources to inform work requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 4.2-4.5	Follows required safety procedures Identifies, confirms and applies copyright requirements relevant to role Follows organisational protocols and procedures to achieve work outcomes
Interact with others	1.1, 1.5, 1.7, 2.5, 4.1, 4.6, 4.7	Collaborates with others to achieve joint production outcomes
Get the work done	1.1-1.8, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.5	Plans and prioritises a range of complex tasks, including contingencies to achieve goals efficiently Uses innovative techniques to organise work and support the creative process Provides feedback and evaluates options to determine solutions and improvements Uses problem-solving skills to anticipate and plan for issues Uses digital equipment and software to manage and backup files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUASOU407 Edit sound	CUSSOU403A Perform advanced sound editing	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU407 Edit sound

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

edit sound material and create final mix for productions

incorporate appropriate sound effects into final mix

work collaboratively as part of a production team within set deadlines

use the features of a range of industry current sound editing software and equipment in line with production requirements and industry standards.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the different purposes for which sound is used in productions

explain the copyright implications that relate to sound editing

explain the main principles and techniques of sound editing

explain the issues and challenges that typically arise when editing sound material, and how to address them

explain the work health and safety (WHS) procedures and principles that relate to sound editing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

sound editing software and equipment

productions where sound editing is required

production documentation

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, organise and produce audio recordings.

It applies to individuals who work collaboratively and creatively with artists and performers to produce audio recordings for distribution via any media.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Media and entertainment production – audio/sound

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm concept for recording project	1.1 Use knowledge of commercial trends, market niches, new styles and artists to develop the vision and concept for a recording project 1.2 Discuss and confirm vision and concepts with relevant people, and achieve consensus on project outcomes 1.3 Establish and discuss production requirements for recording project with relevant people 1.4 Research copyright requirements to confirm project process and outcomes will comply with legislation
2. Confirm arrangements for recording project	2.1 Confirm repertoire, artists, project outcomes and operational details with relevant people 2.2 Confirm project outcomes can be achieved within time and budget constraints 2.3 Plan and agree on communication processes and recording schedule with relevant people 2.4 Draw up and distribute rehearsal and recording schedules to relevant people 2.5 Discuss and confirm appropriate recording locations with relevant people
3. Coordinate and conduct sound recording sessions	3.1 Confirm that sessions are scheduled to allow adequate rehearsal and sound testing prior to main recording sessions 3.2 Confirm recording location, sound equipment and recording format meet production and work health and safety (WHS) requirements 3.3 Assess the acoustic characteristics of the recording location, and provide feedback on instrument/voice placement and settings to relevant people 3.4 Provide balanced, constructive and supportive feedback to artists, to ensure that performance meets project expectations 3.5 Recognise and consider individual perspectives, and negotiate acceptable outcomes to conflicts as required 3.6 Monitor and adjust recording to produce a final product that meets required project outcomes
4. Evaluate recording process and product	4.1 Use appropriate techniques to evaluate the recording process and completed product 4.2 Seek feedback and opinions from relevant people, and document results of evaluation 4.3 Evaluate own role in the recording process, and note areas for improvement 4.4 Use evaluation results to improve future practice

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	4.3, 4.4	Uses self-evaluation and reflection to identify strategies to build own skills and knowledge
Reading	1.4	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify compliance with policy and procedures
Writing	1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 4.3	Prepares specific information using terminology and a form appropriate to the task and audience
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.3-3.5, 4.2	Uses industry appropriate language to check understandings and elicit different viewpoints Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions, and draws on active listening strategies
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Uses mathematical concepts and calculations to estimate and plan project costs and timeframes
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 3.2	Identifies, confirms and applies legislative requirements relevant to role
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.3-3.5, 4.2	Collaborates and works cooperatively to maximise creative objectives Uses appropriate communication practices to discuss and direct requirements and agree on outcomes Considers the perspectives of others during planning and production Anticipates potential for conflict and deals with conflict effectively
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.6, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Plans and priorities a range of tasks, including contingencies to achieve goals efficiently Identifies innovative approaches that could enhance outcomes Analyses information to make decisions and solve problems Evaluates own role to make improvements in the creative process

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings	CUSSOU502A Produce sound recordings	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUASOU504 Produce sound recordings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop creative sound concepts for recording projects

work creatively, collaboratively and constructively with others to produce at least two sound recordings for distribution

adjust recordings to achieve project outcomes

document the evaluation of the recording process, outcomes and own role.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the production requirements that may impact decisions about recording projects

explain the legislative requirements that relate to sound recording

explain how different recording and performance environments affect sound, and what adjustments can be made to produce required sound recordings

explain the sound equipment required for a range of recording situations

describe techniques for evaluating the quality of a sound recording

explain the issues and challenges that typically arise when producing sound recordings, and how to address them.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

relevant instruments and equipment

scores, charts or other written music resources

participants, such as performers and technical crew

appropriate recording facilities with adequate space and acoustic qualities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs (FDH) as part of a fibre to the premises (FTTP) network.

It applies to individuals who work in teams to deliver very high speed broadband capacity for the National Broadband Network (NBN) initiative.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – broadband and wireless networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up and prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine type of FDH enclosure and optical splitter module from project plan, and identify splitter installation requirements using work instructions 1.5 Obtain tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Select and use required protective equipment and make site safe and secure for installation work 1.7 Obtain splitter module, visually inspect for splitter module damage and replace if necessary
2. Install splitter module in FDH	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and identify and avoid other services 2.2 Open enclosure and assess suitability of FDH according to project plan 2.3 Locate next available slot in splitter module area of FDH for installation 2.4 Insert splitter module and secure according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.5 Inspect installed splitter module and surrounding area for completeness of job
3. Prepare and connect splitter input fibres to feeder cable	3.1 Locate feeder port to be connected and remove protective cover in preparation 3.2 Use optical power meter to verify feeder port is not active 3.3 Clean adaptor and mated connector according to manufacturer’s specifications, and route splitter input fibre to correct feeder port 3.4 Remove dust cap and clean end face according to manufacturer’s specifications to prevent possible damage from mating contaminated connectors 3.5 Connect input fibre to feeder port and record connection according to organisational policy
4. Connect output fibres and test splitter	4.1 Determine output fibre to be connected and required adapter in distribution field 4.2 Clean adapter and fibre end-face according to manufacturer’s specifications 4.3 Route output fibre and connect with adapter in distribution field 4.4 Test operation of optical splitter for optical power levels at operating wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) optical wavelengths 4.5 Record connections, test results and park unused fibre leads for safety reasons according to organisational policy
5. Clean up work site	5.1 Replace all dust caps on internal enclosures and close FDH 5.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 5.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.2-3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5	Reads and interprets specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 3.5, 4.5, 5.3	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 5.3	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	3.2, 3.5, 4.4	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.1, 3.5, 4.5, 5.2	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 5.3	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols Complies with work instructions and contributes to work group discussions using accepted conventions
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4-1.7, 2.2-2.5, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.5, 5.1, 5.2	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Responds to predictable routine problems and implements standard or logical solutions Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	ICTBWN3088B Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor changes to Performance Criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN302 Install optical fibre splitters in fibre distribution hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

comply with all work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards and work practices

safely use optical power test equipment

accurately measure optical signals at two wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) wavelengths

correctly install splitter in the enclosure

connect input and out optical fibres to the splitter

test optical splitter

complete connection recording.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the location and summarise the contents of relevant organisational policies and procedures

discuss WHS risks and control measures when working with optical fibre and equipment

explain propagation of light in optical communication systems

outline the role of transmitters and receivers in optical communication systems

identify and describe the critical aspects of cleaning of connectors

summarise specific WHS requirements relating to the handling of optical fibre and the use of laser light sources

explain WDM applications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – broadband and wireless networks field of work and include access to:

a fibre distribution hub and relevant optical splitter

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install a lead-in module and its associated cable for a fibre to the premises (FTTP) installation. Optical networks and FTTP are part of the strategies by service providers using wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) to deliver very high speed broadband capacity through the access network for the National Broadband Network (NBN) initiative.

It applies to individuals with specialist technical skills who work in teams to provide either underground or aerial services in next generation networks (NGN) using emerging technologies.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – broadband and wireless networks

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up and prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine type of lead-in module and cable from project plan and identify installation requirements using work instructions 1.5 Obtain tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Select and use required protective equipment and make site safe and secure for installation work 1.7 Obtain lead-in module, visually inspect for lead-in module damage and replace if necessary
2. Install lead-in module in enclosure	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work, and identify and avoid other services 2.2 Identify position in enclosure to secure module and install mounting bracket according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.3 Splice lead-in module tail to distribution joint 2.4 Attach lead-in module to mounting bracket and secure in position
3. Install optical fibre lead-in cable to premises	3.1 Unpack and prepare lead-in cable according to manufacturer’s specifications 3.2 Haul optical fibre lead-in cable to premises, observing maximum strain on cable for underground installation 3.3 Coil excess cable length within enclosure 3.4 Install aerial lead-in using catenary and bearer wire to meet relevant height and minimum sag requirements
4. Terminate lead-in cable at premises	4.1 Access optical network termination (ONT) unit to expose lead-in cable to retrieve fibre and connector 4.2 Clean ONT adapter and connector according to manufacturer’s specifications 4.3 Mate fibre connector with ONT adapter, ensuring free of contaminants 4.4 Route fibre cable within ONT and secure in position 4.5 Test operation of lead-in at ONT for optical power levels at designated operating WDM optical wavelength 4.6 Record connections, test results and park unused fibre leads for safety reasons according to organisational policy
5. Clean up work site	5.1 Seal ONT and enclosure 5.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 5.3 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2, 4.5, 4.6	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 3.5, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3	Accurately completes relevant reports and documentation using clear and technically specific language and numerical data
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 5.3	Participates in verbal exchanges with key personnel using appropriate, clear and detailed language to exchange information, ideas or solutions Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding of requirements
Numeracy	3.2, 3.4	Takes measurements and uses them for work layout and construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 4.6, 5.2	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 5.3	Uses a limited range of accepted practices for communicating in a work environment Complies with work instructions and contributes to work group discussions using accepted conventions
Get the work done	1.1, 1.5-1.7, 2.2, 3.2-3.4, 4.1-4.6, 5.1, 5.2	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload, making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, and seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates the effectiveness of the outcome Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	ICTBWN3090B Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTBWN303 Install lead-in module and cable for fibre to the premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

safely use optical power test equipment

accurately measure optical signals at TWO wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) wavelengths

install lead-in module in the enclosure for both an aerial and an underground installation

complete connection recording for both lead-ins

perform and test an optical fibre lead-in to a distribution joint.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline licence requirements for working at heights

identify the location and summarise the contents of relevant organisational policies and procedures

discuss personal safety issues

explain the propagation of light in optical communication systems

describe the role of transmitters and receivers in optical communication systems

identify the critical aspects of site engineering

explain specific WHS requirements relating to the handling of optical fibre and the use of laser light sources

explain WDM applications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – broadband and wireless networks field of work and include access to:

a fibre lead-in module, distribution pit, premises conduit and relevant optical network termination (ONT) unit

tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0. Minor updates made to Knowledge Evidence.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to joint metallic conductor cable.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles completing tasks on customer premises in underground situations, pits, jointing enclosures or above ground.

All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for jointing	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedures 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.3 Organise tools, equipment and materials for given work 1.4 Review site plans and documentation 1.5 Select cable type and requirements for cable joint
2 Joint cable and test joint	2.1 Joint metallic cable following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and complying with manufacturer’s requirements and relevant industry standards 2.2 Perform relevant cable tests to ensure joint complies with site specifications, manufacturer’s specifications and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.3 Rectify any cable faults 2.4 Make visual inspection of joint to confirm soundness and completeness
3 Complete records and clean up site	3.1 Complete required records and notify customer 3.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 3.3 Reinstate site according to customer and company requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

ICTCBL205 Joing metallic conductor cable on customer premises supersedes and is equivalent to ICTCBL2016A Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL205 Joint metallic conductor cable on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

organise resources and prepare for the task of jointing

joint at least one 20 pair (or greater) cable

test joint

interpret test results

rectify cable faults

check that the enclosure is properly sealed

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

the current Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Competency Requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

features and operating requirements of test equipment

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site

purpose, construction and characteristics of cable types

cable colour screening

basic telephony, including operation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where jointing metallic conductor cable may be conducted

use of joint testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable jointing and testing activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to plan, build, install and earth an equipment enclosure for cabling provisioning on or above the ground.

It applies to individuals who work in technical roles in civil construction including the installation of enclosures such as pillars, cabinets, remote integrated multiplexers (RIM) and mobile equipment enclosures for new or upgrade network installations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to construct and install enclosure	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards and other services at worksite 1.3 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.4 Determine location and type of above ground enclosure specified in construction plan required for project
2. Build enclosure	2.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 2.2 Construct footings or foundations to construction design specifications 2.3 Construct enclosure to specifications given in construction design 2.4 Connect enclosure to earth according to construction plan and industry practice
3. Complete project	3.1 Complete reports according to enterprise policy and record alterations to plans using appropriate symbols 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment, and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to client satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.4	Interprets textual information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	1.2, 3.1, 3.4	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Numeracy	1.4, 2.2, 2.3	Takes measurements and uses them for work layout and construction Make basic calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3	Complies with explicit policies and procedures, and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 3.3, 3.4	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure	ICTCBL2131A Install an above ground equipment enclosure	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL211 Install an above ground equipment enclosure

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare to install an enclosure using construction plans

use appropriate tools and equipment to construct and connect an enclosure according to plans, specifications, and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

complete reports and document alterations to plans as appropriate.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list the plant, tools and equipment required for construction

describe enclosure construction methods

describe footings and foundations

read, interpret and make basic modifications to plans

read and interpret legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

identify specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

identify typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where enclosure construction and connection may be conducted

construction tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on construction.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to erect cable supports in small aerial client installations and access networks where they may be required to do new installations, upgrades or maintain existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations to deliver services in xdigital subscriber lines (xDSL), fibre to the home (FTTH) and hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) networks.

It applies to individuals working as telecommunications linesmen and line installers who make use of aerial support structures and specialist tools.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements.

Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install aerial cable structure	1.1 Obtain construction plan from appropriate personnel to scope work and arrange for site access 1.2 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite 1.3 Determine cable route from construction plan, identifying and avoiding other services 1.4 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently
2. Install aerial support structures	2.1 Use tools according to enterprise guidelines and work health and safety (WHS) regulations 2.2 Erect safety barriers according to enterprise guidelines to secure site 2.3 Excavate hole to specifications and according to enterprise guidelines for erection of mounting pole 2.4 Install pole using mechanical lifting devices according to enterprise guidelines 2.5 Install fixing structures on pole securely according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.6 Install aerial fixing devices where support is other than pole according to enterprise guidelines
3. Complete project	3.1 Complete reports according to enterprise policy and record alterations to plans using appropriate symbols 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and equipment and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to client satisfaction 3.4 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.4	Interprets information from technical sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	1.2, 3.1	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Numeracy	1.3, 2.3	Interprets scales and ratios on plans Performs basic calculations appropriate to measuring and estimating size
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and organisational requirements relevant to own work context
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 3.4	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients and internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.6, 3.2, 3.3	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports	ICTCBL2132A Erect aerial cable supports	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL212 Erect aerial cable supports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install a pole and aerial fixing device after relevant authorities have been notified and approvals obtained prior to commencement

demonstrate use of specialised hand or power tools and equipment for the installation of aerial cable supports safely

apply work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices associated with the installation of aerial cable supports, including protective clothing and personal safety items, adequate warning signs and safety devices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features and operating requirements of equipment

describe the information required to operate equipment according to a specification

identify legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

describe licence requirements for working at heights

identify the manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

identify specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

describe test methods and performance requirements

identify typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where aerial cable supports may be installed

plant, tools and equipment to erect aerial supports currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on aerial support erection activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to practice safe installation, alteration and configuration of the carrier network termination device/asymmetric digital subscriber line (NTD/ADSL) filter and modem/mode 3 socket/cabling, for an alarm system connected to a monitoring station using a carrier line supporting an ADSL modem service, used for Open and Restricted Cabling Registration.

It applies to cablers, installers and technicians working in the field of installation, maintenance or upgrades of existing systems in voice, data or security systems, and in the context of technology convergence and digital subscriber line (DSL) technologies as applied in the telecommunications industry.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Build and test direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) circuits and telephone earthing	1.1 Identify any hazards and work health and safety (WHS) issues for safe worksite and notify appropriate personnel 1.2 Connect series and parallel DC and AC circuit configuration following safe work practices 1.3 Choose appropriate test equipment and measure values of electrical quantities of circuits 1.4 Use calculations to verify measured values of electrical quantities in series and in parallel circuit configuration 1.5 Compare measured values to calculated values and determine reasons for any variations 1.6 Evaluate results and determine probable faults if relevant 1.7 Measure voltages present on telephone line and compare to exchange battery voltage 1.8 Measure resistance to earth, ensuring electrical earth in telecommunications installation
2. Configure a safe ADSL circuit configuration with mode 3 connection	2.1 Determine effects of bandwidth, frequency and attenuation on DSL circuits as used for broadband client access 2.2 Design and configure ADSL circuit from network boundary through to mode 3 socket for alarm system connected to monitoring station 2.3 Configure connection to ensure that ADSL circuit is not disconnected for safety reasons when alarm activation in conjunction with a mode 3 socket disconnects plain old telephone service (POTS) circuit 2.4 Use level 3 tester to verify correct termination and installation of digital transmission line
3. Diagnose and rectify faults	3.1 Determine urgency and impact of faults and required response timeframe for clearance 3.2 Identify type of fault and determine most probable causes of fault from data and historical trends where available 3.3 Select tools and test equipment relevant to system and type of fault 3.4 Diagnose fault in methodical and safe manner using suitable fault-finding technique 3.5 Isolate fault progressively to remove likely variables from diagnostic 3.6 Determine options to rectify fault and present to client for decision on rectification 3.7 Document test methods and results, and file with other system installation records
4. Alter existing services	4.1 Identify existing and proposed cable systems for altering services to existing installation 4.2 Plan alterations to cause minimal disruption to ongoing client activity 4.3 Use appropriate tools to safely terminate telecommunications cables and outlets 4.4 Identify and rectify any cable fault 4.5 Carry out alterations in safe manner and according to both mandatory and recommended industry standards 4.6 Identify risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services 4.7 Test alteration and obtain sign off with client

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	3.2, 4.7	Uses explicit strategies to make connections between information and ideas while reading
Writing	3.6, 3.7	Interrelates ideas, information and some support material when writing about familiar topics
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.6	Demonstrates awareness of choices for register, especially in situations that are familiar
Numeracy	1.3-1.5, 1.7, 3.1, 3.2, 4.7	Uses 'in the head' and written methods to calculate, and uses calculation and technological processes and tools to undertake the problem solving process
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 4.5, 4.6	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Get the work done	1.3, 1.6, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.7, 4.1-4.4, 4.7	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Understands when to take responsibility and when to notify others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	ICTCBL2139B Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Performance Criteria clarified	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL219 Apply safe technical work practices for cabling registration when configuring an ADSL circuit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate the use of asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) concepts in application and design

demonstrate fault-finding techniques to locate cabling faults in telecommunications networks

solve calculations for direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC) electrical problems

apply digital transmission principles and testing

demonstrate the use of ADSL test equipment

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices in the alteration of existing client services.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss WHS issues and practices relating to ADSL circuits and working with electricity

describe typical electrical faults, fault-finding techniques and the type and use of testing equipment, including:

multimeter to measure direct current (DC) voltage, current and resistance

continuity tester to check continuity wiring

testing of open circuits and short circuits

ADSL test set

identify the appropriate tools used in ADSL cabling

describe the types of cable terminations used for a range of telecommunications cable applications

outline the following:

ADSL circuitry and configurations

digital transmission concepts, including installation practices and testing

procedures in altering existing services, including sign off

the distinction between analog and digital signals.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

a site where altering of existing services for a client may be conducted

appropriate AC and DC testing equipment

manufacturer’s documentation and equipment

correct tools and measuring equipment currently used in industry.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0. Minor updates to Foundation Skills and Assessment Requirements.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install, maintain and modify communications cabling required on a customer's premises, according to Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) Lift Cabling Provider Rule.

It applies to individuals who are qualified licensed electricians working in technical roles for lift installations on new or upgrade installations for an existing network or subsystem for convergence to next generation network (NGN) applications.

All customer cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an ACMA accredited registrar.

To undertake aerial and underground cabling, individuals must attain the specialist competencies as indicated in ACMA cabling provider rules Pathways to cabling registration.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Work within constraints imposed by customer premises and ACMA regulatory environment	1.1 Prepare for lift cabling work according to regulatory environment, cabling environment, cable type, cable identification, termination systems, earthing and protection, records and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Identify building infrastructure that places critical constraints on cabling when undertaking typical lift cabling installation from local distributor (LD) to lift car socket 1.3 Develop strategies to manage other infrastructure in relation to cabling 1.4 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at cabling worksite
2. Manage remote power feed	2.1 Identify and avoid risks posed by contact with remote power feeding services when performing cabling activity 2.2 Make site safe by identifying remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) inside customer premises
3. Install and modify cable support, earthing and termination infrastructure	3.1 Install fixings and cable support structures of adequate strength safely and align with environment according to manufacturer’s and customer’s specifications 3.2 Secure catenary supports to building structure and tension where necessary to ensure cable weight can be carried in operating conditions with interference and safety segregation maintained, including adherence to current Australian Standards 3.3 Install protective earthing of metal work to industry standards where required 3.4 Inspect installed support structure to ensure cable will not be exposed to damage during installation and general operation 3.5 Position terminating equipment and fixing to accepted industry codes of practice, current Australian Standards and customer requirements 3.6 Inspect control cubicles, travelling cable supports, junction boxes, line isolator units, backmount and outlet layout, to ensure compliance with manufacturer’s specifications, allow adequate work space for ease of access and avoid overlaying 3.7 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables to ensure ease of access, and avoid overlaying
4. Install cables and earth wires	4.1 Install lift communications cable from LD to lift car socket 4.2 Install cables according to manufacturer's application specifications, including tension and bending stress requirements 4.3 Identify and avoid sources of possible damage to cable, including hot pipes, sharp edges, cable burn, kinks and stretching 4.4 Allow sufficient excess at cable ends to facilitate termination 4.5 Place and secure cable to maintain safety and interference segregation according to legislative and industry standards 4.6 Install cable fasteners with correct tension to prevent cable sheath damage or transmission impairment, and trim flush to prevent risk of personal damage 4.7 Install aerial cables supported by catenaries in external environment to meet minimum above ground clearances and clearances from hazardous electrical services according to current Australian Standards 4.8 Install and secure travelling cables to maintain safety and according to relevant legislative, industry and manufacturer’s standards 4.9 Install local isolation units (LIU) as required according to current Australian Standards 4.10 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cable pairs, where required, to suppress voltage surges, with devices protectively earthed and according to current Australian Standards 4.11 Protect earth wire insulation against damage with protective earths segregated according to relevant industry and legislative standards
5. Terminate and test cables and earth wires	5.1 Remove cable sheath to allow for correct termination length and without damage to underlying conductors and their insulation 5.2 Install terminating modules according to manufacturer’s specifications, ensuring cable pairs are neatly and sequentially fanned for termination 5.3 Terminate conductors according to recommended colour code sequence using appropriate termination tools in manufacturer’s specified manner 5.4 Earth cable shield, if applicable, to manufacturer’s specifications and relevant industry codes of practice, including current Australian Standards 5.5 Undertake visual inspection to confirm termination colour code sequence has been followed, prior to end to end testing of wire and pair termination integrity 5.6 Terminate earth wires with connectors recommended by manufacturer according to relevant industry codes of practice, including current Australian Standards 5.7 Maintain earth wire continuity throughout to meet interface requirements with electrical systems 5.8 Test earthing installation for continuity, insulation resistance and conductive resistance according to relevant industry standards, including current Australian Standards 5.9 Confirm compatibility of alterations with existing systems and test new work both in isolation and when integrated with existing systems
6. Inspect cable route to ensure correct separations	6.1 Inspect separations along entire cable route and rectify separations that do not comply with regulations 6.2 Install barriers to achieve separations where sufficient spatial separation cannot be met
7. Evaluate earthing needs for cable systems on customer premises	7.1 Locate existing customer earthing systems and analyse earthing needs of cable systems 7.2 Calculate upper and lower limits of resistance for variety of cable system earths using relevant cable characteristics
8. Label earthing systems	8.1 Identify label requirements for all types of earthing systems 8.2 Attach label to earthing systems according to industry regulations
9. Create or update cable plans and records	9.1 Document installation details on record sheets and plans, and store according to customer requirements 9.2 Label cable pairs clearly to provide accurate identification according to manufacturer's, industry and customer standards 9.3 Record cabling details in cable pair record books to provide accurate record according to industry codes of practice and current Australian Standards 9.4 Complete Telecommunications Cabling Advice (TCA) form
10. Monitor work activity	10.1 Maintain close supervision of cablers not holding appropriate registration for task to ensure installation and maintenance activity is strictly according to legislative requirements and industry standards for safety and network integrity, including all current Australian Standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets complex technical information, legislation, codes, regulations and standards to identify key requirements
Writing	Completes required documentation to meet customer, organisational and legislative requirements using industry relevant terminology
Oral communication	Delivers clear and specific instructions and confirms understanding using questioning and active listening
Numeracy	Takes measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for adherence to legal, regulatory and organisational requirements relevant to own work context, including supervising the work of others
Interact with others	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with customers, internal and external personnel on technical and operational matters
Get the work done	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined tasks Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Implements actions as per plan, making adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule (Release 2)	ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule (Release 1)	Updates to application, knowledge evidence, and foundation skills	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL238 Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACMA Lift Rule

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0. Minor updates to Foundation Skills and Assessment Requirements.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install a lift cabling system from local distributor (LD) via a travelling cable to a lift car socket, including accurate completion of installation records, drawing alterations and compliance forms

read and interpret cable drawings and plans for locations and terminations

apply cable conductor identification codes

conduct and interpret cable test results

interpret and apply related regulations and industry codes

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

the features and operating requirements of test equipment

the information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

explain protection earthing

the features of lift construction and the types of cables required

the types of cable used for manual controlled fire services

cables and the types of cabling

common distributors

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be assessed in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in a telecommunications work environment or workplace and include access to:

a site on which lift communications cabling activities may be carried out

cabling and field equipment currently used in industry

licensing requirements and other site related documentation.

Note: All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar. Assessment by a Telecommunications Industry Training Advisory Board (TITAB) registered assessor is recommended for this unit.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to place, secure and terminate structured cabling for indoor and outdoor installations and to certify the installation within a domestic, commercial or industrial client's premises.

It applies to technical staff who install, terminate and certify structured cabling installations for communications applications including digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar.

The ACMA Pathways for Cabler Registration of Specialist Competency ICTCBL301 requires completion of ICTCBL247 and a WHS/OHS unit.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of structured cabling	1.1 Confirm client requirements and ensure compliance with relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards on worksite 1.4 Organise tools and cabling products equipment for given work 1.5 Erect barriers according to safety requirements 1.6 Select cable type and match structured cabling to installation environment and client requirements 1.7 Verify proposed route to meet manufacturer’s specifications and industry standards
2. Install structured cable	2.1 Place and secure correct type of cable following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and according to accepted industry practice and standards 2.2 Maintain cable and services separations in runs and cross overs to meet manufacturer and industry standards 2.3 Install structured cabling to industry standards 2.4 Minimise twist ratio defects to avoid accumulation effect on structured cable performance 2.5 Fit over-voltage protection devices to all cables and metallic components where required
3. Terminate structured cable	3.1 Terminate cable according to accepted industry practice and standards 3.2 Maintain correct twist ratio to optimise system performance at rated level 3.3 Use correctly rated termination hardware with appropriate termination tool to ensure integrity and performance of termination 3.4 Earth cable shield to manufacturer’s specifications and relevant industry standards if applicable
4. Certify system performance to required level and complete documentation for client	4.1 Test installation and termination to comply with certification requirements 4.2 Record and verify system performance promptly where required 4.3 Authorise and issue appropriate documentation to client to certify system performance and complete records where required 4.4 Reinstate site to client's satisfaction and dispose of waste in environmentally safe manner 4.5 Notify client and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Integrates new ideas and information with existing understanding Recognises the structures and distinguishing features of a range of familiar text types
Writing	Sequences writing to produce cohesive text
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	Interprets and comprehends whole numbers and familiar or routine fractions, decimals and percentages
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Interact with others	Recognises the purpose of various communications directly relevant to own role
Get the work done	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Understands when to take responsibility and when to notify others

Range of Conditions

This section specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.

Over-voltage protection devices requirements must comply with:	ACMA standards enterprise or local environmental hazard manufacturer's specifications.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation	Updates to application, performance evidence, and range of conditions. Updated template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL301 Install, terminate and certify structured cabling installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install, terminate and certify a structured cabling installation to industry standards, applying related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

install and test the following UTP (Cat 6, Cat 6A & Cat 7) and FTP (Cat 6 2x2)

install termination hardware

conduct a termination test and interpret the results

verify compliance with manufacturer’s installation specifications and warranties

provide a report certifying the installation and test results to the client.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

application of industry standards on cable bending, anchors, tension, twist and labelling

tools and equipment commonly used in cable installations and testing

features and operating requirements of test equipment

types and structure of cable and termination hardware used in communications installations

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

identify the manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

identify specific WHS hazards and requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

different types of records and documentation that may be required for certification and reporting

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where installation, termination and certification of structured cabling may be conducted

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on installation.

Note: All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar. Assessment by a Telecommunications Industry Training Advisory Board (TITAB) registered assessor is recommended for this unit.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This unit first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and terminate coaxial cable on client premises in communications applications, digital and analog, including master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), digital video broadcasting – terrestrial (DBVT), digital video broadcasting – satellite (DVB-S), data and video, including digital broadcasting, computer networks such as local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN), and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff who install and terminate coaxial cable for new installations, upgrades or the maintenance of existing networks in domestic, commercial and industrial installations on a client's premises.

Where this unit of competency is undertaken as a competency related to the ACMA Cabler Registration, this requires prior completion of ICTCBL247 and a WHS/OHS unit of competency.

All cabling work for clients in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) accredited registrar.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install and terminate coaxial cable	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.4 Select coaxial cable type, connectors and manufacturer’s tool to comply with installation environment and client requirements 1.5 Check proposed route and bend radius to meet manufacturer’s specifications and industry standards 1.6 Test cable on drum for continuity and inspect visually for crushing and kinks 1.7 Discuss with client proposed method of installation and cable route, and adjust if necessary
2. Install, terminate and test coaxial cable	2.1 Maintain cable segregation to industry standards 2.2 Protect integrity of coaxial shield cable to ensure no loss of signal during operation and maintain bend ratios to not exceed manufacturer’s specifications and industry standard 2.3 Install cable securing hardware to ensure cable is not crushed or kinked while maintaining cable manufacturer's bend radius 2.4 Install cable following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and complying with manufacturer’s specifications and industry standards 2.5 Terminate cable and perform type of termination specified in plan using safe work practices and according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.6 Test termination for transmission loss and signal levels, and re-terminate the coaxial cable if the transmission loss exceeds the manufacturer’s specifications 2.7 Record all measurements 2.8 Fit over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component where required
3. Remove termination waste from work area	3.1 Clean work area thoroughly to minimise risk of injury from loose metal strands 3.2 Dispose of waste safely according to relevant environmental requirements 3.3 Restore worksite to client’s satisfaction
4. Document installation	4.1 Update plans and records with details of installation and test results 4.2 Show client completed work and ensure work matches agreed method of installation and cable route 4.3 Notify client of work completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information
Writing	Accurately records information and prepares documentation using clear language and organisational formats and protocols
Oral Communication	Demonstrates an awareness of the need to vary structure, style, tone and vocabulary to meet the requirements of the audience, context and purpose
Numeracy	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context, and draws attention to any issues that may affect self or others
Interact with others	Recognises the purpose of various communications directly relevant to own role
Get the work done.	Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions in response to familiar problems Understands when to take responsibility and when to notify others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable (Release 2)	ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable (Release 1)	Updates to application and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL303 Install and terminate coaxial cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install and terminate coaxial cable types including RG6 quad shielded coaxial cable

install different connector types

conduct and interpret test results

verify the installation complies with manufacturer’s specifications and warranties

prepare a report for a client that documents the installation and test results

comply with all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice associated with the installation of coaxial cables

features of types of coaxial cable and the manufacturer's specifications that apply

features and operating requirements of test equipment for coaxial cable

information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of coaxial cable tools and equipment

safety precautions when working with coaxial cable and radio frequency (RF) based systems

specific WHS requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and performance requirements

types and techniques for connecting and termination of coaxial cable, including:

compression termination

crimp termination

function of over-voltage protection devices

transmission and propagation characteristics of coaxial cable

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

sites where installation and termination of coaxial cabling may be conducted

equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

testing equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on installation activities.

Note: All client cabling work in the telecommunications, fire, security and data industries must be performed by a registered cabler. All cablers are required to register with an Australian Communications and Media (ACMA) accredited registrar. Assessment by a Telecommunications Industry Training Advisory Board (TITAB) registered assessor is recommended for this unit.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively transfer control of a newly installed or upgraded system to a client. It includes the transfer of information to the client and the completion of relevant documentation.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors from carriers, contractors or other service providers completing domestic, commercial or industrial installations. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Inform client of system functions and capacities	1.1 Provide client with cables systems and equipment information 1.2 Demonstrate physical installation, cable system usage or equipment operation and answer client queries on system functions 1.3 Confirm variations to specifications with client
2. Hand over records and documentation	2.1 Update documentation and plans 2.2 Present complete and orderly records and system documentation to client 2.3 Adhere to all relevant company policies and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards
3. Complete contract documentation	3.1 Provide guarantees to client in required format where work is subject to guarantee 3.2 Present invoices to client to complete contractual arrangements 3.3 Obtain client’s sign off to confirm acceptance of cabling work completed where required 3.4 Advise client of opportunities for system upgrades, additional services and training where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and technical information to pass on to client Evaluates information and products from a variety of sources to ensure appropriateness to client needs
Writing	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Accurately records and completes information in organisational systems Records outcomes of communication with client for action
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to present financial data and contract requirements, and to accurately process invoice
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and workmates Recognises and accommodates basic differences and priorities of others
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, enter data, present information and communicate with the client

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment (Release 2)	ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment (Release 1)	Updates to knowledge evidence, and foundation skills	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL305 Hand over cable systems and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate and explain the cable and equipment system to the client

present accurate records and system documentation to the client

complete contract documentation

respond to client requests.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

equipment on the client's premises

typical performance parameters and faults that may be encountered with the client equipment

various equipment types

warranty information for equipment supplied and contractor work guarantees.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where cabling system and client equipment have been installed or upgraded

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on system and equipment installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate and identify cable system faults in communications cables at enterprise and client premises sites. The cable types may be telecommunications digital, voice and data in digital TV cabling.

It applies to technical staff who are required to locate and rectify communications cable system faults, including local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN), master antenna television (MATV), cable television (CATV), closed-circuit television (CCTV), digital video broadcasting – terrestrial (DVB-T), digital video broadcasting – satellite (DVB-S), security alarm systems, fire systems, voice over internet protocol (VoIP) networks and radio communications. The telecommunications cabling types may by twisted pair, coaxial or fibre optic types’

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to locate and rectify cable fault	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential hazards on worksite 1.3 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.4 Establish type of cable and nature of fault from client for cable system 1.5 Select suitable testing tools and equipment and personal protective equipment to meet required industry standards
2. Locate and diagnose cable fault	2.1 Conduct appropriate test following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements to identify type of cable fault 2.2 Isolate fault progressively to remove likely variables from assessment 2.3 Locate cable or cable termination equipment fault without undue interruptions to client activity in shortest possible time 2.4 Notify client of findings
3. Rectify fault	3.1 Present client with options to rectify fault 3.2 Advise client of costs of any repair not covered by service agreement 3.3 Conduct fault rectification, if client agrees, in a manner that is safe for repair team and client 3.4 Escalate any unresolved faults to other parties for resolution if required
4. Complete documentation and clean up worksite	4.1 Advise client of successful fault clearance and obtain sign off 4.2 Complete all records 4.3 Complete reports to justify fault diagnosis and rectification methodology if required 4.4 Remove all waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 4.5 Restore any changes made to worksite during fault repair to client’s satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, consolidates and checks information and data Interprets technical documentation and test results from equipment manuals and specifications
Writing	Accurately records and completes information in organisational systems Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Clearly explains detailed information using language, tone and pace appropriate to the audience Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning, and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm numerical information
Navigate the world of work	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Seeks advice and clarification for new activities
Interact with others	Uses a range of strategies and reads verbal and non-verbal signals to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and workmates Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to test cables, access information, enter data, present information and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults (Release 2)	ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults (Release 1)	Updates to application and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL306 Locate and identify cable system faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify different faults using checks, tests and fault-finding methodology

determine and rank likely causes of fault

provide the client with solutions for rectifying faults

rectify the faults

escalate unresolved faults to other parties for resolution

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) competency requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules

features and operating requirements of test equipment

equipment according to a test specification

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of testing instruments

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

test methods and identify the test performance requirements

typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sites where cable system tests may be conducted

fault-finding equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on cable system testing and fault-finding activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install customer premises cabling and equipment for indoor and outdoor installations. This may include communications applications such as telephony, broadband data, video including digital broadcasting, and computer networks including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to field officers, technicians or technical supervisors from carriers, contractors or other service providers who provide voice, data and security installation and maintenance services.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for customer premises systems and equipment installation	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.3 Inform appropriate personnel of existing and potential hazards on worksite 1.4 Verify location of proposed customer communications equipment installation according to plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Develop installation plans to ensure minimal disruption to workplace and according to standards 1.6 Select suitable tools and equipment
2. Install system hardware	2.1 Install network equipment following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements according to manufacturer’s instructions 2.2 Confirm service interruption is within limits agreed with customer 2.3 Complete cable jumpering to distribution infrastructure and terminal equipment to specification 2.4 Document all installation drawings for customer
3. Configure and test system	3.1 Install software and, if required, configure system according to specifications 3.2 Test to verify system performance according to customer requirements 3.3 Record all test results
4. Clean up worksite and compete documentation	4.1 Remove and dispose of installation waste and debris from worksite according to environmental requirements 4.2 Restore worksite to customer’s satisfaction 4.3 Complete all installation documents and present to customer 4.4 Notify customer and obtain signoff

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 2.4, 3.3, 4.3, 4.4	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Accurately records and completes information in organisational systems
Oral Communication	2.2, 4.3, 4.4	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	2.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Make calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 4.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	1.2-1.4, 2.2, 4.2-4.4	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers and workmates
Get the work done	1.1, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Accepts responsibility for addressing less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises	ICTCBL3049A Install systems and equipment on customer premises	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL311 Install systems and equipment on customer premises

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

read and interpret:

related floor plans

building plans

reflected ceiling plans

schematic drawings

install customer premises equipment

configure and test systems and equipment

apply relevant regulations and standards

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and select cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

describe the connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL), multiplexer (MUX), integrated services digital network (ISDN), network termination device (NTD) or other carrier interface unit

recognise electrical and/or optical properties to be measured

explain the health and safety considerations for the works including:

electrical safety

lifting hazards

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

describe the equipment to be installed on the customer's premises

identify and select the test methods and performance requirements for the installation

identify typical issues and challenges that occur on the worksite.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

a site where installation of electronic equipment and customer cabling may be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install indoor or outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial network cable equipment at a client's premises or service provider access networks. This may include communications applications in telephony, broadband, data, video, radio frequency (RF) equipment, security and computer networks, including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to technicians and lineman installers who install network cable equipment within the broadband infrastructure deployment where they may upgrade coaxial or optical fibre cables as part of a hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) network, a broadband access network or a large client private network.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine cable route and type of network cable equipment from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.5 Obtain plant, tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Evaluate nature of job and infrastructure hierarchy from plan, and obtain approval from client on key features of installation to meet client requirements 1.7 Coordinate other parties to minimise disruption to services and down time 1.8 Segregate incoming and outgoing cables to facilitate access and avoid overlaying and backtracking of cable
2. Install required cable and equipment support structure	2.1 Evaluate existing equipment support structure and develop plan for additional support structure provisioning 2.2 Install additional cable support, equipment support structure and cable runs according to manufacturer’s specifications, industry practice, and health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Determine cable route between rack and sub-rack and cable termination point to comply with client requirements, site limitations, equipment specifications and regulations 2.4 Install cabling infrastructure to interface rack and sub-rack according to installation instructions 2.5 Complete cabling requirements to support installation of equipment
3. Install equipment and earthing protection	3.1 Install lightning protection equipment where required, according to manufacturer’s specifications and industry practice 3.2 Install earthing protection and line conditioning where required, according to relevant Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), local power company and industry practice 3.3 Install equipment component into rack and sub-rack and complete connections according to manufacturer’s specifications and compliance with warranty requirements
4. Perform tests	4.1 Power-on test individual equipment items 4.2 Visually check that all connections and interconnections are firm and sound 4.3 Electrically test all terminations for continuity according to enterprise guidelines
5. Complete project documentation	5.1 Install labels to new equipment and radiation warning signs, where required, according to enterprise guidelines 5.2 Record test results for future reference, complete reports on equipment installation and amend design to reflect existing cable layout and equipment according to enterprise requirements 5.3 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 5.4 Restore site according to requirements of enterprise or approving authority and to client satisfaction 5.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 5.4	Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5	Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 1.7, 5.4, 5.5	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	2.3-2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Takes measurements and uses them for work layout and construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.6, 2.2-2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.4	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 1.7, 5.4, 5.5	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers Recognises and accommodates basic differences and priorities of others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4-1.8, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes decisions and implements procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations. Addresses problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment	ICTCBL3069A Install network cable equipment	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL314 Install network cable equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare for installation of network cable equipment

provide cable infrastructure

install cable equipment support structure for power, alarms and interrogation requirements

install equipment, test and interpret test results

label equipment correctly

safely use any specialised hand or power tools and equipment

apply regulations and standards related to the installation

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and select cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

identify connections to carrier infrastructure or equipment, such as main distribution frame (MDF) or customer interface units (CIU)

describe the network cable installation requirements for the client's equipment

define the electrical and/or optical properties to be measured

identify the health and safety considerations including:

electrical safety

lifting hazards

manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

describe the test methods and performance requirements to be used

identify the typical issues and challenges that occur on the worksite

describe the purpose of warranties and service level agreements.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

a site where installation of network cable equipment may be conducted

plant, tools and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to install ribbon cable in the fibre access node (FAN) site and distribution, local and access underground enclosure joints. Cables may range from 12 fibre to 576 fibre cables.

It applies to individuals who are optical fibre cable installers and splicers deploying broadband access networks using optical technologies. They combine technical skills with specific work health and safety (WHS) skills to work safely on ribbon fibre.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

ICTCBL330	Splice and terminate optical fibre cable for carriers and service providers

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of ribbon fibre	1.1 Select safety equipment to protect self, co-workers and public in line with WHS and environmental requirements 1.2 Identify and obtain tools and appropriate equipment required for installation 1.3 Check physical conditions relevant to installation and confirm layout of equipment to be installed 1.4 Inform appropriate personnel of identified hazards on worksite 1.5 Locate other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Secure worksite with tests for dangerous gases and guards around open manholes 1.7 Obtain approval for alterations to design within organisational guidelines
2. Check and secure existing optical fibre cable	2.1 Following WHS practices, verify that cable was installed according to installation plan and inspect cable for signs of sheath damage 2.2 Maintain minimum bend ratios of cable according to manufacturer specifications while manoeuvring into position 2.3 Secure cable according to safe industry practice, avoiding damage to cable and sheath
3. Install ribbon fibres into high density drawers and/or pivot sub-racks in internal cabinets	3.1 Introduce cable into cabinet rack through appropriate route 3.2 Remove cable sheath and lay up ribbon loose tubes into sub-racks without damage to fibre 3.3 Remove loose tubes, clean ribbon fibres and prepare for splicing using organisational techniques 3.4 Splice ribbon fibres and secure into splice holders 3.5 Confirm that fibres are accurately spliced according to organisational specifications
4. Install and splice ribbon cable in underground enclosures	4.1 Select appropriate enclosure for function and cable type 4.2 Prepare cables for mid-span and butt splicing following vendor guidelines 4.3 Feed cable accurately into enclosure according to network owner guidelines 4.4 Lay up ribbon fibre in enclosure splice tray to allow accurate and efficient splicing 4.5 Cross-reference fibre numbering to match fibres accurately 4.6 Strip ribbon fibres to specifications 4.7 Splice ribbon fibres accurately 4.8 Apply heat-shrink sleeves to ensure protection of spliced ribbon fibres 4.9 Secure spliced ribbon fibres in splice holders
5. Close and seal enclosure	5.1 Check cable and ribbon fibre placement in splice trays conform to vendor and network owner specifications and adjust if necessary 5.2 Close and secure splice trays and fit enclosure cap 5.3 Heat shrink seals around cable entry ports when using heat shrinking techniques, according to vendor and network owner guidelines 5.4 Close and tighten seals around ribbon fibre cables when using mechanical sealing techniques, according to vendor and network owner guidelines 5.5 Check for signs of effective seal and re-seal if necessary
6. Complete site reinstatement, reporting and sign off requirements	6.1 Place sealed enclosure in pit and secure to vendor and network owner specifications 6.2 Identify signs of damage or potential damage to pit and cable and take steps to mitigate 6.3 Reinstate site to network owner specifications 6.4 Prepare and finalise reports, including test results and alterations to plans, according to network owner requirements 6.5 Advise client of work completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	Accurately records and completes organisational documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	Uses clear language and concepts, and tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements where identified the implicit expectations of policies, procedures and standards
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network (Release 2)	ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network (Release 1)	Updates to pre-requisite code. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL316 Install ribbon fibre cable in the FTTX distribution network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare cable for mid-span splicing – strip and coil

prepare cable for butt end splicing – strip and coil

install ribbon fibre cable into:

one heat shrink seal enclosure

one mechanical seal enclosure

one high density ribbon fibre termination drawer

splice ribbon fibre according to specifications

observe all network owner requirements and product practices to ensure optimal performance of cable systems

adapt techniques to a range of technical and environmental conditions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

applicable network owner standards, specifications and procedures for cable installation

cable installation requirements, including:

causes of signal strength loss in optical fibre

colour coding and numerical coding of fibres

application of relevant safe operation of laser instruments

installation equipment

industry and organisational policies and procedures when splicing optical fibre cable

manufacturer requirements for safe operation of optical fibre equipment

common hazards associated with the construction site

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental control processes and responsibilities on worksites

safe handling of optical fibres and related equipment including:

hazards relating to handling of optical fibre and laser light source in the workplace

injuries:

damage to retina from lasers

damage to lungs from inhalation of fibre offcuts and particles

needle stick injury from fibres and offcuts

laser warning signs and labels relating to optical fibre components and equipment

safety requirements when handling and working with:

active equipment

laser light sources

optical fibre connectors

optical fibres

patch cords

major feature and use of ribbon fibre, including:

bend ratios for ribbon fibre

procedures for handling and placing ribbon fibre in enclosures

procedures for physical handling of ribbon fibre cables

structure of ribbon fibre cables

splicing techniques for ribbon fibre

types and functions of ribbon fibre enclosures

risks associated with confined spaces and determine the appropriate responses.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

optic fibre cabling and equipment

a range of cabinet types and other housings requiring cable-handling techniques

personal protective equipment

first aid and fire safety equipment

ribbon fibre cleaners, stripper and splicer

joint pressure testing equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to modify a large size cable network or cut over new large size cables in the telecommunications access network. It includes telephony, data security and emergency services within the cable sheath.

It applies to linesworkers, technicians or copper jointers working for carriers, contractors or other service providers who cut over and rearrange large size cable to distribution cabinets and housings.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cable modification and cutover	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, client practices, regulations and standards for given work 1.2 Obtain project plan from appropriate personnel and use it to scope work 1.3 Arrange for site access according to local government and other authority requirements 1.4 Inspect site to develop a work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.5 Determine cable route and type of cable from project plan, and identify and avoid other services 1.6 Determine large size cable handling and support facilities 1.7 Obtain plant, tools, safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.8 Prepare implementation plan with cutover tasks based on identified nature of job and seek client approval, if required 1.9 Notify client and network carrier of proposed cutover details and proposed disruption to services 1.10 Undertake additional preparatory non-jointing work, as required, according to client practices and site conditions 1.11 Coordinate labour required for remote cutover of large size cable
2. Joint and cutover cable	2.1 Follow WHS and environmental requirements for given work 2.2 Notify appropriate personnel of cable pressure and equipment alarms 2.3 Prepare joint enclosure and jointing cabinet for cutover cable entry, jointing activities and entry port enclosure sealing 2.4 Set up jointing machines and jigs for jointing 2.5 Joint cable according to jointing sequence, materials, joint type, location, and client practices and manufacturer’s guidelines and to meet service level agreements (SLAs) 2.6 Test cable for performance and rectify any faults relating to cutover according to location, materials available and client practice 2.7 Seal all joints according to cable type, location, and enterprise and manufacturer’s guidelines
3. Arrange cables and secure site	3.1 Arrange cables in jointing chamber or cabinet according to client practices 3.2 Recover obsolete materials and return to appropriate point for disposal 3.3 Restore site according to client practices and other authority requirements
4. Complete project documentation	4.1 Complete reports on cutover installation, and design amendments to reflect existing cable layout, according to client practices 4.2 Notify appropriate personnel of completion of cutover and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from various sources Consolidates information to determine requirements Analyses test results and data from a range of sources against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	Documents outcomes and changes to plans using industry relevant terminology and recognised plan symbols Prepares documentation and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling and terminology
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	Make calculations required for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	Uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate effectively with colleagues, clients and others
Get the work done	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks according to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices Uses problem solving processes to address less predictable problems, referring to standard procedures to determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable (Release 2)	ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable (Release 1)	Updates to performance criteria and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL319 Rearrange large size copper cable

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

obtain and use information to prepare a plan to implement cutover tasks

obtain all resources required to carry out cutover tasks

implement plan including:

preparing jointing cabinets and chambers for cutover

preparing, entering and sealing new cables to large size joint enclosures

using jointing machines and jigs for jointing

conducting tests to determine success of cutover

interpreting results and rectifying faults occurring as a result of cutover

sealing joints and restoring alarms

comply with all related health and safety requirements, client and work practices

complete and store required project documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common cabling types, connectors and cabling structures

use of colour for identification of cables

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

equipment used for the work activity and the manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation

cutover of large size cable and client equipment

health and safety concerns relevant to the work activity

cable performance test requirements

equipment, including operating requirements, used to test cable

issues and challenges that occur on worksites, and how to address them

warranties and service level agreements (SLAs).

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

systems and equipment required for cutover activities

installation equipment currently used in industry

regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on work activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 3.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to jumper metallic conductor cable in access network cabinets or exchange distribution frames. It applies to new or existing jumpering for upgrades or network cabling rearrangements for convergence to next generation networks (NGN).

It applies to linesworkers, technicians or jointers who carry out technical roles involving indoor and outdoor distribution frame jumpering. All jumpering in access network distribution cabinets must be conducted by workers who have been authorised by the network owner or carrier to undertake the work involved.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare cabinet and termination frame for jumpering	1.1 Arrange access according to customer and individual worksite requirements 1.2 Set up work site to ensure public safety and to comply with utility provider, local, state and commonwealth requirements 1.3 Inspect site to develop work health and safety (WHS) plan and notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards 1.4 Prepare for cable jumpering work observing client practices, cable type, termination systems, earthing and protection and relevant legislative requirements 1.5 Select correct jumpering activities for installation according to client practices 1.6 Identify remote power feeding services that operate at above telecommunications network voltage (TNV) and special services that terminate in the cabinet of housing 1.7 Take necessary precautions to work safely with network voltages and minimise service disruption to special services 1.8 Remove all contaminants from worksite that may adversely affect jumpering and prepare worksite to ensure adequate visibility to minimise errors and reduce eye strain 1.9 Plan block locations following client practices within the frame and allow for capacity to expand jumpering where possible
2. Jumper terminal blocks on frame	2.1 Install terminating modules to frame according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.2 Set up jumpering reel near source terminal block and draw jumper through frame 2.3 Terminate jumper to block and return, cut and terminate source end of jumper 2.4 Identify and label jumpers according to client practices 2.5 Install over-voltage protection devices to all cables with metallic component where required 2.6 Earth cable shield to manufacturer’s specifications and industry standards
3. Test jumpering and seal closure	3.1 Conduct visual inspection to confirm that jumper is not kinked or jammed 3.2 Test termination to satisfy performance specifications and record results if required 3.3 Close housing, seal and re-pressurise where necessary
4. Complete records and restore site	4.1 Update records and plans accurately with cabling details according to industry codes of practice and current Australian standards 4.2 Remove installation waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 4.3 Notify appropriate personnel about completion of job and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.2, 4.1	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	1.3, 2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3, 4.3	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges using appropriate language, listening and questioning skills to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.6, 3.2, 4.1	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.7, 1.8, 2.5, 2.6, 4.1, 4.2	Complies with policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 4.3	Identifies and follows accepted communication practices and protocols when liaising with clients, colleagues and others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.9, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3	Plans, sequences and carries out tasks to meet required outcomes Analyses task requirements to decide on appropriate equipment and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network	Not applicable	New unit to address industry skill needs.	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL320 Jumper metallic conductor cable in the access network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 3.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

plan and prepare for jumpering activity including:

arranging safe access to site

identifying special services and remote power feeds a

following appropriate procedures

carry out jumpering activity including:

populate terminal frames with new terminal blocks where necessary

running jumpers through frame and terminate jumper to terminal blocks

using correct methods to terminate a range of jumpers

conducting tests and interpreting cable test results for several different types of lead-in faults

interpreting and applying relevant legislative requirements

finalise jumpering activity including:

updating records and plans to show cable locations

restoring site to required condition

obtaining final sign off.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list the termination tools required for the work activity and explain how to operate them according to safety and manufacturer's guidelines

describe the features and operating requirements of testing equipment

describe the process used to install and maintain cabling products according to manufacturer's guidelines

outline legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

describe specific work health and safety requirements relating to the activity and site conditions

explain termination methods and performance requirements for jumpering activity

describe typical issues and challenges that occur on site and how to address them.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where metallic conductor cable may be terminated

colour codes for visual inspections or wire-mappers for 4 pair cable tests

regulatory and cabling documentation that impacts on cable terminating activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare design drawings and specification for indoor or outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial cable installations for communications applications compliant with appropriate Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) technical standards.

It applies to technical staff who prepare design drawings and specifications for digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia cable communication installations on a client's premises.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather information on existing and proposed installation	1.1 Confirm cable installation requirements with client 1.2 Inspect site to confirm building plans where possible 1.3 Review existing cable plans and drawings
2. Determine installation options	2.1 Assess available installation options against client requirements and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.2 Establish and assess cost of options against client’s budget 2.3 Select most suitable option based on function and cost considerations, and present to client
3. Prepare suitable drawings	3.1 Prepare clear and accurate cable installation drawings indicating proposed outlets and services 3.2 Provide drawings to relevant parties and file copies for later reference according to company policies
4. Prepare cabling specifications	4.1 Prepare detailed cabling specifications for cabling system 4.2 Prepare accurate costing from detailed specification, including equipment and material required
5. Verify specifications with client	5.1 Verify prepared documentation with client 5.2 Obtain authorisation and sign off from client to proceed according to company policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3	Analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources Interprets and checks completeness and accuracy of information and data Evaluates information and products from a variety of sources to ensure appropriateness for client needs
Writing	1.1, 2.3, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2	Writes, edits and proofreads plans and documents to ensure clarity of meaning, accuracy and consistency of information Records client information and completes organisational documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3, 5.1, 5.2	Use active listening and questioning to clarify requirements
Numeracy	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2	Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm information for design specifications and drawings Makes calculations appropriate for measuring, estimating materials and costs
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 5.2	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation on design parameters
Interact with others	1.1, 2.3, 3.2, 5.1, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication practices with others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	ICTCBL4002A Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL401 Prepare design drawings and specification for a cable installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine installation requirements and options

produce schematic and floor plan drawings based on design parameters

produce specifications based on design drawings

verify design drawings and specifications with client

produce a costing of the design and specifications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

recognise and apply the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) regulation requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules in the design

recognise and apply legislation, codes of practice and other formal resources that impact on the design

recognise and apply industry recognised drafting principles and standards

identify key features and operating requirements of resources and equipment required for the client cable installation

identify and include the manufacturer’s performance specifications for equipment and consumables in the design

assess health and safety requirements relating to the design.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where cable installation may be conducted

equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulations, company policies and cabling specifications that impact on cable installation activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to schedule and supply indoor and outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial communications cabling installations. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff who schedule and supply cabling installations appropriate to Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) rules.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Schedule supply and installation events	1.1 Confirm cabling installation requirements and project specifications from client 1.2 Prepare work schedules and installation plans, identifying key dates and milestones 1.3 Obtain information on location of other services from relevant authorities 1.4 Prepare schedule of material supplies to be available when required for installation
2. Monitor and adjust supply requirements	2.1 Adjust labour load variations to meet installation needs to enable completion within budget and timeframes 2.2 Prepare quote and confirm additional work requests with client prior to commencement 2.3 Monitor work progress against project schedules and budgets 2.4 Monitor compliance regularly with client specifications, licensing, relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.5 Prepare report detailing project scheduling and supply requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 2.4	Analyses plans and other documentation from a variety of sources Interprets and checks completeness and accuracy of information and data
Writing	1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.5	Prepares a range of documents using appropriate language and organisational formats
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.2	Uses appropriate language for audience and context Uses questioning and listening skills to clarify requirements
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3	Make calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for construction Performs mathematical calculations to analyse labour, costs and quantities to accurately process quotations Interprets and manipulates numerical information relating to targets and timelines
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.2	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Plans and sequences complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation	ICTCBL4004A Schedule and supply cabling installation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL402 Schedule and supply cabling installation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

plan and provide appropriately skilled labour, volume and type of material to meet key dates and milestones for installations

identify labour and material sources and negotiate with contractors, suppliers and other service providers to meet installation deadlines

monitor work progress and adjustment of resource requirements to meet both client’s needs and costing parameters in installations.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe appropriate methods for scheduling labour and resources

recognise the requirements to safely operate equipment and install components according to a manufacturer's specification

outline the work health and safety (WHS) standards and practices required to:

manage risk and hazards in the workplace

use health and safety standards

work systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others

identify and describe legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

identify typical issues and challenges that occur in scheduling work and overseeing a worksite.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites and equipment where cabling installation may be conducted

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on installation activities

organisational policies and procedures for documenting schedules.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to supervise an indoor or outdoor, domestic, commercial or industrial communications cabling project. It requires planning, preparing financial budgets and monitoring cabling work. Communications applications include digital and analog, telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, computer networks, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia.

It applies to technical staff who supervise a cabling project on a client's premises where technical and organisational skills are required to ensure an effective outcome for the client.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and organise cabling activities	1.1 Obtain cabling installation specifications and project specifications from client 1.2 Prepare work schedules and installation plans identifying key dates and milestones 1.3 Organise resource requirements 1.4 Verify location of proposed installation according to plans obtained from authorised personnel 1.5 Obtain information on location of other services from relevant authorities 1.6 Document plans for cabling project and advise relevant parties
2. Prepare financial budgets	2.1 Prepare budget identifying cost and expenditure items from scheduling and planning documentation 2.2 Advise relevant personnel of purchasing and other delegations within budget allocations 2.3 Prepare budget projections within estimated and approved contract pricing
3. Source human resource requirements for cabling	3.1 Estimate number and determine availability of suitable human resources according to contract requirements and relevant industrial and enterprise policy 3.2 Establish necessary competency and licence requirements of project personnel prior to recruitment 3.3 Schedule personnel workloads and allocate within industrial and enterprise requirements
4. Monitor cabling works	4.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) processes and site-specific safety requirements according to plan 4.2 Monitor compliance regularly with client specification, relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 4.3 Notify client promptly on difficult or known problem areas 4.4 Reallocate work as required to meet client and company requirements 4.5 Monitor costs and time schedules to identify and resolve any potential problem 4.6 Provide report on work progress activity and schedule
5. Evaluate outcomes of cabling projects	5.1 Review cabling projects to identify areas where performance has been below client and enterprise expectations 5.2 Implement recommendations to ensure effective improvements
6. Complete administrative tasks	6.1 Complete documentation 6.2 Notify client and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1	Critically analyses complex documentation from a variety of sources Checks completeness and accuracy of information and data
Writing	1.2, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 4.6, 6.1, 6.2	Completes organisational documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology Documents outcomes and changes to schedules using industry relevant terminology and symbols Writes, edits and proofreads documents to ensure clarity of meaning, accuracy and consistency of information
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.6, 2.2, 4.3, 4.6, 6.2	Participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning to convey and clarify information Presents complex information using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	1.2-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.5	Interprets and manipulates numerical information relating to targets and timelines Make calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials for installation work Performs mathematical calculations to analyse labour, costs and quantities to accurately produce quotations and budgets
Navigate the world of work	3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies the organisational implications of new legislation or regulation Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	1.1, 1.6, 2.2, 4.3, 6.2	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships Collaborates with others, sharing information to build strong work groups and avoid behaviours that are not conducive to a productive environment Manages conflict in the workplace through the recognition of contributing factors and by implementing strategies to resolve conflict
Get the work done	1.2-1.6, 3.2, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 5.1, 5.2	Accepts responsibility for planning, sequencing and monitoring complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Responds to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project	ICTCBL4023A Supervise cabling project	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL403 Supervise cabling project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

complete all appropriate plans and financial budgets for cabling activities

supervise cabling project applying human resource policies, including awards and conditions and all related health and safety and work practices

monitor and implement alternate plans where necessary to meet work schedules and client requirements

complete a project report on a cabling project detailing recommendations for improvement.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe appropriate methods for scheduling, costing and managing labour and resources on a project

recognise the requirements to safely operate equipment and install components according to a manufacturer's specification

outline the health and safety standards and practices required to:

manage risk and hazards in the workplace

use health and safety standards

work systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others

identify and describe legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact on the work activity

identify typical issues and challenges that occur in scheduling and supervising a worksite

outline the components of reports and identify the reasons for other documentation required when supervising a project.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

a site with a cabling project

human resource policies, including awards, conditions and all related work health and safety (WHS) and work practices

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on monitoring activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test cable bearers. It involves setting up, testing and interpreting test results and determining appropriate action for all cable types (metallic, optical fibre and coaxial).

It applies to technicians and line installers whose work involves testing cable bearers for connections, signal strength or loss of cable links on client cable and service provider networks, in accordance with manufacturer’s and design specifications.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare and set up for cable test	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.2 Scope work by obtaining project plan from appropriate personnel and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify appropriate personnel of identified safety hazards at worksite 1.4 Determine type of cable bearer and cable route from project plan and identify test requirements using work instructions 1.5 Obtain tools and safety equipment and material to perform tasks safely and efficiently 1.6 Select and use required protective equipment and make site safe and secure for testing work 1.7 Determine need for outage, extent, location and timing, if required, and negotiate with appropriate personnel 1.8 Select and set up suitable test equipment according to manufacturer’s specifications for cable tests to be performed to ensure relevance of test data 1.9 Ensure equipment calibration certification is current to reduce possibility of unreliable test data and ensure traceability
2. Perform cable tests	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements for given work, and identify and avoid other services 2.2 Determine and record cable parameters for consideration in assessment of performance 2.3 Conduct performance tests as required by both equipment and enterprise specification for specific cable type and purpose
3. Interpret test results and determine action	3.1 Record test results for evaluation and compare against manufacturer’s and site specifications 3.2 Analyse test results and evaluate cable performance with consideration of recorded cable parameters 3.3 Diagnose problems to determine cable faults and make arrangements for repairs or modifications 3.4 Retest faulty cable after faults have been rectified
4. Document test results and clean up site	4.1 Produce evaluated test results according to enterprise guidelines and without delay to ensure test results remain current 4.2 Update site and installation files to ensure traceability of information on system performance is maintained 4.3 Archive test record details for life of cable according to enterprise guidelines 4.4 Remove waste and debris from worksite and dispose of according to environmental requirements 4.5 Notify appropriate personnel of job completion and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6-1.9, 2.1, 3.1	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	1.2, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5	Records information and prepares correspondence and documentation using clear language and organisational formats and protocols Records information in organisational systems
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 1.7, 3.3, 4.5	Conveys and clarifies information effectively to a range of personnel using active listening, questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	2.3, 3.1-3.4, 4.1	Performs mathematical calculations to check, analyse, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Takes full responsibility for following policies and procedures Identifies and resolves key variations to standard procedures identified from conducting tests
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.7, 4.5	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4-1.9, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1-4.4	Plans and sequences complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables including the outcomes of previous tests Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers	ICTCBL4057A Test cable bearers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL404 Test cable bearers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

perform tests on cable bearers

use a range of tests

interpret test results

rectify a range of faults

report on the completed tests

comply with all related health and safety requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features, operation and specifications of test equipment

identify a range of tests performed on cable bearers

describe codes of practice and standard procedures that apply to cable bearers

list common cable bearer faults and describe how to rectify them

specify health and safety requirements relating to use and operation of test equipment

outline the components of reports and identify the reasons for other documentation required when conducting tests.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where testing may be conducted

cabling and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impacts on testing cable bearers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remotely locate and identify cable network faults in voice, video and data telecommunications applications using metallic and optical fibre cables.

It applies to technicians who are required to locate telecommunications cable faults in access networks. This may be done at a centralised testing office and make use of computer test routines and databases.

Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for specific guidance on requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – cabling

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Verify fault report	1.1 Locate source of fault using available information and contacts to verify nature of fault as reported 1.2 Perform preliminary operational testing according to type of fault presentation, fault environment and enterprise guidelines to verify nature of fault 1.3 Analyse historical data to identify possible causes and solutions
2. Conduct remote testing to diagnose network fault	2.1 Evaluate cable fault details and plan strategy to conduct remote testing 2.2 Conduct appropriate remote diagnostic test to isolate and diagnose network fault 2.3 Determine urgency and impact of fault and identify required response time frame 2.4 Evaluate diagnostic tests to determine type, location and nature of network fault
3. Dispatch fault-finding field personnel	3.1 Prepare fault report and forward to appropriate staff according to enterprise guidelines 3.2 Notify fault centre and arrange for dispatch of technician to rectify fault 3.3 Notify client of fault progress and arrange for fault clearance time

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4	Analyses and consolidates information and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness
Writing	2.1, 3.1-3.3	Prepares a range of textual information appropriate for the audience and for informal and formal purposes
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1-3.3	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using active listening and questioning, to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	1.2, 1.3, 2.2-2.4	Takes measurements and performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1, 3.1-3.3	Collaborates with and implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport, foster strong relationships and achieve outcomes
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.3	Plans and sequences complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, research and diagnose faults

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	ICTCBL4099A Remotely locate and identify cable network faults	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCBL405 Remotely locate and identify cable network faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

methodically approach fault identification

conduct tests appropriate to the type of fault identified

interpret test results

provide instructions to staff engaged in on-site repair.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features and operating requirements of test equipment

identify appropriate tests to be performed

describe the legislation, codes of practice and standard procedures for cable network faults

specify health and safety requirements relating to fault finding in cable networks

identify typical issues and challenges that occur when performing remote tests and fault finding.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the telecommunications – cabling field of work and include access to:

sites where remote investigation of cable network faults may be conducted

fault-finding equipment currently used in industry

relevant documentation that impacts on cable network and fault-finding activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise teams undertaking cabling work on all cable types, and to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards.

It applies to technical staff supervising teams within a customer premises and ensuring compliance with the Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) and industry standards. They may make use of formal documentation, such as accurate completion of a telecommunications cabling advice (TCA) form (TCA1 form), test routines and databases.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise cabling work activity	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.2 Make worksite safe by identifying and controlling hazards 1.3 Review site plans and documentation 1.4 Organise supply of cable, equipment, tools and materials in line with customer and manufacturer’s specifications 1.5 Schedule and allocate work 1.6 Establish communication protocols and processes
2. Monitor work activity	2.1 Manage remote power feed following workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 2.2 Monitor work activity to ensure it meets site specifications, enterprise requirements, and relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 2.3 Reallocate work as needed
3. Complete records and obtain sign off	3.1 Complete required records 3.2 Ensure installation waste and debris is removed from worksite and disposed of according to environmental requirements to maintain safe worksite conditions 3.3 Ensure site is reinstated according to customer and company requirements 3.4 Notify customer and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 1.4, 3.3	Reads and interprets plans, specifications and other documentation from a variety of sources and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.6, 3.1, 3.4	Prepares workplace documentation and correspondence using clear language, correct spelling and accurate terminology
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.6, 3.4	Uses everyday language to provide information or maintain a conversation in familiar spoken contexts
Numeracy	1.3, 2.2	Makes calculations appropriate for measuring and estimating materials
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Follows clear instructions within defined level of responsibility Recognises organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures Seeks clarification when required
Interact with others	1.6, 2.3, 3.4	Follows instructions regarding what and how to communicate following predetermined scripts Recognises common differences in other people and implements basic strategies to address own reaction to these differences
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Follows clearly defined instructions and sequencing, and monitors own progress for the task, seeking assistance when necessary Responds to highly obvious routine problems using step-by-step instruction and procedures or a trial and error process for non-critical situations Uses digital technologies following strict instructions to enter and retrieve data

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	ICTCMP2022B Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Code change	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP201 Organise and monitor cabling to ensure compliance with regulatory and industry standards

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

organise, schedule and establish communication protocols for cabling work

monitor work activity and reallocate as required to meet specifications, work health and safety (WHS) and ensure compliance with relevant regulations and standards

ensure cabling work is completed and records are maintained.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe and explain Australian Communications and Media Authority's (ACMA) Competency Requirements for Telecommunications Cabling Provider Rules, legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements that impact work activity

describe and explain cable installations

list features and operating requirements of test equipment

describe and explain information required to operate equipment according to a test specification

explain manufacturer’s requirements for safe operation of equipment

identify specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to activity and site conditions

describe test methods and performance requirements

identify and explain typical issues and challenges that occur on site.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Compliance field of work and include access to:

sites where staff monitoring may be required

supervision rules

use of tools, materials and equipment currently used in industry

relevant regulatory and equipment documentation that impact work activities.

Note: Work functions in the occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume for recommended assessor details.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a radio communications site audit regarding compliance of radio frequency (RF) transmissions with relevant transmitter licence requirements.

It applies to individuals who may be field officers from regulatory authorities or other private and public organisations. They combine technical radio communications skills with broader organisational and administrative skills to conduct audits in a range of commercial and community contexts and environments, make recommendations for improvement and follow up by monitoring resulting actions.

Work functions in occupational areas where this unit may be used are subject to regulatory requirements. Refer to the ICT Implementation Guide Companion Volume or the relevant regulator for details of licensing, legislative or certification requirements.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Compliance

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for radio communications site audit	1.1 Confirm need for site audit through appropriate triggers and arrange formal approval for site access from authorised personnel 1.2 Clarify audit requirements according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards, including safety and security arrangements, and action required to comply 1.3 Clarify audit requirements with client or project originator, where appropriate, and incorporate broader audit considerations 1.4 Prepare a hardcopy of site information for use as an audit validation list at site 1.5 Specify staff, equipment and material resource requirements for audit, based on particular site requirements ensuring equipment has been correctly calibrated and labelled 1.6 Check industry requirements for site and obtain industry licence where appropriate
2. Undertake radio communications site audit	2.1 Validate specific site location according to database information 2.2 Undertake audit tasks according to work health and safety (WHS), enterprise procedures and site specific safety requirements, and meet client or representative on site as required 2.3 Conduct transmission and radio frequency (RF) tests against approved specifications 2.4 Conduct check of transmitters for licensing conditions 2.5 Check transmission radio frequency against database list and obtain permission to check or alter transmission or radio frequency where appropriate 2.6 Confirm site meets specific RF WHS requirements and licensing requirements where appropriate 2.7 Confirm defined site equipment labelling comply with Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA) technical standards
3. Complete audit administration tasks	3.1 Update or arrange for update of required records regarding audit findings and action required, including liaison with authorised personnel as agreed 3.2 Monitor recommended actions to ensure compliance with findings 3.3 Issue enforcement actions as required 3.4 Finalise audit administration and return equipment and resources according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 2.7, 3.2	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 3.1, 3.3	Accurately records and completes organisational documents and correspondence using clear language and correct spelling, grammar and terminology
Oral Communication	1.1,1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Presents complex information in formal situations using clear and convincing language, tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose
Numeracy	1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6	Performs mathematical calculations to interpret complex tests results and information Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.6, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 3.4	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulations Identifies and resolves key business issues, processes and practices that may have legal implications
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 3.1, 3.3	Collaborates with others sharing information to build strong work groups and avoid behaviours that are not conducive to a productive environment Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.2, 3.4	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workloads, negotiating key aspects with others, and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit	ICTCMP5176A Undertake radio communications site audit	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTCMP501 Undertake radio communications site audit

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

determine the need for a site audit and gain access approvals

conduct radio communications site audit for at least three sites with differing licensing requirements

conduct transmission and radio frequency (RF) tests

monitor non-compliances to ensure actions completed

document enforcement actions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain features and functions of test equipment including:

digital radio communications measuring equipment

modulation analyser

power meter

RF termination

spectrum analyser

describe the features of licensing databases

describe information required to prepare and conduct telecommunications audits

explain legislation, licensing requirements for transmitters, codes of practice and other formal agreements that directly impact radio communications site audits

give an overview of transmission lines, transmitter and receiver architecture and their impact on radio communications audits

list required field measurements including:

carrier frequency

harmonics

intermodulation distortion (IMD) products

modulation

RF power

explain specific issues related to antenna installations and their impact on radio communications interference

explain specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements that impact the conduct of radio communications audits, including:

use of equipment

use of RF protective equipment

other personal protective equipment

explain types of adjustments that need to be made to audit procedures to meet requirements of particular sites and environmental conditions

typical issues and challenges that occur in telecommunications site audit and how these may be addressed.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Compliance field of work and include access to:

sites on which audits may be conducted

use of field measurement equipment currently used in industry

relevant databases, licensing requirements and other site related documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake database-management system modelling and to monitor database performance.

It applies to database support staff required to test and scrutinise the operation of a physical database, in order to ensure that it functions as efficiently as possible.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Undertake database management system modelling	1.1 Review the database prototype as appropriate, to determine the acceptance criteria and performance standards 1.2 Load the test data according to the technical sequence detailed in the relevant documentation 1.3 Generate a test schedule for the database, of tasks to be performed and the results expected
2. Monitor database performance	2.1 Evaluate database performance against the acceptance criteria and performance standards 2.2 Identify discrepancies in the results, when the expected outcomes do not meet the acceptance criteria 2.3 Identify areas needing enhancement, and document the changes to be made 2.4 Modify the database according to project standards 2.5 Repeat performance testing until the expected results are achieved
3. Seek client feedback and sign-off	3.1 Present test results in a document, and provide to the client for feedback 3.2 Incorporate client change requests as appropriate 3.3 Obtain client sign-off to the monitoring process

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1-2.3, 3.2	Analyses and interprets textual information to establish performance requirements and discrepancies
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 3.1	Uses appropriate language, layout and format in logically presenting technical data and other information
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1-3.3	Listens, and participates, in oral exchanges in order to effectively identify and confirm requirements Presents information using appropriate and effective language in order to convey information
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Applies key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems, and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation	ICADBS407A Monitor physical database implementation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS407 Monitor physical database implementation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify technical considerations affecting the implementation of a database

analyse and monitor performance issues during the implementation of a database

modify a database to meet project and client performance requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the client business domain

list current industry-accepted hardware and software products

describe requirements of basic database design

identify required database performance standards

outline quality assurance practices

outline testing and benchmarking processes

list three or more current principles of databases.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the database field of work, and include access to:

industry software packages

the database management system (DBMS)

the target database prototype

testing and benchmarking software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the scope and the physical and security requirements of a database, including the assessment and identification of options to meet user requirements.

It applies to individuals employed as database administrators who are required to plan and select a database to meet user requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine the database size	1.1 Determine the database scope from the user requirements 1.2 Calculate the database size from the database scope and technical specifications. 1.3 Document and justify the size and scope of the database
2. Develop the technical database requirements	2.1 Design and document the data tables and relationships suitable to the user requirements and data sample 2.2 Develop and document the data dictionary, table attributes and keys suitable to the user requirements 2.3 Determine and document the database reports required by the user requirements and user acceptance criteria
3. Determine security, performance, recovery and audit requirements	3.1 Determine and document database security controls appropriate for the user requirements and the organisational data security plan 3.2 Determine and document database performance, database recovery and database audit requirements to meet the user requirements and the organisational data security plan
4. Seek client feedback and approval	4.1 Evaluate and document database management systems against the database scope and size, technical database requirements, and security, performance, recovery and audit requirements to determine the appropriate option for the user 4.2 Present database scope and size, technical database requirements, and security, performance, recovery and audit requirements documentation to the user for feedback 4.3 Review user feedback and adjust the database documentation to meet the user acceptance criteria and user feedback 4.4 Present database documentation to the user for final approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and analyses textual information in order to gather detailed information, and confirm requirements
Numeracy	Extracts and calculates numerical information from textual and numerical information to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Uses technically appropriate language and presents information in a format and layout that conveys factual information
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, questioning and summarising skills, in order to effectively identify, and confirm, requirements
Get the work done	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying, and evaluating options against the agreed criteria Applies formal problem-solving processes when tackling an unfamiliar problem, breaking complex issues into manageable parts, identifying, and evaluating several options for action Understands key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when identifying database scope and requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements	ICTDBS401 Identify physical database requirements	Edits to title and application to clarify intent and scope. Edits to elements 1–4 and assessment requirements to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS413 Determine database requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

For one database:

analyse user requirements and system architecture

determine the scope and size of the database

evaluate at least three database management systems and select option to meet user requirements

develop technical database requirements including tables, relationships, dictionary, attributes and keys

document the database scope and requirements

align database management system and related user security with data security plan

seek and incorporate user feedback

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Principles of databases and database design

General features and capabilities of current databases and database management systems

Data types and storage requirements of data types and database management systems

Quality assurance practices that apply to database design

Technical and security database requirements

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

User requirements and acceptance criteria

Technical documentation defining the system architecture

Operating system specifications and security plan

Database supplier technical specifications and manuals

Data sample

Individual user to consult

Database package

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish database backup and restore procedures in accordance with organisational requirements, and consistent with the database architecture.

It applies to individuals who are technical support personnel, such as help desk supervisors, information and communications technology (ICT) support technicians, database support technicians and user-support specialists.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan database backup and restore	1.1 Examine architecture of database file systems and determine likely risk and failure scenarios 1.2 Determine methods for database backup and restore to mitigate likely risk and failure scenarios 1.3 Prepare backup maintenance schedules according to organisational backup and restore policy 1.4 Prepare contingency plans according to organisational backup and restore policy
2. Undertake backup methods appropriate to database requirements	2.1 Complete full off-line backups with acceptable downtime according to organisational backup and restore policy and procedure 2.2 Complete online file backups with acceptable downtime according to organisational backup and restore policy and procedure and organisational data security plan 2.3 Deploy redundant array of inexpensive disks (RAID) configuration aligned with the organisational backup and restore policy 2.4 Arrange off-site copies of backup files consistent with organisational back and restore procedure and organisational data protection plan
3. Establish and test recovery points and disaster-recovery procedures	3.1 Determine and document database recovery points based on backup methods, according to organisational backup and restore policy and procedure 3.2 Test restore process to ensure database can be restored to given recovery points with acceptable down time as specified in organisational backup and restore policy 3.3 Complete and document restoration of databases to point of failure, without loss of committed transactions
4. Create and deploy a standby database	4.1 Create and deploy standby databases to support critical organisational functions according to organisational back and restore policy and procedure 4.2 Prepare documentation for standby databases that meet requirements of organisational backup and restore policy

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses complex textual information in order to evaluate a range of backup and restoration methods
Numeracy	Interprets mathematical information in order to construct date and time based schedules Extracts and calculates numerical information from textual and numerical information to determine and confirm requirements
Writing	Uses technically specific language in developing plans, schedules and documentation Articulates information, and presents this information, in a clear, concise, sequential and grammatically-correct manner, and in a writing style that is appropriate to the audience
Oral Communication	Facilitates successful discussions by employing effective listening, questioning and summarising skills to ensure that appropriate information is gathered
Navigate the world of work	Recognises and follows, both explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role when complying with organisational and security standards, and guidelines
Get the work done	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks, and own workload for efficiency, and for effective outcomes Makes routine decisions, and implements standard procedures, for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response to these, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data, and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore	ICTDBS402 Complete database backup and restore	Editorial updates Edit to application, elements 1–4, and assessment requirements to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS414 Complete database backup and restore

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Backup and restore one database

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Principles and functions of diagnostic tools, structured query language (SQL), databases and backup tuning methodologies

Principles of backup and recovery methods, database administration, database security and open file backup procedures and restore operations

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT workplace or working environment. This includes:

Organisational data backup and restore policy and procedure

Organisational security plan

Vendor documentation

Information of current industry standard software and diagnostic tools

Database package with data

Server, and a networked computer, on which to conduct the backup and restore procedures

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS415 Build a database

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build, implement, test and evaluate a database using an established design.

It applies to individuals employed as database administrators and designers who are required to build databases for information storage and retrieval requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm the database design	1.1 Review database design documentation, including data structures, queries, reports, and user interfaces to identify organisational data management, access and security requirements 1.2 Evaluate sufficiency of database access and security feature design to organisational data security plan 1.3 Document and rectify inconsistencies between database design and organisational data security plan
2. Create a prototype database	2.1 Develop prototype database according to database design 2.2 Populate database tables with current organisational data to test database implementation 2.3 Write conversion programs to import data from existing systems in accordance with scope specified in database design documentation 2.4 Assess functionality of prototype with user, including identifying errors in program code and modifying user interfaces and reports 2.5 Incorporate feedback from user into prototype 2.6 Obtain user approval of prototype
3. Deploy the database	3.1 Develop implementation plan for database aligned with user acceptance criteria 3.2 Install database management system software on network in accordance with implementation plan 3.3 Populate database tables with organisational data in accordance with implementation plan 3.4 Implement security and access controls in accordance with database design documentation and implementation plan 3.5 Test and document database output and security controls, and record results in accordance with database design documentation
4. Evaluate the database	4.1 Review the database against user acceptance criteria and rectify discrepancies 4.2 Complete database documentation in accordance with user acceptance criteria 4.3 Identify and document user training requirements from database design documentation 4.4 Seek and secure user acceptance of database in accordance with user acceptance criteria

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Analyses and interprets textual information in order to establish client system requirements and establish design inconsistencies
Writing	Uses appropriate technical terminology in recording test results and discrepancies Produces reports and documentation that are cohesive and well-structured, in order to convey detailed and accurate information, and instructions
Oral Communication	Uses active listening, questioning and summarising skills to establish client requirements, training needs and when seeking product or stage approval
Interact with others	Recognises and applies the protocols governing what to communicate, with whom, and how
Get the work done	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses a formal decision-making process, setting or clarifying goals, gathering information, and identifying and evaluating several choices, against a limited set of criteria Uses analytical processes to decide on a course of action, establishing criteria for deciding between different options

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS415 Build a database	ICTDBS412 Build a database	Minor updates to elements 1–4 to clarify intent. Edits to assessment requirements to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS415 Build a database

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

For one database:

review the database design documentation including data structures, queries, reports, access, and user interface

identify the organisation’s data management and security requirements

produce a prototype database including current organisation data and assess the functionality of the database with the user

populate and perform tests on the database

interact with the user to obtain approval

identify and document user training requirements

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Principles of database design including database management system (DBMS) fundamentals

Functions and features of a database

Logical data modelling

Object-model design concepts related to:

development of data structures

development of a prototype

queries

user interfaces

reports

Physical design concepts in relation to a prototype

Run-time facilities related to implementing a live database and operation of a prototype

Structured query language (SQL)

Principles and concepts underpinning the design, and operation of digital systems and tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

Software packages and systems containing organisational data

Database design documentation including data structure, queries, reports, and user interfaces

Database management system software

Individual user to consult

User acceptance criteria

Networked computer on which to install the database management system software and conduct testing

Organisational data security plan.

Data organisation system with existing data

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop and implement a data warehouse within an organisation.

It applies to individuals who are senior database staff required to provide data warehouse functionality for their organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Database

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the required data and sources	1.1 Identify the required organisational data, according to the enterprise’s knowledge management strategy 1.2 Identify the subject areas, according to the business processes and the required enterprise data 1.3 Explore the operational data, define the warehouse sources, and record the outcomes 1.4 Develop the warehouse source specifications, according to the existing data tables and files
2. Determine warehouse operational steps and processes	2.1 Develop the warehouse targets, according to the business processes and the required enterprise data 2.2 Identify the warehouse agents, according to the system’s configuration 2.3 Identify and develop, warehouse steps and processes
3. Design and develop warehouse features	3.1 Design and develop the warehouse user interface, according to the principles of user interface design 3.2 Develop and implement the warehouse security strategy, according to the enterprise’s security plan 3.3 Identify dimension tables and fact tables, according to the required enterprise data 3.4 Develop the warehouse information catalogue, according to the enterprise's knowledge management strategy
4. Test and implement the data warehouse	4.1 Test data the warehouse against the business requirements, to ensure that iterations meet the business objectives 4.2 Recommend changes to business processes, to ensure compatibility with the data warehouse and the knowledge management strategy 4.3 Implement the data warehouse 4.4 Establish an ongoing maintenance schedule to keep the system efficient 4.5 Benchmark and document the performance level of the data warehouse
5. Finalise work processes	5.1 Arrange for users to have ongoing training in the data warehouse 5.2 Validate the test results 5.3 Obtain sign-off for the data warehouse

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3, 4.5, 5.2	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates, information to determine requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 2.2, 5.3	Collates and compiles data and text, using clear and detailed language, in order to convey specific information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1-5.3	Uses effective listening, questioning and summarising skills, to articulate requirements and convey information clearly
Numeracy	4.5	Perform mathematical calculations to analyse the cost benefit of the data warehouse project
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Recognises and follows, explicit and implicit protocols, and meets the expectations associated with own role when obtaining sign-off for the data warehouse Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures, to comply with legislative requirements and organisational goals
Get the work done	All	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks, with an awareness of how they may contribute to the longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options, against the agreed criteria Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data, and to communicate effectively with others, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse	ICADBS503B Create a data warehouse	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDBS503 Create a data warehouse

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare the specifications for a data warehouse, from a range of organisational information

design a data warehouse system that reflects the current, and future, business specifications, and also the business’s knowledge management strategy

test the data warehouse system

implement the data warehouse design.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the functions and features of:

data warehousing and data mining

dimension tables and fact tables

various steps and processes, including transformer steps, program steps, structured query language (SQL) steps, and user-defined program steps

subject areas, warehouse sources and warehouse targets

warehouse agents and agent sites

outline the business operating systems related to the data sources

describe the decision support systems related to the knowledge management strategies

define the parameters for a security plan

outline the system’s configuration parameters

describe the key features of "Big Data" including:

data access speeds and processing

the information handled by large corporations

distribution, via the cloud, across the database servers.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the database field of work, and include access to:

equipment and materials

industry software packages

the business requirements

computers configurable as information servers

the enterprise’s knowledge management strategy

internet connectivity tools

the local area network (LAN), with a relational database management system (DBMS)

proxy server software

specialised internet security software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to incorporate, and edit, digital video into interactive media presentations.

It applies to individuals who possess a sound knowledge of digital media, are independently responsible for the workflow process and provide support and supervision within a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital media technologies

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and describe the formats of digital video	1.1 Determine the distinguishing features and uses of a range of digital video software 1.2 Select the current video-editing software appropriate to a range of given outcomes 1.3 Determine the limiting factors of computer hardware on video production for a specified job 1.4 Determine the differences of image quality and image size, required to deliver the desired outcome 1.5 Analyse the formats employed to create a given computer video sequence for a specified outcome
2. Design the digital video	2.1 Assess and select appropriate digital video software for the job 2.2 Use digital video-editing software to combine video assets 2.3 Control variations in video frame rates, as required for the job to be undertaken 2.4 Apply time-stamping techniques to the video frames, appropriate for the job to be undertaken 2.5 Save the digital video using the appropriate file techniques
3. Edit the digital video	3.1 Edit single and multiple video tracks to achieve a defined outcome 3.2 Join the multiple tracks of a digital video, according to specifications 3.3 Employ digital effects to modify and integrate digital video tracks, according to specifications 3.4 Apply time encoding to single and multiple-edited digital video tracks, according to specifications 3.5 Insert a video track into an interactive media production, according to specifications
4. Present a digital video sequence	4.1 Test the digital video, and combine with other digital imaging, sound, visual effects and animation to create an interactive media presentation 4.2 Save the digital media presentation, including the video, and present to the client or customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 4.1	Integrates a range of texts and organisational information to critically analyse data and evaluate text in order to determine effective engagement methods, and to monitor the effectiveness of systems for the audience and environment
Writing	2.5, 4.2	Develops material and resources utilising knowledge of spelling, grammar, appropriate structure and layout, to organise and record information and feedback in a sequential manner for client and staff engagement, as well as internal reference
Oral Communication	4.2	Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas that elicit views, opinions and feedback from others, using appropriate professional techniques and interpersonal skills to effectively, and respectfully, convey information and establish rapport
Numeracy	1.2, 1.4, 3.1-3.5	Interprets mathematical information embedded in technical and conceptual information
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences in order to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine and non-routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video	ICADMT501A Incorporate and edit digital video	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDMT501 Incorporate and edit digital video

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce, visualise and interpret creative concepts for digital video

demonstrate application of the principles of video-editing and production techniques

design, compile, edit and test the digital interactive media incorporating video.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain contemporary video software

explain the importance of and actions required to ensure continuity during the editing process

outline editing conventions

identify electronic digital language and other terminology

explain the purpose of using montage as part of a presentation, and the impact of sound and visual effects

describe principles of video production and formats

describe the types of cutting

explain video-editing and post-production techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the digital media field of work, and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment, and materials

industry software

the internet

copyright and intellectual property legislation

workplace health and safety (WHS) legislation

enterprise policy.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate and rectify all types of customer digital reception equipment (DRE) faults on a customer premises as part of a home network.

It applies to individuals who install and maintain integrated services in digital receiving equipment or small business networks, and who apply skills and knowledge in this unit to locate and rectify faults of DRE home networks such as broadband, digital TV, free to air (FTA), subscription TV (pay TV) and internet protocol TV (IPTV).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for DRE fault identification	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify fault report and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite and complete a job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Identify existing warranties, service agreements and equipment specifications and documentation covering digital reception equipment 1.5 Select and obtain tools and materials appropriate for the work order
2. Assess likely cause and location of fault	2.1 Verify system details to assist with fault identification 2.2 Assess available data and historical trends to determine likelihood of fault being the set top fault or existing customer equipment or cabling fault 2.3 Rank likely causes of fault in order of probability ensuring a methodical approach to fault-finding is used 2.4 Discuss problem fully with customer and advise of likely charges
3. Perform tests to diagnose fault	3.1 Conduct visual inspection of system for likely damage following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements 3.2 Check connections, plugs, terminations and leads for operation 3.3 Measure signal strength at wall plate and beyond to ensure adequate signal level for equipment processing 3.4 Conduct functional test of facilities to identify faulty equipment 3.5 Progressively isolate fault to remove likely variables from assessment using manufacturer’s diagnostic chart 3.6 Locate fault with minimal disruption to client activity, in the shortest possible time 3.7 Provide customer with regular progress reports
4. Rectify faults	4.1 Identify faulty cabling parts and equipment and replace or repair according to service agreement 4.2 Advise customer of cost of repair if service agreement does not exist 4.3 Re-program equipment to customer requirements if required 4.4 Complete work in a manner safe to repairer and customer
5. Provide replacement service to customer	5.1 Provide customer with temporary replacement equipment similar to existing equipment while faulty equipment is being repaired 5.2 Program replacement equipment to customer requirements 5.3 Test replacement service for functionality before handover – to meet customer satisfaction
6. Clean up worksite and complete documentation	6.1 Remove waste and debris from site and dispose of in a safe and environmentally appropriate manner 6.2 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction 6.3 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation, where required, and present to customer 6.4 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.1	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	1.3, 3.3, 3.5, 6.3,	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.4,	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	3.3	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.5, 5.1, 6.1-6.4	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	4.2, 6.4	Deals with customer to provide reports and sign-off on completed work
Get the work done	2.1-2.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4, 5.2, 5.3,	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	ICTDRE3157B Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE302 Locate and rectify digital reception equipment faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

determine parameters for addressing digital reception faults for a customer and keep customer informed on progress

apply a methodical approach to fault identification

use test equipment to identify faults

interpret test results

install temporary equipment while repairs are affected

repair faults, repair cable terminations or replace faulty cable equipment and test to verify correct function

complete documentation in accordance with enterprise requirements and present to customer for approvals.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss broad knowledge of whole industry product range

outline customer service principles, particularly dealing with customers face to face

explain enterprise methods for test analysis and diagnosis

discuss enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

review work health and safety (WHS) general principles and enterprise specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

give an overview knowledge of:

objectives and methods of training for product use for customer education

radio frequency (RF) theory, principles and safety

telephony principles to support return path awareness

identify pre-installation enterprise-specific requirements

state quality assurance of enterprise requirements

explain return path technology

list signal measurement and other enterprise-specific tools

discuss understanding of contemporary equipment and connection methods.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

site for digital reception equipment installation

digital reception equipment currently used in industry

test equipment required for digital reception equipment installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, install, test and commission a complex digital reception broadband service system.

It applies to individuals who work on complex radio frequency (RF) and digital distribution systems, such as master antenna television (MATV) and satellite master antenna television (SMATV), in commercial or multi-dwelling unit (MDU) environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan installation of a complex digital reception system	1.1 Notify customer to arrange access to site and identify customer equipment 1.2 Select type of complex digital systems and consequent constraints on installation according to customer specifications 1.3 Complete a job safety analysis (JSA) identifying work health and safety (WHS) issues 1.4 Prepare for installation according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards 1.5 Verify design requirements are suitable for site application and required system performance
2. Assemble complex digital reception system	2.1 Select and obtain materials, tools and equipment for installation 2.2 Select suitable headend location and cable access 2.3 Build headend according to design requirements and manufacturer’s specifications 2.4 Configure headend and distribution devices to operate according to design and manufacturer’s specifications 2.5 Run cables along identified routes 2.6 Terminate cables according to both design and manufacturer’s specifications
3. Test and commission system	3.1 Conduct performance test operation of headend and distribution devices 3.2 Activate system and conduct signal measurement using test equipment 3.3 Record and analyse initial test results for quality of service according to design specifications 3.4 Rectify identified faults and adjust system to optimal operation 3.5 Conduct final signal measurement using test equipment to optimise performance 3.6 Update design plans to ‘as built’ status
4. Complete administrative tasks	4.1 Record final commissioning test results and settings in line with client requirements 4.2 Complete appropriate records and test results, and store according to policy 4.3 Complete all financial and other documentation 4.4 Hand over to customer and obtain sign off

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results
Navigate the world of work	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate, and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	Makes contact with customer Deals with customer to obtain sign-off on completed work
Get the work done	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Identifies and resolves problems

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system	Updates to application and knowledge evidence. Updates to template to apply consistent format between units.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE303 Install a complex digital reception system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 5.0.
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

obtain relevant approvals for access to site and equipment

plan, assemble and install a complex digital reception system

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

examine performance of adjustments (tuning, balancing and replacing components)

perform handover with customer

apply related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

procedures and equipment required for measurement of:

forward and reflected radio frequency (RF) power

feedline insertion loss

distance to fault

modulation error rate (MER) and bit error rate (BER) for purpose of signal integrity

features of instruments, test equipment and performance requirements

legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements directly impacting operation and testing of radio communications antennas and equipment

principles of master antenna television (MATV) and satellite master antenna television (SMATV)

RF spectrum and its relationship to digital reception systems

RF awareness, electromagnetic radiation (EMR) standards and specific WHS requirements impacting use and testing of radio communications instruments and equipment

typical issues and challenges that occur in telecommunications antenna installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

site for complex digital reception system installation

complex digital reception systems currently used in industry

test equipment required for digital reception system installation and testing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop integrated digital reception system applications, topologies, devices and capabilities, and system programming methods; as well as use diagnostic tools and documentation of developed systems.

It applies to cablers who install emerging digital reception equipment and cabling systems for domestic and small to medium enterprise information technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop an integrated system	1.1 Determine types and location of loads and control devices from project specifications and customer requirements 1.2 Determine number of control bus networks and current requirements from load calculations for devices on the system 1.3 Determine appropriate placement of system devices to optimise bus network power and load parameters, and maintain system stability 1.4 Develop an integrated system to comply with regulator, safety and manufacturer requirements 1.5 Document take-off of the number of devices and accessories required for the system, using manufacturer's title and ID for each 1.6 Download required programming and diagnostic tools to a compatible PC and check for correct operation and safety
2. Program integrated system devices	2.1 Follow work health and safety (WHS) risk control measures and procedures 2.2 Apply correct modes of programming to develop an integrated system according to manufacturer's programming software instructions 2.3 Follow manufacturer's instructions and recommendations when programming system devices to project requirements 2.4 Program parameters for operation of loads to project requirements and within manufacturer's designated range 2.5 Save and backup the programmed system database according to manufacturer instructions
3. Load and test integrated system	3.1 Follow WHS risk control work measures and procedures 3.2 Transfer database of integrated system program to network 3.3 Test all functions of the integrated system for compliance with project requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.4 Use diagnostic tools to locate system faults, defects and anomalies 3.5 Correct defects and anomalies to comply with project requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.6 Provide copy of documentation of integrated system at handover to customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3	Reads and interprets plans, specifications, computer program interface, and other documentation from a variety of sources, and consolidates information to determine requirements
Writing	1.5, 2.4, 3.2	Develops procedural material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1	Effectively participates in verbal exchanges using collaborative and inclusive techniques including active listening and questioning, and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to convey and clarify information
Numeracy	1.1-1.3	Calculations required for determining design specifications Performs mathematical calculations to check, interpret and confirm results of system tests
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.1, 3.1	Understands rights and responsibilities in complying with standards and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.3, 1.6, 2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems	ICTDRE3249A Develop integrated digital reception systems	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE305 Develop integrated digital reception systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

Comply with standards, regulations and work health and safety (WHS) procedures and practices when developing an integrated system

communicate with customers

determine the full scope of specifications for an integrated digital reception system

use calculations to correctly determine the number of network and current requirements

place system devices appropriately in system scheme

apply and check appropriate modes of programming and diagnostic tools in the design

program devices and set load operating parameters according to manufacturer specifications

use diagnostic tools to locate and correct system defects, faults and anomalies

document and backup system during appropriate stages of the project.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the applications and advantages of integrated systems

identify the bus system cable type, polarity, length and acceptable topologies

describe the process of controlling digital system integration (DSI) and communicating with digital addressable lighting interface (DALI) electronic ballasts

identify factors that affect control bus stability, including number of units on a network, and current drawn by devices in relation to current output of power supplies

define the operating parameters of integrated systems and programming to an extent indicated by:

importance of project documentation and backup

importance of location of output and input devices and control bus power supplies

describe lighting dimmer capabilities and selection

determine the low voltage (LV) supply overcurrent and surge protection

describe multiple network connectivity

identify the software used for system and device programming, monitoring and control

explain system and device programming, encompassing:

addressing conventions for networks, devices, applications, output groups, types of control and outputs, which include ‘on’, ‘off’, a specific level, and over a specific time

PC programming tools and methods (programming includes configuring network database using addressing tools and objects, function objects, editing, altering and transferring the database to network)

identify and describe system fault-finding processes

determine the system components, encompassing:

support devices for control bus supply and control

support devices for programming, interconnection between networks and integration with third party systems

describe the types and capabilities of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a typical contemporary dwelling into which a digital system will be developed

availability of all functional requirements of a modern home

access to contemporary digital equipment

access to all current standards, codes and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate emerging audiovisual technology equipment in a customer home network.

It applies to individuals working as installers with a range of customer equipment limited to radio frequency (RF) signal services types requiring current knowledge of equipment capabilities and connection types.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication. However, users should confirm requirements with the relevant federal, state or territory authority.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate existing customer equipment	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify installation order and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite and complete a job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Use test equipment to verify customer equipment is operational prior to installation 1.5 Assess equipment capabilities and connection types against customer requirements for suitability 1.6 Assess customer premises against installation plan according to client specifications and by-laws, standards and regulations 1.7 Produce an installation diagram using appropriate drawing symbols to indicate connection details of customer system
2. Design and build system	2.1 Determine connection pathways for optimal performance of system equipment 2.2 Confirm compatibility for proposed connections to existing system 2.3 Produce a final design with block diagrams and specifications 2.4 Select and connect cables to suit connectivity using appropriate materials 2.5 Activate equipment to check for network operation
3. Provide enterprise equipment	3.1 Determine best method of connection to service source according to client specifications 3.2 Connect service to system following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements and test to verify connection status 3.3 Notify service provider if identified problems cannot be rectified at local level
4. Configure services and optimise customer system	4.1 Conduct client specific and customer set-up operations 4.2 Test performance of enterprise and customer equipment across a range of settings 4.3 Record and evaluate test results to satisfy manufacturer’s operational margins 4.4 Tune customer equipment for optimal performance 4.5 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction
5. Train customer and complete contract documentation	5.1 Conduct customer training appropriate to equipment, services and vendor literature 5.2 Complete appropriate records and update administration systems according to enterprise policy 5.3 Record and store test results in appropriate database, leaving copies on site according to enterprise policy 5.4 Provide warranties to customer in required format where work and equipment are subject to warranty 5.5 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation, where required, and present to customer 5.6 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 5.1, 5.3	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify key information
Writing	1.7, 2.3, 4.3, 5.3, 5.5	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 5.1	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	4.2, 5.5	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results Uses simple calculations to prepare financial documentation
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5, 5.4	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	3.3, 5.6	Advises service provider of any problems that cannot be resolved locally Deals with customer to sign-off on completed work
Get the work done	2.4, 2.5	Plans, organises and implements tasks to achieve them efficiently to meet customer requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment	ICTDRE4166A Integrate customer digital reception equipment	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE401 Integrate customer digital reception equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

identify modulation and other signal characteristics of a range of contemporary products

design and build system

install three types of equipment and services, applying all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

configure services and optimise customer system

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

provide customer training appropriate to equipment

complete task and handover to customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify analog and digital connectors

list contemporary equipment and connection methods

explain continuity, ingress, egress, signal level and signal quality performance tests

outline customer service principles, particularly dealing with customers face-to-face

discuss enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

describe equipment types:

amplifiers

couplers

splitters

taps

discuss modulation techniques

define objectives and methods of training for product use for customer education

discuss WHS general principles and enterprise-specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

assess performance adjustments for tuning, balancing and replacing components

summarise quality assurance of enterprise requirements

review test analysis and diagnosis (enterprise diagnosis methods)

describe video and audio fundamentals

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a site for Digital Reception Technology (DRE) integration

DRE currently used in industry

test equipment required for DRE integration.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to connect and configure a media centre that integrates signal for distribution.

It applies to individuals working as installers in the digital reception sector integrating services from multiple sources and in multiple formats (radio frequency, digital, data, and voice) for both inward and outbound signals into complex customer systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate existing customer equipment	1.1 Obtain relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards for compliance when conducting work 1.2 Notify customer to verify installation order and arrange for site access to comply with security arrangements 1.3 Notify supervisor of identified safety hazards at worksite and complete job safety analysis (JSA) before commencing work 1.4 Use test equipment to verify customer equipment is operational prior to installation 1.5 Assess equipment capabilities and connection types against customer requirements for suitability 1.6 Assess customer premises against installation plan according to client specifications and by-laws, standards and regulations 1.7 Produce an installation diagram using appropriate drawing symbols to indicate connection details of customer system
2. Design and build a multiple service customer system solution	2.1 Determine connection requirements and pathways for each service to be connected and locate a signal source for each service 2.2 Confirm compatibility for proposed pathway options connections to existing system and for optimal performance 2.3 Produce preliminary connection plan with block diagrams and specifications to optimise system performance 2.4 Evaluate connection plan design to determine any local spectrum management issues arising from multiple services 2.5 Produce final connection design with amendments to eliminate local spectrum management contentions, if required 2.6 Select and connect cables according to connection plan using appropriate materials 2.7 Activate equipment to check network operation 2.8 Resolve connection issues that arise during build phase and modify connection plan
3. Provide enterprise equipment with multiple services	3.1 Determine optimal method of connection to each service source according to client specifications 3.2 Connect service to system following work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, and test to identify and rectify connection issues 3.3 Notify service provider if problems cannot be rectified locally, and escalate unresolvable connection issues accordingly
4. Configure services and optimise customer system across multiple services	4.1 Conduct client specific and customer set-up operations for each service 4.2 Test performance of enterprise and customer equipment across a range of settings 4.3 Test integrated performance of system across multiple services 4.4 Record and evaluate test results to satisfy manufacturer’s operational margins 4.5 Tune customer equipment for optimal integrated performance across multiple services 4.6 Restore site to original condition and customer satisfaction
5. Train customer and complete contract documentation	5.1 Conduct customer training appropriate to equipment, services and vendor literature 5.2 Complete appropriate records and update administration systems according to enterprise policy 5.3 Record and store test results in appropriate database, leaving copies on site according to enterprise policy 5.4 Provide warranties to customer in required format where work and equipment are subject to warranty 5.5 Prepare invoices and other financial documentation where required and present to customer 5.6 Obtain authorised signatures on required documentation to confirm acceptance of completed work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2, 5.1	Interprets textual information from appropriate sources to identify relevant and key information
Writing	1.3, 1.7, 2.3, 2.5, 4.4, 5.2, 5.3, 5.5	Uses clear, specific and industry-related terminology to complete workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 3.3, 5.1	Articulates clearly using appropriate language for environment, and uses listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	4.3, 5.5	Takes readings and measurements and interprets results Uses simple calculations to prepare financial documentation
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 5.4,	Takes responsibility for following safe, sustainable, appropriate, and efficient workplace procedures
Interact with others	5.6	Liaises with customer to sign-off on completed work when completed to customer's requirements
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.6-2.8, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6	Plans, organises and implements tasks efficiently to meet customer requirements Makes decisions on technical requirements Advises service provider of any problems that cannot be resolved locally

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes	ICTDRE4167A Integrate data delivery modes	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTDRE402 Integrate data delivery modes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

identify service requirements of a range of contemporary products

design and build a multiple service customer system solution

install and integrate at least two services to a customer system comprised of at least three equipment components applying all related work health and safety (WHS) requirements and work practices

activate and optimise customer equipment using two or more signal sources

configure services and optimise customer system across multiple services

conduct functionality tests and interpret results

provide customer training appropriate to the equipment.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list contemporary equipment and connection methods

outline customer service principles, particularly dealing with customers face to face

discuss enterprise or service specific knowledge of products and services supplied

describe equipment types:

amplifiers

couplers

taps

splitters

describe home automation

identify functions of home theatre system components

explain modulation techniques

discuss WHS general principles and enterprise specific job safety analysis (JSA) requirements

assess performance adjustments for tuning, balancing and replacing components

summarise quality assurance of enterprise requirements

evaluate security systems

review test analysis and diagnosis (enterprise diagnosis methods)

identify test equipment and signal measurement and other enterprise-specific tools

explain principles of video and audio technologies

explain wireless local area networks (WLANs)

explain wireless technology.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances should be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Digital Reception Technology industry and include access to:

a site for data delivery modes integration

equipment currently used in industry

test equipment required for data delivery integration.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct training for customers on telecommunications equipment including convergent technology applications, such as internet protocol television (IPTV), digital television and internet protocol (IP) based customer equipment. It involves assessing the type of training suitable for the product and customer, delivering and checking the training.

It applies to individuals involved with installation of new technology or an upgrade of an existing network or subsystem deploying next generation networks (NGN) for customer premises equipment (CPE) installation, or as dedicated trainers involved in very large installations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Education

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify training required	1.1 Confirm training to be provided with installation quote 1.2 Assess customer’s expertise and actual training details 1.3 Identify and prepare for specialised training needs 1.4 Provide quotes for enhanced training and confirm with customer
2. Conduct training	2.1 Demonstrate and explain relevant equipment, functions and network facilities 2.2 Provide customers with hands-on experience operating the equipment 2.3 Provide feedback to customers on their operational ability 2.4 Provide customers with relevant product literature 2.5 Provide enhanced training as agreed
3. Check training	3.1 Measure customer’s skill using the equipment 3.2 Review training delivery and note improvements 3.3 Update and store records according to organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3,	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas to construct meaning and develop training plans from a range of sources
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 2.1-2.53.2, 3.3	Communicates relationships between ideas and information in a style appropriate to audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1	Demonstrates flexibility in spoken texts by choosing appropriate structures and strategies while instructing, providing constructive feedback or interacting with customers, employer, supervisors, work associates, team members and other contractors
Numeracy	1.1, 1.4, 3.1,	Identifies and comprehends relevant mathematical information in familiar activities or texts such as costing training
Navigate the world of work	3.3	Complies with explicit policies and procedures Explores and implements, where identified, implicit expectations of policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5	Identifies and takes steps to follow accepted communication practices and protocols Recognises common cultural and other differences of people in the work context, and makes adjustments in addressing differences Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 3.1, 3.2	Plans and implements routine tasks and workload making limited decisions on sequencing, timing and collaboration, seeks assistance in setting priorities Makes low-impact decisions within familiar situations, based on a range of predefined or routine solutions, and evaluates effectiveness of outcome

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology	ICTEDU3053A Train customers in new technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTEDU301 Train customers in new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

review and confirm predetermined training for telecommunications installation

analyse learner characteristics and actual training needs

prepare training material, including equipment specifications and guidelines

conduct customer training on a telecommunications installation including:

demonstration

hands-on experience

feedback on performance

complete training documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe in detail the content of learning to be provided

explain common sources of technical training information

summarise and explain appropriate training techniques for:

demonstration

individual and group activities

instruction

questioning.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Education field of work and include access to:

a range of information and training resources

customer premises equipment product information

appropriate training facilities

relevant industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, conduct and evaluate effective vendor training programs for users and operators of telecommunications equipment. This includes digital or analog communications applications, including telephony, data, video, digital broadcasting, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and multimedia. These may be domestic, commercial or industrial installations.

It applies to individuals involved with customer support activities for the purpose of training technical support or maintenance staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Education

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop training program	1.1 Confirm training specifications required for a specific product with client 1.2 Research available and relevant material and prepare an outline for proposed training 1.3 Present and confirm suitability of proposed outline with client 1.4 Determine training schedule parameters 1.5 Establish criteria for post-training evaluation
2. Design training program and support material	2.1 Develop training program that follows a logical sequence and builds on existing knowledge of recipients 2.2 Create training material that meets up-to-date product and technical information and all related workplace health and safety (WHS) issues and work practices 2.3 Develop training delivery style to suit skills of recipient 2.4 Review and amend training material prior to product, equipment or facility changes being introduced by the company 2.5 Develop training schedule to meet needs and schedules of recipients
3. Deliver training to sales and technical staff	3.1 Deliver training sessions in a systematic fashion and in a format suitable to client’s needs 3.2 Monitor student performance against pre-determined criteria 3.3 Provide feedback on student performance against pre-determined criteria 3.4 Evaluate training session against pre-determined criteria on completion, and identify potential improvements
4. Complete documentation	4.1 Record session evaluation and feedback from recipients 4.2 Present report to client on effectiveness of training sessions and recommendations for improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2-3.4, 4.1	Critically organises, evaluates and applies content from a range of structurally complex materials including client briefs, product and technical information and interpretation of feedback from students
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.4, 4.1	Generates complex written texts appropriate for a specific audience, demonstrating control over a broad range of writing styles and purposes
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.2,	Establishes and maintains complex and effective rapport with clients and students, with a depth of understanding that includes multiple and unstated meanings
Numeracy	1.4, 2.5,	Estimates and plans time requirements for scheduling
Navigate the world of work	2.2	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 3.1-3.3, 4.2	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others to improve Recognises diversity in people and manages this diversity to improve workplace relations and practices
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.2, 3.4	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate effectively with others, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products	ICTEDU5025A Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTEDU501 Develop and deliver training associated with new and modified products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

develop and deliver training programs for clients to operate new or modified equipment installations

establish and use criteria to measure and report on training program effectiveness.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe equipment relative to customer requirements, customer telecommunications applications and related equipment

describe features and applications of telecommunications products relative to customer requirements

identify and outline common training methodologies for vendor training

identify, locate and evaluate reference documents relevant to training and after training support.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Education field of work and include access to:

suitable training resources and facilities

relevant product information

applicable industry software packages.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop, and refine, 3-D models using simple modelling techniques and appropriate software.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development, and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify the requirements for, and purpose of, 3-D digital modelling techniques and refer to the production documentation, WHS requirements and roles of project team members 1.2 Clarify work-flow sequences in consultation with the relevant personnel, to ensure that production schedule deadlines are met 1.3 Select the software that best suits the type of production and delivery platform for which simple 3-D modelling techniques are being applied 1.4 Gather and analyse reference materials to help with the application of modelling techniques
2. Apply simple 3-D modelling techniques	2.1 Apply simple 3-D modelling techniques to create 3-D models 2.2 Use software features to block out models in order to determine the correct proportions related to reference materials 2.3 Manipulate software features to apply basic lighting and shaders to the models, as required 2.4 Ensure that the topology of the models allows for appropriate deformation, as required 2.5 Progressively refine, and check, the integrity of the models until they meet design requirements 2.6 Submit models to the relevant personnel for comment regarding whether production requirements have been met, and make final adjustments as required 2.7 Render and output the models in the required format, and submit to the relevant personnel by agreed deadlines 2.8 Make backup copies of files and complete workplace documentation, according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 2.6	Interprets documentation, diagrams, designs, objects and images to identify relevant information Recognises and comprehends signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer generated text, numbers and letters, necessary to operate modelling applications software
Writing	2.8	Completes the documentation necessary for work tasks and reporting according to requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.6	Uses industry terminology to clarify requirements and obtain information Listens and responds to instructions, answers to questions and feedback
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.7	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers, and decimals, when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio and coordinates in the development of models Structures timeframes to work to deadlines
Navigate the world of work	2.8	Complies with explicit organisational procedures
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.8	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks Uses creativity and initiative in design Understands the importance of secure information in relation to own work, and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques	ICAGAM301A Apply simple modelling techniques	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM301 Apply simple modelling techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

clarify 3-D modelling requirements

create 3-D digital models that:

demonstrate the application of simple 3-D modelling techniques

demonstrate the efficient use of geometry and attention to detail

meet production documentation requirements

work collaboratively with the other members of the design and development team

meet deadlines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify 3-D digital model design techniques

outline 3-D digital modelling techniques

outline the stages in the production process, from the initial concept through to the finished product

discuss the features of a range of delivery platforms

discuss geometry as it applies to the creation of realistic 3-D digital models

outline the issues and challenges of creating 3-D digital models

outline work health and safety (WHS) standards, as they relate to working for periods of time on computers

outline the roles and responsibilities of project team members in the relevant industry sector

discuss the use of scale, form, weight and volume in the design, and development, of 3-D digital models

discuss basic copyright issues associated with designing and creating 3-D models.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the game development field of work, and include access to:

the production documentation

reference materials

computer hardware

industry software packages

games engines

file storage

enterprise policy about WHS requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess, and select, textures and shaders to develop new textures and to apply them to digital art, including 3-D models.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify the design requirements, and plan the approach	1.1 Interpret the brief to clarify design, texture generation, and the delivery requirements in consultation with the client 1.2 Identify the design and technical constraints 1.3 Identify the software, media and file formats for digital imagery, texture production and manipulation 1.4 Identify the sequence of digital texturing activities in the production pipeline 1.5 Identify production workflow requirements, and develop the production pipeline to meet client requirements
2. Assess the existing textures and shaders for suitability	2.1 Establish the underlying surface characteristics of the 3-D model to be textured and shaded 2.2 Identify basic shaders and textures with surface characteristics 2.3 Identify suitable textures from the available texture libraries 2.4 Select shaders and textures for the assignment to model 2.5 Confirm that the selections are consistent with the brief and with client requirements
3. Determine shader attributes and assign to a 3-D model	3.1 Identify and select the attributes required to achieve the desired effects on 3-D models 3.2 Determine and confirm the requirements related to lighting and rendering 3.3 Use the appropriate methods and techniques to achieve the desired shading outcome
4. Acquire new textures	4.1 Identify the desired resolution for texture, prior to acquisition 4.2 Acquire textures from an online library 4.3 Capture real-world textures using digital means 4.4 Generate the texture, using art media, or digital paint software, and then save 4.5 Ensure that the resolution of the acquired texture meets resolution requirements
5. Generate procedural textures and create a texture map	5.1 Assess the nature of the surface topology 5.2 Identify the suitable types of 3-D projection 5.3 Apply geometry where necessary 5.4 Use algorithms to simulate natural patterns, where required 5.5 Determine the texture-mapping method 5.6 Determine the projection-mapping method 5.7 Adjust the parameters to achieve desired effects
6. Apply the texture to model	6.1 Apply the texture to the model 6.2 Layer and enhance the textures to achieve the desired effects 6.3 Apply lighting to test the reaction of the textures 6.4 Apply the textures to lights, in order to achieve specified effects 6.5 Adjust the textures to achieve the final effects 6.6 Complete test renders, and confirm the outcome with the client
7. Finalise the design	7.1 Present test renders to the client for approval 7.2 Make technical or design adjustments consistent with the feedback and with budgetary constraints 7.3 Finalise shading and texturing 7.4 Save and archive files in agreed formats and repository

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.5, 5.1, 5.2	Interprets and comprehends information in diagrams, designs, objects, and images Recognises and comprehends signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer generated text, numbers and letters necessary to operate complex digital art software
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.5, 3.2, 6.6, 7.1	Uses effective questioning and listening techniques, translating digital art terminology to plain English where necessary, to clarify client requirements and obtain information Listens and responds to instructions and feedback to ensure that the finished result meets client requirements
Numeracy	3.3, 4.1, 4.5, 5.4, 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 7.2, 7.3	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages when manipulating measurement, scale, ratio, coordinates, colour, shading and other variables, in the application of texture to digital imagery Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals to ensure that the project meets budgetary constraints
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.5, 6.1-6.5, 7.2, 7.3	Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks Uses creativity and initiative in design Uses key features of digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks Understands the importance of secure information in relation to own work, and takes responsibility for data integrity and management

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art	ICAGAM302A Design and apply simple textures to digital art	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM302 Design and apply simple textures to digital art

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

comprehend design requirements

complete texturing and shading tasks according to brief requirements

create and apply textures to digital art

use and optimise software components for best performance

adhere to system requirements related to file sizes and formats

store completed file components to software and organisational requirements

develop textured, shaded and rendered models

integrate texturing activities into the overall production pipeline.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss camera textures and filters that can be used to achieve shading and texturing effects

outline the features of software used for:

3-D modelling

appropriate file sizes and formats

digital image manipulation

lighting

rendering

scanning

the scheduling of production activities

shading

texturing

describe how to interpret design, texturing, and shading briefs

discuss digital image capture, using cameras and scanners

describe shader attributes and their optimisation

describe shader and texture mapping, and projection

discuss texturing and shading requirements for games.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the game development field of work, and include access to:

the appropriate computer hardware, software and peripheral devices

models and scenes to be shaded and textured

style shots

rendering briefs or specifications

the schedules.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review the traditional animation process and design and produce 3-D animated sequences using modelling and animation software.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare the traditional animation process, and the sequence of its component parts	1.1 Describe the traditional animation process and its application in the production of quality 3-D animation 1.2 Describe the twelve principles of animation and their application in the production of quality 3-D animation 1.3 Identify the components that are essential to producing quality 3D animation
2. Prepare scene layout and storyboarding techniques	2.1 Describe and demonstrate the scene layout techniques used in traditional animation 2.2 Describe and demonstrate the storyboarding techniques used in traditional animation
3. Nominate appropriate animation keys in a proposed animation sequence	3.1 Describe the key animation process 3.2 Produce sample key drawings 3.3 Identify the criteria used for the selection of animation keys 3.4 Select the appropriate animation keys in a proposed animation sequence
4. Create a short animation	4.1 Produce shot animation key drawings 4.2 Produce line image recordings of drawings 4.3 Create a short, animated sequence
5. Apply traditional animation principles to a 3-D animation	5.1 Produce a 3-D animated sequence, employing traditional animation principles, using 3-D modelling and animation software 5.2 Save and store, or archive, an animated sequence onto appropriate equipment or media

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	4.3, 5.1	Recognises and comprehends a large range of signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, abbreviations, computer generated text, numbers and letters, necessary to operate complex animation software
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1	Uses industry specific terminology to describe animation principles and processes
Numeracy	3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Uses positive and negative whole numbers, decimals, degrees and percentages when setting measurement, scale, coordinates, colour, shading, and other parameters in the development of animations
Get the work done	3.2, 3.4, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Follows clearly defined instructions, monitors own progress and seeks assistance, when necessary Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks Uses creativity and initiative in design Uses key features of specific digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks Understands the importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes responsibility for data storage

Range of Conditions

This section specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.

Twelve principles of animation must include:	anticipation appeal arcs exaggeration follow through and overlapping action secondary action slow in and slow out solid drawing squash and stretch staging straight ahead action and pose to pose timing.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation	ICAGAM303A Review and apply the principles of animation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of the performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM303 Review and apply the principles of animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create a short animation using traditional animation processes and a range of 3-D modelling and animation software.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a production brief

discuss the use of animation keys

discuss the application of traditional animation processes to digital animation

outline the process for:

the development and recording of ideas

the production of 3-D animations

the production of a storyboard

the production of scene layout

filling media and paper-based assets

outline the principles of animation

discuss the scheduling of production components.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the game development field of work, and include access to appropriate computer hardware, software and peripheral devices.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and produce an animated sequence.

It applies to individuals who support the design, development and programming of basic digital games as part of a larger development team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify the animation requirements of models	1.1 Clarify the animation requirements and design specifications for the model, in consultation with the relevant personnel, and according to the production documentation 1.2 Examine the most appropriate animation techniques for the animation, in order to determine which modelling techniques to use 1.3 Identify the file format and delivery platform for animated sequences 1.4 Identify factors that may influence the animation design approach 1.5 Clarify work flow sequences, in consultation with the relevant personnel, to ensure that production schedule deadlines are met
2. Plan the approach	2.1 Research animations, artworks and other creative sources that may inspire visual design ideas 2.2 Generate a range of animation ideas that are technically feasible, respond to briefs, and provide creative solutions to all design issues 2.3 Present animation ideas to the relevant personnel using appropriate design techniques 2.4 Adjust the approach to incorporate feedback, and agree on final design concepts 2.5 Discuss and select animation software with the relevant personnel to ensure that the animated sequences of the model meet specified outcomes 2.6 Analyse audio assets supplied for animations, as required
3. Produce animated sequences for review	3.1 Create animations of models using animation and modelling techniques to suit design requirements 3.2 Apply basic animation principles, screen principles, visual design principles and communication principles 3.3 Apply real-world camera techniques to the virtual cameras used in the animation 3.4 Render the completed animated sequences 3.5 Save and store the animated sequences using appropriate output file formats, standard naming conventions, and version-control protocols 3.6 Present the animated sequences of simple models to the relevant personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines
4. Finalise animated sequences	4.1 Review the animated sequences to assess creative solutions to the design briefs, appropriateness to users or audience, and technical feasibility 4.2 Discuss and confirm with the relevant personnel, additional requirements or modifications, and complete any changes as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 4.2	Identifies, evaluates and interprets texts containing complex technical, 3-D modelling and animation terminology to clarify requirements and research ideas Interprets and comprehends computer generated text, audio tracks, abbreviations, symbols, icons, numbers and letters necessary to use 3-D modelling and animation software
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.6, 4.1, 4.2	Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and solutions, using a range of animation and 3-D modelling terminology, and effective listening and questioning techniques to clarify information Presents designs speaking clearly and concisely, using specific terminology and appropriate non-verbal features
Numeracy	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1	Uses whole numbers, decimals and percentages relevant to file size, software and hardware specifications, measurement, scale, form, weight, volume, colour, shading, and other attributes/variables in the development of animated sequences
Get the work done	All	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks to achieve required outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision- making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and uses problem-solving processes to determine solutions Contributes to improvement of work practices by applying the basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Uses digital technologies and systems to access information, enter data and code, present information and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation	ICAGAM418A Use simple modelling for animation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM418 Use simple modelling for animation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create digital animated sequences of a model that:

demonstrates the principles of simple model animation, basic screen, visual design and communication

meets the technical requirements of specific platforms

satisfies the design brief and client requirements

meets the production deadlines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline basic digital animation techniques

outline the principles of animation, screen, visual design and communication in relation to the production of animated sequences

describe the features of a range of delivery platforms for animated sequences

discuss the issues and challenges that arise in the context of creating models for digital animations

outline the stages in the production process from initial design through to finished product

outline the roles and responsibilities of project team members.

Assessment Conditions

conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the game development field of work, and include access to:

appropriate computer hardware, software and games engines

file storage

design specifications and production documentation.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, and to implement, a relational database for the management of the persisted- state world of a computer game.

It applies to individuals who work as game programmers or junior analyst programmers in the digital and interactive games industry, either as small independent specialists, or as part of a larger team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Game development

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Verify the database model	1.1 Verify that the game architecture and system implementation requirements have been addressed by the proposed database architecture 1.2 Correlate data model entities and their attributes with the game artefacts, and the game design requirements 1.3 Verify that the entity relationships defined in the data model implement the game-design and game-play rules 1.4 Verify the estimates of the amounts of data storage required, and the data types defined by the data model 1.5 Document design inconsistencies 1.6 Review the database model and address, and correct any inconsistencies 1.7 Define the database test data
2. Create the physical database design	2.1 Implement the conceptual data model design as a physical database design 2.2 Determine the default database file size, according to the data model storage estimates 2.3 Determine game data input and output workload estimates 2.4 Determine the reliability and performance requirements 2.5 Define the minimum hardware requirements to support the input and output workload and reliability or performance requirements 2.6 Configure the database management system in order to use minimum hardware requirements 2.7 Refine and confirm the database test data
3. Implement the physical database prototype	3.1 Write structured query language (SQL) scripts to create physical database files according to the design requirements 3.2 Write SQL scripts to create database tables 3.3 Implement the primary key constraints 3.4 Implement the foreign key constraints 3.5 Define, and script, stored procedures for selecting, inserting, updating and deleting data 3.6 Define and script insert statements for test data 3.7 Execute SQL scripts and database, including test data
4. Test the database and document results	4.1 Document the entity integrity tests, and results 4.2 Document the referential integrity tests, and results 4.3 Document the input and output performance tests, and results 4.4 Document the stored procedures tests, and results
5. Review, evaluate and correct database performance	5.1 Review the test result deficiencies 5.2 Define, evaluate and test the deficiencies, and ensure that corrective measures are implemented 5.3 Implement corrections to the database

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.7, 5.1	Interprets and analyses documents containing complex games-design and database-architecture terminology, to determine database requirements and identify design inconstancies Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, flow charts, code, syntax, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to design and develop a database
Writing	1.5, 1.7, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English, specific terminology and appropriate document layout, when documenting database test data and test results Uses the appropriate programming code, syntax and conventions to develop the database
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Employs effective listening and open-questioning techniques to clarify design requirements and project scheduling, and to obtain feedback
Numeracy	1.1-1.7, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.7	Uses a wide range of applied mathematical calculations and functions to design, develop, and evaluate the database
Get the work done	All	Plans a range of routine, and some non-routine, tasks, aiming to achieve required outcomes efficiently and effectively Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, using analytical processes to decide on appropriate courses of action Evaluates outcomes to identify opportunities for improvement within own work context Utilises a broad range of features within applications to complete required tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game	ICAGAM419A Build a database to support a computer game	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTGAM419 Build a database to support a computer game

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret a conceptual database model

create a database from a conceptual model, that allows for the persistence of state data for a computer game

evaluate, and improve, the performance of a database built to support a computer game.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify computer hardware specifications and performance required to support database development

discuss the creation, use and testing of stored procedures

explain why input and output parameters are required

explain database stress testing and stress testing software

discuss the principles of database testing methodologies

describe object-oriented database management systems

discuss the similarities and difference between relational database management systems:

IBM DB2

Microsoft Access

Microsoft SQL (MS SQL) server

MySQL

Oracle

Postgre Structured Query Language (Postgre SQL)

discuss relational database modelling building blocks and theory, including attributes, entity relationship modelling and normalisation of database tables

discuss relationship cardinality and connectivity:

1:1

1:M

M:N

outline the features, and functions, of structured query language (SQL), including data definition language and data manipulation language

discuss the evolution of relational database management systems and their relationship to the flat file, hierarchical, and network data storage legacy of games

outline the important functions of a relational database management system within the context of a computer game

interpret data access languages, such as SQL and language-integrated query (LINQ)

interpret data application programming interfaces (APIs) including:

ADO.Net

data integrity

disaster recovery and backups

data dictionary

data storage

security requirements of the data

transforming and presenting the data

discuss the importance of data models

describe the different types of data models, including Chen and Crow’s Foot models

describe the relationship between game-play rules and the modelling of the database structure.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the game development field of work, and include access to:

computer-aided software engineering and modelling tools

a relational or object-oriented database management system

performance testing and analysis software for selected database management system/ game architecture specifications

the game design and requirements documentation

the client or server hardware

networking infrastructure sufficient to simulate the game architecture specifications.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate a personal computer (PC) in a home or small office environment, including accessing files with application programs, sending and retrieving emails, using the internet, using peripheral devices and applying basic security procedures and power management settings.

It applies to individuals who require entry level information and communications technology (ICT) knowledge and literacy skills to perform a range of simple operation tasks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use the personal computer	1.1 Identify physical components and associated peripheral devices of the personal computer to become familiar with the available network 1.2 Check physical connectivity of devices to ensure correct operation and performance 1.3 Boot up and follow procedures to activate the computer
2. Manage computer configurations	2.1 Alter the computer settings to best suit the user 2.2 Configure power management settings to minimise power consumption as an environmentally sustainable measure 2.3 Identify operating system and the application programs loaded on the computer to determine computer capability 2.4 Conduct basic software installation and removal to improve computer capability 2.5 Navigate and manipulate desktop environment to create and customise desktop icons and access application programs
3. Access and use basic application programs	3.1 Open a folder with file documents containing basic office applications, make minor changes and save in a different folder 3.2 Send and retrieve a simple email message using the desktop icon to communicate with other parties 3.3 Access the internet using the web browser to view and conduct basic web information search 3.4 Use firewall and antivirus and malware scans to reduce security risks and threats in the system
4. Access and use basic peripheral devices	4.1 Access external storage devices to retrieve, copy, move and save information in different media and locations 4.2 Use printer settings on an installed printer to print a document 4.3 Access audio-visual (AV) devices to view and play a multimedia file
5. Shut down computer	5.1 Back up important documents and programs to minimise risk of data loss 5.2 Save any work to be retained and close open application programs 5.3 Shut down computer and switch off any unused peripheral devices

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 3.3	Recognises textual information to determine and complete technical functions
Writing	3.1- 3.3, 4.1	Enters information using familiar text types in a format appropriate to environment
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Implements basic security requirements related to own tasks Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to role in the immediate work context

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer	ICAICT101A Operate a personal computer	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use hardware and software

navigate around the desktop, using features to perform tasks

save results of work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify basic parts of a computer and various hardware components

explain commonly used software operation and application packages

name basic security functions and computer functions

list a range of peripheral devices that can be used with a personal computer

describe common computer storage devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

appropriate learning and assessment support when required

personal computer, including printer, mouse, keyboard and monitor

use of basic software currently used in industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate word- processing applications and perform basic operations, including creating and formatting documents, creating tables and printing labels.

It applies to individuals in the workplace using fundamental knowledge of word-processing under direct supervision or with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Apply workplace health and safety (WHS) practices	1.1 Use workplace ergonomic work practices and strategies 1.2 Organise work area to ensure an ergonomic work environment
2. Create documents	2.1 Open word-processing application, create document and add data according to information requirements 2.2 Use document templates as required 2.3 Use simple formatting tools when creating the document 2.4 Save document to directory
3. Customise basic settings to meet page layout conventions	3.1 Adjust page layout to meet information requirements 3.2 Open and view different toolbars 3.3 Change font format to suit document purpose 3.4 Change alignment and line spacing according to document information requirements 3.5 Modify margins to suit the document purpose 3.6 Open and switch between several documents
4. Format documents	4.1 Use formatting features and styles as required 4.2 Highlight and copy text from another area in the document or from another active document 4.3 Insert headers and footers to incorporate necessary data 4.4 Save document in another file format 4.5 Save and close document to a storage device
5. Create tables	5.1 Insert standard table into document 5.2 Change cells to meet information requirements 5.3 Insert and delete columns and rows as necessary 5.4 Use formatting tools according to style requirements
6. Add images	6.1 Insert appropriate images into document and customise as necessary 6.2 Position and resize images to meet document formatting needs
7. Print documents	7.1 Preview document in print preview mode 7.2 Select basic print settings 7.3 Print document or part of document from printer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.1, 3.4, 7.1	Interprets specific information to determine and complete work required
Writing	2.1, 4.3	Prepares simple correspondence that incorporates key information in a format and style relevant to requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 3.1-3.6, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 7.2, 7.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Recognises and responds to common operational problems when using word-processing applications

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications	ICAICT102A Operate word-processing applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT102 Operate word-processing applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

follow organisational ergonomic work health and safety (WHS) requirements and practices

create, open and retrieve documents using customised basic settings

format documents by creating tables and adding text, objects and images

save and prints documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe formatting styles and their effect on formatting, readability and appearance of documents

identify organisational requirements for ergonomics, including work periods and breaks

select organisational style guide to use

outline purpose, use and function of word-processing software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer and printer

word-processing software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide or policy and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

data suitable for use with word-processing packages.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to connect to the internet, securely send and receive emails, search the internet using web browsers and interact securely and in a socially responsible manner with a range of different internet sites.

It applies to individuals who use business technology to perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace or home office with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Connect to and access the internet	1.1 Connect to internet via existing internet connection and confirm functionality 1.2 Open internet browser and set home page of personal choice by setting internet options 1.3 Ensure internet browser software security 1.4 Adjust display of the internet browser to suit personal requirements 1.5 Modify toolbar to meet user and internet browser needs 1.6 Access a particular website, note privacy and other conditions of use, and retrieve data 1.7 Use socially responsible behaviour when sharing information on the internet 1.8 Enter uniform resource locator (URL) in address line of internet browser
2. Use email for communications	2.1 Open email application package, create new email message and add addressees 2.2 Compose text of an email message according to organisational guidelines, and spell check and edit text as required 2.3 Create and add an automatic signature for the user 2.4 Attach files to email message where required 2.5 Determine and set priority and send email message 2.6 Reply to and forward a received message using available features 2.7 Open and save an attachment to the relevant folder 2.8 Search for, sort and save email message using available settings 2.9 Adjust email accounts to restrict and quarantine possible email security problems 2.10 Print email message as required
3. Search the internet	3.1 Review organisational guidelines on internet access 3.2 Open internet application and locate and access a search engine on the internet, and define search expressions based on data required 3.3 Enter appropriate key words into the search engine to locate desired information 3.4 Refine a search depending on outcomes of original search 3.5 Save search expression results and present them in a report according to information requirements 3.6 Create a bookmark within the internet browser or a link for the required web page for the key results 3.7 Save key results in a bookmark folder 3.8 Modify internet browser options for printing and print a web page 3.9 Close internet browser
4. Access and use consumer specific sites on the internet	4.1 Identify, access and review information specific sites to gain consumer information 4.2 Identify and use internet application sites to lodge details and gain access and information 4.3 Access and use online forms on the internet
5. Undertake online transactions	5.1 Access online transaction site 5.2 Ensure security of transaction site 5.3 Enter required information into fields on merchant's website 5.4 Ensure pop-up dialog boxes, prompts or feedback mechanisms are completed 5.5 Enter, check and make changes to preferred transaction options 5.6 Complete online transaction 5.7 Record and archive receipts according to business processes 5.8 Close down and leave transaction process
6. Conduct an advanced search	6.1 Use search tools and advanced search features 6.2 Use Boolean search techniques when required to enhance the search 6.3 Use multiple or meta-search tools with a range of key words 6.4 Use search engines particular to a field of knowledge to refine the outcome 6.5 Access related virtual community sites and newsgroups, and note their objectives and operational arrangements 6.6 Conduct a search with domain names to refine the search
7. Use information that has been located	7.1 Cross reference information found by using several websites to determine accuracy of information 7.2 Check date that website was last updated or properties of website to determine currency of information 7.3 Determine website authority by looking at copyright statements, privacy statements and organisational information 7.4 Save and print information found in different file forms

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.6, 2.1, 2.6-2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.4, 5.5, 6.5, 7.1-7.3	Interprets textual information and instructions to efficiently undertake the task
Writing	2.1-2.3, 3.5, 5.3, 5.4, 5.7	Uses required format to accurately enter information specific to requirements Composes short and specific messages using format, grammar and language appropriate to audience
Navigate the world of work	1.7	Understands main responsibilities and boundaries of own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.8, 2.1, 2.3-2.10, 3.2-3.9, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.8, 6.1-6.6, 7.4	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Recognises and responds to common operational problems when using web browsers Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Implements basic security requirements related to own tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet	ICAICT103A Use, communicate and search securely on the internet	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT103 Use, communicate and search securely on the internet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

connect to and access the internet

send and receive emails

secure internet access and email communications

use search tools to locate information

use different internet search techniques

research and select appropriate website

undertake online transactions

assess the accuracy, currency, authority and reliability of the site and information located.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must :

list basic technical terminology related to reading help files and prompts

describe the basics of copyright and privacy statements

explain different types of messages that occur, including error messages and messages to install plug-ins

list different types of search engines and web browsers

list procedures for using email applications

list procedures for evaluating and assessing the authority, reliability and authenticity of information

outline internet search functions

describe internet speed and traffic loads related to times of accessing the internet

describe the makeup and structure of internet addresses

list organisational guidelines on internet and email use (web etiquette or netiquette)

describe business process related to online transactions

describe web browser update techniques

explain what key words and bookmarks are used for.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer or digital device with internet

search engines currently used in industry

organisational policies on internet usage.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT104 Use digital devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a range of digital devices, such as a digital camera, video camera, or personal digital assistant (PDA) device.

It applies to individuals who require entry level information and communications technology (ICT) knowledge and literacy skills to support their work in a home office or small office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use the digital device	1.1 Review the instruction manual and ensure identified components are available 1.2 Identify the physical components of the digital device 1.3 Turn on and follow access procedures to activate the digital device 1.4 Alter the digital device settings to best suit intended use 1.5 Configure power management settings where appropriate to minimise power consumption, as an environmentally sustainable measure
2. Set up and use the digital device	2.1 Identify and set the basic operating, security and menu settings 2.2 Navigate and manipulate the screen environment 2.3 Customise screen icons and access to applications where applicable 2.4 Use the digital device, and save and edit output where applicable 2.5 Identify more advanced features available and use as required
3. Access and use basic connectivity devices	3.1 Connect to external digital devices, such as computer devices or storage devices, to retrieve, copy, move and save information 3.2 Check physical connectivity of computer devices or storage devices to ensure operation and performance 3.3 Connect to a printer either through a computer device or directly, and use printer settings and print data 3.4 Access audio-visual devices to view and play a multimedia file
4. Shut down digital device	4.1 Save current work and back up important data 4.2 Close open programs on the digital device and any computer device or storage device 4.3 Shut down digital devices, according to manufacturer instructions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 4.3	Reviews on-line and hard-copy text, and interprets and comprehends symbols, text, numbers and letters to determine and adhere to requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Plans a range of routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT104 Use digital devices	ICAICT104A Use digital devices	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT104 Use digital devices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

turn on a digital device

use the menu features and navigate a graphical user interface

use device features to perform tasks

save the results of work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must :

outline the capabilities and connectivity requirements of relevant:

audio-visual devices

peripheral devices

storage devices

list basic security functions

explain basic software operation and associated applications

explain digital device functions

explain digital device settings.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry and include access to:

digital devices

computer

storage devices

printer

device-specific application currently used in industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use spreadsheet applications, including creating spreadsheets, formatting data, incorporating charts and objects, and printing spreadsheets.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace using a fundamental knowledge of spreadsheets under direct supervision or with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create spreadsheets	1.1 Open the spreadsheet application, create spreadsheet files and enter numbers, text and symbols into cells according to information requirements 1.2 Enter simple formulas and functions using cell referencing when required 1.3 Correct formulas when error messages occur 1.4 Use a range of common tools during spreadsheet development 1.5 Edit columns and rows within the spreadsheet 1.6 Use the auto-fill function to increment data where required 1.7 Save the spreadsheet to a folder on a storage device
2. Customise basic settings	2.1 Adjust page layout to meet user requirements or special needs 2.2 Open and view different toolbars 2.3 Change font settings so they are appropriate for the document purpose 2.4 Change alignment options and line spacing according to spreadsheet formatting features 2.5 Format cell to display different styles as required 2.6 Modify margin sizes to suit the purpose of the spreadsheets 2.7 View multiple spreadsheets concurrently
3. Format spreadsheet	3.1 Use formatting features as required 3.2 Copy selected formatting features from another cell in the spreadsheet or from another active spreadsheet 3.3 Use formatting tools as required within the spreadsheet 3.4 Align information in a selected cell as required 3.5 Insert headers and footers using formatting features 3.6 Save spreadsheet as another file type 3.7 Save to storage device and close spreadsheet
4. Incorporate object and chart in spreadsheet	4.1 Import an object into an active spreadsheet 4.2 Manipulate imported object by using formatting features 4.3 Create a chart using selected data in the spreadsheet 4.4 Display selected data in a different chart 4.5 Modify chart using formatting features
5. Print spreadsheet	5.1 Preview spreadsheet in print preview mode 5.2 Select basic printer options 5.3 Print spreadsheet or selected part of spreadsheet 5.4 Submit the spreadsheet to appropriate person for approval or feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1	Interprets and comprehends symbolic, textual and numerical information and data Identifies data specifically needed for the spreadsheet from information received
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 3.5, 4.5	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format suitable for spreadsheet analysis Selects vocabulary, terminology and naming conventions suitable for the spreadsheet
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 5.4	Uses simple and relevant language with listening and questioning skills to confirm user requirements and elicit feedback
Numeracy	1.2, 4.3, 4.4	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting the correct formulas and functions to use Applies the order of operations in calculations Identifies and comprehends the specific numeric data needed to create charts
Interact with others	5.4	Begins to use some routine forms of written communication relevant to immediate work role, with a limited awareness of requirements and expectations
Get the work done	1.1-1.7, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.7, 4.1-4.5, 5.1-5.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications	ICAICT105A Operate spreadsheet applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT105 Operate spreadsheet applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create spreadsheets

customise basic settings

format spreadsheets

create basic formulas

insert objects and charts in spreadsheets

save and print spreadsheets.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list basic technical terminology related to reading help files and prompts

explain the effect of formatting and appearance on the readability and usability of spreadsheets

outline log-in procedures relating to accessing a personal computer (PC)

describe the purpose, use and function of spreadsheet applications.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

spreadsheet software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for creating spreadsheets.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic tasks using a presentation application package, and includes creating, formatting and adding effects to presentations.

It applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments who need to be able to present a set range of data in a simple and direct format.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create presentations	1.1 Open presentation package and create a simple design for a presentation according to organisational requirements 1.2 Open blank presentation and add text and graphics 1.3 Apply existing styles within a presentation 1.4 Use presentation template and slides to create a presentation 1.5 Use various tools to improve the look of the presentation 1.6 Save presentation to the appropriate storage device and folder
2. Customise basic settings	2.1 Adjust display to meet user requirements 2.2 Open and view different toolbars to view options 2.3 Ensure font settings are appropriate for the presentation purpose 2.4 View multiple slides at once
3. Format presentations	3.1 Use and incorporate organisational charts and bulleted lists, and modify as required 3.2 Add objects and manipulate to meet presentation purposes 3.3 Import objects and modify for presentation purposes 3.4 Modify slide layout, including text and colours, to meet presentation requirements 3.5 Use formatting tools as required within the presentation 3.6 Duplicate slides within and across a presentation 3.7 Reorder sequence of slides and delete slides for presentation purposes 3.8 Save presentation in another format 3.9 Save to storage device and close presentation
4. Add slide show effects	4.1 Incorporate pre-set animation and multimedia effects into presentation as required to enhance the presentation 4.2 Add slide transition effects to presentation to ensure smooth progression through the presentation 4.3 Test presentation for overall effect 4.4 Use onscreen navigation tools to start and stop slide show or move between different slides as required
5. Print presentation and notes	5.1 Select appropriate print format for presentation 5.2 Select preferred slide orientation 5.3 Add notes and slide numbers 5.4 Preview slides and run spell check before presentation 5.5 Print selected slides and submit presentation to appropriate person for feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1,5, 2.1, 4.3, 5.4	Reviews on-line and hardcopy text, and identifies relevant organisational and job requirements Interprets and comprehends symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary for operating computer hardware and software
Writing	1.2, 5.3	Uses appropriate terminology and plain English to enhance the presentation and add notes
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 5.5	Uses effective questioning and listening techniques, and simple and relevant terminology to clarify requirements and obtain feedback
Numeracy	3.7, 4.1	Counts, adds and subtracts whole numbers and fractions for sequencing and timing purposes
Interact with others	5.5	Begins to use routine forms of written communication relevant to immediate work role with a limited awareness of requirements and expectations
Get the work done	1.1-1.6, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.9. 4.1-4.4, 5.1, 5.4, 5.5	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Takes responsibility for routine, low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages	ICAICT106A Operate presentation packages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT106 Operate presentation packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create, format and prepare presentations for distribution and display

customise basic settings

add slide show effects.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list basic technical terminology to read help files and prompts

outline the different types of:

formal and informal presentations

audience

explain the effect of design and formatting on the readability and usability of presentations

outline presentation pitfalls

identify suitable presentation effects for different audiences.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

presentation software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use the features and components of a range of personal productivity tools.

It applies to individuals who perform routine tasks in the workplace and use a range of current technology based personal productivity tools, under direct supervision or with limited responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use calendar features	1.1 Navigate within the calendar of the personal productivity tool and schedule events and appointments 1.2 Set a reminder and customise the reminder 1.3 Customise the calendar views, menus and toolbars, and work within different views 1.4 Delete events and appointments 1.5 Customise the calendar's print options and print the calendar according to format requirements
2. Use contact management	2.1 Create, edit and delete contacts as required, recording information in the appropriate fields 2.2 Use contact information for email purposes according to organisational policies related to privacy 2.3 Group contacts into categories that are consistent and meaningful
3. Use additional features	3.1 Link activities and contacts when required 3.2 Use expense sheets, search facilities, notes and email when appropriate 3.3 Integrate the above features with other applications or the calendar and contacts list

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2	Interprets and comprehends a large range of signs, symbols, pictures, text, numbers and letters necessary to operate a range of personal productivity tools Interprets instructions containing basic words and sentence structures
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Enters written information using simple sentence structure, correct terminology, and writing conventions suitable for personal productivity tools
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 3.2	Counts, adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and fractions and decimals to schedule appointments and use expense sheets
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools	ICAICT107A Use personal productivity tools	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT107 Use personal productivity tools

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use the calendar of the personal productivity tool to schedule events and appointments

create, edit and delete contacts

use the additional features of a particular personal productivity tool and software.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline organisational policies regarding:

email list

internet connection and usage policy

web etiquette

calendar and scheduling tools.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry and include access to:

a personal productivity device

organising software currently used in industry

organisational policies on internet usage.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and securely use the internet to undertake basic interactive communication.

It applies to individuals who locate, organise, understand, evaluate and analyse information using digital technology in a range of different areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Operate hardware at a basic level	1.1 Identify hardware components required to connect to the Internet 1.2 Set up and check physical connectivity of devices 1.3 Use hardware components and comply with work health and safety (WHS) guidelines
2. Ensure safe and secure online access	2.1 Connect and access relevant internet sites 2.2 Provide an appropriate level of personal information to maintain privacy and security 2.3 Comply with copyright and intellectual property legislation 2.4 Ensure an understanding of socially responsible behaviour 2.5 Assess the legitimacy of online requests to make an informed decision 2.6 Interpret and respond to security notifications that display due to browser software security settings or internet use 2.7 Assess email status and determine email security 2.8 Provide appropriate information to manage digital footprint 2.9 Assess security of payments 2.10 Back up data as required through downloading to an external backup device
3. Research and analyse online information	3.1 Identify and use search engines to access relevant internet sites 3.2 Search and find relevant information or content 3.3 Refine search to increase relevance of information or content 3.4 Navigate a website to access the information or content required 3.5 Assess payment requirements to make sound financial decisions 3.6 Analyse the usefulness and accuracy of located information
4. Make transactions and participate online	4.1 Create, register, manage and secure an account 4.2 Observe appropriate user protocol online 4.3 Make secure transactions and identify methods of internet fraud 4.4 Identify and invite relevant friends, groups and pages to own website
5. Use applications and manipulate files	5.1 Use basic application skills 5.2 Incorporate attachments to documents 5.3 Back up files to external storage devices 5.4 Upload relevant components to a website 5.5 Download pictures and videos to an external device

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.3, 2.5-2.7, 3.1, 3.6, 4.1	Recognises and comprehends a large range of signs, symbols, pictures, jargon, text, numbers and letters necessary to operate web browsers, operating systems, search engines and application packages, and to evaluate web page content
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.8, 2.10, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4	Enters text and data using keystrokes and adhering to the software program requirements Structures and orders search queries using relevant search conventions, jargon, acronyms, symbols and wildcards to obtain optimum search results
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.3	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.5-2.10, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1-4.4, 5.1-5.5	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Takes responsibility for routine, low-impact decisions within familiar situations Implements basic security requirements related to own tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet	ICAICT108A Use digital literacy skills to access the Internet	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT108 Use digital literacy skills to access the internet

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

connect to and access the internet

send and receive emails

secure internet access and email communications

use search tools to locate information or content

research and select appropriate websites

undertake online interactions

make an informed assessment of the accuracy, currency, authority and reliability of the site and information located.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list types and basic components of hardware and storage devices

list different categories of domain names and explain how they indicate the integrity of the materials on the web site

identify and explain common automated messages found when accessing the web

outline types of online communication and participation, including transactional

outline basic research techniques

outline basic copyright legislation

explain digital footprint and basic security, safety and legal issues

list work health and safety (WHS) issues, including basic ergonomics of keyboard and computer use

identify device interfaces

Identify desk top icons

explain basic principles of web browser search engines

outline internet protocols

explain basic principles and features of web browsers and search engines.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

hardware with internet access

search engines currently used in industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, configure and use computer operating systems and basic computer hardware, including configuring the operating system to work with a variety of hardware peripherals and types of information and communications technology (ICT) equipment.

It applies to individuals who may work under supervision and provide support to others using a range of skills to identify and resolve issues.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify operating system and hardware components	1.1 Determine ICT organisational requirements and specifications 1.2 Identify and select the operating system 1.3 Identify appropriate external hardware components 1.4 Identify internal hardware components
2. Install and configure operating system and application software with hardware components	2.1 Install and configure the operating system to meet organisational requirements 2.2 Identify functions associated with the operating system and associated boot process 2.3 Configure power management settings to minimise power consumption, as an environmentally sustainable measure 2.4 Use both the graphical user interface and the command line interface to perform basic tasks 2.5 Install or upgrade application software onto the operating system and hardware configuration 2.6 Determine the relationship between an application program, the operating system and hardware 2.7 Identify general differences between different computer platforms and their respective operating systems
3. Optimise operating system and hardware components	3.1 Optimise operating system, using included tools or third-party utilities 3.2 Customise the graphical user interface 3.3 Use techniques unique to the command line interface 3.4 Set up and configure external hardware components and check functionality 3.5 Install drivers as appropriate and check functionality

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.5	Identifies and reviews both on-line and hard-copy text containing simple sentences with terminology relevant to the ICT industry Interprets and comprehends diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to install and configure operating systems, software and hardware
Writing	2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3	Uses systems related syntax, text and numbers to input commands Uses correct terminology, text, letters and numbers to respond to computer generated prompts
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.5	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT201 Use computer operations systems and hardware	ICAICT201A Use computer operations systems and hardware	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT201 Use computer operating systems and hardware

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use an operating system in a variety of scenarios and across functions, including:

scheduling, loading, initiating, and supervising the execution of programs

allocating storage

initiating and controlling input and output operations

handling errors

identify and install suitable hardware components

install and upgrade application software.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the basic specifications of current industry accepted operating systems, hardware and applications software products

explain the compatibility of an operating system, in respect to other versions

explain the function of single-user and multi-user operating systems

explain interoperability between operating systems

outline work health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities, including ergonomic principles to avoid injury associated with using computer systems.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

hardware components

work health and safety (WHS) standards and organisational policy and procedures

an operating system currently used in industry

software configuration guides

documents detailing operating system control panel and configuration data.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work and communicate effectively within organisational policies and governance arrangements, using information and communications technology (ICT) systems, equipment and software.

It applies to individuals who may work under supervision with responsibility to support others within a small office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to communicate and work effectively within an ICT organisation	1.1 Gather input from sources of information to develop, refine and document ICT roles and services in an organisation 1.2 Develop clear knowledge of enterprise policies, procedures and organisational requirements, including principles of equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination 1.3 Identify ICT policy and procedures, and determine whether they are applied in practice 1.4 Determine key players within the organisation and their role and importance
2. Use positive and varied communication strategies with ICT clients	2.1 Receive requests and enquiries regarding use of ICT equipment, operating systems and software from clients and colleagues in a polite and appropriate manner 2.2 Respond appropriately to client and colleague requirements, and identify options 2.3 Present written information and ideas in clear and concise language to ensure the intended meaning is understood 2.4 Record information or messages and refer client requests to the appropriate person according to organisational procedures 2.5 Inform client of the progress of their request or enquiry and advise them of the organisational process for answering their request or enquiry 2.6 Escalate inquiries that cannot be satisfied immediately 2.7 Supply follow-up information to client as required in a timely manner 2.8 Accommodate cultural differences in the workplace

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1	Reviews and evaluates a range of textual information to identify relevant information relating to the job role, enquiry and organisation
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.2-2.4	Uses correct terminology, naming conventions and clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations Records key information in a sequential manner, using correct spelling and grammar in a format appropriate to audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.5-2.8	Uses effective questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information about job roles and clarify client queries Contributes to an effective working environment by communicating with others in a timely and courteous manner and using clear, easy-to-understand and non-discriminatory language and behaviour
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Interact with others	2.7, 2.8	Seeks to cooperate with others to achieve results in immediate work context Selects from small range of communication modes, forms and channels to meet a specific purpose within the immediate work context
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Uses digital technology for basic reading, recording and searching information, and for communications following routine procedures and security requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment	ICAICT202A Work and communicate effectively in an IT environment	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT202 Work and communicate effectively in an ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

gather information about the organisation and incorporate in communications

process internal and external requests according to organisational policies and requirements

respond promptly to client enquiries and requests from colleagues.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe current industry accepted hardware and software including:

features and capabilities

product directions

outline the operational environment, including the:

customer base

company products

services

outline the organisational policies and procedures that cover:

code of conduct

mission statement

routine work processes

systems, management structure and governance arrangements

outline the principles of equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination

explain the role and positioning of information and communications technology (ICT) within the overall business objectives of the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a workstation

a range of ICT equipment, operating systems, software and technical information

organisational policies, procedures and governance documents.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT203 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and operate three commercial software packages, including a word-processing and a spreadsheet application package.

It applies to individuals who utilise different software applications within a small to large office environment to produce diverse documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use appropriate workplace health and safety (WHS) office work practices	1.1 Use safe work practices to ensure ergonomic, work organisation, energy and resource conservation requirements are addressed 1.2 Use wrist rests and document holders where appropriate 1.3 Use monitor anti-glare and radiation reduction screens where appropriate
2. Use appropriate word-processing software	2.1 Select word-processing software appropriate to perform activity 2.2 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 2.3 Identify organisational requirements for text-based business documents, and design document structure and layout to ensure consistency of style and image 2.4 Match document requirements with software functions to provide efficient production of documents 2.5 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise documents 2.6 Ensure the naming and storing of documents in appropriate directories or folders and the printing of documents to the required specifications
3. Use appropriate spreadsheet software	3.1 Select spreadsheet software appropriate to perform activity 3.2 Identify document purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 3.3 Enter simple formulas and functions using cell referencing where required 3.4 Customise spreadsheet settings to meet requirements 3.5 Ensure the naming and storing of documents in appropriate directories or folders and the printing of documents to the required specifications
4. Use a third application software package	4.1 Select software application package appropriate to perform activity 4.2 Identify purpose, audience and presentation requirements, and clarify with personnel as required 4.3 Use technical functions, other data and formatting to finalise documents 4.4 Ensure documents are named and stored in appropriate directories or folders and printed to required specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.4, 4.2, 4.3	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine organisational standards and job requirements Interprets and comprehends symbols, icons and text associated with applications software
Writing	2.3-2.6, 3.3- 3.5, 4.3, 4.4	Enters both written and verbally received information and data into a format suitable for the software application Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions suitable for the program
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 4.2	Uses simple, relevant language, effective questioning, and active listening techniques to clarify work requirements
Numeracy	3.2-3.4	Adds, subtracts, multiplies and divides whole numbers and decimals, identifying and selecting the correct formulas and functions to use Applies the order of operations in calculations
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.4	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks, adapting some functions to improve personal efficiency Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT203 Operate application software packages	ICAICT203A Operate application software packages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT203 Operate application software packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce workplace documents using a minimum of three different software application packages

open, amend and save files and documents according to organisational requirements

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

use help manuals and online help.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify application software packages used by the organisation and list the purpose of each

explain basic technical terminology related to reading help files and responding to system help prompts

outline current business practices related to using software to prepare reports

list features and functions of commercial computing packages

describe import and export software functions

describe the process of linking documents

outline WHS principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

explain the purpose of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for developing software application documents.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and use a digital media package and supporting technologies to produce a variety of media rich documents.

It applies to individuals who may work under supervision within a small to large office environment and have responsibility for completion of designated tasks, using a range of practical skills and basic technical knowledge.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use appropriate workplace health and safety (WHS) office work practices	1.1 Use safe work practices to ensure ergonomic, work organisation, energy and resource conservation requirements are addressed 1.2 Use wrist rests and document holders where appropriate 1.3 Use monitor anti-glare and radiation reduction screens where appropriate
2. Identify and select appropriate digital media package	2.1 Identify the basic requirements of a design brief, including user environment 2.2 Research and review suitable available digital media packages 2.3 Select an appropriate digital media package to meet design brief requirements
3. Use digital media package	3.1 Procure or create suitable data to meet requirements of the brief 3.2 Manipulate data using digital media package tools 3.3 Ensure naming and storing of documents in appropriate file format in directories or folders
4. Review digital media design	4.1 Evaluate design for creative, dramatic and technical quality, file size, and suitability to meet the brief 4.2 Test and run any incorporated graphics, video or sound as part of a digital media presentation and present designs in the appropriate format 4.3 Review final product against design brief

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 4.3	Recognises and interprets textual and diagrammatic information to select appropriate digital media packages Interprets systems related icons, text and diagrams
Writing	3.1-3.3	Enters written and verbally received information and data into a format suitable for the digital media package Selects vocabulary, syntax, terminology, labelling and naming conventions to meet program and design requirements
Numeracy	3.1, 3.2	Adds and subtracts whole numbers, fractions and decimals to calculate time, audio output, graphic dimensions and file size
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1- 2.3, 3.1-3.3, 4.2	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks, adapting some functions to improve personal efficiency Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package	ICAICT204A Operate a digital media technology package	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT204 Operate a digital media technology package

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret basic requirements of a design brief

use digital media package to meet organisational requirements

apply workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

use help manuals and online help when appropriate

use digital media technologies to support design brief requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the basic principles of visual design

outline the functions and features of digital media packages and technologies

identify graphic design and stylistic language conventions

outline WHS principles and responsibilities for ergonomics, such as work periods and breaks

outline the principles of digital imaging and file formats, video and sound file formats, file management and transfer systems

identify vendor product directions in digital media hardware and software

explain how to visualise and interpret creative information, scripts (text) and images.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for developing software application documents.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, create and produce basic organisational documents using application software within organisational guidelines, procedures and policies.

It applies to individuals who need to use foundation information and communications technology (ICT) skills in a wide range of varying industry occupations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Design documents to meet organisational needs	1.1 Determine basic design guidelines and requirements 1.2 Select appropriate application software 1.3 Use application software to design and configure document templates for use in a business environment
2. Use application software to develop documents	2.1 Use application software as per specifications to develop documents 2.2 Access, retrieve, manipulate and save document files 2.3 Amend designs according to organisational requirements 2.4 Store documents for wider access and editing as required
3. Evaluate and incorporate feedback	3.1 Obtain document sign-off from appropriate person 3.2 Incorporate feedback and update document

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.2	Recognises and interprets text to determine organisational guidelines and requirements, and application software specifications
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 3.2	Uses appropriate and clear language and organisational protocols for labels and filenames when designing templates and developing documents
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Uses simple, relevant language, effective questioning, and active listening techniques to clarify work requirements and obtain feedback
Numeracy	1.3, 2.1, 2.3	Takes measurements and performs calculations for document layout
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.2	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks, adapting some functions to improve personal efficiency Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages	ICAICT205A Design basic organisational documents using computing packages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT205 Design basic organisational documents using computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce a workplace document using a range of features

develop several workplace documents with minimal instruction on their design from end user or supervisor.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify features of application packages

explain current business practices related to preparing organisational documents

recognise industry standard input and output devices

identify organisational documentation and style guides

identify organisational storage and retrieval procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

organisational requirements and a template for the documents

a personal computer (PC), scanner and laser printer

word-processing facilities

presentation software applications.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT206 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, install or upgrade basic commercial software applications.

It applies to individuals who require basic information and communications technology (ICT) skills to undertake related tasks under supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine software or software upgrade requirements	1.1 Document client requirements and report to appropriate person 1.2 Act on instructions to meet client requirements, according to organisational requirements
2. Obtain software or software upgrade	2.1 Investigate and select a software application program that best conforms to requirements and organisational policies 2.2 Obtain application program under instruction from appropriate person 2.3 Determine licensing requirements and record, according to organisational guidelines 2.4 Ensure target computer conforms to the minimum hardware and operating system requirements of the application program
3. Install or upgrade software	3.1 Install new or upgraded software application program according to appropriate person or organisational instructions 3.2 Complete the installation process efficiently and effectively to minimise disruption 3.3 Carry out testing and acceptance, according to organisational guidelines, paying particular attention to possible effect on other systems 3.4 Ensure client requirements are satisfied 3.5 Refer outstanding client issues to appropriate person as necessary

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.3	Uses available literature to appropriately address requirements Interprets and responds to complex text to ascertain and confirm requirements
Writing	1.1, 2.3	Records key information relevant to requirements, using basic punctuation, text and correct spelling
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding of requirements Uses clear and specific language to convey requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to organisational requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT206 Install software applications	ICAICT206A Install software applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT206 Install software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install software applications through operating system instructions

configure computer to accept new software or upgrade

carry out testing and acceptance according to organisational guidelines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a typical client business domain

identify typical hardware storage devices

identify typical input and output devices

describe key licensing arrangements and responsibilities to ensure they are adhered to

identify operating systems supported by the organisation

describe the organisational guidelines for purchasing

identify the installation requirements for key software application packages

describe typical software copyright responsibilities.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) where software installation may be performed

application software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational testing and acceptance policy and procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manipulate, convert and integrate data between two or more different commercial software applications.

It applies to individuals who require foundation skills and knowledge to use information and communications technology (ICT) in any ICT business or office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine work requirements	1.1 Identify the task requirement 1.2 Select appropriate software and file formats to perform required work 1.3 Obtain organisational documentation, such as procedures, manuals and guides, and use when appropriate
2. Integrate data across different software application packages	2.1 Create a mailing list using a database, spreadsheet or address book, and merge mailing list with another document 2.2 Use software application package conversion tool to convert data from one format to another to enable additional work on the converted data 2.3 Save data to a new file format 2.4 Import objects from another software application package and modify as required to produce a required outcome 2.5 Export data to another software application package to produce a required outcome 2.6 Create a link between one software application package and another, and use this to update information to a document
3. Save and retrieve data with the aid of help functions	3.1 Save data to disk 3.2 Convert data to a new file format 3.3 Re-access data and check information 3.4 Access user help documentation or other resources for basic difficulties with software application package

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 3.4	Recognises and interprets text with ICT specific terminology to determine task requirements, organisational guidelines and use application software
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.4	Uses effective listening and questioning techniques to elicit information about task requirements to resolve basic difficulties
Navigate the world of work	1.3	Generally follows the explicit protocols immediately related to role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1- 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 3.4	With assistance, determines priorities and sequences the steps involved in clearly defined, familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles the resources required Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to role in the immediate work context Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages	ICAICT207A Integrate commercial computing packages	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT207 Integrate commercial computing packages

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select appropriate software and file formats

create mailing list and merge with another document

manipulate and integrate data between commercial application software following organisational procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline current business practices related to preparing reports

identify features and functions of commercial computing packages

identify import and export software functions

outline processes for linking documents

outline workplace health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities for ergonomics

identify software packages used by the organisation

outline strategies for integrating commercial computing packages

outline the use of input and output devices.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer (PC) and printer

software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for use with multiple computing packages.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate common accounting software packages in order to maintain enterprise financial records.

It applies to individuals working with little supervision who use information and communications technology (ICT) skills and knowledge to support the financial area within a small to large office environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Customise software	1.1 Select accounting software to meet business requirements 1.2 Load, register and configure accounting software according to operating instructions
2. Create enterprise data	2.1 Establish chart of accounts according to business and legislative requirements 2.2 Create and add data on customers and sales 2.3 Create and add data on suppliers and purchases 2.4 Create and add payroll details 2.5 Create and add inventory details 2.6 Add required or suitable tax codes
3. Record and track transactions	3.1 Generate invoices and track their progress 3.2 Record customer payments and update customer details 3.3 Record and track purchases 3.4 Record payment of wages, allowances, taxation and superannuation 3.5 Update business data as required
4. Save and back up data	4.1 Save accounting data to disk 4.2 Make a regular backup of accounting data and store in a safe location
5. Generate reports	5.1 Reconcile accounts 5.2 Generate and print financial reports based on accounting data 5.3 Check financial reports for errors and discrepancies 5.4 Discuss errors with appropriate person and rectify as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 5.3, 5.4	Identifies and interprets textual and numerical financial information necessary to maintain organisational accounting records Interprets textual information from relevant sources to identify the most appropriate software to use, and business and legislative requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 5.4	Uses plain English, effective listening and questioning techniques and, where necessary, finance specific terminology to elicit information and discuss issues
Numeracy	2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.5, 5.1-5.4	Interprets numerical information containing whole numbers, decimals and percentages, and applies a range of mathematical calculations to ensure organisational financial requirements are met
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2- 2.6, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.4	Plans a range of routine and some non-routine tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently Understands the purpose, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications	ICAICT208A Operate accounting applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT208 Operate accounting applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

load and configure accounting software

create and maintain enterprise financial records as per business and legislative requirements

record and track transactions

back up data

reconcile accounts and generate reports.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss basic accounting concepts, including:

assets

cost of sales

creditors

debtors

equity

expenses

income

liabilities

identify basic accounting devices, including:

accounts

chequebook register

general ledger

invoices

purchases

sales journals

transaction journals

outline current legislative requirements relating to enterprise requirements, including:

goods and services tax

income tax rates

pay as you go

superannuation

discuss the features and functions of common accounting reports, including:

balance sheet

business activity statements

chart of accounts

profit and loss

outline the features and functions of common accounting software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a printer and personal computer (PC) with appropriate specifications to run the software

industry standard commercial accounting applications

documents detailing business requirements

legislative requirements if required.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide routine information and communications technology (ICT) support to clients in a professional manner.

It applies to individuals who, while working under a level of supervision, have responsibility in a frontline technical support capacity to exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate knowledge to provide assistance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Deliver support to ICT clients	1.1 Provide support for ICT clients in a courteous and professional manner according to organisational policy 1.2 Establish and confirm nature of client’s ICT concerns using active listening and questioning 1.3 Maintain client contact and provide progress information until the problem is resolved
2. Respond to ICT client complaints	2.1 Respond to ICT client’s concerns and issues, demonstrating a positive, sensitive and helpful attitude 2.2 Escalate and refer client concerns to support person if required, explaining the nature of issues involved 2.3 Resolve ICT client complaint using recommendations from the support person 2.4 Document and record ICT client concerns and solutions, according to organisational guidelines
3. Evaluate received ICT client complaints	3.1 Analyse recent ICT register 3.2 Propose proactive training to appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	3.1	Evaluates textual information containing ICT specific terminology to establish proactive training needs
Writing	2.4	Completes documentation necessary for work tasks and reporting requirements by using clear, concise and accurate grammar and language, and relevant ICT terminology
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3,2.1-2.3, 3.2	Uses effective questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information and clarify client queries, concerns and complaints Contributes to an effective working environment by communicating in a courteous manner and using clear, easy-to-understand and non-discriminatory language and behaviour
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Generally follows the explicit protocols immediately related to own role
Get the work done	1.3, 2.3, 3.1	Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to role in the immediate work context Uses the main features and functions of common digital tools in everyday work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalent status
ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients	ICAICT209A Interact with ICT clients	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT209 Interact with ICT clients

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

provide routine information and communications technology (ICT) client support in a professional manner

refer client concerns to support person if required, according to escalation procedures

resolve client complaints

document and record client concerns and solutions according to organisational guidelines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list current industry accepted hardware and software products, and describe their general features and capabilities

describe the ICT client business domain and business critical functions

discuss the organisational systems and working environment

outline organisational policies for external and internal client contact.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a personal computer

relevant organisational guidelines

relevant documentation

a site where routine ICT client support may be demonstrated.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT210 Operate database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate database applications and create and develop simple relational databases using pre-existing data.

It applies to individuals who provide administrative support working under direct supervision or with limited responsibility within a wide range of industry occupations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create database	1.1 Open a database application and design a two-table, simple relational database incorporating basic design principles 1.2 Develop a table with fields and attributes according to database usage, as well as user requirements 1.3 Create a primary key and establish an index for each table 1.4 Modify table layout and field attributes as required 1.5 Create a relationship between the two tables 1.6 Add and modify data in a table according to information requirements 1.7 Add and delete records as required 1.8 Save and close down database to storage area
2. Customise basic settings	2.1 Adjust page layout to meet user requirements 2.2 Open and view different toolbars 2.3 Format font as appropriate for the purpose of the database entries
3. Create reports	3.1 Design reports to present data in a logical sequence 3.2 Modify reports to include or exclude additional requirements 3.3 Distribute reports to appropriate person in a suitable format
4. Create forms	4.1 Use a wizard to create a simple form 4.2 Open existing database and modify records through a simple form 4.3 Rearrange objects within the form to accommodate information requirements
5. Retrieve information	5.1 Access existing database and locate required records 5.2 Create simple query and retrieve required information 5.3 Develop query with multiple criteria and retrieve required information 5.4 Select data and display appropriately

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 5.1	Identifies and analyses a wide range of hard copy and on-line forms, reports and other end-user documentation to identify end-user needs and data
Writing	1.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Uses database related terminology and protocols when designing tables, queries, reports and forms Uses clear plain English appropriate for end-users when labelling fields within reports and forms
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.3	Uses simple, relevant language, effective questioning, and active listening techniques to clarify user requirements, confirm understanding and when liaising with the appropriate person
Numeracy	5.3	Identifies and comprehends the specific numeric data needed, and uses logical functions, mathematical symbols and applies the order of operations in calculations when developing queries
Interact with others	3.3	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.8, 2.1-2.3, 3.1,3.2, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.4	Plans a range of routine tasks and aims to achieve them efficiently Takes responsibility for routine, low-impact decisions within familiar situations Begins to identify and implement standard solutions for a number of routine problems Understands the purpose and specific functions of common digital tools used in work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT210 Operate database applications	ICAICT210A Operate database applications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT210 Operate database applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

design and develop a simple database using a standard database package

add data

create and use a query with multiple criteria

create and modify reports and forms.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline basic database design principles

discuss the purposes of forms, reports and queries for retrieving and displaying information

outline the reasons for relationships between tables (cardinality)

describe the purpose, use and function of database software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry and include access to:

a PC and printer

database software currently used in industry

documents detailing organisational style guide and policy

documents or information containing data suitable for creating a database.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to engage in basic ongoing review and research of industry specific technologies in order to identify and apply these technologies or techniques to improve aspects of an organisation's activities.

It applies to individuals who work under minimal supervision and are responsible for ensuring that the quality of the business process is maintained at the highest level possible, through the appropriate application of industry specific technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use basic industry specific technologies	1.1 Identify technologies specific to an industry sector 1.2 Acquire and use the industry specific technologies 1.3 Identify, classify and use industry specific technologies for the benefit of the organisation
2. Use basic industry specific technologies to assist in solving organisational problems	2.1 Conduct testing of industry specific technologies 2.2 Use features and functions of industry specific technologies within an organisational context 2.3 Demonstrate depth of knowledge of enabling technologies to an accepted industry standard 2.4 Access and use sources of information relating to the industry specific technologies
3. Evaluate performance of basic industry specific technology	3.1 Evaluate industry specific technologies for performance, usability and benefit to the organisation 3.2 Determine environmental considerations involved when using the technology 3.3 Seek feedback from users where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 2.4	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify industry specific technologies that will benefit the organisation, and to determine environmental considerations
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Elicits information and feedback by using effective listening and questioning techniques to identify and evaluate industry specific technologies Uses clear, easy-to-understand language, and translates industry specific terminology into plain English where necessary
Navigate the world of work	2.3, 3.2	Recognises organisational expectations and follows explicit protocols and procedures
Get the work done	1.1-.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1	Determines priorities and sequences the steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles the resources required Demonstrates the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	ICAICT211A Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT211 Identify and use basic current industry specific technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify basic new and emerging industry specific technologies and techniques

use basic features and functions of identified industry specific technologies to an industry standard.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline current technology trends and directions in information and communications technology (ICT), and specifically of the major industry technology standards used in the specified area

outline vendor product directions

describe current industry hardware and software products, with broad knowledge of general features and capabilities, and their application

outline information gathering techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a site where industry specific technologies may be used

industry specific technologies currently used in industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines and organisational requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and use current information and communications technology (ICT) within Indigenous communities and to research and discuss alternative ICT solutions that meet the specific needs of Indigenous learners.

It applies to individuals who work with Indigenous people and communities under a level of supervision and use a range of specialised technical knowledge and knowledge of Indigenous learning styles and systems to provide advice.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Note: delivery and assessment against this unit of competency must comply with Indigenous community protocols and guidelines, and be supported by Elders or custodians of Country.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the use of ICT systems in the Indigenous community	1.1 Identify local community organisations, including Indigenous community organisations and other relevant Indigenous and related agencies, that use ICT 1.2 Determine specific Indigenous learning styles, knowledge systems and relevant legislation that impact on the use of ICT in an Indigenous community 1.3 Identify the most common communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions used in the local community 1.4 Identify the use of ICT in local community organisations, including Indigenous community organisations and other relevant bodies
2. Identify and use specific ICT resources relevant to Indigenous people	2.1 Identify a range of methods of accessing Indigenous and non-Indigenous electronic resources for research and learning 2.2 Identify and access relevant Indigenous and ICT websites and other online resources 2.3 Following community consultation, discuss and compare the relevance of a range of Indigenous websites to Indigenous communities
3. Identify appropriate ICT resources to meet the needs of Indigenous people and communities	3.1 Use the most common local communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions 3.2 Research and identify possible alternative communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions 3.3 Discuss most appropriate ICT resources with local Indigenous community, to meet Indigenous individual and community needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Recognises and interprets both hard copy and on-line texts from both Indigenous and non-Indigenous sources to obtain information about the use of ICT in Indigenous communities
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Uses effective questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information Uses specific language and applies appropriate communication skills to ensure satisfactory interactions with Indigenous community members Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions and uses detailed and clear language to clarify and present information
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1	Begins to identify and assemble resources required to undertake the role Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalent status
ICTICT212A Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment	ICAICT212A Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into IT environment	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to title and clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT212 Incorporate Indigenous needs and perspectives into ICT environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify common communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions used in the local Indigenous community

identify specific Indigenous customs and practices that impact on the use of information and communications technology (ICT) within the community

use current communication technologies, software applications and hardware solutions

consult with relevant Indigenous community members and develop alternative ICT solutions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

provide a summary of operating system, hardware and software products

discuss ergonomic principles to avoid back, wrist and eye strain

discuss work health and safety (WHS) principles and responsibilities relating to ICT specific to Indigenous community customs and practices

identify important indigenous cultural communications attributes.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a PC

relevant hardware components

WHS standards and organisational policies and procedures

relevant software applications

common communication technologies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit defines the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and optimise operating system (OS) software to meet business and client needs.

It applies to individuals who may work under supervision and support others using well developed skills in creating solutions through analysis and evaluation of information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine function of operating system	1.1 Identify and demonstrate understanding of the purposes of operating system 1.2 Distinguish between batch system, real-time system and multi-tasking system 1.3 Compare and contrast different operating systems and their features 1.4 Identify and demonstrate knowledge of the basic functions of operating system, including file system, memory management, process scheduling 1.5 Identify and demonstrate management of virtual memory
2. Obtain operating system	2.1 Contact operating system vendors to obtain technical specifications and system requirements 2.2 Identify process and steps required to install and configure the operating system using installation components 2.3 Document adjustment recommendations and provide to appropriate person 2.4 Determine and apply knowledge of licensing, hardware and security requirements
3. Install, configure and optimise operating system	3.1 Install, configure and test operating system using installation components and boot-utility options 3.2 Use the relevant operating system user interface to correctly configure the installation 3.3 Optimise the system to meet organisational requirements 3.4 Document the system according to organisational requirements 3.5 Install the operating system with minimal disruption to client or users
4. Provide instruction to meet new software requirements	4.1 Provide one-to-one instruction about changes to the client or users as required 4.2 Obtain client evaluation about new system to ensure requirements are met, using appropriate feedback mechanism

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of on-line and hard-copy text containing complex, OS specific terminology, and applies the information to the selection, installation, configuration and optimisation of operating systems Interprets and comprehends a large range of syntax, diagrams, icons, symbols, text, numbers and letters necessary to install and configure operating systems
Writing	2.3, 3.4	Uses the correct spelling and grammar, clear plain English and systems related text to document recommendations and processes, and develop feedback tools
Oral Communication	2.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Elicits and evaluates information using OS related terminology and effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements, and seeks clarification when required
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 3.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency and considering how to link with the work of others Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	ICAICT302 Install and optimise operating system software	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT302 Install and optimise operating system software

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

install, configure and test an operating system to improve system performance with minimum disruption to clients.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

compare current industry accepted hardware and software products

outline functions and features of operating systems used by the organisation

explain the installation and configuration of systems software

explain the architecture of current technical systems

outline the deployment of current organisational systems

list organisational requirements for operating system (OS) software

explain prerequisites for system software installation

outline set-up and configuration procedures

list software packages supported by the organisation

describe system’s current functionality

list system’s diagnostic software

outline vendor specifications and requirements for installation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer where installation may be performed

OS software and technical documentation

organisational documentation.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to acquire, install, configure and evaluate system hardware components according to client and user requirements.

It applies to individuals who work with a degree of self-sufficiency and provide support in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) work areas and activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify, categorise and distinguish between the different types of internal hardware components	1.1 Identify and categorise the different internal hardware components 1.2 Define the purpose and characteristics of the different internal hardware component categories 1.3 Distinguish between different types of devices within each internal hardware component category
2. Determine components required	2.1 Identify and clarify user internal hardware component requirements according to organisational guidelines 2.2 Organise and record user component requirements, pass on to appropriate person for evaluation and vendor selection
3. Obtain components	3.1 Contact vendors to obtain technical specifications for the proposed components 3.2 Assess options and provide recommendations to the appropriate person for final analysis 3.3 Obtain components to prepare for installation
4. Install components	4.1 Develop plans, with prioritised tasks and contingency arrangements, for the installation of selected components with minimum disruption to clients 4.2 Liaise with appropriate person to obtain approval for the plans 4.3 Install and configure components according to plan, installation procedures and organisational requirements 4.4 Test components for error-free performance, using available technology 4.5 Identify and resolve identified problems 4.6 Test and enhance system performance, using knowledge of the system, to meet organisational benchmarks 4.7 Document the installation and configuration process according to organisation guidelines
5. Evaluate modified system	5.1 Collect client or user feedback and analyse against client requirements 5.2 Correct identified shortcomings in the system and record actions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.2, 4.3, 5.1	Identifies, interprets and evaluates online and hard copy documentation containing complex ICT related terminology, acronyms and concepts
Writing	2.2, 3.2, 4.1, 4.7	Uses correct spelling, grammar and plain English together with the ICT specific terminology and diagrams to convey recommendations and requirements, and complete organisational documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1	Converts highly technical language and terminology into plain English to communicate ideas and plans, and gather feedback from clients Uses effective listening and questioning techniques and technical terminology to elicit information and make the correct component selection
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 4.3	Recognises and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4-4.6, 5.1, 5.2	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Recognises some general design and operating principles of digital tools and uses these to help when modifying systems and when troubleshooting Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components	ICAICT303A Connect internal hardware components	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT303 Connect internal hardware components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and categorise the different types of internal hardware components

modify system's hardware to meet client requirements

plan modification of and connect internal hardware components according to vendor and technical specifications

install components across a variety of situations and account for unexpected contingencies

evaluate the system on completion.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe areas of the operating system relevant to configuration and testing

compare current industry accepted hardware and software products

outline environmental considerations in e-waste disposal

outline organisational guidelines and organisational requirements with regard to safety, recycling and component installation

outline system's diagnostic software and current functionality

interpret vendor specifications and requirements for component installation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a personal computer and internal hardware components for installation

current industry standard performance testing software

documents detailing organisational guidelines and requirements

technical manuals and tools.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT304 Implement system software changes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement system software changes and to hand over the modified system to the client's operational area.

It applies to individuals working in support roles who are required to update operating systems on client computers with the latest technology fixes, working under minimum supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine system changes required	1.1 Determine and record required changes to system 1.2 Ensure documentary evidence exists to support changes and evaluate changes required 1.3 Complete documentation required according to maintenance methodologies 1.4 Clarify and confirm nature of the changes with the client 1.5 Obtain technical data from reliable sources and request other resources that may be required to complete the changes
2. Carry out system changes	2.1 Plan the procedure to effect intended changes 2.2 Consult with colleagues and users involved in the proposed changes and agree a mutually acceptable timeline and method of implementation 2.3 Copy initialisation or configuration files prior to implementation 2.4 Create a roll-back path in the event of failure 2.5 Ensure changes required in software are made according to project or organisational guidelines 2.6 Test and verify that the changes have been made according to implementation guides and organisational standards
3. Present changes to client	3.1 Demonstrate changes to the client and explain the impact of these changes 3.2 Work towards making these changes acceptable to the client if changes are rejected, or making further modifications if required 3.3 Update documentation and repositories according to standards and update modifications made to the change management system
4. Perform handover to client	4.1 Update documentation and client procedures to reflect changes made 4.2 Secure sign-off of acceptance documents by client 4.3 Facilitate handover of modified system to client's operational area

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.5	Identifies and interprets hard copy, online and computer generated text, numerical and diagrammatic information with systems software specific terminology Reviews a range of organisational documentation to identify relevant information relating to the requirements of both the job role and organisation
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 3.3, 4.1	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English and, when necessary, systems related text and terminology to complete documentation and update client procedures
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3	Uses effective listening and questioning techniques and systems related terminology to elicit information about the systems and determine the job requirements Converts highly technical language and terminology to plain English to communicate changes to, and gather feedback from, the client(s)
Navigate the world of work	2.5, 2.6, 3.3	Recognises and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1-2.4, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 4.3	Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Recognises some general design and operating principles of digital tools and uses these to help when modifying systems and when troubleshooting Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT304 Implement system software changes	ICAICT304A Implement system software changes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT304 Implement system software changes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

evaluate, document and implement changes to the system with minimum disruption to the system and client users

hand over the project to the client with instructions and updated documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and describe business scheduling requirements

identify change control procedures

describe client business domain

discuss current industry accepted hardware and software products

discuss emerging standards for data and voice communications

outline the system's current functionality

discuss the features of the system under modification

outline the organisational policy and procedures with regard to system changes

recognise vendor software services with regard to system changes.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a computer

system software currently used in industry

technical manuals and tools.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, acquire, evaluate and apply new technology to improve the organisation’s performance.

This unit applies to individuals who have achieved a degree of autonomy as information and communications technology (ICT) users and support staff engaged in ongoing review and research to identify and apply new technology or techniques to improve aspects of the organisation's activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use new technology	1.1 Review organisation’s goals and activities 1.2 Research new operational technologies that will advance the organisation’s goals and activities 1.3 Prepare evaluation checklist 1.4 Evaluate and select the most appropriate technologies 1.5 Acquire selected technology 1.6 Identify and use new or upgraded equipment where appropriate for the benefit of the organisation
2. Use technology to assist in solving organisational problems	2.1 Conduct testing of new or upgraded equipment 2.2 Use features and functions of new or upgraded equipment and software within the organisation 2.3 Access and use sources of information relating to new or upgraded equipment
3. Evaluate new or upgraded technology performance	3.1 Evaluate new or upgraded equipment for performance and usability against work health and safety (WHS) standards and evaluation criteria 3.2 Determine environmental considerations for new or upgraded equipment 3.3 Seek feedback from users, where appropriate 3.4 Document new technology in a method consistent with organisational guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.3	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and identify new technologies that will benefit the organisation
Reading	1.2, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1-3.3	Identifies and interprets technical online and hard copy documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify new technologies that will benefit the organisation, and to determine organisational, WHS and environmental considerations
Writing	1.3, 3.3, 3.4	Uses appropriate language and document structure to clarify evaluation criteria and enhance objectivity when developing checklists Uses correct grammar, sentence structure and, as much as possible, plain English in all documentation developed Uses appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when developing feedback gathering documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.3, 3.3	Elicits information and feedback by using effective listening and questioning techniques, and language appropriate to the audience and subject matter to identify and evaluate new technologies Uses clear, easy-to-understand language, translating technical terminology into plain English when talking to users
Navigate the world of work	3.1	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and is beginning to recognise some general legal principles across work contexts
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4-1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for efficiency Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools Tests and operates common digital tools and systems to effectively complete routine tasks Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology	ICAICT306A Migrate to new technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT306 Migrate to new technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify new and emerging technology in information and communications technology (ICT)

test and evaluate new equipment for the benefit of the organisation

use features and functions of new technologies, including software and equipment.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss current technology trends and directions in ICT including:

hardware

new developments

new protocols

services

software

describe the general features and capabilities of current industry hardware and software products

outline information gathering techniques

outline vendor product directions relating to specified technology.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a site where new technology may be used

new equipment and software currently used in industry

documents detailing work health and safely (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines and organisational requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine client business system requirements and verify the accuracy of the information gathered.

It applies to information and communications technology (ICT) personnel who are required to analyse client expectations and needs, and recommend business system changes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine context of business need or problem	1.1 Establish the business problem to be investigated, including determining system boundaries, scope and the development methodology to be used 1.2 Choose information gathering method and develop questions appropriate to business problem 1.3 Develop objectives and identify expected outcomes to be achieved 1.4 Document the business problem 1.5 Submit documentation to appropriate person for substantiation
2. Gather information	2.1 Use chosen information gathering method to identify clients of the system and problems they encounter 2.2 Record client responses 2.3 Analyse gathered information to identify new system requirements and establish problem specifications 2.4 Document system requirements and problems 2.5 Analyse physical requirements and identify changes required to implement new systems
3. Confirm system specifications	3.1 Check documentation to ensure it meets client business needs 3.2 Submit documentation to the client for verification of accuracy and approval 3.3 Make changes to the documentation as necessary and indicated by the client 3.4 Submit documentation to client for final approval or sign-off

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information from a variety of sources containing complex systems related terminology to determine system performance requirements and establish solutions
Writing	1.2-1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 3.3	Uses the correct spelling and grammar, plain English and, when necessary, systems related text and terminology to develop information gathering tools and document recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 2.5, 3.2, 3.4	Uses plain English, effective listening and questioning techniques and, where necessary, systems related terminology to elicit information Uses plain English and relevant terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements so work is undertaken methodically Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and some less predictable problems in familiar work contexts Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools to provide current advice on systems and data gathering products

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements	ICAICT401A Determine and confirm client business requirements	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT401 Determine and confirm client business requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use investigative techniques to obtain information and document the business system problem

produce a clear statement of business expectations and needs, including critical business requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe a variety of data gathering techniques

describe areas related to the client business in detail

interpret functional organisational charts

outline physical requirements of the client's business, taking into account current system functionality, geography, environment, client user and cost constraints

describe products related to data capture

discuss the role of stakeholders and the degree of stakeholder involvement.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

current business needs

a client expectations brief

business objectives

systems, data gathering and appropriate software products.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in the development of a detailed technical design.

It applies to individuals performing systems design tasks who are required to review and update technical design documents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist in selecting technical design features	1.1 Select and revise design model based on iteration and design changes 1.2 Incorporate outstanding design points according to acceptance criteria 1.3 Distribute reports identifying changes and implications to appropriate person for review
2. Contribute to design review	2.1 Compare design against requirements and fix as necessary 2.2 Confirm design with appropriate person 2.3 Use feedback mechanisms to gather information on design changes from client 2.4 Incorporate design changes where required
3. Contribute to development of program specifications	3.1 Implement modules by incremental development techniques 3.2 Identify user authority for each module 3.3 Prepare detailed specifications of module implementation for each module that will not be incrementally built 3.4 Prepare documentation according to requirements of the project

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 2.3	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of online and hard copy text containing complex systems design terminology, syntax and diagrams, and applies the information to the task
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English, systems design related terminology and diagrams to obtain feedback, document recommendations and prepare final project specifications
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3	Elicits and evaluates information using project related terminology and effective listening and questioning techniques Uses plain English and, where necessary, project related terminology to liaise with clients, present information and obtain feedback
Interact with Others	1.3, 2.2, 2.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co workers
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Uses familiar digital systems and tools to incorporate required changes to model Applies formal processes when developing strategic initiatives, and plans tasks with logically sequenced steps Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design	ICAICT405A Develop detailed technical design	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT405 Develop detailed technical design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

define the client business domain and client's critical business functions and processes

design and prepare a clear and best-fit technical design for a set project, incorporating:

changes to design model based on user requirements

detailed specification of modules

produce updated documentation to reflect changes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain various life cycle options

describe design fundamentals and refinement

discuss design quality metrics.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

requirements model

business requirements

project deliverables

acceptance criteria

current ICT blueprint.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create technical documentation that is clear to the target audience and easy to navigate.

It applies to individuals working as technical writers, designers, developers and support staff who are required to produce technical support documents of their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and analyse documentation requirements and client needs	1.1 Consult with client to identify documentation requirements 1.2 Interpret and evaluate documentation requirements and confirm details with client 1.3 Investigate industry and documentation standards for requirements 1.4 Define and document the scope of work to be produced 1.5 Consult with client to validate and confirm the scope of work
2. Design documentation	2.1 Identify information requirements with reference to layout and document structure 2.2 Create document templates and style guides consistent with information requirements 2.3 Conduct a review of the system in order to understand its functionality 2.4 Extract content that meets information requirements according to copyright restrictions 2.5 Develop the structure of the technical documentation, giving focus to the flow of information, style, tone and content format 2.6 Validate the technical documentation structure with the client
3. Develop documentation	3.1 Write technical documentation based on the template and scope of work using the information gathered 3.2 Translate technical terminology into plain English where appropriate 3.3 Apply content format and style according to documentation standards and templates
4. Evaluate and edit documentation	4.1 Submit technical documentation to appropriate person for review 4.2 Gather and analyse feedback 4.3 Incorporate alterations into the technical documentation 4.4 Edit the technical documentation for technical and grammatical accuracy
5. Prepare documentation for publication	5.1 Check that the completed technical documentation meets client requirements and scope of work 5.2 Submit the technical documentation to appropriate person for approval 5.3 Prepare the technical documentation for publication and distribution using appropriate channels

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1	Identifies and evaluates organisational documentation and standards, and a range of online and hard copy text containing technical project related terminology and diagrams, then applies the information to the development of appropriate technical documentation Interprets and comprehends a large range of diagrams, icons, and computer generated text
Writing	1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.3, 4.4, 5.3	Uses correct spelling and grammar, plain English and specific terminology relevant to the project Uses organisational naming conventions, terminology, style and format to develop technical documents to organisational standards
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 4.1, 4.2	Elicits and evaluates information using effective listening and questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to confirm understanding of requirements, present information and obtain feedback
Interact with others	5.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.4	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and is beginning to recognise some general legal principles applicable across work contexts
Get the work done	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and display information relevant to role Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT408 Create technical documentation	ICAICT408A Create technical documentation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT408 Create technical documentation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

establish customer needs

design and develop technical documentation, such as system, procedures, training material and user guides, incorporating appropriate standards

update document with client feedback

prepare documentation for publication.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe content features, such as clarity and readability

outline the principles of document design, web design and usability

explain the functions and features of templates and style guides

explain instructional design principles

list organisational policies, procedures and standards that cover document design.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

technical specifications

documentation standards

organisational resources and documentation

information about system, platform, network or application being documented

relevant standards

appropriate word processing software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine the cyber security requirements of an organisation and use a range of resources to protect valuable assets.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to participate in the identification and implementation of cyber security controls.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse cyber security requirements	1.1 Identify and document valuable assets to create register of valuable assets 1.2 Perform threat and risk assessment on valuable assets register to identify and document cyber security requirements 1.3 Review current cyber security controls against the cyber security requirements to identify cyber security gaps
2. Select and implement cyber security controls	2.1 Identify cyber security controls which address cyber security gaps 2.2 Determine specific cyber security controls to address cyber security gaps against the organisation’s risk appetite 2.3 Seek feedback from organisational representative and agree on cyber security controls to implement 2.4 Implement, test and document agreed cyber security controls to address cyber security gaps 2.5 Seek feedback from organisational representative to identify discrepancies between cyber security controls and cyber security requirements
3. Maintain and improve security controls	3.1 Determine currency of valuable assets register to identify new valuable assets and changed threats and risks 3.2 Identify, determine, and agree on cyber security controls to address new cyber security gaps 3.3 Implement and document new and modified cyber security controls to address cyber security gaps

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies, plans and implements strategies to manage gaps in cyber security knowledge
Reading	Analyses and consolidates information and data from sources, against defined criteria and requirements, and checks for accuracy and completeness Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in a range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions on completion parameters and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Makes decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Explores and incubates new ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking, to develop and improve the organisation’s controls

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements	N/A	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT424 Address cyber security requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

For two difference cyber security requirements:

analyse cyber security requirements to protect valuable assets

determine threats and risks based on current controls and requirements

identify and apply controls to protect valuable assets

identify improvements to cyber security controls

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Common cyber security threats and risks

Common cyber security controls, key features, and associated advantages and disadvantages

Cyber security control implementation processes and procedures

Industry standards relevant to cyber security

Testing procedures and processes

Legislative and regulatory requirements relevant to cyber security

Approaches to performing cyber security threat and risk assessment

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes access to:

Organisational representative

Organisational cyber security requirements

Specifications of existing cyber security controls

Information on organisational assets, both valuable and non-valuable

Software required for performing cyber security threat and risk assessments

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify emerging technologies and practices in the ICT sector and evaluate their potential impact on organisational practices.

It applies to individuals who work across a wide range of information technology (IT) areas, including technical support, network administration, web technologies, software applications and digital media technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify emerging technologies and practices in IT	1.1 Access sources of information on emerging technologies and practices in the IT industry 1.2 Identify and document emerging technologies and practices relevant to organisational context
2. Evaluate the impact of emerging technologies and practices	2.1 Evaluate features and functions of emerging technologies and practices to determine advantages and disadvantages relevant to organisational context 2.2 Assess and document potential impacts of emerging technologies and practices on current organisational technologies and practices 2.3 Seek and obtain feedback from organisational representative on assessment of impact of emerging technologies and practices and incorporate feedback into report
3. Develop strategies to prepare for emerging technologies and practices	3.1 Develop and document strategies to prepare organisation for impacts of emerging technology and practices 3.2 Identify and document changes to organisational technologies and practices required based on strategies to determine organisational response 3.3 Seek and obtain feedback from organisational representative on strategy and organisational response from organisation and incorporate feedback into strategy and organisational response

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Investigates, evaluates and applies information from a range of complex and technical texts to expand own knowledge and to identify current and emerging technology, trends and practices that are likely to impact the organisation Considers the reliability of an information source against criteria including the author's background, the intended audience and purpose, and the date of publication Identifies reputable sources of information from which to gather resources and information
Reading	Identifies and interprets technical documentation containing complex terminology and diagrams to identify current and emerging technologies
Oral Communication	Uses clear, easy-to-understand language, translating industry-specific terminology into plain English when necessary
Navigate the world of work	Recognises opportunities to enhance personal professional development Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities relevant to own work context
Interact with others	Discusses ideas and complex information on issues and developments in the IT industry
Get the work done	Recognises some general design and operating principles of digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices	N/A	New unit	No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT426 Identify and evaluate emerging technologies and practices

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Describe and evaluate purpose, features, attributes and potential applications of:

three emerging technologies

three emerging practices in the ICT sector

Develop a strategy to respond to each of the three emerging technologies and three emerging practices, including:

potential organisational opportunities and threats resulting from the emerging technology and practice

likely impact on current organisational technologies and practices

objectives of the organisation in responding to the emerging technology or practice

changes required in order to achieve intended objectives of the organisation

considerations for how to implement the changes required

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Research approaches for emerging technologies and practices in the ICT sector and their potential impact on current technologies and practices

Technology implementation planning methods

Organisational technologies and practices

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or workplace. This includes access to:

Organisational representative

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select cloud storage solutions based on the analysis of organisational requirements. It includes the development of implementation strategies to ensure that the organisation is prepared for the implementation of the selected cloud storage solutions.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the evaluation of organisational data storage requirements and plan the implementation for the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine requirements for a cloud storage solution	1.1 Review organisational data storage requirements and guidelines, and industry standards to determine need for cloud storage solutions within scope of own responsibilities 1.2 Identify and evaluate cloud storage options with respect to organisational data storage requirements 1.3 Identify data and security risks to evaluate cloud storage options for organisations
2. Develop an implementation plan for implementing cloud storage solutions	2.1 Select cloud storage options to satisfy organisational data storage requirements 2.2 Identify potential providers of cloud storage solutions and evaluate providers with respect to organisational data storage requirements 2.3 Develop and document an implementation plan for the cloud storage solution aligned to the organisation data storage requirements within scope of own responsibilities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Draws on a broad range of strategies to build and maintain understanding throughout complex texts Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas, and information, from a wide range of complex texts
Writing	Generates complex written texts, demonstrating control over a broad range of writing styles and purposes
Numeracy	Analyses and synthesises highly-embedded mathematical information, in a broad range of tasks and texts Extracts numerical information to calculate cloud storage and performance requirements and costs
Navigate the world of work	Develops, and implements, strategies that ensure that the organisational and regulatory requirements are met Monitors and reviews the organisation’s requirements and adherence to legislative requirements, in order to implement and manage change
Get the work done	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data, and seeks feedback, to improve plans and processes Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions	ICTICT423 Select cloud storage strategies	Edits to title, application, elements 1 and 2, and assessment requirements to clarify intent and scope. Edits to foundation skills to reflect unit content.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT428 Select cloud storage solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Determine the cloud storage needs of an organisation within the scope of own responsibilities including the identification of three cloud storage options through considering the following:

data

security

performance

usability

and broader organisational benefits and detriments

Review service level agreements (SLAs) for the three identified cloud storage options to identify hidden costs, ownership of data, disaster recovery and rights to retrieval, availability and performance, security standards and audit rights, data storage location and dispute mediation processes in the identification of potential cloud service providers

Evaluate the performance and usability of the three cloud storage options

Develop and document one cloud storage implementation plan for an organisation including the evaluation and selection of cloud storage solutions

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key requirements of an ICT implementation plan

Business types that may have cloud storage requirements

Current trends and directions in information and communications technology (ICT), and the major industry technology standards used in cloud storage options

Advantages and disadvantages of cloud storage options and providers

Major themes relating to data and cyber security and their application within the organisational environment

Current industry hardware and software products and their general features, capabilities and application as relevant to cloud storage options

Characteristics relating to cloud storage that must be included in service level agreements

Costs and organisational impacts relevant to a cloud storage strategy

SLA terms related to service availability and performance

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

A site where cloud storage technologies may be used

Organisational data storage requirements and guidelines relating to the storage of information

Cloud storage options currently used in industry

Service level agreements (SLA) documentation relevant to cloud storage providers

Standards, guidelines, and organisational requirements relating to work health and safety (WHS) and sustainability

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to check the system design specifications against outcomes and quality standards.

It applies to individuals working as system designers who are required to validate system design specifications to ensure that they meet the required organisational audit standards.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine audit criteria	1.1 Investigate the system or product for which the quality audit is being performed to understand its functionality 1.2 Determine the objectives to be achieved by the quality audit 1.3 Determine the scope of the quality audit 1.4 Develop a list of audit criteria and quality benchmarks 1.5 Develop a metric to classify the audit criteria 1.6 Determine the audit technique or methodology to be followed 1.7 Examine and detail the resources available to carry out the audit 1.8 Document the objectives, scope, criteria, technique and resources in an audit plan
2. Audit aspects of the final system	2.1 Use the audit criteria to collect evidence about the functionality and quality of the final system, including documentation 2.2 Use a checklist to monitor audit progress 2.3 Document audit outcomes as the audit progresses
3. Review and confirm contract and specifications	3.1 Review system contract against audit outcomes 3.2 Compare system functionality against audit outcomes and system contract 3.3 Identify items of noncompliance where audit outcomes do not meet performance targets or fall short of contract requirements 3.4 Review system procedures for corrective action 3.5 Document items of non-compliance and proposed corrective action

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.7, 3.1-3.3	Interprets, analyses and evaluates text with complex terminology, diagrams, code, syntax, icons and symbols to: evaluate current system functionality, determine audit objectives, scope and criteria, and review audit findings
Writing	1.4, 1.5, 1.7, 1.8, 2.2, 2.3, 3.5	Uses plain English, appropriate grammatical structures and terminology, diagrams and flow charts, numerical information, and formatting and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation to develop an audit plan and document audit results
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 1.7, 2.1, 3.1, 3.4	Uses effective listening and open questioning techniques to obtain information and elicit the view and opinions of others Uses appropriate questioning strategies, avoiding loaded or leading questions, when collecting evidence Uses specific and complex system/product terminology when applicable, translating complex terms into plain English as required by the audience
Numeracy	1.2-1.5, 3.1-3.4	Interprets and analyses numerical and financial information, and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions related to performance and financial metrics developed
Navigate the world of work	1.4	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.7, 3.2-3.4	Applies formal processes when planning more complex tasks, producing plans with logically sequenced steps and reflecting some awareness of resource constraints Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world and uses these to troubleshoot Uses analytical processes in a variety of situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications	ICAICT503A Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT503 Validate quality and completeness of system design specifications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine audit criteria

conduct an audit

review system procedures for non-compliance

propose corrective actions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline acceptance criteria

translate detailed design principles and specification standards

discuss fault tolerance technologies

describe the process of quality audits

discuss quality levels, both generally and as required by the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

audit tools

documentation guidelines

relevant standards and benchmarks

service level agreement (SLA)

archive policies

acceptance criteria

ICT security specifications

live system, including database, system files and designed interface

technical specifications of system.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure that development projects are contracted to developers who are able to accomplish the task within the mutually agreed parameters of the project.

It applies to individuals who manage a range of information and communications technology (ICT) projects, including software development, hardware procurement and implementation, network analysis and deployment, and web and/or system development.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Specify development requirements	1.1 Prepare and document clear specifications for the project 1.2 Submit specifications to appropriate person for sign-off and authority to contract developers 1.3 Prepare request for tender document if appropriate, using specifications 1.4 Prepare and document agreed selection guidelines
2. Identify potential developers	2.1 Investigate potential developers in line with organisational guidelines 2.2 Request development quotes from potential developers 2.3 Assess submitted quotes against selection guidelines and make a shortlist of potential developers, where appropriate
3. Select a potential developer	3.1 Assess the capability of developers to do the project work 3.2 Confirm that potential developers understand the scope of the work to be undertaken 3.3 Conduct a due diligence check where appropriate and assess the quality of developers 3.4 Select appropriate developers using selection criteria 3.5 Inform developers of their selection according to organisational guidelines
4. Sign off the selection process	4.1 Prepare contract for signing according to enterprise procedures 4.2 Sign contract and prepare developers to commence work according to contract

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Interprets and evaluates a range of documentation containing ICT specific terminology and budgetary information to obtain information relating to project requirements and to identify and select developers
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.5, 4.1	Uses correct spelling and grammar, clear plain English, task related terminology, and a formal document structure, format and style appropriate to the audience and organisation
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 4.2	Assumes a formal manner and uses effective listening and questioning techniques to clarify project requirements and elicit information about the capacity, capability and qualifications of developers
Numeracy	1.1, 2.3, 4.1	Interprets and analyses numerical and budgetary information, and applies mathematical calculations to manage timelines and budgets
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.5, 4.1	Keeps up to date on changes to legislation or regulations relevant to own rights and responsibilities, and considers implications of these when negotiating, planning and undertaking work Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals
Interact with others	1.2	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1	Uses a combination of formal logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex situations, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against a pre-determined set of criteria Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects	ICAICT505A Determine acceptable developers for projects	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT505 Determine acceptable developers for projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

specify requirements for a project

prepare information for tender document and document selection criteria

seek suitable developer candidates

select suitable developers

prepare and implement contracts procedure.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the processes and procedures relating to business liaison

summarise business negotiation and interview techniques

outline the process for tendering and writing tenders

outline the principles and features for preparing contracts

identify and describe the state and federal legislative requirements and industry standards that relate to:

due diligence

codes of practice

ethics

industry and e-commerce standards

contracts.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a business plan

procurement policies

selection policies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to consider a variety of potential process re-engineering strategies and to make appropriate selections for implementation in an organisation.

It applies to individuals who are senior information and communications technology (ICT) staff required to implement system redesign, and administer and manage ICT support in small-to-medium enterprises (SMEs).

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop process reengineering strategies	1.1 Research and determine target process for re-engineering action 1.2 Develop process re-engineering plan 1.3 Determine and document strategic importance of process 1.4 Establish and document performance standards and benchmarks for new process 1.5 Seek feedback and suggestions from client on proposed process re-engineering
2. Implement process re-engineering strategies	2.1 Compare suggestions with process re-engineering plan to determine suitability for business requirements 2.2 Incorporate suggestions where appropriate 2.3 Implement new process into business structure and leave sufficient scope for changing capacity or upgrades
3. Monitor organisational context	3.1 Monitor new process to measure performance levels 3.2 Determine and document benefits of the new process to the business 3.3 Identify and document training needs for staff 3.4 Analyse cultural and political impact of the new process 3.5 Document new process and disseminate information to appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2-1.4, 2.1, 3.2, 3.4	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex online and hard copy documentation containing specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to develop process re-engineering strategies and determine the benefits and impact of the process on the business
Writing	1.2-1.5, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Uses plain English, appropriate grammatical structures and terminology, diagrams and flow charts, numerical information, and formatting and document structure relevant to the job role and organisation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Articulates implementation requirements and strategies clearly, using appropriate tone, style, body language and reflective responses Uses effective listening and questioning techniques to elicit feedback and to ensure understanding of the implementation process has occurred
Numeracy	1.4, 3.1	Interprets and analyses numerical and budgetary information, and applies mathematical calculations to evaluate the benefits of the process re-engineering on the business
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.1, 3.5	Contributes to roles and responsibilities of self and others Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with legislative requirements and organisation goals
Interact with others	1.5, 3.3-3.5	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.5	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate effectively with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies	ICAICT506A Implement process re-engineering strategies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT506 Implement process re-engineering strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and document a re-engineering process that supports organisational objectives

take into consideration the complex interdependencies between organisational and external drivers

implement a re-engineering process

monitor and analyse the impact of the process in the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss business case preparation process and how it can be applied to developing organisational strategies

identify and summarise relevant laws and standards as they apply to process re-engineering strategies, including:

benchmarks

copyright

intellectual property

ethics

cultural and political diversity

outline the impact that new processes may have on an organisation

outline procedures relating to consulting internally and externally.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a process re-engineering plan

analysis software

e-business models

modelling software

an organisational strategy

an organisational structure and culture

a personal computer (PC)

stakeholder analysis.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and test a range of vendor products and equipment against a client's business requirements.

It applies to individuals in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) areas who are required to assess hardware and software products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish business requirements	1.1 Identify and prioritise business requirements 1.2 Identify conflicting or overlapping business requirements 1.3 Specify budget and available resources 1.4 Validate business requirements, budget and resource needs with client
2. Identify vendor products and equipment	2.1 Investigate a representative range of vendor products and equipment 2.2 Identify and document interdependencies 2.3 Specify and document technical alternatives available to the business 2.4 Determine and document availability of products and equipment 2.5 Ensure vendor products and equipment meet Australian or other standards
3. Test vendor products and services	3.1 Develop valid and reliable test regime with appropriate measurements 3.2 Establish test environment, including calibrated measuring equipment 3.3 Undertake testing of products or equipment and document results 3.4 Undertake revised testing where initial tests are inconclusive or where alternative product configuration may meet business requirements
4. Evaluate vendor products, services and equipment	4.1 Rate vendor products for quality, performance and support 4.2 Rate vendor products for fit with client needs 4.3 Establish product limitations, performance, integration capabilities and costs, and compare with established business requirements 4.4 Prepare cost-benefit analysis
5. Prepare evaluation report	5.1 Document product information in order of preference 5.2 Recommend preferred product, including the reasoning behind recommendations 5.3 Prepare a report containing solution details 5.4 Submit report to client for approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 4.1, 4.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates highly technical documents, diagrams, business strategies and statistical and financial information
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 2.2-2.4, 5.1, 5.3	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources using specialised and cohesive language and formal document structures
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.4, 5.4	Elicits and evaluates information using effective listening and open questioning techniques Uses simple and relevant language to obtain information, confirm understanding, liaise with the client and obtain feedback
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 4.3, 4.4, 5.2, 5.3	Interprets and analyses a range of statistical and financial data relating to products, equipment and integration costs Uses a range of software tools to apply statistical and financial functions, and prepare a cost-benefit analysis
Navigate the world of work	2.5	Appreciates the legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work and recognises some legal principles across work contexts
Interact with others	5.4	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1- 2.4, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.3	Develops plans to manage relatively complex non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Actively identifies systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment	ICAICT508A Evaluate vendor products and equipment	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT508 Evaluate vendor products and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

establish business requirements

evaluate a range of vendor products and equipment against requirements

test and select the most appropriate products

document the selected items and selection rationale.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the relevance and application of the following for evaluating and selecting products:

code of ethics

international standards

vendor products

client business domain

copyright and intellectual property

general features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

discuss current and future technical systems considerations required by business

discuss the features and function of relevant hardware components and software products, and the interaction between them.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

client functional requirements

hardware and software specifications from vendors

test procedures and activities.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure information and communications technology (ICT) products and systems match the strategic direction of the organisation.

It applies to individuals whose responsibilities may include improving, evaluating, acquiring, maintaining and supporting ICT for organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate current strategic plan and propose changes	1.1 Analyse and document current strategic plan of organisation against industry environment and organisational objectives 1.2 Determine and document current state of ICT systems and practices in organisation 1.3 Compare strategic plan objectives and current state of ICT to determine ICT gaps, improvement opportunities, and proposed changes 1.4 Report on proposed changes, gaps and improvement opportunities to superior
2. Evaluate effect of changes	2.1 Evaluate impact of proposed changes to ICT systems and products against strategic objectives of organisation 2.2 Evaluate the difficulty of implementing proposed changes to ICT systems and products 2.3 Prioritise proposed changes to refine opportunities and assist in scheduling implementation 2.4 Document evaluation process and provide to superior for feedback
3. Plan implementation of changes	3.1 Develop action plan to implement proposed changes including prioritised schedule and consistency with organisational policy and procedures 3.2 Detail standards, targets and implementation methods in action plan 3.3 Provide action plan to superior for feedback and approval

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews, analyses and evaluates complex online and hard copy documentation containing ICT specific terminology, diagrams and numerical information to determine ICT gaps and improvement opportunities
Writing	Uses plain English, together with vocabulary, grammatical structures, terminology, diagrams, numerical information, formatting and structure relevant to the job role and organisation
Oral Communication	Uses plain English, translating technical terminology when necessary, to communicate with a range of personnel and determine objectives, articulate ideas and requirements, and develop plans Elicits information using effective listening and questioning techniques
Numeracy	Interprets numerical data and applies mathematical calculations to assess the financial implications of introducing changes
Navigate the world of work	Accepts responsibility and ownership for the task and makes decisions according to organisational needs and the need for coordination with others Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and colleagues in a range of work contexts Recognises and accommodates basic differences and priorities of others Cooperates with others and contributes to work practices where joint outcomes are expected and deadlines are to be met
Get the work done	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve work practices and processes through consultation and formal and analytical thinking Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate effectively with others in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation	ICTICT511 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the enterprise	Edits to title, application, elements 1–3, assessment requirements and foundation skills to clarify intent and scope.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT517 Match ICT needs with the strategic direction of the organisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

For one organisation:

interpret a strategic plan and objectives of the organisation

evaluate the current state of ICT in the organisation

identify possible gaps and opportunities in ICT and evaluate organisational impact with reference to the strategic plan and the objectives

determine and prioritise proposed changes to meet organisational needs

evaluate the difficulty of implementing proposed changes

develop an action plan for implementation

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Key sections of an action plan for ICT implementation projects

Methods of evaluation and planning approaches to technical problems and strategic objectives

Methods of evaluation of competing and complementary internal and external ICT systems and products

Current and emerging system and product trends and directions

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

A site where ICT needs and strategic directions of the organisation are coordinated

Detailed information relating to a strategic organisation plan, objectives, and direction

Organisational policies and procedures relating to the implementation of ICT changes

Individual superior in the organisation

Information on current ICT systems and practices in the organisation including operating systems, hardware, and security

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to interact with clients at a management level.

It applies to individuals working as management personnel in a range of information and communications technology (ICT) areas who are responsible for maintaining client relationships.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review client’s business domain	1.1 Research organisational service standards, values and culture to understand the organisational environment 1.2 Investigate and document the goods and services provided by the organisation 1.3 Review current service level agreements (SLAs) if appropriate
2. Develop new business with client	2.1 Research client service needs and preferred level of service 2.2 Research opportunities for new business with client 2.3 Develop draft proposals to cover these new initiatives
3. Negotiate new business initiatives	3.1 Conduct a session with the client to present the new opportunities 3.2 Present proposals to the client in a clear, concise and comprehensive manner 3.3 Present proposed cost and timeframes to the client 3.4 Negotiate terms with the client and record alterations if required 3.5 Clarify areas of uncertainty or disagreement 3.6 Document agreement negotiated with the client
4. Monitor, adjust and implement procedures to maintain client focus	4.1 Assess progress in achieving new client initiatives 4.2 Gather client feedback to improve the proposals 4.3 Adjust service provided to the client based on client feedback and in line with organisational guidelines 4.4 Document changes to new provisions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, 4.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex information to identify relevant and key information
Writing	2.3, 3.6, 4.4	Uses plain English, appropriate grammatical structures and specialised terminology, diagrams and flow charts, logical document structures and formatting relevant to the job role and organisation to record document proposals and agreements
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Uses open questioning and effective listening techniques to elicit information, clarify requirements and conduct effective negotiations Uses appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure, voice tone, body language and reflective responses to build business relationships and present proposals
Numeracy	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 3.3-3.5, 4.3, 4.4	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations and financial functions relating to time durations and projected costs
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 4.3	Recognises and responds to both explicit and implicit protocols within familiar work contexts and appreciates the importance of identifying and responding to organisational procedures
Interact with others	3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Invests considerable time and energy in building and maintaining effective working relationships within and beyond immediate work context, recognising and intuitively responding to the subtle and complex mix of factors at play in every interaction
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 4.1	Takes responsibility for defining key aspects of own workload, balancing own needs and priorities with new opportunities Makes decisions quickly and intuitively in familiar situations requiring immediate attention, drawing on past experience to identify key variables, consider possible implications of different courses of action and determine the best course of action Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of expectations, social protocols and online etiquette, intuitively selecting the appropriate channel, content and tone for diverse purposes and audiences

New Topic (129)

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level	ICAICT608A Interact with clients on a business level	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT608 Interact with clients on a business level

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

assemble a proposal for a new business initiative

develop a strong awareness of the clients business

present and negotiate a proposal with the client

formulate and implement new business

monitor and maintain client relationship and requirements of service.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss business practices relevant to understanding client needs, including:

change management

information gathering techniques

planning process, including development of information and communications technology (ICT) business solutions

preparation of reports

identify current industry accepted hardware and software products relevant to client services and support, including:

general features and capabilities

vendor product directions

identify and interpret legal principles of commercial contracts and service level agreements (SLAs)

interpret organisational policies, plans and procedures, including contracting

summarise the concepts of negotiation and the process for building business relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

organisational policies, procedures and SLAs for the ICT industry

contexts for negotiating agreements and contracts

current ICT hardware and software products.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead the research, evaluation and recommendation of new organisational initiatives, based on perceived marketplace opportunities.

It applies to individuals who work as strategic business analysts in medium to large organisations in senior roles, who lead new business initiatives and transformation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Direct the research into the organisation’s business domain	1.1 Research the sectors in the relevant industry for trends that may yield viable business opportunities 1.2 Research business initiatives undertaken by competitor organisations, to address the same or similar opportunities, and analyse the resources required to undertake such initiatives or project opportunities 1.3 Identify the strategies for realising identified business initiatives, including sub-contracting of suitable elements, where applicable 1.4 Research the legal, environmental and social implications of the identified initiatives
2. Evaluate the new business initiatives	2.1 Initiate, and oversee, the market research for potentially viable, identified business opportunities 2.2 Gauge the likely impacts of candidate initiatives on the business enterprise, including specific legal, financial and transformational implications 2.3 Critically evaluate the delivery strategies for anticipated products, or services, stemming from candidate initiatives
3. Explore the feasibility of the new initiatives	3.1 Formulate the selection criteria, based on the strategic business objectives 3.2 Facilitate a feasibility study, including a cost benefit analysis 3.3 Select the most feasible option against the selection criteria 3.4 Recommend the preferred initiative

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.3	Identifies, analyses, and critically evaluates complex textual information, to identify industry trends and business initiatives
Writing	2.1, 3.1, 3.4	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising the appropriate analysis tools, diagrams, specialised and cohesive language, and formal document structures, to develop criteria and reports
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.4	Elicits the view and opinions of others, and obtains information, by using effective listening and open questioning techniques Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions, and uses detailed and clear language, to clarify and present information, and to facilitate a feasibility study Uses the appropriate tone, style, body language and reflective responses, when clarifying information to present recommendations
Numeracy	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Uses a range of statistical and financial calculations and functions, the appropriate software tools, and correct document structure, to analyse market research results and to conduct a feasibility study, and a cost benefit analysis
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.2	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities, and extends the understanding of legal implications across work contexts
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Recognises the critical importance of clarifying, focusing and aligning goals, and expectations, and uses the process to build ownership of, and broad commitment to, achieving outcomes Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations, involving many variables and constraints Keeps abreast of new ideas and possibilities beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining, and redesigning ideas, for own purposes, or using as a provocation to rethink current approaches

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities	ICAICT701A Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT801 Lead research into identifying new marketplace opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct research into the trends for a specified industry sector, and identify potential business opportunities

undertake market research and analysis, and report on the viability and related implications, of a selected business opportunity

develop and present a feasibility report, including a cost benefit analysis that justifies the recommendations for a proposed new business initiative.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

formulate various analysis methods and tools, including:

affinity diagrams

competition matrix

decision trees

mind maps

risk assessment

strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis

value chain

review and outline, contract and procurement methods

summarise possible social implications, both internal and external, to the organisation as a result of the introduction of new market opportunities

research government and non-government governing bodies in the relevant industry

review legal, ethical, and security issues relating to the research of competitive business opportunities, including the laws related to patents and copyright

outline the organisational structure, policies and procedures

review the relevant government legislation that affects business operation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

appropriate resources, to allow research to be conducted into industry trends (this may include access to commercial research house libraries via a memorandum of understanding or other arrangements)

the opportunity to conduct meaningful market research on potential business opportunities

simulated, or real, executive-level management teams for the presentation of proposals and feedback.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to endorse a business plan for a new initiative, including the marketing, operations, organisational and financial plans within a medium to large organisation.

It applies to individuals who work in high-level management positions and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, information and communications technology (ICT), as they are integrated into the business process to support the organisational strategic goals of medium to large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Endorse a marketing plan for ICT business	1.1 Ensure that internal and external environmental issues are addressed 1.2 Critically review the feasibility of target market projections 1.3 Endorse the selection of advertising and promotional strategies
2. Endorse the operation plan	2.1 Review and verify, the scope of the business operation plan 2.2 Ensure that the business plan complies with business needs 2.3 Endorse the criteria for quality processes against the organisational standards
3. Endorse the organisational plan	3.1 Critically analyse and review the organisation’s structure 3.2 Ensure that the organisational structure meets the organisation’s strategic plans and directions
4. Endorse the financial plan	4.1 Endorse the financial strategy for the new initiative 4.2 Evaluate the expected cash-flow projections 4.3 Critically analyse and evaluate the effects of financial decisions on the ability of the organisation to meet planned outcomes 4.4 Ensure financial risk-management procedures are followed according to organisational requirements 4.5 Ensure early detection and remedial action plans, for deviations in budget objectives and projections

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Identifies, critically analyses and evaluates complex textual information, to evaluate the effectiveness of business plans
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Selects the document structure, language, grammar and terminology, to suit the specific subject matter and audience when evaluating, providing feedback, and endorsing business plans
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.2, 4.1-4.5	Obtains information by using effective listening and probing, open questioning techniques Uses grammatical structures, specialised language, and the appropriate tone, pitch and body language to achieve precise meaning, when articulating requirements and providing feedback
Numeracy	1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Uses a range of statistical, mathematical and financial calculations, formulae and functions, together with appropriate software tools, to interpret numerical data relating to the market, operational and financial plans, and risk analysis
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 4.4	Takes responsibility to respond to explicit and implicit conventions within familiar work contexts, and appreciates the importance of identifying, and responding to, protocols in new situations
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Recognises the critical importance of clarifying, focusing and aligning goals, and expectations, and uses the process to build ownership of, and broad commitment to, achieving outcomes Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints May use formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and endorses new technologies

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative	ICAICT703A Endorse business plan components for a new initiative	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Elements and Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT803 Endorse business plan components for a new initiative

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

verify the strategy aligning information and communications technology (ICT) services with organisational goals

direct a critical risk analysis, including security, for ICT assets

verify that the risk assessment procedures are implemented

verify that the contingency plans for business continuity are established

evaluate the warning systems, and direct an ongoing process that includes regular or programmed reviews of the risk profile

verify that security products are being utilised

verify organisational security policy is being implemented

direct the development of a strategy to ensure that quality expectations are being met

endorse the main components of the business plan.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

research and summarise, risk management principles and guidelines

review business continuity issues for the organisation

explore the organisation’s industry and current functionality, including the existing data and information systems

describe the organisation's internal and external dependencies, and interdependencies

review and summarise the organisational policies and procedures, including the risk-management strategy

discuss past and current internal, external and industry disruptions

outline the relevant legislation and regulations that impact on business continuity, including:

workplace health and safety (WHS)

environment

duty of care

contracts

business and company law

freedom of information

industrial relations

privacy and confidentiality

due diligence

records management.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

relevant strategic-level enterprise documentation, including:

planning

financial

ICT infrastructure documentation

legislative policies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate existing knowledge management processes, identify barriers to capturing knowledge, and to develop new strategies.

It applies to individuals who work in senior management positions and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, information and communications technology (ICT), as they are integrated into the business process to support the organisational strategic goals.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Critically analyse existing knowledge management systems	1.1 Critically evaluate the existing arrangements ,for the capture and use of business knowledge, from internal and external sources 1.2 Differentiate between knowledge management and information management systems within the organisation 1.3 Ensure that the effectiveness of existing procedures and systems is evaluated in terms of meeting the needs of clients, organisational aims, objectives and standards 1.4 Identify the need for improvements in the organisation's strategic use of knowledge
2. Evaluate the knowledge management options	2.1 Investigate the barriers to capturing knowledge within the organisation 2.2 Review evaluations and recommendations regarding the knowledge management software, with respect to its usefulness and likeliness to benefit the organisation 2.3 Review the investigations into incentives and reward systems to support knowledge management 2.4 Ensure that the required processes for maintaining an integrated knowledge management system are considered 2.5 Facilitate the development of a business case to determine the viability of selected options, and recommend a way forward for the organisation
3. Develop a knowledge-management strategy	3.1 Develop the knowledge management business strategy, in consultation with senior staff, for the capture and use of organisational knowledge 3.2 Ensure that business processes are designed to support knowledge management, according to the organisational needs and budget 3.3 Ensure that the technology requirements for the implementation of the strategy, are costed and included in the organisational budget cycle 3.4 Ensure that processes for the periodic review of knowledge management metrics within the business are in place, to maintain ongoing effectiveness and continuous improvement 3.5 Ensure that the knowledge management strategy meets the organisational requirements identified in the overall business plan, and business strategy

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Identifies and reviews a wide variety of complex textual information, sourced from organisational documentation, electronic meeting places, communities of practice, the organisational knowledge bank and ICT vendors
Writing	2.5, 3.1	Selects a formal document structure, organisational style and format, and subject-specific language, grammar and terminology, to develop organisational documentation
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.5	Uses effective listening and open questioning techniques, to elicit the view and opinions of others, and to obtain information Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions, and uses detailed and clear language to clarify and present information, according to the audience Uses the correct grammatical structures, specialised language, appropriate tone, pitch and body language, to achieve precise meaning when articulating requirements
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Uses a range of mathematical and financial calculations and functions, together with the appropriate software tools, to interpret and develop numerical and financial reports, relating to costing and budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 3.5	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures, and considers own role in terms of a contribution to the broader goals of the work environment
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Uses a mix of intuitive and formal processes to identify key information and issues, evaluate alternative strategies, anticipate consequences and consider implementation issues, and contingencies Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints May use formal analytical and lateral thinking techniques for identifying issues, generating and evaluating possible solutions Plays with possibilities as an integral part of work, identifying principles, concepts and features of new perspectives and ideas Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital trends to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business	ICAICT708A Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT808 Direct the development of a knowledge management strategy for a business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

critically analyse and document, the effectiveness of existing knowledge management systems

research the knowledge management options in the marketplace

recommend an approach that meets the organisational needs

develop a knowledge management strategy.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise management concepts, processes and trends

review and interpret relevant organisational policies, and legislation, that affect business operations

research and summarise, both internal and external sources of information

recognise the legal, ethical and security issues relating to knowledge management

explain organisational change-management theory and methods

discuss records management and database-management principles as they relate to knowledge management, particularly metadata.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology industry (ICT), and include access to:

a workplace of sufficient complexity, to enable the required level of analysis to be carried out in relation to:

current business processes

existing knowledge management systems

the organisational culture

relevant enterprise strategic documentation, including:

strategic planning

financial

ICT infrastructure

organisational objectives and policies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to direct internal and external information and communications technology (ICT) services within a medium to large organisation.

It applies to individuals who work in high-level management positions in medium to large organisations and direct the strategic planning, risk management, and security of the internal and external ICT infrastructure of their organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Facilitate the elicitation of stakeholder business requirements for enhancements	1.1 Review the business requirements documentation, and ensure that it is complete and according to enterprise standards 1.2 Ensure that the proposed project benefits align with strategic directions 1.3 Determine the scope, complexity, deliverables, and time lines of the business process enhancements to be undertaken
2. Prioritise the enhancements that add value to business operations	2.1 Research the business operations necessary to analyse the business domain 2.2 Negotiate the requirements definition with stakeholders 2.3 Develop a process for addressing change requests in a dynamic environment
3. Provide the interface between technical and business stakeholders	3.1 Facilitate the selection of a modelling tool for a business system 3.2 Facilitate the selection of information-gathering tools 3.3 Ensure that the requirements-analysis content addresses the project objectives 3.4 Participate in the development of a technical specification

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex textual information, to obtain information relevant to enterprise resource planning and management
Writing	2.3, 3.4	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising appropriate ICT modelling tools, specialised and cohesive language, and document structures, to meet the varied requirements of the enterprise and stakeholders
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Elicits the view and opinions of others, and obtains information by listening and questioning Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions, and uses detailed and clear language, to clarify and present information, according to the requirements and audience Articulates requirements and strategies clearly, using the appropriate tone, style, body language, and reflective responses, to build business relationships
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 3.4	Uses a range of statistical and financial calculations and functions, to interpret and compile data relating to market analysis and budgetary requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.2	Takes full responsibility for considering own role in terms of a contribution to the broader goals of the work environment
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Develops flexible plans for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations, involving many variables and constraints Keeps abreast of innovations and good practice beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining and redesigning for own purposes, or using as a provocation, to rethink current approaches Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understands the uses and potential of new technologies

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis	ICAICT709A Facilitate business analysis	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT809 Facilitate business analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

facilitate a strategy to align information and communications technology (ICT) services, with the organisational goals

lead the development of a strategy for risk assessment, including security for ICT assets, and ensure that the measures required to mitigate risk are applied

produce contingency plans for business continuity

ensure warning systems, and an ongoing process that includes regular or programmed reviews of the risk profile

lead the development of a strategy for the implementation of the appropriate processes and procedures, to ensure that quality expectations are met.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 "risk management requirements"

explain application of security products

review business continuity issues for the organisation

review the organisation’s industry and current functionality, including the existing data and information systems

review the organisation's internal and external dependencies, and interdependencies

outline the organisational policies and procedures, including the risk management strategy

review and outline documented industry disruptions.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

relevant strategic level enterprise documentation, including:

planning

financial

ICT infrastructure

standards, codes of practice, legislation and regulations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to develop and test an information architecture prototype that meets organisational requirements.

It applies to individuals who work in high-level management positions and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, information and communications technology (ICT) as they are integrated into the business process to support organisational strategic goals.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define the content needs	1.1 Research the strategic intent of the website, or system, from the business requirements and client expectations 1.2 Provide direction in order to develop the information requirements, based on the business and client requirements 1.3 Synthesise the required information, and group it into business schemes related to the business structure 1.4 Direct the determination of content requirements for each process
2. Contribute to the description of the system and transmission media	2.1 Consult with network and system specialists 2.2 Critically analyse the features of the physical environment, to interface with the information system architecture 2.3 Estimate the traffic content and volumes, based on the business requirements
3. Supervise the development of content structure and navigation plan	3.1 Organise the information into related topics 3.2 Ensure that the information hierarchy is in a valid sequence 3.3 Provide direction for clear, valid and intuitive labelling 3.4 Review and commit to the feasibility of architecture design 3.5 Develop the acceptance criteria
4. Implement the navigation system development	4.1 Coordinate the fit of navigational systems with the business requirements 4.2 Supervise the development of navigational search subsystems 4.3 Lead the development of consistent, and logical, labelling systems
5. Finalise the testing and accept the information architecture model	5.1 Lead the construction of an information architecture prototype 5.2 Ensure that a broad sample of business clients are engaged 5.3 Ensure that the site content meets the business needs 5.4 Lead the testing of the information architecture prototype, to test that it operates on the chosen system, and transmission media 5.5 Supervise the user-acceptance test

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 5.3, 5.4	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas, and information, from a wide range of complex texts Draws on a broad range of strategies, to build and maintain understanding throughout complex texts
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Selects the structure, language, grammar and terminology to suit the specific subject matter and audience, in order to develop a wide variety of documentation and directions, including direction for the content requirements, information hierarchy, navigational search subsystems, labelling systems and user-acceptance test
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.4, 5.5	Uses effective listening and probing, open questioning techniques to elicit the view and opinions of others, and to obtain information Employs plain English to convey complex and abstract concepts, and information Articulates requirements and strategies clearly, in a courteous manner, using the appropriate pitch, tone, body language and reflective responses
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 3.3	Takes a lead role in the development of organisational goals, roles and responsibilities
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.4	Develops flexible plans for complex, high-impact activities with strategic implications Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations, involving many variables and constraints Keeps abreast of innovations and good practice beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining and redesigning for own purposes, or using as a provocation to rethink current approaches Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to troubleshoot, and understands the uses and potential of new technologies

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project	ICAICT711A Manage an information architecture project	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT811 Manage an information architecture project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify the strategic and business intent of the website or system

conduct business meetings, applying effective communication techniques

research and determine the essential requirements of a product, applying quality management principles

describe the features of the website or system

develop the navigation system

construct an information architecture prototype

test the prototype with the operating system and the transition media

supervise the user acceptance test.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

examine the equity and diversity principles relevant to information architecture projects

research and critique organisational policies and procedures, as they apply to the project

determine and outline the public sector legislation, codes of practice and other formal agreements, that directly impact on the business operations

evaluate the components of telecommunications networks

research and synthesise the workplace, and industry environment, as it applies to information architecture.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

the computer system and a web-host workplace

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to evaluate the business intelligence (BI) requirements of an organisation, and to select the correct methodologies to develop a BI solution.

It applies to individuals who work in high-level management positions and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, information and communications technology (ICT) as they are integrated into the business process, to support the organisational strategic goals of medium to large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Elicit the business intelligence requirements	1.1 Articulate the benefits of business intelligence 1.2 Select the appropriate system development methodology, through the analysis of a range of options 1.3 Critically evaluate the impact of business intelligence on the enterprise 1.4 Select the appropriate business model for a data repository 1.5 Adopt a metadata standard for the enterprise 1.6 Establish the appropriate data analysis techniques
2. Direct the business intelligence data manipulation	2.1 Identify the data sources and scope 2.2 Evaluate and endorse the selected data-manipulation methods 2.3 Critically review, and commit to, the feasibility of the architecture design 2.4 Develop the acceptance criteria 2.5 Endorse the selected data-modelling techniques and processes 2.6 Endorse a load balancing algorithm for optimum processing 2.7 Sign off the design specifications
3. Endorse the business intelligence solution architecture	3.1 Ensure that the data-warehousing management techniques and processes are according to the specifications 3.2 Lead the scoping of logical data models 3.3 Supervise the selection of middleware tools 3.4 Critically review, and commit to, a searchable data repository solution
4. Finalise the testing and accept the framework	4.1 Finalise the physical data model 4.2 Complete testing of the overall model 4.3 Test the security 4.4 Test the integrity 4.5 Perform a user-acceptance test

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas, and information, from a wide range of complex texts Draws on a broad range of strategies to build and maintain understanding throughout complex texts
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 1.6, 2.4, 2.7, 4.1, 4.5	Integrates information and ideas from a number of sources, utilising the appropriate BI software tools, specialised and cohesive language, and appropriate document structures, to meet the varied requirements of the organisation and the task
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5	Elicits information and ideas using plain English, translating BI specific terminology when necessary, and using effective listening and questioning techniques Uses specific and complex BI terminology, to liaise with team members, review and endorse methodology and monitor the project Articulates the requirements and methodologies clearly, using the appropriate tone, style, body language and reflective responses
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5	Uses a range of complex statistical, mathematical and financial calculations, formulae and functions together with the appropriate BI software tools, in the development of a BI framework
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 4.2, 4.3, 4.5	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of the principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world, and uses these to develop a BI framework Recognises the critical importance of clarifying, focusing and aligning goals, and expectations, using the process to build ownership of, and broad commitment to, achieving outcomes Takes responsibility for high-impact decision in complex situations, involving many variables and constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework	ICAICT712A Develop a business intelligence framework	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT812 Develop a business intelligence framework

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and critically analyse the business intelligence requirements

review, analyse and direct, business intelligence data manipulation

review, critically analyse and endorse, the proposed business intelligence solution architecture

initiate and contrast the tests required for the intelligence framework, for final acceptance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

evaluate the application of system development methodologies and other technical considerations including:

managing and using metadata

data modelling

data warehousing/back-end software alternatives

business analytics

business intelligence tools

analyse the organisational policies and procedures, as they apply to the business intelligence frameworks

discuss behaviour theories as they apply to business intelligence, including:

responsibility and achievement

affiliation management

motivation

appraise and evaluate, the business intelligence (BI) procedures

interpret the workplace and industry environmental conditions, as they apply to business intelligence.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a business intelligence focus

relevant enterprise documentation, including human resource (HR) and quality management policies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT813 Manage ICT services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the principles of service quality management and to develop a code of practice for information and communications technology (ICT) service management.

It applies to individuals who work in senior management positions and manage a wide range of ICT projects, and lead the analysis, implementation and management of emerging, and converging, ICTs as they are integrated into the business process to support organisational strategic goals.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to manage ICT services	1.1 Identify the quality requirement principles to provide ICT service provision, according to the business needs and expectations 1.2 Research and critically analyse, the appropriate service processes 1.3 Analyse continual improvement processes, to align and realign, the ICT services to business needs
2. Develop the quality requirements for ICT service management	2.1 Identify the specific quality requirements to improve the service management processes 2.2 Align ICT services with the business, applying service management concepts 2.3 Develop the strategies for the control, delivery and support of ICT services
3. Develop a code of practice for ICT service management	3.1 Research and critically analyse, best practice processes 3.2 Document best practice processes for ICT service management 3.3 Implement the identified best practice processes 3.4 Evaluate, monitor and improve ICT service management

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 3.1, 3.4	Identifies, analyses and critically evaluates, complex online and hard copy documentation containing service-management and technology-specific terminology, in order to research, develop, monitor and improve, a quality service management process
Writing	2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.4	Uses plain English, the appropriate grammatical structures and terminology, diagrams and flow charts, and the formatting, and document structure, relevant to the subject matter and audience, to develop strategies and best practice processes
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Expresses research and resource requirements clearly, and directs discussions to elicit information, and the views and opinions of others, by using effective listening and open, questioning techniques Articulates requirements and methodologies clearly, using the appropriate tone, style, body language and reflective responses
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.4	Considers the strategic and operational potential of digital technology to achieve work goals, enhance work processes, create opportunities and reduce risks Draws on a broad understanding of the context and uses a combination of analysis and intuition, to decide whether an idea is worth developing and implementing Develops plans for complex high-impact activities with strategic implications Recognises and addresses complex problems involving multiple variables

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT813 Manage ICT services	ICAICT713A Manage IT services	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edit to title. Recoded and minor changes to Performance Criteria to meet AQF requirements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT813 Manage ICT services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and critically analyse the provision of quality information and communications technology (ICT) services

review, then develop and implement, procedures and processes to improve the quality of ICT service management

critically review, evaluate, monitor and improve the ICT service management.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

review and appraise ICT service management concepts and processes

research and critically review, the quality assurance procedures in ICT services

discriminate and summarise, industry best practice processes in ICT services

summarise and contrast, the technical terminology relevant to service management.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general ICT industry, and include access to:

a current service organisational chart

current service logs and procedures

an organisational mission statement.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cloud computing strategy for establishing cloud computing services as a key business enabler.

It applies to senior management, including strategic business analysts and chief information officers.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the existing business ICT system assets	1.1 Review the business assets and identify the most appropriate for possible cloud deployment 1.2 Evaluate each asset’s risk tolerance to the business, for possible cloud deployment
2. Select the most suitable deployment and/or delivery model for each asset	2.1 Map each asset to potential cloud deployment models 2.2 Review and select the most relevant delivery model for each asset 2.3 Document the security risks to the business as a result of using the identified deployment and delivery models
3. Develop a cloud implementation strategy	3.1 Develop a cloud implementation plan, incorporating the most appropriate deployment and delivery models, in line with the enterprise requirements 3.2 Develop a costing for the technology requirements of the implementation proposal 3.3 Develop processes for the periodic review of the cloud service metrics, associated with the implementation proposal

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.2	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 3.1	Prepares documentation expressing ideas, explores complex issues and is constructed logically, succinctly and accurately
Numeracy	3.2	Analyses and synthesises highly embedded mathematical information in a broad range of tasks and texts
Navigate the world of work	3.1	Develops and implements strategies that ensures that the organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Get the work done	3.1, 3.3	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context, in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Identifies the key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision-making strategies, where appropriate Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies, for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business	ICAICT814A Develop cloud computing strategies for a business	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT814 Develop cloud computing strategies for a business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse and document, the effectiveness of existing cloud computing deployment and delivery models

research the cloud computing options in the marketplace

develop a cloud computing implementation strategy that meets the enterprise needs.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

research and synthesise information to determine and document current business processes, and cloud service sources

define and employ coaching, mentoring and teamwork skills to ensure the support of cloud computing strategies as an ongoing initiative

investigate and analyse cloud computing concepts, processes and trends

synthesise the relevant enterprise policies and legislation that affect business operations, specifically privacy legislation

discriminate between the legal, ethical and security issues relating to cloud computing

evaluate organisational change-management theory and methods

determine the risk tolerance issues, as they relate to the development of cloud computing strategies

investigate and critically analyse, the methods of deploying cloud technology strategies

investigate and critically analyse, the security issues relevant to a business.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the general information and communications technology (ICT) industry, and include access to:

a workplace of sufficient complexity, to enable the required level of analysis to be carried out in relation to current business processes, and possible future cloud computing solutions

relevant enterprise strategic documentation, including:

strategic planning

financial

ICT infrastructure

enterprise objectives and policies.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to apply the enterprise wide operating system to system automation in a distributed computing environment as used in telecommunications applications.

It applies to telecommunication engineers who manage automated systems within a telecommunications network including databases, files systems and user administration.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

General ICT

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Operate an enterprise wide operating system	1.1 Modify boot options by operating an enterprise wide operating system 1.2 Shutdown a networked operating system using system commands with qualifiers 1.3 Manage files using file management commands and wildcards and creating disk partitions and other media file systems 1.4 Mount and unmount file systems using system commands 1.5 Verify the integrity of file systems using system utilities 1.6 Configure telecommunication applications by using system commands with special permission modes 1.7 Critically analyse, evaluate and apply the enterprise wide operating system features to a given telecommunications multi-user application using distributed computing
2. Apply system functions	2.1 Use the command line interface to interact with shells and commands to the telecommunications application on distributed computing 2.2 Manage files by applying regular expressions with system functions 2.3 Send text files and output streams through text utilities using commands 2.4 Evaluate and apply enterprise wide operating system functions to a telecommunications application on distributed computing to create menu options
3. Manage user login environment and customisation	3.1 Manage user and group accounts to the telecommunications application on distributed computing 3.2 Change user and group profiles to allowed security access level using commands 3.3 Scan log files for activity using commands 3.4 Configure the user environment for setting user and global profiles 3.5 Record the configuration settings
4. Manage system level functions	4.1 Automate scheduling using the system ‘cron’ command 4.2 Critically analyse the need for backup strategy in a telecommunications network application 4.3 Plan a backup strategy to maintain redundancy of the system 4.4 Configure the system to perform scheduled backing up the file system to various media 4.5 Verify integrity of backup operations by restoring system using backup files 4.6 Configure system log files for administration and security needs 4.7 Manage a print server and print files to provide customer service 4.8 Document the configuration backup schedules and system logs
5. Complete evaluation and configuration documentation	5.1 Produce a project evaluation report on the application of Unix features to a given telecommunications multi-user application using distributed computing with recommendations on improvements to the system 5.2 Produce a report on the management and configuration of user applications and system level functions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy and numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.7, 2.4, 3.3, 4.2	Evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	2.4, 3.5, 4.2, 4.8, 5.1, 5.2	Generates complex written texts demonstrating sophisticated writing skills
Oral Communication	4.2, 5.1, 5.2	Presents complex and effective spoken communication in a broad range of contexts
Numeracy	1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 4.2, 4.4, 4.6	Applies a wide range of highly developed mathematical and problem solving strategies and techniques to a wide range of contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.7, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.7, 5.2	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Makes high impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Identifies key factors that impact on decisions and their outcomes, drawing on experience, competing priorities, and decision making strategies where appropriate Explores and incubates new and innovative ideas through unconstrained analysis and critical thinking to develop and improve the organisations goals Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalent status
ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system	ICTITU7106B Manage automated ICT system applications using Unix	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Recoded and minor changes to PC’s to meet AQF requirements	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT815 Manage automated ICT system applications using enterprise wide operating system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

manage ICT system functions using a enterprise wide operating system

analyse system functions based on data

produce a report on the evaluation of the system

document recommendations for improvement

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse an automated systems

critique communication and multi user telecommunications systems

appraise distributed computing

appraise encoding and programming techniques

analyse and report on network security

describe networking infrastructure

describe realisation of software simulation

apply enterprise wide operating system commands.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications -Information Technology field of work and include access to:

a telecommunications operations site

unix based system to manage automated functions

special purpose tools, equipment, materials

industry software packages.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply simulation testing techniques to telecommunication systems.

It applies to technical staff who work with optical communication systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan simulation of hardware instruments	1.1 Arrange access to site according to required procedure 1.2 Determine specific applications for virtual instruments in telecommunication systems 1.3 Determine features of virtual instruments applicable to telecommunication systems, including limitations of virtual instruments 1.4 Select a range of simple and complex virtual instruments applicable to telecommunication systems
2. Perform simulation techniques	2.1 Perform measurements on telecommunication systems using simple virtual instruments 2.2 Simulate and display properties of a modulated signal with software generated instruments following enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 2.3 Simulate and display a data signal transmitted through a band-limited channel 2.4 Control virtual instruments using data bus operation
3. Analyse simulation measurements	3.1 Determine conversion processes used in virtual instruments 3.2 Document potential effect of a simulation algorithm on readings taken 3.3 Analyse measurements in context of conversion process and simulation algorithm
4. Report measurement results	4.1 Prepare report on measurement results 4.2 Submit report to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy and numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 3.3	Draws on a range of strategies to research and understand complex texts Analyses and consolidates test results and data from a range of sources, against defined criteria and requirements
Writing	1.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Demonstrates sophisticated writing skills by selecting appropriate conventions and stylistic devices to express precise meaning
Oral Communication	1.1, 4.2	Establishes effective spoken communication in a range of contexts
Numeracy	1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1	Selects and applies a wide range of mathematical and problem solving techniques in a broad range of contexts Uses a wide range of formal mathematical language and representation to communicate mathematically
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.2	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.3	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications for testing, managing and manipulating data and communications effectively, in a secure and stable digital environment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTITU516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments	ICTITU5144A Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTICT516 Test telecommunications network using virtual instruments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

interpret and use equipment and system manuals and specifications

use latest virtual instrument test equipment

simulate signals and systems using complex virtual instruments

analyse and report on results of simulation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the applications of virtual instruments

explain current and emerging developments in relation to virtual instruments

describe instrumentation principles and practices

identify internet support services

outline modulation methods, AM, FM and digital formats

name sampling and data conversion processes

explain virtual instrument features and benefits.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Information Technology use field of work and include access to:

internet sites

electronic workbench or similar software

virtual instrument applications and media

a workplace conducting operations involving virtual instruments, with support from a competent supervisor or mentor

telecommunications equipment suitable for integrating projects

industry software packages (where applicable).

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to consider business drivers in a decision-making process for network planning and investment. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse forecasts using customer demand	1.1 Gather and organise information concerning customer service and usage data to determine customer demand 1.2 Determine trends in customer demands in specific customer operating environments and markets 1.3 Assess key measures of capacity and customer demand for forecast
2. Build models to develop business cases	2.1 Construct a model to represent key options to formulate strategic proposals in network planning 2.2 Determine rights of carriers and service providers in installing facilities under Commonwealth legislation 2.3 Produce a strategic network plan using key variables, and communicate them to intended audience 2.4 Apply business case methodology to determine key economic measures and risks to business success 2.5 Evaluate business value and options to recommend appropriate planning strategy
3. Apply financial analysis	3.1 Use a financial investment tool relevant to the business environment to determine financial viability of the planning project 3.2 Apply key economic measures in an analysis process and develop business strategy 3.3 Determine relevant level of financial analysis required to optimise network planning
4. Analyse demographic trends for strategy development	4.1 Gather demographic data and determine impact of demographic diversity on planning strategies 4.2 Analyse data and produce demographic trends for use in strategy developments in network planning
5. Assess technology implementation	5.1 Determine unit costs associated with technologies and products by using lifecycle of technologies 5.2 Research what different technology bases can deliver and circumstances and locations in which they should be successfully deployed
6. Evaluate network deployment architecture	6.1 Evaluate network deployment architecture using network deployment rules and reasoning behind architecture rules 6.2 Produce a business model of network planning, applying commercial considerations and exemption process

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.2, 2.5, 4.1, 5.2, 6.1	Identifies and evaluates text to determine key information and specific requirements and responsibilities
Writing	1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 6.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language Uses expected forms and conventions to present required information
Oral Communication	2.3	Articulates specific information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for intended audience
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 6.1, 6.2	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and financial consequences Applies different financial models to the planning process and highlights benefits and drawbacks of different strategies
Navigate the world of work	2.2	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	2.3	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1, 6.2	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning	ICTNPL4107A Apply business acumen to network planning	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL401 Apply business acumen to network planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse forecasts using customer demand

build accurate models to develop business cases, applying financial analysis

analyse demographic trends for strategy development

assess technology implementation

communicate with customers

evaluate network deployment architecture.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain different forms of business modelling

identify commercial considerations, including:

capital expenditure (CAPEX)

operational expenditure (OPEX)

product revenue and demand versus network cost

return on investment (RoI)

time to market

identify role of demographics in the planning process

outline emerging technologies of telecommunications

identify financial investment tools:

cost-benefit analysis

investment management system

net present value (NPV)

identify financial models

explain forecasting of trends

identify and explain relevant legislation as it applies to:

Australian competition and consumer affairs

telecommunications industry regulatory accounting

universal services obligations

describe network planning processes.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

network planning data

relevant databases

business and financial models

systems and deployment rules and relevant legislation

planning processes and regulatory frameworks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan deployment of network architecture when conducting access network telecommunications work.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for work according to site specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Determine type of access network by accessing and using network information sources 1.3 Produce a brief on how access network architecture components relate to the larger network and their impact on the work 1.4 Evaluate equipment type and technologies to be considered, to determine availability and compatibility with existing network equipment 1.5 Obtain resources and equipment needed for the work according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety 1.6 Assess capacity limitations of various platforms in the context of the work to ensure maximum network performance 1.7 Determine product capability and calculate allowable capacity of the access network to allow for network growth
2. Produce deployment plan for an Access Network	2.1 Conduct planning work using current equipment components and complying with access network deployment rules and exemption process criteria 2.2 Produce a preliminary plan on deployment of the network that maintains integrity of the access network 2.3 Discuss unexpected situations with appropriate personnel, with consideration to job specifications, safety and enterprise procedures to establish a solution 2.4 Review plan to ensure it complies with all standards and codes required when working on network access, and where appropriate make adjustments
3. Complete work and report its impact on network access	3.1 Produce final deployment plan including recommendations agreed with customer 3.2 Provide a report on network monitoring techniques used to manage the network to ensure it is performing at optimum level

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4-1.7, 2.1, 2.4	Identifies and evaluates written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.2, 3.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	1.6, 1.7, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Articulates specific information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for the intended audience
Numeracy	1.6, 1.7, 3.1, 3.2	Employs mathematical calculations to determine features and limitations of different networks
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Interact with others	2.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers
Get the work done	1.1-1.7, 2.1, 3.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures	ICTNPL4108A Plan the deployment of access network architectures	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL402 Plan the deployment of access network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

gather data appropriately within information sources and evaluate how the data relates to the access architecture

source current major equipment and technologies used in an access network and detail their compatibilities

accurately plan deployment of an access network architecture, including deployment rules, capacity and capability management and monitoring techniques

complete work within a timeframe typically expected of the discipline, work function and industrial environment.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the features of an access network, including:

architectures and geographical categorisation

information sources

technology and equipment

define capacity and capability management

identify capacity limitation of various platforms

describe commercial considerations of access network deployment

identify compatibility issues of technology and equipment

explain currency of technology and equipment use

summarise enterprise deployment rules and rationale

identify exemption process criteria

identify major equipment components of a modern access architecture

describe monitoring techniques to manage the access network

outline network topologies

identify product capability and availability allowable within an access network

outline telecommunications access networks issues and challenges.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

network design documentation and other site-related documentation

equipment specifications

live network or training facilities

organisational guidelines

networked computers

networked telecommunications components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information on the types of access networks and evaluate their capability to meet present and future demands, including evaluation and comparison of competing access network technologies.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for given work according to site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Determine types of access networks currently deployed by accessing and using network information sources 1.3 Determine nature, quantity, architecture and condition of existing network equipment and their attributes 1.4 Produce a brief on deployment scope of current access networks, including geographical limitations and their contribution to the larger network
2. Assess capability and technologies of current and future access networks	2.1 Produce layout of the topology of identified types of access networks with network elements clearly indicated 2.2 Evaluate equipment type and technologies of the access network to determine compatibility with existing network equipment and interoperability with other networks 2.3 Assess current and future capability and limitations of the network to ensure potential growth of the network 2.4 Determine future offerings of product and services outlining product offerings allowable over each network
3. Document capability evaluation	3.1 Assess capability of current access networks to deliver products and services to customers 3.2 Recommend preferred solutions for network growth with future capabilities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.2-2.4, 3.1	Identifies and evaluates written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	1.4, 2.1, 3.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	1.3, 1.4, 3.2	Articulates technical information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for intended audience
Numeracy	1.4, 2.1, 2.2	Employs mathematical calculations to determine features and limitations of different networks and equipment
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	3.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks	ICTNPL4109A Evaluate the capability of access networks	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL403 Evaluate the capability of access networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

evaluate capability and limitations of the various access network technologies for present and future needs

determine and source equipment that will be used across the spectrum of access network technologies

outline product offerings allowable across all competing access network technologies.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify access networks from information sources

explain access networks in terms of:

common attributes and features

typical access network technologies and topologies

explain how to assess capability and limitations of a network including:

its contribution to the boarder network; and,

its capacity to deliver customer products and services

outline typical problems and challenges that arise from working with access network technologies

explain the basis on which various network technologies are selected.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

network design documentation and other site related documentation

equipment specifications

live network or training facilities

organisational guidelines

networked computers

networked telecommunications components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate building service capability to meet present and future demands for a building facility housing telecommunications equipment, including gathering information and evaluating allowable types of building services, power systems, air conditioning, fire safety services, energy use and alarm systems within each technology.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards including work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Obtain building plans and specifications from planning section 1.3 Determine type of facility and building services required to house telecommunications network equipment and plant to efficiently support the network 1.4 Determine the purpose of the main areas or rooms in the network building and note special requirements to support safe operation of the facility 1.5 Verify who is responsible for planning, provisioning, maintaining and operation of a facility
2. Evaluate power requirements	2.1 Assess how functions of the main power and building services support network equipment and the impact if building services are not provided correctly or fail 2.2 Produce a schematic diagram of the relationship of electrical components in an end-to-end power and building services system 2.3 Assess different types of power sources likely to supply network equipment and determine benefits or deficiencies 2.4 Determine how resiliency is built into provisioning of a reliable power supply and how different levels of reliability can be achieved 2.5 Evaluate the impact of energy use and energy loads in the facility and determine how energy use can be minimised
3. Evaluate requirements of air conditioning services	3.1 Assess the main types of air conditioning components or plant available and their suitability to building requirements, and draw a schematic diagram of proposed layout 3.2 Determine how different equipment rack heat dissipation and size of a load can affect cooling needs 3.3 Evaluate how deployment of network equipment and other supporting infrastructure can affect performance and loading of the installed air conditioner
4. Evaluate requirements of fire safety services	4.1 Assess type, functions and components of fire service protection systems for fire and smoke required in a network facility for the safety and protection of people and assets 4.2 Use the building plan to locate fire systems to be deployed to comply with fire regulations 4.3 Evaluate effect equipment deployments may have on fire services and its ability to protect the site and maintain regulatory obligations
5. Evaluate requirements of alarm systems	5.1 Determine alarm requirements from the building plan and specifications 5.2 Assess if basic monitoring is to be used with system or plant interrogation capabilities to produce an integrated alarm system for the facility 5.3 Determine where alarm systems are monitored and actioned and the personnel responsible 5.4 Evaluate what systems are used to connect power and building services output alarms, and the software requirements needed to allow interrogation
6. Produce evaluation document	6.1 Assess requirements for each building service needed to support the facility, allowing for projection of future network growth and building expansion 6.2 Produce an evaluation document on planning requirements for proposed provisioning including identified services to support the building facility

Foundation Skills

This section describes the Foundation Skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1-5.3, 6.1	Identifies and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 5.3, 6.1, 6.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals employing expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.5, 5.3	Articulates technical information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for the intended audience
Numeracy	2.2-2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.3, 5.1, 5.4, 6.1, 6.2	Employs mathematical calculations to determine capabilities and limitations of different systems
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3-2.5, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2-5.4, 6.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility	ICTNPL4110A Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL404 Evaluate the planning requirements for provisioning a telecommunications building facility

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

evaluate facilities used for housing network equipment and how they may be used for provisioning

produce documentation that correctly associates responsibilities to planning, provisioning, maintenance and operation of a building facility

evaluate planning requirements for telecommunications building facilities

determine equipment for air conditioning systems and power supplies into building facilities

determine requirements for energy use, alarm and fire safety services.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline these aspects of network planning:

alarm monitoring and hierarchy of responsibility

capacity of air conditioning system on a given load

different building services supported at a network site

describe basic monitoring and plant interrogation capabilities

outline complexities of various levels of alarm as applied to building facilities

identify general types of facilities within building housing network equipment

outline services and equipment, including:

types of air conditioning

types of fire safety services

types of power sources

equipment deployments on fire safety services

main energy loads associated in a facility

identify regulatory obligations in relation to fire safety services

identify software systems needed to allow alarm interrogation (outputs).

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

building facilities where planning requirements for provisioning may be conducted

relevant regulatory and organisational procedures

documentation that impacts work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop provisioning of building services, including gathering information on the role of power and building services, equipment and infrastructure deployments, building standards, building services capacity and building works programs to evaluate allowable types of building services.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for given work according to relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards, including work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Determine the main role power and building services perform in a network facility and note their effect on network reliability and performance 1.3 Assess the provisioning process required to identify, plan and implement power and building services for equipment deployment plans
2. Assess equipment and infrastructure deployments	2.1 Evaluate available capacity from power and cooling plant to support the effect on floor loading, power and heat load from equipment deployments 2.2 Determine different levels of reliability performance standards applicable to specific equipment deployment needs 2.3 Develop a process to plan or implement a power and building services upgrade compatible to the network equipment requirements 2.4 Assess options available to manage capacity growth in a facility and the effect of potential single points of failure in an end-to-end power and building services system
3. Develop building works programs	3.1 Develop short- and long-term works programs for building projects that include minor upgrades to large installations 3.2 Determine triggers that may require a power and building services capacity or reliability upgrade 3.3 Prioritise projects based on customer demand and business needs
4. Assess provisioning of building services	4.1 Assess the possible effect on current and future use of a building or space when provisioning power and building services 4.2 Produce cost estimates including constraints for provisioning of a power and building services upgrade

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3	Identifies and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	1.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals employing expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	1.2, 3,3	Articulates technical information using appropriate tone and vocabulary for intended audience
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 4.2	Employs mathematical calculations to interpret capabilities and limitations of different systems
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project	ICTNPL4111A Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL405 Develop provisioning of telecommunications building works project

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

assess capacity and suitability of available power and building services for telecommunications building works

develop a process to implement a power and building services upgrade

develop short- and long-term works projects for equipment and infrastructure deployments

produce accurate cost estimates for provisioning.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the process to assess capacity and suitability of available power and building services

outline the following features of a building works project:

correlation between building service systems to network equipment requirements

different levels of reliability performance standards, applicable to specific equipment deployment needs

information required to assess effect on floor loading, power and heat load from equipment deployments

main regulatory standards

role of power and building services, capacity and standards

establish the source of budget cost estimates

define the specific short and long term works programs

identify typical issues and challenges that occur in telecommunications building service systems and how these may be addressed

outline the process for power and building services upgrades.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

building facilities where a telecommunications network project may be conducted

relevant regulatory, organisational procedures

documentation impacting work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess roles and evaluate benefits of competing core network architectures. Core networks use convergent internet protocol (IP) based technologies with conventional technologies.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider, and prepares them for entry level planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate basic IP network architecture	1.1 Produce a layout of the topology of an IP network showing network elements and application of the 7-layer open system interconnect (OSI) model 1.2 Determine purpose of routers and switches and use of routing protocols 1.3 Determine different types of generic resiliency and redundancy that can be applied in network architectures and when they should be applied 1.4 Evaluate benefits of IP networks compared to circuit-based networks and the impact on modern telecommunications networks
2. Evaluate synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) transport architectures	2.1 Produce a layout of the topology of SDH transport networks showing structure and role of rings in the networks 2.2 Determine purpose of SDH switching and its function within the transport architecture 2.3 Assess key capacity and distance limitations in SDH networks 2.4 Assess resiliency and redundancy techniques that can be used within SDH transport networks 2.5 Evaluate compatibility of SDH transport architectures with other transport architectures
3. Evaluate broadband architectures	3.1 Produce a layout of the topology structure of the asymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL) edge network and the hybrid fibre coaxial (HFC) cable edge network in providing broadband access to customer 3.2 Determine purpose of point-to-point protocol (PPP) and function of the digital subscriber line access multiplexer (DSLAM), broadband remote access server (BRAS) and layer2 network protocol network server (LNS) in the ADSL network 3.3 Assess arrangement of carrier channels connecting the HFC cable customer 3.4 Determine the function of the CMTS and the purpose of DOCSIS, and key capabilities of its different versions in the HFC network 3.5 Assess resiliency considerations for ADSL and HFC cable network architectures 3.6 Evaluate benefits of providing cable broadband access to wireless broadband from a network security aspect
4. Evaluate data architectures	4.1 Produce a layout of the topology of key structures of a data network showing the IP network and multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) structures 4.2 Determine the purpose of internal and external routing protocols in an IP network outlining reasons for the creation of a virtual private network (VPN) 4.3 Determine the purpose of label distribution protocol (LDP) in an MPLS network 4.4 Assess resiliency and redundancy techniques that can be used within data networks 4.5 Evaluate compatibility of IP and MPLS networking
5. Evaluate metropolitan ethernet architectures	5.1 Produce a layout of the topology structure of a metropolitan ethernet network showing optimum siting of the ethernet switch 5.2 Determine types and limitations of the varieties of ethernet transmission 5.3 Assess scaling limitations of ethernet networks 5.4 Assess resiliency and redundancy techniques that can be used within metropolitan ethernet networks 5.5 Evaluate the need for creation of virtual local area networks (VLAN) in metropolitan ethernet architecture for improved performance
6. Evaluate voice architectures	6.1 Produce a layout of the topology of a voice over internet protocol (VoIP) network and a wireless voice network showing the network elements 6.2 Determine the function of local exchange and transit exchange switches in the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 6.3 Determine the function of a secure broadband connection (SBC) and the purpose of session initiation protocol (SIP) in wireless networking 6.4 Assess resiliency and redundancy techniques that can be applied in design of voice networks 6.5 Evaluate benefits of VoIP networks compared to circuit based networks and the impact on modern telecommunications networks
7. Evaluate media and content architectures	7.1 Determine structure, elements and purpose of hosting networks in data centres and a content distribution network 7.2 Evaluate the impact of high speed broadband for wide deployment of media and content architectures
8. Prepare evaluation report	8.1 Assess compatibility and interoperability of competing core network architectures 8.2 Prepare an evaluation report outlining core network solutions using emerging technologies

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2-1.4, 2.2-2.4, 3.2, 3.6, 4.2, 4.3, 4.5, 5.2, 6.2-6.5, 7.1, 8.2	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	2.1, 4.2, 8.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals employing expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 3.2, 3.4	Articulates technical information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for the intended audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 4.4, 5.1, 5.3-5.5, 6.1, 6.4, 6.5, 7.2, 8.1	Employs mathematical calculations to interpret capabilities and limitations of different systems
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.2-2.5, 3.2-3.6, 4.2-4.5, 5.2-5.5, 6.2-6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 8.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures	ICTNPL4112A Evaluate core network architectures	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL406 Evaluate core network architectures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

determine first three layers of the open system interconnect (OSI) model

determine the role of switches and routers in the core network and different types of routing protocols

evaluate synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) switching and transmission and its ability to create resiliency in the network through various redundant configurations

evaluate benefits, purpose and structure of ADSL networks and other broadband products

determine and compare data networks with specific reference to internet protocol (IP) and multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)

evaluate the most important routing protocols of internal and external MPLS and the resilience built into them

evaluate limitations of an ethernet network and how VLAN can be incorporated in them

compare various voice protocols

determine the purpose of various hosting in data centres and media and distribution platforms.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the following features of core network architectures:

client business domain, business function and organisation

networking technologies

theoretical concepts of three or more current industry network development and design methodologies

transmission technologies and protocols

outline MPLS and IP architectures across a core network environment

outline current industry-accepted hardware and software products

identify and describe relevant protocols, such as routing information protocol (RIP), enhanced interior gateway routing protocol (EIGRP), open shortest path first (OSPF), and border gateway protocol (BGP) operations

identify VLANs and VPN tunnels and describe how they may be implemented in an ethernet/MPLS environment.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

network design documentation

site-related documentation

equipment specifications

live network or training facilities

organisational guidelines

networked computers

networked telecommunications components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan deployment of core network for a telecommunications service provider, including use and consideration of core network deployment data, technology, equipment, capacity management and network management information sources. Core networks use convergent internet protocol (IP) based technologies with conventional technologies.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for work according to site-specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Determine the type of core network by accessing and using network information sources 1.3 Produce a brief showing how core network architecture components relate to the larger network and their impact on the work 1.4 Evaluate equipment type and technologies to be considered to determine availability and compatibility with existing network equipment 1.5 Obtain resources and equipment needed for the work according to enterprise procedures and check for correct operation and safety 1.6 Assess capacity limitation of platforms in context of the work to ensure maximum network performance 1.7 Determine product capability and calculate allowable capacity of the core network to allow for network growth
2. Produce deployment plan for a core network	2.1 Assess demand for the core network using key geographic, demographic, forecast and bandwidth data 2.2 Identify key parameters of the core network to be measured for capacity management 2.3 Produce a preliminary deployment plan for the core network using architectural principles and assessed demand to maintain integrity of the core network 2.4 Assess additional planning requirements for voice over internet protocol (VoIP) and wireless voice networks from voice networks, and for hosting and content distribution networks from media and content networks 2.5 Create a financial business case for deployment of the core network based on assessed demand to justify a return on investment (RoI) and operational costs 2.6 Discuss unexpected situations with appropriate personnel, with consideration to job specifications, safety and enterprise procedures to establish a solution
3. Complete work and report its impact on network performance	3.1 Produce final deployment plan including recommendations agreed with customer 3.2 Provide a report on network monitoring techniques used to manage the network to ensure the network is performing at optimum level

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1-2.4	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals employing expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	2.6, 3.1, 3.2	Articulates technical information using an appropriate tone and vocabulary for the intended audience Listens and responds to different viewpoints and elicits opinions of others through considered questioning
Numeracy	1.6, 1.7, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Employs mathematical calculations to interpret capabilities and limitations of different systems and future configurations
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.5, 2.6	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	2.6	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with clients and co-workers Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.7, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network	ICTNPL4113A Plan the deployment of core network	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL407 Plan the deployment of core network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

gather data from information sources efficiently and evaluate how the data relates to the core network

source major equipment and technologies accurately to be used in a core network and detail their compatibilities

prepare a business case for deployment of a core network

produce a deployment plan for a core network including monitoring techniques and recommendations for the customer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) and internet protocol (IP) architectures across a core network environment

outline different protocols such as routing information protocol (RIP), enhanced interior gateway routing protocol (EIGRP), open shortest path first (OSPF), and border gateway protocol (BGP) operations

identify virtual local area networks (VLAN) and virtual private network (VPN) tunnels and explain how they are implemented in an ethernet and MPLS environment

outline the following features of core network architectures:

client business domain, business function and organisation

current industry-accepted hardware and software products

networking technologies incorporating substantial depth in some areas

transmission technologies and protocols

theoretical concepts of three or more current industry network development and design methodologies.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

network design documentation

other site-related documentation

equipment specifications

live network or training facilities

organisational guidelines

networked computers

networked telecommunications components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information on the types of end-to-end services and product delivery and evaluate their capability to meet present and future demands.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope the project	1.1 Prepare for given work according to site specific safety requirements and enterprise work health and safety (WHS) processes and procedures 1.2 Determine types of currently deployed end-to-end service delivery networks by accessing and using network information sources 1.3 Produce a brief on how end-to-end service delivery network elements relate to the larger network and their impact on the work
2. Assess capacity and capability of a specific project	2.1 Determine the nature, quantity, architecture and condition of existing end-to-end service delivery network elements and attributes that contribute to determining planning specifications 2.2 Assess capacity and capability limitations of an existing end-to-end service delivery network project by accessing network information sources and conducting site visits 2.3 Assess capacity and capability limitations of a building facility project that contribute to determining planning specifications
3. Assess capacity and capability of product and service delivery	3.1 Determine types of currently deployed products and services by accessing sales and marketing information databases 3.2 Produce a brief evaluating capability and technology of current product and services to meet demands and their relationship to the larger network 3.3 Evaluate emerging technologies that contribute to determining planning specifications for demands of future products and services
4. Produce planning briefs	4.1 Produce a brief on the planning specifications of an end-to-end service delivery network and a building facility project for the planning department to determine current and future network demands 4.2 Produce a brief on products and services planning requirements for sales and marketing to determine provisioning of future demands

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language employing expected forms and conventions
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Articulates technical information using appropriate tone and vocabulary for the intended audience
Numeracy	2.3, 3.1	Employs mathematical calculations to compare capabilities and limitations of different systems and future configurations
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery	ICTNPL4114A Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages Clarified performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL408 Produce planning specifications for end-to-end service delivery

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

access relevant network information databases to determine the types of end-to-end services and products

conduct site evaluation assessment accurately

evaluate capacity and capability of end-to-end services to meet current and future demands

assess limitations of current end-to-end services and produce specifications to meet future demands

assess limitations of current building facility and services and produce specifications to meet future demands

summarise and produce planning briefs to network, sales and marketing planning sections.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify emerging technologies, trends and products available overseas that will be in demand in the Australian market

describe information required to prepare and review limits of:

broadband networks

data networks

facilities and environmental issues

fixed access transmission network

media and content

regional and metropolitan network

voice networks

wireless network

outline the following aspects of network planning:

basic network design including routing and redundancy

levels of reliability performance standards applicable to specific equipment deployment needs

standards and regulations

describe the distribution structure of networks including:

access

backbone

edge

outline current equipment and product types to meet future service obligations.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

a network planning area with systems and deployment rules and standards

end-to-end services and products databases

relevant workplace procedures

product and manufacturing specifications

codes of practice and standards

manuals and reference materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess the impact of deregulation, competition, economic conditions, regulations and legislation on enterprise-specific policies and procedures and its subsequent incorporation into the planning process.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate economic and political influences	1.1 Research the impact of deregulation and competition in the telecommunications industry on planning priorities of competing service providers in Australia due to the different federal government policies 1.2 Assess the influence of local and international economic conditions on the growth of the industry that would impact on the planning justification for a new network 1.3 Evaluate and produce a report on the economic and political influences on public and commercial enterprises providing services in a competitive telecommunications market of fast changing technologies
2. Evaluate impact of key regulations and legislation	2.1 Access all legislation governing carriers in Australia to determine the rights of carriers and service providers in installing facilities under Commonwealth legislation 2.2 Use the Telecommunications Industry Regulatory Accounting Framework (RAF) to determine the method used by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) in enforcing competitive provisions between service providers 2.3 Evaluate the impact on planning of services by the obligation placed by Universal Service Obligation (USO) on service providers to ensure services are reasonably accessible to all people in Australia on an equitable basis 2.4 Produce a summary report evaluating the impact of the legislation on the planning process of access networks and plan strategies to facilitate network planning
3. Apply internal financial compliance	3.1 Use an enterprise-specific investment management system (IMS) to create on the spot reports for performance measurement of an existing planning project against the business plan 3.2 Produce a report of planning work activities incorporating enterprise-specific policies and procedures underpinned by regulatory and compliance obligations

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to date in order to provide accurate information Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements Identifies and acts on issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Contributes to continuous improvement of current work practices by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, search and enter data and code, present information and communicate with others, cognisant of data security and safety

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	ICTNPL4150A Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL409 Apply knowledge of regulation and legislation for the telecommunications industry

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

produce a comprehensive evaluation report on economic and political influences on the telecommunications industry in Australia

produce a comprehensive evaluation report on the impact of key regulation and legislation on the telecommunications industry

produce an accurate summary report evaluating the impact of the legislation on the planning process of access networks.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the impact of deregulation on the telecommunications industry

outline the investment management system

identify and describe the purpose and implementation of relevant telecommunications legislation

identify and describe the impact of market forces on telecommunications

outline procedures for developing plans for telecommunications systems

outline the telecommunications industry, framework and networks.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation

planning processes

Telecommunications Industry Regulatory Accounting Framework (RAF) planning tools

enterprise-specific investment management system (IMS)

relevant databases

licensing requirements

other related procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan access networks delivering voice, data and video services to customers, and involves the collation and evaluation of data relating to network shortfalls and projected usage, leading to the development of solutions and ultimately network plans for an estate.

It applies to individuals with a range of telecommunications skills and extensive knowledge of core and access network capabilities of the service provider. It prepares individuals for entry into planning and design for network additions and implementations to accommodate network growth and new technologies within the industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather data on network usage for planning activity	1.1 Determine the type of access network by accessing and using network information sources 1.2 Collect planning data using network information sources to determine network trends 1.3 Evaluate new and emerging technologies to determine availability and compatibility with existing network equipment 1.4 Access relevant legislation and associated regulatory and operational codes
2. Evaluate need for network growth	2.1 Evaluate capacity of the existing network to absorb planned growth 2.2 Identify need and likely timing of necessary network increments 2.3 Assess new or alternate technologies to rectify network shortfall 2.4 Identify barriers relating to planned network extensions impacting planning the network realisation 2.5 Assess the impact of not meeting network shortfall needs and long term ramifications on the business
3. Develop solution and network plan to address network shortfall	3.1 Review overall planning parameters prior to commencement of the planning process to produce forecasts for specific network area and cost-benefit analysis 3.2 Establish the optimum solution to address network shortfall with justification for the proposal 3.3 Determine project details and ascertain preliminary costing and resource requirements 3.4 Determine availability of required technology or technology features within the specified timeframe 3.5 Produce a specific network plan with solution and recommendations for anticipated projects for approval according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 2.5, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	2.3, 2.4, 3.2-3.5	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	1.2, 2.1, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information
Navigate the world of work	1.4	Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes for more complex and non-routine situations Addresses less predictable problems and initiates standard procedures in response, applying problem-solving processes in determining a solution Contributes to continuous improvement of current work practices by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	ICTNPL4151A Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL410 Plan the telecommunications access network for an estate

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

implement planning processes including associated monitoring and control mechanisms

develop effective solutions to address access network shortfalls that satisfy customer and enterprise needs

develop network plans with consideration of appropriate technological developments and product implementation

produce accurate forecasts for a specific network including cost-benefit analysis.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and summarise legislation affecting the telecommunications industry

outline the features of an access network and the influence on:

cost estimates and operating budgets according to enterprise policy

telecommunications industry in Australia

describe the theory of project management and associated databases and project management software programs

describe the process and features of planning for an access network on an estate

determine the economic and political influences on public and commercial enterprises

describe the financial authorities and delegations associated with an access network plan

define the influence of the local and international economic conditions on the telecommunications industry

describe the typical challenges and limits facing technology today and the consideration of future needs

describe the process of collating and writing project briefs, reports and project charters.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

a network planning area systems and deployment

rules and standards

relevant databases

licensing requirements and other site related procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to satisfy the regulatory environment in the planning, design and installation of telecommunications equipment and infrastructure.

It applies to individuals with the organisational, economic and regulation skills to enable them to plan and design the access network infrastructure of private and/or carrier service providers. These individuals may be responsible for small projects or parts of larger projects and for the operation and engineering of the enterprise and telecommunications network in general.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate design for activities subject to standards, regulations, codes of practice and legislation	1.1 Research the range of activities subject to regulations, standards, legislation and codes of practice for their design 1.2 Examine organisational procedures developed to deal with these requirements. 1.3 Examine construction requirements for each activity and determine any applicable regulations, codes or practices, 1.4 Access knowledge bases, authorities and records for areas and activities covered by these requirements, 1.5 Examine public records for planning restrictions that may impact the design and construction of a telecommunications network
2. Evaluate design for activities that require approval to enter land or premises	2.1 Determine the rights of entry and notifications necessary to enter property for the purpose of designing telecommunications facilities 2.2 Examine what courses of action are available in case of dispute 2.3 Access legislation governing carriers and service providers in Australia to determine the rights of carriers and service providers in installing facilities under Commonwealth legislation 2.4 Determine activities that must be undertaken during survey and construction to meet the various requirements
3. Examine processes necessary to facilitate completion of a design to meet the relevant regulatory environments	3.1 Discuss with governing authorities, consultants and other industry experts the steps necessary to meet the legislative requirements of a designer and constructor of the network infrastructure design 3.2 Initiate studies and information gathering activities to develop a design which is compliant to the requirements 3.3 Produce a report of work activities incorporating enterprise-specific policies and procedures underpinned by regulatory and compliance obligations 3.4 Compare the newly developed solutions to meet regulatory environments with financial plans to meet budgetary requirements for the design project
4. Complete legally binding agreements and document all procedures	4.1 Gather all reports and studies to support the design and construction activities and incorporate with final design 4.2 Diarise all activities for evidence of compliance with requirements in case of future actions 4.3 Ask relevant parties to sign legally binding documentation to fulfil obligations to access land or premises as required 4.4 Examine what alternative courses of action are available in case of dispute prior to or after an agreement is signed by all parties

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.2, 4.1, 4.4	Selects, synthesises and critically evaluates complex and often technically complex texts, and integrates prior knowledge to improve understanding
Writing	1.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2	Integrates information and ideas from a range of sources, and documents these in a form appropriate to audience and context
Oral Communication	3.1, 3.2, 4.3	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Collects, organises, interprets and communicates mathematical concepts embedded in data and information
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3,	Recognises and responds appropriately within a complex regulatory environment and identifies issues that may have legal implications Independently accesses a range of resources to acquire knowledge
Interact with others	2.2, 3.1, 4.3, 4.4	Actively seeks a range of perspectives as part of work role Anticipates possible sources of conflict, develops conflict resolution strategies and reflects on effectiveness of dispute resolution processes and actions.
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.4	Researches, plans, and manages complex tasks taking into account current and new technology, facilities and features when developing options Analyses the impact of financial, regulatory, policy, procedures and other factors in planning, and utilises sophisticated problem-solving skills to assess conditions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work	ICTNPL4247A Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work	Updated to meet standards for Training Package	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL411 Apply compliance requirements to telecommunications work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

produce a detailed report from a design, identifying acts and codes of practice for each aspect of a project

produce a report detailing common construction practices to mitigate the environmental impact of the project

produce a summary report detailing a designer’s and constructor’s obligations regarding land access under the telecommunications act and code of practice.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise regulations, standards, legislation and codes of practice relevant to the telecommunications industry

describe the impact of the following on telecommunications systems and installations:

Environmental Protection Authority and legislation

waterways and their responsibilities

national, state and council regulations

National Parks and Wildlife acts

ports authority

rail authority and their requirements

power distribution authority and requirements

roads authority

footpath allocations

describe technical compliance requirements for the following:

separations and depth of cover

earth potential rise (EPR)

low frequency induction (LFI)

describe the framework for the telecommunications industry including its various networks

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation

planning processes and telecommunications industry Regulatory Accounting Framework (RAF)

planning tools

enterprise-specific investment management system (IMS)

relevant databases

licensing requirements

relevant procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop specifications for core networks to be used by network designers.

It applies to technical officers or engineers from private and public organisations working in a network planning team, who combine technical skills with broader organisational skills to plan the various core network technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate core network requirements and infrastructure capability	1.1 Estimate likely growth in core network use by analysing forecasting market intelligence data on customer demand 1.2 Analyse current traffic and growth trends in edge and backbone networks to forecast traffic growth and capacity demand for the core network 1.3 Compare available capacity, capability and parameters of current core infrastructure deployment against researched demand data to identify infrastructure shortfalls 1.4 Quantify network requirements for any upgrades or network augmentation 1.5 Determine relevant standards and regulatory requirements to be considered in core network planning 1.6 Formulate justification to proceed by analysing business requirements and benefits to the business
2. Prepare strategic plan and scoping document	2.1 Determine appropriate technologies and network elements for core network deployment, including new or alternative solutions to meet business requirements 2.2 Select commercially viable technology compatible with the existing network to deploy with existing and future network 2.3 Prepare a planning document, and supporting documentation with recommendations, that complies with deployment standards and regulatory requirements 2.4 Provide estimated costs and schedule for a planning solution
3. Produce project brief	3.1 Evaluate and summarise project scope into required briefing format with supporting documentation, that complies with core network deployment rules 3.2 Plan project delivery to suit business requirements and practical limitations 3.3 Produce core networks specifications with approvals and present to the design section to produce detailed design specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1-2.3	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.1-1.3, 1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.5, 2.3	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	1.1-1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information Analyses numerical information to measure usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 2.3	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up-to-date to provide accurate information Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements, and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulations
Interact with others	3.3	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design	ICTNPL5071A Develop planning strategies for core network design	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL501 Develop planning strategies for core network design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

use data to accurately interpret growth patterns and develop options for core network designs which satisfy customer and enterprise financial goals

develop a network plan which is current with emerging technologies

produce specifications and costing

document a project brief with accompanying project implementation documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the capability and limitations of the various core network technologies for present and future needs

outline the following specific features of core network design:

elements and architecture of core networks

limits of a core network

typical core network technologies

identify and describe elements and architectures of the various core technologies

explain key technologies that make up the core network

outline the following general features of core network design:

distribution structure of networks including backbone, core and edge

levels of reliability performance standards applicable to specific equipment deployment needs

network design including routing and redundancy

standards and regulations.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

computer aided design (CAD)

computer networks

data for network planning

network equipment deployment plans

planning models

relevant standards and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop specifications for access networks to be used by network designers, and involves gathering information on anticipated demand and business requirements for the access network to determine design criteria to meet current and future needs.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate access network requirements and infrastructure capability	1.1 Estimate likely growth in access network use by analysing forecasting market intelligence data on customer demand 1.2 Compare available capacity and capability of current access infrastructure deployment against researched demand data to identify infrastructure and product shortfalls 1.3 Quantify network requirements for upgrades or network augmentation to increase capacity and capability of existing network 1.4 Determine relevant standards, business and regulatory requirements to be considered in access network planning 1.5 Formulate justification to proceed by analysing business requirements and benefits to the business
2. Prepare strategic plan and scoping document	2.1 Determine appropriate technologies, network elements and equipment for access network deployment, including new or alternative solutions to meet business requirements 2.2 Select commercially viable technology compatible with the existing network to deploy with existing and future network 2.3 Prepare planning document and supporting documentation with recommendations that complies with deployment standards and regulatory requirements 2.4 Provide estimated costs and schedule for a planning solution
3. Produce project brief	3.1 Evaluate and summarise project scope into the required briefing format with relevant supporting documentation for a project brief that complies with access network deployment rules 3.2 Plan project delivery to suit business requirements and practical limitations 3.3 Produce access networks specifications with approvals and present to the design section to produce detailed design specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.1	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to consider present and future needs of the network and to overcome obstacles
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 2.3, 3.1-3.3	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.4	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations relating to time durations and budgetary information Analyses numerical information to measure usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.3	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up-to-date to provide accurate information Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules, and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Responds intuitively to problems requiring immediate resolution, drawing on past experiences to focus on the cause of a problem rather than the symptom Applies systematic and analytical decision making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design	ICTNPL5096A Develop planning strategies for access network design	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL502 Develop planning strategies for access network design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

interpret growth patterns using available data

develop options for access network design which satisfy customer and enterprise financial goals

develop a clearly documented network plan, within specifications and including merging technological development and product implementation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain capability and limitations of the various access network technologies

identify current equipment to meet future service obligations

outline the role of the following specific features of network planning:

broadband networks

data networks

elements and architecture of the various access networks and their technologies

facilities and environmental issues

limits of a fixed access transmission network

media and content

regional and metropolitan network

typical access network technologies

voice networks

wireless network

explain distribution structure of networks, including backbone, access and edge

identify key technologies that make up the access network

outline the following general features of network planning:

levels of reliability performance standards, applicable to specific equipment deployment needs

network design including routing and redundancy

standards and regulations

describe typical problems and challenges with the capability and limitations of the various access networks.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

computer aided design (CAD)

computer networks

data for network planning

network equipment deployment plans

planning models

relevant standards and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse customer bases and market demands, and use forecasting tools to predict customer demands for new products and services.

It applies to technical staff moving into planning and management positions with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems for small projects, or parts of larger projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse customer base	1.1 Establish reasons for forecasting in network planning, and factors that influence forecasting 1.2 Collate data from appropriate organisations involved in planning initiatives for planning delivery of products and services 1.3 Establish market segmentation to improve marketing effectiveness on new technology adoption 1.4 Analyse market segments of customers, based on geography and demographics, for a new service or product and predict adoption rates
2. Evaluate current utilisation	2.1 Evaluate current service usage of the network and determine current traffic load 2.2 Evaluate current network occupancy and determine any spare capacity
3. Predict future customer base	3.1 Evaluate expected customer growth and segment mix in a defined geographical area, and assess impact on network planning 3.2 Use a forecasting model and predict customer demand for new technology products and services
4. Use property market and development data to produce plans	4.1 Develop strategic plans on infrastructure planning using planning authority data for development and redevelopments 4.2 Produce a plan for future development projects using property market data
5. Predict future service requirements	5.1 Create a customer service plan to maintain valuable customer relationships and strengthen business 5.2 Measure customer service results using key factors that provide an indicator for customer service quality 5.3 Use forecasting tools to predict future service demand and requirements for emerging technology services of Next Generation Networks (NGN)
6. Produce network forecast and documentation	6.1 Produce geographically-based network growth forecasts utilising change in customer base, changes to property market and future service predications 6.2 Produce and present documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.2-1.4, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 6.1, 6.2	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 4.1, 5.1, 6.2	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3	Interprets numerical information and applies appropriate formula relating to time durations, budgetary information and different data Analyses numerical information to measure present and predicted usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Interact with others	5.1, 5.2	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 4.1, 5.1, 5.3, 6.1	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve, work practices and processes through consultation, formal and analytical thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning	ICTNPL5101A Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL503 Apply service measures and demand forecasting to products and services planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

interpret accurately the growth patterns and development options which satisfy customer and enterprise financial goals

predict future customer base and service requirements

produce comprehensive network growth forecasts, utilising changes to customer base, property market and future service predictions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain different levels of reliability performance standards applicable to specific equipment deployment needs

identify and explain emerging technologies that affect this industry

identify factors that can affect forecasting demand

identify and apply forecasting models and forecasting tools

explain market segmentations

explain network designs and new products and services

explain next generation network (NGN) services

identify planning authorities

describe planning initiatives

describe the process to prepare and review customer bases

identify different service measures.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

data from organisations involved in planning initiatives

a range of software currently used in industry

relevant regulations

specifications that impact service measures and forecasting activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop planning strategies for the design phase to meet present and future demands, and involves gathering information on network capability, anticipated network deployment demand and scoping design requirements to produce building planning specifications.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate building environment requirements	1.1 Utilise network equipment deployment plans to convert network equipment specifications into building requirements data 1.2 Determine planned and forecast network equipment deployment locations and quantities to prioritise tasks 1.3 Formulate justification to proceed by analysing business requirements and benefits to the business 1.4 Analyse current building capacities or capabilities against planned deployment data to determine building environment shortfalls or additional needs 1.5 Determine minimum needs required to address identified building services shortfalls, upgrades or changes 1.6 Identify relevant standards, business and regulatory requirements that are essential for building plan compliance
2. Scope building design requirements	2.1 Quantify building requirements from known needs to determine if any standard deliverables can be used 2.2 Assess if requirements can be met using new or alternative solutions 2.3 Provide estimated costs and schedule to determine a planning solution 2.4 Prepare a scoping document and supporting documentation with recommendations that complies with deployment standards and regulatory requirements
3. Produce project brief	3.1 Prepare a project scope in required briefing format to present to the design section 3.2 Plan project delivery to meet any business timing and funding constraints 3.3 Produce building planning specifications with approvals and present to the building design section to be used for detailed design or construction specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 1.6, 2.2, 2.4	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.2, 3.3	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Interprets numerical information and applies appropriate mathematical formulas to calculate different data Analyses numerical information to measure present and predicted usage and calculates metric measurements, quantities/ratios and financial data using appropriate tools
Navigate the world of work	1.6, 2.4, 3.1	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation Identifies and resolves key business issues, processes and practices that may have legal implications Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up-to-date to provide accurate information
Interact with others	3.1, 3.3	Selects, implements and seeks to improve protocols governing communications to clients and co-workers in a range of work contexts Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients to build rapport and foster strong relationships
Get the work done	1.2-1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others, taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Makes critical decisions quickly and intuitively in complex situations, taking into consideration a range of variables, including outcomes of previous decisions Applies systematic and analytical decision-making processes for complex and non-routine situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design	ICTNPL5154A Develop planning strategies for building environment design	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL504 Develop planning strategies for building environment design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

assess building environment requirements to provide network capability for current and forecast demand including consideration of merging technological development and product implementation

prepare and present a detailed scoping document with solutions, costing and project scheduling recommendations

meet forecast network capability needs and regulatory requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and discuss capability and limitations of the various network technologies to meet present and future needs

describe different costing and funding models

outline the process to review limits of a building’s facilities and services

identify network equipment requirements and use to derive building’s specifications

identify network building design

identify and apply relevant regulations and standards

discuss typical problems and challenges that describe the limitations of the various building projects work

identify ways to remain abreast of current building requirements to meet future service obligations.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

computer aided design (CAD)

computer networks

data for network planning

network equipment deployment plans

planning models

relevant standards and regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and evaluate forecast data to plan development and growth of the telecommunications network.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in optical telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather data related to existing and projected network usage	1.1 Access market intelligence for information on customer demand on the network and likely growth in network use 1.2 Obtain demand data to plan for potential network traffic quantity and flow 1.3 Access information relating to new and emerging technologies, facilities and features, and their specific applications 1.4 Access relevant legislation and associated operational codes and analyse impact on planning processes
2. Assess need for network growth	2.1 Evaluate capacity of existing network to absorb planned growth using network capacity usage and traffic measurements 2.2 Plan likely timing of necessary network increments to minimise impact on the network 2.3 Assess use of new or alternate technologies to meet forecast growth
3. Develop network plans	3.1 Assess overall planning parameters including approved business plan prior to commencement of planning process 3.2 Analyse gathered information and produce a project plan with specifications to meet network growth 3.3 Conduct appropriate investment study including cost benefit analysis, where required, with consideration of barriers that may affect project plan 3.4 Produce a network plan with detailed specifications and seek approval according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3	Analyses and evaluates complex written and visual text in specialised workplace documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements, and their potential impact on the project
Writing	3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3	Clearly articulates requirements using language appropriate to audience and environment, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and solutions
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Interprets numerical information and applies appropriate mathematical formulas to calculate different future possibilities Analyses data to measure present and predicted usage and assess different scenarios
Navigate the world of work	1.4	Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up-to-date to provide accurate information Develops and implements strategies that ensures organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 3.1-3.3	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network	ICTNPL6029A Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL601 Plan the development and growth of the telecommunications network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

gather comprehensive data related to existing and projected network usage

accurately assess need for network growth

develop detailed network plans.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the following general processes of network growth:

cost estimates and operating budgets according to enterprise policy

project management theory, associated databases and project management software programs

telecommunications industry in Australia

outline economic and political influences on public and commercial enterprises

outline economic and political influences on public and commercial enterprises

identify relevant financial authorities and delegations

outline the influence of local and international economic conditions on the telecommunications industry

describe typical challenges and limits facing technology today and consideration of future needs

identify relevant legislation

explain the process for collating and writing project briefs, reports and project charters.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

data from organisations involved in planning initiatives

a range of software currently used in industry

relevant regulations

specifications that impact forecasting activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop forecasts for demand for telecommunications services and includes assessing activities that may change service demand and capacity requirements.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in optical telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network Planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather forecast intelligence	1.1. Access market intelligence for information on customer demand on the network and likely growth in network use 1.2 Obtain demand data to assess potential network traffic quantity and flow 1.3 Access information relating to new and emerging technologies, facilities and features, and their specific applications to evaluate market trends in new technology implementation 1.4 Obtain data from network analysis to determine the state of the existing network using customer complaint reports and network fault incidence rate
2. Produce forecast service demand information	2.1 Analyse and process all collated data and prepare to the format required for forecasting activity 2.2 Select and configure a suitable software forecasting tool to process collated data 2.3 Evaluate collated data to generate forecasts of service demand using information in reference to new developments 2.4 Compile forecast figures and report according to enterprise policy
3. Review forecasts and update systems records	3.1 Review forecasts according to enterprise policy 3.2 Ensure forecasts consider new developments in the area and technological changes where appropriate 3.3 Maintain updated systems records with information received from each installation amendment activity

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Analyses and evaluates complex written and numerical text in specialised documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and project requirements and their potential impact on the project
Writing	2.4, 3.3	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear, detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information, and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3	Elicits views and opinions of others and obtains information by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.4, 2.1-2.4, 3.3	Interprets numerical information and applies appropriate mathematical formulas to calculate different future possibilities Analyses data to measure present and predicted usage and assess different scenarios
Navigate the world of work	2.4, 3.1	Monitors and reviews organisation’s policies, procedures and adherence to legislative requirements to implement and manage change
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.2	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand	ICTNPL6030A Forecast service demand	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL602 Forecast service demand

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

collect accurate data vital to development of traffic and service variation

generate relevant forecasts in relation to traffic and service variation using appropriate forecasting techniques

accurately review forecasts relevant to specific planning periods.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and describe common telecommunications measurement quantities

identify network and transmission equipment and describe their capabilities

outline network topologies and common access and transmission hierarchies

explain the configuration and use of software forecasting tools

outline different forecasting techniques and sources of data to aid forecasting

describe sources of market intelligence

identify and describe new and emerging technologies

outline typical customer applications and usage levels.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

data from organisations involved in planning initiatives

a range of current software

relevant regulations

specifications that impact forecasting activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake and manage monitoring, analysis and improvement of network performance, and involves analysing problems and organising repairs as well as coordinating software and hardware upgrades.

It applies to individuals with a high level of specialist technical skills and knowledge in optical telecommunications and IT networks using internet protocol (IP) systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Telecommunications – Network planning

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse network performance to determine service levels	1.1 Establish network type and quality of service (QoS) standard levels required, in conjunction with equipment suppliers and customer opinion, to determine the benchmark for network performance standards 1.2 Analyse trend analysis data and statistical data to assess level and type of network degradation 1.3 Conduct performance tests according to established performance checklist to systematically evaluate QoS levels using appropriate performance analysis tools 1.4 Analyse test results and determine QoS levels and network problems 1.5 Establish restoration times in the event of service breakdown 1.6 Determine, organise and allocate resources necessary to monitor service levels
2. Monitor integrity of the network	2.1 Monitor alarm panels and verify message retrieval system on an ongoing basis to maintain network integrity 2.2 Undertake real time analysis of data from all sources to determine network health
3. Manage delivery of quality service	3.1 Conduct monitoring activities to maintain QoS levels and network integrity 3.2 Analyse trouble reports and performance data including customer feedback on a regular basis as an indicator of network performance 3.3 Analyse drive test data as an input to performance and optimise the network to improve network level of service
4. Analyse problems and organise repair	4.1 Analyse performance results regularly and initiate investigations when performance levels are below specified standards and recommend network changes 4.2 Analyse causes of problems by testing specific network components 4.3 Isolate problems where possible and escalate repair according to enterprise policy 4.4 Undertake evaluation testing after repair to ensure the problem has been rectified
5. Coordinate upgrade of software and hardware	5.1 Develop strategies to affect changes according to recommendations and produce a plan to coordinate activities 5.2 Produce a cost estimate of proposed change and submit a cost-benefit study for approval 5.3 Confirm shortcomings in hardware and software and negotiate with planners for network modifications 5.4 Evaluate modifications to ensure network compatibility and use of appropriate protocols providing QoS in the network 5.5 Produce a plan for software and hardware changes to be initiated with minimum network downtime and customer impact 5.6 Undertake tests following upgrade to ensure the level of performance planned as a result of the upgrade has been achieved 5.7 Produce documentation including configuration details and tests results and submit to network planner

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.6, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.1	Analyses and evaluates complex written and numerical text in specialised documentation to determine key information and specific requirements Evaluates complex text to determine a plan to meet current and future needs
Writing	1.1, 1.6, 4.1, 5.1-5.3, 5.5, 5.7	Develops complex material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language and visuals while employing expected forms and conventions Prepares reports which incorporate evaluation of information, recommendations and specialised and cohesive language
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.6, 3.2, 4.1, 5.3	Elicits views and opinions of others and obtains information by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.2-1.5, 2.2, 3.2, 4.1, 5.2	Interprets numerical information and applies appropriate mathematical formulas to calculate different future possibilities Analyses data to measure present and predicted usage and assess different scenarios
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 4.3	Develops and implements strategies that ensure organisational policies, procedures and regulatory requirements are being met Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up-to-date to provide accurate information
Interact with others	1.1, 1.6, 3.2, 4.1, 5.3, 5.7	Selects, implements and manipulates communications systems, processes and practices for maximum impact Uses a variety of relevant communication tools and strategies in building and maintaining effective working relationships Influences and fosters a collaborative culture facilitating a sense of commitment and workplace cohesion
Get the work done	1.1-1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.4, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6	Plans strategic priorities and outcomes within a flexible, efficient and effective context in a diverse environment exposed to competing demands Gathers and analyses data and seeks feedback to improve plans and processes Makes high-impact decisions in a complex and diverse environment, using input from a range of sources Addresses complex problems involving multiple variables, using formal analytical, lateral thinking techniques experience and knowledge to focus in on the root cause Uses digital technologies to manage business operations and actively investigates new technologies for strategic and operational purposes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis	ICTNPL6046A Undertake network performance analysis	Updated to meet standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNPL603 Undertake network performance analysis

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of ability to:

interpret current network performance data accurately

monitor integrity of the network

manage delivery of quality service efficiently

conduct accurate performance tests using appropriate performance analysis tools

analyse problems and organise repair applying escalation procedures, if required, within service assurance guidelines

coordinate upgrade of software and hardware efficiently.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the process for cost estimation

outline the following aspects of customer interaction:

customer policies

expectancies

service level agreements

explain the following features of the network:

alarms

compatibility and interoperability

operations

performance analysis methodologies

performance analysis tools

performance tests

planning and design principles

explain protocols providing QoS

describe QoS standard levels

describe software and hardware upgrades

outline the following technologies and architectures:

switching network

transmission network

describe technologies for the customer network.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Telecommunications – Network Planning field of work and include access to:

a site where network performance analysis may be conducted

data from organisations involved in planning initiatives

a range of current software

relevant regulations

specifications that impact service measures

forecasting activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install and manage network protocols in a networking environment.

It applies to individuals with competent information and communications technology (ICT) skills, working as network administrators who are required to ensure that appropriate protocols have been installed in networks to allow user functionality and maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Install and manage network protocols	1.1 Select, test and validate appropriate network protocol services 1.2 Design a network addressing system, with subnet and host IDs, including appropriate devices 1.3 Configure hosts and workstations to use IP addresses either manually or through automatic allocation of addresses, such as found with dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)
2. Identify network protocol applications	2.1 Review a range of well-known network protocol applications 2.2 Evaluate client user requirement and recommend network protocol services 2.3 Apply internet protocol (IP) addressing scheme according to approved policy and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.2, 2.3	Recognises and interprets textual information, including technical manuals, to establish the job requirements
Writing	2.2	Uses specific and relevant language to document new file systems, user access and disaster recovery procedures
Oral Communications	2.2	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures Ensures knowledge of legislative requirements and products is kept up to date
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency, and considering how to link with the work of others Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Initiates standard procedures when developing and refining configuration protocols

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols	ICANWK305A Install and manage network protocols	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK305 Install and manage network protocols

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

configure, test and validate network protocols in order to facilitate interconnectivity

install and manage network protocols in a network, and troubleshoot problems.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the client business domain, including client organisation structure and business functionality

list current communications technologies and their associated protocols

outline current industry accepted hardware and software products, and general features and capabilities

summarise network protocols currently in use in the organisation and industry, including:

transmission control protocol

internet protocol (TCP/IP)

OSI models

clarify the vendor product range and development directions

describe how network protocols transcend organisational size and network complexity.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a live network

application software and operating system

appropriate learning and assessment support when required

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals

vendor software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake scripted programming tasks for networking related activities.

It applies to individuals with competent technical skills employed in network or systems administration roles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop algorithms to represent solutions to a given problem	1.1 Consult with client and key stakeholders to identify the problem and associated script requirements 1.2 Employ abbreviated software development cycle to script creation 1.3 Develop an algorithm to solve the problem and meet client requirements 1.4 Develop an algorithm which takes account of expected possible situations 1.5 Develop an algorithm which is guaranteed to end 1.6 Use structure, sequence, selection and iteration
2. Create code	2.1 Select appropriate scripting language 2.2 Demonstrate understanding and application of basic language syntax rules and best practices 2.3 Select and use language data types, operators and expressions to create clear and concise code 2.4 Use techniques of selection, iteration and sequence to control script execution flow 2.5 Use techniques for sequential file input and output to retrieve and store information 2.6 Obtain and use user input to affect the operation of the script 2.7 Apply internal document principles to created code 2.8 Follow organisational guidelines for developing maintainable code when creating scripts 2.9 Adhere to coding standards when creating scripts
3. Use operating system tools	3.1 Use searching and sorting tools to select information from the logging output of operating system (OS) 3.2 Implement controls to ensure that where significant events occur, script creates and maintains a log of operations via operating system logging mechanism 3.3 Register and run scripts with OS scheduling facility
4. Test and debug code	4.1 Engineer, document and conduct simple tests to confirm code meets design specification 4.2 Identify areas that are not covered or are covered incorrectly in the script 4.3 Take action to ensure that code complies with security policy 4.4 Take action to ensure that code operates with proper permissions 4.5 Use script debugging techniques suitable for use with scripting language to detect and resolve errors of syntactical, logical and design origin
5. Document script	5.1 Create technical-level documentation 5.2 Create user-level documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.8, 2.9, 4.3	Recognises and interprets technical material, organisational policy and regulatory information to determine job requirements
Writing	2.7, 3.2, 4.1, 5.1, 5.2	Prepares user, peer and technical documentation that communicates complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.6	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and to disseminate information
Navigate the world of work	2.8, 2.9, 4.3	Recognises and follows explicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Numeracy	1.3-1.5, 2.3	Creates complex algorithms to calculate and process data for code creation
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1-2.5, 2.8, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5	Uses logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information to plan business requirements Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used, or could be used, to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Understands the key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology Seeks advice and feedback from client when making decisions Applies formal problem solving processes when tackling an unfamiliar problem, breaking complex issues into manageable parts and identifying and evaluating options

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking	ICANWK409A Create scripts for networking	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK409 Create scripts for networking

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop an algorithmic statement of a solution for a set process

design, document, construct and test a small single purpose operating system (OS) utility application in response to a problem description

create scripted programs that access information stored in files on the system and use system utility programs to sort or find information within these files

validate and record script results.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise the principles of algorithm design

identify and describe operating system components and processes, including:

command line interface

log files

program scheduling utilities

development methodologies

tools and utilities

testing methods

explain debugging for a variety of scripting scenarios

outline programming structured control constructs: sequence, selection and iteration

summarise scripting techniques and language syntax.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

technical requirements

software development environment

software testing environment.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and install new hardware components in a network.

It applies to individuals employed in technical information and communications technology (ICT) support roles, such as network administrators, who support network hardware in a peer-to-peer or client-server networked environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine network hardware requirements	1.1 Assess client network hardware and cabling requirements, considering compatibility with existing application software and operating system 1.2 Analyse requirements against local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless networks, and mobile equipment access design limitations and organisational guidelines 1.3 Evaluate client requirements according to organisational guidelines, corporate purchasing procedures, licensing arrangements and budget
2. Obtain network hardware	2.1 Contact vendors and obtain technical specifications 2.2 Evaluate or test hardware according to client requirements and organisational guidelines 2.3 Document recommendations and provide copies to appropriate person 2.4 Determine and document licensing requirements and security issues 2.5 Acquire hardware according to recommendations and organisational procedures 2.6 Organise cabling infrastructure where required
3. Install network hardware	3.1 Conduct installation with minimal disruption to clients 3.2 Install hardware according to appropriate installation procedures 3.3 Configure and test the installation to ensure that it meets client needs
4. Provide instruction and support for installed products	4.1 Determine and document client instructions and needs 4.2 Provide one-to-one or group instruction to client and users as required 4.3 Obtain client evaluation and feedback to ensure that client requirements have been met

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 2.2, 2.5	Recognises and interprets licensing and security issues, technical information and organisational procedures to determine job requirements
Writing	2.4, 4.1	Prepares information which incorporates evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style appropriate to a specific audience
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.3, 4.1-4.3	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements Participates in regular verbal exchanges and uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address key personnel and to disseminate information
Numeracy	1.3	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan costs according to business budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.4, 2.5	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1- 3.3	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to maintain the continuity of network operations and business functions during network installation tasks Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to own role in the immediate work context Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network	ICANWK410A Install hardware to a network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK410 Install hardware to a network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

evaluate client user requirements and hardware installation

install a range of network hardware by planning, managing and supporting the installation of new components in a network, according to organisational policies and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise current industry, data and voice networking, security products, devices and procedures, including:

current industry accepted network protocols

organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities

system diagnostic software

outline current industry accepted network hardware and software products

explain hardware and software installation procedures

describe local area network (LAN) capabilities and characteristics, such as network type, internet protocol (IP) addressing, switch or hub operation

describe various features of network connections, including types of cables, cabling distance limitations and wireless connections

outline operating systems sufficient to enable basic installation

summarise set-up and configuration procedures

describe software packages supported by the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

vendor hardware and software components

application software and operating system

hardware maintenance tools

a live network

networked computers

organisational guidelines

technical documentation and installation manuals.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and support the installation of new or upgraded software to networked computers according to vendor and organisation specifications.

It applies to individuals involved in installing, configuring, maintaining and supporting software, such as network administrators and network support staff.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine operating system and software and hardware requirements	1.1 Assess client software and licensing requirements, considering compatibility with existing application software and operating system 1.2 Assess hardware requirements 1.3 Analyse requirements against local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), and wireless networks within organisational guidelines 1.4 Evaluate client requirements according to organisational guidelines, corporate purchasing procedures and budget
2. Obtain deployment software to automate deployment	2.1 Evaluate deployment software according to client requirements and organisational guidelines 2.2 Contact vendors and obtain technical specifications, including support arrangements and licensing 2.3 Acquire software and licences according to organisational procedures 2.4 Store software licences and manuals according to organisational guidelines
3. Automate installation of operating system via network	3.1 Plan and deploy operating system according to appropriate vendor installation procedures, with minimal disruption to network and clients 3.2 Configure and test installation to ensure that it meets client needs and vendor specifications 3.3 Install updates and patches
4. Automate installation of software packages via network	4.1 Plan and deploy software packages according to appropriate vendor installation procedures, with minimal disruption to network and clients 4.2 Configure and test installation to ensure that it meets client needs and vendor specifications 4.3 Install updates and patches
5. Test and sign off	5.1 Test installed operating system and software for error-free performance, identifying and resolving problems 5.2 Determine and document security and licensing issues 5.3 Obtain client evaluation and feedback to ensure that client requirements have been met

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Recognises and interprets technical, licensing and organisational information to determine business requirements
Writing	1.3, 5.2	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	2.2, 5.3	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify information and confirm, clarify or revise understanding Uses specific and relevant language to obtain information to determine job requirements
Numeracy	1.4	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to estimate and plan costs according to business budgets
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1-2.4, 5.2	Appreciates the implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.3, 5.1	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Uses analytical processes to respond to deployment and configuration issues in the immediate work context Automatically implements standard procedures for routine decisions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers	ICANWK411A Deploy software to networked computers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK411 Deploy software to networked computers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify client software requirements

plan and deploy automatic installation of operating system and software

configure and test installation, ensuring client needs are met.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise network protocols and operating systems, including:

transmission control protocols (TCP)

internet protocols (IPs)

network applications

describe organisational contracting procedures and responsibilities

outline software licensing requirements and documentation

explain current industry standards related to software deployment, including:

deployment software configuration

configuration of automated deployment processes

operating system deployment

software package deployment

troubleshooting deployment processes.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a site or prototype where deployment processes may be implemented

a live network

software tools to support implementation of deployment processes

technical documentation and installation manuals

organisational guidelines.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build security into a virtual private network (VPN).

It applies to individuals with competent information and communications technology (ICT) skills and who are working in the network area and are required to ensure that VPNs contain required security.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Configure router to provide for network security monitoring and management	1.1 Create and apply audit rules consistent with policies, standards, protocols and management systems 1.2 Configure router to provide appropriate level of asset security and monitoring of security consistent with commercial and business requirements 1.3 Monitor and manage system to assess the level of security and attempts to breach security of framework components 1.4 Employ appropriate hardware and software to monitor and address security issues and provide VPN solutions
2. Secure a site-to-site VPN	2.1 Configure internet key exchange (IKE) and internet protocol security (IPSec) 2.2 Configure site-to-site IPSec VPN using pre-shared keys 2.3 Configure site-to-site IPSec VPN using digital certificates
3. Secure a remote access VPN	3.1 Configure a VPN server 3.2 Install and administer a router management console 3.3 Develop documentation on current system settings and framework components, and file securely for future reference

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1	Gathers, interprets and analyses current industry rules from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	1.1, 3.3	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style appropriate to a specific audience
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.2-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks Understands the importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within the immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks	ICANWK416A Build security into virtual private networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK416 Build security into virtual private networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

configure a router to provide the required security

implement and maintain security functionality for a virtual private network (VPN), including:

site to site VPN

remote access VPN

produce security documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the characteristics of a VPN system, including:

site to site

remote access systems

network protocols and operating systems relevant to VPN, including its features, issues and functions

describe the security requirements for a VPN, including:

auditing and penetration testing techniques

configuration of routers and switches

security protocols, standards and data encryption

processes and techniques related to security perimeters and their functions

security threats, including eavesdropping, data interception, data corruption and data falsification

transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP) protocols and applications audit and intrusion detection systems

authentication issues

recognise and describe the differences between common networks, including:

local area network (LAN)

wireless local area network (WLAN)

wide area networks (WAN)

identify and describe organisational issues surrounding:

security cryptography

screened subnets

virus detection software.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

network technical requirements

network infrastructure, including servers and security hardware and software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build an enterprise, community or mesh wireless network within and outside buildings.

It applies to individuals with excellent task management, interpersonal and information and communications technology (ICT) skills working in senior design roles in the networking area, who are required to develop complex wireless networks for organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm client requirements and network equipment required	1.1 Identify and clarify organisational requirements of the client 1.2 Evaluate client requirements along with business needs in order to translate into technical requirements 1.3 Review existing network design documentation to ensure it is authorised, current and complete 1.4 Identify network topology 1.5 Identify the components required to be installed to meet the technical requirements 1.6 Contact vendors and service suppliers to obtain specifications and availability of identified components 1.7 Ensure preliminary work is completed within the required timeframe
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Ensure client and users are aware of date and time of installation 2.2 Gather, prepare and check installation and safety equipment 2.3 Assess on-site safety arrangements for installers and users
3. Select, install and configure access points and other wireless devices	3.1 Select appropriate hardware based on identified components 3.2 Install and configure hardware to provide wireless access to network 3.3 Ensure connections are secured against intrusion or data access by unauthorised persons, are safe for users, and are protected from the environment 3.4 Configure security, monitoring, logging and quality of service features consistent with standards and protocols 3.5 Ensure test equipment is calibrated 3.6 Test wireless network systems performance and verify that it meets enterprise requirements and is consistent with standards and protocols
4. Select, install and configure antennas	4.1 Select appropriate antennas based on design plan 4.2 Safely install and configure antennas to provide wireless access to network 4.3 Measure and assess signal strength within and outside building 4.4 Resolve and report radio frequency interference issues
5. Select, install and configure antennas	5.1 Identify possible security threats to assets 5.2 Configure client server and helper security devices 5.3 Configure associations and filters
6. Train users	6.1 Provide training for users to establish and manage network connections 6.2 Resolve pairing and log-on difficulties for users 6.3 Inform users of wireless network etiquette and traffic capacity issues 6.4 Advise users of help desk contact details
7. Monitor and administer wireless network	7.1 Monitor wireless network performance using diagnostic tools, including appropriate software 7.2 Debug networking issues to maintain trouble-free wireless connection 7.3 Document current settings and store securely, consistent with commercial and business requirements
8. Finalise build process	8.1 Review network for performance issues, planned maintenance or upgrade requirements 8.2 Report to client with network documentation and recommendations for performance issues 8.3 File documentation according to organisational guidelines

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 3.4, 3.6, 4.1, 8.3	Gathers, interprets and analyses information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	4.4, 7.3	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of information and specialised language in a format and style appropriate to a specific audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 2.1, 4.4, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 8.2	Uses active listening and observational and questioning techniques to identify information and confirm, clarify or revise understanding Articulates requirements and strategies clearly and distinctively, using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Numeracy	3.5, 4.3	Interprets numerical information to calibrate equipment and measure and assess signal strength
Navigate the world of work	8.3	Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 8.2	Recognises and applies the protocols governing what to communicate, with whom and how in a range of different contexts
Get the work done	1.4, 1.5, 1.7, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1-3.6, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1-5.3, 6.2, 7.1-7.3, 8.1, 8.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to ensure work is completed according to time constraints and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks Understands the importance of secure information in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Initiates standard procedures when solving a broad range of ICT problems Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse and store information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network	ICANWK417A Build an enterprise wireless network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK417 Build an enterprise wireless network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

confirm client organisational and business requirements

determine hardware and software requirements

prepare for safe installation

select, install and configure required wireless hardware

train users

test, monitor, and administer the installation

finalise installation and prepare required documents documentation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

Identify and describe current wireless local area network (WLAN) and wireless area network (WAN) solutions, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

suitability for small office home office (SOHO) and enterprise local area networks (LANs)

transmission control protocols or internet protocols (TCPs/IPs) and applications

wireless topologies

describe the common features of security threats and how to develop a security strategy, including:

security protocols

standards

data encryption

identify and describe common network protocols and operating systems.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

technical requirements

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use virtualisation technology, according to the industry standards for reviewing and demonstrating work processes, skills and techniques to ensure that the quality of the entire business process is maintained at the highest level possible through the appropriate application of virtualisation technology.

This unit applies to individuals engaged in ongoing review and research who review, and maintain, business processes at the highest level possible.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use virtualisation technologies	1.1 Identify the enterprise requirements, and determine the need for desktop virtualisation software 1.2 Identify the virtualisation vendors and the different types of virtualisation technology that they offer 1.3 Identify, review and select the desktop virtualisation software, where appropriate 1.4 Select suitable desktop virtualisation software
2. Use desktop virtualisation software to assist in solving organisational problems	2.1 Test the desktop virtualisation software 2.2 Use the features and functions of desktop virtualisation software in an organisational context, in line with environmental factors 2.3 Demonstrate an in-depth of knowledge of desktop virtualisation technologies, to an accepted industry standard 2.4 Access and use, the sources of information relating to desktop virtualisation technology
3. Evaluate the desktop virtualisation software performance	3.1 Review the effect of desktop virtualisation software on benefits to the enterprise 3.2 Seek feedback from users, where appropriate, and update the desktop

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 3.1	Critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources and records, and consolidates information, to determine requirements
Writing	3.2	Writes, edits and proofreads documents to ensure clarity of meaning, and the accuracy and consistency of information
Oral Communication	3.2	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly describe and explain, a range of technical, operational and business-related matters, with internal and external personnel
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 2.2	Identifies, and acts on, issues that contravene relevant policies, procedures and legal requirements Takes personal responsibility for following explicit and implicit policies, procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	3.2	Selects and uses, the appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with clients and co-workers, in a range of work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload, for efficiency and effective outcomes Makes routine decisions and implements standard procedures for routine tasks, using formal decision-making processes, for more complex and non-routine situations Contributes to the continuous improvement of current work practices, by applying basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	ICANWK419A Identify and use current virtualisation technologies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK419 Identify and use current virtualisation technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify current new, and emerging, virtualisation technology

identify and use, the features and functions of industry-specific virtualisation technologies

review and evaluate the virtualisation software.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe current technology trends, and directions, in information and communications technology (ICT), specifically in the major industry technology standards used in virtualisation technology

recognise the vendor product directions relating to virtualisation technology

outline current industry hardware and software products, and their general features, capabilities and application

recognise information-gathering techniques

describe the environmental and sustainability policies of the workplace

identify the features of virtualisation technology

recognise how to test, and evaluate, virtualisation technology

locate the appropriate sources of information regarding virtualisation technology.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a site where industry-specific technologies may be used

industry-specific technologies currently used in the industry

documents detailing work health and safety (WHS) standards, environmental guidelines, and enterprise requirements

the virtualisation software.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and implement virtualisation solutions to meet organisational needs in an information and communications technology (ICT) environment.

It applies to individuals who work in the network area of organisations and are responsible for the virtualisation of desktop and server operating systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify options and select virtualisation solution	1.1 Research and determine government and industry guidelines and policies for use of desktop and server virtualisation 1.2 Determine and document current and future requirements of organisations based on guidelines, policies and organisational structure 1.3 Identify benefits and detriments of virtualisation of desktop and server environments relevant to needs of organisation 1.4 Identify available features of current virtualisation software relevant to needs of organisation 1.5 Select virtualisation solutions based on current and future needs of organisation 1.6 Seek and obtain feedback on selected virtualisation solution from organisation and incorporate feedback into selected virtualisation solutions
2. Prepare for, install and configure virtualisation technology	2.1 Identify, clarify and document technical requirements of organisation relating to virtualisation technologies including virtual machines, virtual networks, and virtualisation software 2.2 Identify and document hardware, software, network, and infrastructure components required to be installed and configured to meet technical requirements 2.3 Seek and obtain feedback on technical requirements and documented components from organisation and incorporate feedback into technical requirements and documented components 2.4 Install and configure software to provide support for virtualisation of desktop and server operating systems according to technical requirements 2.5 Configure virtualisation software application features to accommodate required functionality according to organisational needs
3. Install, configure and test virtual machines	3.1 Install and configure virtual machines according to technical requirements 3.2 Install and configure virtual networks according to technical requirements 3.3 Test functionality of installed virtual machines and virtual networks against technical requirements and rectify errors

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets industry and government guidelines to determine organisational requirements
Oral Communication	Elicits information and organisational needs by using listening and questioning techniques
Navigate the world of work	Complies with explicit organisational policies and procedures
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Takes responsibility for routine decision making by selecting from a range of predetermined options in routine situations, identifying and taking some situational factors into account Initiates standard procedures when adapting configuration procedures, depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and environments Understands key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and tools, and applies these when troubleshooting existing technology and when seeking to understand the potential impact of new technology In familiar contexts, responds promptly and intuitively to problems involving virtualised machine environments requiring immediate attention

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines	ICTNWK402 Install and configure virtual machines for sustainable IT	Edits to elements and assessment requirements to clarify intent. Typographical edit to title to clarify intent of unit.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK420 Install and configure virtual machines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

Identify one virtualisation solution for the organisation including the identification of applicable guidelines or policies, benefits and detriments and currently available software

Interpret organisational needs to determine technical requirements of virtualisation solution once

Install and configure virtualisation software to accommodate organisational needs once

Install, configure, and test the functionality of two virtual machines, including evidence of the ability to:

backup virtual machine state on shutdown

restore virtual machine state on start up

backup and restore a virtual hard drive and software configuration files for virtual machine

Configure and test the functionality of a virtual network for the two virtual machines, including the ability to:

configure internet protocol (IP) addresses to match selected network configuration

configure virtual network as host only, bridged, and network address translation (NAT) configurations

configure services to operate under current network configuration

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Government and industry policies and guidelines related to virtualisation

Technologies and processes relating to virtualisation

Tools and software applications for virtual machine management

Configuration of software applications required to manage virtual machines

Configuration requirements for the integration of virtual machines into an existing network design

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

Site or prototype where virtual machine environments are to be implemented

Information relating to organisational policies and procedures and structures

Current and future user needs relating to desktop and server environments

Network technical requirements

Networked computers

Individual user to clarify and confirm requirements

Software to support implementation of virtual machines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install, configure and test network security in an organisational environment.

It applies to individuals who are involved in the installation, configuration, and testing of network security for networks of any size in job roles including network administrator, penetration tester, and security consultant.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess network security threats and vulnerabilities	1.1 Review current system security against organisational asset security requirements to identify security threats and vulnerabilities 1.2 Analyse network, software, hardware and system security threats and vulnerabilities to prioritise deficiencies to be addressed 1.3 Make recommendations to management to address security deficiencies according to organisational asset security requirements
2. Implement countermeasures for identified threats and vulnerabilities	2.1 Implement required level of perimeter security to meet organisational asset security requirements and according to identified threats and vulnerabilities 2.2 Assess and implement server and network hardening techniques and measures 2.3 Implement secure authentication and user account controls to secure data integrity and transmission
3. Test and verify functionality and performance of countermeasures implemented	3.1 Design function and performance test items to verify key functions and performance of countermeasures 3.2 Conduct function and performance tests to modify and debug countermeasures 3.3 Develop documentation on the current system settings and file according to organisational guidelines
4. Maintain and improve network security	4.1 Review logs and audit reports to identify and record security incidents, intrusions and attempts 4.2 Carry out spot checks and audits to ensure that procedures are not being bypassed 4.3 Document newly discovered security threats vulnerabilities and recommendations in a report for presentation to superior to gain approval recommendations to be implemented

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information to determine specific information about security incidents
Writing	Accurately records test results and develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language in order to convey explicit information
Oral Communication	Articulates information clearly, using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey recommendations and provide verbal reports Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Extracts and evaluates the mathematical information embedded in tasks and texts
Get the work done	Determines job priorities, resources and equipment, and works logically and systematically to undertake clearly defined and familiar tasks Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Recognises and responds to predictable routine problems related to own role in the immediate work context, including detecting intrusion and debugging the system when required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security	ICTNWK406 Install, configure and test network security	Edits to application to clarify intent and scope. Edits to elements 1–4 and assessment requirements to clarify intent. Edits to foundation skills to align with unit elements.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK421 Install, configure and test network security

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit; including evidence of the ability to:

With respect to one network:

identify and analyse network security threats and vulnerabilities

make recommendations to management to address network security deficiencies and fulfil organisational asset security requirements

implement perimeter security, network hardening measures and authentication and user account controls according to identified deficiencies and organisational asset security requirements

design and conduct testing to verify the key function and performance measures of network security

debug network security according to test results

review logs and audit reports to identify and record five security incidents, intrusions and attempts

undertake three spot checks and audits to ensure that procedures are not being bypassed

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

Security requirements of the organisation, including:

organisational structure and functions

features and capabilities of networking technologies

privacy issues and privacy legislation

security information sources

risk analysis

Virtual private network (VPN) issues, including bandwidth and dynamic security environment

Configuration of routers and switches

Current hardware and software security products, including general features and capabilities

Function and operation of VPN concepts including encryption, firewalls, packet tunnelling, and authentication

Network protocols and operating systems

Security perimeters and functions

Security protocols, standards and data encryption

Security threats including eavesdropping, data interception, data corruption and data falsification

Types of VPNs including site-to-site and user-to-site internet traffic and extranets

Systems and procedures related to:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

cryptography

local area network (LAN), wireless local area network (WLAN) and wide area network (WAN)

screened subnets

transmission control protocol, internet protocol (TCPs/IPs), and applications

virus detection software

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where conditions are typical of those in an ICT working environment or ICT workplace. This includes:

Site where secure network installation, configuration, and monitoring may be conducted

Network security documentation

Organisational asset security requirements and information on organisational structure and functions

Equipment specifications

Network components

Testing software

Individual manager in the organisation

Firewalls (hardware and software)

Live network

Networked (LAN) computers

WAN service point of presence

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to ensure secure file encryption is selected, implemented and monitored on a computer network or local environment.

It applies to individuals working as information and communications technology (ICT) professionals who may select, implement and monitor a secure encryption environment in any size enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine encryption methods	1.1 Analyse enterprise data security requirements 1.2 Create a new or review an existing security plan to determine appropriate encryption methods 1.3 Review a range of encryption technologies and rank the most appropriate options 1.4 Assess the costs associated with each encryption option 1.5 Document encryption options and costs, and forward to appropriate person for decision
2. Implement encryption	2.1 Apply encryption technologies to the enterprise system 2.2 Analyse effect of encryption technologies on user roles and responsibilities 2.3 Inform user of new encryption technologies and the effect it has on their responsibilities
3. Monitor encryption	3.1 Analyse implementation of the encryption technologies, confirming function and performance 3.2 Review help desk records for problems concerning implementation and take appropriate action 3.3 Review system logs for encryption issues and compromises 3.4 Document encryption issues and compromises, and notify appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 3.2	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical data to determine security requirements and help desk records to interpret technical compromises
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 3.4	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style appropriate to a specific audience
Oral Communication	2.3, 3.4	Articulates requirements and responsibilities clearly and distinctively, using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Numeracy	1.4	Uses mathematical formulas and calculations to undertake a cost-benefit analysis
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	1.5	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to determine data security threats, risks and countermeasures Manages and maintains data securely and actively monitors technology, notifying others if security becomes compromised Understands the purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and tools, and operates them effectively to complete routine tasks Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems to troubleshoot, debug and correct connectivity and security issues

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies	ICANWK502A Implement secure encryption technologies	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK502 Implement secure encryption technologies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse enterprise data security requirements

create or review existing security plan to determine the appropriate encryption methods

rank and document appropriate encryption methods

implement encryption systems and inform users of any impacts

monitor and document encryption issues and compromises, and notify appropriate person.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain certificate related infrastructure (certificate authorities, registration authorities, repository services)

summarise common asymmetric key algorithms and their usage

explain common symmetric key algorithms and their usage, such as:

advanced encryption standard (AES)

data encryption standard (DES)

triple data encryption algorithm (triple DES)

Blowfish

explain encryption strength

summarise various encryption types, including public key, secret key, hash key

summarise the functions and features of:

access control permissions

digital signatures

symmetric encryption, asymmetric encryption and one-way encryption

timestamps

explain one-way message digests, such as message digest algorithm 5 (MD5) and secure hash algorithm (SHA)

explain public key infrastructure (PKI), pretty good privacy (PGP) and GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG)

outline replay security

outline possible sources of security threats, including eavesdropping, data interception, data corruption, data falsification and authentication issues

explain transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP) protocols and applications

summarise security problems and challenges that arise from organisational issues

outline wired equivalent privacy (WEP), Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) and Wi-Fi protected access 2 (WPA2).

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a site where encryption installation may be conducted

a live network

servers

encryption software

encryption tools.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, develop, install and maintain authentication processes to reduce the vulnerability of the system.

It applies to individuals working as middle managers such as information security managers, network engineers or security analysts, who are responsible for implementing and monitoring the organisational security management system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine authentication requirements	1.1 Determine user and enterprise security requirements with reference to enterprise security plan 1.2 Identify and analyse authentication options according to user and enterprise requirements 1.3 Select the most appropriate authentication and authorisation processes
2. Configure authentication software or tools	2.1 Create an authentication realm and reuse as required to protect different areas of server 2.2 Add users and authorisation rules to new realm according to business needs 2.3 Describe user attributes and user attribute set-up 2.4 Set up an authentication filter and authorisation parameters on the appropriate server according to business requirements
3. Apply authentication methods	3.1 Develop or obtain authentication protocols as required 3.2 Develop and distribute related methods to users according to business need 3.3 Brief user on authentication system and their responsibilities according to enterprise security plan 3.4 Apply authentication system to network and user according to system product requirements 3.5 Record and store permission and configuration information in a secure central location
4. Monitor authentication system	4.1 Review the authentication system according to user and enterprise security and quality of service requirements 4.2 Ensure ongoing security monitoring, using incident management and reporting processes, according to enterprise security plan 4.3 Adjust authentication system if required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.3, 4.2	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical data to determine requirements according to user and enterprise plans
Writing	2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Prepares workplace documentation that incorporates an evaluation of technical information and specialised and cohesive language in a format and style appropriate for a specific audience
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.2	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify information and confirm, clarify or revise understanding Initiates and contributes to a range of formal and informal conversations relevant to role, responding, clarifying, explaining and expanding on information as required
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 3.3	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols, and meets expectations associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1-4.3	Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to plan control methods and systems processes When dealing with complex issues such as authentication failure and security incidents may use intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to clarify goals and key issues and using lateral thinking processes to generate possible solutions Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes	ICANWK503A Install and maintain valid authentication processes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK503 Install and maintain valid authentication processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

design and deploy authentications solutions to the business technology environment and business needs

configure authentication software or tools

monitor and test authentication process after implementation

ensure authentication solutions are current.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise the problems and challenges dealing with organisational authentication issues, including resource accounting through authentication

discuss common virtual private network (VPN) issues, including:

quality of service (QoS) considerations

bandwidth

dynamic security environment

function and operation of VPN concepts

outline authentication adaptors

summarise biometric authentication adaptors

summarise digital certificates, such as VeriSign, X.509, and SSL

explain the function and operation of authentication controls including:

passwords

personal identification numbers (PINs)

smart cards

biometric devices

other authentication protocols

outline network authentication services, such as Kerberos and NT LAN Manager (NTLM)

summarise the features of common password protocols, such as:

challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP)

challenge phrases

password authentication protocol (PAP)

remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS) authentication

describe the principles of security tokens.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

a site or prototype where network authentication may be implemented and managed

network support tools currently used in industry

organisational security policies related to authentication

manufacturers recommendations

current authentication standards, including biometric authentication adaptors.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to build a high performance, high security, failure resistant security perimeter, for an enterprise information and communications technology (ICT) network.

It applies to individuals with excellent ICT expertise who are working as middle managers, including information security managers, network engineers, network technicians and security analysts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and design firewall solution	1.1 Determine level and nature of security needed to meet enterprise requirements 1.2 Identify security threats 1.3 Research available perimeter security options 1.4 Design security perimeter to meet identified enterprise requirements
2. Configure perimeter to secure network	2.1 Deploy perimeter devices according to design 2.2 Configure perimeter topology 2.3 Configure basic functionality of devices to allow access 2.4 Configure advanced functions
3. Plan, design and configure network devices to provide secure fallover and redundancy	3.1 Back up device configuration 3.2 Design and configure perimeter to enable continuity of service during upgrade of devices 3.3 Design and configure perimeter to enable continuity of service in the event of device failure
4. Plan, design and configure a VPN solution	4.1 Configure perimeter for site-to-site virtual private networks (VPNs) 4.2 Configure perimeter as a remote access VPN server 4.3 Configure perimeter to allow VPN tunnel forwarding 4.4 Diagnose and resolve VPN connectivity issues
5. Test and verify design performance	5.1 Test functionality of basic features 5.2 Test functionality of advanced features 5.3 Perform penetration testing to verify that the perimeter meets security requirements 5.4 Monitor perimeter device performance 5.5 Monitor security breaches 5.6 Document test results and report to appropriate person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 1.4	Gathers, interprets and analyses technical and enterprise information to determine requirements according to client needs
Writing	1.4, 3.2, 3.3, 5.6	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to convey complex technical information, and notes security breaches for client records to clients on technical, operational and business related matters
Oral Communication	1.1, 5.6	Uses active listening, observational and questioning techniques in order to identify information and confirm, clarify or revise understanding Reports test results clearly and distinctively, using technical language appropriate to audience and environment
Numeracy	2.3, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1-4.3, 5.3	Selects from and applies an expanding range of mathematical and problem solving strategies to design and configure advanced features of perimeter devices and an integrated VPN solution
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.4, 5.1- 5.5	Reflects on the ways in which digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals, and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Uses digital technologies and systems safely and securely when implementing and monitoring a system, with a growing awareness of the permanence and transparency of all activities Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to plan, prioritise and monitor own work, and coordinate processes in liaison with others Makes decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of factors into consideration When dealing with complex issues, may use intuition to identify the general problem area, switching to analytical processes to meet security requirements and resolve other technical problems

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	ICANWK509A Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK509 Design and implement a security perimeter for ICT networks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify threats to perimeter security

develop design for a secure perimeter

deploy perimeter to meet security requirements

design and configure advanced features of perimeter devices to provide additional services

design and configure an integrated VPN solution

conduct exhaustive testing of perimeter.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and describe emerging security issues and the need for security policies

describe the security perimeter issues related to networks, including:

auditing and penetration testing techniques

capabilities of software and hardware perimeter solutions

logging analysis techniques

organisational network infrastructure

security technologies according to perimeter design

weaknesses of installed perimeter design.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

site or prototype where perimeter security may be implemented and managed

perimeter devices

organisational security requirements.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine the most appropriate way of networking computers to meet user needs and business requirements.

It applies to individuals in senior networking roles who are required to plan the most appropriate topology for a proposed network.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine user needs	1.1 Identify the different segments of the proposed network based on business requirements 1.2 Determine segment needs, using network functional analysis 1.3 Estimate traffic content and volumes based on business requirements 1.4 Develop a prioritised organisational network functional matrix
2. Develop local area network specification	2.1 Determine the resource requirements for each network segment on the basis of functional analysis 2.2 Analyse features of the physical environment for the effect on network design 2.3 Conduct a costing process for possible topology options 2.4 Consider topology options with reference to available resources and network functional matrix 2.5 Select and document appropriate network topology based on business requirements and functional analysis

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.5	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to organisational requirements
Writing	2.5	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Numeracy	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Interprets numerical information and applies mathematical calculations to determine resource expenditure within predetermined constraints Interprets numerical data to estimate traffic needs
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes May operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network	ICANWK516A Determine best-fit topology for a local network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK516 Determine best-fit topology for a local network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

analyse business or organisational needs

identify the most appropriate local area network (LAN), virtual private network (VPN) or wireless local area network (WLAN) topology

document recommendations.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise the typical network topologies for the following:

large and small LANs

wide area networks (WANs)

VPNs

virtual local area networks (VLANs)

WLANs

identify and describe the typical components of a local network, including:

adaptor cards

bridges

Ethernet hardware

gateways

hubs

routers

describe the software and programming requirements of a local network, including:

security protocols

transmission control protocol or internet protocol (TCP/IP)

describe the business consideration for establishing a local network including:

growth projections and capacity planning

costs and queuing constraints

high and low speed links

redundancy paths

response time and reliability requirements

scope of operation

traffic flow patterns

traffic load

application requirements of users

outline of installation requirements for local area networks:

cabling, particularly unshielded twisted pair (UTP), shielded twisted pair (STP) or optic fibre

characteristics and relative strengths and weaknesses of LAN network topologies

features and capabilities of current industry accepted hardware and software products

features of line sharing protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

business requirements

equipment specifications

organisational and industry costing.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the best way computers and local area networks (LANs) can be connected to make a wide area network (WAN).

It applies to individuals with excellent planning and information and communications technology (ICT) skills in networking areas who are required to research and recommend the most appropriate topology for a WAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify WAN needs	1.1 Identify the different LAN, wireless local area network (WLAN) or virtual private network (VPN) segments of the proposed WAN 1.2 Determine segment needs using functional analysis 1.3 Estimate traffic content and volumes according to expected organisational usage, by examining telecommunications infrastructure 1.4 Develop an organisational WAN functional matrix
2. Create WAN specification	2.1 Determine resource requirements for each LAN, WLAN or VPN segment on the basis of functional analysis 2.2 Consider and report how features of the physical environment affect WAN design 2.3 Choose a WAN service appropriate to the amount and type of traffic expected to access the WAN 2.4 Include redundant links in the proposed WAN connectivity for link backup purposes, in case the main link is disrupted 2.5 Document appropriate WAN service

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	2.2, 2.5	Develops material for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Numeracy	1.3, 1.4	Undertakes complex functional calculus to develop a WAN functional matrix Interprets numerical data to estimate traffic needs and calculate business expenses
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes May operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues with reference to resource constraints

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network	ICANWK517A Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK517 Determine best-fit topology for a wide area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

consider budget constraints and business needs

identify the configuration for connecting a local area network (LAN), wireless local area network (WLAN) or virtual private network (VPN) into a wide area network (WAN)

document the configuration.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise the typical network topologies for the following networks:

large and small LANs

WANs

VPNs

virtual local area networks (VLANs)

WLANs

identify and describe the typical components and technologies required for a WAN, including:

concepts and types of modems

internet protocol (IP) addressing

packet switching

routed or routable protocols, including IP, IPX and AppleTalk

router operations, including double data rate (DDR)

routing protocols, including routing information protocol (RIP), enhanced interior gateway routing protocol (EIGRP) and open shortest path first (OSPF)

transmission control protocols or internet protocols (TCPs/IPs)

relationship of asynchronous and synchronous communication

use of microwave and satellite communication in networking

describe the business consideration for establishing a WAN, including:

constraints and costs

features of telecommunications infrastructure, including the difference between digital and analogue networks

growth projections and capacity planning

high or low speed links

protocols

redundancy paths

response time and reliability requirements

scope of operation

security

traffic flow patterns

traffic load

users and the applications expected.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

design documents relating to LANs to be incorporated into the WAN

equipment specifications

vendor product catalogues and costs.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct an internal and outdoor site survey, and design a complex wireless local area network (WLAN).

It applies to individuals working in the networking area who are required to evaluate client requirements and design an appropriate WLAN.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Document current network configuration	1.1 Obtain details of current network layout and parameters 1.2 Hold consultations with key stakeholders 1.3 Document the current network configuration, network topology and links to carrier
2. Research client needs	2.1 Identify the client's current needs 2.2 Determine future needs 2.3 Document current and future needs according to organisational requirements
3. Implement site survey	3.1 Select the appropriate diagnostic tools and measurement processes 3.2 Select test equipment and ensure calibration 3.3 Undertake site survey with minimum disruption to client and ensure safe working environment for users and survey personnel 3.4 Record physical infrastructure, building use, aesthetics and other issues that will impact on future network performance and acceptance by the client 3.5 Record radio frequency interference issues, sources and possible resolution 3.6 Document results of site survey
4. Develop specifications for upgrade of wireless network	4.1 Document the current network performance equipment and capacity for the expanded network 4.2 Assess interference issues relating to existing radio frequency, topographic barriers, climate, obstacles, transmission distances and construction materials 4.3 Assess optimum location and position of access points, repeaters, routers and other equipment 4.4 Develop cabling plans and repeater links, including power requirements 4.5 Determine frequency to be used based on client and user requirements
5. Model network	5.1 Determine appropriate test and modelling routines 5.2 Determine estimated network traffic and planned growth 5.3 Test planned network using modelling tools and techniques 5.4 Document outcome of tests and revise design where required
6. Determine components for network	6.1 Select and test vendor products and equipment where appropriate 6.2 Consult others, including emerging industry bodies, for sustainable compatibility, economic running costs and user connectivity access 6.3 Finalise components list for suitability and vendor claims 6.4 Prepare implementation plans
7. Present design to client	7.1 Present the design in a clear and logical fashion 7.2 Provide advice to client on reasons for design choice 7.3 Inform the client of design limitations, performance expectations and possible unanticipated outcomes, including security threats 7.4 Obtain feedback from client 7.5 Undertake modifications to design if required 7.6 Complete final design documentation and seek client endorsement

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.3, 3.2, 7.4	Recognises and interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 3.4-3.6, 4.1, 4.4, 5.4, 6.3, 7.5, 7.6	Develops a broad range of technical material and creates records for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.2, 6.2, 7.2-7.4, 7.6	Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions Uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address stakeholders, users and industry bodies to disseminate information
Numeracy	3.2, 5.2, 6.2	Interprets numerical data to estimate and project traffic needs, undertake a cost benefit analysis and accurately calibrate equipment
Navigate the world of work	3.3	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending understanding of general legal principles applicable across work contexts
Interact with others	7.1	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 4.2-4.5, 5.1, 5.3, 6.1, 6.4	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Uses digital tools to access and organise complex data and analyse multiple sources of information for strategic purposes May operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Takes responsibility for high-impact decisions in complex situations involving many variables and constraints Uses nuanced understanding of context to recognise anomalies and subtle deviations to normal expectations, focussing attention on critical issues and variables

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network	ICANWK518A Design an enterprise wireless local area network	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK518 Design an enterprise wireless local area network

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

assess wireless network performance requirements for the client

measure and diagnose wireless working environment

produce wireless models and network specifications appropriate to client requirements

produce wireless network designs and component lists

document the design and obtain client approval.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and describe wireless network survey techniques, including:

audit and intrusion detection systems

auditing and penetration testing techniques

bandwidth and quality of service

factors affecting signal quality

outline the key technical considerations for designing a wireless network, including:

features of antenna design

layer 2 and layer 3 design issues

impact of radio frequency

problems associated with topography and obstacles in radio transmission path

wireless topologies

wireless local area networks (WLAN) and wireless metropolitan access network (WMAN) solutions

outline the key client organisation considerations when designing a wireless network, including:

small office home office (SOHO) and enterprise local area networks (LANs)

transmission control protocols or internet protocols (TCP/IP) and applications

wireless security strategies

security threats

outline the software consideration when designing a wireless network, including:

network protocols and operating systems

security protocols, standards and data encryption.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

network infrastructure, including wireless hardware and software

network technical requirements

real or simulated wireless networks

appropriate diagnostic equipment and standards.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design the security controls that ensure an information and communications technology (ICT) system is both physically and legally secure.

It applies to individuals in a range of ICT areas who are required to guarantee the security of ICT systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Networking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review organisational security policy and procedures	1.1 Review business environment to identify existing requirements 1.2 Determine organisational goals for legal and security requirements 1.3 Verify security needs in a policy document 1.4 Determine legislative impact on business domain 1.5 Gather and document objective evidence on current security threats 1.6 Identify options for using internal and external expertise 1.7 Establish and document a standard methodology for performing security tests
2. Develop security plan	2.1 Investigate theoretical attacks and threats on the business 2.2 Evaluate risks and threats associated with the investigation 2.3 Prioritise assessment results and write security policy 2.4 Document information related to attacks, threats, risks and controls in a security plan 2.5 Review the security strategy with security approved key stakeholders 2.6 Integrate approved changes into business plan and ensure compliance with statutory requirements
3. Design controls to be incorporated into system	3.1 Implement controls in a procedurally organised manner to ensure minimum risk of security breach in line with organisational guidelines 3.2 Monitor each phase of the implementation to determine the impact on the business 3.3 Take corrective action on system implementation breakdown 3.4 Record implementation process 3.5 Evaluate corrective actions for risk 3.6 Plan risk assessment review process 3.7 Take action to ensure confidentiality throughout all phases of design

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 3.1	Recognises and interprets legislative, organisational and technical material to determine job requirements
Writing	1.3, 1.5, 1.7, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.4	Develops a broad range of business reports for a specific audience, using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	2.5	Uses appropriate, detailed and clear language to address personnel and disseminate information in a group environment Uses listening and questioning skills to confirm understanding for requirements, and participates in a verbal exchange of ideas/solutions
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4, 2.6	Keeps abreast of legislative or regulatory requirements relevant to own role and considers implications of any changes when planning and undertaking work
Get the work done	1.5, 1.6, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 3.5-3.7	Demonstrates a sophisticated understanding of principles, concepts, language and practices associated with the digital world Is acutely aware of the importance of understanding, monitoring and controlling access to digitally stored and transmitted information May operate from a broad conceptual plan, developing the operational detail in stages, regularly reviewing priorities and performance during implementation, and identifying and addressing issues Monitors outcomes of decisions, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable in the future

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls	ICANWK520A Design IT system security controls	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a53af4e4-b400-484e-b778-71c9e9d6aff2

Assessment Requirements for ICTNWK520 Design ICT system security controls

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICT Information and Communications Technology Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

review organisational security policies and procedures

establish realistic security procedures

design security plan and controls for a system

develop a security control strategy

oversee the implementation and evaluation of the strategy.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe communications security, including human organisational interactions

describe how to conduct an information security risk assessment

identify and summarise internet security technologies and processes, including:

firewalls

physical security

security testing methods for performing security tests

wireless security

security threats

the impact of security policies, plans and strategies

general features of specific security technology

risk assessment

describe current industry accepted security processes, including general features and capabilities of software and hardware solutions

outline the legal and ethical standards expected when considering security controls, including:

ethics in information and communications technology (ICT)

privacy issues

legislation

summarise the need for developing organisational guidelines, processes, policies and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the network industry, and include access to:

ICT security assurance specifications

probability, frequency and severity of direct and indirect harm, loss or misuse of the ICT system

risk analysis tools and methodologies

an ICT environment in which there are security risks

legislation, regulations and standards relating to security

existing organisational security policies

organisational expertise.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.